Skip to main content

Full text of "The annals and magazine of natural history : zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


See sad 


= 


“ 


ser 
Me 


wats 
ye 
Pel 


iat 


Sart St 


ran 


ata 
ui +s ey 


Bi 
En} 


ue 


We ot 


us 
oe 4 

; r ure J 

vt ‘ie 


eh ik 
tin aul ia ala voi 


nyt 
Le 


Ee oo ue ay i 
ve 


itr) me ve aie ie te eet eh er pty i" oe y 
ly ' Red Melt uly ; a, (a 7 yi re hee 
; ie - \ i itu / ue 2 i i : fr iyo 4 ma 
eu { Py aT en — ae ft i 
a os J i 1 ] en } i n ay ah 
i i i uy 
i : um 
f ' Wo 
wn } 
i \ 
fy 
i’ } 1 
He a 
| \ 
Ht aL 
ey! ? 
en 
i 
i 
i 
wy 
iil ij 
a ii) ii 
} ri 
i 
i i] \ 
f 1 
i f ui i i} 
y { 
ii is f _ 
in ae vy) i 
ne ee 
f i i aT Lee 
t i ‘a 
! i (A 
Wve yA her) are 
i . 
{ , r ; ial ea 
ett fee, } iyi Vann : ; 
ae TT UA Poe ty 
SC Oem | , : a Sei At any 
th ive ee ] Mi a 
avian mid CS a ; el a 
1 wh uy } oy q 
ie ee ' : 
veil 
i , is - i ty 
a | ae - Wi ile : ; a 
( a y oe it 7 i 
ya i) t My, ee rib a ny MCT) 
: Ata Mi ey Me _ rh hey i in 
Trek pi) bhi 1 
i Noe ih o - A Thi cian ; 
PO aa 7 


i at y ‘ 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


{SEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON ANB 
CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M_D., Ph.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., P.L.S., F.GS., 
AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L-S. 


VOL. IV.—SIXTH SERIES. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; KENT AND C@.; 
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIX, 


1889. 


“ Omnes res creat sunt divine sapientie et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis 
human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; 
ex ceccnomiaé in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; 
4 veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linna&vs. 


“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 


tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 
1767. 


See a ee Doeisy vane powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. 
‘ea! 


no ase 


CONTENTS OF VOL, IV. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


NUMBER XIX. 


I, Bryozoa from New South Wales. By Arraur WM. WaTERS. 
GCelates eh NG ie rire nscale trueieys cfu pnratelsitgs Wis tie evalece ta vas mse ox ate 
IT. On the Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dunc. By Prof. P. 
Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., &e. (Plate V.) ........ 
III. On Metolania and some Points in the Osteology of the Testu- 
dinata: a Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger. By Dr. G. Baur. 
CEN ET ESE Pe ASS Gi ioe Pie OBS OE Aero RS os CEN tery ee 


IV. Notes on the Misteride taken in Venezuela by Mons. E. 
Smee ayy Grey MWS re oe) oP sdafe Mls a's, ory a 2s phecatstoleyelalad + leith Sieiein 


V. Note on a new Species of Ampullaria from the La Plata, By 
POSEY of WV WLIAA MEG coved iarerdlolaigat oms.0. 10 airy sissiarpiar 2 oipleds lalele'@ia eo 


VI. Pentacrint in peculiar Beds of Great Oolite Age near Basle. 
By F. A. Baruer, b.A., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural 


LEE TSIROINNS) 9 ol.cro ott ey ohn ol. bicreat kot acip CRCROEICR ic CIRC NCS RRC OTs rh CERNE 
VII. Ona new Chalcosiid Moth obtained in Formosa by Mr. H. 
Hopson. | By Anraur G. -Burunr,FuIS.&e. ect... oe 


VILL. On Lsometrus americanus (Linn.), with a Description of a 
new Species of the Genus. By R. I. Pocock, of the British 
(Natura Cbuscory,)) Maiseum: 9) ries pris) sila e sheiwrancte foteisicvelnCeiansts.s. ava 


IX. Additional Notes on some British Carboniferous Lycopods. 
Bye tupMDsTON, 2S. be, EGs,  Celate LV). ss a<clains3\0.0 syste. 


X. On a new Geaus of Macrura (Ophthalmeryon transitionalis). 
By CASPENCEM BADE, ERIS. &(Plate EX.) (OR cai het ee ee ee. 


XI. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly from Cen- 
tral America. By Herperr Deuce, F.LS., F.R.GS., F.Z.S8. .... 


XU. Ramulina parasitica, a new Species of Fossil Foraminifera 
infesting Orbitoliies Mantelli, var. Theobaldi, with Comparative 
Observations on the Process of Reproduction in the Mycetozoa, 
Freshwater IKhizopoda, and Foraminifera By H. J. Carrer, 
EEC oumorese a (CLtetoe VLULE) Niven aerctts«.ctaceier atte eles alsieY cicialvinlncve woes 


New Books:—Bird-Life of the Borders: Records of Wild Sport and 
Natural History on Moorland and Sea. By Apr, CHapMan.— 
Sylvan Folk: Sketches of Bird- and Animal-Life in Britain. 
By Joun Warson.—A Handbook of Cryptogamic Botany. By 
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., and G. M. Murray, 


Page 


24 


49 


53 


20. 


60 


67 


94 


ELSE og ena on ed Naseer theo 3 oa RadATRAN ond BRI RS Ee. Sail 102—104 


lv CONTENTS. 


Page 
roccotdoradsbectooge 106—107 


Triassic Fish-seales from Siberia, by A. Smith Woodward; On the 
Morphology and Systematic Position of the Epicarides of the 
Family Dajide, by MM. A. Giard and Jules Bonnier; A Para- 
sitic Copepod, by Prof. Leidy; Processes for the Preservation 
of the Lower Marine Animals, by M. Maurice Bedot ; The Cock- 
roaches of the Carboniferous Epoch, by M. Charles Brongniart. 

107—l12 


Proceedings of the Geological Society 


NUMBER XX. 


XITI. Notes on British Amphipoda.—lIf. Families Leucothoide, 
Pardaliscide, and Gammaride (Marine). By the Rev. A. M. Nor- 
MAN, WEA: 2.0.1. 40 ES. «(Plated X28 TR) 2 Soot ce eee fs 


XIV. Descriptions of new Species of Tenthredinide, Cynipide, and 
Chalcidide nm the Collection of the British Museum. By W. F. 
Kirpy, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum 
(Natural Pastory) \ ccerce esas ope eision a aoa oe eine aes i4t 


XV. Francolinus Altumi, Fischer and Reichenow, is the Male of 
F. Hildebrandti, Cabanis. By W. R. Oettviz GRANT .......... 146 


XVI. On Angelopsis, and its Relationship to certain Siphonophora 
taken by the ‘Challenger.’ By J. WALTER Fewxkes, (Plate VII. 
firs IES) wet ofS oe oasee ee oe eEma Semusw ame Mee ack eee 146 
XVII. On the Collection of Lepidoptera formed by Basil Thomson, 
Esq., in the Louisiade Archipelago. By W. F. Kirpy, F.ES., 
Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural 


ERTSEGT |e weet arspn ne) clauciisae ole oi epee im akon eee 156 
— XVIII. Description of a new Stenodermatous Bat from Trinidad. 

By OLDEIELD HOMAS 72.c.< om oleate are nie steps ce Roorete ee 167 
XIX. A few Remarks respecting Insects supposed to be distasteful 

to Birds. By AnruurG. Burimr, F.LS., FZ8., &€e... 22.22.0025 1723 
XX. Diagnoses of new Shells from Lake Tanganyika. By Epcar 

eich Guus mee irre r Oe an OeCog ocd Ud GD OOO OM red 6 On viernes 173 


Proceedings ‘of the Geological Society . 25 -. 2. eee ook vee cereus 176 


A new Marine Larva and its Affinities, by J. Walter Fewkes 
(Plate VII. fig. 4); Aspedophryxus Sarsii, Giard and Bonnier, 
by the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.L.S.; The Sepiole 
of the French Coasts, by M. A. Giard; Note on Mr. Williams’s 
Paper on a new Species of Ampullarta, by Edgar A. Smith; 
Acanthodian Fishes irom the Devonian of Canada, by A. Smith 
Woodward; Note on Palinostus, Spence Bate, by Prof. T. 
Jetiery; Parker, (P'.Ro5.: oe gmemnme aes «ies obieieeisek © 177—184 


NUMBER XXI. 
XXI. On the Organism of the Siphonophora and their Phylogenetic 
Derivation: a Criticism upon E. Haeckel’s so-called Medusome- 
theory. (Dy Professor CSRrCLAGS. «Seri chiek katie: ox 185 


XXII. On the Land- and Freshwater-Shells of the Louisiade 
Archipelago. By Epcar A.Smiru. (Plate XIII.) 


CONTENTS. Vv 


XXIII. On the Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. By SypNEY 
RAE CHUN RL Gen MEARE oe a ive mo cemala ms cies a sie nel oe 


XXIV. Third Contribution to our Knowledge of Reptiles and 
Fishes from the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. By Dr. A. GUNTHER, 
F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum .... 218 


XXV. Notes on the Species of Phasnude collected by Basil 
Thomson, Fisq., in the Louisiade Archipelago. By W. F. Kirpy, 
F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum 
(Natural History) 229 


ee] SMe .01c8) pj's) m\/e!.) (6) a) Gis, s* 0) 6) we Bis. #6) 4\'6) )16, 8) 6) vige) 8) 6! \*/ is, e 9) (olen is) 88 


XXVI. On some new or little-known Species of Lbelluline from 
Jamaica in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art. By W. F. 
Kirsy, F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum 
POM AiMEH OLUISLONY YS peiclrstalsee Sis sclwtuleiadt, Secs shels wise syeratel games Iai ace =e 231 


XXVII. A Note upon the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle of 
Discoidea cylindrica, Lmk., sp., and of a Species of Zchinoconus. 
By Prof. P. Martin Deneoan, M.B., F.R.S., &c., and W. Percy 
PPA SEG Winsett Gra) ses ne wie osteo) oeia a, Saletoly Mnee(neiain er ne pie ts 234 


XXVIII. On Atherstonia, anew Genus of Palzeoniscid Fishes from 
the Karoo Formation of South Africa; and on a Tooth of Ceratodus 
from the Stormberg Beds of the Orange Free State. By A. Smira 
WoopwarpD, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural His- 
BBStaye MCE MLC NCL i)iatcn aha) Alaa anata ols wisNal a eraaaaieticdacale) cists wives oi 2. Stayhe's 239 


XXIX. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from Mada- 
PAR CU am VE Cree OUTING HIN © cite ols. ce vce) djeye eos S4ejejoje cunts tos, vie 244 


New Book :—The Larvee of the British Butterflies and Moths. By 
(the late) Witi1am Buckier. Edited by H. T. Srarnron, 
TBD Beats: 2 NVACT bt EG Lee ae tape ae net oe nt ai Na eo ae oe at UA 248 


A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Deep-sea Fauna of the British 
Islands, by Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S.; A Correction in British 
Spongology, by H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.; On the Marine Aca- 
rina of the Shores of France, by M. Trouessart ; On a new Species 
of Chat, by E. G. Meade-Waldo; on the Fore and Aft Poles, 
the Axial Differentiation, and a possible Anterior Sensory Appa- 
ratus of Volvoxz minor, by Prof. J. A. Ryder; On a Gall pro- 
duced in /'yphlocyba rose, Linn., by a Hymenopterous Larva, 
ye Mice aan ds Sak ateeghd ota sous SEO or op monn Oo ox 249—254 


NUMBER XXII. 
XXX. On the Genera Nototheriwn and Zygomaturus, in reply to 
Mr. Lydekker. By C. W. Dr Vis 
XXXII Note on the Above. By R. LypEKKER .............. 261 


XXXIJ. Notes upon certain Species of Aolosome. By FRANK E. 
Epic RO MMPARESSED Do MnO ane ra tots (apn J auinse velo Pav aay ave NO lolisy os tavsnms 9.8 ms gcvolG¥e ic ayot 262 


XXXII. Descriptions of a new Snake and two new Fishes obtained 
by Dr. H. von Ihering in Brazil. ByG. A. BouLENGER.......... 265 


XXXIV. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—No. 
XXVIII. On some Scandinavian Species. By Prof. T. Ruprerr 
MANES HES, Etraceoe. (elate AV.) 4 <5. cle lage gmusclecite bys 267 


vi CONTENTS. 


Page 
XXXV. On a new Genus of Coleoptera (Trogositide). By G. 
Pere Wiss HOLS: coeds covers asst seers eee een 2738 
XXXVI. On the Myriacanthide—an Extinct Family of Chime- 
roid Fishes. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S., of the 
Sritish Museiim: (Natural History) 92. os ce es ac eee cee ee 275 
XXXVII. Sketch of the History of known Fossil Sponges in Rela- 
tion to those of the Present Day. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c. .. 280 


XXXVIII. On the possible Origin of the Malpighian Tubules in 


the Arthropoda. By Franx E. BED ARD MOAs) WAS: 5 <0. te 290 
XXXIX. The Copepod Fauna of the “ Maare” of the Eifel. By 

Dr. JULES: V OSSEEER) yas each femue Sate eee eee ee aoe 293 
XL. Considerations on the Structure of Rhizopod Shells. By 

FRIEDRICH DREVER), p:a:2)s!siohked-s\-juisis tears Be uid o ew meetin See 200 


XLI. Third Contribution to the List of Birds collected by Mr. C. 
M. Woodford in the Solomon Archipelago, By W. R. Ocitvre 
GRANTS. c65 cb tds cee taehes Suge we wanes Sas Scheele teks wear eeeeme 320 
XLII. On the Weevil Genus Centrinus and its Allies. By Fran- 
cis P. Pascor, F.L.S. &c., formerly President of the Entomological 
DOCLObY?! Eels c Wiens ARB ES a eee EGA oh eis SB AS ee 32] 


On the Proper Generic Name of the Tunny and Albicore, by Theo- 
dore Gill; On Polyodontes mavillosus, by M. Remy Saint-Loup. 
530—352 


NUMBER XXIII. 


XLUI. On two new British Species of Sponges, with short notices 
of an Ovigerous Specimen of Aymeniacidon Dujardinit, Bowk., and 


of a Fossil Toxite. By RoBert Horr, (Plate XVL) .......... 333 
XLIV. On a Method of Defence among certain Meduse. By J. 
WATER Rie Wikies) (os eee SRP Nore te ee ae ee 342 


XLV. On the so-called Cretaceous Lizard, Rhaphiosaurus. By A. 
SmirH WoopwakbD, F.G.8., F.Z.8., of the British Museum (Natural 
EXIStbOny) | cis «im ereulawmraieer Oe ayets ee» = Miao s Salt eke meee ae ee eee 350 

XLVI. On a true Leuconid Calcisponge from the Middle Lias of 


Northamptonshire, and on detached Calcisponge Spicules in the 
Upper Chalk of Surrey. By Grorcr JENNINGS HinpeE, Ph.D. 


GB bebe: VDT) a (siete a Seieieio le afea nite aie te ogee oie ae ee ee B52 
XLVII. Mr. A, G. Butler’s Remarks upon distasteful Insects. By 

BDWAERD* Ds POULEON: MLA. at N.S: — © 10... satiety. 6 oss Ape ee 308 
XLVIII. Descriptions of new Typhlopide in the British Museum. 

By GAs BOUUENG HR er re ee eee ee ew wie tne va helene 360 
XLIX. Descriptions of two new Rhynchophorous Coleoptera from 

the Louisiade Archipelago. By CHaRLES UO. WATERHOUSE ...... 363 


L. Monograph of Phyllothelys, a Genus of Mantodes peculiar to the 
Oriental Region. By J. Woop- -Mason, Superintendent of the 
Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy in the 
Medical College, Calewttar.< io. sence megs: C- eh as oe 365 


CONTENTS. Vil 


Page 
LI. Notes on the Early Life-history of the Herring. By Ernest 
W. IL. Hott, Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews ................+- 368 
LI. Description of a new Species of Water-Shrew from Unalaska 
Haland = ey Goh. DoBson,, MAL. FP RiS.: gers cols afelcshatan alot wiejeines 372 


LIII. Note on the Variation of the Mandibles in the Males and 
Descriptions of the Females of the Prionidous Genera Priotyrannus 
and Cacosceles. By C. J. Ganan, M.A., Assistant, Zoological 
Woepartment, British Museum, 4... .14 0 1+. 0cdmo-s scm cies cases 374 


LIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., 
D.S.0O., commanding.—No. 13. On the Bathybial Fishes of the Bay 
of Bengal and neighbouring waters, obtained during the seasons 
1885-1889. By ALFRED Axcock, M.B., Surgeon-Naturalist to the 
SILEV ENN ceed sic eeayeitaneeys. cate, Rep ayedt, oe Seiler eewila tee dated, ete 376 


LY. On three undescribed Species of the Genus Hemignathus, 
Pachtenstem. “By Scorr B. WiItson, F.Z.5. 02. 2. cee ees ho @ 400 


New Books :—A Monograph of the Marine and Freshwater Ostra- 
coda of the North Atlantic and of North-western Europe: 
Section I. Podocopa. By Grorgr Stewarpson Brapy, M.D., 
F.R.S., F.L.S., and the Rev. ALFRED MERLE Norman, M.A., 
D.C.L., F.L.8.—A Supplementary Monograph of the Tertiary 
Entomostraca of England. By T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S. &c., 
and C. Davies SHERBORN, F.G.S.—A Classified List of Mr. S. 
William Silver’s Collection of New-Zealand Birds (at the 
Manor-House, Letcomb Regis), with short Descriptive Notes by 
Sir Warrer L. BULLER, K.C.M.G. PPD Ses ubiekei Sone steiss: 3 402—405 


Notes on some new and little-known British Jurassic Fishes, by A. 
Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.; On the Occurrence ‘of the 
Devonian Ganoid On ychodus in Spitzber gen, by A. Smith Wood- 
ward, F.G.S., F.Z.S8.; On the Reproduction of some Ctenosto- 
matous Bryozoa, by M. Henri Prouho ................ 405—407 


NUMBER XXIV. 


LVI. Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. Coast of 


Ireland, under the Direction of Rey. W. Spotswoop GREEN, M.A., 
F.R.G.S 


Summary of the Cruise. By Rev. W.S. GREEN.......... 409 
Hishess | ByvDr A GUNTHER -pes ioe srotelnie telomere 415 
Mollusca. By IED. GAT At nS MOET tas) -)0 eiore| opelsunscbeis) o's olahace aa 420 
Wrasiced Wyle 1 POCOCK: <5 hic ats Misi nr atdnebebes ets 425 
Echinodermata. By F. Jerrrry Beit, M.A., See.R.M.S. 

(GE Pete sp Xe VDI SreXOIEX KW VSNN 9 Sahel fale Wei arn ees 432 
Polyzoa, Hydrozoa, Sponges, and Radiolaria. By R. KirK- 

INU ACM mPa AB Ic 6 DRDO SOR eID Ot Oop 446 
Foraminifera. By JOSEPH WRIGHT oo... a6: ceceiee nee, 447 


LVII. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey 
Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.0., 
commanding.—No. 13, On the Bathybial Fishes of the Bay of Ben- 
gal and neighbouring waters, obtained during the seasons 1885-1889, 

By A.Frep ALcock, M.B., Surgeon-N aturalist to the Survey .... 450 


Vill CONTENTS. 


Page 
—_ LVIII. Note onthe Nomenclature of the Short-eared New-Zealand 
bat. Hig OLDKIELD -THOMASTRUA. w05 tie fae eta ee cas eae oe 462 


LIX. Notes made during the Summer of 1887 on the Effect of 
offering various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. By Arruur 
G? BUTLER, (EES B79 10 Come act Scicrs. ecterh niece eee 463 


LX. A new Species of Rhav. By R. I. Pocock, of the British 
Museum (Natural History) .....-.-.0..- 002+ sccesceeesceocers 473 


LXI. A new Species of Glomeris from Borneo, By R.I. Pocock, 
of the British Museum (Natural History) ......../..../--.0.00 474 


New Book :—An Illustrated Manual of British Birds. By Howarp 
SAUNDERS, F15.E-Z8., &e. (Parts ities... 2), Oslo oer 475 


Note on the Occurrence of a Species of Bothriceps in the Karoo 
System of South Africa, by R. Lydekker; On the Phospho- 
rescent Infection of the Taltri and other Crustaceans, by M. A. 
Giard; On the Parasitic Castration of the Typhlocybe by a 
Hymenopterous Larva (Aphelopus melaleucus, Dalm.) and by a 
Dipterous Larva (Atelenevra spuria, Meig.), by M. A. Giard. 475 


A478 
| STG ey: ce hee ie et rr mo i BR CEB Rs «ie Dales SIR no 480 


PLATES IN VOL. IVY. 


Puate I. ] 
II. } New South Wales Bryozoa. 
Ii. 
IV. British Carboniferous Lycopods. 
V. Cretaceous Species of Podoseris. 
VI. Osteology of the Testudinata. 
VIL. Structure of Angelopsis.—Mitraria-like Larva. 
VIL. Ramulina parasitica. 
IX. Ophthalmeryon transitionalis. 


XI.$ British Amphipoda. 


XII. New Land- and Freshwater-Sheils. 
XIV. Atherstonia scutata—Ceratodus capensis. 
XV. Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 
XVI. New British Sponges. 
XVII. Leucandra Walfordi. 
XVII. Phormosoma placenta.—Spicules of Holothuria aspera. 
XIX. Echinus microstoma and E. elegans.—Astrogonium Greeni, 


ee 
« 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES] 


OS scodanatococancoa0 per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, divee, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, reeurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” 
NV. Parthenii Giannettasii El. 1. 


No, 19; JULY 1889, 


I.—Bryozoa from New South Wales. 
By Artuur Wm. WATERS. 


[Plates I-III. } 


Part LV. 


Since I published in this periodical * descriptions of New 
South Wales Bryozoa sent to me by Mr. Brazier, of Sydney, 
I have received another box-full, and have to thank him for 
his kindness in sending it to me for description. This last 
box contains exclusively incrusting species obtained off Green 
Point, Port Jackson, in dredging-expeditions undertaken for 
conchological purposes. 

There are several species not previously found in the colony 
and much better specimens of one or two forms described in 
my previous papers, thus enabling me to give particulars 
relating to the structure. ‘This is especially the case with 
Microporella inversa. 

As already suggested in my Supplementary ‘ Challenger’ 
Report, I propose to drop the genus Mucronella, for the classi- 


* Ser. 5, vol. xx. pp. 81, 181, and 253. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. i 


2 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


fication of Smitt¢a and the allied genera as Mucronella and 
Porella has never seemed to me satisfactory. On this account 
comparative drawings of the apertures of a series are given. 

Until the weak points in our present classification are 
weeded out but slight progress can be made in our knowledge 
of geographical distribution, and all complete descriptions and 
working out of structures are helping towards this, while 
premature alterations are to be avoided. 

In Schizoporella as now understood there are a number of 
forms with the true aperture emarginate and having a distinct 
sinus, such as S. Ceeilii ; then there are others where the lower 
part of the aperture is subtriangular, with lateral denticles, 
such as S, lata, MacG., S. ambita, W., &c., and these should 
probably be separated. 

Since my last paper Mr. Whitelegge has published an 
important communication on some Australian Bryozoa*, 
dealing principally with the Lunulites group, and it is to be 
hoped that he will continue to use his opportunities to add to 
our knowledge of the structure of the Australian Bryozoa. 

Mr. Whitelegge has favoured me with further specimens of 
“Flabellopora”’ elegans, d’Orb., and I feel no doubt as to the 
correctness of my identification. Probably Mr. Whitelegge 
will not mind my pointing out a fact of which he is now 
aware, namely that d’Orbigny only described Flabellopora 
elegans as recent and not fossil. 

T have been informed that the locality mentioned (‘ Annals,’ 
1887, xx. p. 193) as Raton, New Guinea, should be Katow, the 
manuscript label with the specimen having been misread. 

In my Supplementary ‘ Challenger’ Report Letepora jack- 
soniensis, B., and &. victoriensis, MacG., are united. 


Membranipora corbula, Hincks. 


This species, mentioned in my previous paper, also occurs 
from Green Point. Thereis great variation in the size of the 
oral spines, so that sometimes the difference is not very marked 
between these and the spines over the front of the zocecium. 
The ovicell is frequently umbonate—in fact it may sometimes 
be described as aspinous umbo. I have a badly preserved 
specimen among some things from New Zealand (probably 
Napier), and in this the ovicell is also umbonate. I. corbula 
and JM. armata are so similar that it may be doubted whether 
they are more than two extreme forms of the same thing. 


* Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 337; also reprinted 
in the ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. i. p. 18. 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 3 


Membranipora pyrula, Hincks. 


Membranipora pyrula, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. 
p-. 31, pl. i. tig, 2; MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. xiii. p. 103, 
pl. exxvii. fig. 1. 

Membranipora lineata, MacGillivray, Zool. Vict. dec. iii. p. 84, pl. xxvi. 
fig, 3 


The spines in the Green Point specimen are not so stout as 
those figured by MacGillivray in the thirteenth decade, but 
somewhat stouter than those figured by Hincks. 

Hab. Bass’s Straits, Victoria; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Membranipora levata, Hincks. 


Membranipora levata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 
p. 467, pl. xix. figs. 6, 6a. 


The ovicell may be smooth or the umbo may form a keel. 
M. trregularis, B., as figured by Smitt in his ‘ Floridan 
Bryozoa,’ is similar in shape and general characters, but the 
avicularia are wanting. 

Loc. Houston Stewart Channel, 15-20 fath., and Cum- 
shewa, British Columbia; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Membranipora lineata, L., var. (Pl. II. fig. 16.) 


There are specimens from Green Point which differ from 
the typical Uéneata in having a small round globular ovicell 
without any rib. In one specimen the zocecia are connected 
by tubes forming an areolated space, and on some of these 
interzocecial connexions there are small triangular avicularia. 
Similar connexions occur in M. ctircwmcelathrata, H., in Jf. 
acuta, H., and sometimes in MW. lineata, L. 

The present form differs from J. circumelathrata in having 
small avicularia instead of large prominent ones. It is 
very much like J. pectinata, MacG., but its zoccia could 
not be described as large. 


Membranipora cervicornis, Busk (non Haswell). 


Membranipora cervicornis, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlili. 
p. 47, which see for synonyms. 


In the specimen from Green Point the spines have all been 
worn off, but the shape of the opesial opening, together with 
the widely open ovicell, suffice for the determination. 

Loc. Living}: Victoria; South Australia ; pee Straits ; 


4 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


New South Wales. Fossil: Mt.Gambier (South Australia) ; 
Napier (New Zealand). 


Beania quadricornuta, Hincks. 


Diachoris quadricornuta, Hincks, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. 
p. 245, pl. ix. fig. 2. ¥) 

Diachoris maxilla, Jullien, Bryozoaires du Cap Horn, p. 74, pl. vil. 
fig. 3, pl. xi. fig. 4. 


In my specimens from Victoria and New South Wales 
the number of supraoral spines is variable, there being fre- 
quently two long ones besides the four short ones. 

Hab. Victoria; Cape Horn; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Beania hirtissima, var. conferta, MacG. 
(Pl. II. figs. 12-14.) 
Beania conferta, MacGillivray, Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxii. 
p- 130, pl. i. fig. 5. : 

In specimens from Green Point the zoarium forms a thick 
mat over the shell or stone upon which it grows. The zocecia 
are semierect and the very stout oral spines are in marked 
contrast to the finer row of spines curved over the front of 
the zocecia or those at their sides. The position of these 
spines is, however, the same as in both the typical Airtesstma 
and the form robusta from Naples *, though in these the 
distal spines are but very slightly larger than the frontal and 
lateral ones. There are usually about ten stout oral spines, 
and the frontal and lateral spines only occur on the distal 
half of the zocecia. ‘There are very numerous small radical 
tubes, in this respect differing from the B. conferta described 
by MacGillivray. The ovicell occurs as an inflation on the 
dorsal surface behind the aperture (fig. 14). The distal por- 
tion of the operculum is double. 

The distal end of the zocecium being erect and all the con- 
nexions occurring in the proximal half support MacGulli- 
vray’s view that Diachoris should be merged in Beania. 

It will be seen that a similar erect growth of part of the 
zocecium obtains also in Diachoris crotali, B. 

This is the only Beania in which I am sure of having seen 
an ovicell. One is described by Busk in Déachoris ecrotaii as 
‘¢ small, conical, superior,” and a small conical protuberance 
is figured; and this occurs in specimens in my collection; but 


* B. hirtissima, var. robusta, H., and var. cylindrica, H., both occur in 
the Bay of Naples, and the B. hirtissima var. typica ig found at Rapallo, 
North Italy. 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 5 


I have not been able to satisfy myself as to its signification. 
In no other case does an ovicell seem to have been described, 


Cribrilina clithridiata, Waters. (Pl. I. figs. 6-9.) 

Cribrilina clithridiata, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. 

p. 187, pl. v. fig. 6, pl. vi. fig. 2. 

In the material from Green Point there are several speci- 
mens with ovicells which are globose, large, much raised, 
with a large mark on each side, called a “‘ pyritorm fossa” by 
Hincks and a “ large stigma” by Busk, being similar to the 
ovicells of C. philomelaand C. figularis. On the upper part 
of the ovicellular elevation, though above the ovicellular 
chamber, there are six marks or papille similar to those on 
the front of the zocecium. The aperture of the ovicelligerous 
cells is subquadrangular, exactly similar to that of the 
ordinary zocecia of C. figularts, and this is a point which 
should be kept clearly in view when considering the classifi- 
catory position. 

When C. clithridiata is decalcified there are conspicuous 
marks on the front, like the fenestree of the Catenicelle (much 
as in C. ventricosa), and the central area is thicker, forming 
a kind of shield; but there are no other marks, whereas in 
C. jfigularis (fig. 10), C. latimarginata, &c. when decalcified 
there are marks corresponding to the rows of punctures in the 
calcareous wall. The “ fenestra”? are of course under the 
papille at the end of the ridges. 


Cribrilina radiata, Moll. 
For synonyms see Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 185. 


A specimen from Green Point is a typical C. radiata, in 
shape and size similar to specimens from Naples. There are 
five ribs on each side and a central one below. The ovicell 
has a keel, 

MacGillivray mentions the species in his ‘ Catalogue of 
Marine Polyzoa of Victoria,’ p. 22; but it does not appear 
to have had any other notice from the Australian area. 


Microporella coscinopera, var. armata, Waters. 
FS ad 
(PI. 1. figs. 1-5.) 
Microporella coscinopora, var. armata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. 
Soe. vol. xxxvii. p. 331, pl. xv. fig. 25; ‘Challenger’ Suppl. Rep. 


QC 
p- 39. h i 
Microporella coscinopora, var. mucronata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. 


Soe. vol. xli. p, 20. 


6 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


Eschara suleata, M.-Edw. Ann. des Sci. Nat. 2° sér. tom. vi. p. 48, 
pl. v. fig. 2. 
Eschara mucronata, MacG. Zool. of Vict. dec. v. p. 48, pl. xlviil. 

figs. 6, 7. 


Adeonellopsis latipuncta, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xxii. p. 154, 
pl. ii. fig. 5. 

A specimen from Green Point, Port Jackson, is a flat piece, 
evidently part of a large foliaceous growth, and is the A. 
latipuncta of MacGillivray. Broad and narrow pieces from 
Port Phillip in my collection show that the width must not 
be made a specific character ; and the ‘ Challenger’ dredged 
fragments of three sizes from Station 162, of which the 
narrower one is only ‘2 millim. in diameter. A branched 
specimen from Green Point is the Adeonellopsis australis of 
MacGillivray ; but in the size of the oral aperture, the form 
of the chitinous elements, and the other zoccial characters I 
cannot find any difference from the above and do not think 
that the broad and narrow forms should be separated. 

In the Green Point ‘ latzpuncta”’ specimen there is always 
the central avicularium directed upwards and usually one 
small one at the side of the aperture, sometimes two; but 
there is seldom one below the cribriform area. In many of 
the Australian specimens, both recent and fossil, there is in 
different parts of the same colony considerable variation with 
regard to the avicularia. In the typical Miocene JZ. coscino- 
pora there is only a central avicularium, but the zocecial cha- 
racters are generally similar. 

Loc. Living: Port Phillip (Victoria); ‘Challenger,’ 
Station 162, 88-40 fath.; Green Point, Port Jackson. Fos- 
sil: Curdie’s Creek, Muddy Creek (Victoria) ; River-Murray 
Cliffs (South Australia). 


Microporella inversa, Waters. (Pl. I. figs. 11, 12.) 


Porina inversa, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 190, 
pl. iv. fig. 28, pl. v. fig.5; Whitelegge, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. 
Wales, ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 680, 

Much better specimens received from Green Point have 
revealed several points not seen in the specimens previously 
described. The pores on the front are distinctly stellate, as 
can be readily seen in mature zocecia, though not distinguished 
in old cells without preparation, and the formation of these 
stellate pores is instructive. 

At first raised tubes are formed (fig. 11, left-hand upper 
zocecium), and in a later stage the stellate closure grows on 
the top (fig. 11, right-hand zocecium); but as calcareous 
growth progresses the teeth are at the base of a round 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 7 


depression (fig. 11, lower zocecium), and in these mature zocecia 
there are, as seen in calcined specimens, deep grooves between 
the stellate pores, starting from large pores near the borders of 
the zocecia. One of these grooves seems usually to start from 
the upper lateral pore on the one side and pass above the sub- 
oral pore to the lateral pore on the other side, as shown in the 
left-hand zocecium of fig. 11. Decalcification shows distinct 
tubes occupying the place of these grooves. The interior 
membrane of the zocecial wall is perforated by the suboral 
pore, but not by the others. 

As already pointed out, the operculum is the reverse of the 
usual shape, and when writing the previous description I 
naturally concluded that it was hinged on the distal edge and 
not at the proximal, as in other Bryozoa; but not having very 
good specimens, I merely presumed it, and it would seem to 
me that what I wrote suggests this; but it does not seem to 
have been so understood by Mr. Whitelegge, who, having 
had the opportunity of examining fresh specimens, points out 
that the aperture is of the same shape as in other Bryozoa, but 
reversed. I have certainly no objection to its being put in 
this way, but do not appreciate that it is different from what I 
said; and the name dtnversa was chosen on account of this 
reversal of shape, so that Mr. Whitelegge’s and my own 
description seem quite the same though expressed in a different 
way. 

Dr. Jullien * described a species as Inversiula nutrix about 
the same time that I published my description ; and at first I 
thought they might be identical. The general appearance 
is so similar that they might readily be mistaken; but 
the individual characters must be examined, and then a mate- 
rial difference is found in the shape of the oral aperture, which 
in J. nutriv is nearly round but somewhat flattened on both 
the distal and proximal edges, and I am inclined to think 
that the operculum is here also reversed in position. I cannot 
speak on this point with certainty, as I have only been able to 
examine a very minute fragment, and have not made dissec- 
tions. Dr. Jullien only possessed a small piece, but gene- 
rously sent mea little bit of it for examination. 

The suboral pore of Inverstula nutrix I should describe as 
round, with a tooth in the lower part, as in many Micropo- 
rellide. One suboral pore without any such tooth is quite 
round, and the difference in this character in Jullien’s species 
and mine does not seem of any generic importance. 

In M. inversa I have only seen the small semicircular 


* ‘Mission du Cap Horn,’ Bryozoaires, p. 44, pl. iy. fig. 8. 


8 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


mandibles in decalcified specimens, and the apertures in the 
avicularia of Inversiula nutriw ave of the same shape. The 
operculum of J. nutriv is very thick round the border, re- 
minding us of the operculum of Diporula verrucosa. 

Although specifically very distinct, Jullien’s species from 
South America and mine from New South Wales seem to 
fall into the same genus, and probably the New South Wales 
species will have to be called TInverstula inversa. I am now 
unable to understand why I placed mine with Porina, but 
when describing it said that I thought it would have to be 
made the type of a new genus. 


Micropora elongata, Hincks. (PI. I. figs. 21, 22.) 

Steganoporella elongata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. 

p. 380, pl. xvi. fig. 4. 
Micropore variperforata, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. 
p. 51, pl. vill. fig. 27. 

From Green Point there are a few zocecia in shape and every 
particular exactly resembling Mr. Hincks’s figure and descrip- 
tion of S. elongata; but on the same shell there is another 
colony in which the surface has numerous similar large 
perforations (opesiules) and similar avicularia, but the 
zocecia shorter and wider. In the more typical specimens 
there is a well-marked “ opesiule”’ at each upper corner, but 
in some cases it cannot be made out, and in others there are 
more than one on each side. 

The number of opesiules has been shown to be variable in 
this and in Micropora lepida, Hincks. Dr. Jullien, however, 
would use the form of the opesiules as the.chief generic cha- 
racter, making out of the Microporide the genera Gargantua, 
J., Calpensia, J., Andreella, J., Woodipora, J., Verminaria, 
J., Peneclausa, J., Thalamoporella, Hincks, Manzonella, J., 
Pergensia, J., Setosella, Hincks. Surely genus manufac- 
turing never has gone and never will go further than this ; 
and as Dr. Jullien has called attention to many anatomical 
points of importance, it is much to be regretted that he should 
be so hasty in his generalizations on classification. 

In its typical form this does not seem at all like IW. cortacea ; 
but when a series is examined there is found to be little 
difference. In older cells of JZ. coriacea the surface of the 
front wall seems almost closed, whereas in the younger zocecia 
the perforations are distinctly seen, and in some zocecia of 
MM. elongata the pores are not large and distinct. 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 5] 


Schizoporella auriculata, Hass. 


Loc. Living: European seas; Madeira; Azores; Gulf of 
St. Lawrence; Victoria; Green Point, Port Jackson, New 
South Wales. Fossil: Pliocene of Italy and Sicily; Mount 
Gambier and Bairnsdale (Australia); Napier and Tommy 
Gully (New Zealand). 


Schizoporella auriculata, Hass., var. 


There is also a Schizoporella which in most cases has only 
a round avicularium below the aperture ; but in a few zocecia 
there are besides two avicularia, one at each side of the aper- 
ture, as in S. sanguinea, Norman, var. (Hincks, Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 382). The pores are small 
slits; and should it be requisite to give it a name, fiss¢pora 
would be appropriate; but as there are no ovicells, it is for the 
present left as a variety of auriculata. 


Schizoporella Cecilit, Aud. 


Mr. Hincks (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.. ser. 5, vol. xix. 
p. 802) hesitates to identify this with Heller’s Lepralia Peru- 
gtana, as he considers that has an avicularium ; but Mr. Hincks 
is mistaken in supposing that Heller alludes to an avicularium ; 
what he described was the “ appendage ”’ of the operculum as 
a ‘kleines, gelbes Ziihnchen.” 

Loc. Britain; Mediterranean; Red Sea; Japan; Queen 
Charlotte Islands (British Columbia); Victoria; (Green 
Point, Port Jackson. Fossil: River-Murray Cliffs (South 
Australia). 


Schizoporella biserialis, Hincks. (PI. II. fig. 11.) 

Schizoporella biserialis, Hincks, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. 

p- 250, pl. vii. fig. 3. 

In a specimen from Green Point the shape and size of the 
zocecia, the sculpturing, and the ovicells are just the same as 
in the New Zealand specimens; but there are numerous 
spines arising from the distal end of the zocecium, often as 
many as forty or fifty, and these do not seem to be arranged 
in series, though one might at first take them for three rows. 

The pores on the surface of the zocecia in the specimens 
from both localities are internally slightly denticulated. Schi- 
zoporella arachnoides, MacG., is probably nearly related to 
this; but the zocecia are smaller, the ovicell is elongate, there 
are not the large pores on the surface of the zocecia, and there 
is only a single row of oral spines. 


10 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


Schizoporella mucronata, Smitt. (Pl. II. fig. 9.) 
Hippothoa mucronata, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, p. 45, pl. viii. fig. 169. 


In the Green Point specimen there is a semicircular raised 
ridge below the aperture. The aperture is about 0°12 millim. 
wide, and on the operculum there is a very distinct, elongate, 
semitransparent area. In young cells there is a row of pores 
round the edge of the zocecium; the ovicell is small, raised, 
globular, but seldom mucronate. 

S. simplex, Johnst. (S. Johnstont, Ridley), dredged by the 
‘Challenger’ between Fayal and Pico, has a similar ridge 
below the aperture in the ovicelligerous cells, and these are 
very similar to cells of the present Australian specimens; but 
the species differ in the first only having the ridge on ovicelli- 
gerous zocecia. 


Loc. Florida, 29 fath.; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Schizoporella filocincta, Rss. (Pl. I. figs. 17, 18.) 


Lepralia filocincta, Reuss, “ Bry. (Est.-Ung. Mioc.” Denkschr. Ak. 
Wissensch, Wien, vol. xxxiii. p. 178, pl. viii. fig. 4. 

Schizoporella filocincta, Pergens, “Bry. du Tasmadjan,” Bull. Soc. 
Malac. de Belgique, vol. xxii. p. 14. 


Zoarium inecrusting. Central zocecia erect, the outer ones 
decumbent; shell thick, with a few larger pores. The 
oral aperture is large, clithridiate. There are a few semicir- 
cular avicularia between the zocecia, but they do not occur 
generally. The ovicells are wide and short, not very much 
raised, covered with pores similar to those on the surface of 
the zocecia. 

At first I thought this was Cellepora megasoma of Mac- 
Gillivray, as it corresponds with some of the figures, and it 
is not impossible that this is what MacGillivray first described 
under that name. 

Loc. Living: Green Point, Port Jackson. Fossil: Mio- 
cene of Forchtenau and Belgrade. 


Schizoporella lata, MacG. 


Schizoporella lata, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xix. p, 182, 
pl. i. fig. 7; Zool. Vict. dec. xiv. p. 146, pl. exxxviii. fig. 2. 


This differs from S. ambita, Waters, in having a much 
narrower ovicell, evenly punctured, and in having a small 
triangular avicularium immediately below the aperture. 8. 
lata is very much like Lepralia tenella, Rss. 


Loc. Port Phillip (Victoria) ; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Mr, A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 11 


Schizoporella subimmersa, vay. nov. 


(Piatt, figs. 10; 10:4,:6;-c.) 


This is much like MacGillivray’s description and figure of 
Lepralia subimmersa, but does not correspond with Hincks’s 
more recent figure. ‘The operculum of the ovicelligerous cells 
is somewhat larger than that of the ordinary zocecia, and 
forms a wide curve on the lower border. The ovicell is 
deeply immersed. 

From the avicularian chamber there is a lateral tube on 
each side (see fig. 10a, a zocecium decalcified). ‘The same 
thing is often seen in the avicularian chambers of Retepora. 
In some of the older zocecia the opercula are whitish, in con- 
sequence of a slight subsequent calcareous deposit. 

Loc. Victoria; Green Point. 


Schizoporella ambita, sp. nov. (Pl. II. fig. 7.) 


This occurs from Green Point and is in many points simi- 
lar to S. lata, MacG., also abundant from the same locality ; 
but the differences in the ovicells and avicularia enable them 
to be distinguished. 

Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia ovate, distinct, with moderate- 
sized deep pores on the front, a small round avicularium 
immediately below the aperture. Oral aperture suborbicular, 
with the proximal edge subtriangular. Ovicell wide, raised, 
the front flat, with numerous pores, the rest of the ovicell 
imperforate. 

This I have from Naples with and without the small round 
avicularium; and a specimen from Port Western, Victoria, 
sent to me as S. lata? has the characteristic ovicells and 
avicularia. 

Probably this has been placed with S. pertusa. 

In some cases a calcareous growth in the older zocecia forms 
a kind of lip in the lower part of the aperture. 


Schizoporella levigata, sp. nov. (Pl. II. fig. 8.) 


Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia small, separated by an indis- 
tinct division, surface smooth. Avicularium tumid, directed 
forwards, mandible round with a central lucida and the distal 
end dentate ; in the older cells the avicularium occupies nearly 
the whole of the front of the zocecium. ‘The oral aperture 
is nearly orbicular, the sinus(?) being formed by an are 
nearly the width of the aperture, and on each side there is a 
minute denticle. 

Ovicell short, much raised, situated considerably above the 
aperture, widely open, and not closed by the operculum. 


12 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


This is allied to S. tumida, but the avicularian chamber is 
lower down and does not spread out near the aperture. It is 
also allied to S. Ridleyi, MacG., which has recently been 
redescribed by Jullien as Aimulosia australis, J. 

Loc. Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Schizoporella sydneyensts, sp. nov. 


There is only a small piece of this Schzoporella without 
ovicells. Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia hexagonal, separated 
by a distinct raised ridge; the distal portion of the zocecium 
is much depressed, the aperture wide (0°13 millim.), the lower 
border of the oral aperture widely emarginate. In young 
zocecia there is a thick ridge below the aperture, but in older 
ones the two ends are raised and form a stout blunt spine at 
each side below the aperture. The front wall of the zocecium 
is coarsely perforated, 

The zocecia are very similar in several characters to those 
of Eschara mortisaga, Stol. (Bry. von Latdorf, p. 86, pl. il. 
fig. 6). 

“This specimen was first noticed after the plates were drawn, 
and if the opportunity occurs should be figured at some future 
time. 

Since writing the above J have had the opportunity of ex- 
amining, in Miss Jelly’s collection, older and larger colonies 
of what is no doubt the same thing; but in these the front of 
zocecium is not depressed, and sometimes besides the pair of 
tubercular spines there are others on the front of the zocecium. 
These specimens were determined as S. vitrec, MacG., and 
although the front of the zocecium is distinctly perforated, and 
not “granulated,” most of the characters correspond with 
those given by MacGillivray, but his figures and descrip- 
tions are insufficient. 

In my ‘Challenger’ Suppl. Report I considered that the 
incisa ot Busk was the vitrea of MacG.; but I may have been 
misled by insufficient figures, and in the uncertainty it will be 
best for the present to allow the name sydneyensis to stand. 


Lepralia vestita, Hincks, var. australis. (PI. I. fig. 19.) 


Lepralia vestita, Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 194, 
pl. vi. fig. 21. 

Since writing my previous paper I have had the opportu- 
nity of further examining Tahiti specimens, and think that 
the New South Wales form should be separated as a variety. 
The operculum of the typical Z. vestita is shown in fig. 20. 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 13 


In the Tahiti form there is more of a peristome than in the 
variety, and some zocecia have a broad avicularium at the 
side of the peristome which does not occur in the specimens 
from Green Point, where the variety is common. 

Lepralia lonchea, B., is so closely allied to the typical Z. 
vestita that I doubt whether it should be separated. 


Lepralia elimata, Waters. 


In young zocecia from Green Point there are supraoral 
spines. 


Lepralia rectilineata, Hincks. 


Lepralia rectilineata, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. 
p- 201, pl. vii. fig. 5; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. 
p. 60, pl. vii, fig. 16, pl. viii. figs. 34, 35, 36. 

There are only two or three zocecia from Green Point; but 
there is no mistaking their identity with the New Zealand 
form. 

Loc. Living: New Zealand; Green Point. Fossil: New 
Zealand. 


Lepralia depressa, Busk. (PI. I. figs. 13-16.) 
Lepralia depressa, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 75, pl. xci. figs, 3, 4. 


Escharella rostrigera, Smitt, Floridan Bryozoa, Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 
n, ser. xi. p. 57, pl. x. figs. 2038-205. 


This was not recognized as identical with Mr. Busk’s ZL. 
depressa until | had an opportunity of examining the British 
Museum specimens. 

The bright red zoarium is incrusting. Zocecia irregularly 
rectangular, distinctly separated, with pores round the border. 
Oral aperture with straight sides and triangular proximal end, 
a small round avicularium at each side; sometimes an umbo 
on the middle of the zocecium, and from decalcified prepara- 
tions this umbo appears to be sometimes perforate. The ovi- 
celligerous cells have the aperture (0°13 millim.) much larger 
than that of the other cells (0°09 millim.); there is often an 
avicularium above the ovicelligerous aperture, and the distal 
end ot these zocecia is somewhat raised. 

Smitt gives the avicularia of various shapes. 

‘The ordinary and ovicelligerous zocecia are now known to 
have different or larger apertures in several genera, as, for 
instance, in Cribrilina elithridiata, Schizoporella hyalina, S. 
jacksoniensis, B., Lepralia bistata, W., Monoporella waipu- 


14 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


kerensis, W., Micropora, Adeonella, Adeona, Steganoporella, 
Catenicella, and many others. 

Loc. Aigean Sea (#.); Florida, 35-43 fath. (Sm.) ; Green 
Point, Port Jackson. 


Lepralia Poissonii, Aud., var. (Pl. II. fig. 17.) 


For synonyms and localities see “Tert. Chil. Bryozoa from New Zea- 
land,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xliii. p. 59. 


A specimen from Green Point is thickly calcified and has 
the ovicells immersed, showing, however, a round ovicellular 
area on a level with the wall of the zoccium. In L. Pois- 
sonit, as previously described, the ovicell is always raised, and 
it may bea question whether the specimen under notice should 
be considered a variety or whether the difference arises from 
a stronger calcification of older cells. ‘The ovicells in the 
Chilostomata generally are subject to considerable variation 
with age, and great care must be exercised when using the 
ovicell for purposes of classification. 


SMITTIA. 


I have several times expressed my conviction that the 
classification of the family Escharide of Hincks would require 
modification when better understood, and have considered 
that some of the names were only used provisionally. 

A considerable section possesses three teeth, which, fol- 
lowing Jullien, we may call a central “lyrula,” and two 
lateral “ cardelle.” So far as I have had the opportunity of 
examination, the opercula of all of these, instead of being hard 
and horny, as in the majority of the Bryozoa, are soft and 
membranous. ‘The method of teasing out in water, which I 
have found far the best for the separation of the opercula 
generally, is not here suitable, as the opercula cannot be 
removed without risk of altering their shape, and glycerine is 
in this case useful, though as a rule it should be avoided. 
This thinness of the operculum may not be found on further 
examination to be universal, but at the same time the proba- 
bility of the value of this as a diagnostic character is pointed 
out. 

I give under the present generic names figures of the teeth 
of a number of forms magnified about fifty times, and believe 
that they should be placed with the genus Smttia, dropping 
the genus Mucronella. Most of the Jucronelle would come 
in here, but a few would come under Lepralia, for the so- 
called mucro has evidently represented various structures. In 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 15 


Mucronella prestans, H., the whole front of the peristome is 
raised ; in M. porosa, H., there seems to be no true mucro ; 
and in JM. contorta, B., and M. bisinwata, as previously 
pointed out, we ought not to speak of a mucro. 

In Smitiva the oral avicularium may, just as in Porella, be 
enclosed in the secondary aperture, as seen in some forms of 
S. Landsborovit; and, as at present defined, I find myself 
unable to decide what is Pore/la, though perhaps we shall 
find other characters uniting together a part of what is now 
ealled Porelia. 

The mandibles of the oral avicularia of a number of this 
group show a similarity in having a diagonal strengthening 
chitinous bar from each side of the lucida. We may call 
this the Smittta Landsborovit type, represented also by 
Porella cervicornis, Ell. & Sol., P. marsupium, P. levis, P. 
rostrata, Umbonula verrucosa, Smittia rigida, Lorenz; but 
before we can know the value of this character further com- 
parisons of similarly placed avicularia are required. The 
variation in position, size, and direction of the oral avicularia 
of some Schizoporelle, as for instance S. auriculata, must 
put us on our guard against hasty conclusions. 

The Eschara cervicornis of Pallas and M.-Edwards has the 
oral avicularia within the orifice, and I have therefore called 
it Porella; but Mr. Hincks would call it Smdttva, and from 
this I think we may see the artificialness of the genus Porella, 
as at present understood, 

As to the peristomial characters, there is great variety in 
the genus Smttia, and again in Schizoporella there is in many 
species a raised peristome, as, for instance, in Schizoporella 
discoidea, B.; and in several Cellepore, as represented by C. 
granum, the peristome is tubular above the oral aperture. 
Though no doubt often useful specifically, peristomial cha- 
racters do not seem applicable for generic divisions. 

I give a figure of the Smdtt¢a which Dr. Jullien would call 
Exochella longirostris from Cape Horn, as it shows the lyrula 
and cardelle meeting and enclosing a space, and probably 
this is similar to the structure of Smitita tricuspis, H., but 
in the latter the prolongation of the peristome forms a tube 
on each side. 

Dr. Jullien has recently also suggested that IMucronella 
should be dropped ; but I am unable to follow him in the way 
in which he would divide up the group. 


Smittia unispinosa, sp. nov. (Pl. IIT. figs. 1-3.) 


Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia large, quadrate, distinct, with 


16 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


pores round the border. The peristome raised at each side of 
the aperture, but not at all on the distal end, where there is 
one large jointed spine, occasionally replaced by two, nor is 
the proximal edge raised. 

At one side, rather below the aperture, a large raised avicu- 
larium with a round mandible, but sometimes replaced by a 
gigantic avicularium almost the size of the zocecium. In one 
specimen there is also one vicarious avicularium larger than a 
zocecium, with a spatulate mandible. The operculum is thin, 
scarcely chitinous, nearly orbicular, slightly curved inwards on 
the lower edge, and quite plain. 

The ovicells are large, globular, much raised, and in 
mature specimens there are two or three mucronate processes 
and perforations on the front of the ovicell. 

In young ovicells the markings remind us of the trifoliate 
stigma on the ovicells of a group of Retepora. 


Smittia trispinosa, J., var. munita, Hincks. 


(Pl. IIT. figs. 12, 13, 23.) 


Smittia trispinosa, Johust. var., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv. 
p. 283, pl. ix. fig. 5. 

Specimens from Green Point have the zocecia heaped up 
and short, with a peristomial sinus, caused by the peristome 
being raised on both sides. The surface is coarsely granu- 
lated, and to some zocecia there are three supraoral spines. 
The ovicells are distinct, partly buried in the zocecia above, 
with large pores over the surface, and there is usually an 
elongate avicularium on each side of the aperture. The lyrula 
and cardelle are nearly equal and near together, and all three 
are directed inwards; but the operculum, on the other hand, 
is turned upwards towards a kind of hood on the distal end of 
the zocecium (see diagram, fig. 13). 


Loc. Port Phillip Heads (Victoria) ; Green Point. 


Smittia malleolus, Hincks. (Pl. III. figs. 14, 15.) 


Porella malleolus, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. 
p- 361, pl. xiii. fig. 5. 

In the specimen from Green Point the interoral avicularium 
is very. marked, with the mandible projecting far into the 
aperture. ‘The ovicells are wide and not very much raised, 

In the avicularium there is a calcareous process arising 
from the calcareous bar. This I propose to call a ligula, and 
have pointed out (“On the Use of the Avicularian Mandibles ” 
&c., Journ. Micro. Soc, ser. 2, vol. v. p. 776) that a ligula 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 17 


occurs in Cellepora sardonica, W., Schizoporella biaperta, 
Mich., S. auriculata, Hass., Lepralia edax, B., Retepora 
marsuptata, Sm., var., 2. Couchiit, H., Porella cervicornis, 
M.-Edw. In my European specimens of Smittia Landsborovit 
it is extremely minute, but is somewhat larger in a New 
Zealand specimen. 

I should feel inclined to consider S. malleolus a variety 
of S. Landsborovit and some varieties with the avicularia far 
down the peristomial aperture have previously been described. 

Hab. Burmah (H.); New Zealand (W.); Green Point, 
Port Jackson. 


Smittia Napierti, Waters. (Pl. III. figs. 34, 35.) 


Snuttia Napierti, Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxix. p. 438, 
pl. xii. fig. 14, vol. xliu. p. 59. 

The lyrula is directed inwards, but does not seem to be 
usually bifid, and at each side of the denticle the peristome is 
a little raised and forms an apparent sinus; the ovicells are 
usually somewhat immersed, but there is considerable varia- 
tion in this particular. 

This has small zocecia, and no doubt is closely allied to 
Smittia (Mucronella) tricuspis, H., but I still think they are 
distinct. 


Smitiia prestans, Hincks. (Pl. III. figs. 9-11.) 


Mucronella prestans, Hincks, Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. 
p. 168, pl. vil. fig. 1; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xii. 
. 56. 

Mucronella duplicata, Waters, op. cit, vol. xxxvii. p. 328, pl. xvi. 
fig, 54, and vol. xxxvili. p. 266, 

The Green Point specimen is without ovicells. It differs 
from the typical form in having punctures in pits generally 
over the surface, and should perhaps be separated as a variety 
on this account. 


Smittia signata, sp.nov. (Pl. III. figs. 4-6.) 


Zoarium incrusting. Zocecia separated by a thick raised 
line, usually rectangular, punctured round the edge. Peri- 
stomial orifice suborbicular, narrower below, with the peri- 
stome thick and raised; on one side of the zocecia almost 
aitached to the peristome there is a lanceolate avicularium. 
The oral aperture has a distinct sinus, probably formed by 
two lateral teeth ; the operculum is thin and is strengthened by 
a thicker raised line, taking the shape of the mandibles of 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 2 


18 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


many spatulate avicularia. Ovicell distinct, raised, but partly 
buried in the cell above; its surface is perforated. 

It is very difficult to know where this should be placed ; 
but the appearance and the general characters are decidedly 
those of Smittiéa, as is also the thin operculum; but there is 
no lyrula, and the sinus would make it Schizoporella. Smittia 
obstructa has a semicircular chitinous bar, and a bar also 
occurs across the operculum ot Lepralia mucronata, B.; but 
this is not a common character. 


Smittia obstructa, sp. nov. (Pl. III. figs. 7, 8.) 


The surface of the zocecium is granular, the sides of the 
peristome are very prominent, and sometimes there is a short 
triangular avicularium leaning against each prominence, the 
lower edge of the peristome is continuous, but not much 
raised. 

Ovicells distinct, slightly elevated, proximal and distal 
portion thickened by a subsequent calcification, forming a 
perforated area between. Two or three suboral spines. 
Sometimes a fairly large avicularium on the front of the 
zocecium, and there are a few spatulate vicarious avicularia. 

The operculum is characteristic, being marked by a 
thickened crescentic ridge starting from each lower corner ; 
the rest of the operculum is thin. Lyrula distinct, not large. 

This may be the Smittia trispinosa var. bimucronata of 
Hincks. 

Retepora fissa, MacG. 
Retepora fissa, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. ix. p. 140; ib. vol. 
xix. p. 291, fig. 8; Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 17, pl. xev. figs. 12-16. 

There is a young colony from Green Point without ovicells, 
and many of the zocecia are unarmed, but some have avicu- 
laria. Two radical calcareous processes are thrown off, and 
there is often a triangular avicularium at the base of the 
fenestra. A young colony like this is with difficulty distin- 

uished from &. avicularis. As mentioned in my Suppl. 
‘Challenger’ Report, it would seem that 2. fissa may be made 
the centre of a group. 


Retepora porcellanea, MacG. 


For synonyms see Waters, Suppl. Rep. on the ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa, 
p. 19. 


Rhynchopora profunda, MacG. (PI. II. fig. 15.) 


Rhynchopora profunda, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xix. p. 193, 
pl. ii. fig. 8; Waters, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 196, 
pl. vi. figs. 11, 16. 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 19 


A figure of a young colony from Green Point is given in 
order to show a zocecium in the first stage, and those a little 
older in which calcareous nodulated structure has been formed 
on the surface and in which the avicularian chambers are 


being formed. 
Loc. Victoria; New Caledonia; Port Jackson, New South 
Wales. 
Rhynchopora longirostris, Hincks. 

Rhynchopora longirostris, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. 
vill. p. 125, pl. iv. figs. 7, 8; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 
vol. xliii. p. 70, pl. vii. fig. 22. 

Mucronella tubulosa, Hincks, op. cit. vol. vi. p. 383, pl. xvii. fig. 7. 

In my specimens from Victoria and Green Point the processes 

are irregularly nodulated. 

There is one curious abnormal mandible formed by the coales- 

cence of two at their distal ends, so that there are two bases. 

Loe. Living: Curtis Island (#.); Victoria; Green Point, 

Port Jackson, New South Wales. Fossil: Napier, New 
Zealand. 


Cellepora columnaris, Busk. (PI. II. figs. 1-6.) 

Cellepora columnaris, Busk, Zool. ‘Challenger’ Exp. pt. xxx. p. 194, 

pl. xxix. fig. 11, and pl. xxxv. fig. 16. 
Cellepora cidaris, MacG. Zool. of Vict. dec. xvii. p. 243, pl. clxy. 
fig. 4. 

I did not appreciate that the specimens from Green Point 
were the columnaris of Busk until I saw the ‘Challenger’ 
specimens. 

The columns are often very thick, occupying more space 
than a zocecium, and extend through several layers of the 
zoarium ; they are solid throughout, but the central portion 
is more transparent than the outer, and the radiating lines 
only occur in the outer layer. I would call the attention 
of paleontologists studying sections of problematic organisms 
to section fig. 4. The surface of the zocecia and columns are 
granulated, and the structure is no doubt the same as that of 
C’. cidaris, though in no parts so strongly tuberculated as in 
MacGillivray’s figure; the ovicells are not abundant, and 
where they occur are so much buried that the characters can- 
not be made out, but the surface appears to be plain ; one large 
spatulate avicularium has been seen on one of the colonies. 


Loc. Bass’s Straits, 38 fath.; Port Phillip Heads (WacG.) ; 
Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Cellepora granum, Hincks. 
For synonyms see Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. 


p. 198. mS 
Qe 


20 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


There are some specimens from Green Point larger than 
the one previously mentioned, and they are more ‘strongly 
calcified. In the most typical 0. granum the peristome is not 
continuous, but carried up in ‘front; and in one specimen 
from Green Point the peristome is in some zocecia continuous, 
in others merely projects in front as if one half had been cut 
away, giving avery different appearance to the zocecia. The 
same thing occurs in the Naples form (see Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 195). 

In the Green Point specimens there are large vicarious 
avicularia with the mandibles very wide at the distal end , just 
as in C. Costazii, Aud. 

There seems to be a group of Cellepore with subglobular 
ovicells part way up a somewhat tubular zocecium ; the ovi- 
cells have a distinct area surrounded by elongate or "radiating 
pores. They are known as C. granum, H., C. Boryti, Aud., 
C. Costazit, Aud., C. Hassallit, Johnst., C. costata, MacG., 
C. retusa var. caminata, W aters, Gis platalea, MacG., Lageni- 
pora nitens, MacG., L. spinulosa, H., Phylactella lucida, H., 
C. rota , MacG.., C. rudis, B., C. bilabiata, B., C. signata, B. ; 
but these should be reduced to two or three species. 

In Cellepora perhaps we may see the signification of the 
perforated area on the ovicell which occurs in so many species. 
As growth of the colony progresses the ovicell becomes more 
and more immersed, often nothing being seen of it except the 
perforated Palcencon: wall of the area, and no doubt a readier 
communication with the surrounding water is thus maintained 
to the last. ‘There are, however, many species in which the 
ovicell has only a lunar mark of thinner structure ; this may 
be a degenerated form of the perforated area, where a less 
erect growth of the zocecia has made the perforation of less 
importance. 

A somewhat similar structure occurs in other genera, and 


then all except the area may become immersed, as, for in- 
stance, in Smittia marmorea. 


Stomatopora tncrassata, Smitt. 

A A aaa Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 436, pl. lix. 
gs. 2,8 

The Green Point specimens are no doubt identical with the 
form described by Mr. Hincks; but as I am not sure about 

other descriptions reference is only made to his. 
The branches anastomose, and from various parts erect 
“¢ cylindrical processes” riseup. These erect fasciculi remind 
us of ee a bellis, MacG. (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 5, vol. xx. >. 259) ; but in the latter they are about 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 21 


double as wide and arise from a calcareous crust; this, how- 
ever, is at first formed by a growth similar to the creeping 
branches of S. incrassata, and subsequently spreads out. 

This would be Filifascigera of d’Orbigny (Pal. Fr. p. 684), 
and I have a recent specimen from New Zealand which | 
cannot distinguish from /. dichotoma, @Orb. In it the 
bundles consist usually of four zocecia and the basal portion 
is punctate without zocecia. In such cases we must look upon 
the names given as registering the occurrence rather than 
expressing any opinion on the classification; and the same 
would apply to other Cyclostomata. 

Loc. Britain; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


Diastopora latomarginata, d’Orb. 

Diastopora latomarginata, VOrb. Pal. Frang. p. 827, pl. 758 

12; Waters, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ili. p. 272 
fig. 12, which see for synonyms. 

re concinna, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxi. p. 94, pl.i. 

g. 10. 

The zocecial tube of the Green Point specimens is a trifle 
smaller than that of my Naples specimens, measuring only 
about 0:06-0:07 millim., whereas those from Naples are about 
0:08 millim. In both cases the ovicells are inflations trans- 
verse to the rows of the zocecia, with the ovicellular duct 
directed towards the centre of the colony. 

Diastopora is not at all uncommon in the southern hemi- 
sphere, and it is therefore surprising to find that the author of 
the article on distribution in the ‘ Encyclopedia Britannica’ 
speaks of Diastopora as mostly northern. 

Loc. Living: Arctic Seas ; Mediterranean; Victoria ; Green 
Point, Port Jackson. Fossil: Pliocene of Sicily and Italy. 


s. 10- 


0”: 
5 . 
]. xxiv. 


. fi 
»P 


Idmonea serpens, Linn. 
Loc. Living: European Seas ; New Zealand; Green Point, 
Port Jackson. Fossil: Pliocene of Europe ; various localities 
in New Zealand. 


Lichenopora californica, Busk. 

Unicavea californica, d’Orb. Pal. Franc. p. 972. 

Discoporella californica, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, pt. ili. p. 32, pl. xxx. 
fig. 5. 

Lichenopora californica, Waters, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 282. 
pl. xv. fig. 1. 

There are several small specimens from Green Point without 
ovicells; but from the other characters they seem to be Z. 
californica. 

Loc. California; Victoria; Green Point, Port Jackson. 


22 Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 


Lichenopora hispida, Flem. 


Loc. Living: European Seas; Tristan d’Acunha, 100- 
1100 fath.; Green Point, Port Jackson. Fossil: Miocene 
and Pliocene of Europe ; Australia and New Zealand, various 
localities. 


Lichenopora victoriensis, Waters. 


Lichenopora victoriensis, Waters, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xx. p. 284, 
pl. xv. fig. 4. 
Lichenopora reticulata, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict. vol. xx. p. 126, 


fig. 


I have changed the name given by MacGillivray, as rettcu- 
lata had already been used for another species. 

Loc. Victoria; Port Stephens, 5-6 fath.; New South 
Wales. 


Diachoris spinigera, MacG., and Cellepora bispinata, B., 
described from other New South Wales localities, also occur 
from Green Point. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Microporella coscinopora, Rss., var. armata, W., x 28. 
Fig. 2. Thesame. Mandible, x 85. 
Figs. 3,4. The same. Opercula of ovicellular and ordinary zocecia, x 85. 
Fig. 5. The same. Section, x 25. 
Fig. 6. Cribrilina clithridiata, Waters, X 25. 
Fig. 7. The same, decalcified, x 25. 
Fig. 8. The same. Mandible, x 85. 
Fug. 9. The same. Operculum of ovicelligerous zocecium, x 85. 
Fig. 10. Cribrilina fiyularis, Jobnst., Guernsey, decalcified, x 25. 
Fig. 11. Microporella inversa, Waters. Three stages of growth, x 50. 
Fig. 12. The same, decalcified, x 50. a, pore, X 250. 
Fig. 13. Lepralia depressa, Busk, X 25. 

‘tg. 14. The same. Operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 15. The same. Operculum of ovicelligerous zocecium, x 88. 
Fig. i6. The same. Pores, x 85. 
Fig. 17. Schizoporella filocincta, Rss., * 25. 
Fig. 18. The same. Operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 19. Lepralia vestita, var. australis, W., x 25. 

1g. 20, Lepralia vestita, H., Tahiti. Operculum, x 86. 
Figs. 21, 22. Micropora elonyata, H., x 25. 


PLATE II. - 


Fig. 1. Cellepora columnaris, B., X 12. 

Fig. 2. The same. Operculum, x 85. 

Fg. 3. The same. Section showing columns, x 12. 

Tig. 4. The same. Section cutting the columns transversely, x 12. 
7g. 5. The same. Zocecium, x 2. : 

Fig. 6. The same. Avicularian mandible, x 250. 


‘ 
a 


Mr. A. W. Waters on Australian Bryozoa. 23 


Fig. 7. Schizoporella ambita, sp. nov., X 25. a, operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 8. Schizoporella levigata, sp. nov., X 25. a, mandible, x 250; }, 
ditto, x 85; ¢, operculum, X86. 
Fig. 9. Schizoporella mucronata, Sm., X 25. a, operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 10. Schizoporella subimmersa, MacG., var. nov., X 25. a, decalcified cell, 
showing lateral tubular connexions of the avicularian chamber, 
Xx 85; 6, operculum; c, operculum of ovicelligerous zocecium, 
x 8d. : 
Fig. 11. Schizoporella biserialis, H., var.. X 25. a, operculum, X 85. 
Fig. 12. Beania hirtissima, Hell., var. conferta, MacG., x 25, a, oper- 
culum, X 85. 
Fig. 13. The same. Dorsal surface, x 25. 
Fig. 14. The same. Subdiagrammatic figure, showing the zocecia free n 
the upper part and with one ovicell to the middle zocecium. 
Fig. 15. Rhynchopora profunda, MacG., x 25, showing young zocecium 
and stages of growth, x 50. 
Fig. 16. Membranipora lineata, L., var., X 25. 
tg. 17. Lepralia Poissonii, Aud., var. with immersed ovicells, X 25. 
Prate IIL. 
Fig. 1. Smittia unispinosa, sp. noy., X 25. 
Fig. 2. The same. Mandible, x 85. 
Fig. 3. The same. Operculum, X 85. 
Fug. 4. Smittia(?) signata, sp. nov., X 25. 
Fig. 5. The same, X 85. 
Fig. 6. The same. Operculum, X 85. 
Fig. 7. Smittia obstructa, sp. nov., x 26. 
Fig. 8. The same. Operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 9. Smittia prestans, H., var., X 26. 
Fig. 10. The same. Operculum, x 85. 
Fig. 11. The same. Mandible, x 85. 
Fig. 12. Smittia trispinosa, var. munita, H., X 25. 
Fig. 13. The same. Section showing denticles, cap, operculum, and 
spines. 
Fig. 14. Smittia malleoius, H., x 25. 
Fig. 15. The same. Aperture showing avicularium with ligula, x 50. 
Fug. 16. Smittia Landsborovit, Johust. Aperture, x 50. 
Fig. 17. Porella cervicornis, Pall. Aperture, x 50. 
Fig. 18. Smittia ?, from Port Phillip. Aperture, showing denticles, 
x 50. 
Fig. 19. Smittia ophidiana, Waters. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 
Fig. 20. Smittia oculata, MacG. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 
Fig. 21. Smittia cheilostoma, Manzoni. Aperture, showing denticles, 
x 50. 
Fig. 22. Smittia reticulata, MacG. Aperture, showing denticles, X 50, 
Fig. 23. Smittia trispinosa, var. munita. Aperture, showing denticles, 
x 50. 
Fig. 24. Smittia delicatula, B. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 
Fig. 25. Mucronella porosa, Hincks. Aperture, showing denticles, X 50, 
Fig. 26. Muceronella ventricosa, Hassall. Aperture, showing denticles, 
x 50. 
Fig. 27. Mucronella Elleri, H., var. biaviculata, W. Aperture, showing 
denticles, x 50. 
Fig. 28. Mucronella biineisa, H. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 
Fig. 29. Mucronella rostrata, H. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 


Fig. 30. Mucronella levis, MacG. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 


24 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


Fig. 81. Mucronella spinosissimna, MacG. Aperture, showing deuticles, 
x 60. 

Fig. 82. Mucronella diaphana, MacG. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 

Fig. 33. Mucroneila Peachii, Johnst. Aperture, showing denticles, x 50. 

Fig. 34. Smittia Napier, Waters, X 25. 

Fig. 35. The same, X 85. 

Figs. 36, 37. Evxvochella longirostris, Jullien, X 85. 

Fig. 88. Mucronella variolosa, Johust., X 50. 

Fig. 39. Smittia Smittiana, Busk, Aperture, X 50. 


II.—On the Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dune. 
By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., &e. 


[Plate V.] 


CONTENTS. 


List of old and new Species. 

Reconsideration of the old and Description of the new Species. 
Young Forms of Podoseride. 

Remarks upon some Morphological Details. 


A VERY interesting collection of Corals, numbering nearly 
140 specimens, has been entrusted to me by Thomas Jesson, 
Esq., F.G.S., who obtained them from the Red Chalk of 
Norfolk. The species do not assist the stratigraphical 
geologist in fixing a definite horizon for that interesting Cre- 
taceous deposit. They are all members of the genus of 
Lophoserine Fungida which I established in 1869, under the 
name Podoseris (Pal. Soc. 1869, Monogr. Brit. Foss. Corals, 
2nd ser. pt. ii. no. 1, p. 25) *. The species have not been 
found away from the Red Chalk. The great variability of 
the species of this genus was noticed in the essay which con- 
tained the generic diagnosis, and it is very evident after 
examining the collection lately received. The species P. 
elongata and P. mamilliformis have some very remarkable | 
varieties, which are now described, and it is satisfactory to 
find amongst Mr. Jesson’s treasures a perfect and unworn 
specimen of the last-named species. The diagnosis of both 
of the original species requires slight modification, and it is 
advisable to add some new species to the genus. 


* The genus was considered during the publication of the “ Revision of 
the Madreporaria” (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 1884, vol. xviii. p. 153), and 
it was placed in the Podoserioida, an alliance of Lophoserines. It has of 
course no affinity with Réczangia, Kd. & H., as has been suggested. 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dune. 25 


List of Cretaceous Podoseride. 


1. Podoseris elongata, Dunc. (op. cit. p. 25). 
2. mamilliformis, Dune. (op. cit. p. 25). 
3. —— affinis, sp. nov. 

4, —— anomala, sp. nov. 

5. —— Jessont, sp. nov. 

6. —— brevis, sp. nov. 

ae dubia, sp. nov. 


Reconsideration of the old and Description of the new Species. 


Podoseris elongata, Dune., was described in the Monogr. 
Brit. Foss. Corals, 2nd ser., Pal. Soc. 1869, Cret. Corals, pt. ii. 
no. 1, p. 26, pl. ix., and now requires some reconsideration on 
account of the discovery of some very interesting varieties. 
in one form, lately examined, the attached base is not so wide 
as the calice, whilst in the type the reverse occurred. This 
variation in the relative breadth of the calices is due to the 
coral having died at a particular stage of growth, and it can 
readily be imagined, after examining a tall corallum which 
has constrictions and enlargements of its otherwise cylindrical 
body, that calicular growth must have occurred both when 
the body was narrow and when it was broad. This variation 
in the breadth of calices is seen in many of the simple corals 
of the present day. 

The septa are numerous and the greater number of them 
are long, stout, close, often uniting with a neighbour far 
inwards, or the union may not occur in all systems. Many 
septa, mainly formed by the union of others, reach the axis 
and join, forming with a very small amount of interseptal 
tissue a columella, which is usually seen at the bottom of the 
central fossula or which may project. The coste were admi- 
rably drawn by De Wilde in pl. ix. of the memoir noticed 
above, and also the remarkable nodules shown on their 
flanks. These more or less wedge-shaped bodies are nume- 
rous and are either projected transversely or obliquely towards 
the neighbouring costa or septum. They rarely unite 
with these as stout synapticule directly, but interdigitate or 
are united by thin dissepimental ends, either with the corre- 
sponding bodies or with the opposed costa or septum. The 
synapticule are both stout and thin between the septa, but 
large ones are not common. The epitheca is sometimes pre- 
served and is incomplete and in bands; it allows the alter- 
nately large and small coste, the intercostal spaces, and even 
the synapticule to be recognized, and may be granular. 


26 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


The former specific diagnosis therefore requires to be slightly 
enlarged. 


Podoseris elongata, Dunc., 1869 (amended 1889). 
(Pl. V. tigs. 46152 16) 


Corallum simple, tall, originally and usually permanently 
attached to foreign bodies by a circular base, the width of 
which may be larger or smaller than that of the calice. 
Stem cylindrical and with constrictions and expansions or 
bluntly conical. 

Calice broad or narrow, concave or convex, with a small 
central fossula or a projection. Septa numerous, the fifth 
cycle more or less incomplete; the higher orders either very 
small and rudimentary, or absent here and there ; the rest long, 
broad, arched, close, and uniting more or less, many reaching 
and forming part or the whole of the small columella. Swol- 
len in regular series at the sides, swellings more or less 
oblique, ending in synapticule or arched processes or in 
delicate dissepiments ; sides of septa in ridges and may be 
granular. 

A small columella, formed by the septal ends, but some 
interseptal tissue appears to be present. Costee well marked, 
usually alternately large and small, with bands of synapticule 
in transverse series and with many false synapticule: more or 
less triangular in outline, with or without endotheca, between 
them. Hpitheca in bands. 

Height from 15 to 20 millim., breadth from 9 to 12 millim. 

Red Chalk, Norfolk. 


Podoseris affinis, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 1 and 2.) 


Corallum tall, formerly attached, base small; stem more or 
less cylindrical, unequally swollen and constricted; calice 
narrower than the thickest part, broader than the base. 
Calice convex, with a small central fossula surrounded by the 
inner ends of the longest septa. Septa numerous, long, 
moderately stout, the larger passing far inwards, rather far 
apart, some rudimentary, the fifth cycle very incomplete, 
upper edges convex and with a single row of blunt granules. 

Columella deeply seated at the base of the fossula, mostly 
formed by the ends of septa. Coste close, moderately unequal, 
apparently more uumerous than the septa. Synapticule 
large in the calice and numerous between the cost. Proba- 
bly an epitheca. 

Height 15 millim., breadth 6 or 7 millim. 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dune. 27 


This species is closely allied to P. elongata, Dunc., but 
the arrangement of the septa forms a satisfactory distinction, 
the long series preponderating, and they are wide apart. 


Podoseris anomala, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 3 and 4.) 


Corallum simple, moderate in size, constricted above the 
wide circular attached base; ending superiorly in a_pro- 
jecting ridge some distance below the true margin of the 
calice. Calice tall, small, open, slightly deformed, with an 
indefinite margin. Septa numerous, unequal, irregular in 
direction inwards, long, straight, or curved, moderately stout 
and distinct, some reaching the axis and uniting there, 
others passing far in and uniting with those which pass 
to the columella, or not. Many rudimentary septa barely 
passing inwards; septa of the fifth cycle often absent in 
some systems, the free edge of the septa with large granules 
which slope over the flanks. Coste of two kinds—those 
reaching the calicular margin and uncovered by epitheca, 
and which are subequal, granular, or alternately large and 
small, wavy or straight, uniting and bifurcating ; and secondly 
those below the upper ridge and which reach to the base of 
the coral and are covered with epitheca; they are large, 
straight, swollen at intervals and joined by synapticule, and 
there are many small coste in the spaces between the larger. 
Epitheca granular, upon the lower part of the stem. 


Height 15°5 millim., breadth of base 13 millim., of calice 
7 millim. 


Podoseris Jessont, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 5 and 6.) 


The corallum has a small circular base, is high, subcylin- 
drical nearly to the calicular margin, but before that is 
reached there is a definite enlargement, so that the upper 
part is broader than the rest. Calice broad, widely open, 
slightly concave ; the margin is higher than the axial region, 
the septa slope to this, which has a fossula with the ends of 
the larger septa rising in the midst, with a rudimentary colu- 
mella formed by their ends with some slight additional struc- 
ture. Septa small, crowded, unequal in width and length, 
usually alternately large and small, some straight, others 
Wavy, some uniting with others, upper edge slightly con- 
vex, the inner or axial part of some seventeen to twenty 
septa rising up and surrounded by a groove in a small sunken 
fossula. The septa usually diminish in thickness from the 
margin of the calice inwards, and some are stout, and many 


28 _ Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


retain a considerable development as far as the columella. 
The septal number appears to be incomplete five cycles. 

Coste variable in thickness, some large, may be alternately 
large and small or subequal, never very prominent, close, 
wavy, and more numerous than the septa, occasionally 
uniting. Epitheca’ covering the coste and interspaces. 
Synapticule distinct, large between the coste, with a broad 
attachment to the lamine, and a conical top; numerous and 
small between the septa. 

Height 16°5 millim., breadth of calice 11°5 millim., breadth 
of stem 11 millim., breadth of the upper expansion 13 millim. 

Loc. Red Chalk, east of England. 

All the Podoseridz appear to obtain their septal develop- 
ment soon, and when very short the coralla have usually a 
high septal number. 

This evident truth rather led to the belief that a very short 
but broad form might be the young of Lodoseris elongata, 
Dune. (Pal. Soc. 1869, Monogr. Brit. Foss. Corals, 2nd ser. 
pt. il. p. 26), or even of Podoseris Jessoni; but it appears 
that the short form must be credited with five complete cycles 
of septa. 


Podoseris brevis, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 7 and 8.) 


Corallum attached by a broad base, very low, subcylin- 
drical, The calice is widely open, shallow, and slightly 
narrower than the base. ‘The septa stout, enlarging here and 
there, long, uniting in groups, so that a few only (seven or 
eight) reach the axial space, moderately close, lowly arched 
above, and with rounded papillz on their free edge, or rudi- 
mentary and placed between pairs of larger septa, and rarely 
long enough to unite with one of the longer septa. Five 
cycles. 

Columella formed by the septal ends. Costz short, usually 
alternately large and small or subequal, covered with epitheca ; 
bifurcation of the coste rare. 

Breadth of the attached base 10°5 millim., breadth of calice 
9°5 millim., height 8-3°5 millim. 

Loe. Red Chalk, east of England. 


Podoseris mamilliformis, Dunc. (Pl. V. fig. 9.) 


Podoseris mammiliformis, Dunc. 1869, Pal. Soc., Monogr. Brit. Foss. 
Corals, 2nd ser. pt. 11. no. 1, p. 25. 

This species was the type of the genus and was described 

from a considerable number of specimens, all of which were 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dune. 29 


unfortunately more or less worn and weathered. Specimens 
in a similar condition have passed through my hands since 
1869, and there are some in the British Museum. Amongst 
the collection now under consideration there are probably a 
hundred specimens of various stages of growth and of decay, 
whilst a few present structures which, from their ready 
destruction under weathering, were not preserved in the speci- 
mens formerly examined. 

The new specimens indicate that the ornamentation and 
shape of the septa, their number, their relation to a septal 
fossula, and the size and height of the corals vary, and that 
the true characters of the calices cannot be appreciated by the 
examination of weathered specimens. It is interesting to 
notice that in the specimens which were examined and 
described in 1869 there was a great amount of variation in 
their height and in the convexity of the calices. No satis- 
factory examples of the tall varieties with convex calices are 
amongst the new series. Most of the specimens are low, 
broad, slightly convex, with a massive-looking columella and 
numerous large uniting septa and synapticule. The usual 
cyclical number of the septa is incomplete five, but there are 
some specimens with five cycles complete, and in one very 
broad specimen there are some septa of the sixth cycle present. 

The following is a description of what may now be con- 
sidered to be a typical form :— 

Corallum simple, attached, with a circular base, from which 
it rises very slightly and more or less vertically to the edge 
of the moderately convex calice, which has a distinct central 
fossula with the columella at its base. Broader than high, 
12 millim. in diameter and 5°5 millim. in height. 

Septa mostly long and stout, passing far inwards, man 
reaching, after uniting with others, the edge of the fossula 
and uniting at its base to form, with some slight interseptal 
structure, the columella; all more or less arched where free 
and carrying a single line of large distinct granules, which 
are especially large and distinct around the fossula and upon 
the columella ; or the position once occupied by granules may 
be occupied by pits. ‘The number of the septa is variable in 
the six systems; there is either a deficiency or a redundancy 
of large septa and the number of rudimentary small septa 
varies greatly ; still the complete fifth cycle is rarely reached 
in spite of there being some very remarkable long and very 
slender and almost linear septa close to some of the largest. 
There is union of septa either near the fossula or near to the 
ealicular margin. Septa swollen in regular series, their 
swellings interdigitate, oblique ridges upon the sides of the 


30 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


lamine, which terminate either in synapticule, or in hooked 
processes with or without endothecal ends. The costae are 
short, subequal or very unequal, having some granulation 
and a greater or less development of endotheca. Synap- 
ticule very numerous between the septa near the base, less so 
higher up; they occur between the coste also. Another form 
shows the bifurcation of coste and their union also. The 
height is §°5 millim. and breadth 12°5 millim. 

One specimen of P. mamilliformis deviates from the type 

in being comparatively taller, having a distinct, low, incurved 

art above the attached base and ending superiorly ina ridge- 
shaped calicular margin, and in having a very convex calice. 
The gradations of form and structure from the low and broad 
types to this high one with such a well-defined convex calice 
are fairly well seen in the collection. The height of the 
corallum is 9 millim., of the calice 6 millim., and the greatest 
breadth is 12 millim. Some orders of the sixth cycle of septa 
are present ; there is no sunken central fossula, and the epi- 
theca is granular. 

Podoseris mamilliformis, Dune., requires some modifica- 
tion of its original definition, and the following is the correct 
specific diagnosis :— 

The corallum is simple, attached by a more or less circular 
flat, or concave base, being very low or slightly raised between 
the base and the calicular margin, constricted or not, 
and with coste. The calice is circular in marginal out- 
line, slightly or considerably convex, with or without a 
central fossula. The septa are numerous and become so 
early in lite, are unequal, many long and some uniting 
and reaching the columella or the fossula, some slender and 
many rudimentary: longer ones, straight or wavy, ornamented 
at the arched free upper edge with a single row of large 
granules. Columella small, mostly formed by the septal 
ends, and there may be some interseptal structures there, 
at the base of the fossula, with large granules upon it, or 
projecting without a fossula. ‘The coste usually more nume- 
rous than the septa, straight or wavy, uniting and bifurcating, 
ending in septal lamine, unequal or alternately very large 
and small, with granules. ‘The septo-costal number is from 
less than complete five cycles to five cycles with part of a 
sixth. Synapticule moderate in number, continuous with a 
series of ridges placed obliquely upon the flanks of the septa ; 
but the ridges may be curved, so as to resemble hooked pro- 
cesses in section, and may be free at one end or terminate in 
a thin endothecal process. Endotheca scanty, may exist 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dunc. dl 


between the ridges of synapticule. Epitheca exists or not 
and is delicate and granular. 
Breadth from 5-12 millim., height from 2-8 millim. 


Podoseris dubia, sp. nov. (Pl. V. figs. 12 and 13.) 


The corallum is small, attached, cylindrical, nearly as high 
as broad, with a slightly convex calice and a small central 
fossula. Septa numerous, subequal, mostly long, stout, and 
slightly wavy, often straight, passing far inwards, some 
uniting with others, and these reach the edge of the fossula, 
arched at the free edge, carrying a single row of large distinct 
granules ; a few rudimentary septa. About sixty-four large 
septa, of which one half reach the fossulaand form thecolumella, 
with probably the addition of some dissepimental structure, 
the top of the columella being the base of the fossula. Inter- 
septal spaces well developed, but a slender horizontal growth 
is often seen upon the sides of the septa. Costes more nume- 
rous than the septa, unequal in some parts, very straight 
and regular and well separated, alternately broad and narrow; 
in other parts very irregular, wavy, dividing and uniting, or 
straight, differing much in size. Synapticule few and 
deeply seated in the calice, probably few between the coste, 
but in definite transverse lines and stout. Epitheca in bands 
in places, but the intercostal spaces are visible elsewhere ; 
there is an indefinite and small granulation upon the coste. 

Height 8 millim., breadth of calice 9 millim. 

Loc. Red Chalk. 


Young Forms of Podoseride. 


1. (Pl. V. fig. 10.) 


Part of a small, simple, very low corallum, expanded, 
and about 2 millim. broad from the extremity of the base to 
the inner ends of the septa. The discoid coral slopes up very 
slightly from the outer edge of the coste at the base to their 
septal end, which is raised. ‘The septa are sunken below the 
ealicular margin, large and small, long and _ short, irregular 
in thickness, radiating from a circle of synapticule, which 
unites the inner ends of the larger septa and surrounds a 
wide axial space; the smaller septa may unite with the 
larger ; interseptal spaces large, shallow. Two, or in places 
three, concentric lines of synapticule and some small septa 
end in the circle nearest the coste. Coste larger than the 
septa; close, unequal, slanting synapticule seen. The wall 


32 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


is a thin dissepimental looking circle at the junction of the 
coste and septa, in places raised higher than the septal ends. 
Original width 5 millim. 

The septa reach from the foreign body to which the coral 
is attached but a very slight distance upwards; there is no 
true basal structure. 'The axial space shows the stone at its 
base, and it is clear that the septal apparatus and its asso- 
ciated costal structures were the first parts of the skeleton. 


2. (Pl. V. fig. 11.) 


A young, flat, discoid corallum, upon the side of a Podoseris 
elongata. The base is nearly circular at its edge, and the 
coral then slopes very slightly upwards, being covered by 
coste, to the calicular margin. The calice is sunken close to 
its margin and the columella is raised above the level of the 
rest of the calice and is formed by the inner ends of the 
longest septa. } 

The calicular margin is broadly elliptical and is recognized 
easily in places, and elsewhere is produced by close synap- 
ticulee. 

The septa are narrower than the coste, and some are very 
much smaller, unequal, irregular, long, and wavy, others 
rudimentary ; close to the coste there are seventy-two, and 
eight reach the columella, or, rather, form it. Some septa 
crooked, most uniting, and some bifurcating, the junction may 
result either in a narrow ora thick septum. The coste are 
not so numerous as the septa, slope widely upon the support- 
ing body, are subequal to very unequal, usually nearly 
straight, projecting, but slightly rounded, or flat or swollen 
here and there, close to touching, some bifurcating, united by 
transverse or oblique synapticule; the narrow intercostal 
spaces correspond with interseptal spaces. 

Height about 2 millim. long diameter, 8 millim., short 
diameter of the calicular part 5 millim. and its long diameter 
6 millim. 

It is evident that the septa and coste spring from the sup- 

orting foreign body without any intervening basal structure. 
The septo-costal cyclical number is attained very soon after a 
moderate breadth has been reached. 


Remarks upon some Morphological Details. 


The septa of the species are solid, unilamellar, and are 
formed by spicules which pass from within the septa out- 
wards to their surface from definite centres or nodules. Often 


| 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dunc. 33 


very stout, the septa have corresponding large granules upon 
the free upper edges, or after the effects of weathering these 
granules may have disappeared and deep holes exist in their 
place. A very interesting structure is sometimes seen upon 
the flanks of these large septa and close to their upper tree 
edge, and it consists of a thin, more or less horizontal, narrow 
lamella of hard structure which occludes, to a small extent, 
the interseptal loculus. The modern example is seen in 
Bathyactis, a deep-sea Fungid, but this is more complete, for 
the lamelle of opposed septa join over the interseptal 
loculi, especially near the axis of the coral. Some septa are 
very delicate and long, and this is a truly Fungid character 
and is exemplified in the modern genus Fungia. The union 
of many septa with others, so as to form a converging series 
ending in one septum at the axis, is well seen in Podoseris. 
On the flanks of the larger septa are close, small, sharp, 
spinulose granules, and as all the septa are swollen tolerably 
regularly, so as to present a series of transverse or curved or 
oblique projections into the interseptal spaces, the general 
appearance is very irregular. 

A transverse section of a specimen of Podoseris elongata 
(Pl. V. fig. 14) taken just below the surface of the calice 
shows structures similar to those of weathered calices. 
Synapticule stretch across interseptal spaces and fuse with 
the septa, and this union is especially well seen in the inner 
third of the section. Beyond that area, and where the inter- 
septal spaces are often wider, the projections from the alter- 
nating nodules of opposed septa do not all terminate in synap- 
ticule, for many end in recurved blunt points, the ends being 
directed towards the circumference of the coral. ‘These points 
and the curvatures of their processes, together with the alter- 
nating and interdigitating of the nodules of the septa, give a 
very characteristic appearance to the section. There is no 
doubt that some of the points terminate in stout laminz which 
reach the opposed face of the neighbouring septum, and 
are thus synapticule, whilst others end in very delicate 
arched processes which touch the opposed septum. These 
delicate processes are dissepimental tor the most part, but 
some of them cannot be distinguished in structure or direc- 
tion from very thin synapticule. It must be remembered 
that long and thin synapticule are exemplified in the modern | 
Bathyactis symmetrica, Moseley (Report on ‘ Challenger’ 
Deep-sea Corals, 1881, p. 186, pl: xi. fig. 2). They are the 
simplest forms of the structures. An advance upon this par- 
ticular elongation is seen in the synapticule of Pachyseris 
speciosa, Dana, and Meandroseris Botte, L. Rouss, and in 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 3 


34 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the 


Lophoseris cristata, Ehy., the thickness of the growths being 
variable, but on the whole they are thicker than in Bathyactis 
(Duncan, 1884, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xvii. pp. 304, 
308, 312, pl. xiii.). 

A longitudinal section of Podoseris elongata (Pl. V. fig. 15), 
taken nearly along the plane of the axis, shows in the 
middle numerous septa cut across longitudinally, and showing 
the alternating succession of nodules on their flanks. The 
nodules terminate in oblique processes, which either cross the 
interseptal space and are synapticule, or are curved and 
pointed more or less bluntly and are free at the end. Some 
of these hooks end in the same manner as in P. mamilli- 
formis, and the delicate arched terminations so like those 
described by Pratz in Thamnastrwa may also be seen. Now 
towards the sides of the section the septa are cut across 
obliquely, and close to the edge of the section the flanks of a 
septum are visible on either side of the fossil. The flanks 
show an oblique series of successive ridges, each series upon 
the nodular flank of a septum; and each ridge has been cut 
across parallel with the flank of the septum, for the ridge was 
once continued over the interseptal loculus as an elongate 
synapticulum. The oblique ridges are plainly united here 
and there by delicate processes, which are directed from one 
ridge downwards and slightly obliquely to reach the next 
ridge in downward succession (fig. 16). This feeble develop- 
ment of the endotheca does not resemble that of Cyclolites and 
of some Thamnastreans (Pratz, 1882, Paleontographica, 
vol. xxix. Taf. xiv. figs. 7, 12, 14, “Ueber die verwandtsch. 
Beziehung einiger Korall. mit hauptsiichl. Beriicksicht. ihrer 
Septalstructur ”’). 

The synapticule of the species are often large and are 
usually well developed, appearing in transverse section as 
cross bars, but in vertical sections the structures are elongate 
upon the flanks of the septa. ‘The fossilization of the speci- 
mens is not altogether favourable to the microscopist, but in 
some places the synapticule blend intimately with the septa, 
whilst in others a line of separation can be seen between the 
synapticulee and the sides of the septa on either side. This 
union of the two kinds of synapticule in the species would 
have had considerable significance at the time that Milasche- 
-witsch wrote in ‘ Palxontographica,’ 1875, Korall. d. Natth. 
Schicht. That author found in some genera, Thamnastrea tor 
instance, that the synapticule did not fuse into the septa, but 
that there were junction-lines, indicating that the structures 
were at one time separate. ‘This form of synapticula was 
called a pseudosynapticula. On the other hand, there are 


* ome titi pie aie i ee 


—— 


i ——_— ea ee eS eee 


a 


Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dunc. 39 


genera which have the synapticule without any junction- 
lines, and they blend without lines of union. These are 
true (echte) synapticule. Pratz, following Milaschewitsch, 
gave some excellent figures of the kinds of synapticule (op. 
cu. pl. ix. figs, 7d, 12a, 13a, and 14a), and quoted his 
predecessor’s remark that it is necessary to distinguish be- 
tween the kinds of synapticule in classification. All the 
descriptions of these authors are excellent, and nothing can be 
more true than Pratz’s delineations; but, as was shown after 
the publication of their essays, the modern example fails to 
substantiate the value of the distinctions between the kinds 
of synapticule (Duncan, 1884, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 
vol. xvi. p. 146), and, moreover, the microscopic investiga- 
tion of Siderastrea and of a true Tertiary Thamnastrean 
leads to the same result as the study of Mungia; that is to 
say, as both kinds of synapticulz are found in the same speci- 
men of a species, and the difference between the kinds of 
structures is of no physiological importance, the distinction 
between so-called true and false synapticulee is of no classifi- 
catory value. 

The synapticule in Podoseris are therefore both thick and 
thin, long and short, and are long from without inwards and 
obliquely placed upon the flanks of opposed septa, which they 
unite. Thislast kindisa feeble representative of the sy napticulze 
of the recent Fungia, and as in that genus the upper and the 
lower synapticule form the roofs and bases of so many oblique 
canals in regular succession. ‘The delicate dissepiments inter- 
fere with the continuity of the lumen of the canals. 

The Epitheca.—This structure varies in amount according 
to the height of the corallum. When the coral is low and 
plano-convex the epitheca is scanty or absent, and it exists 
over more or less of the coste close to the periphery. But 
when the coral is tall the cylindrical or nipped-in stem above 
the attached base is covered with epitheca up to varying 
heights, but usually to the calicular margin. ‘The epitheca is 
thin, moulded as it were to the outer edges of the coste and 
to their interspaces; it is more or less granular, and it must 
have prevented any watery connexion between the synap- 
ticular canals and the surrounding medium. 

There is no epitheca on the attached base, but the lower 
surfaces of the septo-coste are in contact with the foreign 
body supporting the coral, and the synapticulee may be seen 
to exist between the septa in concentric rows. ‘The coral 
appears never to have been free. 

in the very interesting young form the low septa and twe 
concentric series of synapticule form all the coral. 


a 


36 On the Cretaceous Species of Podoseris, Dunc. 


The genus Podoseris evidently requires some further amend- 
ment. 


Genus Poposrris, Dunc. Supp. Brit. Foss. Corals, Pal. Soc. 
1869, Cretaceous Corals, pt. ii. no. 1, p. 25, and Oolitic 
Corals, pt. iii. p. 24; Revision of Madreporaria, 1884, 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xviii. p. 153 (amended). 


The corallum has a narrow or wide base of permanent 
attachment, the height varies from very low, plano-convex, to 
high, stem more or less cylindrical. Calice more or less cir- 
cular, with a small axial fossula or projecting there: a colu- 
mella formed by the septal ends, with or without other struc- 
ture, small; septa numerous, uniting much, stout, or very 
slender, solid, largely granular at the free convex edge, 
minutely acicular at the sides; coste as continuations of septa, 
in the direct line, usually the most numerous. Synapticule 
numerous, oblique, continuous with septal nodules, interseptal 
loculi also with recurved hook-like processes; a delicate 
arched dissepimental structure scanty. Epitheca exists on 
the sides and at the periphery. 

Fossil: Red Chalk, Oolite, England. 

The Oolitic species Podoserts constricta, Dunc., Pal. Soe. 
Supp. Brit. Foss. Corals, Oolitic Corals, pt. iii. p. 24, pl. il. 
figs. 5, 6, came from the Lower Ragstone of Dorset. It hasa 
higher septal number and much more delicate and nearly 
uniform costo-septe than the Cretaceous species. It origi- 
nally was fixed and probably upon a spine-shaped body. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Fig. 1. Podoseris affinis, sp. noy. Side view, nat. size. 


Fig. 2. The same. The calicular fossula, magn. 

Fig. 3. Podoseris anomala, sp. noy. Side view, nat. size. 

Fig. 4. The same. Part of the calice, magn. 

Fig. 5. Podoseris Jessoni, sp. nov. Side view, nat. size. 

Fig. 6. The same. The fossula and some septa, magn. 

Fig. 7. Podoseris brevis, sp. nov. Side view, nat. size. 

Fig. 8. The same. Test of the coste, magn. 

Fig. 9. Podoseris mammiliformis, Dunc. Part of calice, magn. 
Fig. 10. Young Podoseris, slightly magn. 

Fig. 11. Older Podoseris, slightly magn. 


Fug. 12. Podoseris dubia, sp. noy. Side view, nat. size. 
Fig. 13. The same. Part of calice, magn. 
tg. 14. Podoseris elongata, Dunc. Part of a transverse section below 

the calice, magn. a, synapticulz ; 8, dissepiments. 

Fig. 15, The same. Part ofa longitudinal section, magn. a, synapticule ; 
8, dissepiments. 

Fig. 16. The same. A longitudinal slice, polished. a, synapticule, long 
and oblique ; 8, dissepiments. - 


—eE————— 


Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. — an 


IIT.—On Meiolania and some Points in the Osteology of the 
Testudinata: a Reply to Mr. G. A. Boulenger. By Dr. 
G. Baur. 


[Plate VI.] 


In the February number of the ‘Annals and Magazine of 
Natural History’ I tind some remarks by Mr. G. A. Boulen- 
ger in reply to my article on the systematic position of 
Meiolania published in the January number. Nearly all the 
comments of Mr. Boulenger need an answer. 

1. “ After having thought Mvolania to be allied to Stauro- 
typus, Dr. Baur now regards this Chelonian as representing 
a highly specialized branch of the true land-tortoises.” .. . 

Many people may think from this statement that I have 
published such a view on Metolania; this I never did. The 
tact is that during my visit in London last August and Sep- 
tember I had some talk with Mr. Boulenger on Mezolania. 
I said that the skull looks very much like that of Staurotypus, 
and showed to Mr. Boulenger the cervicals of Staurotypus 
triporcatus, so kindly sent to me by Prof. v. Krauss for 
examination ; this was all. I had not yet reached a definite 
conclusion on the systematic position of M/ezolania among the 
Cryptodira when I left London; this was only obtained here 
after a careful examination and comparison. 

2. “ Dr. Baur’s theory of the specialization from a land- 
Testudinoid, viz. a type with extremely reduced tail, with 
proceelous vertebre and no chevrons ” “is inadmissible.” 

Of course Mezolania did not come from any of the living 
forms of the Testudinide. ‘This I have clearly shown in my 
remarks on the quadrate with an open fissure, which we find 
in Metolania. 'Vhat some of the fossil ‘Testudinide, like 
Hadrianus, Cope, from the Eocene, showed such conditions 
is possible, but we have no proof yet. Besides that, I think 
it probable that after a careful study of the tails of the differ- 
ent land-tortoises we may find conditions somewhat similar 
to those in Metolania. I only note Blyth’s remarks on 
“Scapa,” a form very much like Hadrianus. According to 
him there is ‘a group of five principal obtuse spines on either 
side of the tail, the medial of them remarkably strong and 
thick ; two or more smaller spines or thick elongate scales 
above the tail.” Ido not know “Scapa” * ; but these spines 
seem to indicate a longer tail, as in the other Testudinide. 
I think my discovery of opisthoccelian vertebrae in a land- 


* Probably only a species of Dlanouria, 


38 Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 


living form of the Emydide, the ‘ wood-tortoise ” (Clemmys 
insculpta, Le C.}, is a very good support of the correctness of 
my view. 

3. “Dr. Baur has arrived at some curious miseonceptions 
from not examining sufficient material, and, what is still less 
excusable, by not carefully perusing the standard works on 
the osteology of Reptiles. Thus, tor example, he entirely 
ignores the cranial structure of Chelys, the type, in a syste- 
matic sense, of the Pleurodira, which has been figured by 
Cuvier, Wagler, Briihl, Hoffmann, and Mivart. He will 
find, by referring to Chelys, that his character of ‘the quad- 
rate connected with the basisphenoid, sometimes with the 
basioccipital,’ falls to the ground.” 

I should say that Mr. Boulenger knows what I intended to 
express by the words “ the quadrate connected with the basi- 
sphenotd”’—it was the fact, that in all Pleurodira the ptery- 
gotds do not separate the quadrate and basisphenoid, as in the 
Cryptodira. ‘This fact I defined by the words, not applicable 
to Chelys, “the quadrate connected with the basisphenoid.” 
But Chelys makes no exception from the other Pleurodira ; 
even here the pteryyotds do not separate the quadrate and basi- 
sphenoid. But these bones are separated by the petrosal 
nearly in the same way asin Pelomedusa and Hydromedusa 
(Peters), in which forms a small connexion between quadrate 
and basisphenoid still exists. J said that Mr. Boulenger 
knows what I wanted to express by the words “ the quadrate 
connected with the basisphenoid.” I made him acquainted 
personally with the new character of the Pleurodira, found in 
the pterygoids; besides that, every body can see what I 
meant if he reads the words immediately following the above 
statement—“ in all the Cryptodira and the Trionychoidea the 
pterygoids extend between these elements.” 

it was a wrong expression, but not ignorance / 

4. The absence in the Pleurodira of the descending pro- 
cesses of the prefrontals, which connect the vomer, is a cha- 
racter of no great importance according to Mr. Boulenger. 

a. ‘That the connexion between the vomer and the “ pre- 
frontals does not exist in the living Pleurodira is perhaps due 
to the fact that the vomer is absent in the Pelomeduside.”’ 

To that I answer with the fact that the Cretaceous 
Bothremys, Leidy, has a very strong vomer, but no connexion 
between the vomer and the preefrontals. 

b. “In Chelys and Chelodina a complete bony orbito-nasal 
septum is formed by connexion of the preetrontals with the 
palatines.” 

I cannot find a “ complete bony orbito-nasal septum” in 


Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 39 


Chelodina (Chelys not at hand). Besides, this would have 
nothing to do with the condition found in the Cryptodira. 
To explain this I give a description of the relations between 
preefrontals, palatines, and vomer in the Testudinata. 

In all the Cryptodira the prefrontals show two inferior 
processes: one which we call the inner process is connected 
with the vomer and the inner portion of the palatines; the 
other, the outer process, is connected with the maxillary, or 
may even reach the outer portion of the palatines. Between 
these two processes and the palatines and maxillaries we find 
the foramen nasopalatinum. 


a. Cryptodira. 


Chelydride, Dermatemydidx, Staurotypide, Cinoster- 

nide. 

Inner process of prefrontal in extensive connexion with 
vomer and palatines; outer process in no connexion with 
palatines. 

The Cheloniide show the same condition, but in some 
forms the connexion between the inner process and the pala- 
tines has gone. We may distinguish the following stages :— 

Huclastes.—Like Chelydride. 

Chelonia.—Inner processes clearly connected with palatines. 

Thalassochelys.—The ends of the inner processes touch the 
palatines. 

Colpochelys, Carettaa—No connexion between inner pro- 
cesses and palatines 

Dermochelydide.—Connexion still more reduced ; ends of 
inner processes touching vomer only. 

Emydide and Testudinide.—A similar condition to that in 
Chelydridze we find in some of the Emydide (Trachemys 
serrata, Ptychemys concinna and mobiliensis). In others the 
outer prefrontal process begins to touch the palatines (JJala- 
coclemmys, Chrysemys, Terrapene, Clemmys). Or in many of 
the Testudinide a strong connexion exists between this pro- 
cess and the palatines; hence the foramen nasopalatinum is 
formed by the preefrontals and palatines only. This foramen 
may be very much reduced and nearly disappear (Hmys 
meleagris, Clemmys guttata, different Testudinide, T. poly- 
phemus). 


8. Chilote, Wiegm.* 


The foramen nasopalatinum generally formed by pre- 


* T use the name Chilotz in preference to Gray’s name Trionychoidea, 
expressing only a superfamily. 


40 Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 


frontal, maxillary, palatinum, vomer. The inner process of 
the prefrontal connected with the vomer, the outer with the 
maxillary. In Chitra and Cyclanosteus there is no con- 
nexion between prefrontals and vomer; in Hmyda and 
“Baikiea”? the imner process of the prefrontals becomes 
rudimentary. 


y. Pleurodira. 


The inner process of the prefrontals is absent or rudi- 
mentary, there is never a connexion with the vomer and never 
with the palatines. The outer process is either connected 
with the maxillary alone or may even touch the palatines. 

Podocnemidide.—In Podocnemis and Hrymnochelys (Dume- 
rilia) there is no connexion between the outer process of the 
prefrontals and the palatines. In LHrimnochelys the inner 
process is indicated very much more than in Podocnemis. 

Sternotheride.—Like Podocnemidide, in Sternotherus 
niger the inner process is still more indicated than in 
Erymnochelys. 

Chelydide.—In Chelymys victorie the outer process is 
very near to the palatines, the inner process scarcely present. 
In Chelodina longicollis the ends of the outer process of the 
prefrontals and the palatines meet; the inner process 1s more 
developed, as in Chelymys, but not so much as in Sterno- 
therus. ‘This is called by Mr. Boulenger a “‘ complete bony 
orbito-nasal septum.” 

To sum up. Ln all Cryptodira (if not highly specialized, 
as some Cheloniidee and Dermochelys) the inner process of the 
prefrontals shows a connexion with the palatines and the vomer. 

In all Pleurodira not only the connexion with the pulatines 
but also that with the vomer is absent. 

In all Testudinata in which the inner process of the pre- 
frontals ts connected with the palatines this process is connected 
with the vomer “also. 


Now what do we find in JMeolania. There is a small 
palatonasal opening which is shown on the right side; the 
inner preefrontal process is connected extensively with the 
palatines ; therefore a connexion must also exist with the 
vomer. 

I may add that this region in Mezolania is nearest to the 
condition found in the Testudinide. But according to Mr. 
Boulenger “ Dr. Baur is not justified in saying that the prae- 
frontals are connected with the vomer in Medolania.” 

5. Mr. Boulenger claims to be better informed as to the 


ee eee 


ae ee eo a 


ea ae 


id, + hp 


taal aS 


nd aii ree es, “sh 


Dr. G. Baur.on Meiolania. 41 


condition of the pterygoids than Iam, ‘ who, after examining 
merely the cast, thinks the lateral expansion of the pterygoids 
“may be produced by crushing of the edges.’” But Mr. 
Boulenger forgets to state that I remarked, “ even if it [the 
expansion] were natural, it would not be of great importance.” 
This is a great difference. I did not think only that the 
edges are crushed; I admitted the other possibility that they 
are natural, I believe Mr. Boulenger when he says that they 
are natural, but even then this makes no difference. Such 
expansions are indicated in some of the Testudinide (conf. 
Testudo elephantina, Giinther, ‘Gigantic Land-Tortoises,’ 
pl. ix. fig. A) ; and, as I stated before, in the Chilote we find 
all conditions of these expansions. 

6. To Mr. Boulenger it seems extremely probable that 
fin Mezolania] “the quadrate did join the basisphenoid, as in 
Podocnemis.” But I miss the reasons for this probability. 

7. “The back of the skull of Jfolania is as typically 
Pleurodiran as can be, and totally different from that of the 
Testudinide.” The complete bony ring is “ decidedly held 
to be formed by the quadrate.”’ Also here I miss the reasons. 

8. “ How Dr. Baur has acquired his information respecting 
the characters of the Pleurodiran cervical vertebrae as com- 
pared with the Cryptodiran is a puzzle to”? Mr. Boulenger. 

My information was acquired by the examination of many 
hundreds of Testudinata in the museums of this country and 
in Europe; and I have not to change a single point in my 
statements. 

I said, “1. The centrum of the first vertebra [of the 
Pleurodira] (the so-called odontoid process) is absolutely free 
from the second, with which it articulates freely.” In the 
Cryptodira “it is not absolutely free from the second, but 
more or less connected.” 

This is the fact; if the cervical vertebre of a Pleurodiran 
are macerated the centrum of the atlas becomes free from the 
centrum of the axis; in the Cryptodira it remains more or 
less connected. 

9. “ Better than any lengthy discussion, the following 
figures will show whether Dr. Baur is justified in stating that 
an ‘atlas-ring’ is absent in the Pleurodira and that the cen- 
trum alone supports the neuroids of the atlas.” 

At first I have to protest against misstatements. I have 
never said that the centrum alone supports the neuroids. J 
have clearly stated that in the Podocnemidide the first tnter- 
centrum is “ slightly connected with the neuroids.” In regard 
to the atlas-rmg I may say the following: an atlas-ring is 


42 Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 


formed by the connexion of the neuroids with the first inter- 
centrum (atlas-ring of birds and mammals). Such a ring 
does not exist in the Pleurodira, so far as I know. If the 
atlas of a Pleurodiran is macerated the intercentrum, if not 
coossified with the centrum, becomes free; it does not remain 
in connexion with the neuroids; these generally are united 
with the centrum or may become free, as in the Podocnemi- 
didee (Podocnemis Dumeriliana and expansa) and some Chely- 
didee (E/seya according to Vaillant). But if we macerate the 
atlas of a Cryptodiran we never find, so far as I know, that 
the neuroids of the atlas remain in connexion with the cen- 
trum; the neuroids of the atlas are connected with the 
intercentrum, or all parts may become separated, .as in the 
Chelydride, Chelonide. ‘This I wanted to state, and there- 
fore I used the words “it is the centrum which supports the 
neuroids of the atlas’? in the Pleurodira. I excluded the 
Podocnemidide, stating that the intercentrum also takes some 
part. 

If we compare Mr. Boulenger’s figures with these remarks 
there seems to be considerable contradiction. 

In the specimen of Erymnochelys madagascariensis before 
me the atlas is missing ; but for comparison I give an exact 
figure of the first two cervicals of Podocnemis Dumeriliana. 
Podocnemis and Erymnochelys are allied forms, and Hrymno- 
chelys is even not different from Podocnemis according to Mr. 
Boulenger. We may expect therefore that the first two 
cervicals show in both similar conditions. As anybody will 
see, my figures of Lod. Dumeriliana are entirely ditferent 
from those of Erymnochelys given by Mr. Boulenger. The 
neuroids are supported by the atlas centre, the intercentrum 
is connected a little with the neuroids. The intercentrum is 
very small compared with the centrum and projects below it. 

In Chelymys victorie we find a similar condition to that in 
Pod. Dumeriliana ; but the intercentrum simply touches the 
neuroids. ‘The neuroids are more connected with the centrum 
than in Pod. Dumeriliana. This condition is very much more 
expressed in the followmg genera of the Chelydidee— Chelys, 
Hydromedusa, Chelodina, Hydraspis—and in the Sternothe- 
ride ; in all these the neuroids have entirely gone on to the 
centrum, with which they become ossified. 

In the Cryptodira the conditions are entirely different. 
The most generalized arrangement we find in the Cheloniide 
and Chelydridg, in which the atlas-elements are only loosely 
connected; but even in these forms the centrum does not 
support the neuroids. The connexion between these elements 
is on a vertical plane, there is no support; the neuroids are 


Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 43 


supported by the intercentrum. The conditions of the cen- 
trum of the atlas in the Testudinata may be expressed in the 
following diagram, in which the centrum is seen from 
above :— 


1 2 


1. Cryptodira: no face for neuroids. 

2. Podocnemididee : a small face for neuroids. 

5. Chelydide, part, Chelymys (for ex.): a larger face for neuroids, - 
4, Chelydide, part (Sternotheeridz) : a large face for neuroids. 


The conditions of the first two vertebra in the Cryptodira 
and Pleurodira could be expressed also in the following 
way :—In the Cryptodira the atlas-ring has a free articulation 
with the atlas-centrum; in the Pleurodira the associated 
neuroids and the atlas-centrum have a free articulation with 
the centrum of the axis. 

10. “ With regard to Miolania, I can state that the neuroids 
of the atlas are supported by both the hypapophysis (tirst 
intercentrum) and the centrum, that the latter articulated 
freely with the second centrum, and that the diapophyses of 
the second vertebra are not partly below the prezygapophyses, 
as in all Cryptodira, but entirely behind ; in all these respects 
agreeing with the vertebrae of Podocnemis madagascariensis 
figured above.” 

In regard to this I state that after a careful comparison of 
the atlas of M/ezolania with other specimens I am convinced 
that the neuroids are exactly in the same connexion as in the 
Cryptodira, especially the Testudinide. They stand entirely 
on the first intercentrum, with which they are coossified ; 
there is no articular face on the top of the atlas-centrum for 
the neuroids. Whether the atlas-centrum articulated freely 
or not is impossible to determine in the specimen, but it is 
very doubtful that it did articulate freely. 

The diapophysis of the axis is a trifle behind the prazyga- 
pophysis in Mevolania; we have the same, if I remember 
rightly, in Staurotypus; if the diapophysis of Testudo poly- 
phemus should become more slender, we would have the same 
arrangement; the thick basis of the diapophysis would be 
used up for this, and the diapophysis would be behind the 
zygapophysis. But this difference is of no importance. Jn 


44 Dr. G. Baur on Meiolania. 


all the Pleurodira known the diapophysis of the second ver- 
tebra is in the middle; in all Cryptodira it ts in front; and 
so it ts tn Meiolania. 

11. “ Two adult skeletons of Testudo polyphemus” in the 
British Museum “ do not show the slightest resemblance to 
Miolania in their first and second vertebree.”’ 

I give an exact drawing of the atlas and axis of Testudo 
polyphemus (Pl. Vi. figs. 3, 4) (no. 645 Peabody Mus.) and 
of Meiolania (fig. 5) *, and leave it to the judgment of the 
readers whether they are alike or not. Besides that I give a 
description of these vertebre. 


Metolania. 


Atlas.—Intercentrum coossified with neuroids of atlas, 
between intercentrum and each neuroid a foramen. Centrum 
very short, entirely free from imtercentrum, convex in front, 
concave behind ; intercentra two, coossified with the posterior 
part of the centrum, forming two processes behind ; no face for 
neuroids on the upper part of centrum; anterior face convex, 
forming a ball, which moves in the posterior articular face 
of the atlas-ring. 

Awis—Centrum strongly emarginate behind, no keel on 
lower face ; probably concave behind; a strong diapophysis 
directly behind and below prezygapophysis, but in front of 
centrum, not in the middle; diapophyses not directed back- 
wards. 


Testudo polyphemus (typical specimen from Florida). 


Atlas.—Intercentrum coossified with neuroids in very old 
specimens ; between intercentrum and each neuroid a fora- 
men, which may be open behind. Centrum very short, 
entirely free from intercentrum, convex in front, concave 
behind ; intercentra two, coossified with the posterior part of 
centrum in old specimens (suture still visible in no. 645), 
forming two processes behind; no face for neuroids on the 
upper part of centrum; anterior face convex, forming a ball, 
which moves in the posterior articular face of the atlas-ring. 

Awis.—Centrum strongly emarginate behind, no keel on 
lower face; concave behind, a pretty strong diapophysis, ante- 
rior face a little below, posterior entirely behind prezyga- 
pophysis; in front of centrum, not in the middle.  Dia- 
pophyses not directed backwards. 

I beg to compare the figures and description of the first 


* The drawing is made from the cast; the single elements of the ver- 
tebrae are placed in the natural position. 


Mr. G. Lewis on Histeride from Venezuela. 45 


two vertebrae of Mezolania with the same elements of any 
Pleurodiran. There is a fundamental difference. These ver- 
tebree are typically Cryptodiran in Meiolania. 

12. “If Dr. Baur were acquainted with the structure of 
the hyoid in the Pelomeduside he could not have pointed to 
the character of the hyoid bones as proving the Testudinoid 
nature of Miolania.” 

The hyoid apparatus of Sternotherus niger before me is 
very different from that of Medolania. The copula and 
the proximal parts of the third pair of cornua are entirely 
coossified ; in Metolania we only have the ossified great 
cornua, and these show some resemblance to the same elements 
in Sternotherus; but such a similarity is not an affinity. IL 
do not know the hyoids of Pelomedusa. In young specimens 
of Podocnemis only the great cornua are ossilied. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VL. 
Fig. 1. Atlas of Podoenemis Dumeriliana, front view, + 


Fig. 2. Atlas and axis of Podocnemis Dumeriliana, from below, +. 

Fig. 3. Atlas of Testudo polyphemus, front view, +. 

Fig. 4, Atlas and axis of Testudo polyphemus, from below, 7. 

Fig. 5. Atlas, axis, and part of occipital condyle of Metolania platyceps, 
3, from below. The elements are placed in the right position. 


2'=intercentrum 1. 
2 


2? =intercentrum 2. 
o=condyle. 

c=centrum of atlas. 
cl=centrum of axis. 


New Haven, Conn., 
April 2, 1889. 


1V.—Notes on the Histeride taken in Venezuela by Mons. 
E. Simon. By G. Lewis. 


THE object of this paper is to enumerate the species of 
Histeride captured in Venezuela by M. E. Simon during a 
journey extending through December 1887 to April 1888, 
and it will form, I believe, one of a series of memoirs relating 
to other insects taken by him at the same time. Almost 
every collection made in the warm parts of America brings 
to light some curious new form of Histerid, and the present 
one is not an exception. The Phelister Simoni noticed here 
is a most remarkable species and one which I only place in 
the genus with doubt. As, however, I have given an outline 
of the sternal structure (which differs so much from the 
structure in Phelister venustus, Leconte, the type of the genus) 


46 Mr. G. Lewis on Histeride from Venezuela. 


those who study the family will be able to form an idea of its 
peculiarities and to judge whether or not I have assigned it 
rightly to Phelister. ‘lhe specimen is unfortunately unique 
and the sex of it is not apparent without dissection; but I 
cannot for a moment think the structure of the prosternum 
can differ in the male and female. 


List of Species. 


Hololepta humilis, Payk. Epierus brunnipennis, Mars. 
Lioderma 4-dentatum, Fubr, notius, Mars. 
Phelister Simoni, n. sp. vagans, Mars. 
4-punctatus, Mars. fulvicornis, Wabr. 


elobiformis, Mars. Paromalus sincerus, Lewis. 
hxemorrhous, Mars. fissus, Lewis. 
——— panamensis, Leconte. Saprinus modestus, Er. 
Homalodes vapulo, Jars. auctus, Sch. (1889). 


gagatinus, Zr. Idolia seitula, Lewzs. 
serenus, Er. intevra, n. sp. 
Hister czenosus, £7. 


Phelister Simoni, n. sp. 


Oblongus, convexiusculus, niger, subopacus, undique minutissime 
strigosus ; antennis pedibusque piceis; fronte punctulata, antice 
impressa, supra oculos subelevata, stria integra leviter impressa in 
medio retrorsum acuminata; clypeo separato transverso ; pronoto 
stria integra post oculos minute crenulata, subdense punctulato, 
punctis grossis intermixtis, ante scutellum triangulariter impresso ; 
elytris striis integris subcrenulatis 5 cum suturali basi conjunctis, 
undique punctulatis ; propygidio pygidioque parum dense punctu- 
latis; prosterno in regione striarum prominulo, bistriato, striis 
anticis conjunctis, lobo separato ; mesosterno antice late arcuato, 
striis transversis crenulatis ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. 

Long. 3 mill. 

The minute surface sculpture of this species gives it the 
appearance of opacity. ‘The frontal stria is lightly impressed 
and formed like that figured for 
Homalodes faustus and others in 
Marseul’s monograph. The 
singular structure of the pro- 
sternum may be seen by the 


figures given here. The region “© ™~ PL C ae 
of the strie is built up to the TS j 


same plane as ‘the mesosternum — 
and then cut off as it were ina y * \ 
diagonal direction, and at this ya 

point a pilose tuft is visible ONY 
(indicated by punctures in the < 


figures), and the lobe is pro- 


Mr. J. W. Williams on a new Species of Ampullaria. 47 


duced on a much lower plane, as shown in a side view of the 
prosternum (fig. 2). 

The prosternal strie join in front and the keel at the coxe 
begins to widen out gradually to its base. The apices of the 
anterior femora (shown in fig. 1) are grooved in a remarkable 
manner and are built up with semicircular edges, and the 
grooves are very finely but very distinctly transversely 
striate. 


Hab. San Estaban ; taken in March 1888. 


Idolia integra, n. sp. 

Orbicularis, perconvexa, picea, nitida, pedibus antennisque rufis ; 
fronte subtilissime et minutissime strigosa, margine elevato, antice 
haud interrupto; pronoto, stria marginali integra, elevata, late- 
raliter distincte sinuato; prosterno minutissime strigoso, lateraliter 
striato; mesosterno stria antice integra metasternoque disperse 
punctulatis; pygidio levi. 

Long. 2 mill. 

Hab. San Estaban. 

This species is exceedingly like Jdolia gibba, Lewis, but 
the mesosternal stria is complete in front and the two sternal 
plates are distinctly punctulate. In Ldolia gibba the meso- 
sternal stria terminates on each side at a point opposite the 
prosternal stria, and is therefore widely interrupted, and it is 
at present the only described species in which it is so. 


V.—WNote on a new Species of Ampullaria from the 
La Plata. By JosepH W. WILLIAMS. 


Mr. W. D. Georce, of Charlton, has recently sent me an 
Ampullarian which he collected in October 1888 from some 
marshes near the La Plata, at Buenos Ayres, in the Argen- 
tine Republic. I have, in company with Mr. Edgar Smith, 
examined the species belonging to this genus which are in 
the National Collection, and not found one to which this 
present shell could be referred; I have also looked over 
the various literature known to me on the genus, and have 
found no description which could be applied to this form. I 
therefore name it (provisionally at any rate) Ampullaria cana- 
liculata, for a reason which will be readily noticed in the 
following description. 

The shell is large, solid, and thick. Its length is 6 centim. 


43 Mr. J. W. Williams on a new Species of Ampullaria. 


and its breadth (taking the body-whorl) 48 millim. The 
general shape of the shell is globoso-conoidal, the body-whorl 
in the region of the peritreme being considerably swollen, but 
compressed laterally in that part where it passes into the 
penultimate whorl. There are five whorls. The spire is 
very short (12 millim.) in comparison with the rest of the 
shell, and its apex is obtuse. The suture between the body 
and the penultimate whorl and also between this last and the 
antepenultimate whorl is deeply and triangularly channelled 
(hence the specific name of canaliculata proposed for it). The 
nucleus is of a light rufous colour. The general body-colour 
is of a dull yellow ish green (similar to that of our English 
Paludina vivipara, Linn.) and is marked on the body-whorl 
by fourteen linear brown spiral bands, by four on the penul- 
timate, and by three on the antepenultimate whorl. The 
periostr acum is strongly marked with closely placed longitu- 
dinal striz continuous from whorl to whorl over the sutures ; 
the transverse striz are much finer and wider apart than are 
the longitudinal strie. The inner lip is reflected upon the 
body-whorl, and behind a ledge of it can be seen a large, 
deep, and obliquely placed umbilicus. The aperture is of an 
ovoidal shape, with a transverse diameter of 34 millim. and a 
longitudinal one of 45 millim. The peritreme is of a car- 
neous colour, and this is continued on the inside of the body- 
whorl for a distance in one specimen of 14 millim., behind 
which the internal layer of the shell is coloured a chocolate- 
brown. The banding of the shell is visible on looking into 
the shell from the aperture. The operculum is chitinous (as 
is the case with nearly all New-World species) and somewhat 
of a reniform shape, its narrower end being placed in the 
aperture upwards. It is well marked by concentric striz and 
the nucleus is placed excentrically, near to what corresponds 
to the hilum of its reniform shape. On its outer aspect the 
nucleus is placed on a depressed area, which corresponds to 
a circumscribed elevation on its inner aspect. ‘The whole of 
the periostracum is glossy and the whole shell translucent. 
The umbilicus discloses a part of the penultimate whorl. 

The specimens from which I have given the above descrip- 
tion were collected by Mr. George in October last. They were 
sent to me on May 8th of this year, having been brought by 
him from Buenos Ayres, and the most interesting part of it 
is that one of the shells contained an animal which, on extrac- 
tion, showed evidence of very recent death, and which, 
although giving off no fetor, was unfortunately not quite in a 
fit state for systematic dissection. Mr. Geor ge brought the 
shells over packed with Unios and Heliz ( Macular ia) punctata, 


On Pentacrini in Great Oolite near Basle. 49 


Miller, in a cigar-box, and therefore the animal had existed 
for some months without water. How, then, had it lived? 
It appears to me that the animal had breathed atmospheric 
air by the right side of its pulmonary chamber, which the 
researches of Jourdain and Sabatier have shown to be vascu- 
larized, but bad died on account of having received no help 
from the left side of the pulmonary chamber, which contains a 
ctenidium. The fact that a Helix punctata which Mr. George 
also brought over in the same box was alive until yesterday, 
when I dissected it, shows, I think, that Ampullaria, though 
amphibious, cannot exist out of water for a lengthened 
period of time. 


Note.—Since sending the above to press I find that the 
name I propose has been preoccupied by Lamarck. I there- 
fore, in its place, suggest for it the name of Ampullarta Georgii, 
after the gentleman who found it and sent it to me.— 


J. W. W. 


VI.—Pentacrini in peculiar Beds of Great Oolite Age near 
Basle. By ¥. A. Batuer, B.A., Assistant in the British 


Museum (Natural History). 


A MEMOIR entitled ‘ Description des Fossiles de la Grande 
Oolithe des environs de Bale,’ by Mons. Edouard Greppin, 
and consisting of 137 pages of text, with ten plates, was pub- 
lished early this year in the ‘ Mémoires de la Société Paléon- 
tologique Suisse,’ vol. xv. (1888), at Basle and Geneva. M. 
Greppin, whose collection I had the pleasure of working 
through last summer at Basle, kindly gave me for examination 
some stem-joints of Pentacrinus which were new tome. He 
has printed in his memoir (pp. 133, 134) extracts from the 
letter that I wrote him anent these specimens ; my drawings, 
however, he was unable to reproduce. ‘T’o found a species on 
stem-fragments is, though good may come, to do evil; but to 
describe a new form without adequate illustration is utterly 
condemnable. I hasten therefore to complete the description 
by the accompanying figures, and at the same time would 
wish to borrow from M. Greppin’s work such an account of 
the rock and of the associated fossils as may invest with in- 
terest an otherwise dry communication. 

The Great Oolite is the most developed constituent of the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 4 


50 Mr. F. A. Bather on Pentacrini zn 


Bathonian in the canton of Basle and reaches a thickness of 
40 metres. It consists mainly of an oolitic freestone very 
poor in fossils, and these, even in the more fossiliferous lower 
beds, are much worn. Little attention therefore has been 
paid to it by geologists. M. Greppin, however, has dis- 
covered among the lower beds, which correspond more 
exactly with our Great Oolite, thin lenticular bands of organic 
débris. By heating fragments to a high temperature and 
dropping them into cold water he split up the calcareous 
cement and extracted the shells in the beautiful condition 
shown by his illustrations. These bands are due to depres- 
sions in the original sea-floor, which became filled with shells. 
One would naturally suppose that this was caused by the 
action of currents after the death of the animals. M. Greppin 
notes, however, that, while the genus Cerithiwm is most abun- 
dant at Muttenz, at Bubendorf, 3 kilometres distant, it is 
replaced by Hmarginula and Rimula on the same horizon. 
He therefore considers that the animals lived where their 
remains are now found. The truth probably lies between the 
two opinions. 

As the result of his researches M. Greppin recognizes 154 
species, of which 30 are new ; some score remain to be deter- 
mined when better material shall have been found. Gastro- 
poda are in the majority with 79 species ; of these 24 are new ; 
of the rest 39 are found also in England, and 8 of these were 
previously unrecorded out of Britain. The Lamellibranchiata 
are represented by 59 species, 10 of which are described for 
the first time ; of the 49 that remain 41 are known in Eng- 
land, 8 of them being hitherto unknown elsewhere. The 
Cephalopoda are practically absent, the only example being 
an ill-preserved Belemnite referred to Hastites Jfustformis. 
The Brachiopoda, though only of 5 species, are extremely 
numerous in certain parts, especially /erebratula maxillata. 
Fragments of a Glyphea ornata are all the Crustacean re- 
mains. ‘Two species of Serpula are recognized. Fragments 
of Echinoidea may be referred to 5 known species, while the 
Crinoidea number 2 species. 

This fauna, as M. Greppin points out, is more akin to the 
Great-Oolite fauna of England than to that of other 
foreign countries. ‘This may indeed be due to the fact that 
the beds of Basle are more exactly synchronous (or should we 
say homotaxial ?) with those worked by Morris and Lycett, 
than are those continental beds which have hitherto afforded 
the most numerous fossils. 


Perhaps the most interesting character of this fauna is the 


Great Oolite near Basle. Bi 


small size of its constituents. The Gastropods are rarely 
more than 1 centimetre in length, and Terebratula mazillata 
averages 3 millimetres. These fossils are true dwarfs, not 
merely young forms; the stunting of growth is accompanied 
by no other change of character. It is, however, noticeable 
that the dwarfs are confined to the lenticular fossil masses ; 
the same species when found, as a few of them are, in the 
freestone courses are of normal size. Some species are con- 
fined to the freestone and are never found as dwarfs. 

The difficulty of figuring these minute fossils was overcome 
by M. Greppin in an ingenious manner, which he was good 
enough to explain tome. A fossil was fixed between wire 
points in the field of a microscope and its shadow thrown by 
a strong light on to a piece of ground glass. On this the 
outline was traced by a pencil. The object was then ex- 
amined by reflected light in the usual way, and the details 
filled in on the glass ; any error can be rectified in a moment 
on this surface. When the glass was filled with drawings it 
was photographed and phototype plates then made. This 
method combines accuracy, clearness, and softness, with the 
great advantage of the author being his own artist. 


The Crinoid stem-fragments, to which [I would now direct 
attention, are found by hundreds at both Muttenz and Buben- 
dorf, and are often slightly worn. They share the stunted 
character of the other fossils, and appear to be the dwarf 
varieties of two species. 

Of these species one is already known as Pentacrinus 
Nicolett, Desor. The greatest diameter of the stem in the 
present specimens (5 millim.) is, however, less than the 
smallest diameter yet recorded for P. Nicolet’, and the 
majority of the fragments have a diameter of only 3 or 4 
millimetres. I have therefore suggested that they should be 
known as P. Nicoleti, var. minimus (fig. 1, p52). Hxamples 
of this variety, found in the Great Oolite of Neue Welt by Mons. 
J. B. Greppin, were seen by me last year in the Strassburg 
Museum (Hlsass-Lothringen Sammlung). The fragments of 
this species are distinguished by the re-entrant angle of the 
lateral faces, and by the depression of the sutures at the angles, 
from the other fragments found in the lenticular beds of 
Muttenz. 

Of what species this other Pentacrinus is the dwarf I do 
not know. I can find nothing exactly like it among Jurassic 
species, and this, combined with its small size, has induced me to 
designate it Pentacrinus Basilew (from Basilea, BEES) (fig. 2). 

4 


52 On Pentacrini zr Great Oolite near Basle. 


Those who think such name-giving unsafe and worse than need- 
less will perhaps excuse me when they learn that in the general 
collection of the Basle Museum there are similar fragments 
labelled ‘‘Pentacr. tuberculatus, Desor, Terrain & chailles, K1. 
Basel,” and that to this M. de Loriol has added in MS.: “Ce 
Pentacrinus me parait app. & une espéce nouvelle trés-voisine 
du P. subsulcatus, Miinster, du Lias: ce dernier n’a pas de creux 
sur les sutures. Commeil n’y a ni localité ni niveau indiqué, 
je m’abstiens de la décrire.” The stems are pentagonal and 
basaltiform ; the stem-joints equal one another in height and 
diameter. The angles are well marked, but there is no re- 
entrant angle. The sutures are depressed on the lateral faces, 
but not on the angles; thus there is a ridge on each face of 
the joint between the angles. ‘This gives the stem its charac- 
teristic scalariform appearance. ‘The surface is otherwise 
smooth. The crenulations, which form a rosette on the arti- 
cular surface, are only visible on the exterior at the angles; 
this is owing to the depression of the suture on the intervening 
face. The diameter is slight, varying from *9 to 2°5 milli- 
metres in different specimens. 

It should perhaps be noted that M. de Loriol has figured 
as Pentacr. crista-galli, QQuenst., some small stem-fragments 
from the lower beds (Bajocien) of Muttenz, in the collection 
of M. E. Greppin*. These figures bear some resemblance to 
the present species. P. Basilee may be descended from P. 
crista-galli, but it is certainly not identical. 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. 


Fig. 1.—Pentacrinus Nicoleti, var. minimus, from Great Oolite of Mut- 
tenz, near Basle; in British Museum [E, 5505]; x 4 diam. a, 
side view ; 6, articular surface. 

Fig. 2.—Pentacrinus Basilee, GreatOolite, Muttenz; Brit. Mus. [E. 5506]; 
x 6diam. 4, articular surface, rather worn; 6, side view, the 
crenulation of the suture at the angle has not been copied well 
by the engraving process, 


* Monogr. des Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse, pl. xv. figs. 29 and 30, 
vide p. 136; in Mém. Soe. pal. Suisse, vol. vi. (Basle and Geneva, 1879). 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Zinn.). 53 


VII.—On a new Chalcostid Moth obtained in Formosa by 
Mr, H,. E. Hobson. By Artuur G. Butter, F.L.S. &e. 


THE following new species was in a series of moths sent to 
us by Mr. Hobson about six years ago, and of which I have 
on several occasions commenced drawing up a list, but have 
been prevented from doing so by more pressing work. 


Chalcosiida. 


Erasmia Hobsoni, sp. n. 


9. Allied to £. pulchella of India, but smaller and less 
brilliantly coloured ; the basal metallic green markings on 
the primaries noticeably smaller ; the irregular oblique band 
beyond them broader and of a deep ochreous (instead of red- 
dish clay-colour) ; the central metallic green markings nar- 
rower, the broad macular white belt less broken up, slightly 
broader, and with scarcely perceptible greenish edging; all 
the green streaks on the apical area and external border 
replaced by grey: secondaries whiter than in H. pulchella, 
with the metallic bluish-green colour confined to the basal 
sixth, not extending forwards into the cell, the black external 
border only narrowly edged internally with green, which 
colour does not extend along the veins or across the border, 
as in &. pulchella. On the under surface the differences are 
similar, the reddish clay-coloured markings being replaced by 
clear ochreous, and the green stripes on the external areas of 
the wings almost wholly obliterated. Hxpanse of wings 73 
millim. 

N. Formosa (Hobson). 

The female ot #. pulchella expands about 90 millim. 


VIII.—On Isometrus americanus (Linn.), with a Descrip- 
tion of a new Species of the Genus. By R. I. Pocock, of 
the British (Natural-History) Museum. 


Tsometrus americanus (Linn). 
This species was described by Linneus (Mus. Adolph. 
Frid. p. 84, 1754); subsequently (in Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 625, 
1758) its name was altered to ewropwus, and as ewropeus it 


54 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Linn.). 


was described and figured by De Geer (Mém. vii. p. 344, 
pl. xli. figs. 5-8). De Geer’s specimen was examined by 
Dr. Thorell and pronounced to be specifically identical with 
a scorpion known as Atreus obscurus of Gervais—a scorpion 
recorded from Columbia, described in Arch. Mus. iv. (1844) 
p- 219, and figured in Expéd. de Castelnau, Scorpions, pl. i. 
fig. 3. At the end of Gervais’s description, on p. 220, 
reference is made to a specimen of obscurus belonging to 
M. Goudot. 

In 1846 M. Goudot’s collection came into the possession 
of the British Museum. One of the specimens in this collec- 
tion agrees precisely with the description and figure of ob- 
scurus, and is, moreover, ticketed, apparently by either Ger- 
vais or Goudot, with that name, 

An examination of this specimen corroborates Dr. Thorell’s 
determination of the synonymy of obscurus with americanus. 
But my conclusions with regard to the sexes of the two 
typical specimens are by no means in accordance with those 
of that author. On p. 90 of his well-known work he re- 
marks, “Sc. euwrop@us, De Geer, mas est Se. obscurt, Gerv.” 
The grounds for this belief I do not know; but there are 
several reasons which lead me to think that the two speci- 
mens are of the same sex, and females. In the first place, 
judging from the figures, there is between the two no differ- 
ence which by analogy can be regarded as sexual. In the 
second place, both specimens present that lobate dilatation of 
the base of the pectines, which is, I believe, a sexual cha- 
racter appertaining to the female alone. ‘This belief is based 
(1) upon the discovery of ova in specimens of an allied 
species presenting this pectinal peculiarity, and (2) upon 
the existence in the collection of the British Museum 
of a number of specimens of a species of Jsometrus (taken 
at the same time and in the same place) in some of which 
the pectines are lobate while in others they are not; 
and, further, those in which the pectines are not lobate 
differ from those in which they are lobate in other cha- 
racters which by analogy belong to the male sex. These 
characters are—a wider tail, a wider hand, and a wider space 
between the fingers when closed. ‘The specimens, then, pre- 
senting these last features there are good reasons for looking 
upon as males ; and since the females of these differ only in 
minor particulars from the co-type of obscurus, I think there 
cannot be the smallest doubt that the two forms represent 
the sexes of Jsometrus americanus (Linn.). 

But another species described by Gervais, of which a co- 
type is also in the British Museum, differs from obseurus in 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Zinn.). 55 


precisely the same characters (and not in others) as do the 
males just referred to from their females. 

This species is Sc. forcipula (Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. 
p- 221, pl. xi. fig. 26). Consequently there is no escape 
from the conclusion that forcipula is as much a synonym of 
americanus as obscurus is. But, in addition, forcipula with 
its wide and excavated fifth caudal segment falls within the 
definition of the genus Phassus of Thorell—a genus differing 
from Jsometrus apparently only in this character. I suspect 
therefore that columbianus, the type of the genus Phassus, is 
a male of some species of Jsometrus of which the female is 
unknown. If this be so, Phassus can scarcely be recognized 
as a genus, unless, indeed, one goes to the extent of keeping 
it for those species of Zsometrus in which the sexes differ as 
do those of americanus. 

If the conclusions here set forth are valid the synonymy of 
Isometrus americanus will be as follows :— 


Tsometrus americanus, Linn. Mus. Adolph. Frid. p. 84 
(1754), 2? 


europeus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed.10, p.625 (1758), 9 ?; 
De Geer, Mém. vu. p. 344, pl. xl. figs. 5-8, 2. 
obscurus, Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. p. 219, ¢. 
Phassus forcipula, Gervais, f. c. p. 221, g. 


But this conclusion with regard to the sexes of this species 
by no means agrees with that of Dr. Karsch (Mitth. Miinchn. 
ent. Ver.. 1879, p. 113). 

This author, who appears to be well acquainted with Js. 
americanus, asserts that the males may be distinguished 
from the females by the length of the hand and fingers with 
reference to the first two caudal segments. In the female, in 
short, the hand and fingers are considerably longer than these 
caudal segments; in the male they are equal to them in 
length—characters which do not obtain in the sexes as recog- 
nized by me. 

But in the collection of the British Museum there are a 
number of specimens of Jsometrus which agree sufficiently 
well with each other to be ranked as the same species, and 
which at the same time may be divided into two groups 
upon certain undoubtedly sexual features. These features 
are precisely those which Dr, Karsch has pointed out as 
distinctive of the sexes of americanus. Some of these 
specimens having a short tail and lobate pectines are un- 
questionably females; others having a long tail and simple 


56 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Linn). 


pectines are unquestionably males. The females are very like 
the females of americanus, and can only be distinguished 
from such female specimens of that species as I have seen by 
the confluence of the inferior keels of some of the caudal 
segments. This confluence occurs in the males also and 
serves, apart from other features, to separate them from the 
males of americanus. 

It appears then, so far as a conclusion can be drawn from 
the few specimens that I have seen, that we have here a 
species distinct from americanus—a species in which the 
females can only be distinguished from those of americanus 
by the confluent caudal keels ; whilst the males, in addition 
to this character, differ from the males of americanus in 
having a long slender tail,» a narrow hand, and contiguous 
fingers. 

But Dr. Karsch regards this confluence of the keels merely 
as of a varietal nature—having seen apparently intermediate 
forms—and has given to the specimens presenting it the name 
americanus, var. androcottoides, 

If this be so, ¢. e. if the females of these long-tailed males 
be not specifically distinguishable from the females of the 
thick-tailed males, it seems that we have here a remarkable 
case of dimorphism, inasmuch as the males of /sometrus 
americanus present themselves under two very different 
aspects. But, so far as my observations go, there are two 
species to be dealt with, namely americanus and andro- 
cottoides ; and it seems to me to be wiser to regard these two 
as distinct until the alternative hypothesis of dimorphism be 
more firmly established than it is at present. 

The differences, sexual and asexual, between these two 
species may be set forth as follows :— 


Isometrus americanus (Linn.). 


& ¢.—Inferior caudal keels not confluent. 
2 .—Pectines lobate. 

Tail not more than six times as long as cephalo- 
thorax, parallel-sided or slightly thicker towards 
the fifth segment. 

Brachium very slightly thinner than hand; fingers 
not sinuate and in contact when closed. 

3 .—Pectines not lobate. 

Tail not more than six times as long as cephalo- 
thorax, manifestly thicker towards the middle of 
the fitth segment, then abruptly narrowed. 

Brachium only about two thirds the width of the 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Linn.). 57 


hand; fingers sinuate and not proximally in con- 
tact when closed. 


The sexual characters of the male in this species are very 
variable. The above characters have been taken from speci- 
mens presenting the smallest amount of sexual variation. In 
others, such e. g. as the type of Jorcipula, these characters are 
much more marked. 

Of this species I have seen one female from Moyabama, 
one female from Demerara, three females and two males from 
Iquitos, two females and two males from Columbia. 


Isometrus androcottoides, Karsch. 


3g 9.—Third caudal segment with a median inferior keel in 
its hinder half; fourth with a median inferior 
keel almost throughout its length. 
? .—Pectines lobate. 

Tail not more than six times the length of the cepha- 
lothorax, parallel-sided or slightly thicker at its 
anterior extremity. 

Brachium very slightly thinner than hand; fingers 
not sinuate and in contact when closed. 

¢ .—Pectines not lobate. 

Tail more than seven times the length of the cepha- 
lothorax, parallel-sided; fifth segment of the 
same width throughout. 

Brachium about seven eighths width of hand; fingers 
not sinuate and in contact when closed. 


Of this species I have seen five males and four females 
without any locality, one male and two females from Deme- 
rara, one female from Trinidad. 


Isometrus insignis, sp. n. 


Colour.—Dull black above; hands, finger-tips, and under 
surface of the chele and legs with reddish tint; distal tarsal 
segments and pectines testaceous. 

Cephalothorax a little wider than long; anterior margin 
angularly excised; ocular tubercle situated in the anterior 
half, shallowly excavated, its sides feebly roughened, the 
roughness continuous in front with aseries of granules which 
extends towards the anterior margin; the posterior keels 
parallel, feebly granular, extending from the hind margin to 
a point about midway between this margin and the ocular 
tubercle ; space between these keels bearing a deep median 


58 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Linn.). 


smooth suleus; between this sulcus and the keels on each side 
are a few granules disposed in two masses ; anterior portion 
of cephalothorax between the anterior keels and the lateral 
eyes and the posterior portion at the sides sparsely granular ; 
the lateral eyes about equally distant from each other ; 
median eyes separated by a space which is about equal to the 
diameter of each eye. 

Tergites more or less granular, the first marked in its pos- 
terior half by a transverse series of granules, which, almost 
marginal in the middle, curves forwards at the sides; the 
third with a short, median, longitudinal series of granules in 
its hinder third and on each side a conspicuous, slightly 
curved, transverse band, composed of many close-set granules, 
which does not reach the lateral margin of the tergite; the 
second in appearance midway between the first and the third ; 
the fourth, fifth, and sixth resembling the third, but having 
the bands of granules more pronounced; the seventh marked 
in front with a median, short, granular prominence and on 
each side two granular keels, which, curving towards each 
other in front, unite some distance in front of the anterior 
margin of the tergite. 

Sternites in part very finely and sparsely granular, dull- 
coloured, shining and smooth only behind and in the middle 
line. The fifth marked with four finely granular keels—two 
median, parallel, longer ; two lateral, posteriorly converging, 
shorter. 

Stigmata slit-like. 

Tail robust, nearly parallel-sided, the fifth segment only 
very slightly wider than the first, about five and a half times 
the length of the cephalothorax ; intercarinal spaces very 
feebly granular; upper surface scarcely at all hollowed; the 
fourth segment alone bearing in front a conspicuous depres- 
sion; the keels bluntly and almost evenly denticulated 
throughout, the terminal granule of the superior keels of the 
second, third, and fourth being alone a little more prominent 
than the rest. The first segment furnished with ten complete 
keels; the second, third, and fourth with eight, the median 
lateral keel being wholly absent on the third and fourth and 
represented by merely a few granules on the posterior half of 
the second; in the fifth the granules of the inferior surface 
show a tendency to arrange themselves in a definite series on 
each side of and parallel to the median granular keel; upper 
surface of this segment nearly flat, bearing only a very shal- 
low median sulcus. 

Vesicle feebly and bluntly granular below, with a more 
conspicuous granule immediately beneath the aculeus. 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on Isometrus americanus (Linn.). 59 


Chela.—Upper surface of humerus covered with very fine 
close-set granules and bounded before and behind by a con- 
spicuous series of larger granules ; anterior surface bounded 
below by a similar series and completely divided into an 
upper and a lower half by a coarser series parallel to the last- 
mentioned series ; inferior surface smooth ; posterior surface 
furnished with one series; the whole segment therefore is 
furnished with five parallel series of granules. The brachium 
furnished with seven keels—two in front, two above, two be- 
hind, and one below, all granular except the last named, 
which is smooth; the intercarinal spaces finely shagreened. 
Hand a little wider than brachium, keeled; three keels running 
from the immovable finger to the proximal end of the seg- 
ment, one bounding the ‘ hand-back ”’ above and two shorter, 
but unequal, keels running obliquely from the proximal 
end of the hand towards the movable finger. Fingers long, 
incurved, almost in contact when closed; movable finger 
longer than brachium, furnished with a conspicuous lobe, 
which fits behind a corresponding but smaller lobe on the 
immovable finger. 

Legs furnished with granular keels. 

Pectines furnished with twenty-three teeth; the proximal 
intermediate lamella produced into a large, rounded, smooth 
lobe. 

Measurementsin millimetres.—Length of cephalothorax 114, 
width 124; distance of eyes from posterior margin 7}; length 
of tail 67; length of first segment 8, width 64, height 64 ; 
ditto of second 10, 63, 6; ditto of fifth 104, 64,65 ditto of 
vesicle 6, 64, 525; length of aculeus 5; length of humerus 
121, width 34; ditto of brachium 13, 43; length of “ hand- 
back” 9, width of hand 5}; length of movable finger 143, of 
pecten 73. 

Several female specimens collected in the island of Santa 
Lucia for the West-Indian Exploration Committee by Mr. 
G. A. Ramage. 


This species is very closely allied to Isometrus americanus 
(Linn.), but may be distinguished by the absence of a spine 
under the sting and by its greater number of pectinal teeth. 
‘The male is unknown. 


60 Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 


1X.—Additional Notes on some British Carboniferous 
Lycopods. By R. Kinston, F.R.S.E., F.G.S.* 


[Plate IV.] 


THE present paper must be regarded as an appendix to that 
published by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. in 1885 T. 
Since that communication was written several important 
works dealing with the Carboniferous Flora have appeared 
which contain additional information regarding the Carbon- 
iferous Lycopods. I have also continued my investigations 
on this subject, and now wish to lay before this society some 
of the results. These are partly confirmative of the views I 
previously stated and partly correcting errors into which I 
had fallen. 


T. Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, Sternb. 


A few months ago I received for examination from the 
Geological Survey of England an impression of Lepidoden- 
dron Veltheimianum, collected by Mr. Rhodes, one of their 
fossil collectors, from the Lower Carboniferous of Lumby 
Law Railway-cutting, + mile north of Edlingham Church, 
Northumberland. It was contained in an iron-stained sand- 
stone and showed on the surface of the impression the leaf- 
scars and one of the large cone-scars. Attached to this latter 
is the basal portion of the appendicular organ which had 
been imbedded in the matrix, and from the fortunate manner 
in which the block containing the specimen has split one 
side of the appendicular organ is exposed. It is directed 
upwards and therefore similar in position to that of all the 
other specimens of the plant which have shown the appen- 
dicular organ inv situ. Owing to the rough nature of the 
matrix the minute structural points of this organ are not 
shown ; but the impression of the fossil is sufficiently well 
preserved to enable a satisfactory identification of the species 
to be made, and, further, to confirm the opinion that the organ 
In question 1s a cone. 


My thanks are due to Dr. A. Geikie for the opportunity of 


* Read before the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh, March 20, 
889. 
+ “On the Relationship of Ulodendron, L. & H., to Lepidodendron, 
Sternb., Bothrodendron, L. & H., Sigillaria, Brongn., and Rhytidodendron, 
Boulay,” vol. xvi. pp. 123-139, 162-179, 239-260, pls. ili.—vii. 


Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 61 


examining this fossil, which is contained in the collection of 
the Geological Survey of England. 

I was previously of opinion that Lepidodendron Veltheimt- 
anum, in addition to bearing lateral cones which produced the 
large Ulodendroid scars, might also have produced terminal 
cones. Continued investigations have, however, led me to 
relinquish this view, as the cones which I formerly believed to 
be the terminal cones of Lepid. Veltheimianum I have now seen 
attached to their parent branches, which show that they 
belong to an altogether distinct and, I believe, an undescribed 
species. 


Note.—I wish to correct an error in the description of the 
leaf-scar of Lepidodendron which I made in the paper already 
referred to. In my previous communication it was stated on 
p- 178, ‘‘ Leaf-base attached to the whole area of the leaf- 
scar (including the ‘ field’).”? That portion of the leaf-scar 
which is known as the “ field”’ really belongs to the cortical 
system, of which it is in fact a cushion-like elevation. ‘The 
true leaf-scar is only the small shield-like disk which bears 
the vascular and the two lateral cicatricules. These two 
“lateral cicatricules”’ have no connexion with the vascular 
system and are probably glandular. 


II. SIGILLARIA. 


In my previous memoir I placed in Sigillaria, under the 
name of Sigillaria discophora, Konig, sp., the plant originally 
figured by Kénig as Lepidodendron discophorum*. ‘This 1s 
identical with Lindley and Hutton’s Ulodendron minus f. 
My reason for placing this plant in Szgillaria was the struc- 
ture of the leaf-scar, which I stated on p. 178 (J. c.) possessed, 
as had been figured by Sir William Dawson, a central and 
two lateral cicatricules { ; and though I had not observed 
them personally I had no reason to doubt the accuracy of this 
writer’s observation. In reviewing my paper Mons. Zeiller § 
gives his reasons for doubting the accuracy of the figure 
given by Dawson, in which the three cicatricules were shown, 

* Konig, Icones fossilium sectiles, pl. xvi. fig. 194. 

+ I should say here.that although this latter name is the older one, it 
has been so much confused by authors, expediency almost demands that 
it be subordinated to the name given by Konig, from the use of which no 
confusion or misunderstanding can arise. 

t ‘ Acadian Geology,’ 2nd ed. 1868, p. 455, fig. clxx. @*. 

§ “Présentation d’une brochure de M. Kidston sur les Ulodendron et 


observations sur les Genres Ulodendron et Bothrodendron,’ Bull. de la 
Soc. Géol. de France, 3° sér. vol. xiv. p. 168 (1885). 


62 Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 


especially founding his opinion on the fact that Dawson 
states in the description of his species—Lepidophloios parvus 
= Sigillaria discophora—that the vascular points are obscure. 

I received, however, in 1886 from the Rev. David Lands- 
borough, Kilmarnock, to whom I am indebted for many 
instructive specimens of our Carboniferous Lycopods, a frag- 
ment of a Jarge specimen of Sigillarta discophora, which was 
unfortunately broken into several pieces when removing it 
from the roof of the Whistler Seam, Kilmarnock. This 
example shows clearly the central and two lateral cicatricules 
of the leaf-scar. A small portion of the specimen is shown in 
Pl. IV. figs. 1, La. This specimen conclusively proves that 
the leaf-scars of Sigillaria discophora, Konig, sp. (= U. minus, 
L. & H.), are provided with three cicatricules very similar to 
those of Sigillaria, in which genus I believe the plant under 
discussion should be placed. It is very remarkable that in 
such a common British Coal-measure fossil the true outer 
surface of the bark, showing the leaf-scars in a good state of 
preservation, is so seldom met with. One reason for this is 
the persistence of the leaves, which appear to have retained 
their attachment to the stem much longer than in the other 
Coal-measure Lycopods, and it is not uncommon to find the 
leaf-scars on stems of large specimens of Stgillaria disco- 
phora entirely obliterated by the foliage of the plant being 
closely adpressed to the bark. 

T united U. majus and U. minus, L. & H.; but M. Zeiller 
regards them as distinct species, and has since figured a 
specimen which he believes to be the U. majus of Lindley 
and Hutton *, with which he unites Stgi/laria (Lepidoden- 
dron) discophora, Konig. From the examination of a plaster 
cast of Kénig’s original specimen, which is still preserved in 
the collection of the British Museum, I feel quite satisfied 
that Kénig’s plant is beyond all doubt referable to U. minus, 
L. & H., and not to their U. majus, whatever may be the 
claims of Ulodendron majus, L. & H., to rank as a species. 
The size of the Ulodendroid scars or of the leaf-scars is of no 
specific value, and I have specimens of Sigillaria discophora 
in my own collection with Ulodendroid scars ranging up to 
54 inches in their greater diameter. There is no Uloden- 
droid scar on the specimen of U. majus figured by Zeiller ; 
of course this does not prove that his specimen does not 
belong to that species, but as the case stands, I at present 
believe that U. majus, L. & H., and U. minus, L. & H., are 
different ages and conditions of one species. I also feel cer- 

* ‘Flore fossile du bassin houiller de Valenciennes,’ p. 481, pl. Ixxiii. 
fig. 1. 


to) 


Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 63 


tain that Sigillaria Menardi, Lesqx. (not Brongn.)*, which 
Zeiller unites with U. majus, is likewise referable to Stig. 
discophora (=U. minus, L. & H.). The type of U. majus 
appears to be lost, but the counterpart of the type of U. minus 
is still preserved in the Hutton Collection, Newcastle-on- 
Tyne, and on the careful examination of this my identifica- 
tions have been made. 


III. Bornropenpron, L. & H. 


Bothrodendron, L. & H., Fossil Flora, vol. ii. p. 1 (1833). 
Rhytidodendron, Boulay, Le terrain houiller du nord de la France et 
ses végétaux fossiles, p. 89 (1876, Lille). 


In 1885 I recorded the occurrence of Rhytidodendron 
minutifolium, Boulay, from Scotland, and regarded the genus 
as distinct from all others; but to M. Zeiller we are indebted 
for showing that Rhytidodendron, Boulay, is none other than 
Bothrodendron, L. & H. To the defective descriptions of 
Lindley and Hutton must be ascribed the cause of this genus 
being so imperfectly known; and had it not been for the 
discovery of an original specimen, communicated by Hut- 
ton to the Museum of Natural History, Paris, the cloud 
that enveloped this genus might have hung over it much 
longer fT. 

In M. Zeiller’s memoir, to which I have already referred, 
he figures stems and branches of Bothrodendron punctatum, 
the latter having their foliage attached. Recently I have 
met with specimens of BL. punctatum as also with additional 
examples of B. ménutifolium in Britain. The latter species I 
have found in several new localities, and it is represented by 
stems and branches with their foliage attached. B. puncta- 
tum I have only yet seen from the Kilmarnock Coal-field, 
and for specimens of it I am again indebted to the Rev. D. 
Landsborough and to Mr. Blackwood, Kilmarnock. 

The leaf-scars in this genus are very small and provided 
with three punctiform cicatricules. On the young growing 
branches the leaf-scars of some of the species are close and 
surrounded by a Lepidodendroid-like “field,” but this entirely 
disappears on the larger stems where the leaf-scars are distant ; 
the surface of the bark between the leaf-scars is beautifully 
ornamented by delicate lines and granulations. 


* Geol. Survey of Illinois, ii. pl. xliii. 

+ Iam greatly indebted to M. Zeiller for figuring at my request the 
authentic specimen of Bothrodendron punctatum, L. & H., which had 
been presented to the Muséum d’histoire naturelle by Hutton and to 
which reference has been nade (Zeiller, /. c. pl. viii. fig. 1). 


64 Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 


In Bothrodendron punctatum the fruit has evidently been 
borne in lateral cones, from which originate the two vertical 
rows of large Ulodendroid scars; and one marked feature 
which distinguishes the large scars of Bothrodendron from 
those of the other Ulodendroid Lycopods is that in Bothro- 
dendron the umbilicus of the large scar is eccentric, whereas 
in the Ulodendroid Stgillarie and Lepidodendra the umbili- 
cus is central or approximately so. 

In Bothrodendron minutifolium, Boulay, sp., the fruit is 
borne in long narrow cones at the terminations of the 
branches. The only specimen of the fruit of this genus 
which I have yet seen was collected by Mr. W. Hemingway 
at Monkton Main Colliery, near Barnsley, Yorkshire, in 
shale over the “ Barnsley Thick Coal.” This specimen he 
has kindly forwarded to me for examination. ‘The cone is 
attached to a stem which still bears the foliage of the species. 
Unfortunately the cone is imperfect in its upper part, so its 
full length cannot be determined. The portion preserved is 
34 inches long and at its thickest part rather over $ inch 
wide. The central axis in the compressed cone is seen to 
give off at right angles a number of transverse bars, which 
probably represent the basal portions of the bracts that bore 
the sporangia. Their leafy extension rises up at almost nght 
angles to their basal portion, and is therefore nearly parallel 
with the axis. These bracts are closely placed, as many as 
eleven being contained on the axis in the space of half an 
inch. The specimen is shown nat. size in Pl. IV. fig. 6. 

I have received a very interesting specimen of a portion of a 
stem of Bothrodendron minutifolium from Mr. Landsborough. 
The lower part of this specimen is decorticated and shows 
the subepidermal leaf-scars. ‘These are not simple as sup- 
posed *, but when well preserved are seen to consist of two 
linear elongated elevations, which are frequently connected in 
the centre, as shown in figs. 5 and 56. ‘They are very 
similar to those of Sigillaria. 

The foliage of B. minutifolium and punctatum is very 
small and the ultimate ramifications of the dichotomously 
divided branches have great similarity to those of recent 
Lycopods, as has been pointed out by Zeiller. Their syste- 
matic position is, however, probably intermediate between 
Lepidodendron and Sigillaria. 

The genus Bothrodendron is not, however, restricted to the 
Coal-measures, for I have received from various localities in 
the Calciferous-Sandstone series specimens of a species of 
this genus, which I here describe. 

* Zeiller, J. c. p. 181. 


Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods: 65 


Bothrodendron Wiikianum, Kidston, n. sp. 


(Pl. IV. figs. 2-4.) 


Cf. Lepidodendron Wiikianum, Heer, Foss. Flora d. Biiren Insel, p. 40, 
pl. vii. fig. 1c, pl. viii. fig. 2c, pl. ix. fig. 1. 

Description.—Leaf-scars distant, small, varying in size 
according to the age of the branch, transversely oval. Cica- 
tricules three, punctiform, situated towards the lower margin 
of the sear. Above the leaf-scar is a small punctiform cica- 
tricule. Surface of the bark between the leaf-scars irregu- 
larly striated longitudinally, the striz bending round the scars 
and leaving in their immediate neighbourhood a smooth 
space. 

Remarks.—The leaf-scars vary in size and distance apart 
according to the age of the specimen. In my smallest ex- 
ample they are about 1 millim. and in the largest speci- 
men 3°5 millim. in transverse diameter. On the young 
branches the little punctiform cicatricule is immediately above 
the leaf-scar and seems to rest upon it; but in the largest 
specimen of the species that I have seen it is separated from 
the leaf-scar by a short distance. 

The bark is longitudinally striated, the striz being slightly 
bent, especially in the neighbourhood of the leaf-scars round 
which they curve, and immediately below and above the 
leaf-scars they are absent, having the appearance as if they 
had separated to make room for the scars. There is, how- 
ever, no “ field,” as in Lepidodendron. 

I have named this species ‘‘ Wiikianum” as there seems to 
be a great probability that this plant is similar to Heer’s 
Lepidodendron Wiikianum, from Bear Island *. The British 
specimens are not, however, referable to the genus Lepi- 
dodendron, and, judging from Heer’s figures and descrip- 
tion, I do not think that his plant should be placed in 
that genus. As, however, I have not seen any of Heer’s 
specimens, I cannot be certain that his species is identical 
with my Bothrodendron Wiikianum, though I am strongly 
inclined to believe it is. I therefore, while adopting his 
specific name, place the British specimens in their proper 
genus; and should it eventually be proved that these twe 
species are identical, it will be an easy transition to substitute 
Bothrodendron Wiikianum, Heer, sp., for Bothrodendron 
Wikianum, Kidston. 

Localities. Kailway-cutting between Boags Mill and Kates 


* In Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Band ix, 
no. 5 (Stockholm, 1871). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. By) 


66 Mr. R. Kidston on British Carboniferous Lycopods. 


Mill, Water of Leith, Midlothian; collected by Mr. James 
Bennie. Wardie, near Granton, Midlothian ; collected by 
Dr. J. M. Macfarlane, F.R.S.E. Little Whickhope Burn, 
near first branch above Cross Sike, Northumberland ; com- 
municated by Mr. H. Miller, F.R.S.E. 

Horizon. Calciferous Sandstone Series. 

In my ‘Catalogue of Palxozoic Plants in the Collection of 
the British Museum’ * I stated the belief that the leaf-scar 
of Cyclostigma, Haughton t, did not differ in any character 
from those of Rhytidodendron, which is now known to be 
synonymous with Bothrodendron. Last year I had the oppor- 
tunity of examining the fine collection of Kiltorkan fossils in 
the Science and Art Museum, Dublin, and in the collection 
of the Geological Survey of Ireland, Dublin, and this has 
confirmed my opinion that Cyclostigma should be merged in 
Bothrodendron. 

The fructification of the Coal-measure Bothrodendra is but 
imperfectly known, and, so far as I am aware, the only cone 
identified with the Coal-measure members of the genus is that 
with short bracts figured in this communication. The cones, 
however, of the Cyclostigma kiltorkense are provided with 
long, linear, lanceolate bracts with a subtriangular base, on 
which the spores are borne. These have been figured by 
Schimper as Lepidostrobus Batlyanus }. Their whole struc- 
ture reminds one much of Sigillarian cones. 

At present so little is known about the fructification of the 
various species of Bothrodendron that on this important point 
a comparison cannot be made between the members of the 
genus ; but so long as the generic characters of these Lyco- 
pods are founded on the structure of the leaf-scar, Cyclo- 
stigma must be enrolled in the older genus Bothrodendron. 

I am aware that the description of the leaf-scar of Cyeclo- 
stigma that I now give differs in some important points from 
that given by Dr. Haughton § and by Heer ||, as also from 
the figures and descriptions given by this last-mentioned 
author in his ‘ Fossile Flora der Biiren Insel;’ but in many 
of the specimens a certain amount of shrinkage appears to 
have taken place which may have reduced the leaf-scars to 
the condition in which many of them occur. Be this as it 
may, the fact remains that when well-preserved examples 


* P. 236. 

t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. v. p. 448 (1860). 
} Traité d. paléont. végét. vol. i1. p. 71, pl. 1x1. fig. 9. 
§ ZL. ¢./p. is. 

uart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxviii. p. 169, pl. iv. 


Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 67 


are examined it is found that the leaf-scars of Cyclostigma 
contain three cicatricules similar to those of Bothrodendron. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Fug. 1. Sigillaria discophora, Konig, sp., nat. size. la. Leaf-scar en- 
larged and showing the three cicatricules. Loc. Shale over 
Whistler Seam, Bonnington Pit, Kilmarnock. Communicated 
by the Rev. David Landsborough. Hor. Lower Coal-measures. 

Figs. 2-4, Bothrodendron Wiikianum, Kidston, n. sp. 2. Loc. Little 
Whickhope Burn, near first branch above Cross Sike, North- 
umberland ; nat. size. 2a. Leaf-scar, enlarged. Hor. Calci- 
ferous Sandstone Series. Communicated by Mr. H. Miller, 
F.R.S.E. 3. Loc. Railway-cutting between Kates Mill and 
Boags Mill, Water of Leith, Midlothian. Hor. Calciferous 
Sandstone Series. Collected by Mr. J. Bennie. Nat. size. 
Specimen in the Collection of the Geol. Survey of Scotland. 
3a. Leaf-scar, enlarged. 4. Zoc. Shore, Wardie, Midlothian. 
Hor. Calciferous Sandstone Series. Nat. size. Collected by 
Dr. J. M. Macfarlane. 4a. Leaf-scar, enlarged. 

Figs. 5-G. Bothrodendron minutifolium, Boulay, sp. 5. Loc. Shale over 
Whistler Seam, Bonnington Pit, Kilmarnock. Hor. Lower 
Coal-measures. Nat. size. Communicated by the Rey. D. 
Landsborough. 5a. Leaf-scar, enlarged. 56. Subepidermal 
cicatricules, enlarged. 6. Loc. Shale over “ Barnsley Thick 
Coal,’ Monkton Main Colliery, near Barnsley, Yorkshire. 
Middle Coal-measures, Collected by Mr. W. Hemingway. 
Nat. size. 


X.—On a new Genus of Macrura (Ophthalmeryon 
transitionalis). By C. Spence Bare, F.R.S. 


[Plate IX.] 


Some short time since a small and much battered Crustacean 
was sent to me by Mr. George Merritt, with the request that 
I would inform him what it was. It proved to be new, and I 
propose to call it Ophthalmeryon transitionalis. 

Unfortunately the specimen had been swallowed by a dol- 
phin, and had therefore been affected somewhat by the gastric 
juices of the fish’s stomach. Having been preserved in 
a dry condition, it was consequently very brittle and not in 
a state fit for examination. I therefore placed it for 
several weeks in a preparation of glycerine &c. to preserve 
and soften its texture before subjecting it to the risk of obser- 
vation. 

Its general appearance is that of a small Brachyurous 
Crustacean somewhat allied in form to alia in its dorsal 
aspect. The carapace is about 9 millim. long and: as many 

5? 


68 Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 


broad across the cardiac and branchial regions; but this can- 
not be clearly defined, as the laterally projecting tubercles 
are somewhat damaged either by the action of the gastric 
juices during the incarceration of the specimen in the dol- 
phin’s stomach or from manipulation afterwards in its dried 
condition. 

The anterior portion or frontal region is narrow and de- 
pressed, the central line being produced anteriorly into a 
small rostrum, on each side of which is a slight concavity 
or hollow space for the greater freedom of the movements of 
the ophthalmopoda and antennee. The antero-lateral angle is 
anteriorly projected downwards as a strong point or process 
that is slightly curved, and on the upper or dorsal surface 
is produced into a strong process or horn which is projected 
upwards and slightly curved backwards at an elevation higher 
than the median line of the gastric region, which lies as a 
plane between the two lateral prominences and separated 
from them by a deep and narrow fissure. The cardiacregion is 
surmounted by two large tubercles that are separated from each 
other longitudinally in the median line. Both lateral promi- 
nences are circular at base, tipped with small tubercles, and 
mammiform in appearance ; posterior to these on each side is a 
row of three tubercles continuous to the posterior margin of 
the carapace. On the outer or lateral side the branchial 
region 1s produced into large protuberances, the surfaces of 
which are not clearly distinguishable, from external injury; the 
lateral walls are curved inwards on the lower surface, leaving 
only a narrow space between them, in which lies the posterior 
portion of the pleon and the rhipidura or tail-fan. 

The pleon is narrow, smooth, and laterally compressed ; 
the telson tapers posteriorly and terminates in two processes, 
one at each postero-lateral angle, and on its inner margin 
bears a series of six sharp teeth which gradually increase in 
length, and the lobe is tipped with a smooth spine 0°5 
millim. long. The telson is also armed on each side with 
three small spines—one near the middle, a second halfway 
between the first and the posterior extremity, and the third 
rather nearer than halfway between the preceding and the 
posterior extremity. 

The carapace is about 9 millim. long. 

The pleon is about 6 millim. 

The telson is about 2 millim. 

The ophthalmopoda (PI. IX. fig. 1, a) are long and broad, 
the ophthalmus being large, pear-shaped, and projected upon 
a slender biarticulate peduncle. 

The first pair of antenne (4) are short, the first joint is 


Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 69 


broad and furnished on the outer side with a wide and sharp- 
pointed stylocerite, which is of great tenuity and free from 
cilia, whereas the inner side of the shaft of the appendage is 
fringed with a few simple cilia. The second joint is about 
half the length of the first and more free from cilia, there 
being only three or four on the inner margin. The third 
joint is very short, but nearly as broad as the preceding, and 
is furnished with a bundle of long hairs on the inner distal 
angle; it supports two short flagella, of which the outer 
is the shorter, and carries towards its distal extremity a 
series of membranous cilia. The inner flagellum is sub- 
equally robust with the outer one, but free from cilia of any 
kind. 

The second pair of antenne (c) are furnished with a long 
ovate scaphocerite, the outer margin of which is rigid, and at 
the distal extremity, where a small tooth generally exists, the 
rudiment only of one is seen; the squamose portion is of 
extreme tenuity and projects distally beyond the rigid margin, 
and is fringed with numerous fine ciliated hairs ; on the inner 
side of the scaphocerite is another joint that is short and 
robust, from the distal extremity of which projects a long and 
slender flagellum that is somewhat rigid and gradually tapers 
to its extremity. 

The mandible (d) consists of a smooth and pointed psali- 
stoma which is in continuity with the slightly projecting molar 
process, having on the anterior margin a short three-jointed 
synaphipod, the two distal joints of which are fringed with a 
few strong hairs. 

The first siagonopod (e) is three-jointed and three-branched : 
the first joint is short, robust, and produced on the inner side 
into a large flattened process fringed with hairs: the second 
joint is narrower than the first, but not much longer; it has 
its distal extremity, which is broad and oblique, fringed with 
short, stiff, tooth-like spines; on its outer margin a small 
uniarticulate branch exists, which is adorned with two slender 
and rather long hairs at the distal extremity. 

The second siagonopod (/) is of five branches, all of which 
are foliaceous and of extreme tenuity, and are unibranched, 
excepting the second, which is biramose ; the fourth branch is 
shorter than the others, narrow, and sharp-pointed ; while the 
fifth or outer one is broad and long, being equal in size to the 
three on the inner side ; itis also pointed anteriorly and broad 
posteriorly, and represents homologically the mastigobranchial 
appendage, just as the fourth joint represents the continuation 
of the theoretical limb. ‘The first three or inner branches are 


70 ~=©Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 


fringed with long hairs at the broad and leaf-like extremity ; 
the fourth is fringed with a few hairs on the inner side and 
apex only ; whereas the fifth or posterior branch is fringed 
with cilia all round, the hairs being centrifugally arranged 
with their extremities slightly curved towards the anterior 
point. 

The third siagonopod (g) is six-jointed and biramose. The 
first and second joints are produced on the inner side in the 
form of two large foliaceous plates, the margins being 
fringed with a series of fasciculi of long and stiff hairs; the 
plate of the second joint is produced beyond its distal 
extremity or outer portion, from which it is distinctly 
separated for about half its length, and the distal extremity 
of the joint has the inner angle furnished with a bundle of 
long hairs. 

Succeeding these, four other joints are successively pro- 
duced, being subequal in length, of which the penultimate 
is the longest and the last the shortest, each gradually narrow- 
ing in diameter and tapering to the distal extremity, and 
each furnished with a fasciculus of hairs at the inner distal 
extremity; on the outer side a second branch, a true bas- 
ecphysis, projects, the base of which consists of a long and 
robust joint furnished on the outer margin with a few simple 
hairs and continued at the extremity into a multiarticulate 
ramus, which is nearly smooth or only sparsely furnished 
with hairs. 

The first pair of gnathopoda (A) are pediform and biramose, 
the basecphysis being well developed and reaching rather 
beyond the extremity of the dactylos. The coxal joint is 
short and broad, and supports on its anterior and outer wall 
a small podobranchial plume. The basisal joint is long and 
stout, theanterior margin is longitudinally concave, smooth,and 
produced somewhat beyond its articulation with the ischium, 
whereas the posterior margin is convex and adorned with 
three rather large fasciculi of short, stiff, and simple hairs. 
The ischium is a little shorter than the basis and about half 
its diameter in breadth ; it is smooth on the upper or anterior 
surface and thickly studded with short, simple, and rather 
stiff hairs on the posterior margin. ‘The meros is shorter than 
the ischium, somewhat pear-shaped in form, having the nar- 
row portion towards the ischium and the larger towards the 
carpus; the upper or anterior margin is smooth and con- 
vex, while the lower is smooth and waved, being concave 
towards the ischium and convex towards the carpus; the lobe 
and distal margin are fringed with a few long simple hairs. 
‘he carpus is subequal in length with the ischium, cylindrical 


Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 71 


in form, the distal margin as well as the upper and lower angles 
being furnished with long hairs. The propodos is rather 
shorter than the carpus, conical in form, and furnished with 
numerous stiff hairs that have their surface thickly armed 
with short sharp-pointed teeth. The dactylos is long, slender, 
and hair-like, and only differing from those hairs with which 
it mingles by being a little more robust. The basecphysis is 
long, slender, and multiarticulate, the basal joint being robust 
and cylindrical. 

The second pair of gnathopoda (¢) are about one third longer 
than the first ; the coxal joint is stout, short, and supports an 
efficient but not long podobranchial plume. The basisal 
joint is large and strong and produced beyond the ischial 
articulation to form a strong process, with which articulates 
the multiarticulate basecphysis, which resembles that of 
the first pair excepting in its relative length. The ischium 
is cylindrical, having the anterior margin smooth and the 
posterior fringed with a few simple hairs. The meros is 
longer and not quite so robust as the ischium, and fringed on 
the sides and posterior margin with a few simple hairs. The 
carpus is long and slender, having the distal extremity some- 
what stouter than the proximal, and the lower distal por- 
tion is furnished with a few hairs. The dactylos is slender 
and slightly tapering to an extremity that is armed with a 
few hairs, the more important of which are fringed with a few 
cilia. 

The first pair of pereiopoda (7) are short, feeble, and chelate ; 
the coxa is short and supports an elongate podobranchia and 
a short appendage, which I take to be the rudimentary mastigo- 
branchia. The basis is long and stout, rather broader at the 
distal than the proximal extremity, and supports a long and 
slender multiarticulate basecphysis that reaches considerably 
beyond the extremity of the dactylos. The ischium is short, 
being scarcely longer than it is broad, and fringed on the 
posterior margin with a few minute hairs. The meros is 
about three times as long as the ischium and similarly 
fringed on the posterior margin and furnished with one long 
ciliated hair on the anterior distal angle. The carpus is 
slightly longer than the meros and furnished with one ciliated 
hair on the posterior margin just behind the distal angle and 
another on the anterior distal angle; the propodos increases 
gradually to the level of the dactyloid joint, where it is 
broadest ; the pollex is produced as a simple pointed process, 
slightly swollen previously to its reaching the apex, where it 
is furnished with two small spines, and two others a little 
posteriorly on the outer margin ; two or three long and ciliated 


72 Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 


hairs stand at the dactyloid articulation and reach beyond the 
extremity of the dactylos, which is formed like the pollex and 
tipped with three straight, stiff, and ciliated hairs. 

The second, third, and fourth pairs resemble the. first, 
being perhaps rather more slender; and the fifth pair (0) are still 
shorter and differ from the preceding chiefly in terminating 
in a non-chelate extremity free from hairs, excepting a simple 
one on the dactylos, a ciliated one on the carpus, and another 
on the meros. 

The pleopoda are short and feeble and have not been 
properly examined. 

The branchial plumes are numerous, but in consequence 
of having been preserved in a desiccated condition they 
are not capable of being carefully noted; but there appears 
to be a series of arthrobranchie and pleurobranchie, which 
probably may be arranged as follows :— 


Pleurobranchie...,.... Ay» coll at 
Arthrobranchie........ 22st oe 
Podobranchie ........ EY eee Pek 
Mastigobranchie ...... kes Drs oar; 
hee Bik © aan), ato 
millim. 
Length of the animal from the rostrum to the posterior 
extremity of the carapace “2.5 acon ee om eens i) 
Benpthict ithe pleon’rei. © scr. keattenc eh ees race ee oe 6 
Breadth: Gt CHPApAee ae en) <iye tsar ieee rere about 6 
Length ofjophthalmopod 625.2) aj idem minge oe oan eie 
- S MHISG GAGONDA! shee ois a he eine te ce Srila 4 


second antenna to extremity of scaphocerite. 4 
flagellum, broken? ............ AER Paks 


5). gy Manduble, jdissected touts. iat. Ge ct. Siete hee ~ axe 5 
Jhon esp GE ISD RIDOG poesia ev eteiels a elie ini fetes Ei 4 
yg, IESE PUL MORO | ove wesc bameiene sole secre 6 
Stee pase OIG wes ee Sa Sct oncom So tes es cer 9 
jh 5p near percioped | fon cs ce croc em nice cee 5 
pi Otess pigs 33 baseephysis of ............ 5 
ys app eth Se ee oe Becher See 3 
og as = basecphysis of ............ 3 


The general aspect of the animal to casual observation is 
more that of a Crustacean belonging to the Brachyura than 
to one of the Macrurous division. 

The broad and quadrate character of the carapace and the 
narrow and folded condition of the pleon are features of the 
Brachyura type; but, on the other hand, the long and 
sweeping branches (ecphyses) attached to the ambulatory legs, 
which are themselves apparently too short and feeble to be of 
much use, and theimpertect conditionof the chelate appendages, 


Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura, 73 


while demonstrating their powerless condition as prehensile 
organs, seem to argue that the animal is related to the lower 
type of the long-tailed forms, more especially to that group 
which is denominated Schizopods, if Professor Sars’s defini- 
tion of the presence of long and sweeping appendages be a 
primary feature of their character. But this point I have, I 
think, successfully shown, in the Report of the ‘ Challenger’ 
Macrura, to be a feature that is common with others and that 
it is not a condition peculiar to any group. 

If we examine the animal now before us in detail we 
shall find that the pereiopoda bear a characteristic resem- 
blance to those found in the Eryonide, but differ from them 
in the retention of the branches, features consistent with 
immature forms, but rarely present in the adult condition 
and never previously found among the Eryonide, although 
there is nothing inconsistent with their presence in that 
family. 

The Eryonide, looked at both in their fossil and recent con- 
dition, contain many forms which vary considerably in detail 
from each other and are more than specifically distinct. 

The fossil species which has been figured by Desmarest, and 
on which the family is founded (Z. Cuvierz), possesses the re- 
mains of a pair of biarticulate appendages which from position 


Evyon Cuviert, after Desmarest, with ophthalmi added in 
dotted outline. 


and form can only be accepted as the pedicular bases of the 
ophthalmopoda ; and J believe in this sense they were under- 
stood by Dr. Willemoes-Suhm when he wrote in his notes, 


74 Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 


which have’ been transferred into the ‘ Challenger’ Report on 
the Crustacea Macrura, p. 112, ‘ryon was probably not blind, 
for the eye-stalks have been found in several specimens.” 

On the other hand, Dr. Woodward, of the British Museum, 
who as a geologist has given much attention to this group of 
Crustacea, says that the eye ‘has never been positively 
determined,” and he has restored a specimen with these organs 
present. I have never seen a specimen, neither, I believe, has 
any ever been found in which the ophthalmus is undoubtedly 
preserved, 

In Eryon Brodiet the orbit is preserved and shown to be 
moderately deep, and the latero-anterior angle is well ad- 
vanced. It isthe same, but in a rather less marked condition, 
in Eryon wilmcotensis, while in Eryon Mooret and Eryon 
crassicheles both orbital notch and antennal angle are reduced 
to a minimum. 

In Archeastacus Willemesti the latero-anterior angle of the 
carapace is so well developed as to produce a well-formed but 
shallow orbital notch in the frontal margin of the carapace in 
position corresponding with those found in the recent genera, 
but less excavate and characteristic. In this unique fossil 
the ophthalmopoda are not preserved, but the form of the orbit 
is suggestive of the existence of such an organ. 

From the Upper Lias of Calvados M. Moriére described * 
a species under the name of Eryon calvadosii, in which the 
orbits for the reception of the organs of vision are well pre- 
served, and the specimen has the appearance of having had the 
ophthalmopoda broken off and retained in the lost matrix. 

If we now turn to the specimen before us we find that the 
organs of vision are present in a peculiar and well-developed 
form. The ophthalmus is projected upon an elongated and 
slender stalk, and is capable of being bent considerably on 
itself; and both articulations possess considerable mobile 
power, so much so that the ophthalmus is capable of being 
bent beneath the frontal margin and hidden from view. But 
although it is not visible when inspected on the dorsal sur- 
face, it is so placed that it is capable of seeing through 
the curved or hollow space that exists on the outer side 
beneath the antero-frontal angle of the carapace; but when 
the animal wills it is capable of being projected forwards, 
and when advanced the peduncles may be seen very much like 
those shown in Eryon Cuviert, as figured by Desmarest 
and shown in our woodcut on page 73. 

The first pair of antenne exhibit a peculiarity at variance 


* Bull. Soc. Linn. de Normand. sér. 3, tom. vii. pp. 1-10, pls, i-iii, 
(1883). 


Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 75 


with all the group, and present a character in the presence 
of the stylocerite that distinguishes them from those 
that belong to the Trichobranchiata, and makes me much 
regret that the previously desiccated condition precludes a 


' satisfactory examination of the branchial structure. In most 


of the recent forms allied to Eryonide the inner margin 
of the first joint of the peduncle of the anntenna is 
laterally produced into a broad and thin plate which is pro- 
jected upward in the median line in consequence of its 
meeting a similar projecting plate belonging to the oppo- 
site side. In a few species it is reduced in importance 
to little more than a big tooth; but it is absent generally 
from all other genera of the Trichobranchiata. On the outer 
side there is no stylocerite such as we find conspicuous in 
all the Phyllobranchiate Macrura and exists in a modified 
form in the Dendrobranchiata. In the species now under 
consideration it is prominent, well defined, and of considerable 
tenuity, and therefore in this character approaches that of the 
Phyllobranchiata. 

The second pair of antenne have the flagellum broken; 
but from its proportions it may be assumed to have been about 
the length of the carapace or perhaps a little longer; the 
scaphocerite is leaf-like and hairy, and has the margin on the 
outer side rigid and produced to the rudiment of a tooth, while 
the inner side is fringed with fine ciliated hairs, the whole 
structure bearing a membranous character of extreme tenuity. 

The mandibles (d) are powerful organs, smooth along the 
psalisiform or cutting margin, with the molar protuberance 
short and robust, and on the outer surface there exists a 
three-jointed synaphipod or appendage, which differs from the 
typical forms of the recent Eryonide in which there are only 
two joints, but corresponds with most other families of the 
normal 'Trichobranchiata. 

The first pair of siagonopoda (e) or maxille bear a resem- 
blance to those of Wellemesia, but differ in the possession 
of a small joint on the outer side of the chief branch. 

The second pair (f/f) resemble more nearly those of the 
family Astacide and differ chiefly in not having the masti- 
gobranchial plates posteriorly produced, but rounded off 
short. 

The third pair (g) are in a more advanced condition than I 
have found in any of the typical Macrura and have the primary 
branch six-jointed and support a well-developed multiarticu- 
late basecphysis. 

The first pair of gnathopoda (4) are well developed and 
pediform, having the basis very long and furnished with a 


76 =Mr. C. Spence Bate on a new Genus of Macrura. 


multiarticulate basecphysis that reaches beyond the distal 
extremity of the dactylos, which is sharp-pointed, slightly 
curved, and imbedded among a number of fringed stiff hairs ; 
a small branchial plume stands on the outer frontal surface of 
the coxa. 

The second pair (¢) resemble the first, but have the joints 
longer and more slender and furnished with hairs that are 
more slender and fringed with delicate cilia instead of short 
spines. The basecphysis, although absolutely longer, is rela- 
tively shorter than the limb to which it is attached and 
articulates with the basis at the extremity of a strong process, 
which is an unusual feature. 

The four anterior pairs of pereiopoda (nv) are similar in 
form and vary little in size; they are all chelate, but inefti- 
ciently so; the pollex and dactylos being straight and pointed 
appear to be organs ill adapted for the purpose of holding as 
by a finger and thumb; each joint is furnished with one 
or more long, straight, and ciliated hairs. The basis is long 
and robust, being with the coxa nearly equal in length to 
the other five joimts; at the anterior and distal extremity 
is a multiarticulate basecphysis which reaches considerably 
beyond the extremity of the dactylos and is fringed on the 
posterior margin only with numerous ciliated hairs. ‘The coxa 
supports a long podobranchia and a small mastigobranchial 
plate of a rudimentary character. 

The fifth pair (0) are shorter, being little more than half the 
length of the preceding ; they terminate in an obtuse-pointed 
dactylos, and have an ecphysis attached to the basisal joint. 

The pleopoda are biramose, with subequal branches, and 
weak in their development. The posterior pair form the 
lateral plates of the rhipidura or tail-fan; but the plates are 
about one fourth shorter than the telson. ‘The outer plate is 
broader than the inner, which is narrow, pointed, and a little 
shorter than the outer, which appears to be without a dieresis. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fig. 1. Ophthalmeryon transitionalis, seen dorsally. 
Fig. 2. The same, viewed ventrally. 
Fig. 3. The same, seen laterally. 


a, Ophthalmopod. h. First gnathopod. 
b, First antenna. 7. Second 5h 

ce. Second ,, n. First pereiopod. 
d. Mandible. o. Fifth 43 

e. First slagonopod. v, Sixth pleopod. 
f. Second ,, x. Telson, 

g. Lhird .5 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 77 


XI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera, chiefly 
from Central America. By Hersert Deuce, F.L.5., 
F.R.G.S., F.Z.8. 


THE new species of Central-American Heterocera will be 
figured in the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana.’ 


Fam. Sphingide. 
Subfam. Cu@rocampPrnz. 
CH@rocaMPa, Dup. 


Cherocampa ortospana, sp. n. 


Primaries dark olive-green, crossed from the apex to the 
inner margin close to the base by two wide, pinkish, fawn- 
coloured bands shaded with green, the outer margin brownish 
green, with a submarginal brown line from near the apex to 
the inner margin: secondaries black, with a band of yellow- 
ish-white spots the same as on the hind wing of C. tersa, but 
those nearest the apex are confluent and of a reddish-brown 
colour; the outer margins are greenish brown. The under- 
side closely resembles that of C. tersa, but it is much more 
brightly coloured, with a pale yellow band crossing the pri- 
maries from the apex to near the base. 

The head, thorax, and the upper part of the abdomen dark 
olive-green. A pinkish fawn-coloured streak on each side of 
the head and thorax; the tegule green, edged with yellow. 
A tuft of pale primrose-coloured hairs on each side of the 
abdomen near the base, the sides of the abdomen golden 
yellow, the anal half of the abdomen greenish brown. A 
pinkish fawn-coloured line extends from the back of the head 
across the middle of the thorax and down the centre of the ab- 
domen to the anus. ‘The underside of the former is yellowish 
brown. The antenne brown, paler at the tips; the legs 
pinkish fawn-colour. Expanse 34 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepec (J. Brooks). 

A fine distinct species, of which we have received one 
specimen; it is allied to C. tersa, Drury, and C. titana, 
Druce, but differs greatly from both. 


Cherocampa suana, sp. n. 


Primaries uniform greyish mouse-colour, with a narrow, 
submarginal, dark brown line from the apex to the inner 
margin: secondaries black, with an indistinct row of pale 


78 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


spots crossing the wing from the anal angle to near the apex. 
The underside the same colour as above. The head, thorax, 
and abdomen greyish brown, the sides of the head and thorax 
with a greyish-white streak ; the antenne and legs brownish 
rey. Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Bahama Islands, New Providence. 

This small species is very unlike any known to me, but it 
is most nearly allied to C. porcas, Hiibn. 


Subfam. AmwevrycrvZz. 
AMBULYX. 


Ambulyx donysa, n. sp. 


Primaries from the base to the middle pinkish fawn-colour 
and from the middle to the outer margin shaded with dark 
brown and olive-green; a large oval-shaped dark brown spot 
near the base, which extends from the inner margin across 
the wing, but does not reach the costal margin ; a dark brown 
line crosses the wing about the middle from the costal to the 
inner margin ; an indistinct dark brown marking on the inner 
margin close to the anal angle; three waved lines cross the 
wing from the costal margin near the apex to near the inner 
margin, but do not quite reach it; the apex is pale fawn- 
colour: secondaries bright rose-pink, crossed from near the 
apex to the anal angle by a wide black band, deeply dentated ; 
on the outer edge above the black band are two very indis- 
tinct, narrow, brownish-black lines; the inner margin and two 
spots close to the anal angle pale yellowish fawn-colour. 
The underside of both primaries and secondaries pale yellowish 
fawn-colour, the primaries from the base to about the middle 
dark rose-pink. The head and front of the thorax pale 
brown; the tegule and base of the thorax and abdomen dark 
brown; the underside of head, thorax, and abdomen pale 

ellow ; legs and antenne dark brown. Expanse 4% inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Cuesta de Misantla (IZ. Trujillo). 

This very beautiful and distinct species is allied to A. gan- 
nascus, Stoll, and A. rostralis, Boisd. 


Fam. Ageriide. 
JEGERIA, Fabr. 
LEigeria hades, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries uniform glossy bluish black, with 
all the veins and outer margins dull black, The underside 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 79 


as above. The head, thorax, and abdomen bluish black ; 
the underside of the head and front part of the thorax white ; 
the antenne and legs black. Expanse ? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco (H. H, Smith). 

Mr. Smith took one specimen of this pretty little species in 
February 1888. 


Aigeria halmyris, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with the end of the cell and a round spot 
beyond hyaline: secondaries whitish hyaline, with the fringe 
black. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen black, the base 
of the abdomen slightly yellowish ; the antenne black, with 
a wide white ring near the tips; the legs greyish black. 
Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Rincon, Guerrero, 2800 feet (H. H. Smith). 

One specimen was obtained in September 1888. It is 
most nearly allied to 4. producta, Walker, but very distinct. 


Aigeria hela, sp. n. 

Primaries uniformly black, with a very minute hyaline 
dot at the end of the cell: secondaries hyaline, with the outer 
margin broadly bordered with black ; the fringe black. The 
head and antenne black, the latter with a narrow white ring 
near the tips; the front of the thorax and the tegule yellowish 
brown; the thorax, abdomen, and legs dull black; the 
underside of the thorax yellowish. EXxpanse 35; inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz, April; Teapa, Tabasco, 
January (H. H. Smith). 

This species is allied to 4%. senta, Druce, but is a much 
smaller insect and more darkly coloured. 


Aigeria hermione, sp. n. 

Primaries hyaline, slightly shaded with yellow on the inner 
margin, the costal and outer margins edged with yellowish 
brown: secondaries hyaline; the fringe of all the wings 
brown. The thorax and abdomen black, the collar and the 
tegule yellow, the abdomen banded with yellow; the an- 
tenn black, with a wide yellowish-brown ring near the tips ; 
the legs yellow, with black bands. Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco, Atoyac, Vera Cruz (H. H. 
Smith). 


Mr. Smith met with this species from February to May 
1888. 


80 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidopiera. 


Aiyeria hipsides, sp. n. 

Primaries dusky black, with the cell and a round spot at 
the end of the cell semihyaline: secondaries hyaline, with 
the veins and the fringe black. The head, thorax, and abdo- 
men glossy black, the underside of the thorax white; the 
antenne and legs black. Expanse ? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Amula, Guerrero, 6000 feet (HZ. H. Smith). 

A very distinct species, of which only one specimen was 
obtained in August 1888. 


Aigeria hippolyte, sp. n. 

Primaries yellowish hyaline, the veins all black, the apex 
and outer margin edged with golden brown: the secondaries 
hyaline, the fringe of all the wings black. ‘The head, thorax, 
and abdomen black, the base of the thorax and the anus 
yellow ; the legs black, banded with yellow; the antennz 
black. Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Cuernavaca, Morelos (H. H. Smith). 

One specimen of this distinct species was taken by Mr. 
Smith in June 1888. 


LEgeria helena, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries clear hyaline; the costal and 
outer margins of all the wings brownish black. ‘The head, 
thorax, and abdomen purplish black; the anus_ bright 
orange; the antenne black from the base to the middle, then 
orange, excepting the points, which are black. The under- 
side of the head, thorax, and abdomen, and the legs orange- 
yellow. Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Amula, Guerrero, 6000 feet (7. H. Smith). 

This species was taken in August 1888 ; it is allied to _@. 
guatemalena, Druce. 


Atgeria pallene, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries hyaline, with all the veins black ; 
the apex and outer margin ot the former broadly bordered 
with golden brown. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen 
black ; the collar, the base of the thorax, and the last seg- 
ment of the abdomen banded with orange-yellow. The 
underside of the head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown ; 
the legs and antenne black, the latter banded with white near 
the tips. Expanse $ inch. 

Hab, Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco (H. H. Smith). 


Mr. H. Druce on new Spectes of Lepidoptera. 81 


_ Mr. Smith took this species in March and April 1888; it 
is allied to 42. tryphoniformis, Walker. 


Tarsopopa, Butl. 
Tarsopoda marcia, sp. n. 


Primaries black ; a spot at the end of the cell and a central 
streak reaching the base hyaline: secondaries hyaline, with 
the outer margin and the veins black. The head, thorax, 
and abdomen black; the anus yellow; the abdomen banded 
above with metallic gold; the underside black, the collar 
yellow; antenne black; legs black, banded with yellow. 
Expanse 55; inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Dos Arroyos, Guerrero, 1000 feet (H. H. 
Smith). 

Mr. Smith obtained two specimens of this beautiful little 
species in September 1888, 


Me ittiA, Hibn. 
Melittia Smithz, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with a narrow hyaline streak from the 
base to the end of the cell, beyond which is an oval hyaline 
spot, the fringe greyish: secondaries hyaline, with the veins 
and fringe black, the base of all the wings clothed with long 
yellowish hairs. The head, thorax, and abdomen brownish 
black, each segment of the abdomen edged with yellow; the 
underside of the thorax and the abdomen yellowish brown ; 
the antenne black ; the legs yellow, excepting the hind ones, 
which are thickly clothed with black hairs, with a few yellow 
hairs near the body. Expanse 1,% inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Rio Papagaio, Guerrero, 1200 feet, Dos 
Arroyos, Guerrero, 1000 feet (H. H. Smith). 

This species was taken by Mr. Smith in September and 
October 1888; it is allied to J. Butler’, Druce, but is a 
smaller and altogether darker insect. 


Srvcara, Walk. 


Sincara mceonia, sp. 0. 


Primaries and secondaries hyaline, with the costal and outer 
margin of the former narrowly edged with black, the fringe 
of all the wings black; the inner margin of the primaries has 
a yellowish tinge extending from the base to near the anal 
angle. The head, thorax, and abdomen black; the front 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 6 


82 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


of the palpi bright yellow; the tegule edged with yellow ; 
the antenne and legs black. Expanse 1 inch. 
Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 feet (H. H. Smith). 
This species is allied to Syncara lytea, Druce. Mr. Smith 
took the specimens in August 1888. 


Sincara manilia, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, with the costal 
margin of the former and the fringe of all the wings black. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen black, the last four seg- 
ments of the abdomen edged with bright yellow, the anus 
yellow; antenne and legs black, the palpi yellowish in front, 
Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Sierra de los Aguas Escondidas, Guerrero, 
7000 feet, Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 feet (H. H. Smith). 


This pretty little species was taken in July and August 
1888. 


Sincara manoba, sp. n. 


Primaries brownish black, darkest along the costal margin : 
secondaries yellowish hyaline, with the fringe black. The 
head, thorax, and abdomen dull black; antenne black. 
Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco (H. H. Smith). 

One specimen of this dull-looking species was taken by 


Mr. Smith in February 1888. 


Fam. Chalcosiide. 
GineLa, Walker. 
Gingla equalis, sp. n. 


Primaries orange-red, broadly bordered with black from 
the apex to the anal angle: secondaries deep black. The 
underside the same as above. The head, thorax, and abdo- 
men black; the tegule orange-red; the antenne and legs 
black. Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepee (J. Brooks). 

One specimen of this most interesting species was sent ; it 
exactly resembles Ptychoglene cequalis, Walker. 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 83 


Fam. Zygenide. 
Subfam. Evcxromin 2. 
SynToMEDIA, Harris. 


Syntomedia vulcana, sp. n. 


Primaries uniformly deep glossy black, with a rich purplish 
tinge in some lights; a small streak in the cell and a 
round spot near the base on the inner margin very pale prim- 
rose-colour ; a white dot close to the base on the costal mar- 
gin: secondaries deep glossy black, the same as the primaries, 
the basal part hyaline, the same as in Syntomedia melanthus, 
Cramer. The head, thorax, and abdomen glossy bluish 
black, a row of white spots on each side of the latter; the 
legs and antenne black, the antenne with the tips white on 
the underside. Expanse 2,%; inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Tierra Colorado, Guerrero, 2000 feet (#7. H. 
Smith). 

One specimen of this fine species was taken by Mr. Smith 
in October 1888 ; it is allied to S. melanthus, Cr., but more 
closely to S. Sauley?, Guén. 


IcnortA, Butl. 
Ichoria (?) parthia, sp. n. 


Primaries glossy bluish green: secondaries the same, but 
slightly hyaline near the base and the inner margin. The 
head, thorax, and abdomen, the legs and antenne bluish 
green. The underside of all the wings is bluer than the 
upperside. Expanse 13% inch. 

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (7. Belt); Panama, Bugaba, 
800 to 1500 feet (Champion). 

A pretty little species, not nearly allied to any known 
to me, 


Lamocuaris, Herr.-Sch. 
Lemocharis masa, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the primaries broadly 
tipped with black at the apex and along the outer margin, 
secondaries edged with black from the apex to near the anal 
angle; a small spot on each side of the head and one at the 
base of the thorax bright carmine ; the abdomen, legs, and 
antenne: dull black, the front of the head and collar greyish 
white. Hxpanse ? inch. ; 

6 


84 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco, February, March, and April 
(H. H. Smith). pies 

A small species allied to Z. stryma, Druce, from which it 
is at once distinguished by the wide black apex of the pri- 
maries. 


GyMNOpoDA, Felder. 


Gymnopoda mecrida, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries uniform sooty black, slightly 
hyaline at the base of the wings. The head, tegule, and 
base of the thorax black, the thorax and abdomen bright 
scarlet ; the antenne and legs black. Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico city (f. D. Godman). 

This beautiful little species is allied to G. subflamma, 
Druce, from Chiriqui, from which it is at once distinguished 
by the entirely different colour of the thorax and abdomen. 


Cosmosoma, Hiibn. 


Cosmosoma ethodea, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the costal 
margin from the base to near the apex edged with bright 
yellow and the inner margin from the base to beyond the 
middle edged with bright orange-yellow ; the apex and outer 
margin broadly black, and a black spot at the end of the cell: 
secondaries with the apex and outer margin as far as the anal 
angle black, and a black line crossing the middle of the wing 
from the costal margin to the anal angle. The underside as 
above. The head and the underside of the thorax and abdo- 
men black ; the antenne black, whitish at the tips; collar 
dark blue, the upperside of the thorax and abdomen bright 
orange, banded with dark blue; the two anal segments dark 
blue; the tegule orange, edged with black; the legs black, 
Expanse 1,’ inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz, April (7. H. Smith). 

A beautiful species, allied to C. elegans, Druce. 


DycrapiA, Felder. 
Dycladia lydia, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with the hyaline spaces as in D. meai- 
cana, but slightly larger: secondaries hyaline, bordered with 
black at the apex and outer margin, but not so deeply as in 
D. mexicana. The front of the head bright dark blue; the 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 85 


thorax and basal half of the abdomen chrome-yellow; the 
tegule chrome-yellow, edged with black on the lower side ; 
antenne black, with white tips; the sides of the abdomen 
near the base and two or three small dots in a line down the 
middle bright greenish blue; the lower half of the abdomen 
and the anus and underside bright red, the anal segment 
banded with blue; legs black. Hxpanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco, March (H. H. Smith). 

This species is allied to D. mexicana, trom which it is at 
once distinguished by the entirely different coloration of the 
thorax and abdomen. 


Dycladia thera, sp. n. 


Primaries black, with the hyaline markings almost identical 
with those of D. mexicana, but with the apical spot smaller 
and narrower; also the black margin of the secondaries con- 
siderably narrower. ‘The underside of all the wings as above. 
The head and collar bright blue, the thorax and upperside of 
the abdomen dull black ; tegule black, with a yellow dot at 
the base, also a yellow spot on each side of the abdomen close 
to the base; the sides of the abdomen and the anal segment 
bright blue ; the underside of the abdomen and the anal tuft 
bright scarlet ; antennee and legs black. Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco, February (HZ. H. Smith). 

This species 1s allied to D. mexicana, but it is a larger 
insect and entirely different in the coloration of the head, 
thorax, and abdomen. 


Dycladia utica, sp. n. 


Primaries hyaline, broadly bordered at the apex and along 
the outer margin with black, the base red: secondaries 
hyaline, with the apex and outer margin edged with black. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen black; the collar and 
the tegule red; a streak down the centre of the thorax and 
two spots at the base white; the underside of the thorax and 
the base of the abdomen white; the legs black and white; 
the antenne black, becoming white near the tips. Expanse 
1,5 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, La Venta, Guerrero, 300 feet (H. H. Smith). 

This species is most nearly allied to an unnamed one in 
my own collection from the Bahama Islauds, and comes into 
the group with D. columbina, Hiibn.; it was taken by Mr. 
Smith in September 1888. 


86 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


Fam. Arctiide. 
Subfam. Crrvucuin 2. 
THEaGEs, Walk. 


Theages striata, sp. 0. 


Primaries brownish fawn-colour, streaked with yellowish- 
white lines from the base to the outer margin ; a narrow 
streak of the same colour crosses the wing from beyond the 
middle of the costal margin to near the anal angle, from 
which a rather wider line extends to the outer margin : secon- 
daries dusky hyaline white, shaded with brown at the apex 
and along the costal margin. Underside as above, but the 
markings of the primaries much more indistinct. ‘The head, 
thorax, and abdomen blackish brown, the two anal seg- 
ments and the sides of the abdomen almost to the base pale 
yellow; the underside of the abdomen streaked with dusky 
white from the base to the anus; the palpi orange at the 
base, with the tips black ; antennz pale whitish brown ; legs 
pale brown. Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepec (J. Brooks). 

This species is allied to Theages leucophea, Walk. 


Evius, Walker. 
Evius Walkeri, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries uniform pale yellow, the pri- 
maries broadly bordered with white at the apex and outer 
margin; a series of black streaks cross the white between 
the veins as far as the yellow colour. ‘The head, thorax, 
and abdomen pale yellow; the antenne black. Hxpanse 13 
inch. 

Hab. Panama, Taboga Island (J. J. Walker). 

A pretty little species, very distinct from any I have seen, 


Hatsipora, Hibn. 


Halsidota phellia, sp. n. 


g. Primaries pale straw-colour, thickly speckled with 
minute blackish-brown dots, a very distinct black spot at the 
end of the cell: secondaries creamy white, slightly hyaline 
near the base; two small brownish dots close to the anal 
angle, the fringe white. The head and thorax straw-colour ; 
the tegule with a small black dot in front; the abdomen 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 87 


brownish to near the anus, which is pale straw-colour. 
The female is the same as the male, excepting that it is 
larger and paler in colour. Antenne of the male deeply 
pectinated, those of the female simple. Expanse, ¢ 1#, 2 
2+ inches. 


Hab. South-east Brazil, Rio. 


Halesidota (?) syracosia, sp. n. 


Primaries creamy white, with all the veins broadly edged 
with pinkish fawn-colour ; the fringe yellowish: secondaries 
hyaline white, shaded at the base and along the inner margin 
with pale pink, the veins and the fringe yellowish. The 
head and the front of the thorax fawn-colour; the tegule 
darker, edged with white; the thorax and the abdomen 
pinkish, except at the apex of the latter, where it is yellow. 
The antenne and legs reddish yellow. LExpanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 feet (H. #. 
Smith). 

One specimen of this beautiful species was taken by Mr. 
Smith in July 1888; it somewhat resembles Awtomolis late- 
ritia, Herr.-Sch., but is entirely differently coloured. 


PuHa@copreraA, Herr.-Schiff. 
Phegoptera hyalina, sp. n. 

Primaries and secondaries entirely hyaline, the veins being 
slightly whitish. ‘The head and thorax creamy white; the 
abdomen yellow at the anus and on the underside white ; the 
antenne yellow ; the legs white. EExpanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Sierra de los Aguas Escondidas, Guerrero, 
7000 feet (H. H. Smith). 

This distinct species is allied to Phegoptera cornea, Herr.- 
Sch., and was taken by Mr. Smith in July 1888. 


EcPANTHERIA, Hiibn. 


Ecpantheria amulaensis, sp. n. 


Primaries white, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin by two broad, broken, black bands, between which 
a row of small black spots crosses from the costal to the 
Inner margin; several small black spots close to the base, 
and a row of black spots along the outer margin, some larger 
than others: secondaries white, with some small black dots 
round the outer margin. ‘The front of the head and the collar 


88 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


white, tipped with black in front; the tegule wliute, with 
two black spots on each ; the thorax white, with two central 
black spots. The underside of the head and thorax, the upper 
and underside of the abdomen, the legs and antennz all deep 
black. The underside of the wings the same as above, 
excepting that the black bands are browner in colour. Ex- 
panse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Amula, Guerrero, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith). 

This species was taken in August 1888; it is allied to 
Ecpantheria extrema, Walker, but is very distinct. 


ZATREPHES, Hibn. 
Zatrephes philobia, sp. n. 

Primaries golden straw-colour, irrorated with brown dots ; 
a >-shaped line near the base, above the point of which is a 
round silver spot and beyond a large silver patch, much the 
same as in Z. Trailit, Butler, the silver patches surrounded 
with darker brown ; a curved narrow submarginal line crosses 
the wing from the costal to the inner margin, the fringe 
dark brown: the secondaries creamy white, dusky along 
the outer margin from the base to near the anal angle, the 
fringe yellowish white. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale 
straw-colour. Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Hége) ; Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 
feet (H. H. Smith). 

This very beautiful species was taken by Mr. H. H. Smith 
in July 1888; it is most nearly allied to Zatrephes Trailit, 
Butler, from the Amazons. 


Fam. Lithosiide. 
Brycea, Walker. 


Brycea esula, sp. n. 


Primaries uniform brownish fawn-colour, the costal mar- 
gin edged with yellow: secondaries orange, broadly bordered 
with black from the apex to the anal angle. The underside 
of all the wings orange, broadly bordered with black. The 
head, thorax, and tegule brownish fawn-colour, the collar 
orange; the abdomen yellow, with a narrow, black, central 
streak from the base to the anus, where it becomes wider ; 
the antenne black; the underside of the abdomen and the 
legs brownish fawn-colour. Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Cuernavaca, Morelos (H. Hl. Smith). 

A pretty species, taken by Mr. Smith in June 1888. 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 89 


Brycea arbela, sp. n. 


Primaries uniform slate-colour, edged with yellow along 
the costal margin, but not reaching the apex: secondaries 
pale yellow, broadly bordered with black. ‘The underside of 
all the wings pale yellow, bordered with black. The head, 
thorax, abdomen, and legs all black. Expanse 1? inch. 

fab. Mexico, near the city (. D. Godman). 

Mr. Godman took one specimen of this species in poor con- 
dition ; it is allied to the preceding species, but quite distinct. 


Brycea semirosea, sp. un. 


Primaries pinkish fawn-colour, the costal margin edged 
with bright carmine near the base; a short carmine streak 
from the base along the inner margin: secondaries bright 
carmine, broadly bordered with black from the apex to the 
anal angle. ‘The underside of all the wings bright carmine, 
bordered with black. The head, thorax, and tegule brownish 
fawn-colour; the antenne and legs black; the collar red. 
Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz (Schumann). 

One specimen of this species was sent; it is allied to B. 
arbela, but very different in colour. 


Brycea feronia, sp. n. 

Primaries dark brown, darkest along the inner margin; a 
short streak from the base and beyond this a square-shaped 
spot, both creamy white: secondaries bright orange, broadly 
bordered with black, the underside of all the wings bright 
orange, bordered with black. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen 
black, the sides of the abdomen yellow ; the antenne and 
legs black. EExpanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 feet (HZ. H. 
Smith). 

This very distinct and pretty insect was taken in July 
1888 by Mr. Smith; it is allied to Brycea disjuncta, 
Walker. 


PTYCHOGLENE, Felder. 


Ptychoglene pomponia, sp. n. 


Primaries brown, with the costal margin edged with red 
from the base to the apex : secondaries black, with the costal 
half bright carmine. The underside of the primaries bright 


90 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


scarlet, the hind wings as above. The head and thorax 
brown ; the abdomen glossy black, with a bright red line on 
each side; the antenne and legs black. Expanse 14 inch. 
Hab. Mexico, Xucumanatlan, Guerrero, 7000 feet (HZ. H. 
Smith). 
One specimen of this fine insect was taken by Mr. H. H. 
Smith in July 1888. 


Ptychoglene ira, sp. n. 
Primaries glossy blue-black, with the basal half dark 


orange, the base on the costal margin black : secondaries dull 
black. The underside of all the wings the same as above. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen black; antenne and legs 
black; the tegule yellow at the base. Hxpanse 1/5 inch. 
Hab. Mexico, Jalisco (Schumann). 
One specimen of this very distinct species taken in July 


1888 


Ptychoglene pamphylia, sp. n. 

Primaries blackish brown-yellow from the base to the 
middle of the costal margin, but the yellow colour does not 
touch the inner margin: secondaries blackish brown, the 
basal half orange. The underside of all the wings the 
same as above. The head, thorax, and abdomen black; the 
tegule and the sides of the abdomen yellow; the legs and 
antenne black. Expanse 1,/p inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalisco (Schumann). 

One specimen of this distinct species was taken in July 


1888. 


Piychoglene phrada, sp. n. 


Primaries red-carmine, bordered from the apex to the anal 
angle and very slightly along the inner margin with black : 
secondaries black, slightly hyaline, a broad red-carmine 
streak from the base along the costal margin, but not reaching 
the apex. ‘The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
all black. Expanse 15 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz (Schumann). 

This pretty species is allied to P. erythrophora, Felder. 


Ptychoglene pertunda, sp. n. 


Primaries bright scarlet, with the outer margin broadly 
bordered with black: secondaries deep black. ‘The head, 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 91 


thorax, and abdomen brownish black; the tegule bright 
scarlet ; the antenne and legs black. Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepec (Brooks). 

A pretty distinct species, allied to P. equalis, Walker. 


Fam. Melameride. 
Cinorrus, Druce. 


(notrus mamitus, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries uniform dull black, with the 
fringe of all the wings greyish ; the underside of the pri- 
maries black, with the costal margin from the base to beyond 
the middle edged with pinkish white; a curved cream- 
coloured band edged with pink crosses the wing from the 
costal margin near the apex to the outer margin close to the 
anal angle: secondaries brownish black, crossed by two 
pinkish-white lines, the costal margin edged with white. 
‘The head, thorax, and abdomen black; the collar and 
tegule edged with yellow; antenne and legs black. Expanse 
1,45 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Amecameca (/. D. Godman). 

Mr. Godman took one specimen of this very distinct 
species in April 1888. 


notrus splendens, sp. n. 


Primaries dull black, with two cream-coloured spots on the 
costal margin near the apex in the male, and only one spot 
in the female: secondaries dull black, with two indistinct 
white spots on the outer margin near the apex in the male, 
without any in the female. ‘The underside: primaries dull 
black, with the spots as above, and one minute white dot on 
the middle of the outer margin: secondaries black, with a 
streak at the base and two spots on the costal margin and 
one on the outer margin cream-colour. A large spot at the 
base and one on the inner margin near the anal angle bright 
carmine ; in some specimens the latter spot joins a cream- 
coloured spot in the centre of the wing. The head, thorax, 
and abdomen black; the collar orange; the antenne and 
legs black. Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 feet (HZ. H. 
Smith). 

Both sexes of this beautiful little species were taken by 
Mr. Smith in July 1888. 


$2 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 


MELANCHROIA, Hiibn. 


Melanchroia phebe, sp. n. 


Primaries and secondaries blue-black, the apex of the 
former tipped with white, the base orange on the costal mar- 
gin. The underside of all the wings dull black, with the 
veins deep black, the base of all the wings bright orange. 
The head, thorax, and abdomen black ; the collar and tegule 
orange; the antenne and legs black. Hxpanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Mexico, Amula, Guerrero, 6000 feet (1. H. Smith). 

This species is allied to Jf. inconstans, Hiibn., from which 
it is at once distinguished by the orange-coloured base of 
the primaries and other differences on the underside. Both 
sexes of this insect were taken by Mr. Smith in August 
1888. 


Fam. Hepialide. 


Phassus Smithi, sp. n. 


Primaries pale fawn-colour, indistinctly mottled with a 
darker shade ; a few lunular-shaped markings near the apex 
and along the outer margin: secondaries uniformly reddish 
fawn-colour, slightly streaked with paler colour along the 
costal margin near the apex. The underside of all the wings 
pale fawn-colour. ‘The head and thorax reddish fawn-colour ; 
the abdomen and legs pale fawn-colour ; the antenne brown. 
Expanse 4,45 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac, Vera Cruz (H. H. Smith). 

One specimen of this fine species was taken by Mr. Smith 
in May 1888; it is allied to P. Championi, but it is con- 
siderably different in colour and marking. 


Fam. Notodontide. 
TiraMa, Walker. 
Tifama argentifera, sp. 0. 


Primaries silvery white, shading off to dark grey along the 
inner and outer margin; the costal margin bordered with 
dark brown from about the middle to near the apex; extend- 
ing from the apex to the anal angle a submarginal row of 
black lunular-shaped marks, edged with white on the inner 
side ; a white spot on the inner margin beyond the middle and 
a faint brown line crossing the wing towards the apex: 
secondaries pure white, with the outer margin from the apex 


Mr. H. Druce on new Species of Lepidoptera. 93 


almost to the anal angle clouded with brownish black. The 
underside of the primaries pale brown, the secondaries white, 
with the costal margin brown. ‘The head, thorax, and tegule 
silvery grey; the abdomen brownish grey; the antennz and 
legs brown. Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Teapa, Tabasco (fH. H. Smith). 

A very fine species, quite distinct from any known to me ; 
it was taken in March 1888. 


Dicentria, Herr.-Schiff. 
Dicentria phraortes, sp. n. 


g. Primaries cream-colour, shaded with brown along the 
costal margin: secondaries white, slightly hyaline, the fringe 
yellowish. The head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown; 
antenne brown. 

@. Primaries dark purplish brown, with several black 
streaks near the anal angle: secondaries dusky white. ‘The 
head and thorax brown; the tegule and abdomen pale 
fawn-colour; antenne brown. LExpanse, ¢ 14, 2 2; 
inches. 

Hab. Mexico, Coatepec (J. Brooks); Jalapa (in coll. 
Dognin). 

A very distinct species, not closely allied to any with which 
I am acquainted. 


Fam. Palindide. 
PALINDIA, Guén. 
Palindia regina, sp. n. 

Primaries silvery white, crossed from the costal margin to 
the anal angle by three wide bands of pale fawn-colour, edged 
with a dark brown line, the two inner bands being much the 
widest, the third band being little more than a narrow line; 
a marginal dark brown line extends from the apex to the anal 
angle: secondaries pale glossy yellow, shading off to white at 
the base and along the inner margin; a large black spot 
close to the apex ; two black dots on the outer margin about 
the middle and one black dot nearer the anal angle. The 
underside pale glossy yellow, becoming whitish at the apex 
of the primaries and secondaries; the primaries crossed 
from the costal to near the inner margin by two wide black 
bands, becoming narrower as they reach the inner margin ; 
the black spot at the apex of the secondaries is considerably 


94 Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 


smaller than it is above. The head and collar pale yellowish 
white; the thorax, tegule, and the base of the abdomen 
silvery white; the abdomen yellowish white, darker at the 
anus and on the underside; the legs and antenne pale fawn- 
colour. Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley); Zamora, September 
(in coll. Mons. P. Dognin). 

This very beautiful species is quite distinct from any 
known to me. 


XIJ.—Ramulina parasitica, a new Species of Fossil Fora- 
minifera infesting Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobaldi, 
with Comparative Observations on the Process of Reproduc- 
tion in the Mycetozoa, Freshwater Rhizopoda, and Foramint- 


jera. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. 
[Plate VIII.} 


Ramulina parasitica, n. sp. (fossil). 


Test thin, calcareous. Consisting individually of a single 
chamber (Pl. VIII. fig. 2,a), which is stoloniferous, and 
collectively (fig. 1, ff, and fig. 2) of the same, forming a reti- 
culated structure in which the chambers are united to each 
other by the stolons (fig. 2, &). Chamber or lobe varying in 
shape from globularity to any kind of multiangulate figure, 
which may be produced by a variable number of stolons 
dragging out its convex surface in different directions into 
angular forms, so as in the aggregate to effect a reticulated 
structure in which the chambers are represented by the knots 
and the stolons by the interuniting cords of the net (fig. 1, 
ff). Chambers or lobes varying in size under 1-360th inch 
in diameter ; stolons cylindrical, about 1-1800th inch in dia- 
meter, varying in length with the distance between the cham- 
bers which they connect. The projecting angles of neigh- 
bouring chambers often uniting directly, so that two or more 
become continuous without the intervention of stolons (fig. 
1,g, and fig. 2,ee). Some are dark brown and others cale- 
white (what the brown colour arises from I am unable to 
say). Externally furnished (chiefly on the convex side or 
that opposite the stolons) with a number of delicate, straight, 
hair-like tubuli about 2-6000ths inch long and almost of 
immeasurable thinness (fig. 2, ccc), each of which projects 


Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 95 


from a base about 1-1200th inch in diameter, apparently 
situated in the centre of a polygonal grain of calcite about 
2-6000ths inch in diameter (fig. 3, @and 6). Grains of calcite 
forming in apposition the structure of the chamber-wall, 
which is therefore very thin (fig. 4, a). Internally filled with 
areticulated structure (fig. 4, 6, and fig. 5, a), the larger inter- 
stices of which arein many instances occupied by a spherical cell 
(? reproductive body) (fig. 6, g &c.) varying under 4-6000ths 
inch in diameter. In the confined state parasitically extending 
into the cells of Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobald’, which it 
infests, when each lobe or chamber of the parasite occupies a 
single cell in the central plane of this Orbitolite and is succes- 
sively connected with its neighbours, chain-like, by a single 
stolon (fig. 1, c, and fig. 6, 2), while instead of following the 
circular linear arrangement of the cells of the Orbitolite, the 
chain-like development frequently leaves it obliquely in a 
zigzag form (fig. 1,e); or in the free state (fig. 1, £7) spread- 
ing out independently in the reticulated one above mentioned 
among the sand &c. of the stratum in which the Orbitolites 
have been deposited, now more or less held together by a 
matrix of crystalline calcite, which in the polished fragment 
admits of the Ramulina in its free state being seen at differ- 
ent depths below the surface. 

Loc. 'The bed of Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobaldt, in 
the west bank of the Irrawadi, 6 miles below Thayetmyo, in 
Burma (‘ Annals,’ 1888, vol. i. p. 342). 

Obs. This microscopic form so prevails in the bed of the 
Orbitolites just mentioned, that it is hardly possible to subject 
a small fragment of the latter, which has been polished for an 
opaque object or ground down to a thin translucent slice, to 
microscopic examination without observing several portions of 
it; while its chief habitat appears to have been in and about the 
cells of the test of this species of Orbitolite, which is the only 
species of large Foraminifera in the deposit. So like is the 
chamber with its straight tubuli to the cells and their inter- 
uniting tubuli, of which the crust of the Orbitolite is com- 
posed, except that the tubuli in the former are only on one 
side, that it is often difficult to distinguish the difference ; 
but that it is a distinct structure is confirmed by its growth 
in parts only of the central plane, as above mentioned, and 
its occurrence over part of the “crust” in the microscopic 
section of the “crust” and central plane together, where the 
contrast between the two is unmistakable. Of course all 
that is peculiar to it now in a lapidified state must have 
taken place before it thus became perpetuated by fossilization. 

Although parasitic it was evidently a species of Foramini- 


96 Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 


fera closely allied to the subfamily Ramulinine, of which 
Dr. Brady has given several figures in his ‘ Challenger’ 
Report (Zoology, vol. ix. text, p. 587, pl. Ixxvi. figs. 22-28, 
1884) ; but being ‘‘ microscopic ” it is of course almost infi- 
nitely smaller than the specimens of the recent species (viz. 
1-15th inch) which Dr. Brady has described and delineated 
under the name of “22. globulifera,” as well as the fossil ones 
(viz. 1-16th inch) previously found in the Chalk of the north of 
Treland by Mr. J. Wright, and figured in the Report of the 
Belfast Nat. Hist. Field Club for 1873-4 (pl. i. figs. 19 
and 20). 

The appearance of this fossil in its reticulated form (fig. 1, 
Ff) also so much resembles that of the reticulated structure 
presented by similar phases of development in the Mycetozoa 
of de Bary (see M. C. (now Dr.) Cooke’s ‘ Myxomycetes of 
Great Britain,’ 1877, pls. iii., iv., and vill. figs. 24, 27, and 
82 respectively), that one cannot help thinking that the Fora- 
minifera must resemble them in other respects, especially in 
their stages of reproduction, if not in their elementary com- 
position, since many of them develop calcareous material to 
such an extent in their structure that Rostafinski, in his 
classification (‘ Monograph of the Mycetozoa,’ 1875), has made 
an order of them under the name ‘‘ Calcarew”” (Cooke, op. 
cit. p. 2), which de Bary has illustrated in Physarum leuco- 
phaceum (‘Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze,’ 1884, p. 469, 
fig. 191). 

Let us now compare the development of the spore or repro- 
ductive body of the Mycetozoa with that of the Foraminifera 
through the freshwater naked and testaceous Rhizopoda, 
adopting the same stages numerically in each to facilitate the 
comparison. 

Thus, (1) the spore of the Mycetozoa is spherical, varying 
about 1-4000th inch in diameter, consisting generally of a 
dark brown cortex filled with colourless granuliferous plasma ; 
(2) on germination the cortex bursts and the granuliferous 
plasma comes forth in the form of a colourless, monociliated, 
polymorphic body, possessing a nucleus and a contracting 
vesicle (see de Bary’s figures, op. cit. p. 454 &c.); (3) the 
cilium is retracted and the polymorphic body assumes the 
condition of an Amoeba; (4) after this the now wnciliated 
bodies flow together and thus become massed into a state 
which is called the ‘ plasmodium,” still presenting active 
polymorphism ; (5) this activity gradually ceases and a 
motionless condition follows under which the plasmodium 
subsides into a more or less flat cake-like form (in Athalium 
septicum &c.), when the whole of the interior passes from a 


Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 97 


colourless into an opaque, brown, dust-like mass, consisting 
of the spherical spores just described grouped together into 
variously shaped compartments constructed by flocculent 
septa, while in other forms, e. g. Stemonites Ke., portions 
of the plasmodium are thrown up into stipitate heads (spo- 
rangia of exquisite form and structure according to the 
species) whose contents undergo similar changes to those 
of the Mthalium just mentioned; in short the plasmodium 
becomes transformed into the adult form of the species, 
whatever that may be; this bursts, and the spores becoming 
free follow the same process in germination as that above 
described, whereby the life-history of the Mycetozoan is 
completed. 

Directing our attention next to the freshwater naked and 
testaceous Rhizopoda, which, through the Gromuidee, such as 
Gromia fluviatilis, Duj.*, are most intimately connected with 
the Foraminifera on the one hand, and in their polymorphic 
plasmodia &e. so much resemble the Mycetozoa on the other, 
it will be seen that in 1856-57 I described and illustrated 
the tests of Amewba verrucosa and Huglypha alveolata in an 
effete state, respectively charged with a number of spherical 
colourless cells similar in form and composition to the spores 
of the Mycetozoa (f Annals,’ vols. xviii. and xx. pls. v. and i. 
figs. 26 &c. and 13), and following their stages of develop- 
ment after the same manner as that adopted for the spore of 
the Mycetozoa, it has been found that :— 

(1) The spore or reproductive body of these Rhizopoda is 
spherical, about 1-1366th inch in diameter in Ameba verru- 
cosa (‘ Annals,’ 1857, vol. xx. p. 40, pl. i. fig. 13, a, 6) and 
about 1-4000th inch in Kuglypha alveolata (ib. vol. xviii. 
p- 244, pl. v. figs. 27 and 28), also that it consists of a trans- 
parent colourless cell-wall or cortex filled with equally colour- 
less granuliferous plasma. (2) On germination (which has 
not been actually seen) the cell-wall or cortex may be fairly 
inferred to burst, as in the Mycetozoa, and the granuliferous 
plasma to come forth in the form of a colourless monociliated 
polymorphic body, possessing a nucleus and a contracting 
vesicle. (3) The cilium becomes retracted and the polymorphic 
body assumes the condition of an Amceba. (‘The presence of 
the cilium and its retraction in the young Rhizopod has been 
seen in the instance of a mother-cell in which the progeny 
came forth one by one in the form of monociliated polymor- 
phic bodies, retracted their cilium respectively, and, putting 
torth pseudopodial rays, assumed the form of an Actinophrys 


* With the marine species I have nothing to do here 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 2 


98 Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 


(‘ Annals,’ 1857, vol. xix. p. 261). But it can hardly be 
doubted that the polymorphic spore does in such instances 
always come forth in a monociliated condition, while the mere 
retraction of the cilium is of common occurrence.) (4) After 
the retraction of the cilium the now wnciliated bodies flow 
together in the Mycetozoa, and thus becoming massed pro- 
duce the “ plasmodium.” This again has not been witnessed 
in the freshwater Rhizopoda, unless the groups of Actinophrys 
and the conjugations of Diflugia, in which I have found as 
many as five individuals together (‘ Annals,’ 1872, vol. ix. 
p. 421), be taken as instances of it. What the object of this 
“flowing together”? may be generally has not been disco- 
vered ; but in the Mycetozoa it leads to the evolution of the 
particular form which the species finally assumes and the 
development of the spores or reproductive bodies. (5) The 
activity of the Rhizopod ceases after it has attained its adult 
form and the reproductive bodies have been developed, when, 
as in the Mycetozoa, the body becomes effete and the repro- 
ductive bodies become free. ‘The latter then germinate and 
the life-history of the freshwater naked and testaceous Rhi- 
zopoda is also thus completed. 

Of course it is comparatively easy to witness the germina- 
tion of the spores of the Mycetozoa, because the species con- 
taining them are so large as to be capable of being handled, 
while the spores are so abundant in them that when torn to 
pieces they produce a dust (as before stated) which soils the 
fingers like soot, hence the name Athalium. On the other 
hand, the treshwater Rhizopoda are microscopic objects which 
can only be satisfactorily seen under a high power and only 
occasionally with reproductive bodies or spores in them; 
hence, again, it is only when they are testaceous, e. g. Hugly- 
pha (which has an unmistakable form of test), that the young 
or small ones can be recognized ; and this has been done by 
myself in one or more instances where the same vessel has 
contained a number of the adult forms more or less charged 
with the reproductive bodies (‘ Annals,’ 1856, vol. xvii. 
p- 230, pl. v. figs. 26-31 &c.). 

Turning now to the Foraminifera, we find:—(1) That the 
spore or reproductive body appears to consist in like manner 
ot a “round ball” composed of granuliferous plasma pre- 
senting in the aggregate a dark colour, held together by the 
natural coherency of the mass rather than by any specialized 
membrane. Max Schultze found such in the chambers of 
“ living” Rotalie in great abundance and of various sizes, less 
than the diameter of the siphon (?stolon) which connects the 
chambers, say about 1-3000th of an inch, as seen in the soft 


My. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 99 


parts of a mounted specimen of Operculina arabica that I 
still possess, from which the calcareous material of the test 
had been removed by acid (‘ Organismus der Polythalamien,’ 
1854, p. 27, a, 6); and two years afterwards he verified this in 
a species of Miliola (Miiller’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1856, nos. 1 and 2, 
p. 165, Taf. vi. B). In 1861 I found the same kind of thing, 
but in a fossilized state, in a specimen of Nummulites Ia- 
mondi about one fifth of an inch in diameter, infiltrated with 
ochraceous oxide of iron, which thus renders the whole of 
the structure in a vertical section through the centre, 
when polished and overspread with Canada balsam under 
a glass slip particularly brilliant and distinct. (I am not now 
alluding to the “opaque scarlet spherules,” to which I have 
lately called attention.) In this condition the last chamber 
especially is observed to be filled with spherical bodies about 
1-1800th inch in diameter, translucent, and charged with 
light brown granular contents (‘ Annals,’ 1861, vol. vit. 
pl. xvii. fig. 15). This preparation I still possess. So 
much, then, for the reproductive body in the Foraminifera. 
(2) The germination of this ‘‘ body ” has not been actually 
observed ; but, like that of the freshwater Rhizopoda just 
mentioned, it may fairly be inferred to be similar to that of 
the spore in the Mycetozoa. (3) The retraction of the cilium 
would follow as a matter of course, and the plasmic contents 
thus become ameebiform. (4) But the “ flowing together’’ 
of the ameebiform bodies to form a “ plasmodium”” is still 
less evident than in the freshwater Rhizopoda, for the 
development after the soft or plastic condition of the reproduc- 
tive body of the species, especially in the Nautiloid forms, 
can be followed from the commencement to the end, through 
the plasmic chambers or lobes as they are successively pro- 
duced becoming permanently represented in their forms by 
shell-substance. 

At what period the reproductive bodies begin to appear in 
this development remains to be discovered. But as regards 
the possibility of the reproductive body germinating in the 
chamber of the parent, Dr. Strethill Wright’s statement in 
1861 may be noted (‘ Annals,’ vol. vil. p. 362), viz. that he 
had seen “three small living Spirilline” in S. perforata, 
apparently confirming what Ehrenberg had noticed in 1841, 
which led the latter to call the species “ v/vipara.” Here 
again I found the same kind of thing in a foss¢lized state in 
an infiltrated specimen of Nummulites Ramondi about one 
fifth of an inch in diameter, treated in the same way as that 
above described ; that is to say, in the outer chamber, close to 
one angle of the vertical section, there are several bodies which 


fe 


é 


100 Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 


appear to be elements of reproduction in a state of germina- 
tion, only one of which, however, has so far advanced as to 
produce a test which is recognizable, and this is a Nautiloid 
form consisting of the primary cell and two following cham- 
bers, altogether measuring about 1-360th inch in its longest 
diameter; so that if the surface of the section presents one of 
these the whole cavity may contain many more; nor does it 
appear likely that this one had come from the exterior, for 
besides the apparently closed and unfractured state of the 
chamber it is not likely that the reproductive body would 
return for germination to that or any other chamber of the 
Nummulite in which it was produced. 

By what course the reproductive bodies of the Foramini- 
fera are eliminated also remains to be discovered, or whether 
the test becomes effete like that of the Mycetozoa and fresh- 
water Rhizopoda. That the latter appears to be the case is 
indicated by the great number of empty tests and the few 
filled with the living animal that I found in the bed of Oper- 
culina arabica on the south-east coast of Arabia (* Annals,’ 
1852, vol. x. p. 168), and especially by the beds of Nummu- 
lites whose enormous thicknesses have given rise to the term 
“ Nummulitic Series.” 

Thus Ramulina parasitica in an evolutionary point of 
view seems to be an initiatory form of the Foraminifera, 
and in organization ranks with the Mycetozoa and the fresh- 
water Rhizopoda. 


N.B.—The type specimens referred to in the above paper, 
consisting of a slide and asmall thin fragment about 13-12ths 
by 7-12ths inch square, polished on both sides, have been 
deposited in the Geological Department of the British Mu- 
seum, and the two large ‘‘ hand-specimens ” from which they 
were taken, marked “ H. 47. 83” and “ H. 47. 84” respec- 
tively, have been returned to the museum of the Geological 
Survey of India at Calcutta. Also the type specimens to 
which. I] have referred in each of my last six papers in 
the ‘Annals’ have been deposited in the same department 
of the British Museum. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 
N.B.—All the illustrations are necessarily more or less diagrammatic, 
from the minuteness of the objects, but with as little deviation from the 
natural characters as possible. 


Fig.1. Ramulina parasitica, n, sp., lobes yarying under 1-360th inch in 


Mr. H. J. Carter on Ramulina parasitica. 101 


diameter. Diagrammatic sketch taken from a slice of Orbito- 
htes Mantelli, var. Theobaldi, reduced to translucent thinness 
und cut a little obliquely, so as to show part of the central plane 
overlain by the crust. a, cells of the central plane; 4, cells of 
the crust; c, globular lobes of the Ramulina confined to the 
cells of the central plane and joined together by a common 
stulon; e, the zigzag form; ff, lobes in the “ free state” 
more or less multiangular and joined together by stolons, 
presenting in the aggregate a reticuliform character like that of 
the capillitiuim of some of the Mycetozoa; g, lobes united to- 
gether directly. 

Fig. 2. The same. Portion in the “free state,” more magnified, to 
show :—a, the lobe or chamber ; 4, the stolon; ¢¢c, tubuli pro- 
jecting from the surface of the chamber; d, chambers below the 
surface unfinished ; ee, two chambers united together. Taken 
from the polished surface of a fragment of the rock containing 
the said Orbitolites, where the chambers of the Ramulina 
appear at different depths in the transparent crystalline matrix. 
(On most of the chambers the tubuli are omitted for perspicuity 
and to save trouble in drawing.) 

Fig. 3. The same. Single chamber, more magnified, to show the tubuli 
and their position on the surface im situ (fig. 3a). Fig. 36 
represents a small fragment of the surface of the chamber mag- 
nitied to the scale of 1-48th to 1-3000th of an inch, to show that 
the bases of the tubuli are respectively situated in the centre of 
grains of calcite, which appear to have a polygonal shape. 

Fig. 4, The same. Two chambers, much magnified. Taken from the 
surface of the polished fragment, where their upper parts have 
been ground off, thus showing a, the thinness of the wall, and 
b, the reticulated structure in the interior of the chamber, at 
the same time. 

Fig. 5. The same. Group in which both sides of the lobe, a, have been 
ground down, thus again showing the reticulated structure 
ot the interior, but by transmitted light; 6, one in which 
the section has not gone below the surface, showing the trun- 
cated ends of the tubuli; ¢, unfinished lobe. Taken from a 
microscopic slice which had been reduced to translucency. 

Fig. 6. The same. Five cells of the central plane obliquely cut across, 
so as to show the structure of the globular lobes which they 
respectively contain gradationally. a, cells of “ central plane ;” 
b, opaque state of “globular lobe” uncut; c, showing indis- 
tinctly traces of the (?) reproductive bodies which it contains ; 
d, the same more distinct; e, the same still plainer; f, the 
thinnest section of all, in which the reproductive elements 
appear to consist of spherical cells, g, imbedded in the reticu- 
lated tissue; , stolon. All the parts of this illustration are 
magnified to the scale of 1-48th to 1-6000th inch and taken 
from a mounted microscopic slice. 


102 Bibliographical Notices. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


Bird-Life of the Borders: Records of Wild Sport and Natural 
History on Moorland and Sea. By Anet Cuapman. Gurney and 
Jackson. London, 1889. 


““Goop wine needs no bush,” and we have noticed with satisfaction 
that, although reviewers may play for safety when they are not 
sure of their subject as regards an indifferent book, they show a 
wonderfully quick appreciation for one which is thoroughly good. 
The present volume is a case in point, for the author is at once a 
true sportsman and naturalist as well as an artist of no mean ability, 
though no allusion to the numerous spirited illustrations appears on 
the titlepage. From all sides comes the chorus of praise ; expe- 
rienced wild-fowlers considering that, in the portion of the work 
relating to the gunning-punt, Mr. Chapman has done for the north of 
England what Sir Ralph Payne-Gallwey did for the sister island 
with his ‘ Fowler in Ireland, while ornithologists have thoroughly 
appreciated the keen insight displayed in the description of the 
habits, food, changes of plumage, &e. of the birds which frequent 
the moorland and the coast. When treating of these, Mr. Chapman 
introduces from time to time some pertinent and interesting remarks 
upon his experiences in Spain and Spitsbergen —the southern and the 
northern extremities of Europe, if, indeed, the latter can be claimed 
as an appanage by any continent; and his personal observations over 
so wide an area are entitled to a respectful reception, but he must 
beware of accepting too readily, or at too high a value, the plausible 
hypotheses of others, and he must try to avoid the youthful fault of 
generalizing upon imperfect evidence. In asking such questions as 
“ Where do the Common [| Bar-tailed} Godwit, Knot, Sanderling, 
and Curlew-Sandpiper breed? Whence come they in myriad hosts 
every August to our shores?” he hardly seems to realize the enor- 
mous extent of the known but almost unexplored Jand which lies 
within the Arctic Circle. No doubt some large islands are as yet 
undiscovered, especially to the northward of Bering Sea; but we 
need not go so far as that for “tundras” sufficient fur the repro- 
duction of all the above species. It is true that neither Spitsbergen 
nor Novaya Zemlya appear to be suited to their requirements; but 
the little that is known of Franz-Josef Land does not altogether 
justify its being placed in the same category, for the climatic con- 
ditions of that territory are exceptional, open water existing 
throughout the winter; and Mr. Leigh Smith actually found Briin- 
nich’s Guillemot assembled there early in March! As regards the 
Bar-tailed Godwit, Mr. Chapman takes exception to the name 
because, he says, “its tail is not barred except in the young ;” but 
therein he goes too far, for the adults in breeding-plumage—hardly 
known in Northumberland—have the true tail-feathers distinctly 
banded. The name was not, however, conferred by the unobservant 
pedant or the cabinet naturalist ; it was given by practical sports- 
men and wildfowlers, who distinguished a bird as ‘ bar-tailed ” 


Bibliographical Notices. 103 


when they saw that its ramp and the long tail-coverts—which in 
this species reach far down and cover the true tail-feathers—were 
barred at all seasons of the year; they never dreamt of limiting 
the meaning of the word ‘tail ” to the ten stiff-shafted rectrices. 

We have tried to find a little fault with a few passages in this 
excellent book, lest Mr. Chapman should become surfeited with 
eulogy, which, however deserved, has a tendency to prove unwhole- 
some; and a gentle corrective may be the more beneficial, inasmuch 
as he is preparing a work on the south of Spain which cannot fail 
to prove interesting. If he will take a little pains to condense and 
to chasten his style he may become a very strong writer, for there 
can be no more doubt of his powers of description than there is of 
his general accuracy. 


Sylvan Folk: Sketches of Bird- and Animal-Life in Britain. 
By Joun Watson. T. Fisher Unwin. 


Tuts little book consists of a collection of articles, many of which 
have, we believe, already appeared in various newspapers ; and the 
style in which they are written is only too characteristic of the 
slipshod “ copy ” considered good enough for the reader by editors 
of the present day. The late Richard Jefferies possessed a certain 
power of picturesque description which captivated the public ; and, 
as usual, a host of imitators have been for some time clutching at 
the hem of his garment in the hope of acquiring the entire mantle 
of his inspiration—but in vain; for an attempt at writing crisply 
or epigrammatically too often ends in twaddle and even in bathos, 
Mr. Watson boasts of having taken all his facts at first hand 
from nature; speaks of ‘‘caring little for the dry bones of 
science, and having but scant sympathy for that species of natural 
history which is acquired in closets ;” and adds: ‘* We know what 
science—or, rather, its masters—is doing for birds now-a-days. 
‘One kills them, the other writes classifying epitaphs.’” After 
this declamation we are not surprised at being told that “ the swift 
is the last to come of all the swallows,” in disregard of the fact that 
the latter are Passeres, while the former have long been placed 
among Picarie; all these insect-eaters being spoken of as “ hirun- 
dines,” by which we presume the author means Hirundinide. Our 
sympathies are with Mr. Watson in his desire to prevent the indis- 
criminate destruction of birds and beasts of prey; but his remarks 
upon grouse-disease and the overstocking of moors indicate that he 
is unaware of the very heavy mortality among grouse in 1815, 
when their natural enemies were still abundant. To speak of the 
Little Bustard as now extinct in Britain is absurd, for it never was 
more than an accidental visitor, and has become much more 
frequent of late years. Similar ignorance is displayed respecting 
the Great Auk, which, according to the author, was once plentiful 
“ among certain of its icy haunts;” while the hope held out that 
“ further north, and within the arctic circle, there are still surf- 


104 Bibliographical Notices. 


beaten isles where garefowl probably breed” is delusive, for there 
is not one authenticated instance of the occurrence of this species 
within—or even very close to—that line. We think it unnecessary 
to point out further errors. 


A Handbook of Cryptogamic Botany. By A. W. Brynert, M.A., 
B.Se., F.L.S., and G. M. Murray, F.L.S. With 378 Illustrations. 
London and New York: Longmans, 1889. 8yvo. Pp. 473. 


Ir is now above thirty years since Berkeley’s ‘Introduction to 
Cryptogamic Botany’ was published, and in that time an enormous 
advance has been made in added genera and species in all the orders 
and in our knowledge of the complicated life-histories of many of 
the lower types. It is remarkable that during so long a period of 
active work, in which the number of teachers and students has been 
so greatly multiplied, that no other work of a similar scope has been 
written in the English language. Partly, no doubt, this has arisen 
from the circumstance that in the teaching at our universities and 
medical schools Cryptogamic Botany gets pushed into a small corner, 
and partly because the field of study is so vast that it has now got 
specialized into several different departments ; so that our fern-men 
know very little about fungi and our algologists about mosses. 

Mr. Bennett has specially worked at Alge, and in the present 
volume he has also undertaken the vascular orders and the Mus- 
cine, whilst Mr. Murray has dealt with the Fungi, including the 
Lichens, Mycetozoa, and Bacteria. What they have attempted is 
not to deal nearly so much as Berkeley did with tribes or even 
genera in detail, but to give a general summary of the life-history 
of the leading types of form, such as might be suitable for the use 
of teachers and advanced students. The book is copiously illus- 
trated by woodcuts interspersed in the text, the figures being to a 
large extent borrowed from recent German handbooks, such as those 
of De Bary, Sachs, Schenck, Luerssen, and Thomé. Following the 
example of the last edition of Huxley and Martin’s ‘ Elementary 
Biology,’ they make use of a descending in preference to an ascending 
order as regards complication of structure. The series of orders is 
classified out under seven primary subdivisions as follows :—First 
the Vascular Cryptogamia. Here the orders are grouped under a 
heterosporous and isosporous series, Ophioglossaceze being treated 
as a class distinct from Filices. A useful chapter, founded mainly 
on Solms-Laubach’s recent ‘ Handbook of Vegetable Paleontology,’ 
is added, upon the fossil types, which, in Equisetaceze, Lycopodiacee, 
and Selaginellacez are arborescent and extremely different from 
anything in existence at present. The second subdivision deals with 
the Muscinew, separating them into Musci and Hepatice. A better 
subdivision of the Musci would be to keep up Archidium alone as 
a distinct order, for the other genera here associated with it, Phas- 
cum, Ephemerum, and Bruchia, are now by all the best authorities 
classified with the Bryacee, and Pleuridium, as the figure given 
(fig. 122) shows, has the calyptra separated as a distinct cap. The 


Bibliographical Notices. 105 


third subdivision deals with the Characeze, which are now univer- 
sally admitted as a distinct structural type. The fourth subdivision 
deals with the Algee, and is fuller in detail than any other part of 
the book. The types included here are placed under eight classes— 
Florideze, Confervoideze Heterogame, Fucacex, Phceospore, Conju- 
gate, Confervoidee Isogame, Multinucleatz, and Coenobierw. In 
the fifth subdivision the Fungi are primarily subdivided as Phyco- 
mycetes and Sporocarpez, the Lichens being dealt with as parasitic 
fungi which do not develop beyond the earliest stage of germination 
without the aid of an algal host. Subdivision six deals briefly with 
the Mycetozoa, distinguished from the Fungi by their saprophytic 
nutrition and vegetative body constituting a plasmodium formed by 
the coalescence of peculiar swarm-spores. The seventh subdivision 
deals with the Protophyta, under which are included Diatoms, Pro- 
tococcoidex, and the Cyanophycez, the series ending with the Bac- 
teria. Under each chapter is given a list of the principal recent 
memoirs that relate to its subject, and this bibliographical part of 
the work will be very useful to beginners and isolated workers. 

The great puzzle for students in Cryptogamic Botany is in the 
nomenclature of the parts of the organism. It is most difficult to 
carry out the principle that the same organ should always bear the 
same name throughout the various orders, and that organs that are 
not identical should receive different names. The plan adopted by 
our authors is as follows :—They propose the restriction of the term 
spore to any cell which is produced by the ordinary processes of 
vegetation, not directly by a union of the sexual elements, which 
becomes detached for purposes of direct vegetative propagation. 
The simple term spore is used in the Pteridophyta and Muscinee ; 
but in the Thallophytes it is generally qualified by a prefix, e. g. 
zoospore, tetraspore. The cell in which spores are found is called 
a sporange. In the heterosporous Pteridophyta the spores from 
which the female prothallium arises are called megaspores and 
those which give birth to the antherozoids microspores. The cases 
which contain them are called megasporangia and microsporangia. 
The cell containing the male organs of fertilization is called an 
antheridium and the fecundating bodies antherozoids. Spore being 
abandoned for the female reproductive organs it is proposed to use 
sperm as a root-term in its place, oosphere for the unfertilized pro- 
toplasmic mass, and gone as a root-syllable for the various forms of 
the entire female organ before fertilization. In a similar way they 
differentiate between a sexual and non-sexual multiplication of 
individuals, by calling the first process reproduction and the latter 
propagation. If some such plan of limiting terminology could be 
carried out it would effect a great gain in clearness and precision. 

A general elementary handbook of this kind was much wanted, 
and it deserves and no doubt will obtain a wide circulation. The 
Pteridophyta and Muscinee are now known as thoroughly as the 
Phanerogamia ; but in all the other divisions there is a wide field 
for further work in the study of life-histories. 


106 Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


June 5, 1889.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., 
Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “ Observations on some undescribed Lacustrine Deposits at 
Saint Cross, Southelmham, in Suffolk.” By Charles Candler, Esq. 
(Communicated by Clement Reid, Esq., F.G.8.) 


These deposits are situated in the basin of the River Waveney, 
33 miles E. by N. of Harleston, and 9 miles E.N.E. of Hoxne. They 
occupy a hollow in the Boulder-clay towards the northern edge of the 
plateau locally known as “ High Suffolk.” Saint Cross brickyard, 
which is the only section now visible, shows :— 


ft. 
a. Surtace-soil and gravel “s..cc.c0c-.s0cessse ssc -asceecsocussancessese sec 1-3 
6. Red and white loam, variable, fine or coarse, sandy or cal- 
careous. Elephant, Horse, &c. at base of the bed............... 3-5 
c. Fine, tenacious, grey and red clay, with carbonaceous seams 
towards the base. Valvata, Bythinia, Pisidium ...........-... 2-5 
d, Black peaty loam and sand, worked to a depth of 5 feet, but 
no bottom reached. Seeds and freshwater shells............... 5- 


éx@halkyaboulderi@layst-cscesss<:-tepecaesseseeteroeeseoeee et ateeeese secs 


No implements have yet been found in any of the beds; but 
Pleistocene Mammalia (determined by Mr. E. T. Newton) occur in 
bed 6. From bed d Mr. Clement Reid obtained seeds of 29 species 
of flowering plants. These are all marsh or aquatic species, except the 
hawthorn and dandelion. Unlike those found in Prof. Prestwich’s 
bed d at Hoxne, there are no Arctic forms among them; but the 
Author pointed out that the Arctic plants of Hoxne were determined 
from leaves found in laminated clays, while the matrix in which the 
plants are found at St. Cross is only suitable for the preservation of 
seeds. However, certain of the plants do not range far north, and 
the occurrence of a large tree in the upper part of bed d points to a less 
rigorous climate than that under which the leaf-bearing beds at 
Hoxne were deposited. 

The lacustrine beds now occupy a ridge between two depressions, 
the valleys having been deeply eroded, or perhaps formed since the 
filling-up of the lake. It appears probable that on the final retreat 
of the last ice-sheet the hollows of the Boulder-clay were occupied 
by a series of lakes and pools. For the most part the sedimentary 
deposits formed in these hollows have been entirely swept away ; 
but at Saint Cross the mud and loam of one such lake have been 
preserved. 


2. «On certain Chelonian Remains from the Wealden and Pur- 
beck.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S. 


In the first part of the paper the Author described a portion of 


Miscellaneous. 107 


the hind lobe of a Chelonian plastron from the Wealden, which was 
remarkable as showing a median row of epidermal shields. The 
name of Archwochelys valdensis was proposed for the form so repre- 
sented. The new generic term Hylaochelys was also proposed for 
the Purbeck Chelonian described by Sir R. Owen as Plewrosternuim 
latiscutatum, and was also taken to include some other forms from 
the Wealden. 

The second section of the paper treated of the affinities of Plewro- 
sternum. It was concluded that Digerrhwm, Cope (as represented by 
the so-called Platemys Bullockz), is identical with Pleurosternum, of 
which there appears to be only one Purbeck species. Evidence was 
brought forward to show that in the adult of Pleurosternum the 
pubis had a facet for articulation with the xiphiplastral ; and it was 
proposed to refer this genus, together with Platychelys and Baéna, 
to a new section termed ‘“‘ Amphichelydia,” which was regarded as 
allied both to the true Cryptodira and to the Pleurodira. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Triassic Fish-scales from Siberia, By A. Smita Woopwaxrp. 


So little is known of the paleontology of Siberian formations that 
a recent memoir by Dr. J. V. Rohon* upon some fragmentary 
remains of fossil fishes from the Upper Yenisei is of considerable 
interest and importance. ven detached scales and bone-fragments 
are worthy of discussion when obtained from such a source; and 
among other fossils the author describes some unsatisfactory speci- 
mens of this character from an undetermined horizon near the village 
of Kubekowa. These fossils, however, do not appear to have been 
sufficiently compared with known forms elsewhere. The scales 
named Paleoniscus sibiricus (loc. cit. p. 12, figs. 22, 28) are so closely 
similar to those of the Lepidotoid Ganoid Colobodus + that they may 
be assigned with much probability to this genus ; another fragment 
(loc. cit. fig. 21) is sculptured like some of the head-bones of Colo- 
bodust; and the associated ring-vertebree (Joc. cit. figs. 23, 29) may 
well pertain to the same fish, whereas they indicate a higher stage 
of development of the axial skeleton than has hitherto been observed 
in any of the Paleoniscide. Colobodus has only been recorded as 
yet from the European Muschelkalk and Lettenkohle, in which it 
is widely distributed ; and the undetermined horizon of C. sibiricus 
may thus be provisionally regarded as Triassic. 


* J. V. Rohon, “ Ueber fossile Fische vom oberen Jenissei,’” Mém. Acad. 
Ip. Sci. St.-Pétersbourg, [7] vol. xxxvi. no. 13 (1889). 
1 Cf. especially W. Dames, Palzont. Abhandl. vol. iv. (1888), pl. xvia. 
figs. 6-8. 
a: Cf. W. Dames, zbid. pl. xiv. fig. 1. 


108 Miscellaneous. 


On the Morphology and Systemttic Position of the Epicarides of the 
Family Dajide. By MM. A. Grarp and Jutes Bonnier. 


In a previous paper (see ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. ill. p. 512), for reasons 
derived from the ethology of the animals, we have regarded the 
Dajide as a group intermediate between the Cryptoniscians and the 
Bopyrians proper, with which they would be connected by the 
family of the Phryxians. This viewis now confirmed by the anato- 
mical investigations which we have been enabled to make of some 
types of this group, which is still so little known and so badly 
represented in collections. 

The Rey. A. M. Norman has been kind enough to send us a speci- 
men of Dajus mysidis, Kroy., collected at the island of Jan Mayen 
upon a Mysis oculata, Fabr., during the Austro-Hungarian expedition 
to the arctic seas *. He has also submitted to our examination an 
Aspidophryxus parasitic upon Erythrops microphthalma, G. O. Sars, 
and dredged by G. O. Sars himself upon the Norwegian coast. 

The unique specimen of Dajus mysidis figured but not described 
by Kréyer was a young female, accompanied by a male in the 
Cryptoniscian stage. The six females collected at Spitzbergen 
during the Dutch ‘Willem Barents’ expedition and studied by 
Hoek were also immature, and only one of them bore a male in the 
second larval form. Buchholz alone has described the adult male 
and female of Dajus mysidis, Kréy., under the name of Lepto- 
phryxus mysidist. But his description is very incomplete, espe- 
cially with respect to the inner antenne and the incubatory plates. 

Of the latter there are five pairs as in all Bopyrians, and the fifth 
pair, which escaped the notice of Gersticker, is the most developed. 
This forms the greater part of the incubatory cavity. The body, 
bent ventrally on each side, also takes part in the formation of this 
cavity. The morphology of the head and thorax differs little from 
that of the same parts in the Phryxians. However, the feet of the 
sixth and seventh thoracic segments are entirely wanting, thus 
reproducing an embryonic arrangement which is transitory in the 
other Bopyrians. Further, the first five pairs of feet are very 
closely approximated to the anterior part of the animal, where they 
surround the aperture of the incubatory chamber. The metameri- 
zation is very Visible upon the middle of the dorsal part in both the 
abdominal and the thoracic regions; in the latter the segments 
increase in size from before backward. On the pleon the first pair 
of feet alone are well developed in the form of biramose lamelle, 
which, in this part, close the incubatory chamber. The other 
pleopoda are rudimentary, with no pleural lamine; there are two 
uropoda. 

* We keep the name of Dajus mysidis, Kroy., for the parasite of Mysis 
oculata, and give that of Dajus mixtus to the Dajus found by G. O. Sars 
at Vadsée upon Mysis mixta, Lillj. 

+ ‘Zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt in den Jahren 1869 und 1870,’ 
Bd. ii. Abth. i. p. 287, Taf. i1. fig. 2 (Leipzig, 1874). 


Miscellaneous. 109 


The adult male presents the pleon characteristic of the male of 


 Phryxus, without pleopoda or uropoda. But the antenne and the 


rostrum strongly remind us of the structure of the Cryptoniscian 
embryos. 

The examination of Dajus renders that of Aspidophryaus much 
easier. The Aspidophryxus which has been entrusted to us by Mr. 
Norman had been determined as A. peltatus by G.O. Sars. But 
the type of Aspidophryxus peltatus described and figured by Sars is 
parasitic upon Hrythrops Goesi, and what we know of the vigorous 
specificity of the Epicarides to each definite host led us at once to 
regard the parasite of Hrythrops microphthalma as belonging to a 
distinct species. A minute comparison of this parasite with the 
figures given by G. O. Sars, which are so exact, appears to us to 
justify this supposition, and we shall give the name of Aspido- 
phrycus Sarsii to the Epicaride of Erythrops mtcrophthalma. 

This new species differs from Aspidophryaus peltatus (1) in the 
less widened and more slender general form of the female, (2) in 
the number and arrangement of the ova in the incubatory chamber. 

While in A. peltatus the ova are diffused in great numbers and 
without order in the incubatory cavity, in 4A. Sarsi they are 134 in 
number, arranged in regular concentric rows, each row containing 
respectively 17, 17, 15, 10,5, and 3 ova in one half of the body, 
between the free margin and the median line. These ova are more- 
over larger than those of A. peltatus. Further, the animal is less 
distinctly segmented. In the male, on the contrary, the segments 
of the pleon, although soldered together, are more distinct than in 
A, peltatus 

If we referred exclusively to the description and figures given by 
G. O. Sars, there would be much more considerable differences 
between the two species, and the genus Aspidophryxus would seem 
far removed from the genus Dajus. The complete absence of incu- 
batory lamelle in the female (laminew incubatorie nulle) and the 
existence of only sew pairs of thoracic feet in the male would con- 
stitute characters of great importance in this group of Epicarides. 
But we have ascertained that these characters were due to errors of 
observation. The incubatory lamelle all exist as in Dajus; the 
first four pairs are more reduced, in consequence of the approxima- 
tion of the thoracic feet to the anterior part of the body. Like the 
first pair in the other Bopyrians, they have only an accessory func- 
tion in the protection of the ova. As to the fifth lamelle, these are 
represented by a pair of narrow plates bordering the free edges of 
the greatly enlarged last thoracic somites; they terminate in digi- 
tations posteriorly. These plates are applied to each other exactly 
in the median line, and with the lateral ventral folds of the thoracic 
somites form the incubatory cavity properly so called. 

The pleon also presents considerable reductions compared with 
that of Dajus. It is completely destitute of appendages and forms 
a small cavity, in which is lodged the male, folded up like a Scara- 
ban larva and placed in profile. 

This male differs little from that of Dajus; the segments of 


110. Miscellaneous. 


the pleon are more distinctly indicated and there is a well-developed 
pair of uropoda. As to the thoracic feet, they are of the normal 
number of seven pairs, of which the first and smallest belong to a 
narrow segment soldered to the head, which has escaped the notice 
of G. O. Sars. The prominent rostrum and the very long outer 
antenne very closely resemble in form the same organs in the 
Cryptoniscians. The passage from the Dajidee to the Cryptoniscians 
may be understood in the following manner :—In the male the 
development has been arrested in the Cryptoniscians at the second 
larval form, whilst in the Dajide there has been a transformation 
into a degraded male. In the female the anterior part of the incu- 
batory chamber has been considerably contracted in the Crypto- 
niscians, whilst a cavity was formed at the expense of the lateral 
folds and of the posterior part of the body; but this cavity cannot 
be in any way confounded, as suggested by Fraisse, with the ccelo- 
matic cavity. The profound modifications of the incubatory cavity 
of the Dajide and Cryptoniscians will be examined in detail in a 
memoir with plates. It may be observed, in conclusion, that the 
Erythrops microphthalma parasitized by A. Sarsi was a female 
destitute of ova, no doubt owing to parasitic castration.—Comptes 
Rendus, May 13, 1889, p. 1020. 


A Parasitic Copepod. By Prof. Lery. 


The author stated that last summer while at Beach Haven, 
N. J., there was brought to him from the surf a living specimen of 
the singular transparent fish Leptocephalus. In examining it he 
observed attached to the tail-fin a minute Copepod Crustacean, 
apparently of the genus Chalimus. The parasite was attached by a 
long filiform rostrum, and resembled in this and other respects more 
the Chalimus Scombri as represented by Baird in fig. 5, tab. xxxili. 
of the ‘ British Entomostraca, than it does the original of this 
species as represented by Burmeister in the Nova Acta Nat. Cur. of 
Bonn, xvii. tab. xxiii. fig. 13. The species, which may be distin- 
guished as Chalimus tenuis, is considerably less than half the 
size of C. Scombri. The cephalothorax, nearly twice as long as 
broad, is obcordate and proportionately much narrower than in 
the latter species. The frontal segment is narrow and not promi- 
nent laterally, and the biarticulate antennz are concealed beneath. 
The abdomen, half the length of the cephalothorax, exhibits three 
conspicuous divisions, and the short caudal appendages end in three 
minute sete. Abdominal feet ending in biramose leaf-like seg- 
ments fringed with short sete. Rostrum linear and almost as long 
as the cephalothorax. Whole length 1:125 millim.; length of 
cephalothorax 0:5, breadth 0-275; length of rostrum 10°5; length 
of abdomen 0°25.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Philad. April 16, 1889, 
p. 99. 


Miscellaneous. 1 


Processes for the Preservation of the Lower Marine Animals. 
By M. Mavricr Bepor. 


The author particularly describes a new process which he has 
invented by means of which Siphonophora may be preserved without 
the separation of a single appendage of the colony from the stem. 
To obtain good results the following method is to be adopted :— 

A solution of sulphate of copper of 15-20 per cent. is made in 
distilled water (the strength may vary a little according to the 
species to be operated upon). Then the colony to be fixed is thrown 
quickly into this solution, and in doing this a considerable quantity 
of sea-water is at the same time poured in. The solution of sulphate 
of copper must therefore be of about ten times the volume of the 
sea-water. When the Siphonophore is fixed (which is effected in a 
few minutes) some drops of nitric acid are added to the solution, 
and it is stirred very gently with a glass rod, to prevent the forma- 
tion of a precipitate. 

The Siphonophore is left for four or five hours in this solution, 
and then hardened before placing it in alcohol. For the latter pur- 
pose several hardening reagents may beemployed. The best results 
are obtained by employing Flemming’s liquid, composed of 15 parts 
of chromic acid of 1 per cent., 4 parts of osmic acid of 2 per cent., 
and 1 part of glacial acetic acid. As it is desirable as much as 
possible to avoid touching the Siphonophore or changing its vessel 
before it is completely hardened, the following is the mode of 
operation :—Part of the solution of sulphate of copper is removed, 
leaving only sufficient to cover the Siphonophore. Then the 
Flemming’s liquid is gently poured in and left to act for twenty- 
four hours at least. The volume of this liquid employed must be 
about double that of the solution of sulphate of copper. 

The most important operation in the preservation of these animals 
is the transfer into alcohol, which must be very slow and gradual. 
First there are added to the liquid containing the Siphonophore a 
few drops of alcohol of 25 per cent., introduced by means of a 
pipette as far as possible from the colony. Then the dose and the 
concentration of the alcohol are gradually increased. This operation 
must go on at least for a fortnight before alcohol of 70 per cent. can 
be employed. ‘The final preservation is made in alcohol of 90 per 
cent. The results obtained are better in proportion as the transfer 
into the alcohol has been slow. ‘This rule is a general one in the 
preservation of all pelagic animals. Chloride and acetate of copper 
may also be employed; but they do not give such good results. 

The solution of sulphate of copper may also be employed with 
success in fixing a number of pelagic animals, such as certain Cteno- 
phora, Medus, Pteropoda, Heteropoda, Tunicata, &c.; but it is 
always well to harden them after fixation.— Bibl. Univ., Archives 
des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, June 15, 1889, p. 556. 


112 Miscellaneous. 


The Cockroaches of the Carboniferous Epoch. 
By M. Cuarztes Bronenrart. 


In the neuration of the first pair of wings Mr. Scudder finds little 
difference between the recent and fossil cockroaches. The latter he 
divides into two families, the Blattinarie and the Mylacride, dis- 
tinguished chiefly by the arrangement of the mediastinal nervyure. 
In the Blattinariz the branches of this nervyure start at regular 
intervals from a common trunk, so that the mediastinal area is 
usually in the form of a band. In the Mylacridz the branches of 
the mediastinal nervure originate from a common point at the base 
of the wing and appear to be arranged in a radiate manner around 
this point. 

Hitherto the Mylacride have been regarded as peculiar to the 
United States, but the author states that they are as numerous as 
the Blattinariz: at Commentry, where more than six hundred impres- 
sions of them have been collected by M. Fayol. 

As authors have generally had only wings at their disposal they 
have been unable to give any precise information as to the form of 
the body. M. Brongniart now confirms Mr. Scudder’s division of the 
group into Blattinarie and Mylacride by characters drawn from the 
body. ‘The Blattinariz have a very rounded prothorax, narrower 
than the part of the body covered by the wings; the Mylacride 
have a thickset body with a wider prothorax, which, instead of 
being rounded, is nearly in the form of a triangle with the base in 
front. 

But these two families have a common character which distin- 
guishes them from the recent Blattariz. The last dorsal arch of 
the abdomen in the fossils is widened, rounded, and divided into 
three parts by two longitudinal grooves. In the males the last 
ventral arch presents nothing extraordinary—it is truncated; but 
the females, instead of presenting, like the existing species, a keel- 
like last ventral arch cleft longitudinally in the median line to facili- 
tate the deposition of the ootheca, have this arch terminated by a 
sort of slender borer, as long as the abdomen, widened a little and 
keel-shaped at the base, but straight towards the extremity. This 
apparatus resembles the ovipositor of Hurycantha among the 
Phasmide rather than that of the Locustide. 

The presence of this borer leads to the supposition that the Car- 
boniferous Cockroaches, instead of leaving their eggs on the ground 
enclosed in an ovigerous capsule, probably deposited them singly, 
like the existing Phasmide, perhaps introducing them, by means of 
the borer, into the trunks of trees.—Comptes Lendus, February 4, 
1889, p. 252. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 20. AUGUST 1889. 


XIIT.—WNotes on British Amphipoda.—tl. Families Leuco- 
thoide, Pardaliscide, and Gammaride (Marine). By the 
Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.L.S. 


[Plates X.-XII.} 


Fam. Leucothoide. 
Genus I. Leucorno#, Leach, 1814. 
1, Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abildgaard). 


1789. Gammarus spinicarpus, Abildgaard, Miller, Zool. Dan. vol. iii. 
p. 66, pl. xciv. figs. 1, 2. 

1804. Cancer (Gammarus) articulatus, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. 
vol, ii. p. 70, pl. vi. fig. 7. 

1814. Leucothoé articulosa, Leach, Edinb. Encyel. vol. vii. p. 403, 

1853. Leucothoé denticulata, Costa, Crust. Amphip. del Regno di Napoli, 

. 226, 

1862. Leucothoé articulosa, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 271. 

1870. Leucothoé spinicarpa, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 78. 

1876, Leucothoé spinicarpa, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt, Amphip. p. 507. 


Hab. Although as often perhaps found free, this species is 


commonly met with in the branchial sac of Ascidians (men- 
tula, venosa, sordida, &c.). Shetland; the Minch; Skye; 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 


114 Rev. A.M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Oban; Loch Fyne; Firth of Clyde; Lulworth, Dorset; 
Jersey (A. I. N.); Banft (7. Edward) ; Polperro (Laughrin) : 
Mus. Norm. 

Distribution. Adriatic (Heller and Claus): Mus. Norm. 
Naples (Costa) ; Marseilles (Catta) ; Western France (J/.- 
Edwards &c.); South and West Norway (JZ. Sars cc.) ; 
Azores (Barrois). 


2. Leucotheé furina (Savigny). 


1809, Lycesta furina, Savigny, Descr. de ’ Egypte, Crust. pl. ii. fig. 2. 

1830. Leucothoé furina, M.-Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. vol. xx. p. 381. 

1840. Leucothoé furina, M.-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. iii. 
p. 57, pl. xxix. fig. 14. 

1857. Leucothoé procera, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol, xix. p. 146. 

1862. Leucothoé furina, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 275. 

Hab. The specimen described by Bate and Westwood was 
taken by the late Mr. T. Edward at Banff. I know of no 
other British examples. 

Distribution. Mediterranean (Savigny dc.); Western 
France (Chevreaux &c.). 

I recorded specimens under this name in my ‘Shetland 
Dredging Report’ of 1868 ; but they seem to differ in so many 
particulars that I now describe them under the name Lewuco- 
thoé imparicornis. 

Chevreaux states that this species is always found free and 
not in Ascidians or sponges; he adds:—‘ On reconnait 
facilement cette espece a la forme toute particuliére du telson, 
et surtout 4 un caractére fort net que Sp. Bate n’a pas 
signalé: le bord inférieur du troisisme segment de l’abdomen 
se termine en arriére par un petit crochet aigu et recourbé 
tandis que ce bord est carrément tronqué chez L. spinicarpa.”’ 


3. Leucothoé imparicornis, n. sp. 


(Pl. X. figs. 1-4.) 


Antenne (fig. 1) feeble and very short, not longer, or only a 
little longer than the first two joints of the peduncle of anten- 
nules; in thespecimen figured the penultimate joint only reaches 
to the end of the first joint of antennules, in other specimens it 
is slightly (but only slightly) longer, penultimate joint the 
longest ; flagellum of seven or eight articulations, subequal in 
length to last joint of peduncle. rst gnathopods (tig. 2) 
having the hand narrow and the finger short, about equal to 
one fourth of the length of the hand. Second gnathopods 
(fig. 3) elongated, pyritorm, dorsal margin slightly concave 


Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 115 


_ distally, palm rather waved, wholly devoid of teeth or tu- 
bercles. Telson (fig. 4) forming three fourths of an ellipse, 
sides gradually sloping to the well-rounded extremity. Length 
7 millim. 

Leucothoé tmparicornis differs from the described British 
species in the very small size of the antenne, in the narrow 
hand and short nail of the first gnathopods. The form of 
the hand approaches that of ZL. furina, but the palm has no 
teeth ; the telson also distinguishes it from the species just 
named, 


Hab. St. Magnus Bay and Balta Sound, Shetland (A. WZ. N.). 


Genus II. Eustrus, Kroyer, 1845. 


Eusirus longipes, A. Boeck. 


1860. Eusirus longipes, Boeck, Forh. ved de Skand. Naturf. p. 656. 

1862. Eusirus helvetie, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 155, 
ple xx. fio, 2 

1862. Eusirus helvetie, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 
. 207. 

1866. Eusirus bidens, Heller, Amphip. des Adriat. Meeres, p. 32, pl. iii. 
fig. 19. 

1868, Eusirus helvetie, Norman, Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles, 
Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 281. 

1872. Eusirus longipes, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 504, 
pl. xix. fig. 4. 

First two segments of pleon with a central dorsal tooth ; 
hinder margin of third segment denticulately serrated through- 
out its entire length, serrations of lower portion pointing 
upwards, but those near the summit pointing downwards *. 
Length of thigh of last three pereeopods measuring scarcely 
more than one fifth the length of the attenuated limbs. 
Telson cleft to not more than one third of its length. Thighs 
of last three pereeopeds strongly serrated posteriorly. Length 
14 millim. 

Hab. Shetland; Skye; Firth of Clyde; off Berwick 
(A. M. N.) ; Aberdeenshire (Dawson) : Mus. Norm. 

Distribution. West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Norm. 
South Norway (G. O. Sars); Bay of Biscay (Prince de 
Monaco) ; Adriatic (Heller). 


* In Eusirus cuspidatus, Kroyer (from Greenland, ‘ Valorous’ Exped. 
1876, and off Halifax, Nova Scotia (S. I. Smith): Mus. Norm.), the 
hinder margin of third segment is also denticulately serrated ; but in that 
species the denticulations throughout the entire length point upwards. 


S* 


116 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Genus III. Lituyezorct, Bate, 1862. 


(=Iduna, A. Boeck, 1860 (name in use), = Microplaz, 
Lilljeborg, 1865 *.) 


1. Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate. (Pl. X. fig. 10.) 


1855. Gammarus pallidus, Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 55. 

1859. Gammarus brevicornis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 62, 
pl. iii. fig. 11. 

1860, Iduna brevicornis, A. Boeck, Forh. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de 
Méde, p. 646. 

1862. Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 118, 
pli xxhioy oO: 

1862, Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 2038. 

1876. Lilljeborgia pallida, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p. 497, pl. xviii. fig. 9, 

The Gammarus pallidus of Goés is Lilljeborgia fissicornis, 
M. Sars, and not the present species. 

Hab. Oban ; off Cumbrae, 20-25 fath. (A. WZ. N.): Mus. 
Norm. 

Distribution. Tromsé (S. Schneider): Mus. Norm. South 
and West Norway, 50-300 fath. (G. O. Sars) ; Sweden 
(Bruzelius) ; Finmark (Lovén) ; South-west France (Chev- 
reaux dc.) ; Mediterranean (Catta &c.). 


2. Lilljeborgia picta,n. sp. (PI. X. figs. 5-9.) 


Antennules (fig. 5) shorter than peduncle of antenna, 
secondary appendage consisting of only three articulations, 
(the distal very minute), subequal in length to two joints of the 
flagellum. Antenne: last joint of peduncle two thirds length 
of the penultimate, flagellum eight-jointed, rather longer than 
last joint of peduncle. First gnathopods with wrist not pro- 
duced into a calx, the hand widening gradually from base to 
extremity ; palm oblique, well arched, scarcely occupying 
more than one third of total length ; anterior portion of hinder 
margin with about six transverse rows of simple sete and a 
small spine at commencement of palm. Second gnathopods 
(fig. 7): wrist with no produced calx; hand ovate, palm 
occupying half the length, and forming with the anterior 
portion a continuous arch, so that greatest width is at the 
commencement of the palm, where there is a single spine; 
the margin anterior to this with fascicles (about seven) of 


* Lilljeborg, ‘On Lysianassa magellanicea and Crust. Lystanassina,’ 


p. 19 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 117 


divaricating simple sete, which have hamate tips; outer 
margin of palm (fig. 7) furnished with regularly arranged 
long sete, inner margin (fig. 8) with stiff bent seta, each of 
which is furnished at the bend with two or three lateral 
prongs; alternating with these stiff sete are a series of short, 
blunt-topped spinules, and another series is seen behind these 
of asimilar character. Two anterior pair of perwopods with 
the dactylus scarcely more than one fourth length of pre- 
ceding joint. Last pereeopods (fig. 9) with meros and carpus 
subequal, propodos slightly longer, of good breadth (but not 
flattened out, as in L. fisstcornis), with four pairs of spines on 
the anterior and two or three sete on posterior margin; finger 
short, not exceeding one fourth of length of propodos, gradu- 
ally attenuated, two spines on the propodos at its base. 
Telson longer than peduncle of last uropods, and these have 
the branches very broad and foliaceous. As in L. pallida the 
first, second, fourth, and fifth segments of pleon have a central 
dorsal tooth. The colouring of the two specimens is alike 
and remarkable, the ground-colour pale with markings as 
follows of deep purple (at least that is their colour now in 
specimens which were mounted fresh from the sea twenty- 
three years ago) :—Antennez and antennules each with a spot 
on the last joint of peduncle; the purple colour commences 
on the head, across which it passes obliquely from behind 
forwards to the mandibles; thence the colour is suffused over 
all parts except the distal joints of the anterior pereopods 
until the middle of the last segment of perzeon ; here it passes 
obliquely forwards, and is continued through the thighs of 
the fourth perzeopods, leaving the thighs of the last pereeopods 
white, except that distally on them is a small spot of the same 
colour, which also appears in a spot near the base of every 
joint (except ischium and propodos) of three posterior pero- 
pods, as well as in blotches on the back of second and two 
following segments of pleon, and stainings at the base of the 
pleopods attached to these segments, on the distal portion of 
first and second and on the basal portion of the last uropods. 
Length 6 millim., exclusive of antenne. 

The absence of a produced calx to the wrist of the two 
gnathopods will, apart from all other characters, at once serve 
to distinguish this species from L. pallida, L. Kinahani, and 
L. fissicornis (M. Sars). In this respect it resembles L. equi- 
cornis, G. O. Sars; but from that species it may be known 
by the different antennules, the much smaller wrists of the 
gnathopods, longer and less flattened faite and shorter 
and stronger nail of last pereeopods, and by the four dorsal 
teeth on the pleon instead of one only. 


118 Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Hab. 'Two specimens taken at Guernsey, 1865 (A. MZ. N.): 
Mus. Norm. 

I figure the terminal joints of the last pereeopods of the four 
North-European species with which I am acquainted. 

L. pallida, Bate (Pl. X. fig. 10).—Propodos longer than 
carpus by about one fourth, its hinder margin with groups of 
very long sete ; dactylus exceedingly long and slender, fully 
two thirds as long as propodos. 

L. fisstcornis (M. Sars) (fig. 11).—Propodos nearly half as 
long again as carpus, with single spines on front margin ; 
dactylus scarcely more than one fourth its length. 

L. equicornis, G. QO. Sars (fig. 12).—Propodos peculiarly 
flattened, somewhat fusiform, widest in the middle, only 
slightly longer than carpus; dactylus flattened, lanceolate, 
equal in length to two thirds of propodos. 

L, picta, Norman (fig. 9).—Propodos slightly longer than 
carpus, front margin with three or four pairs of spinules; 
dactylus short, scarcely exceeding one fourth of the length of 
propodos. 


3. Lilljeborgia Kinahani (Bate). 
1862. Phedra Kinahani, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 119, 
plist fowl. 


1863. Phedra Kinahani, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. 4, m5 211. 


1887. Lrlijeborgia Kinahani, Chevreaux, Nouvelles espéces de Crust. 
Amphip. du Sud-ouest de la Bretagne, p. 2. 

flab, The British habitat of the type was “ Nullipore bank 
off the coast of Cumbrae,” where it was found by Mr. D. 
Robertson. Being anxious to see the type I applied to Mr. 
Robertson ; but he found that the specimen had been mislaid. 
Dredged near Hope’s Nose, Devonshire, Sept. 1874 (Stebbing). 

Distribution. Coast of Brittany (Chevreau). 

It is difficult to understand why this species was not placed 
by Bate and Westwood in the genus Lilijeborgia, to which 
they refer in their description, comparing P. Atnahani with 
it and pointing out similarities to L. pallida. 

Chevreaux says of it :—“ Cette forme, décrite par Sp. Bate 
sous le nom de Phedra Kinahani d’apres un spécimen dragué 
sur un bane de Nullipores, prés de Glascou, n’a jamais été 
signalée depuis. Je me suis rangé A l’opinion de Boeck, qui 
pense qu'elle doit appartenir du genre Lilljeborgia. Elle est 
en effet trés voisine de L. pallida, Sp. Bate, et n’en différe 
gure que par sa petite taille, et par la forme de la main de 
ses deux premiéres paires de pattes thoraciques: sa colora- 
tion est & peu prés semblable 4 celle de l’espéce voisine, la 


Rey. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda, 119 


partie antérieure du corps étant teintée de violet, tandis que 
la partie postérieure est du blanc rosé. Le telson, que l’auteur 
anglais n’a pu observer complétement, est fendu jusqu’a la 
base.” 


Fam. Pardaliscide. 
Genus Niciprr, Bruzelius, 1859. 


Nicippe tumida, Bruzelius. 
1859. Micippe tumida, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 99, pl. iv. 
fig. 19. 


1868, Micippe tumida, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. 
p- 414, pl. xxi. figs. 4-6. 
1868. Nicippe tumida, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. ii. 
Old 


1872. Nicippe tumida, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p. 495. 


Hab. Sound of Skye, 1866 (A. M. N.) : Mus. Norm. 
Distribution. South and West Norway (G@. O. Sars and 
Bruzelius) ; Greenland (H. J. Hansen). 


Fam. Gammaride. 


Genus I. Amaruitua, Bate & Westwood, 1863. 


(=Amathia, Rathke, 1837, name in use.) 


Amathilla Sabini (Leach). 


1819. Gammarus Sabint, Leach, Appendix to Ross’s First Voy. edit. ii. 
5178. 
1850. Devamine carinospinosa, White, Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
. 49. 
1355. Amathia carinata, Bate, Brit. Assoc, Rep. p. 58. 
1855. Amphithoé Moggridgei, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 
vol. vii. p. 318, pl. x. fig. 10. 
1862. Graa imbricata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 101, 
pl. xvi. fig. 4 (junior). 
1862. Amathia Sabini, id. ibid. p, 197, pl. xxxv. fig. 9. 
1862. Amathia carinospinosa, id. ibid. p. 199, pl. xxxv. fig. 11. 
1862. Graia imbricata, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 
. 152. 
18h, Amathilla Sabini, iid. ibid. vol. i. p. 361. 
1870. Amathilla Sabini, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 136. 
1872. Amathilla Sabin, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 406. 
1874. Amathilla Sabinz, Buchholz, Die zweite Deutsche Nordpolar- 
fahrt 1869-70, vol. ii. p. 546, pls. viii. and ix. fig. 1, 
1884. Amathilla Sabint, Blane, “ Die Amphip. der kieler Bucht,” Nov. 
Act. Leop, Akad. xlvii. no, 2, p. 73, pl. iii. figs. 78 and 79, and pl. iv. 
figs. 1-2. 


120 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


As observed by Bate northern specimens greatly exceed in 
size those from southern localities. A Spitzbergen specimen 
in my collection measures (exclusive of antenne) 37 millim. 
in length; large British examples measure 23 millim., while 
in a series from Cornwall the greatest length is only 12 
millim. 

The larger the specimen the more strongly marked are the 
sculpture and elevation of both dorsal spines and carina. In 
its younger stages there are no dorsal carinal teeth, the eye is 
small and nearly round, and the state is accurately represented 
by Bates’s figure of Graia imbricata. But Graia imbricata 
is described and figured as having no secondary appendage 
to the antennules. The young always have such an appen- 
dage, though it is reduced to two articulations. My North- 
umberland specimens of Grava imbricata, taken by the late 
Mr. Alder and recorded by Bate, were preserved dry, which 
may account for the appendage having been overlooked ;_ they 
were undoubtedly the young of the present species. _ It is not 
improbable that Mr. Webster’s specimens were similarly pre- 
served, as that gentleman sent to myself Amphipods only in 
that state. The fine figures of Buchholz may be consulted 
with advantage, and the difference in armature of pereopods, 
uropods, &c. there shown in the young and the adult have 
their warning lesson against the establishment of species on 
slight variations *. 

Hab. Mostly taken in tide-pools among weeds ; Shetland ; 
Firth of Clyde; Durham and Northumberland coasts; the 
Humber; Devon and Cornwall (A. VW. N.): Mus. Norm. 
Liverpool Bay (A. O. Walker). 

Distribution. Spitzbergen (Lovén); Tromsé (Schnedder) : 
Mus. Norm. Greenland (Ross &c.); Siberia (Stuaxberg) ; 
Norway (Rathke d&c.); Sweden (Lilleborg); Denmark 
(Meinert) ; Kiel (Blanc); Western France (Chevreaux &c.) ; 
Boulogne (Chevreaux) ; North-east America (Stimpson). 


Genus IJ. Mretpuipippa, Boeck, 1870. 


Mandibles with a short and very narrow palp, third joint 
shorter than the second. first maxille having the inner 
lamina moderately broad but not long, inner margin with 
numerous plumose sete. Mazillipeds with narrow elongated 
palps; outer lamina short, broad, with a few small teeth on 
the inner margin. orm elongated, especially the pleon ; 
segments of pleon armed on the hinder margin with teeth of 


* British young examples in my collection 3-4 millim. long exactly 
agree with Buchholz’s figure of that stage. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 121 


greater or less size. pimera rather small. Antennules and 
antenne long and slender, subequal in length. Gnathopods 
of both pairs long and slender; hands small, subchelate. 
Percopods also long and slender, the three hinder pairs with 
the thighs only slightly dilated. Last uropods much longer 
than the two preceding pairs. Telson long, more or less 


deeply cleft. (Boeck.) e 


Melphidippa macra, Norman. 


(Pl. X. fig. 14, and Pl. XII. figs. 4-7.) 


1868. Atylus macer, Norman, Last Report Dredging Shetland, Brit. 
Assoc. Rep. p. 280. 

1870. Melphidippa longipes, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. 

1876. Melphidippa longipes, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p. 414, pl. xxiv. fig. 6. 

Pleon having the posterior margin (Pl. X. fig, 14) of the 
first five segments serrated right across the back, with a large 
central hastate tooth, which increases in size from the first to 
the fourth segment, where it attains its greatest development. 
First gnathopods (Pl. XII. fig. 4) with wrist and hand sub- 
equal in length, somewhat fusiform, the former the broader ; 
hand widest in the middle, front margin gently convex, no 
defined palm, finger half as long as the hand, slender. Second 
gnathopods (Pl. XII. fig. 5) with wrist and hand subequal, 
long, and narrow ; hand narrow, fully four times as long as 
broad, margins subparalle]l, with four or five long sete on 
dorsal and about five fascicles of shorter sete: on front mar- 
gin; palm oblique, nail with a seta on outer and a group of 
about three sete on inner margin. Percopods excessively 
long and delicate, basos of posterior pairs (Pl. XII. fig. 6) 
very long, narrow, linear; meros and carpus both very long 
and slender (Pl. XII. fig. 7) and both longer than the long 
propodos ; nail very slender, half as long as the propodos, 
with a single seta beyond the middle on the inner margin. 
Uropods very long, the last pair with peduncle and branches 
subequal, the total length equal to four segments of pleon 
(7. e. third to sixth). ‘The eye is situated unusually low 
down and opposite the base of the antenna. The antennules 
and antenne are broken off in my specimens; Boeck says of 
the former “ flagello accessorio brevissimo, fere obsoleto,”’ and 
thus describes the telson :— Appendix caudalis ultra medium 
fissa ; laciniis in apice rotundatis.”” Length 5 millim. 

Hiab. St. Magnus Bay, Shetland, 60 fath., muddy bottom, 
S67 (A. Af, Ny: 


122 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Distribution. Hardanger Fiord and Aalesund, Norway, 
80-100 fath. (G. O. Sars); Christiania Fiord and Hange- 
sund (Boeck). 

The specimens found by me had all lost their antennules 
and antenne, and, as genera were in 1868 understood, ap- 
peared to me to be most nearly allied to Atylus. Melphidippa 
belongs to the Gammaride, which family has a secondary 
appendage to the antennules. In M. borealis, Boeck, and MZ. 
spinosa, Goés, this appendage is well developed, consisting of 
two or three articulations; but it will be seen that Boeck 
states that in the present species it is rudimentary, “ fere 
obsoleto ;”’ indeed, his figure shows no trace of it. 


Genus III. Mecaturopus, Norman, 1889. 


Dr. P. P. C. Hoek, in his ‘ Crustacea Neerlandica,’ has 
just described the type of this genus, and has used my name, 
which was MS. at the time he wrote, an act of the greater 
courtesy, inasmuch as I was unaware that he had met with 
the form, which, however, has been long known (twenty- 
five years) to myself and friends in Britain. Dr. Hoek has 
placed the genus in the family Pardaliscide, a position which 
in my opinion it cannot retain. The mouth-organs are quite 
different from those of Pardalisca. It does not, moreover, 
agree in the following very important characters :—“ Antenne 
superiores . . . articulis anterioribus apud marem coalitis et 
articulum magnum, intus fasciculis setarum instructum, junctis 
formantibus ”—or with the following particulars :—“‘ Pedes 
tertii et quarti paris [=first and second pereeopods] validi, 
articulo tertio brevi. Pedes trium parium ultimorum... 
unguibus longis.” Had Dr. Hoek been acquainted with the 
male or fully seen the mouth-organs he would not have 
assigned the genus to the Pardaliscide. His figures of the 
mouth-organs are very good as far as they go, except that 
the mandible was evidently seen by him in his dissection in 
an unsatisfactory position, while my own drawing also was 
defective as representing a broken specimen. I now give 
(Pl. X. figs. 15 and 16) illustrations of that member in two 
positions. The inner lamina (Pl. X. fig. 17) of the maxilli- 
peds also escaped his observation, while the outer lamina and 
palp are accurately figured ; this inner lamina is furnished at 
the extremity with about four blunt teeth, very similar in 
character to those of the outer lamina, and short sete, and on 
the distal portion of the side are a few plumose sete. The 
inner lamina of the first maxillz is very small, rounded, and 
bearing two or three sete. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 123 


Megaluropus agilis, Norman. 
(Pl. X. figs. 15-17.) 


1889, Megaluropus agilis, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. ili. p. 446, pl. xviil. figs. 1-10; Hoek, Crustacea Neerlandica, 
Tidschrift der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging, 2de Reeks, 
Dec. ii. p. 28, pl. vii. fig. 7, pl. viii. fig. 3, pl. ix. fig. 3. 

Distribution. Holland (Hoek). 

Female-—The second gnathopod of the female is well 
figured by Hoek. It is not ovate, as in the male, but nar- 
row and not more than half the breadth of the wrist, widest 
and slightly angled below at half its length. 

Male.—The figure given by me of the second gnathopod 
represents that of the male. ‘The eye is considerably larger 
than in the female and passes upwards behind the base of the 
antennules. Antennules and antennz longer, the two basal 
joints of the former and the three distal joints of the peduncle 
of the latter hirsute, with short stiff sete. Antennules 
shorter than peduncle of antenna, second joint longer than 
the first, third very short, subequal to first joint of flagellum ; 
flagellum consisting of eight articulations, without calceola, 
but each articulation furnished with one of the long strap- 
formed membranaceous appendages or “ olfactory papille ” 
often met with in this situation; secondary appendage two- 
jointed, about as long as the first articulation of the flagellum. 
Antenne with third and fourth joints stout and the latter and 
the fifth joint very long and subequal; flagellum of sixteen 
very long and slender articulations, without calceola or strap- 
shaped appendages. 


Genus IV. ELAsmopus, Costa, 1853. 


Mandibles with third joint of palpus much larger than the 
second, curved and very setose. Second maxille having the 
inner lamina ovate, ending in seta. Antennules longer than 
antennz, the peduncle elongated. Second gnathopods longer 
than the first. Peraopods of last three pairs with the joints 
very broad and outspread. Uropods of last pair with branches 
of equal length and broad. Tedson deeply cleft. 

The chief points by which this genus is distinguished from 
Mera are the very broad joints of the pereopods, and the 
branches of the last uropods being short, equal, and abruptly 
truncated apically. 


124 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Elasmopus rapax, Costa. (Pl. XI. figs. 1-8.) 


1853. Elasmopus rapax, Costa, Crost. Amfip, del Regno di Napoli, 
p. 212, pl. iv. fig. 5, db. 
1855. Gammarus brevicaudatus, Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. p. 58, ©. 
1862. Megamera brevicaudata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
. 228, pl. xl. fig. 2. 
1862, Megamera brevicaudata, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed 
Crust. vol. i. p. 409, 9. 
1866. Mera brevcaudata, Heller, Amphip. des Adriat. Meeres, p. 42, 
pl. iit. figs. 27, 28, g 2. 
1870. Elasmopus latipes, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 132. 
1876. Elasmopus latipes, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 393, 
lL. xxiv. fig. 1, ¢: 1887. Chevreaux, Crust. Amphip. du Sud-ouest 
de la Bretagne, p. 20, and woodcut 3, ¢. 
1888. Mera rapax, Th. Barrois, Cat. des Crustacés marins recuellis 
aux Acores, p. 39, pl. iv. figs. 1-4, and woodcuts, ¢ 9. 


Hab. In my ‘Shetland Dredging Report’ this species is 
recorded thus:—‘‘ A specimen, determined by Mr. Bate, 
dredged in 4 fathoms, Brassay Sound, 1861.” That speci- 
men I do not remember to have ever seen ; it certainly is not 
in my collection now, nor have I seen any British specimen. 
On Bate and Westwood’s authority we have the following :— 
Plymouth (Bate) ; Moray Firth (Rev. G. Gordon). 

Distribution, Adriatic (feller): Mus. Norm. Naples 
(Costa); Azores (Barrois); South-west of France (Chev- 
reaux) ; Norway ? (Boeck). 

Chevreaux tells us that Hlasmopus rapax is a commensal 
of Mata squinado, and states that in some places it is more 
abundant on that crab than its well-known companion Jsea 
Montagu. As, however, Maia squinado is not known in 
either the Moray Firth, Shetland, or Norway, Elasmopus, if 
found in these localities, must there forego the friendship. 

I give figures taken from Adriatic specimens which will 
for the most part speak for themselves. But it is desirable 
to call attention to the variation in form of the hand in the 
second gnathopod of the male. I give figures (PI. XI. 
figs. 3-5), all to the same scale, of this organ in three speci- 
mens of different size. The finger closes, as has been 
described by Barrois, into a hollow on tbe inner face of the 
hand, at the proximal end of which is a tooth-process (a). 
This hollow, it will be seen in the youngest specimen, is 
ovoid, and the hand itself is nearly oblong ; with increasing 
age the hand becomes more pyriform, narrowing distally, 
the hollowed space longer and narrower, and the portion of 
the hand anterior to the commencement of the hollow shorter 
in proportion to that beyond it. As regards the spines and 
tubercles, in none of my specimens is the tooth-process (a) in 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 125 


such a situation that it can be seen (as in Barrois’s figured 
specimen) when the hand is viewed from the outside, and 
Costa’s figure might very fairly represent the external aspect 
of the hand of such an example as that figured here as fig. 4, 
provided the tubercle (c) was not quite so prominent. ‘The 
tubercle (4) is present in all three specimens and is tipped 
with short blunt spines; but the tubercle (c) is not developed 
in fig. 3; is small in the next size (fig. 4), but is largely 
developed in the most mature form (fig. 5). 

A comparison of these figures with each other and with 
those given by other authors will show that there must be 
considerable latitude allowed for variation in the exact arma- 
ture of this limb; the finger increases in comparative length 
with age and is more strongly bent in the younger specimens 
than in the mature. 

The hand of the second gnathopods (Pl. XI. fig. 2) in the 
female is more regularly ovate, the finger closes on the inner 
face, but there is no groove, the finger impinging against a 
few spines on the surface. 

The species is readily known from other British Amphi- 
pods by the characters of the telson (fig. 8), the remarkable 
last uropods (fig. 7), and the broadly expanded joints of the 
hinder perzopods (fig. 6). 

Stebbing has described two more species of this genus in 
the ‘Challenger’ Report. The £. subcartnatus, Haswell, 
may at once be distinguished by the very different telson, and 
HE. delaplata, Stebbing, by the difference in the last uropods, 
The general form of the second gnathopod is remarkably alike 
in the three species. 

The illustrations of this species are to many scales of 
enlargement. The pereopod (fig. 6) is the least magnified ; 
the illustrations of second gnathopods (3) (figs. 3, 4, 5) are 
more magnified; those of the gnathopods of female and of 
last uropods (figs. 1, 2, 7) are more magnified than the last, 
and the telson (fig. 8) is the most enlarged of all. 


Genus V. Mara, Leach, 1814. 


(= Megamera, Bate, Ceradocus, Costa, and Leptothoé, Stimpson.) 


1. Mera othonis (A. Milne- Edwards). 


1880. Gammarus othonis, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Se. Nat. vol. xx. 
Pp; O(5;| Plax dig lI 2 

1847. Gammarus longimanus (Leach, MS.), Wm. Thompson, Ann, & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, vol. xx. p. 242, ¢. 

1847. Ganmarus elongatus, Frey and Leuckart, Beitr. zur Kennt. 
withell. Thiere, p. 160. 


126 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


1859. Gammarus levis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 60, 
pl. ii. fig. 10, ¢ 2. 

1863. Megamera longimana, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 403, 3. 

1863. Megamera othonis, iid. ibid. p. 405, 2. 

1868. Mera longimana, Norman, Last Report Dredging Shetland, 
Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 284, 5 9. 

aiaks longimana, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 382, 
Cine 

The Gammarus othonis, M.-Edwards, and Gammarus lon- 
gimanus, Leach, MS., are female and male of one species, and 
the first name has precedence. 

Hab. Shetland; the Minch; Soundof Skye; Oban; Loch 
Fyne; Firth of Clyde, many places ; Northumberland and 
Durham coasts ; Guernsey ; Roundstone, Ireland (4. WZ. N.) ; 
Banff (7. Edward); North-east Scotland (Dr. Day): Mus. 
Norm. Salcombe, Devon (Stebbing) ; Liverpool Bay (G. H. 
Fowler). 

Distribution. Bohuslin (Bruzelius); Moss, Norway 
(Boeck); Western France (MM. Dolfuss, fide Chevreauz) ; 
Marseilles (AZarton) ; Heligoland (Frey and Leuckart). 


2. Mera grossimana (Montagu). 


a Coe (Gammarus) grossimanus, Montagu, Linn. Trans. vol. ix. 
. iv. fig. 5. 
1814, Mera grossimana, Leach, Edinb. Encyeclop. vol. vii. p. 403. 
1830. Gammarus Impostii, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Se. Nat. 
vol. xx. p. 368. 

1862. Mera grossimana, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 
p- 350, 3g. 

1866. Mera Donato?, Heller, Beitr. Amphip. des Adriatischen Meeres, 
p- 41, pl. iii. fig. 26, 2. 

1885. Mera Donatoz, Carus, Prodr. Faunz Mediterraneex, p. 414, 2. 

1885. Mera grossimana, id. ibid. p. 414, g. 

1888. Mera grossimana, Th. Barrois, Cat. des Crust. marins rec. aux 

Acores, p. 38, pl. iii. fig. 7, 2. 

Prof. Th. Barrois has rightly pointed out that the Mera 
Donatoi, Heller, is the female of this species. The female, 
as found in our seas, exactly accords with it. That sex differs 
from the male chiefly in the form of the hand of the second 
gnathopods, which widens rather more distally and has the 
palm less irregular, being simply crenulated throughout and 
edged with small spines (as in male) ; the strong finger is 
similar to that of the male in being furnished on the upper 
margin with a row of sete, but is without cilia on the lower 
margin. 

Hab. So far as I am aware Mera grosstmana is confined 
to the southern part of our seas, Jersey, Guernsey, and Herm ; 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 127 


ee Torbay, Salcombe, and Stareross, Devon (A. 
tEING)s 

Distribution. Adriatic (Claus): Mus. Norm. Many places 
in the Adriatic (Grube and Heller) ; Marseilles (Marion) ; 
Western France and Azores (7'h. Barrois). 

Mr. Thomas Scott (‘ Sixth Annual Report Fishery Board 
of Scotland,’ 1888, p. 239) has recorded this species from the 
Firth of Forth; but he subsequently sent me the specimen 
for examination, and it proved to be JZ. Loveni. 


3. Mera Bate’, Norman. 


1868. Mera Batet, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. 
p. 416, pl. xxii. figs. 1-3. 

1868*. Megamera multidentata, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed 
Crust. vol. ii. p. 515, 


Hab. The types were dredged off St. Martin’s Point, 
Guernsey, in 1865 (A..4/. N.) ; off Puffin Island, Liverpool 
Bay (G. H. Fowler !). 

- Distribution. Off Lorient, Western France (Chevreauz). 


4. Mera semiserrata (Bate). 

1862, Megamera semiserrata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus, 
p- 226, pl. xxxix. fig. 6; Bate & Westw. rit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol, i. p. 401. 

1869. Mera semiserrata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 
vol. iii. p. 359. 


Hab. Oban, 1877; Salcombe, Devonshire, 1875; Round- 
stone, Ireland, 1874; off St. Martin’s Point, Guernsey, 1865 
(A. M. N.); Clifden Bay, Connemara (G. S. Brady): Mus. 
Norm. Cumbrae, Scotland (D. Robertson !). 

Distribution. Western France (Chevreauz). 


5. Mera Lovent (Bruzelius). 


1859. Gammarus Lovent, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 59, 
1, ii. fig. 9. 

1865, Gammarus Loveni, Goés, Crust. Amphip. maris Spetsb. p. 14. 

1862. Mera Loveni, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 193, 
pl. xxxv. fig. 1. 

1868. Mera Lovenit, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. 11. 
p. 416, pl. xxi. figs. 11, 12. 

1870. Mera Loveni, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 128. 

1876. Mera Loveni, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 378. 


Form long and slender. Lpimera very short, rounded 


* The part in which this description was published, though dated 
1868, was not published until 1869, and contains at p. 530 a reference to 
the previously published Mera Bater. 


128 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


below, the first pointed in front. Pleon with dorsal margins 
smooth, not spined; second and third segments with infero- 
posteal angles produced into a spine-like point. Antennules 
with first two joints of peduncle remarkably long, the second 
slightly longer than the first, third not one third the length 
of the second; flagellum of 17-24 articulations, secondary 
appendage five-jointed, subequal in length to four joints of 
flagellum. Antenne about equal in length to the peduncle of 
the antennules; fourth joint longer than fifth; flagellum short, 
subequal in length to last joint of peduncle. rst gnatho- 
pods with subtriangular wrist ; hand subovate, wider at the 
extremity than at the base, subequal in length to the wrist, 
palm convex, scarcely defined ; finger strong, slightly curved, 
simple, with sete on the outer and cilia on the inner margin. 
Second gnathopods having the meros produced below into a 
spine-point; wrist subtriangular, widening much distally ; 
hand of moderate size, subquadrate, length to breadth as 5 to 
3, widening slightly to the palm; palm only very little 
oblique, defined by a long spine, crenulated or toothed, and 
edged with a few spinules. Perwopods all slender, with very 
long linear thighs, which in all the limbs are the longest 
joints; thighs of last three pairs gradually increasing in 
breadth, but that of last pair about four times as long as 
broad, its margins with distant serrulations ; nails of mode- 
rate length and acute. Last uropods with very long lanceo- 
late branches, about three times the length of the peduncle. 
Telson cleft to two thirds its length, cleft widely open, each 
apex ending in two spine-points and a cilium. Length 18- 
22 millim. 

Hab. Sound of Skye, 1866 (A. MZ. N.); Loch Fyne, 
dredged by the ‘ Medusa,’ the vessel of the Scotch Marine 
Station, 1888 (D. Robertson): Mus. Norm. ‘Taken by 
‘ Medusa’ off the lighthouse, Little Cumbrae, Firth of Clyde, 
in 55-60 fath., and off the Isle of Arran, N.B., in 80 fath., 
on soft mud (D. Robertson!) ; one specimen among material 
dredged a little west of Inchkeith, Firth of Forth, 1887 (7. 
Scott !). 

Distribution. Greenland (Hansen); Advent Bay, Spitz- 
bergen, 20 fath. (Smtt, tide Goés); Bohuslin, Sweden 
(Lovén, fide Goés); Denmark (Meenert); West Norway 
(Danielssen). 


Genus VI. GAMMARELLA, Bate, 1857. 


Gammarella brevicaudata (H. Milne-Edwards). 
1830. Gammarus brevicaudatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Se. Nat. 
vol, xx. p. 569, ¢ Q. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 129 


1853. Gammarus punctimanus, A. Costa, Ricerche sui Crost. Amfip. 
del Regno di Napoli, p. 222, pl. iii. fig. 6, ¢. 

1853. Gammarus obtusunguis, id. ibid. p. 219, pl. iii. fig. 8, d junior. 

1853. Amphithoé semicarinata, id. ibid. p. 210, pl. iii. fig. 8, 2. 

1857. Gammarella orchestiformis, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 
vol. xix. p. 148, ¢. 

1862. Gammarella brevicaudata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
p- 180, pl. xxxii. fig. 8, ¢; Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 380, 3. 

1862. Gammarella Normant, iid. ibid. vol. i. p. 333, 9. 

1874. Gammarella brevicaudata, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
ser. 4, vol. xiv. p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 3a-g, 5 2. 

1886. Gammarella longicornis, Keehler, Faun, litt, des Hes Anglo- 
Normandes, p. 60, ¢& 2 

1888. Gammarella brevicaudata, Th. Barrois, Cat. des Crust. marins aux 
Acores, p. 47, pl. iv. figs. 5-12, d 9. 


Hab. Jersey ; Falmouth (A. M,N.) ; Torquay (Stebbing) : 
Mus. Norm. Salcombe Harbour, Devon (Stebbing); off 
Hunterston, Firth of Clyde (D. Robertson). 

Distribution. Adriatic (Heller); Azores; Northern and 
Western France (Th. Barrois); St. Lunaire and Arcachon, 
M. Dolfuss ( Chevreaux). 

In young males the hand of the second gnathopod differs 
markedly from that of the adult, especially in the finger, 
which is not more than half the length of the hand. 

This is a southern form, not as yet recorded from any 
station north of the Firth of Clyde. 


Genus VII. Cuerrocratus, Norman, 1865. 
(Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. i. (1865) p. 12.) 


1. Chetrocratus assimilis (Lilljeborg). 
(Pl Xie 13,and Plex) fig.) 


1851. Gammarus assimilis, Lilljeborg, Ofv. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad, Forh. 
1851, p. 23. 

1853. Gammarus assimilis, id. ibid. 1858, p. 445. 

1859. Gammarus assimilis, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 58. 

1862. Gammarus assimilis, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 214. 

1865. Chetrocratus mantis, Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and 
Durham, vol. i. p. 13, pl. vii. figs. 14, 15, g. 

1868. Cheirocratus mantis, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol, i. p. 513, 3g. 

1870. Chetrocratus ussimilis, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. 

. 134. 

1876. Cheirocratus assimilis, A, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 

p. 398, pl. xiv. fig. 3. 


The telson (Pl. X. fig. 13) has the central portion of the 
extremity of each half concave, while the corners are pro- 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 9 


130 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


jected in tooth-like form; from the concavity spring three 
spines, of which the central is the longest. 

The female is very like the same sex of C. Sundevalli ; 
but the transverse rows of sete of the wrist of second gnatho- 
pod (Pl. XI. fig. 11) appear to want the hamate character so 
conspicuous in the adult and more or less evident in the 
young of the allied species. 

Hab. Off Holy Island, on the Northumberland coast, 
1864 * (A. MW. N.); off coast of Aberdeen (the late Mr. R. 
Dawson); off Farland Point, Isle of Cumbrae, 20 fath. 
(A. ML. N. and D. Robertson, 1888) : Mus. Norm. 

Distribution. Floré, Norway, 45-70 fath. (A. M. N.): 
Mus. Norm.  Bohuslin, Sweden (Bruzelius); Norway, at 
Mandal (Boeck) ; Christiansund (Diiben) ; Arcachon, France, 
M. Dolfuss, Luc-sur-Mer, I Topsent, and Croisic (Chev- 


reauc). 


2. Cheirocratus Sundevalli (Rathke). 
(Pl. XI. figs. 9, 10, and Pl. XII. figs. 1-3.) 


1843. Gammarus SLA Rathke, Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, 
p- 65, pl. iii. fig. 2, gd. 

1853. Gammarus Sundevalli, Lilljeborg, Kongl. Vet-Akad. Handl. 

. 454, 

1859. Gammarus Sundevalli, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 57. 

1862. Gammarus Sundevalli, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. 
p. 213, pl. xxxviil. fig. 1, ¢. 

1862. Protomedeia W "hitel, id. ibid. p. 169, pl. xxxi. fig. 3, 2. 

1862. Liljeborgia shetlandica, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile- -eyed Crust. 
vol. i. p. 206, 3. 

1862, Protomedeia White?, iid. ibid. p. 300, 2. 

1868. Protomedeia (?) White’, Norman, Last Report Dredging Shetland 
Isles, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 288, 9& d. 

1870. Chetrocratus Sundevalli, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. 

133. 

1876, Chetrocratus Sundevalli, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p. 396, pl. xxiv. fig. 2,3 92. 

1874. Liljeborgia Normannt, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 
vol. xiv. p. 10, pl. i. fig. la-e, 3. 

1876. Liljeborgia Normanni, id. ibid. vol. xvii. p. 76, pl. v. fig. 4, 3. 

1880. Cheirocratus brevicornis, Hoek, Carcinologisches (Tijdschr. d. Ned. 
Dierk. Vereen. vol. iv.), p. 142, pl. x. figs. 10-13, 3. 

1884. Cheirocratus brevicornis, Blanc, Die Amphipoden der Kieler 
Bucht, p. 72, pl. viii. figs. 76, 77, 6 9. 


Great confusion has existed respecting this species. This 


confusion has arisen from three causes :—first, the separation 
of the sexes ; secondly, the insufficiency of the earlier figures 


* Mr. Robertson, in his ‘Contrib. to Cat. of Amphipoda and Isopoda of 
the Firth of Clyde,’ has by an error thought that the Holy Island off 
which I took this species was the island so “named in the Firth of Clyde. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 131 


and descriptions; thirdly, from some of the figures in Boeck’s 
plate xxiv. having been wrongly lettered. 

Boeck’s plate xxiv. fig. 24, has nothing to do with the 
present species, and probably ought to have been lettered 4, 
as representing, though imperfectly, a second gnathopod of 
the female of Melita palmata (or possibly, from the shortness 
of the wrist, the second gnathopod of Melita pellucida, G. O. 
Sars) ; the 4 & should perhaps be 2 /, and intended to repre- 
sent the second gnathopod of the immature male of Chezro- 
cratus Sundevalli. 

While all the other general characters are nearly similar in 
the two sexes of Chetrocratus Sundevalli, the second gnatho- 
pods are widely different. That of the male (Pl. XII. 
figs. 1-3) has a large and remarkably ovate hand; this hand 
is densely clothed with long sete towards the distal extre- 
mity of the upper margin, and the lower side (not the margin 
only) is also densely setose ; but the peculiarity of the hand 
is that the strongly curved finger, which is half the length of 
the hand, does not close against the margin, but upon the 
middle of the inner face of the hand, where there are three 
or four spines, against which it in some measure closes, the 
position being such that when the hand is viewed from the 
outside the closed finger is completely hidden*. This hand 
has been well figured by Hoek and Blane, but not accurately 
by any previous authors; and I give illustrations of three 
forms of it. 

The second gnathopod in the female (Pl. XI. fig. 10) is 
very like the first gnathopod (fig. 9), but the finger is straightly 
porrected and the face of the wrist is furnished with nume- 
rous transverse rows (about seven to nine in number) of 
hooked sete ; these sete are confined to the front half of the 
limb, and the innermost seta of each transverse row is very 
short, while each seta thence to the margin increases in length 
in most regular gradation, the outermost and longest being 
simple (¢. e. not hooked). 

The hinder segments of the pleon with their three dorsal 
teeth and intervening long erect spines are well represented 
by Stebbing (pl. v. fig. 4), Hoek (pl. x. fig. 13), and Blanc 
(tig. 77). A glance at this portion of the body will suffice 
to distinguish this species from all others except its congener 
C. assimilis. 

Hab. Outer Skerries Harbour, 2-5 fath.; off these same 
islets in 40 fath., and also in Balta Sound, Shetland; the 

* In the immature male (fig. 3) the finger is shorter and thicker in 


proportion to its length and closes on the palm instead of on the face, 
while the lateral spines are not developed. 
g* 


132 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Minch; Sound of Skye; Loch Fyne; Firth of Clyde, many 
places ; off Holy Island, Northumberland; Salcombe, Devon ; 
Guernsey ; Roundstone, Ireland (A. M. N.); Banff (7. Hd- 
ward): Mus. Norm. (Wirkwall Bay, Orkney (D. Robertson). 

Distribution. Floré, Norway (A. M. N.): Mus. Norm. 
Off west coast of Schleswig-Holstein (Metzger) ; Kiel (Blanc) ; 
Holland (Hoek); Denmark (Meznert) ; Bohusliin (Bruze- 
lius); Norway, many places (Rathke dc.) ; St. Lunaire, 
France, M. Dolfuss (Chevreaux); Bay of Biseay (Chev- 


redux). 


Genus VIII. Metira, Leach, 1813. 
1. Melita palmata (Montagu). 


180€. Cancer (Gammarus) palmatus, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. 
vol, vii. p. 69, pl. vi. fig. 4. 

1813. Mehta palmata, Leach, Edinb. Encycl. vol. vii. p. 405. 

1840. Gammarus Dugesit, M.-Edwards, Hist. des Crust. vol. iii. p. 54. 

1853. Melita palmata, Costa, Rec. sui Crost. Amfip. del Regno di 
Napoli, p. 192, pl. i1. fig. 4. 

1857. Gammarus inequimanus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, 
vol. xix. p. 145. 


1862. Melita palmata, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. 1. 
387 


Pp: . 
1876. Melita palmata, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 388, 
l. xxiv. fig. 4. 


1878. Melita palmata, G. Zaddach, Die Meeres-Fauna an der preuss- 
ischen Kiiste, p. 25, woodcuts. 


Hab. Firth of Clyde; Guernsey; Starcross, Devon (A. 
M. N.); Polperro, Cornwall (Laughlin): Mus. Norm. 
Banff (7. Edward); Rhos and Colwyn Bays, North Wales 
(A. O. Walker); Ilfracombe and Seaton, Devonshire (Par- 

tt). 
a one Adriatic (Heller): Mus. Norm. Naples 
(Costa); Baltic (Zaddach); Sweden (Lilleborg) ; Norway 
(Boeck) ; Denmark (Meztnert); Northern France (Guerne) ; 
Western France (Milne-Edwards, Bouchard-Chantereauz, 
cc.) ; Portugal and Azores (Chevreaux). 

The form of the hand in the first gnathopods of the male 
is very remarkable, the finger being peculiar as springing 
from a deep hollow in the middle of the wide extremity of 
the hand. It is well figured by Zaddach (7. ¢.). 


2. Melita obtusata (Montagu). 


1815. Cancer (Gammarus) obtusatus, Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. ix. 
pO; pl diag, 7. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 133 


1830. Gammarus podager, Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. vol. xx. 


. 369. 
1840. Amphithoe obtusata, M.-Edwards, Hist. des Crust. vol. ili. p. 83. 


1852. Gammarus maculatus, Lilljeborg, Ofy. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. 
Forh. p. 10. 

1859. Gammarus obtusatus, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 55. 

1862. Melita obtusata, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 
p. 341, ¢ (figure but not description). 

1862. Melita proxima, iid. ibid. p. 334 (var. 3). 

1862. Megamera Alderi, iid. ibid. p. 497, 2. 

1862. Melita podager, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 184, pl. xxxiii. 
fig. 5. 

1868. Mehta obtusata, Norman, Last Report Dredging Shetland, Brit. 
Assoc. Report, p. 284. 

1872. Melita obtusata, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 386. 

1880. Melita obtusata, Hoek, Carcinologisches, p. 140, pl. x. figs. 8, 9. 


In the ‘ Last Report of Dredging among the Shetland Isles’ 
I drew attention to the facts that obtusata and proxima were 
two forms of the male, and that Megamera Alderi was the fe- 
male of this species ; and itis not without some hesitation that 
I retain even the following species MW. gladiosa as distinct from 
the present. If it is to be kept distinct some corrections 
must, I take it, be made in the synonymy. 

M. obtusata is characterized by several forms, those named 
being the type, which has a single dorsal tooth upon the 
second and third segments of pleon, ‘‘ segmenta postabdo- 
minis secundum et tertium in medio margine posteriore den- 
tibus singulis armata; segmenta quartum et quintum denti- 
bus binis aut ternis instructa”’ (Boeck), and the variety 
proxima, in which the dorsal teeth of second and third seg- 
ments are absent. Judging from Bate and Westwood’s 
figure (which is, however, at any rate unsatisfactory as 
regards the fourth and fifth segments) Montagu’s type appears 
to be the first form. When we come to examine further, 
however, there appears to be confusion. ‘The figure in the 
Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. must have been taken from Bate’s 
Plymouth specimen, and represents three teeth or divisions of 
the second and third segments, while in the description no 
mention is made of the exact number of teeth. ‘ Second, 
third, fourth, and fifth segments of the pleon have small 
teeth upon the postero-dorsal margin.” On the other hand, 
in the Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. the Plymouth specimen 
and not Montagu’s is described, and we are told “ the second, 
third, fourth, and fifth segments of the tail are furnished 
at the posterior margin, on the back, with a central and two 
small lateral denticles or tooth-like processes.” It would 
seem therefore that the Plymouth specimen thus figured in 
the Catalogue and described in Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 


1384 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


must be referred to the following species if that form is to 
retain specific rank. 

In both obtusata and gladiosa the armature of the fourth 
segments is alike and much more constant than that of the 
other segments. This segment is furnished with three dorsal 
teeth, the laterals considerably exceeding the central in size: 
the fifth segment varies greatly in armature; sometimes there 
are two teeth, one behind the ether on each side, the poste- 
rior being the larger; sometimes one tooth and an articulated 
spine ; sometimes no tooth and only the spine; rarely smooth, 
without either tooth or spine. The armature of the second and 
third segments also varies greatly, sometimes the second has 
three teeth, the third one, a rare condition ; sometimes one on 
the second and one on the third, when it is typical obtusata ; 
sometimes one on the second, but none on the third; sometimes 
these two segments are unarmed, when it is the typical prowima 
gand Alderi¢. I have never met with a specimen in which 
the second segment has been unarmed, and the third armed, 
though probably such a variety will sometimes occur. 

The hinder corner of the epimera of the third segment is 
much produced, acute, and upturned, and either quite smooth 
on the margins or with very few serrations. 

Hab. Shetland; the Minch; Firth of Clyde; North- 
umberland; Roundstone, Ireland: Mus. Norm. Liverpool 
Bay (G. H. Fowler). 

Distribution. South and West Norway (Boeck) ; Sweden 
(Bruzelius) ; Denmark (IMetnert) ; Holland (Hoek); Northern 
France (Guerne); Western France (Chevreaur dc.). 


3. Melita gladiosa, Bate. 
1862. Melita gladiosa, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 185, pl. xxxiii. 
fig. 6, ¢ (example figured abnormal), 
1862. Melita obtusata, Bate, l. c. p. 183, pl. xxxiii. fig. 3 (partim), ¢. 
1862. Melita gladiosa, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
p- 346, dg. 
1862. Melita obtusata, iid. ibid. p. 341 (description, not figure). 
1876, Melita gladiosa, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. 
p. 77, pl. iv. fig. 2, 
For notes on synonymy see the last species. 


M. gladiosa is usually characterized by three largely deve- 
loped teeth on the first four segments of the pleon, but some- 
times the first is without teeth*. These teeth are of large 
size except that the central tooth of the fourth segment is 


* The figure of M. obtusata given in Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. appears 
to have been taken from such a specimen of JL. gladiosa, 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 135 


much smaller. The fifth has four teeth—two on each side— 
of which the exterior is the larger, and between them an 
articulated spine ; the sixth segment sometimes bears a pair of 
small tubercles or minute spines at the base of the telson. The 
infero-posteal angle of the epimera of the third segment of 
the pleon is greatly produced, upturned, very acute, and 
strongly toothed on both margins. 

The armature of the earlier segments of the pleon is subject 
to some variation. Bate’s figure of the type in Cat. Amphip. 
Brit. Mus. represents a remarkably abnormal form, the first 
segment of the pleon having five and the second seven teeth ; 
but much latitude must be allowed for variation in the dorsal 
armature of members of this genus. 

In the female the second gnathopods are nearly similar in 
form to the first, but larger, and it is without the fur which 
clothes the front margin of meros, carpus, and hand in the 
first pair. 

Hab. Salcombe, Devon ; Falmouth; Guernsey (A. M. N.); 
North-east Scotland (Dr. Day): Mus. Norm. Plymouth 
(Parfitt). 

Mstribution. Boulogne (Paris Museum) ; Western France 
(Chevreaux) ; Azores (Th. Barrois). 


4, Melita dentata (Kroyer). 


1842. Gammarus dentatus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidskr. vol. iv. p. 159. 

1854. Gammarus purpuratus, Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, 
p- 95. 

1855. Gammarus Kréyert, Bell, App. to Belcher’s Last Arctic Voyage, 
p- 405, pl. xxxiy. fig. 4 

1859. Gammarus dentatus, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 61. 

1862. Megamera dentata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 225, 
pl. xxxix. fig. 4. 

1862. Megamera Kroyeri, id. ibid. p. 229, pl. xl. fig. 4. 

1865. Gammarus dentatus, Goés, Crust. Amphip. Gamm. maris 
Spetsb. p. 14, fig. 29 (not fig. 29’). 

1870. Mehta dentata, Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. p. 131. 

1872. Melita dentata, Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. p. 389, 
pl. xxiii. fig. 10. 

1884. Melita dentata, 8. Schneider, Crust. og Pyenogon. indsamlede i 
Kveenangsfjorden, 1881, p. 118. 

Antennules : first jomt with a long spine at the lower side 
of the distal margin, second joint much more slender and 
longer than first; third one third length of preceding and 
equal to two first of flagellum ; accessory flagellum of four long 
joints. Antenne shorter than antennules, but peduncle 
longer than that of antenne, its last two joints subequal ; 
flagellum about equal to last joimt of peduncle in length. 

§ q J I § 


136 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


First gnathopods having meros rather longer than broad, 
below well rounded and covered with dense fur, and with 
a fascicle of sete at the extremity; wrist fully twice as 
long as meros, upper margin with transverse rows of simple 
sete, the distal portion between the two distal rows of sete 
densely clothed with short fur, the face of the joint below with 
two or three transverse rows of sete ; lower margin with nume- 
rous fascicles of sete; hand regularly ovate, much shorter 
than wrist, upper margin having the distal portion with trans- 
verse rows of sete; lower margin with fascicles of sete, the 
portion which forms the palm terminated by a small tooth-like 
process, very minutely crenulated and furnished with a series 
of little spinules ; finger falcate, its inner margin divided up 
into minute teeth of peculiar form, widening in the middle 
and apiculate. All the sete of the limb are simple except 
that mixed in the two distal fascicles of setee on the lower 
margin are a few flattened sete with pectinated edges. 

Second gnathopods of moderate size; meros small, pro- 
duced distally below to an acute point; carpus triangular, 
short, sparingly setose on the margins ; hand nearly twice as 
long as wrist, of nearly equal width to the commencement 
of the palm (which occupies two fifths of the length), thence 
tapering to extremity; margins sparingly setose; palm 
defined at its commencement by a tooth-like process, slightly 
denticulated, one denticle near base of finger larger than the 
rest, set with a few long sete and spinules ; about four spines 
on side of the hand just within the palm ; a row of equidistant 
cilia on inner and of sete on outer margin of the nail. 

Thigh of last pereeopods oblong, nearly parallel-sided, but 
the widest part at the base, distally truncate behind, front 
margin set with short spines, hind margin with distant crenu- 
lations, a cilium occupying each crenulation. 

Epimera of the anterior segments of body with a single 
tooth on the infero-posteal corner. ‘Third segment of pleon 
acutely produced infero-posteally and bent upwards. 

All the segments of the pleon are furnished on the dorsal 
margin with numerous teeth; but their exact number is sub- 
ject to considerable variation, as has been noticed in previous 
remarks to be the case in M. obtusata and M. gladiosa. In 
the specimen here described from Cullercoats they are: first 
segment five, second seven, third nine, fourth five, fifth three 
and two articulated spines. 

The British examples measure 11 millim. exclusive of 
antenn. 

A large Greenland specimen taken in 1876 by H.M.S. 
‘ Valorous’ measures 22 millim. exclusive of antenne, and 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 137 


corresponds most closely in all its characters with those taken 
in our seas, except that the palm of the first gnathopods is 
more defined, being slightly hollowed, and the hand of the 
second gnathopods is a little larger in proportion to the wrist. 
All the microscopic characters of sete, spines, fur, &c. 
exactly agree; but in consequence of the coarser growth of 
the limb the characters of armature of the inside of the finger 
of first gnathopods cannot be so exactly determined. ‘The 
dorsal armature in this specimen is :—first segment (by acci- 
dent lost in dissection) ; second eleven teeth; third eleven 
teeth ; fourth seven, the central very large; fifth three, cen- 
tral large, and two articulated intervening spines. 

In specimens received from 'Tromsé the dorsal spines are 
larzer in size proportionately than in examples which I have 
had the opportunity of examining from other localities. The 
larger the number of spines on asegment the smaller the size 
those spines attain. 

Hab. 'Three specimens taken from fishing-boats, Culler- 
coats, Northumberland (A. M. N.): Mus. Norm. 

Distribution. Greenland, in lat. 66° 59’ N., long. 55° 27! 
W.., 57 fath., ‘ Valorous’ Exped. 1876; off Halifax, Nova 
Scotia (S. L. Smith); Tromsé (S. Schneider); Sweden 
(Lovén) : Mus. Norm. Iceland (Yorell) ;  Spitzbergen 
(Goés); Grand Manan (Sé/mpson); Labrador (Packard) ; 
West Norway, at Haugesund (Boeck) ; Denmark (Jevnert). 


Genus IX. GAMMARUS, Fabricius, 1776. 


1. Gammarus locusta (Linn.). (Pl. XII. fig. 11.) 


1767. Cancer locusta, Linné, Syst. Nat. edit. xii. p. 1055. 

1780, Oniscus puiex, Fabricius, Fauna Greenlandica, p. 254. 

1820. Gammarus arcticus, Scoresby, Account of the Arctic Regions, 
vol, i. p. 451, pl. xvi. fig. 4. 

1824. Gammarus boreas, Sabine, Suppl. Appendix Parry’s Voyage, 
p- 229.—1862. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 213, pl. xxxvii. 
fig. 10. 

1880. Gammarus ornatus, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. 
p- 372, pl. x. figs. 9, 10.—1840. Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. iii. p. 47. 
—1862, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 212, pl. xxxvii. fig. 8.— 
1873. S. I. Smith, Report United-States Comm. Fish & Fisheries, 
p- 557, pl. iv. fig. 15. 

1851. Gammarus sitchensis, Brandt, Middendorff's Sibir. Reise, Bd. ii. 
p- 137, pl. vi. figs. 28 a—c.—1862. Bate, Cat. Amphip, Brit. Mus. 
p. 210, pl. xxxvii. fig. 4. 

1853. Gammarus pulex, Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 59. 

1854. Gammarus mutatus, Lilljeborg, Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Handl.+p. 447. 

1862. Gammarus locusta, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. 1. p. 873 (et auct.). 


138 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 


Hab. Common all round our coast between tide-marks. 

Distribution. This species is found apparently everywhere 
throughout the arctic and boreal regions, and, as will be seen 
by the above synonymy, has received many names from 
different localities. [ have carefully compared specimens 
from Spitzbergen, Greenland, and the United States with 
others from our own coasts. It extends also southwards as 
far as Naples (Costa), South-west France (Barrois Gc.) ; 
Cullera, Spain (Don Pedro Antiga, in Mus. Norm.). 

A large British example in my collection measures 34 
millim.*, and one from Spitzbergen reaches 38 millim. 

The telson, of which one half is figured (Pl. XII. fig. 11), 
is elongated and each half usually bears three terminal spines 
and a seta at the extremity, a spine and seta ata short distance 
from it, and two spines and one or two sete near the base. 
A certain latitude must be allowed as to the exact number of 
setee and spines on the telsons in the genus Gammarus ; but 
the general character in each species appears to be constant. 


2. Gammarus marinus, Leach. (Pl. XII. fig. 12.) 


1815. Gammarus marinus, Leach, Linn. Trans. vol. xi. p. 359. 

1830. Gammarus Olivit, H. Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. vol. xx. 
p. 369, pl. x. fig. 9. 

1837. Gammarus gracilis, Rathke, Zur Fauna der Kryn. p. 374, pl. v. 
figs. 7-10. 

1840. Gammarus affinis, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. iii. 

. 47, 

1843, Gammarus Kréyeri, Rathke, Beitr. zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 69, 
pl. iv. fig. 1. 

1853. Gammarus pecilurus, id. ibid. p. 68, pl. iv.-fig. 2. 

1862. Gammarus marinus, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol, 1. p. 370. 


Hab. Common round the British coasts. 

Distribution. From Norway to the Bay of Biscay ; Adri- 
atic Sea (Heller) ; North-east America (S. LZ. Smith): Mus. 
Norm. 

The telson (Pl. XII. fig. 12) has each half terminated by 
three spines and a spine at the side near the base ; sometimes 
there is the small seta as figured near the extremity, but it is 
by no means always present; rarely there are one or two 
sete: at the extremity, but the character of the telson as dis- 
tinguished from that of allied species is the entire absence or 
fewness of sete. 


* All measurements in these papers are exclusive of the antennules, 
but include the uropods unless otherwise stated. 


Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British Amphipoda. 139 


3. Gammarus campylops, Leach. (Pl. XII. fig. 13.) 


1815. Gammarus campylops, Leach, Linn, Trans. vol. xi. p. 360. 

? 1844. Gammarus locusta(?), E. G, Zaddach, Syn. Crust. Prussic. 
Prod, p. 4. ts 

21851. Gammarus Duebenti, Lilljeborg, Ofv. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. 
Forh. p. 22. 

? 1854, Gammarus locusta, Lilljeborg, Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Handl. p. 448. 


1862. Gammarus campylops, Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. 
vol. 1. p. 3875. 


Hab. Bamborough, Northumberland; Guernsey; New- 
port, co. Mayo (A. M. N.). 

Distribution. 1 know of no record beyond the British seas, 
unless Lilljeborg’s and Zaddach’s species are synonymous 
with the present. 

The telson of this species (Pl. XII. fig. 13) terminates in 
three spines and as many (or about as many) sete ; towards 
the base is a group of three spines, and between this and the 
extremity two sete having their bases close together, and 
sometimes accompanied, as in the figured example, by a 
small spine. 


4, Gammarus tenuimanus, Bate. 


1862, Gammarus tenuimanus, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 214, 
pl. xxviii. fig. 2; Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 

p- 084, ‘ 
Described from a single specimen which was found by 
Mr. Spence Bate among a lot of Crustacea sent to him by 
the Rev. G. Gordon from the mouths of the Rivers Ness and 


Braully, which flow into the Moray Firth. It is unknown 
to me. 


5. Gammarus Edwardsti, Bate. 


1862. Gammarus Edwardsii, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 208, 
pl. xxxvii. fig. 2; Bate & Westw. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i. 
p- 386. 


This species is also unknown to me. The two known 
specimens were found by Mr. Spence Bate in a pool into 
which the tide formerly flowed, but which is now of fresh water, 
at Stareross, Devon. Mr. D. Robertson recorded this species 
in his Contrib. to Cat. Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde, 


1888, p. 94, but is now satisfied that the specimens must be 
referred to the young of other species. 


140 Rev. A. M. Norman’s Notes on British A mphipoda. 


Genus X. ERIopPIs, Bruzelius, 1859. 


Eriopis elongata, Bruzelius. 


1859. ieee elongata, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gamm. p. 685, pl. iii. 
fig. 12 
1862. Eri vopis elongata, Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus, p. 178, pl. xxxii. 


1863. Eri vopis elongata, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, vol. ii. 
p- 415, pl. xxi. figs. 7-10. 
1870. Mphargus elongatus, A. Boeck, Crust. Amphip. bor. et arct. 
. 156. 
1872. Niphargus elongatus, A. Boeck, De Skand. og Arkt. Amphip. 
p- 405, pl. xxii. fig. 5. 


Hab. This interesting species has occurred in two localities 
in our seas. In 1866 I took a specimen when dredging with 
my late friend Dr. Jeffreys in the Sound of Skye; and in 
1885 I took a second in 80 fathoms between the isles of 
Cumbrae and Arran, in the Firth of Clyde, when dredging in 
company with my friend Mr. J. Murray in the ‘ Medusa,’ 
the vessel of the Scotch Marine Station: Mus. Norm. 

Distribution. Sweden (Lovén): Mus. Norm. South Nor- 
way (Boeck) ; West Norway (Koren). 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
IPTATE OX. 


Fig. 1. Leucothoé imparicornis, n. sp. Antennule and antenna, 

Fig. 2. The same. First gnathopod. 

Fig, 3. The same. Second gnathopod. 

Fig. 4. The same. Telson. 

Fig. 5, Lilljeborgia picta, n. sp. Antennule and antenna. 

Fig. 6. The same. Dorsal portion of hinder segments of pleon. 

wg. 7. The same. Second gnathopod, seen from without. 

Fig. 8. The same. Spines and set of palm of second gnathopod, as 
seen from within. 

Fig. 9. The same. Last perzeopod, terminal joints. 

Fig. 10. Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate. Last perzeopod, terminal joints. 

Fig. 11. Lilljeborgia fissicornis (M. Sars), Last pereeopod, terminal 
joints. 

Fig. 12. Lilljeborgia equcorns, G, O. Sars. Last pereopod, terminal 
oints. 

Fig. 13. core -atus assimilis (Lilljeborg). The telson. 

Fig. 14. Melphidippa macra, Norman, Hinder margin of a segment of 
leon. 

Figs. 15, Ie. Megaluropus agilis, Norman. The mandible. 

Fig. 17, The same. Inner lamina of maxilliped. 


PLATE XI. 


Fig. 1. Elasmopus rapax, Costa. First gnathopod, ?. 
Fig. 2. The same. Second gnathopod, 2. 


Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Hymenoptera. 141 


Figs, 3-5. Elasmopus rapax. Second gnathopod, d, showing three 
stages of development of the hand, 


Fig. 6. The same, Last pereeopod. 

Fig. 7. The same, Last uropods. 

Fig. 8. The same. Telson. 

Fig. 9. Chetrocratus Sundevalli (Lilljeborg). First gnathopod, ?. 


Fig. 10. The same. Second enathopod, ?. 
Fig. 11. Chetrocratus assimils (Lilljeborg). Second gnathopod, 9. 


Puate XII. 


Figs. 1-3. Chetrocratus Sundevalli (Lilljjeborg). Three stages of develop- 
ment of hand of second gnathopod in male, 


Fig. 4. Melphidippa macra, Norman. First gnathopod. 
Fig. 5, The same. Second gnathopod. 
Fig. 6. The same. Last peropod, the thigh (basos). 
Fig. 7. The same. Last perzeopod, terminal joints. 
Fig. 8. Melita dentata (Kroyer). First gnathopod. 

9 


Fig. 9. The same. Second gnathopod. 

Fig. 10. The same. Last perseopod, the thigh (basos). 
Fig. 11. Gammarus locusta (Linn.), The telson (one half). 
Fig. 12. Gammarus marinus, Leach. The telson. 

Fig. 13. Gammarus campylops, Leach. The telson. 


XIV.—Descriptions of new Species of Tenthredinide, Cyni- 
pide, and Chalcidide tn the Collection of the British 
Museum. By W.F. Kirpy, Assistant in the Zoological 
Department, British Museum (Natural History). 


In the present paper I offer descriptions of six interesting 
new species which have recently been received belonging to 
families of Hymenoptera which I had previously arranged. 


Tenthredinide. 
SELANDRIINZ. 


Selandria limbata. 


Exp. al. 18 millim. 

Female.—Head, antenne, and jaws black, rhinarium and 
nasus pale yellow ; thorax pale yellow above, with very large 
black spots on the frontal and lateral lobes, and with the 
sutures round the scutellum and postscutellum marked with 
blackish ; prothorax beneath pale yellow, with a large black 
spot on each side, followed by a small one, the latter just 
before the front cox; mesopectus and mesopleura shining 
black ; metapectus pale yellow, with a large black spot on 


142 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Hymenoptera. 


each side; all the legs pale yellow, hind tibize with an 
indistinct brownish spot at the tip on the inside; and the two 
apical joints of the four hinder tarsi dark brown. Abdomen 
luteous, the sides (especially beneath) brown, shading into 
blackish towards the tip. Wings hyaline, slightly clouded, 
with brown nervures; costal nervure and stigma yellow. 

The male differs little, except that the hind tibiz are brown 
for most of their length on the inside. 


Hab. 'Theresopolis, Brazil (Priihstorfer). 


TENTHREDININ#. 


Siobla bicolor. 


Exp. al. 15 millim. 

Female.—Luteous ; head, abdomen beyond the first four 
segments, and hind tibie and tarsi black; the last two or 
three joints of the front and middle tarsi are also marked with 
black. Fore wings clouded hyaline, with dark brown stigma 
and nervures ; hind wings clear hyaline. 


Hab. 'Theresopolis, Brazil (friihstorfer). 


Tenthredo Haberhauert. 


Exp. al. 22 millim., long. corp. 14 millim. 

Female.—Black ; mandibles yellow at base and red at tips; 
thorax strongly punctured on the sides; cenchri white ; 
abdomen with the last three segments and at least a stripe 
above at the extremity of most of the preceding segments 
red; legs red, coxe and trochanters, the tips of the hind tibie, 
and a great part of the hind tarsi, black ; the front legs are 
varied with yellowish in front. Wings iridescent hyaline, 
with a smoky band crossing the lower part of the radial cells ; 
the costal and adjacent nervures blackish, the others pitchy ; 
stigma yellow. 

Hab. Turkestan (Haberhauer). 

Allied to 7. hybrida, Eiversm., from the Kirghis steppes ; 
but the latter species has the stigma black, and the middle 
segments of the abdomen red. 


Cynipide. 
Ovycuine. 
Aspicera (?) nigricornis. 


Long. corp. 6 millim. 
Female.—Black, shining ; legs dark red; ovipositor yel- 


Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Hymenoptera. 143 


low. Antenne 14-jointed, as long as the body, black, scape 
pear-shaped, thicker at the extremity than the flagellum, half 
as long as the third joint; second joint annular, third to 
thirteenth of equal length, about four times as long as broad ; 
terminal joint half as long again as the preceding and pointed 
at the tip; the antenne are clothed with short hairs, most 
distinctly so towards the tip, and all the joints are well sepa- 
rated ; all the joints except the scape, which is smooth and 
shining, are dull black and longitudinally striated. Head 
with a fovea behind each ocellus, the hindermost falling 
away to the occiput. 

Prothorax transverse, with two contiguous fovez in the 
middle above, and the sides clothed with grey hairs; meso- 
thorax with the edges raised, and with four distinct and con- 
verging depressions above, the two innermost only reaching 
to the middle; scutellum with the edges raised, two large 
fovez at the base, and a strong carina rising between them 
and running to the extremity of the long and strong spine ; 
the mesothorax and scutellum with scattered raised bristles ; 
metathorax clothed with grey hair. 

Abdomen mostly black, smooth and shining, the first seg- 
ment black, opaque, short, and very strongly longitudinally 
striated, the second segment inclining to rufous and longitu- 
dinally striated at the base; the remaining joints are smooth, 
the third occupying three fourths of the length of the abdo- 
men, the apical segments very short. 

Legs dull red, slender, except the coxa, which are thick- 
ened at the base; sparingly clothed with whitish diverging 
bristles ; tibiee with two slender yellow spines at the tips; 
first joint of tarsi as long as the rest, the three following nar- 
rowed at their bases; a long pointed pulvilius between the 
claws. 

Wings hyaline; fore wings slightly smoky, venation 
normal. 

Hah. Theresopolis (friihstorfer). 

Allied to A. rujipes, Cress., from Cuba; but this species is 
only 1? lines in length, and has reddish antenne. 


Chalcidide. 
CHALCIDIN. 


Smicra gracilis. 


Long. corp. 5 millim., exp. al. 10 millim. 
Head above and behind, thorax, and hind femora black ; 
eyes green; face (except mentum), scape of antenne beneath, 


144 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new Hymenoptera. 


petiole, four front legs, and hind tarsi yellow; antenne, 
abdomen, hind trochanters, femora, and tibize mostly reddish ; 
abdomen oval, about as long as the petiole, hind coxe with a 
short upright spine above just before the tip; hind femora 
varied with blackish on the inside and on the outside at the 
tip; the upper surface varied with yellowish and the lower 
surface armed with seven or eight moderate-sized teeth ; hind 
tibie with a blackish spot at the base, followed by a short 
yellow space ; the rest reddish on the inside and browner on 
the outside. Wings hyaline, slightly clouded, costal nervure 
yellow at the base, but its extremity as well as the stigma 
dark brown. 

Hab. Theresopolis (Friihstorfer). 

Shape of Thaumapus, to which I should have referred it, 
but that the scutellum and metathorax appear to be entirely 
unarmed. 


EucHaARriIn@”. 


Tetramelia (?) meridionalis. 


Long. corp. 64 lin., exp. al. 12 lin. 

Female.—Tawny yellow; head black, transverse, short and 
broad, longitudinally striated ; antenne placed high up on 
the face, black, tawny at base and tip and sometimes beneath, 
12-jointed, scape short, second joint small, third as long as 
the three following ones, the rest gradually diminishing to 
the extremity, but all distinctly longer than broad; thorax 
very rugose, tawny yellow, a large spot on the base of the 
frontal lobe, a spot on each of the lateral lobes, more or less 
of the hinder sutures above, a stripe on the median line of the 
scutellum and its terminal forks, and the greater part of the 
pectus black ; scutellum bidentate ; metathorax with a curious, 
broad, half-wheel-shaped projection on each side; legs un- 
armed, tawny yellow, claws black; petiole tawny yellow, as 
long as the height of the abdomen; abdomen smooth and 
shining, vertical, four times as high as broad, black, the sides 
and the median line behind tawny yellow. 

Hab. Theresopolis (friihstorfer). 

This species perhaps represents a new genus ; but as it is 
possible that the structure of the appendages of the meta- 
thorax may differ in the sexes, I refer it provisionally to my 
genus Tetramelia (only known in the male sex, type Schizas- 
pidia plagiata, Walk.), with which it agrees in all other 
essential characters. 


Francolinus Altumi the Wale of F. Hildebrandti. 145 


XV.—Francolinus Altumi, Fischer and Reichenow, ts the 
a of F. Hildebrandti, Cabanis. By W. R. OaiLvie 
RANT, 


THE statement made in the above heading would at first seem 
almost incredible to any one who knows the two forms to 
which those names have been given ; yet the evidence I shall 
put before my readers leaves no room for doubt that my asser- 
tion is correct. 

Francolinus Hildebrandti was described and figured by 
Cabanis (J. f. O. 1878, p. 243, pl. iv. fig. 2) from a single 
female specimen obtained at Taita, which was armed on the 
right leg with a single sharp spur. The species is charac- 
terized by being dull brick-red on the under. surface and 
having some of the feathers of the lower breast and belly 
margined with pale buff spots, while the feathers of the upper 
surface (except those of the mantle, which are more strongly 
vermiculated with black and white) are very finely vermicu- 
lated with reddish brown and black, and most have a narrow 
rufous shaft-streak. 

Francolinus Altumi was described and figured by Fischer 
and Reichenow (J. f. O. 1884, p. 179, pl. i.) from specimens 
obtained in Massailand, and referred by them to the group of 
Francolins including F. Rueppelli and F. Clappertont, though 
really much more closely allied to #. dcterorhynchus from 
Central Africa and F. natalensis from Natal. 

It is characterized by having the feathers of the breast and 
belly white, with a subterminal, heart-shaped, black spot, 
while the upper surface and under tail-coverts are the same as 
in fF’. Hildebrandt. 

Through Mr. H. C. V. Hunter’s generous gift to the Natu- 
ral-History Museum of the birds collected by him in Massai- 
land our National Collection now contains a good series of 
each of the above so-called species. On examining the series 
of F. Hildebrandti, which was specially interesting to me as 
representing a species new to the collection, I noted the facts 
that all the specimens were sexed female and that all had at 
least a pair of sharp spurs, while in two examples a second 
and additional pair of spurs were fairly developed; at the 
same time I expressed an opinion that /. Hildebrandti would 
certainly prove to be the female of some other species. Not 
being then engaged in working at the Francolins, I deter- 
mined to let the matter rest till I should have an opportunity 
of speaking to Mr. Hunter and hearing his opinion on the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 10 


146 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 


subject. When this gentleman was last at the Museum [ 
asked him how it was that he had obtained no male speci- 
mens of Ff, Hildebrandti, and very much to my surprise and 
pleasure found (though he had forgotten to mention it before) 
that he had not only arrived at the same conclusion as my- 
self, but had solved the riddle long before on Kilima-njaro, 
and discovered that /. Altumiis the male and F. Hildebrandte 
the female of one and the same species. 

Mr. Hunter had been considerably exercised in his mind by 
on the one hand never being able to obtain the male of J. 
Hildebrandt’, while on the other hand all the specimens he 
got of #. Altumt proved invariably to be males. As these 
two birds were always obtained in company by his collectors, 
the truth gradually dawned on him and was subsequently 
proved beyond a doubt by the dissection of a large number of 
specimens obtained for food. 

On comparing the two birds the different points of resem- 
blance are at once seen, viz. the plumage of the upper surface 
and under tail-coverts and the colour of the bill and legs, 
which are ail practically the same in both ; but, so far as 1 
know at present, the extraordinary difference in the colour of 
the under surface in the sexes is unique in this genus. A still 
more extraordinary thing is that m the two apparently 
closely allied forms, F. dcterorhynchus and F. natalensis, 
the females resemble the males but are without spurs. 

The name Francolinus Hildebrandti, Cabanis, must there- 
fore be used in future to designate this species. 


XVI—On Angelopsis, and its Relationship to certain 
Siphonophora taken by the ‘Challenger. By J. WAUTER 
FEWKES. 


[Plate VII. figs. 1-3.] 


ONE of the most interesting genera of Medusz discovered in 
the depths of the Gulf-stream by the United States Fish- 
Commission steamer ‘ Albatross ’ is a new Physophore which 
was described a few years ago (1884) under the name of 
Angelopsis in my paper on the Meduse of this region. 

This genus is remarkable for its large float and the reduc- 
tion in size and increase in thickness of the walls of the 
polyp-stem, which has the form of a semicartilaginous expan- 
sion with a cavity, and with its external walls covered with 


Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 147 


the polypites, sexual bells, and possibly tentacles. It is also 
remarkable in possessing bud-like structures on the lower part 
of the float, near its junction with the base. These bag-like 
bodies recall in general appearance the form of the float itself, 
and somewhat resemble structures to which Heckel has given 
a special name (aurophore) in certain related genera. 

My original description of this strange Siphonophore was 
necessarily a short one, and for reasons beyond my control at 
that time the figures which were given of it were somewhat 
imperfect. Since the publication of the first notice of Ange- 
lopsis I have reexamined my types and have been able to 
make a dissection of the larger of them, from which study it 
is possible for me to add something to my first description, 
which, although superficial, is accurate as far as it goes. The 
present paper has in part been called forth* by Prot. Haeckel’s 
report on the ‘Challenger’ Siphonophora, which contains 
descriptions of allied genera, the account of the anatomy of 
which throws considerable light on the interpretation of certain 
structures in Angelopsis the function of which was not wholly 
plain four years ago. 

Among the interesting Siphonophora described or figured 
in the ‘Challenger’ Report already quoted are four new 
genera which differ from other known Siphonophora in very 
important particulars. Heckel has found it necessary to 
form a new group for the reception of these genera, and assigns 
to it the name of Auronecte. In this group he includes doubt- 
fully my Angelopsis, and regards it as possibly the same as 
his genus Auralia. Although Angelopsis seems to be allied 
to Auralia, there are certam marked differences so far as 
I can make out from his meagre and unsatisfactory account 
of Auralia. Unfortunately Heckel does not describe or 
figure his genus in the report ¢ referred to, so that I am 
ignorant of some of the main characters of his Auralia. The 
genus Angelopsis is so different from other Siphonophora that 
there is a call for a more intimate knowledge of its anatomy. 


* IT have delayed my publication of the new facts embodied in this 
paper in the hope that it might be possible to collect Angelopsis alive and 
gather information in regard to its nectocalyces, tentacles, tentacular 
knobs, and other structures. 

+ The editor speaks of this work as a “ Monograph of the whole class 
of Siphonophora.” Any report which simply mentions the names of new 
genera and refers to publications yet to appear for descriptions of these 
novelties does not come up to the highest standard of what a “ Mono- 
graph ” should be. 

Heckel does not say whether his Awralia was taken by the ‘Chal- 
lenger’ or not. The locality given for it, viz. ‘depths of the Tropical 
Atlantic,” is also somewhat vague, 

10* 


148 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 


I have been able to examine but two specimens, both of 
which are somewhat mutilated and more or less distorted in 
preservation *. 

Angelopsis globosa was taken by the ‘ Albatross’ in lat. 37° 
50! N., long. 73° 3’ 50" W., from the depth of 1395 fathoms f. 
The remaining genera of the Auronecte, to which group 
Heckel aseribes Awralia, the supposed relation of Angelopsis, 
are called by him “ deep-sea Siphonophore”’; but no genus is 
recorded from more than 650 fathoms {. It will thus be seen 
that Angelopsis may have come from considerably deeper 
water than any other Auronectid yet described. 

From the existence of the “ aurophore”’ among the Auro- 
necte Heckel regards them as preeminently deep-sea Siphono- 
phores. He considers the aurophore to beanorgan for the secre- 
tion of ‘air’ (gas) which is emptied into the cavity of the 
float. It is not wholly evident, even if the aurophore is a gas- 
secreting organ, that on this account the Auronectee are per- 
manent deep-sea Siphonophores. Moreover, additional proof 
is necessary to demonstrate that the physiological ré/e of the 
aurophore is to secrete air (gas). Upon this latter point more 
observations are needed, and it must be confessed that the 
large size of the float looks as if the Siphonophore Angelopsis 
is better fitted for life at or near the surface than at great 
depths. 

Certain “striking features” of the Auronecte, according 
to Heckel, “make it very probable that the Auronecte are 
permanent deep-sea Siphonophore, which may move up and 
down within certain limits of depth, but never come to the 
surface.”” Among the peculiarities referred to by him are 
“ the extraordinary development of the swimming-apparatus, 


? 


* Tn the figures of Angelopsis which are here published accurate out- 
lines are attempted even when there is no doubt that certain distortions 
are present which are due to the method of preservation. The system of 
“ yestoration ’”’ by which “ semidiagrammatic” figures are constructed and 
‘missing parts supplied from a knowledge of the form of the same in 
other Medusz ” does not wholly commend itself to the author. Possibly 
while figures not treated in this way are less effective, they are less liable 
to propagate erroneous ideas of the form and structure of these animals. 

+ Heckel ascribes my Angelopsis to the ‘‘ Tropical Atlantic.” What he 
exactly means by the term is not clear to me. Lat. 37° 50! is certainly 
outside of the tropics. thodalia, which came from lat. 37° 17'S., he 
ascribes to the “South Atlantic.” 

+ I have already elsewhere in these ‘Annals’ discussed the unrelia- 
bility of the data of depth at which certain Meduse are recorded. 
Auralia, according to its discoverer, came from the “ depths of the Tro- 
pical Atlantic ;” but as he does not mention the depth, the datum is not 
very reliable and does not contribute much to demonstrate that this genus 
is deep-sea in habitat. 


Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 149 


the voluminous pneumatophore, the powerful horizontal 
corona of radially expanded nectophores, and particularly the 
singular aurophores, wanting in all other Siphonophore, and 
acting probably as an important gas-secreting gland or a 
pneumadenia.” It is certainly difficult to see how any of the 
above-mentioned features “ make it probable that the Auro- 
nectz are permanent deep-sea Siphonophore . . . but never 
come to the surface.” One might even suggest that exactly 
the reverse conclusion might be drawn and that some of these 
features imply life at or near the surface. 

The failure to find nectocalyces in Angelopsis led me to 
suppose that these organs or individuals are wanting in this 
genus. I cannot now say that they are present, as they are 
also not found in the new specimen which I have lately 
studied. As Heckel found them in the same bottles with 
his Auralia* and Rhodalia, it is possible that they once 
existed in Angelopsis, and future studies may bring them to 
light. 

The following general description of Angelopsis was given 
in my original account f of this Medusa :— 

“This Medusa has a spherical region above, which is con- 
sidered [to be] a float, on the underside of which is clustered a 
number of small bodies resembling tentacles. The former 
region ( py.cy.) resembles the bell-like body in a Medusa; the 
latter a clump of tentacles closely massed together, with the 
form which we might suppose they would have if the entrance 
to the bell-cavity were closed by the velum and tentacles deve- 
loped over its lower floor. The so-called float is spherical, 
without apical opening or protuberance, smooth on the outer 
surface and without radial elevations. Diameter from 7 to 10 
millim. The wall of the float is thin, and in the interior is a 
second thin-walled sac or float, which is supposed to corre- 
spond to the pneumatocyst ( py cy.) of Rhizophysa. The inner 
sac has no opening into the outer, and does not communicate 
with organs below. It is destitute of appendages. Its cavity 
(cav. p.) occupies the whole interior of the float. 

“The lower floor of the float is formed of the thickened 
outer walls which bear the so-called tentacles. The thick- 
ened region is found to have a cavity within (cav. 6.) and to 

* Heckel simply says that the corona of nectocalyces (nectophores) 
is simple in Auraka, but gives no more information about them in this 
genus. He gives no account of their anatomy, whether they were sessile 
or pedunculate, or any detail of any scientific value about them. His 
description of Awralia is so superficial that it is very difficult to tell 
whether it is the same as or different from Azgelopsis. 

+ “Report on the Medusz collected in 1883-84,” Ann. Rep. U.S. 
Fish Comm. 1884, 


150 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 


be separated by a muscular floor from another cavity (cav.) 
just below the inner air-sac. On the outer walls of this thick- 
ened layer (sm.), at the point where it joins the thin walls 
of the outer layer of the float, there are found spherical bag- 
like structures (gm.) of unknown function. ‘hese bodies 
recall in appearance the larger float, from which they hang, 
and suggest the possibility that they are buds from the outer 
walls. Whether they are new individuals, peculiar zoéids, or 
chance swellings, I cannot determine. They are found in 
both specimens, and so closely resemble the larger float that 
the supposition that they are new individuals budding from 
the thickened region of the bell seems highly probable. The 
cavity of one of them was found filled with bodies resembling 
those found on the lower floor. 

“The whole external surface of the thick walls of the lower 
hemisphere of the Medusa is covered with small clusters of 
bodies which resemble the gonophores in Veled/a or the sexual 
clusters of Physalia. These clusters have a small axis, from 
the sides of which hang, in grape-like clusters, small, spheri- 
cal, and ovate bodies resembling tentacular knobs, fastened 
by a delicate peduncle to an axis. The appended bodies are 
of two sizes, large and small, and through the walls of the 
latter radial structures which arise under the peduncle can be 
seen. All are snugly approximated to the outer wall of the 
animal, and in one instance a small fragment of what appears 
to be an Echinoderm test (a) was firmly grasped by them. 
No external opening into the cavity of the muscular base on 
which they hang was found, although carefully searched for, 
especially at the lower pole of the Medusa. In cutting open 
one of the small spherical bodies (gm.) which arise from the 
side of the Medusa I found it filled with a granular mass, 
which had some resemblance to the botryoidal clusters on the 
lower hemisphere of the Medusa.” 

As we have no printed account of the genus Auralia, it is 
premature at present to accept Heeckel’s reference * of Ange- 
lopsis to this genus. He promises, however, a description of 
Auralia in a work, ‘ Morphology of the Siphonophore,’ yet 
to be published, which with the present account may make it 
possible to tell whether or not the two belong to the same 
genus. If on such a comparison they are found to be the 
same, the name Awralia by the laws of scientific nomencla- 
ture will have to be regarded as a synonym of the older 
designation Angelopsis. 


* The author mentioned was unable ‘‘ with any certainty ” to identify 
his Awralia and my Angelopsis. I find the same difficulty, but the cause 
of my difficulty is not wholly the same as his. 


Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 151 


The Rhodalide, according to Heckel, have the following 
characters :—‘ Trunk of the siphosome without permanent 
central canal and distinct primary mouth.” It includes, 
according to him, twe genera, Auralia and Rhodalia. 
Looking now at his synopsis, we find that Auralia has the 
“trunk of the siphosome with a large central cavity,” which 
would seem to threw it out of the family ; and if his defini- 
tion of the family is followed it would include Rhodalia only. 
it is certainly desirable that his diagnosis of a new family 
should be broad enough to include the characters of the 
genera embraced in it, and that one description should not be 
the negative of the other. Several other instances of a similar 
kind * might be mentioned which detract very greatly from 
the value of the Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Siphonophore. 

T cannot accept Heckel’s interpretation of the ‘ spherical 
bag-like structures ” of Angelopsis given on p. 301, where he 
says they are probably “ nectophores,” nectocalyces. There 
are two reasons which lead me to doubt the validity of his 
conclusions. First, it is very difficult to detach them from 
their connexion with the float, and, secondly, they have 
neither bell-openings nor radial tubes so far as can be dis- 
covered. It is also to be noted that they arise in a different 
position from the nectocalyces on the float and nectostem. 
When we recollect with what ease the nectocalyces ordinarily 
separate from the ‘corm’ in Siphonophores, and the same 
is true in Auronecte, the persistency with which these buds 
cling to the “corm” is significant. Moreover in their general 
appearance they are unlike nectocalyces. It is not impossible 
that they are homologous with the organs which he calls auro- 
phoies, but unlike them they have no eaternal opening so far 
as could be discovered. I have searched in vain for these 
openings ; if they exist, they are rendered invisible by the 
contraction of the walls of the orifice. 

My remark that these bodies are buds from the floats, 
which was ventured not as a dogmatic assertion but as a 


* As will be seen, for example, en pp. 242, 243, in his account of a 
genus of Forskaliadee, Fewk., called Strobalia. He speaks of a Stro- 
balia, S. cupola, sp. nov., which will be described in his ‘ Morphology 
of the Siphonophore.’ One is disappointed not to find a description 
of it in the ‘ Report,’ and has good reason to expect a description 
of a second species, for Heckel mentions a species of his Strobalia, 
S. conifera, as collected by the ‘ Challenger,’ but does not describe it. 
He does not even promise to describe it in his ‘ Morphology of the 
Siphonophore.’ It is unfortunate that species collected by the 
‘Challenger’ should not be described in a report on them, but simply 
mentioned by name; and the statement made that they are similar to other 
species, also undescribed, adds very little to our knowledge. 


152 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 


suggestion, does not seem to have been shown to be false by 
Heckel’s criticism. J cannot agree with him that they are 
** probably nectophores,” and that if they are aurophores they 
may still be “ new individuals * budding from the thickened 
region” &c. as suggested. 

Float.—The float of Angelopsis is spheroidal, the longer 
diameter being situated in a horizontal plane. The upper 
portion is somewhat flattened and convex. There is no apical 
external opening. The longer diameters of the two specimens 
examined are respectively 5 and 7 millim. 

No variation in colour was observed in the external walls. 
The float is whitish in alcohol ft. 

When the external surface of the float is examined with a 
hand-lens there are observed scattered over its surface clear 
spaces, c, resembling nematocysts. Similar structures are 
recorded and figured by me in Rhizophysa gracilis from 
Florida f. 

Nectocalyces.—No nectocalyces were observed, although 
the characteristic elevations from which they are said by 
Heckel to arise in related genera are prominent. ‘The struc- 
tures gm, gmm, gm’, which Heckel says “ are probably necto- 
phores,” are not “nectophores,” and have no anatomical 
features of the nectophores of other Siphonophora. The 
ease with which nectocalyces are dropped renders it possible 
that they once existed in Angelopsis; but as I have not 
found them they are not described or figured §. 

Polyp-stem.—TVhe portion of the Angelopsis corresponding 
to the polyp-stem (siphosome) of other Siphonophores is 
enlarged into a thick-walled, bulbous, more or less carti- 
laginous structure, which forms. the lower or basal region of 
the animal. In one specimen this portion is contracted into 
a globular base of about the same size as the float, and in it 
forms a dish-like cavity, the diameter of the rim of which is 


* Heeckel in one place (p. 283) considers the aurophore an “ organ,” 
in another, two lines below, a “ peculiar Medusoid person.” I am 
unable to tell which opinion he holds as to its character. 

+ The marked reddish pigment, which in Athorydia and other genera 
is found at the apex of the float, retains some of its colour even after 
specimens have been in alcohol several years. 

{ “Notes on Acalephe from the Tortugas, with a Description of new 
Genera and Species,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ix. no. 7, 

§ Heeckel gives a beautiful figure of Stephalia with a circle of necto- 
calyces. Unfortunately he does not describe the nectocalyces in his 
specific diagnosis. He also gives figures of Rhodalia, the nectocalyces 
of which are ‘‘ semidiagrammatic,” and says in his text, “ Of course the 
form and position of the detached nectophores could not be recognized in 
the spirit specimens with full certainty, the soft jelly substance being 
much contracted by the action of the alcohol.” 


Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 153 


somewhat larger than that of the float. This region is more 
or less distorted by the alcohol, as shown in my figure. It is 
crossed by radial elevations similar to the peduncles of the 
siphosome (nectostem) of Fhodalia, which are more or less 
torn, especially at one extremity (distal). There is no exter- 
nal opening into the interior of this dish, and covering its 
surface there are clusters of sexual bodies, and here and there 
pyriform organs, which are possibly polypites. The tentacles 
are not sufficiently well preserved to determine their relation- 
ship, and the tentacular knobs, if such exist, were not recog- 
nized. 

The two bodies (gm, gmm) which hang from the neigh- 
bourhood of the base of the float bear some resemblance to an 
organ called the aurophore* by Heckel. As neither of them 
has external openings they do not resemble aurophores in this 
particular. It is also an important fact that there is no 
external opening in the external walls of the polyp-stem fF. 

One of these “‘ buds” is larger than the other, but both are 
very much shrunken and too poorly preserved for their internal 
structure to be definitely made out. 

The contents of these ‘* buds” show the falsity of regarding 
them as the same as true nectophores or nectocalyces, although 
there is nothing to prevent their being homologized with these 
structures. From the imperfection of the material at my 
command it was not possible for me to give an accurate 
account of their anatomy ; but enough was seen to show that 
they are not true swimming-bells, 

One of the most characteristic and interesting features, mor- 
phologically speaking, of the anatomical structure of Ange- 
lopsisis the fact that the polyp-stem is thickened and its walls 
penetrated by a network of canals, which seem to ramity in 
all directions through it. This bulbous, thickened polyp- 
stem is peculiar to genera belonging to the Auronecte. 


* Heeckel regards the aurophore as “adapted to the production and 
emission of the gas contained in the large pneumatophore.” The reasons 
which he gives for this conclusion are not all that might bedesired. One 
reason seems to be “ the great internal surface of the endodermal epithe- 
lium, thus produced, together with the extraordinary size and glandular 
appearance of its high cylindrical cells, make it probable that the great 
mass of air contained in the pneumatophore is secreted by the lacunar 
system of the aurophore and conducted into the cavity of the pneumato- 
cyst by pores which pierce the inner wall of the aurophore.” One is 
tempted to ask, Why regard the contents as air rather than some other 
gas? 

+ The “lacunar systems” of irregular canals in the aurophore closely 
resemble the “gastral canals” of the cartilaginous polyp-stem. See 
Heckel’s section of the aurophore of ?hodalia (pl. v. fig. 24). In the one 
case he seems to regard these lacunee as gas-secreting. Why not ascribe 
the same fwiction to the gastric canals ? 


154 Mr, J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 


The interior is hollow, forming a cavity which is destitute 
of an external orifice. his cavity is divided into regions and 
is lined by a more or less cartilaginous * plate. Auralia 
alone of the Auronecte resembles Angelopsis in the absence 
of an external orifice to this cavity. 

Directly below the air-float the cavity of the polyp-stem 
forms a thin disk-shaped recess, the upper walls of which are 
formed by the float, the lower by lamellar folds of the carti- 
laginous plate which lines the cavity of the polyp-stem. A 
large orifice or communication leads from this vestibule into 
the main cavity (cav. 6.) of the polyp-stem. There is no 
opening from the cavity of the float into the vestibule (cav.) of 
the cavity of the polyp-stem. 

Cormidia.—The clusters of sexual bodies (p) and polypites 
dot the whole underside and skirt the margin of the external 
surface of the polyp-stem of Angelopsis. ‘They are in a very 
poor state of preservation, so that I am unable to recognize 
with certainty their different parts. I have supposed that 
each cluster consists of a central axis, with clusters of male 
and female sexual bells arising from its external walls. 
Some of these are much larger than the others, and those are 
interpreted as polypites; but of this interpretation I have 
some doubt. ‘Tentacles were not observed, and if they once 
existed have been ruptured from their connexion with the 
cormidia. Heckel finds tentacles and tentacular knobs or 
hike structures in several genera which he regards as closely 
related to Angelopsis ; but I have not been able to find them 
in this genus. A small fragment of the shell} (test) of a 
sea-urchin was found clinging to the underside of the polyp- 
stem, and I have supposed that it was held there by the ten- 
tacles ; but the only structures observed were those which 
looked like immature tentacular knobs. 

After calling attention to the possibility that Angelopsis is 
the same as another genus (Awralia), Heckel speaks of the 
“inaccuracy” of my description and the “ superficiality” 
of my examination of Angelopsts. 

So far as inaccuracy goes this criticism is believed to be 
unjust, although the poor character of my material rendered 
it difficult to make out many details of structure. My descrip- 


* The use of the word cartilaginous here and elsewhere refers rather 
to the tough nature of this plate than to its histological characters, It 
recalls closely the “shell” of Veleila in its general characters and differs 
very strikingly from the soft gelatinows body of most Meduse. 

t In the original figure of Angelopsis this little fragment was repre- 
sented; but when my second drawing was made this foreign body had 
dropped off and was found in the bottom of the bottle containing the 
type. 


Mr. J. W. Fewkes on Angelopsis. 155 


tion, which was the first printed account of an Auronectid, 
the revelation * of which group Heckel styles ‘one of the 
most splendid discoveries of the ‘Challenger,’ was the first 
account of these strange Meduse. It was made from poorly 
preserved material and was not intended to be histological or 
anatomical, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. Fias. 1-3. 


The following letters have the same signification in the three figures :— 


c. Clusters of transparent bodies found in the walls of the float and 
easily seen in alcoholic specimens. They consist of clear spaces or 
“cells” arranged in clusters, rows, or regular figures. 

cav. Lens-shaped cavity of the nectostem below the float. 

cav. p. Cavity of the float. 

cav. 6, Cavity of the polyp-stem. 

f. Floor of the float, separating the cavity of the pneumatocyst 
(cav. p.) from cav, 6., the cavity of the polyp-stem. 

gm. Globular bodies resembling nectocalyces in position, but unlike 
them in structure. gmm. is very much shrunken in preservation, 
gm. is less so and somewhat resembles an ‘‘ aurophore.” 

gm’. Small immature ‘buds,’ which may be undeveloped necto- 
‘calyces. Their true character is not known. 

i, Folds of a cartilaginous plate separating the cavity of the necto- 
stem, cav., and that of the polyp-stem, cav. 6. The figure of these 
folds is a little too regular, and in nature they are more plicated. 

mm. 'Thickened wall ot the polyp-stem through which ramitying 
tubes extend. Several of these tubes are seen longitudinally, 
others, as at ¢, in cross section, 

o. Opening of the bud gm. into the cavity of the float. 

p. Cluster of sexual bells and a single polypite. In fig. 5 a sexual 
bell, s, and a single polypite is shown. 

py. cy. Pneumatocyst or tloat. 

rn. Ridges or elevations, possibly remnants of the attachment of 
nectocalyces. 


Fig. 1. Side view of the larger specimen of Angelopsis. The want of 
symmetry is mainly due to contraction in preservation, The 
specimen is distorted, and probably some of the organs which 
exist in the live animal are lost. 

Fig. 2. Section through the float and enlarged polyp-stem, vertically, 
showing the cavities of the float and body. ‘wo clusters of 
sexual bodies are shown on the left of the figure. From 
the shape of the larger specimen, shown in fig. 1, it is probable 
that the transve se diameter of the polyp-stem is relatively to 
that of the tloat somewhat larger in live specimens than here 
shown. 

Fig. 3. A detached cluster of sexual bodies and a single polypite. This 
cluster was taken from the bulbous polyp-sac of tig. 2. 

Boston, Mass., U.S.A., 

April 10th, 1889. 


* Of the four genera regarded by Heckel as belonging to the Auro- 
necte, Stephalia was taken by the ‘Triton’ Expedition, Stephalia and 
Rhodalia by the ‘ Challenger, and the collector uf Aurala is not men- 
tioned. ‘Tne ‘ Challenger’ increased very greatly our knowledge of the 
possible allies of Angelopsis, which was discovered by the ‘ Albatross,’ 


156 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Lepidoptera 


XVII.—On the Collection of Lepidoptera formed by Basil 
Thomson, Esq., in the Louisiade Archipelago. By W. F. 
Kirsy, F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, 
British Museum (Natural History). 


THE collection of Lepidoptera entrusted to me for examina- 
tion includes forty-one specimens, belonging to twenty-one 
species, of which two only are moths. Among the butter- 
flies I found eight species which appear to be new and 
which are described below. So far as can be seen from so 
small a selection, the affinities of the species are mainly 
Papuan, especially with those previously received from 
Port Moresby. Several of the species also exhibit strong 
Moluccan and Australian affinities, while others show a rela- 
tionship to the insects of Kei, Aru, New Georgia, and other 
islands lying east or west of the Louisiades. ‘There are not 
more than one or two species, such as Hurema hecabe and 
Leptosoma integrum, which exhibit any special relationship 
to the Indo-Malayan fauna. Perhaps the most interesting 
of the novelties obtained by Mr. Thomson are the species of 
Tenarts, belonging to a genus of butterflies which obtains 
its maximum of development in the Papuan Islands. That 
so large a proportion of novelties as eight conspicuous butter- 
flies out of a total of nineteen were collected during a flying 
visit to one or two islands sufficiently indicates the richness 
of the fauna of the Louisiades and the desirability of its being 
more systematically investigated. 


RHOPALOCERA. 
Nymphalide. 
DANAINz. 
LIMNAINA. 


Genus ASTHIPA. 
Asthipa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p, 246. 


1. Asthipa Schenkit. 


Danais Schenkii, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep.-Fauna, p. 107 (1865). 
Danais gloriola, 2 var., Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1866, p. 57. 
“ Rossel Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” <A pair, male and fe- 


male. 
This is a larger and paler species than A. gloriola, Butl. 


From the Louisiade Archipelago. 157 


(=cttrina, Feld.), from Aru; but it would need a good series 
of both to ascertain their comparative differences with pre- 
cision. Koch’s type was from the island of New Georgia, 
and there is a specimen. of the female in the British Museum 
from Kei Island which hardly differs from Mr. Thomson’s 
except in being a little yellower at the base. It is this which 
Mr. Butler formerly described as a variety of his Danais 
gloriola, Felder appears to have confounded the two, as he 
states that it occurs both in Kei and Aru, though his descrip- 
tion and figures correspond with Butler’s glortola from the 
latter locality. 


Genus SALATURA. 


Salatura, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 5 (1880); Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 
1883, p. 239. 


2. Salatura affinis. 
Papilio affinis, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 511 (1775). 


“¢ Sudest Island, Oct. 18, 1888 [two specimens] ;. Normunby 
Island, Oct. 30, 1888.” 

A common species in all parts of Australia; it is likewise 
in the British Museum from Aru and Kei, and Moore records 
it from Ceram and Amboina. 


EUPLG@INA. 


Genus HAMADRYAS. 
Hamadryas, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 91 (1832). 


3. Hamadryas nivetpicta. 


Hamadryas niveyrcta, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (5) xiii, p. 191 
(1884). 


“ Normunby, Oct. 80, 1888.”’ One specimen. 
In the British Museum from North Ceram, Kei, and Kei 
Dulan (type). 
Genus PENoA. 
Penoa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1883, p, 244. 


4, Penoa Thomsont, sp. nu. 


Exp. al. 70 millim. 
Male.—Dark brown; costa of the hind wings paler; a 


158 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Lepidoptera 


submarginal row of large suffused white spots, only divided 
by the nervures, running across both wings, those nearest the 
costa of the fore wings longest and furthest from the hind 
margin. 

Underside similar, but rather paler; a small pale blue spot 
before the end of the cell, followed beyond the cell by a row 
of three spots on the fore wings and five on the hind wings ; 
the first of the three on the fore wings is a small streak, and 
the third is a long white streak, tapering outwards to a 
point. 

Body and extreme base of wings spotted with white. 

“ St. Aignan, Oct. 21, 1888; Normunby, Oct. 30, 1888.” 

Two specimens from the former locality and one from the 
latter. A very distinct species, with but little resemblance 
to any previously described species allied to Huplea. 


Genus CALLIPL@A. 


Calliplea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 1; Moore, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 292. 


5. Calliplea Jamesi. 


ease Jamesi, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 766, pl. xxvii. 
a, 2. 

“ Normunby, Oct. 30, 1888.’ One specimen, 

A rather variable species. ‘The present specimen has five 
white spots on the fore wings and three white dots on the 
hind wings, and beneath, in addition, a white dot just above 
the discocellular nervule, and a submarginal row of white 
dots, which, on the hind wings, do not extend to the tip. 

There are four specimens in the British Museum, two (the 
types) from Port Moresby, New Guinea, and two from New 
Guinea without further specification of locality. None of 
these agree exactly in spotting with Mr. Thomson’s specimen, 
though the correctness of the identification is hardly doubtful. 


Genus SALPINX. 


Salpinx, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1816); Moore, Proc. Zool. 
Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 300. 


6. Salpinx eustachius, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 69-71 millim. 
Male.—Rich tawny brown, hardly paler except towards 
the margins of the posterior wings; a large buff sexual mark 


from the Louisiade Archipelago. 159 


extending over the upper half of the cell of the latter, as in 
the allied species. Anterior wings with a bluish-white spot, 
obsolete above, in the middle of the costa, and a submarginal 
row of seven white spots, the first three largest and approxi- 
mating; an oval bluish-white spot below the first branch of 
the median nervure. Posterior wings with two white sub- 
marginal dots (sometimes nearly obsolete) below the tip. 

Underside: anterior wings with the submarginal spots 
nearly as above, but opposite to the last is a larger and 
slightly bluish-white spot nearer the base; beneath this, on 
a large buff patch covering the inner margin of the wing, is 
an oval black ring occupying the position of the bluish-white 
spot of the upper surface. Posterior wings with one or two 
white dots close to the base, and a submarginal row of more 
or less distinct white dots. 

“ Rossel Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” 

Three specimens obtained. 

Closely allied to S. grueffiana, Heer, from the Fiji Islands, 
in the arrangement of its spots; but the latter species has the 
hind margin paler and the costal spot (which is entirely 
absent in one specimen of S. eustachtus) more distinct above. 
In colour S. eustachius more resembles S. oculatus, Moore, 
from Mindanao. 


Genus STICTOPL@A, 


Stictoplea, Butl. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 801 (1878) ; Moore, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 319. 


7. Stictoplea Macgregori, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 72 millim. 

Female.—Rich velvety black ; hind wings browner, espe- 
cially towards the costa and inner margin, the latter slightly 
inclining to red. Anterior wings with a submarginal row of 
eight white dots of irregular shape, the second the largest, 
the fourth very minute, and the seventh and eighth approxi- 
mate. Posterior wings with a submarginal row of eleven 
white spots (the first obsolete above), increasing in size to the 
seventh, at first round and then oval, the seventh and ninth 
the longest. 

Underside paler ; anterior wings with the small fourth dot 
obsolete ; posterior wings with small pale bluish dots, one 
before the end of the cell, one in the first fork of the sub- 
costal, and another in the upper fork of the median nervure ; 
a submarginal row of eleven white spots as above, but the 
second, third, eighth (sometimes), and ninth with a smaller 


160 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Lepidoptera 


spot obliquely beyond, nearer the hind margin, that beneath 
the ninth spot only separated from it by a constriction. 
Body black, spotted with white ; anal appendages tawny. 
‘¢ Normunby Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” One specimen. 
Allied to S. palla, Butl., from Aru, which appears from 
the description to be identical with S. papwana, Reak. 


SATYRINZ. 
Genus MYCALESIS. 
Mycalesis, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 54 (1816 ?). 


8. Mycalesis flagrans. 
Mycalesis flagrans, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [4] xviit. p. 243 
(1876). 
Rossel Island, Nov. [Oct. ?] 18, 1888.” 
A single worn specimen. ‘The type was received from 


Port Moresby. 


Morpuine. 


Genus TENARIS. 


Tenaris, Hubn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 52 (1816?). 
Drusilla, Swains, Zool, Ml. i, pl. xi, (1820). 


9. Tenaris Kirschi. 
Drusilla Kirschi, Staud. Exot. Schmett. p. 199. n. 16 (1887). 


“ Normunby Island, Oct. 30, 1888.” 

Two males, This species is new to the British-Museum 
collection. Itwas described by Staudinger from Port Moresby, 
South-west New Guinea. It is allied to 7. doptrica, Voll. 


10. Tenaris fimbriata, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 90 millim. 

Female.—White ; fore wings with the costa and apex, as 
far as the lowest branch of the median nervure, dark brown ; 
hind wings with the costa, apex, and hind margin nearly to 
the anal angle dark brown, the upper ocellus with the small 
pale pupil and large yellowish ring faintly defined on the 
dark colour of that portion of the wing; the lower ocellus not 
visible above. 

Underside similar; the ocelli of the hind wings well- 
marked, black, slightly speckled with blue, and with a small 


From the Louistade Archipelago. 161 


white ocellus and a yellow ring. The upper ocellus is placed 
on the dark border near the edge of the ring; the lower one 
is placed well within the dark border and is surrounded by a 
brown outer ring. 

Head and antennz black ; thorax grey, with a black stripe 
on each side and a broader and shorter one in the middle in 
front ; pectus and legs brown, the proboscis and tarsi inclining 
to reddish ; palpi and abdomen bright yellow, the palpi 
blackish above. 

“ Normunby Island, Oct. 30, 1888.” 

Allied to 7. catops, originally described by Prof. West- 
wood from a specimen from New Iteland, in Boisduval’s 
collection. The only specimen in the British Museum 
agreeing with the description of J’. catops is a female from 
Port Moresby, from which 7. fimbriata differs in the broader 
marginal markings, the lower ocellus, which is nearly as large 
as the upper one, though much smaller in TZ. catops, and, 
what is probably of much greater consequence, the absence of 
any yellow colouring towards the inner margin of the hind 


wings. 
11. Tenaris barbata. 


Exp. al. 83 millim. 

Male.—Pure white ; fore wings with the inner margin con- 
vex beyond the base, the costa and apex narrowly and evenly 
edged with black, ceasing at the extremity of the first disco- 
cellular nervule ; hind wings narrowly dusted with blackish 
at the tip as far as the second subcostal nervule, and again 
from the anal angle halfway along the inner margin, the upper 
ocellus showing indistinctly through, but the black, blue- 
dusted lower ocellus with its white pupil well marked, though 
the outer rings are less distinct ; at the base is a large brush 
of reddish-brown hair, and-the hair between the median and 
first submedian nervures is yellow for a third of the length 
of the wing and white beyond; the hair between the first 
and second submedian nervures, parallel to the dusky stripe 
on the inner margin, is also reddish brown. 

Underside: fore wings as above; hind wings with the 
whole of the base from the costa to the inner margin yellow, 
slightly interrupted at the base of the cell; ocelli of moderate 
size, black, with inner crescents of blue dusting, and white 
pupils; the concentric rings are yellow and brown; the uppe: 
ocellus is so close to the tip of the wing that the costa cuts 
off half the upper edge of the outer brown ring; the lower 
ocellus is placed near but well within the hind margin. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 1] 


162 Mr, W. F. Kirby on Lepidoptera 


Head, legs, pectus, and front of thorax above dark brown ; 
thorax grey, with a dusky median stripe, including a short 
black one in front; head behind the antenne, palpi, and 
abdomen yellow; palpi blackish on each side above. 

* Rossel Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” 

A single male. This insect may be the male of 7. Jamesi, 
Butl., described from a single female without further locality 
than New Guinea; but in this specimen the yellow is widely 
extended at the base of both pairs of wings above and less so 
below, and the outer half of the inner margin of the fore 
wings is blackish, instead of that of the hind wings. It is 
much to be regretted that insects of the genus Tenaris are 
often received singly, for it is impossible without large series 
from the same locality to be certain whether the numerous 
closely allied forms are really distinct or not, and we have 
therefore no alternative but to describe them provisionally as 
species. 


12. Tenaris affinis, sp. n. 

Exp. al. 93 millim. 

Male.—Extremely similar to the last species, but the base 
of the fore wings is slaty grey, extending from the base nearly 
to the end of the cell, conterminous with the dark costa, and 
then crossing the median nervure, and covering the whole of 
the wing between its lowest branch and the submedian, and 
likewise the hinder angle, leaving only the inner margin 
white, beneath the submedian nervure, which runs white 
through the dusky portion of the wing to its extremity; on 
the hind wings the costa and hind margin are moderately 
broadly blackish to below the upper branch of the median 
nervure ; the lower ocellus is larger and the outer rings on 
the underside are wider and darker. On the underside the 
yellow hair at the base is only visible between the median 
nervure and the inner margin, for the whole base of the fore 
wings and of the costa of the hind wings (for the costal 
edging is narrower between the base and the ocellus) is black. 

The thorax is darker grey than in 7. barbata, without 
black markings, and the palpi are black above. 

“ Rossel Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” 

If the single specimen had been a female J should certainly 
have regarded it as the female of the last. It has, however, 
more resemblance to 7. onesimus, Butl., in some respects. 


ACREINE. 
Genus ACRZAIA. 
Acre@a, Fabr. Tliger’s Mag. vi. p. 284 (1807). 


from the Louisiade Archipelago. 163 


13. Acrea enone, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 50-51 millim. 

Male and Female.—Fore wings semitransparent grey, 
darker along the margins and especially at the tip, with a 
black spot at the base of the cell and transverse black spots 
in its middle and at its extremity. Beyond the cell is a row 
of three smaller more or less confluent spots, and there are 
two more between the branches of the median nervure near 
their origin; there are also two larger spots between the 
median and submedian nervures, one near the base and tlie 
other above the middle of the inner margin, and a row of 
indistinct sagittate spots between the nervures on the hind 
margin. Hind wings black, with a submarginal series of 
eight oblong buff spots, divided by the nervures, those nearest 
the anal angle emarginate on the inside. The spot nearest 
the costa is linear and considerably produced inwards ; below 
its inner edge descends a row of three smaller spots, divided 
by the nervures, and within this is another large irregular 
spot; in the black border is a row of obsolete tawny spots, 
more distinct as they approach the anal angle. 

Underside similar, but on the hind wings the submarginal 
tawny spots are much more distinct, and there are several 
cream-coloured spots in the dark basal portion of the wings, 
which are only indistinctly indicated on the upper surface. 

Body black; the palpi, two round spots on the prothorax 
above, a double row of spots on the sides of the abdomen, and 
transverse stripes beneath buff. Pouch of the female reddish. 

“Kust Island, Oct. 24, 1888” (one specimen); “St. 
Aignan, Oct. 21, 1888” (two specimens). 

Allied to the Australian A. andromache, Fabr.; but the 
latter species is larger and the buff colour extends over the 
whole hind wing except at the extreme base and hind margin, 
being divided in the middle by a single or Y-shaped row of 
confluent black spots. 


Lycenide. 
Genus 'THYSONOTIS. 
Thysonotis, Wiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 20 (1816). 


Danis, Westw. Gen, Diurn. Lep. p. 497 (1852). 


14. Thysonotis regina, sp. n. 
Exp. al. 42-45 lin. 


Male—Winegs rather broad, subdentate; costa of fore 
hE 


164 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Lepidoptera 


wings strongly arched. Fore wings sky-blue, costa and hind 
margin bordered with black, fringes white, spotted with black 
at the ends of the nervures, a comparatively narrow white 
band, divided by the nervures, running from the inner margin 
to above the median nervure. Hind wings pale blue at the 
base, followed by a white band continuous with that on the 
fore wings; the outer half of the wing is black, the upper 
portion being filled up with blue from the white band nearly 
to the hind margin. Fringes white, spotted with black on 
the nervures. 

Underside black, sometimes paler towards the margins; 
the white bands on the wings as above, but more sharply 
defined on the fore wings and continuous, a blue stripe 
divided by the nervures intersects the dark costal portion of 
the wing and curves downwards on the hind margin, 
where it is more macular, as far as the lowest branch of 
the median nervure; on the hind wings the black basal part 
is intersected by an oblique blue stripe, and there is another 
along the basal part of the inner margin ; on the wide black 
border is a row of large oval black spots surrounded with 
blue. 

Head white, a spot between the antenne (which are black, 
spotted with white beneath) and hinder orbits pale blue; a 
black stripe runs from the frontal blue spot to the palpi, 
which are black beneath and at the tips; thorax black or 
brown, clothed above with shaggy white hair; legs black, 
tarsi narrowly spotted with white; abdomen black above, 
ringed with blue, and more or less blue towards the base; 
beneath white. 

Female.—Blackish brown, with a white band, as in the 
male, but that on the fore wings is wider, better defined, and 
divided by the branches of the median nervure; that on the 
hind wings is narrower, so that the black border covers two 
thirds of the wing. The hind margin of the fore wings is 
more convex than in the male. The under surface differs 
little, but the blue submarginal band on the fore wings 
descends nearly to the submedian nervure. 

Six males and one female taken at Normunby on Oct. 380, 
1888. 

Size of 7. sebw, Westw., but the male more resembles 7. 
danis, Cram., in its markings and the female has the fore 
wings more convex and the hind wings more widely bordered 
with black. The under surface in both sexes is of a less 
greenish blue. 


from the Louistade Archipelago. 165 


Papilionida. 
Prerinz, 
Genus HUREMA. 


Eurema, Wiibn. Verz. bek, Schmett. p. 96 (1818 ?). 
Terias, Swains. Zool. Ul i, pl. xxii. (1821). 


15. Hurema hecabe. 
Payilio hecabe, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. i. p. 470. n. 74 (1758). 


‘Two specimens, not differing appreciably from Indian ones, 
taken on Eust Island, Oct. 24, 1888; a third without locality. 


Genus APPIAS. 


Appias, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 91 (1818?); Butl. Cist, Ent. i. 
p- 49 (1869). 


16. Appias cilla. 
Pieris cilla, Feld. Reise d. Novara, Lep. ii. p. 165, n, 139 (1865), 
“ Normunby Island, Oct. 30, 1888.” 


One male, not differing from a specimen from Aru in the 
British Museum. 


Genus BELENOIS. 


Belenors, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 92 (1818 ?); Butl. Cist. Ent. i. 
p- 50 (1869), 


17. Belenots niseta. 
Pieris niseia, Macl, King’s Sury. Austr. ii. p. 459, n. 138 (1827). 
 Sudest Island, Oct. 24, 1888.” 


Four specimens of this common Australian insect, three 
males and one female. ‘Two of the males and the female are 
unusually small, and the female, which expands only 41 
millim., belongs to a variety (?) hitherto unrepresented in the 
British-Museum collection; but it cannot safely be re- 
garded as a distinct species in a group where the males are 
fairly constant and the females extremely variable. The 
fore wings are pale to beyond the cell; but the costa, a line 
above the basal half of the submedian nervure, a very large 
oblong blotch conterminous with the costa, covering the end 
of the cell, and the apical third and hind margin are dark 
brown. ‘The base is stained with orange as far as the level 


166 On Lepidoptera from the Loutstade Archipelago. 


of the black blotch which closes the cell, and the rest of the 
wing within the border, and a row of about six submarginal 
spots, of which the second and third are the largest, are white. 
Hind wings with the apical half and all the nervures broadly 
black ; the cell is filled up nearly to the extremity with pale 
sulphur-yellow ; the costa is of the same colour, faintly marked 
with orange, and within the fork of the median nervure is 
a large pale spot followed by three smaller ones and then by 
longer ones, the two nearest the inner margin extending to 
the anal angle. There is a submarginal row of orange spots, 
partly bordered with white, and the base below the cell and the 
mner margin are likewise marked with orange. 

Underside similar, but the orange at the base of the fore 
wings is more intense and the pale markings on the hind 
wings are smaller, better defined, and therefore wholly 
macular. There is an orange mark at the base of the costa, 
and on the whole the underside hardly differs from that of 
ordinary females of B. niseza. 


P4APILIONINA. 
Genus PAPILIo. 


Papilio, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. x, i. p. 458 (1758); Doubl. Hl. Diurn. 
Lep. p. 5 (1846). 


18. Papilio pandion. 
Papilio pandion, Wall. Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. xxv. p. 56 (1865). 
Normunby Island, Oct. 30, 1888. 
A single female, closely resembling Wallace’s figure of 
P. ormenus, Guér. 9 (lc pl. ii. fig. 3), but with light 


orange instead of red spots on the hind wings. — It stands in 
the British-Museum collection as the female of P. pandion. 


19. Papilio ulysses. 
Papilio ulysses, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. i. p. 459. n. 4 (1758). 


A rather small male, without special locality attached. 


HETEROCERA. 
BOMBYCES. 
Nyctemeride. 
Genus LEPTOsOMA. 
Leptosoma, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 197 (1832). 


On a new Stenodermatous Bat from Trinidad. 167 


20. Leptosoma integrum. 
Nyctemera integra, Walk. Cat, Lep. Het. B. M. xxxy. p. 1879 (1866). 


“ Rossel Island, Oct. 18, 1888.” 
In the British Museum from the Philippines and Ternate. 


GEOMETR&, 
Euschemide, 
Genus CELERENA. 
Celerena, Walk. Trans, Ent, Soc. Lond, (3) i. p. 71 (1862). 


21. Celerena vulgaris. 
Celerena vulgaris, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 768. 


“ Normunby Island, Oct. 30, 1888.” ‘Two specimens. 

In the collection of the British Museum from Port 
Moresby. I much doubt whether this insect is distinct 
from C. perithea, Cram., which is found in Amboina, as the 
width of the markings appears to be a variable character. 


XVIII.— Description of a new Stenodermatous Bat from 
Trinidad. By OuprirLp THOMAS, 


Mr. H. Caraccrioia, of Trinidad, has recently sent to 
the British Museum some few bats which appeared to him to 
be of unusual occurrence there. Among these there is a 
specimen belonging to the genus Vampyrops, but representing 
a very striking new species, for which I propose the name 


Vampyrops Caracciole. 


Size rather less than in V. vittatus, Peters. Markings 
unusually conspicuous, the white lines, both facial and dorsal, 
brighter and more prominent than in any other species of the 
genus. General colour a uniform soft greyish brown both 
above and below, rather paler over the shoulders. Supra- 
orbital white stripes broad, nearly touching one another ante- 
riorly, and running from just behind the nose-leat to the pos- 
terior corner of the ear; dorsal stripe commencing on the 
occiput, expanding between the shoulders, and continued 


168 Mr. O. Thomas on a new 


quite to the base of the interfemoral. Structure of nose-leaf, 
ear, and tragus apparently, so far as can be judged from a 
skin, quite as in V. Uineatus and vittatus. ar-conch mar- 
gined with white anteriorly. 

Fur on the upper surface extending along the arms to the 
middle of the forearm, and on the wings as far as a line from 
the elbow to the middle of the femur. Interfemoral mem- 
brane and hind limbs thinly hairy. 

Skull, except in its smaller size, very like that of V. vittatus, 
broader and heavier in proportion than that of V. lineatus. 

Dental formula :—I. 3, C. ap P. 2, M. 3x 2=30. 

Teeth (figs. 1-3).—Outer upper incisors well developed, filling 
up the space between the 
canmes and inner incisors. 
Canines proportionally short 
and stout. Upper premolars 
and anterior molars as in V. 
vittatus. Second molars con- 
vex instead of being flattened 
or concave behind, owing to 
the total absenceof™:*. Lower 
incisors four in number, about 
equal in size. Anterior cusp 
of the last lower premolar 
almost as high as the canine. 
me in horizontal section ‘Teeth of Vampyrops Caracciole. 
slightly longer than 743 n.3 small, not so minute as in JV. 
bidens, but still only about one quarter the size in section of 
the anterior premolar. 

Fig. 2. 


Oe —— 
Front view. 


Side view. 
Dimensions of the type, a slightly immature * specimen 
preserved as a skin (sex not determinable) :— 


_ * The epiphyses of the hind limbs are not united, but the teeth are all 
fully exserted. 


Stenodermatous Bat from Trinidad. 169 


Head and body (c.) 73 millim.; ear, above crown, 9; fore- 
arm 50 (=1°96 inch); tibia 19. 

Skull: basal length (c.) 20 millim. ; greatest breadth 16°8 ; 
interorbital, breadth 6°2 ; palate, length 12°6, breadth outside 
mT! 11-4,1nside ™» 6:2. 

Teeth: uppercanines, vertical length 3°6, greatest horizontal 
diameter 2°0, distance from tip of one to tip of the other 4:1; 
front of canine to back of ™? 9°8; front of “1 to back of 
m2 4-7; transverse breadth of @:+ 2°6; height of lower canine 
3°3 ; front of canine to back of 7-3 10°3; front of a7 to back 
Olas os Wenet ly Ol pep 2725 aa DOs oa 0 Oe 


No detailed comparison of this new species with its allies 
. . 2 2 
is necessary, as its dental formula (I.5, M. 5) at once separates 


it from every other member of the group except the otherwise 
very different Artibeus perspicillatus and Stenoderma achra- 
dophilum. 

In working out the relationships of this form, however, 
several points in connexion with the genera of the group have 
arisen which seem to be worthy of mention. ‘The number of 
the molar teeth, a character elsewhere usually of generic 
importance, here only seems to be of specific value, a fact only 
recognized after the foundation of almost as many “ genera ” 
or “subgenera” as there really exist species. Mr. Dobson, 
in his invaluable ‘Catalogue,’ has practically adopted the 
later views of Prof. Peters on the subject, and has wisely only 
admitted such genera as are based on other characters than 
those of the molars; but some of the species appear to me to 
be referred to the wrong genera owing to the principle of 
ignoring the molars not being sufficiently rigidly carried out. 

In comparing the two genera Vampyrops and Chiro- 
derma Mr. Dobson says of the latter:—“‘This genus is 
undoubtedly closely allied to Vampyrops..... The form 
of the upper and lower first premolars is, however, very 
different and peculiar ; the second molar in both jaws is larger 
than any of the other teeth; and in immature specimens a 
well-defined cleft extends backward from the nasal opening 
in the middle between the orbits.” 

Now, in my opinion, this last character, that of the nasal 
cleft, is the only valid distinction between the two genera, and 
the statement by Prof. Peters that it closes up in old age is 
simply due to his having wrongly attributed to Chiroderma 
an old individual of a species (Phyllostoma pusillum of Wag- 
ner) really referable to Vampyrops, he at that time thinking 
that the form and number of the molars was of more import- 
ance than the presence or absence of the nasal cleft, 


170 = Ona new Stenodermatous Bat from Trinidad. 


But not only has Vampyrops pusillus (as it should be called) 
no cleft, but Mr. Dobson’s ‘ Chiroderma bidens” is also without 
it; and since there appears to be no generic importance in the 
other characters of Chiroderma as mentioned by him, I propose 
that the two species just referred to should be shifted to Vam- 
pyvops, which would then contain all the members of this 
group of bats with oblique incisors and perfect nasal regions. 

The genera to which the new Trinidad bat is most nearly 
allied may therefore be arranged as in the following synop- 
sis :— 


A. Palate continued some way behind molars. 


a. Middle upper incisors vertical .......ceseseseees 1. Artibeus. 

b. Middle upper incisors oblique. 
a’. Nasal region not cleft ........2. coro onan f 2. Vampyrops. 
b’. Nasal region cleft ............ Mo dgs4 Goad p AS 3. Chiroderma. 


B. Palate not continued backwards behind molars. 


: m. 1 
c. Palate emarginate to level of ——. Crown not un- 


usually elevated ......ccssccscrsens aedrere teat Xe 4, Stenoderma. 
d. Palate emarginate to level of ™ 3° Crown much 
elevated above muzzle ...... 4 auvelsteless sielsiale rare 5. Ametrida*. 


The enlarged genus Vampyrops may then be arranged as 
follows :— 


A. Molars . 


a, Forearm about 60 millim. Front of ca- 
m. 2 


nine to back of —— 12-13 millim....... 1. V. vittatus, Ptrs.t 
b. Forearm 52 millim. .......... SOA O 2. V. infuscus, Ptrs. 
c. Forearm 35-45 millim, Front of canine to 


back of = about 8 millim. .......... 3. V. lineatus, Geoff. 


B. Molars = 


5 2 = m, 2 
d. Incisors = Front of canine to back of —— 


STAMINA noes tats cyeeas eo iessiecaterope @iepeters 4. V. Caracciole, Thos. 
m. 2 


x 2 O 
e. Incisors ;. Front of canine to back of 


GA malts os aos vel 6 }05, 2% bcheleve.« pO» 2 tOloens, Obs, 


C. Molars > 


f. Forearm 35 millim. ........ eeitiots lations 6. V. pusillus, Wagn. 


* From which Spheronycteris, Peters (MB. Ak. Berl. 1882, p. 987), is 
very doubtfully separable. 

+ With which V. Heller?, Ptrs., is synonymous; see Alston, Biol. 
Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 48 (1879). 


On Insects supposed to be distasteful to Birds. 1¢1 


XIX.—A few Remarks respecting Insects supposed to be dis- 
tasteful to Birds. By Arruur G. Butter, -F.L.S., 
F.Z.8., &e. 


THE question as to the distasteful nature of certain insects 
and their larve has of late years occupied the attention of 
several eminent naturalists, and certainly is one worthy of 
consideration. 

Many years ago I published an account of experiments 
which I had recorded touching the refusal of certain cater- 
pillars &e. by lizards, frogs, and spiders: the attention which 
that paper of mine has since received has been interesting, as 
showing how very little has since been done by naturalists 
either to prove or disprove the truth of the theories based 
thereon. 

The other day I was reminded by a simple occurrence of 
the fact that two years ago Mr. Poulton asked me to take 
careful notes of all insects and their larve or pups: which were 
accepted or rejected by my birds (if | remember rightly I had 
at the time about 108 birds), and to send the notes to him, 
to assist him in more thoroughly investigating the subject. 
This I did most conscientiously, not even retaining a copy of 
my notes, but so far nothing seems to have come of it; I 
presume therefore that my facts have rather tended to mystify 
than clear the matter up, for the following reason :— 

My experience ever since I have kept birds—nearly six 
years—has been that no insect in any stage was ever refused 
by all the birds, what one bird refused another would eat * ; 
but the other day I thought I had discovered a moth which no 
bird would touch—Zenzera esculi 9. I threw it into my 
aviary of insectivorous birds, and they positively showed fear 
of it; the Grey Wagtail inspected it askance from a yard’s 
distance, but flew off in a fright when the moth moved; at 
the end of half an hour I took it away and gave it to my 
Missel-Thrush, who behaved exactly as I had seen him do to 
the stag-beetle (Lucanus cervus), standing almost on tiptoe, 
giving it a sudden peck, and immediately jumping back ; 
finding, however, that no harm resulted from his boldness, he 
presently plucked up courage, pulled it to pieces, and de- 
voured it, apparently with the greatest satisfaction. What is 
there in a wood-leopard moth to produce fear in a bird ? 


Certainly not the smell, for both Missel-Thrush and Blackbird 


* Possibly Zygena and Procris may be exceptions; I have had none 
lately, 


172 On Insects supposed to be distasteful to Birds. 


at once attack Cossus ligniperda, and although it is evidently 
not relished by them, my blackbird devoured one and thereby 
made his cage offensive for weeks. There must, I think, be 
something startling to birds in the violent black and white 
contrasts in the colouring of the moth which makes them 
hesitate to touch it. 

The idea that metallic colours are a protection to insects is 
a mistake; they are rather the reverse. A bird knows 
nothing of the nature of metal, but whatever is brilliant and 
shining he makes for at once, to see whether it is good to eat; 
all insectivorous birds, excepting, I think (but Mr. Poulton 
has my notes and can correct me if Iam wrong), the Wryneck, 
will eat the golden chrysalides of Vanessa urtice, and as for 
those bright metallic moths, the Plusiw, they are devoured 
immediately, as I found quite recently when I turned P. chry- 
sitis into my outside aviary and the Grey Wagtail seized 
and tore him to pieces directly he settled. 

As a rule it may be taken for granted that finches, omitting 
birds with such bunting-like habits as the type of Fringilla 
and the Waxbills, are very slightly insectivorous, and there- 
fore are very particular as to what they eat. Thus the 
Linnet group, including the Canary, will occasionally eat 
small green caterpillars, the Goldfinch group, including the 
Siskin, will eat aphides in abundance and probably also green 
caterpillars; the Chaffinch and Brambling, on the other 
hand, which more nearly resemble the Buntings in their mode 
of progression, are both ravenous insect-eaters, quite as much 
so as the Nonpareil, Indigo Finch, or Weaver-birds. 

Of truly insectivorous birds the Thrushes and their allies 
the Robins, including the Nightingale, are the least parti- 
cular, the Missel-Thrush and Blackbird even eating without 
hesitation the most hairy of hairy caterpillars, merely waiting 
to rub off the bristles before swallowing them; the Wryneck, 
on the other hand, is extremely dainty. 

It therefore appears to me that certain species of Lepido- 
ptera and of other insects may become abundant in certain 
years owing to the temporary scarcity of their particular 
enemies, but that never do they enjoy perfect immunity from 
destruction. 

Before closing these remarks I wish to disabuse entomolo- 
gists of the notion that the spider-like appearance of the larva 
of Stauropus is intended as a protection against birds. If 
there is one thing that all insectivorous birds love it is a 
spider ; unless he is at the point of death the sight of a spider 
will rouse even a sick bird to activity ; the shout of pleasure 
which a Bulbul gives when you offer him a spider is alone 


On new Shells from Lake Tanganyika. 173 


sufficient evidence of the absurdity of supposing that because 
the Arachnida are terrible to women they must therefore be 
equally alarming to birds. 

The sting-like tentacles of the larva of Dicranura vinula 
are likewise no protection; three young Nightingales, which 
I had the year before last, never hesitated for a moment to 
use the tentacles as handles to assist them in knocking the 
life out of the caterpillar before devouring it. 


XX.— Diagnoses of new Shells from Lake Tanganyika. 
By Epaar A. SmItu. 


A SMALL series of shells from Lake Tanganyika has lately 
been purchased of Mr. Coode Hore by the British Museum. 
Among other interesting specimens are some very remarkable 
varieties of Neothawma tanganyicense, considerably larger and 
more finely developed than those originally described and 
showing also much variation in form. After careful consider- 
ation I cannot but regard all the five described species * of 
this genus as modifications of one and the same variable form. 

The collection also contains some very fine examples of 
Pleiodon Speked, Woodward, Spatha tanganyicensis, Smith, 
and Unio Burtont, Woodward, fresh specimens of Liémno- 
trochus Kirki but without opercula, a large form of LZ. Thom- 
soni, and a large, solid, tabulated variety of the ever variable 
Paramelania nassa. ‘Taking the extreme forms of the last 
species, it seems impossible to regard them as belonging to the 
same species ; yet in large series it becomes impossible to draw 
reasonable lines of specific limitation. Bourguignat in his 
absurd manner has already created twenty-three so-called 
species out of this remarkable shell ! 

Some specimens of Spekia zonata, Woodward, fortunately 
contain the operculum, which has not previously been 
observed. 

It has the appearance of being rather small in proportion 
to the size of the shell. It is of a long ovate form, concave 
externally, concentrically striated except near the central 
nucleus, where it is paucispiral. The lower surface has a 
smooth glossy margin, broader on one side than on the other, 
and the muscular impression is dull, ovate, and marked with 
concentric lines of growth. 


* Vide Grandidier, Bull. Soc. Mal. France, vol. ii. pp. 162-164; Bour- 
guignat, Moll, terr. et fluy. du lac Tanganyika, 1885, pp. 25-29. 


174 Mr. E. A. Smith on new 


It is much of the same character as that of Tanganyicia 
rufofilosa, Smith, but is still more like a miniature of Para- 
melania Lamont, Smith. 


Syrnolopsis carinifera. 

Testa elongata, cylindracea, superne acuminata, subpellucido-alba, 
imperforata; anfractus 9, primi tres leves, convexi, czteri 
carinis validis duabus (una infra, altera supra suturam) instructi, 
inter carinas plani, fere leves, ultimus circa medium bicarinatus ; 
apertura irregulariter subauriformis, longit. totius 7 subsquans ; 
peristoma continuum, margine externo late sed haud profunde 
sinuato, inferne producto, margine infra columellam quoque late 
sinuato, marg. columellari incrassato, in medio plica valida in- 
structo. 

Longit. 7, diam. 2 millim. 

Var. Testa minor, carinis in anfractibus inferioribus plus minus 
obsoletis. 


This species also has two palatal lire, like S. lacustris, the 
typical species of the genus ; but they are invisible unless the 
labrum is broken away for some distance. The texture and 
carine recall the genus Pyrgula, but the columellar fold &e. 
distinguish it. There is considerable difference between 
extreme forms of this species both in size and in the strength 
of the carinations. ‘The smallest examples are not much more 
than half as long and broad as the largest, although they 
consist of as many whorls. 


Reymondia minor. 


Testa imperforata, ovata, superne acuminata, nitida, subpellucido- 
alba, zona lata pallide fuscescente infra suturam opaco-albo mar- 
ginatam cincta; anfractus 7 sensim accrescentes, leves, leviter 
convexi, ultimus in medio obtuse subangulatus, antice leviter 
ascendens; apertura ovata, superne leviter acuminata, longit. 
totius 2 adeequans ; perist. continuum, incrassatum, margine ex- 
terno levissime expanso, columellari callo albo instructo. 

Longit. 64, diam. 3 millim.; apertura 23 longa, 14 lata. 


The general tone of this species is a very pale brown. On 
close inspection, however, the colour is not uniform throughout 
the shell. A very narrow, opaque white line revolves up 
the spire beneath the suture ; below this there is a broad but 
indistinctly defined light-brownish zone, and on the body- 
whorl a second is feebly observable around the base, the 
interval between the two zones being semitransparent white. 

Under a very strong power excessively fine spiral striz 
are discoverable in well-preserved specimens. 


Shells from Lake Tanganyika. 175 


Reymondia tanganyicensis. 


Testa minima, imperforata, ovata, superne acuminata, polita, sordide 
cornea, infra suturam lineis duabus angustis cincta (una nivea, 
altera inferiore sed contigua nigrescente) ; anfr. 5, convexiusculi, 
ultimus magnus; apertura irregulariter ovata, superne leviter 
acuminata, longit. totius + subsequans ; peristoma paulo incrassa- 
tum, margine externo leviter patulo, columellari valde incrassato, 
expanso, superne labro callo tenui juncto. 

Longit. 34, diam. 13 millim. 


This little shell appears to agree with Bourguignat’s genus 
Girandia and is probably closely allied to his G. preclara. 
That genus and Bazzea, also described by Bourguignat, appear 
to be founded upon very trivial characters and not well dis- 
tinguishable from Reymondia. Indeed, I am almost inclined 
to believe that all of these so-called genera could well have 
been dispensed with until more is known about the various 
species which compose them. The well-known genus J//y- 
drolia would, at present at all events, serve well for their 
reception. 


Rissoa (Horea) Ponsonbyt. 


Testa parva, ovata, superne acuminata, imperforata, vix nitens, 
dilute fusco-grisea; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, striis spiralibus 
numerosis, lineisque incrementi obliquis distinctis plus minus 
cancellati, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, ultimus subglobosus ; 
apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totius 4 fere eequans ; labrum 
intus incrassatum, levissime patulum; columella infra medium albo 
callosa, superne callo tenuissimo labro juncta, 

Longit. 63, diam. 3? millim. ; apertura 33 longa, 13 lata. 


The colour and sculpture of this interesting species recalls 
certain forms of Plecotrema, e.g. Pl. concinna, H. and A. Ad., 
P. monilifera, H. Ad., &e. 

I have created a new section of Rissoide for it, as it does 
not conveniently associate itself with any of the known groups, 
and this (Horea) I have named in honour of Mr. E. Coode 
Hore, the discoverer of this and many other new and inter- 
esting Tanganyikan shells. It may thus be characterized :— 


THorea, subgen. nov. 


Shell small, ovate, transversely striated, and cancellated by 
oblique lines of growth. Aperture with a thickened peri- 
stome; columella also thickened. Operculum unknown. 


176 Geological Socrety. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


June 19, 1889.—Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., 
Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “The Descent of Sonninia and of Hammatoceras.” By 8. S. 
Buckman, Esq., F.G.S. 


The Author reviewed the history and literature of the genus 
Sonninia, Bayle, which was founded to receive the Ammonites of the 
Sowerbyi-group, formerly classed, together with those of the Jnsig- 
nis-group, in the genus Hammatoceras. 

The reasons why the genus Sonninia is not descended from 
Hammatoceras, or from Haugia (Variabilis-group), were set forth. 
Then, proceeding to trace out the life-history of Pleuroceras, Amal- 
theus, and Sonninia, as shown by their inner whorls, the Author 
arrived at the conclusion that these three genera were descended 
from a common source, and that they form three branches from one 
stem. 

The development of the genus Hammatoceras, sensu stricto, was 
then traced out, and its descent shown to be from the genus 
Deroceras, which is in accordance with the general ideas upon the 
subject. 

The difference in the descent of Sonninia and Hammatoceras 
was taken to justify the separation of the former from the latter. 
The genus Sonninia would be correctly placed in the family 
Amaltheide ; while the genus Hammatoceras would be placed in the 
same family as Stephanoceras. 

Of the numerous new species belonging to the genera Sonninia 
and Hammatoceras, certain forms, necessary to elaborate the ideas 
set forth above, were described and definitely separated. The paper 
also touched upon certain other facts connected with [/ammatoceras, 
Sonninia, and cognate genera. 


2. “ Description of some new Species of Carboniferous Gastero- 
poda.” By Miss Jane Donald. (Communicated by J.G. Goodchild, 
Esq., F.G.S.) 


The Gasteropoda described in this paper have, with one exception, 
been collected by Mr. John Young from the Upper Limestone Series 
of Scotland. After discussing she characters of the genus Orthonema, 
Meek and Worthen, the following forms were described :—Ortho- 
nema pygmea, n. sp.; 02, n. sp.; Murchisona turriculata, de Kon. 
(Yoredale Shales, Askrigg, Yorkshire) ; ; M. turriculata, var. scotica ; 
and M, compacta, n. sp. 


Miscellaneous. 177 


3. “ Cystechinus crassus, a new Species from the Radiolarian 
Marls of Barbadoes ; and the evidence it affords as to the Age and 
Origin of those Deposits.” By J. W. Gregory, Esq., F.G.S. 


In this paper the discovery of a species of Cystechinus from the 
Radiolarian earth of Barbadoes was recorded. The specimen is now 
preserved in the National Collection, South Kensington. The form 
was described and distinguished from the three modern species 
which were found during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. The latter 
have shown that the bathymetrical range of the genus is from 1050 
to 2225 fathoms. 

The Author gave proofs that the specimen really came from the 
Radiolarian marl, and not from the overlying Coralline limestone, 
and after discussing the age of the marl, as inferred by Prof. E. 
Forbes from an examination of the Mollusca, and by Prof. Haeckel 
after studying the Radiolaria, gave his reasons for supposing that it 
is in reality more modern than these authors supposed, and may be 
referred to the Pliocene or Pleistocene. 

Though Cystechinus crassus possessed plates of greater thickness 
than those of the previously described species, the ambulacra were 
apetaloid, and the Author concluded that though an inhabitant of 
seas of less depth than those in which the modern forms occur, it 
may be fairly considered to have been a dweller in deep seas, and 
to indicate that the Radiolarian deposit is a true deep-sea ooze. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


A new Marine Larva and its Affinities. 
By J. Watrer Fewxes *. 


[Plate VII. fig. 4.] 


THERE are in the waters of the Atlantic, near the coast of the 
United States, a large number of marine larve, very different from 
characteristic larvee of the European seas, of the adult state of which 
the naturalist isin profound ignorance tf. The adults of these larve 
may have been described and figured, and may be well known, but 
from the fact that many young marine animals are so different from 
the adults their relationship is unsuspected, although both mature 
and immature stages are known. It is certainly a desirable thing to 
trace these larve to their parents as a part of the great study of the 
metamorphosis of marine animals. This special line of zoological 
work has many attractions to an earnest band of working naturalists, 


* From ‘The Microscope’ for June 1888. 
+ Conversely also we are ignorant of the young of a much larger 
number of adult animals of our seas and bays. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 12 


178 Miscellaneous. 


and offers remarkable possibilities for discovery. The same branch 
of marine research has been prosecuted for many years on the shores 
of the North Sea and the Mediterranean, and a large number of 
larvee, known to be such, but which have as yet not been raised into 
adults, have been described and figured. This provisional nomen- 
clature of a larval animal known to be such has been a means of 
attracting the attention of other naturalists to the larva, and in 
many instances has led to the discovery of the adult. 

The larval forms of marine animals of the coast of New England 
are varied in form and rich in number. ‘They are as different from 
those of Europe as the fauna of our bays and sounds is different from 
the European. We have few descriptions of these larval animals 
from our waters, and so different are they from the European that 
it is hard, almost impossible, to identify them. Shall we give these 
undoubted larvae new names which shall be provisional, or shall we 
delay publication until we have traced them to the adults? Some- 
thing is to be said in favour of both courses; but a description of a 
new stage of a larva by one observer may attract the attention of 
another naturalist, and fit into a series of observations otherwise 
complete, thus leading to a discovery which neither alone could 
possibly make from the material at his command. 

The object of the present paper is to record a brief notice of an 
unknown larva of peculiar morphology found in the Bay of Fundy. 
Its general affinities are apparent and will be spoken of later ; but 
its special relationship is unknown. It is hoped that this mention 
may meet the eyes of those interested in the study of the metamor- 
phosis of the marine animals of the United States, and attract the 
attention of some one who may be able to add to our limited know- 
ledge of it. No more interesting questions can at present be raised, 
so far as the determination of the facies of our marine fauna is con- 
cerned, than those which deal with the identification of the larval 
forms of life which inhabit the populous waters of our coast. 

A number of naturalists have expressed the belief that the larvee 
of some Annelids are closely related to the young of certain Bryozoa, 
and have supposed that the phylogenetic history of the two groups 
is closely interwoven. A young Cheetopod, which combines many 
characters of the larvee of the Bryozoa, is called Mitrarza. While 
several of the features which distinguish this larva are undoubtedly 
secondary modifications and are of little phylogenetic importance, 
the general form of Mitraria is believed to approach closely the 
prototype or ancestral form of both the Cheetopods and the Bryozoa, 
if not of the Brachiopods and other related groups. It is the purpose 
of the present paper to consider the form of a larva allied to M- 
traria from the Bay of Fundy, and to call attention to the interest 
attached to the study of this interesting animal. 

A true Mitraria has never been described from the coasts of 
North America. I have found specimens of this genus at the Ber- 
mudas and at Santa Cruz, California; but neither of these have 
been figured or described. No other naturalist has recorded Mitraria 
from American waters, and but few have found it in European seas. 


Miscellaneous. 179 


It is consequently with great pleasure that I am able to figure for 
the first time a beautiful Mttraria-like larva, which is found in 
abundance in the cold waters of the Bay of Fundy. ‘This larva does 
not occur south of Cape Cod, although it is represented in the waters 
of Massachusetts Bay at Provincetown, Mass, It is differentin form 
from the European representative, of which, in truth, considering 
the part which it has played in discussion of the affinities of larval 
forms of animals, too little is known. 

My new larva was first taken by means of the drag-net or tow- 
net in the summer of 1886. [I first found it at Frye’s Island, New 
Brunswick, and afterwards it was taken at Grand Manan. The 
larva occurred in countless multitudes in July, and later decreased 
in numbers, but was collected far into August. Later than August, 
however, I ene never seen Mitraria in the nets, although it may 
and probably does last long intothe autumn. The following descrip- 
tion will give an idea of the general contour and structure of the 
body of my new larva. 

The body (Pl. VII. fig. 4) is hat-shaped, with a narrow rim, 
gelatinous and transparent. When contracted the equatorial rim 
or belt of the worm is aan to the body, imparting a spherical form 
to the animal. 

There are two ciliated regions of the body. One of these is situ- 
ated at the apex of the larva, forming a small tuft of cilia, shown 
in fig. 4. The second ciliated region is found on the rim of the 
larva, forming a belt skirting the outer border. This second region 
or ciliated belt is conspicuous on account of the masses of reddish 
pigment shown in the figure. 

Hanging down from the pole of the larva, opposite the apical 
tuft of cilia, there is a bifid protuberance, from which arise two 
fan-shaped bundles of provisional sete. These setee resemble the 
embryonic setze so common in larval Chetopods. They can be drawn 
together or separated, and are always very conspicuous. Above 
the protuberances from which the spines arise there is a spherical 
darkly pigmented body easily seen through the walls of the larva. 

Under the apex of the larva there is a thickening of the epiblast 
which is connected with the marginal belt by means of a fine thread, 
shown in fig. 4. The apical tuft of cilia rises from this epiblastic 
thickening. The digestive system of our larva is very simple, and 
its yellow walls are readily seen through the sides of the body. It 
consists of a long tubular cesophagus, the inner wall of which is 
richly ciliated, opening into an elongated stomach, simple and 
without cilia*. The mouth lies just inside the ciliated rim or 
belt, and is separated from the stomach by the globular body, at 
the base of the spine-bearing protuberance on the lower pole of the 
larva. 

The larva is, when expanded, from -15 to -2 millim. in diameter. 

Only a single stage in the growth of this Tae was found, and 
consequently “its adult form is unknown. 

* No external opening of the stomach through an intestine was ob- 
served. 


180 Miscellaneous. 


The question now arises, What are the affinities of the curious 
larva described above? It has Cheetopod, Brachiopod, and Bryo- 
zoan features, and may be supposed to resemble the archetype or 
ancestral form of these three groups. 

I was at first led to regard it as the young of the genus Tere- 
bratulina *, a Brachiopod common in the Bay of Fundy. It differs, 
however, very considerably from any figure of a Brachiopod which 
I have ever seen, although in some features it recalls Argiope. It 
also resembles somewhat Cyclopelma, the young of Loawosoma, often- 
times regarded a Bryozoan. Its closest affinities appear to me to 
be with Mitraria, a larva which Metschnikoff has already shown to 
belong to the developmental stages of a Chetopod annelid. It 
differs, however, considerably from A/itraria, and its true affinities, 
whether with Brachiopods or Chetopods, must be discovered by 
later investigation. 

Balfour, in his well known ‘ Comparative Embryology,’ has saga- 
clously suggested that Pilidium, a larval form of certain Nemertean 
worms, reproduces the larval prototype in the course of its conver- 
sion into a bilateral form. Other naturalists have carried the idea 
still further, and find the Pilidiwm to represent a definite stage in 
the development of several groups of marine larvae. While I cannot 
subscribe to many of the statements made by the several naturalists 
who have written on this subject, it seems to me not improbable 
that Balfour’s interpretation of the signification of the Pilidium as a 
definite ancestral stage may be considerably amplified, and that the 
Pilidium or a Pilidiwm-like larva may be recognized in other groups 
than that of the Nemerteans. The well-developed Pilidium is pro- 
bably more or less modified by secondary characters; but the essen- ° 
tial form of the young Pilidium is probably ancestral for several 
groups of marine animals. 

Following the Pilidiwm-stage in the groups of Brachiopods, 
Cheetopods, and Bryozoa is one which we may call the Mitraria- 
stage. It is thought to be assumed, possibly in a modified form but 
with certain general features which are characteristic, by the young 
of certain genera of each of the three groups mentioned. 

It is the opinion of the author that while the beautiful Mitraria- 
like larva here figured has many secondary characters which are 
not ancestral for the Bryozoa, Cheetopoda, and Brachiopoda, it also 
has features which are phylogenetic for the three groups. Con- 
sidering, then, the Plidiwm as a stage following the gastrula, the 
next stage in these groups may not be unlike the Mitraria. This 
stage, which may be looked upon as a common one in the three 
groups named, adds to the gastrula, among other features, the fol- 
lowing :—1. An apical tuft of cilia mounted upon an epiblastic 
thickening; 2. A mouth surrounded by a ciliated rim ; 3. A pro- 
tuberance near the mouth from which arise embryonic sete. 


* It cannot be asserted dogmatically that my new larva is not a Bra- 
chiopod; but it differs essentially from the larval Brachiopods which have 
been described. 


Miscellaneous. 181 


While undoubtedly some of the characters of the Mitraria indi- 
cated above are secondary and special adaptations of limited distri- 
bution, it is believed that the majority are ancestral for Brachiopods, 
Bryozoa, and Cheetopods, and that the common ancestor of these 
three groups is most closely preserved to us in the genus Mitraria. 
I therefore suggest as a name for the common ancestor of the Bra- 
chiopods, Chaetopods, and Bryozoa that of Mitraria, which up to 
the present is applied simply to the larval form of a single genus of 
Cheetopoda. 


Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
Cambridge, Mass. 


Aspidophryxus Sarsii, Giard and Bonnier. 
By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.L.S. 


The July ‘ Annals’ contains a translation of the description of 
this parasitic Isopod, which I had placed in the authors’ hands. It 
is, however, erroneously stated that the Hrythrops microphthalma 
upon which it occurred was “dredged by G. O. Sars himself upon 
the Norwegian coast,” and the Aspidophrywus is said to “ haye been 
determined as A. peltatus by G. O. Sars.” I know not how the 
authors can have fallen into this error. The host with its parasite 
was dredged by myself in 1882 in Solems Fiord, Floro, Norway, 
among dead Zostera in 5 fathoms, and was named by me A. pel- 
tatus, aS it appeared to be that species when still in the host, and 
while therefore those smaJl differences on which Messrs. Giard and 
Bonnier have felt justified in establishing a new species were not 
visible. I have thought it just to correct the statement that my 
friend Prof. G. O. Sars had identified it as his A. peltatus, 


July 15, 1889. 


The Sepiole of the French Coasts. By M. A. Grarp. 


The author refers to the two species supposed to be most abundant 
in the Pas de Calais, namely S. atlantica and S. Rondeleti, and notes 
that since the researches of Peters (in 1842) it has been supposed 
that the ink-bag in S. Hondeleti presents different forms at ditferent 
seasons, being trilobate at the time of breeding and simple during 
the rest of the year. The modifications undergone by the organ in 
this respect were regarded by Peters as so important that at the 
first glance they might be regarded as of generic value. Girod (in 
1882) confirmed Peters’s opinion and extended it further to S. 
atlantica. 

Steenstrup, in a memoir on the Mediterranean species of Sepiola 
(Overs. Kongl. Dan. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1887, pp. 47-56), de- 
scribes the results of an investigation of a great number of types 
from various localities and collected at different seasons, and shows 


182 Miscellaneous. 


that the ink-bag does not present the modifications supposed to 
occur in it, but that the form of the bag corresponds to other cha- 
racters of systematic importance and also frequently to a different 
habitat. 

The following table, taken from Steenstrup’s ‘ Note Teuthologice,’ 
furnishes an 


Analytical Key to the Species of the Genus Sepiola from the 
Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and the North Sea. 


A. Ink-bag trilobate or auriculate ; fins ex- 
ceeding in length the half of the mantle 
(equal to 3 of the mantle). 
a. Suckers of all the arms biseriate...... 1. S. Rondeleti, Leach. 
8. Suckers of the ventral arms pluriseriate 


(4-seriate) at the apex ; suckers of the 
oper ‘arms biseriate 7: 2: <).06<.9 5<' 2. S. atlantica, VOrb., 


B. Ink-bag simple or pyriform ; fins nearly 
equalling half the mantle, but never 
longer than half. 

2 Y “ye {S 
a. Suckers of all the arms biseriate .... ve ; ele Be 
. S. scandica, St. 

B. Suckers of the ventral arms pluriseriate 
at the end; suckers of the other arms 
ISGFIALO 6s eee oi « Sooogeooeudn ac 5. S. Owentana, d’Orb., St. 


All these species (1-5) differ from each other by the clubs of the 
tentacles, as regards the relative size of the suckers, and the number 
of longitudinal series and of the teeth in the horny rings. S. Owen- 
tana, especially, differs from all the rest in the very small suckers of 
its clubs. The valve of the funnel in the males is half or one third 
of the size of that of the females; it seems to be entirely wanting 
in the male of Sepiola scandica (?=S. Rondeleti of the English and 
Scandinavian faunas). The species with long fins (1 and 2) have 
lanceolate cultriform sepiostega. Those with short fins (8-5) have 
narrow, linear, or setiform sepiostega, to some extent resembling 
those of the type species of the genus AMioteuthis, Verrill. The other 
species of that genus are referred by Steenstrup to a new genus 
under the name of Huprymna. 

The commonest species in the North Sea and the Pas de Calais is 
Sepiola atlantica, @Orb. At Roscoff S. atlantica seems to be less 
common, and the dominant form is S. Rondeleti or S. scandica, both 
of which occur. From a statement of M. Girod it seems probable 
that S. Oweniana also exists at Roscoff. 

According to M. Girod a specimen of S. atlantica obtained by 
dredging had the ink-bag simple; all the individuals seen by the 
author had it trilobate. M. Girod based his identification solely 
upon the pluriseriate suckers, the possession of which combined with 
the simple ink-bag is shown by the above table to lead to S. Owen- 


Miscellaneous. 183 


tana, a species hitherto regarded as exclusively Mediterranean. It 
would be very interesting to see whether the individuals with pluri- 
seriate suckers and simple ink-bag agree in other characters with 
S. Oweniana, or whether they represent in the Atlantic a parallel 
form related to S. Oweniana, as S. scandica is to S. Petersi.—Bulletin 
Seventifique, 1889, pp. 171-175. 


Note on Mr. Williams's Paper on a new Species of Ampullaria. 
By Enear A. Suira. 


In the last number of these ‘ Annals’ Mr. J. W. Williams, in his 
** Note on a new Species of Ampullaria from the La Plata,” ob- 
serves :—‘ I have, in company with Mr. Edgar Smith, examined 
the species belonging to this genus which are in the National Col- 
lection, and not found one to which this present shell could be 
referred.” 

This statement, although partly correct, but published without 
my knowledge, seems to imply that I also am of opinion that the 
Museum does not contain the species in question. 

Of this I am not at all certain, for I well remember that Mr. 
Williams’s study of the Museum series was very brief—nor did he 
examine the South-American Ampullarie contained in the d’Orbigny 
collection. 

It seems to me improper to cite my name apparently in support 
of the validity of the supposed new species without warning or per- 
mission. A museum official in assisting a visitor or student does 
not, without a distinct request, pledge himself that any species 
brought for comparison is or is not contained in the Museum! 


Acanthodian Fishes from the Devonian of Canada. 
By A. Surrn Woopwarp. 


The known geographical distribution of the extinct Acanthodian 
fishes is gradually becoming extended by their discovery both in 
Canada and in Siberia; but the only genus hitherto definitely deter- 
mined outside the European areais the typical Acanthodes. It is there- 
fore interesting to note that fragmentary evidence of a remarkable 
generic type, first distinguished in the Lower Old Red Sandstone of 
Forfarshire, has lately been described and figured* from a correspond- 
ing horizon at Campbellton, New Brunswick ; and the circumstance 
seems worthy of a brief special notice, since the relationships of the 
fossils in question are misinterpreted and unrecognized by their 
discoverer. These specimens are triangular dermal spines, more or 
less elongated, laterally compressed, marked with longitudinal ridges 


* J, F. Whiteaves, “ Illustrations of the Fossil Fishes of the Devonian 
Rocks of Canada.—Part I.,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vi. sec. iv. 
(1889), pp. 95, 96, pl. x. figs. 3, 4. 


184 Miscellaneous. 


and furrows, and exhibiting some indications of posterior denticles ; 
no smooth base of insertion is distinguishable, and the variation in 
relative length and breadth in the fossils is very striking. Three of 
the stouter examples figured are named Ctenacanthus latispinosus, and 
compared with the so-called Ctenacanthus ornatus, Ag., while a fourth 
spine, more slender, is recorded as Homacanthus gracilis. If, how- 
ever, these fossils be compared with the spines of the Acanthodian 
Climatius, as elucidated by Egerton * and Powrie+, there will be 
observed to exist the closest agreement in every respect: the shape 
and ornamentation of the spines is similar; posterior denticles are 
known in certain of the spines of at least one Scottish species t; 
and there is no more variation among the Canadian fossils than is 
exhibited in the dermal armature of a single individual of any species. 
Chimatius—or some genus undistinguishable from Climatius by its 
spines—thus occurs in the Lower Devonian of the New World 
exactly as in the Old, and the Canadian species will at present retain 
the provisional name of Climatius latispinosus. 


Note on Palinostus, Spence Bate. 
By Prof. T. Jerrery Parker, F.RS. 


In Mr. Spence Bate’s Report on the Macrura of the ‘ Challenger,’ 
which has just reached me, I find that the author proposes to place 
certain species of Palinurus, viz. P. Lalandii, P. frontalis, and P. 
Hiigelit, in a new genus Palinostus. : 

I should like to point out that this group is precisely equivalent 
to my subgenus Jasus. Nearly six years ago I proposed to restrict 
the name Palinurus to those of the ‘* Langoustes ordinaires” in 
which the rostrum is vestigial and the stridulating organ present, 
and to place those in which the rostrum is well developed and pro- 
vided with “ clasping processes” and in which there is no stridu- 
lating organ in a new subgenus Jasus. This name has therefore 
priority over Palinostus. 

My paper on this subject is contained in the sixteenth volume 
(1883) of. that little-known publication ‘The Transactions of the 
New-Zealand Institute,’ and is referred to in the ‘ Zoological Record ” 


for 1884. 


Dunedin, N. Z., 
May 28, 1889. 


* Sir P. Egerton, “ Figs. and Descrips. Brit. Organic Remains” (Mem. 
Geol. Surv. 1861), dec. x. pp. 65-68, pl. viii. 

+ J. Powrie, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xx. (1864), pp. 420-423 ; 
also Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc. vol. i. (1870), pp. 295-297, pl. xiii. fig. 10, 
pl. xiv. figs. 11-13. A 

t Climatius uncinatus, Powrie. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


(SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 21. SEPTEMBER 1889. 


XXI.—On the Organism of the Stphonophora and_ their 
Phylogenetic Derivation: a Criticism upon E. Haeckel’s 
so-called Medusome-theory. By Protessor CARL CLAusS*. 


AS is well known, opinions as to the interpretation of the 
Siphonophora diverge in two directions, a number of natu- 
ralists regarding them, after the example of C. Vogt and R. 
Leuckart, and in accordance with the latter’s theory of poly- 
morphism, as free-swimming Hydroid-stocks with Polypoid 
and Medusoid individuals, while other zoologists adhere to 
the older conception of Eschscholtz and Huxley, and, aided 
by the image of a proliferating Sarsia (Metschnikoff), refer 
the organism of the Siphonophore to the Medusa. I endea- 
voured, as long since as 1860 J, to demonstrate the correctness 
of the former view; but more recently, in two memoirs, I 
have pointed out what is common to the two theories and 
sought to combine them. The same thing has lately been 
done, although partly from other points of view, by Haeckel 
in his ‘ Report on the Siphonophore collected by H.M.S. 
‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-76,’ so rich in descrip- 

* Translated from a separate copy, furnished by the Author, of the 
memoir published in the ‘ Arbeiten des Zoologischen Instituts der Uni- 
versitat Wien,’ tom. viii. Heft ii. pp. 159-174 (1889). 

+ “Ueber Physophora hydrostatica,” in Zeitschy. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xii, 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 13 


186 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


tions of interesting and previously unknown forms, as also in 
a previously issued extract from this work *, in which he 
develops a mediatory theory, uniting, in the opinion of its 
author, the true constituents of the two older theories, whilst 
eliminating their errors, and for the first time revealing the 
true nature of the Siphonophora. 

Haeckel has very cleverly succeeded in giving an appearance 
of novelty and speciality to his “‘ Medusome-theory,” as he 
calls it, by placing in the foreground, in the definition of the 
two theories, certain subordinate points, and, in accordance 
with this, employing new designations which conceal the 
essence of the theories. The first is indicated as the poly- 
person theory, the second as the poly-organ theory ; and it is 
asserted of the two that they are still, as formerly, in absolute 
opposition to each other. According to the latter the Siphono- 
phore is a simple Hydromedusoid person, therefore a morpho- 
logical individual of the third order; while according to the 
other, which aftirms the derivation from polypes, it is a 
swimming hydropolyp stock or a morphological individual of 
the fourth order. Such a conception, however, by no means 
represents the true state of affairs, but is a one-sided represen- 
tation, obscuring the essence of the question, which, in the 
light of our notions as to the relation of Medusa and Polype, 
obtained by more recent investigations, must be regarded as 
incorrect. 

In accordance with these notions the theory of poly- 
morphism founded by Leuckart could by no means be sus- 
tained unaltered in its cld form and conception; and just as 
the supposed absolute opposition of poly-persons and _ poly- 
organs has long since been swept away, it is also no longer 
admissible to deduce from the reference of the Siphonophore 
toa swimming Hydroid stock ‘the philosophical corollary 
that the whole class sprang from Polypes.” 

Any one who is to some extent informed upon the subject 
of the Coelenterata will at once see that the theory which in 
the Siphonophore goes back to the Medusa, and which there- 
fore may perhaps be best designated the Medusa-theory, also 
by no means involves as a necessary conclusion that the 
Siphonophore is to be regarded as an individual of the third 
order in Haeckel’s sense. Jor, although the starting-form for 
the morphological formation of the larva is a Medusa from 
which, by continual gemmation of new Meduse or parts of 
Meduse, the appendages of the Siphonophore were deve- 
loped, the Siphonophore, in the same way as the Sarsta-stock 


* “System der Siphonophoren auf phylogenetischer Grundlage,” in 
Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Natuwrw. Bd. xxii. (1888). 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 187 


which is produced by the prolification of daughter-Medusz 
upon the parent animal, must, by the sprouting forth of a 
great number of new Medusz and their dislocated parts upon 
the body of the primary Medusa, become a stock or cormus, 
an individual of the fourth order in Haeckel’s sense. The 
central point of the controversy lay, not in the question be- 
tween person and animal-stock, but in the issue, prescriptive 
as to the interpretation of the larva, from the Hydromedusa 
or from the swimming Hydroid-stock. But even in the latter 
case the Hydromedusa continues to be the sexual animal 
giving origin to the stock. It is therefore a serious error for 
Haeckel to assert of this second theory, which we shall desig- 
nate the Hydroid-theory, that it deduces the origination of the 
latter from the Polypes, and is therefore compelled to conceive 
of all the swimming-organs of the Siphonophora as new for- 
mations. 

From these considerations, which have already been 
repeatedly adduced by me, we see how incorrect is the asser- 
tion that the two theories still stand in direct opposition. 
Eleven years ago, in a special chapter of my memoir on 
Halistemma * bearing the title “ Ueber die Auffassung der 
Siphonophoren als polymorphe Thierstécke,” I have shown 
the relation between the two theories, and demonstrated that 
they are by no means sharply and irreconcilably opposed to 
each other. In the same way five years afterwards, in a 
small paper “On the Phylogenetic Development of the 
Siphonophora”’ +, I have laid down the position of matters 
and indicated that even the Hydrotd-theory, which takes the 
swimming Hydroid-stock as the starting-point of the com- 
parison, presupposes as the stem-form the Medusa as the 
sexual animal from which it originates, and consequently 
attempted a reconciliation in both directions, with reference 
both to the conception of polymorphism and animal-stock 
and to the stem-form of the Medusa. Haeckel has entirely 
ignored the contents of both these memoirs as regards this 
question, although, to my surprise, he quotes the former, but 
does not esteem it necessary even to cite the second in the 
list of papers appended to his work. Had he taken them 
into consideration it would certainly have been impossible for 
him to teach that there at present exists a direct opposition 
between the poly-person and the poly-organ theory, or to 
represent his Medusome-theory, which, in reality, coincides 


* “ Ueber Halistemma teryestinum &c.,” in den Arbeiten des Zool. Inst, 
zu Wien, tom. i. (1878). 
+ Ibid. tom. v. (1883). 
13* 


188 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


with the Medusa-theory, as a new theory reconciling the 
two. 

Under these circumstances I may venture to reproduce 
some passages which are decisive upon the present question, 
especially as the statements made in both memoirs seem to 
be but little known generally. 

In the above-cited chapter of my memoir on Halistemma 
the arguments which are in opposition to the Medusa-theory 
of Huxley and Metschnikoff are first of all discussed. Then 
it is said (p. 48) :—‘‘ But the very tendency to the repetition 
of similar organs which Metschnikoff is obliged to ascribe to 
the Siphonophoran organism carries him from his different 
starting-point (Medusa) back again to the theory of poly- 
morphism, which he thinks he has confuted so very decidedly. 
For in reality if a second bract or a new nectocalyx, a second 
or third polyp or feeler be added, the stem of the primary 
stomach or Medusan stomachal peduncle becomes, I readily 
admit, like a Sarsta prolifera, a kind of proliferating stem 
with many hundreds of appendages. But by this, at the 
same time, the conception of the Siphonophore as a multi- 
plicity of repetitive Medusan parts, purposely reduced Me- 
duse with special functions, is manifested, and the theory of 
polymorphism and of the division of labour is perfectly con- 
jirmed, tor if the buds on the stomachal peduncle of Sarsia 
here brought into comparison shape themselves into new 
Meduse, and therefore are morphologically the foundations 
of new individuals, the same applies to the sprouting Siphono- 
phoran appendages, whether these, as genital nectocalyces, 
assume the perfect Medusan form, or as feelers and polype 
(gastric sac), relatively as nectocalyx and bract, merely 
reproduce parts of Medusze, ¢. e. reduced Meduse, and conse- 
quently are only able to perform parts of the functional 
work, 

“ The difference of Leuckart’s interpretation of the Siphono- 
phoran body as a polymorphic free-swimming Hydroid-stock 
therefore fundamentally relates only to the starting-form, which 
Leuckart, in accordance with the then existing state of the 
theory of development, thought was to be recognized in the 
larva which, as an isolated gastric sac, founded the colony, 
whilst, according to the more recent views of developmental 
history, it appears to be represented by the parts of a 
Medusa. 

“‘ But if, as the results of later investigations will perhaps 
furnish decisive data to show, the morphologically higher 
Hydroid-form, the Medusa, be really the starting-point in the 
production of the Siphonophore, the polymorphism of our 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 189 


organisms, now to be designated as Siphonophora (“ Réhren- 
quallen”), which acquire the character of Hydroid-stocks, 
would not, as the preceding remarks have shown, be in the 
least degree contradicted; but rather their appendages, 
according as they repeat the stomachal peduncle (polypites) 
or the Medusan umbrella, and relatively both segments in a 
simplified form (sexual buds), would be now as betore charac- 
terizable as Polypotd and Medusotd individuals in Leuckart’s 
sense. But as we have already ascertained that the Polype 
and Medusa are fundamentally one and the same *, the differ- 
ence expressed in the two conceptions would be of significance 
only with regard to the phylogenetic relations of the Siphono- 
phora. 

““ Moreover it is evident, as may also be deduced in the 
same way from the morphology and developmental history of 
the Cestedea, that the ideas of the individual and animal- 
stock in the lower animals are by no means morphologically 
sharply defined and opposed to each other in Haeckel’s sense 
of ‘person’ and ‘cormus,’ but must be regarded only as 
relative ideas in the same way as those of ‘organ’ and 
‘individual,’ and vary in their application according to the 
objects compared. Therefore, also, Leuckart’s criterion, which 
is supposed to prove the individuality of all the Siphonophoran 
appendages, namely their similarity of constitution in the bud. 
state, cannot in this sense be in the least degree accepted. By 
it the marginal filaments of the Medusan umbrella, the ten- 
tacles of a Scyphistoma, or of any polyp would also be shown 
to be individuals. This certainly unmistakable contradiction, 
which, however, is at once got rid of by the conception of the 
individual and stock as relative ideas, appears to have been 
Metschnikoff’s principal inducement to oppose the theory of 
polymorphism and, so to speak, empty out the baby with the 
bath.” 

In the subsequent smaller paper I expressed myself no less 
definitely (p. 9) upon the relation of the two views and the pos- 
sibility of combining them as follows :—“ I have already (in 
the memoir on Halistemma) endeavoured to: show that the 
difference between the two conceptions, especially considering 
the relative value of the idea ‘ Individual’ and the relation of 
the Medusa to the Hydroid-stock as the sexual animal pro- 
duced by the latter, is by no means so considerable as it 
seems to be at the first glance, and that even the second con- 


* In a previous passage of the same memoir (pp. 26-30) the morpho- 
logical derivation of the nectocalyx, Hydroid Medusa, and Acaleph trom 
polypes was genetically established. 


190 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


ception (Medusa-theory) does not in the smallest degree alter 
the theory of polymorphism.” 

When, therefore, Haeckel objects to the Medusa-theory 
that it ascribes to the developed Siphonophoran cormus only 
the value of a “‘ person” and regards the persons which con- 
stitute it only as organs (in the morphological sense), it has 
escaped him that I had already repeatedly shown how little 
any such deduction is founded in the theory itself, inasmuch 
as, in full accord with the requirements of his Medusome- 
theory, 7t has to regard the developed Siphonophore as a cormus 
composed of numerous polymorphic persons. When he further 
asserts of the Hydroid-theory that it goes too far and is wrong 
in ascribing to the different (morphological) organs of these 
persons the same value, he has forgotten to say that these 
deficiencies were already removed by the explanations given 
in these memoirs, and no longer existed in the conception of 
the theory supported by me, so that there was already a recon- 
ciliation of the two theories by which the supposed abrupt 
opposition between them had been cancelled. But had 
Haeckel taken account of the contents of my papers, not only 
would the reconcilement contained in his Medusome-theory 
have lost the appearance of novelty, but the essential thing, 
the true nature of the opposition of the two previous theories, 
and at the same time the coincidence of his Medusome-theory 
with the Medusa-theory, would have come to light. 

It was, however, consistent that Haeckel, in consequence of 
a representation made to him by Metschnikoff relating to the 
interpretation * of the Siphonophoran larva as a Medusa, 
was converted from the theory of Vogt and Leuckart, of which 
he had previously been a zealous adherent, to the Medusa- 
theory and transferred to this the polymorphism of the former. 
Nevertheless we might have expected from him at least a 
statement of the reasons why a swimming polyp-stock could 
not have been the phylogenetic origin of the Siphonophora, 
more especially as of late several arguments in favour of this 
view and in contradiction to the Medusa-theory have been 
brought forward. Instead of clearing away the difficulties 
raised by R. Leuckart and afterwards by myself and others, 
which are offered to this theory by the supposed dislocation 
of many parts of Medusz, and confuting the objections raised 
by me to the assumption that the sexual form of the Hydroid 
polype in its perfected form as a Medusa furnished the 
starting-point for the production of the Siphonophora, a series 


* “Studien tiber die Entwicklung Jer Medusen und Siphonophoren,” 
in Zeitschy, f. wiss. Zool. tom. xxiv. (1874) p. 38. 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 191 


of assertions are posited as axioms and adopted as established 
propositions in the schematization of the new Medusome- 
theory. 

How does Haeckel prove to us that the primary Medusiform 
Siphonophoran larva is to be interpreted palingenetically, 
and demonstrate the truth of the assumption of an extensive 
multiplication and dislocation of the individual organs of the 
Medusa? And to what new factual conditions does he appeal 
when, as arbitrator in this main question, he rejects as erro- 
neous the opposite view, which denies a far-reaching secondary 
multiplication and dislocation of these organs, and regards 
the primary Medusiform larva as a cenogenetic form? Or is 
it more than an axiom to start from a bilateral Medusa as the 
primary larva or ‘‘siphonula,”’ which, distinguished by a 
ventral umbrellar fissure and the possession of a single mar- 
ginal filament, has originated from a primeval bilateral stem- 
form of the Anthomedusan group, to be christened “ Proto- 
meda”’? How long, in Hiickel’s system, has the bilateral 
symmetry, which, according to his Gastrea-theory, is pro- 
duced as a consequence of a creeping mode of life, been thus 
a primitive character of the Medusa, the ontogenetic develop- 
ment of which on the Hydroid-stock would indicate a regular 
radiate fundamental form ? 

By such a dogmatic assertion, at variance with all obser- 
vation, we certainly escape answering the question * in what 
manner the stomachal tube and tentacles have passed from 
the centre and the umbrellar margin to the outside of the 
Medusan umbrella, and what advantage this deviation from 
the radiate fundamental form could have had for the main- 
tenance of the organism, but without considering that in this 
way the knot has been cut and not loosened. 

It is the same with the second axiom, which gives Haeckel’s 
Medusa-theory its special character, namely the assumption of 
a second primitive stem-form of octoradial structure of the 
Trachymedusan group, called the “ Archimeda,” in order to 
derive therefrom a second Medusiform larva, the ‘‘ Disconula,”’ 
which, in possession of a marginal circlet of tentacles, has 
produced the individuals of the stock by gemmation from the 
subumbrella, and formed the starting-point for the develop- 
ment of the Discoidea (Porpita, Velella), rechristened Disco- 
nanthe. By this hypothesis and the supposition involved in 
it of a diphyletic origin of the Siphonophora, Haeckel’s theory 
certainly beomes a new variety of the Medusa-theory, but at 
the same time it loses probability in the same degree that the 

* See Claus, “‘ Ueber das Verhaltniss von Monophyes zur den Diphyiden 
&c.,” in Arbeiten des Zool. Instituts &c. (Vienna, 1885), p. 9. 


192 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


new special assumption appears arbitrary and unfounded. 
From the two axioms follows the division of the Siphono- 
phora into two primary divisions, which Hiickel denominates 
Siphonanthe and Disconanthe, and which, according to their 
origin, would be referred, the former to the Anthomeduse 
and the latter to the Trachymeduse. The inadmissibility of 
this diphyletic derivation has already been shown by another 
hand, and the contradictions have been indicated which would 
result for the structure and development of the Velelle from 
the association with octoradial Meduse*. It is not only that 
the stage of the radiate Disconula only follows upon a simply 
constructed bilateral stage of development, rendering 1% pro- 
bable that here this is preceded by a bilateral division like 
that in Siphonanthan larve, but also the mode of origin of 
the mantle, which is by no means to be referred directly to 
the Medusan umbrella, as well as the development of an 
abundant vascular net and powerful muscular layer on the 
aboral surface, in contrast to the non-vascular and non-mus- 
cular exumbrella of the Meduse, cannot be reconciled with 
Haeckel’s views. 
Against the Medusa-theory, however, in whatever form or 
modification it may be put forward, I have in my former 
paper urged another argument, which has been entirely ignored 
by Haeckel. I remarked that ‘ another consideration renders 
it improbable that the sexual form of the Hydroid polyps in 
its perfect form furnished the starting-point for the production 
of the Siphonophora, seeing that its ontogenetic origin is pre- 
luded by Hydroid-stocks, which consequently, even tn a Me- 
dusat altered by dislocation of particular parts of the body and 
transformed into the stem-form of the Siphonophora, must have 
recurred in the development of the latter.” “‘ The direct develop- 
ment (without alternation of generations) of individual Hydrowd 
Meduse { ts, however, unquestionably only a subsequent secon- 
dary condensation of the developmental process, which, there- 
fore, we are not justified in taking as the starting-point of the 
derivation.’ The Medusa-theory, however, commences with 
this subsequent, secondary, hypogenetic development of the 
stem-form, which is already repeated as a Medusa in the 
bilateral (Siphonula) or radial (Disconula) Siphonophoran 
larva, and consequently leaves the older and originally meta- 


* Chun, Sitzungsb. der k. preuss. Akad. der Wiss. Berlin, 1888, 
Bd. xliv. pp. 3,4. See ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. iii. pp. 216-218, 

+ As supposed by Metschnikoff and also by Haeckel in his “ Proto- 
meda.” 

{ To these belong the Trachymedusce and also, therefore, Haeckel’s 
“ Archimeda,” 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 193 


genetic development of the Medusa by Hydroid-stocks entirely 
out of consideration. That is the central and at the same 
time the weakest point of the theory, which at once brings 
the opposition to the Hydroid-theory into prominence. This 
commences with the older and original metagenetic develop- 
ment of the stem-form, and refers the resemblance to a bilate- 
rally constructed Medusa which makes its appearance so early 
in the young Siphonophoran larva, only to external analogies 
secondarily produced. In this the Siphonophoran larva does 
not appear as the repetition of a primitive, hypogenetically 
reproducing, bilateral Oceanid with dislocated stomachal tube 
and marginal filaments, which by continued gemmation of 
new Meduse and parts of Medusz produces the polymorphic 
stock, but a free-swimming developmental stage of the 
Hydroid-stock of an Oceanid reproducing metagenetically, 
furnished the starting-point for the production of the Siphono- 
phora, and in fact the prevention of fixation was the cause of 
the first change, the occasion of a series of transformations 
which then also affected the sexual Meduse budding forth 
from the stock. Of course, in the absence of any data fur- 
nished by transitional stages and intermediate forms, it must 
be left to fancy to finish the picture of the changes through 
which in the phylogenetic process the original form resembling 
a larval Hydractinia or Podocoryne could have transformed 
itself into a Siphonophoran. It is only in this light that the 
attempt made in my little paper is to be judged, as a repre- 
sentation which, when compared with the picture of the 
budding Medusa, has at least an equal justification. The 
reconciliation between the Medusa- and Hydroid-theories 
which I attempted in this statement therefore depended upon 
the proof that, while for the former the conception of the 
Siphonophore as a polymorphic stock appears by no means 
excluded, the second theory also presupposes the presence in 
the stem-form of a Hydroid Medusa, I could approve of the 
Medusa-theory in so far as it starts from the Hydromedusa, 
but could not concede to it that this is to be found repeated 
even in the primary larva, and that the latter was to be palin- 
genetically interpreted. On the other hand, I defended the 
Hydroid-theory, in the conception of the polymorphic stock 
in which I found no contradiction to the tormer with reference 
to the starting-point of the Siphonophora, which is to be 
sought not in the mature Hydroid-stock, but in the free- 
swimming larval stock. The supposed stem-form was not a 
symmetrical Medusa with dislocated organs and hypogenetic 
development, but a metagenetically developing, normally con- 
structed Medusa, in the swimming larval stocks of which the 


194 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


starting-point of the production of the Siphonophore was 
recognized. 

Consequently the two theories no longer stood by any 
means in direct opposition, as the Polyorgan- and Polyperson- 
theories, and were also brought nearer together in that in the 
ease of the latter the derivation from the Hydroid Medusa 
might be accepted. Already it was attempted to clear up the 
mixture of truth and error, although in a different form and 
direction from Haeckel’s Medusome-theory, and, indeed, in 
favour of the Hydroid-theory, which regards the Siphono- 
phora as “swimming Hydropolyp-stocks” and deduces the 
resemblance of the larve to Meduse from cenogenetically 
altered conditions. It was necessary to modify the original 
conception formulated by R. Leuckart only so far that in the 
room of the Hydroid-stock which after separation from its 
support adopted the pelagic mode of life and acquired a hydro- 
static apparatus at its base now turned upwards, the swimming- 
larva, prevented from fixing itself but not affected in its 
nutrition, was placed, and, in agreement with the recently 
established views as to relation of the Medusa to the Polyp, 
the derivation of the Siphonophore from the Medusa as the 
sexual animal of the Hydroid-stock was recognized. 

As regards the new Classification of the Siphonophora, on 
which Haeckel has based his work, its specialities follow 
directly as consequences of his hypothesis of diphyletic 
origin. The Siphonophora are raised into a class, and 
divided into two legions or subclasses with reference to their 
binary origin:—1. The SrpHonantH#, derivable from the 
hypothetical Protomeda; and 2. The DISCONANTHA, origi- 
nating from the hypothetical Archimeda. - The first subclass 
is divided into the ordinal sections Calyconecte, Physonecte, 
and Cystonecte, which correspond to the previously recog- 
nized groups Calycophoride, Physophoride, and Physalide, 
to which are added, as a fourth order, the Auronecte, a group 
of exceedingly remarkable deep-sea forms previously unknown. 
The second subclass contains the single order Disconecte, 
which corresponds to the fourth Siphonophoran group, known 
as Chondrophoride or Discoidee. As the assumption of a 
special stem-form for the Discoidez, which may be easily and 
naturally derived from the Physophorid, seems neither 
necessary nor well founded, the alteration of the system 
founded upon it, which places the Discoidez in an equivalent 
relation to the whole of the other groups, will have to be 
rejected as a novelty by no means justified by the state of the 
case. And we eannot deal otherwise with the many new 
denominations by which Haeckel, following his previous 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 195 


custom, without any sufficient reason, wishes to make a 
number of old names which have obtained a footing in science 
disappear. Not only are new designations given to the orders 
and to many families and genera, but a new nomenclature is 
introduced, quite unnecessarily, for the parts and appendages 
of the Siphonophora. 

In accordance with the fiction of the Medusome-notion all 
organs which may have originally belonged to a Medusa- 
person are comprised as a ‘‘ Medusome,” and palingenetic are 
distinguished from ceenogenetic Medusomes. In the former 
the chief organs are considered to have remained more or less 
in their original connexion, while in the latter they have been 
more or less dislocated in consequence of cenogenetic dis- 
placement, and a secondary increase of homologous parts, a 
“‘ multiplication ” of the organs, has taken place. Groups of 
correlated Medusomes are denominated cormidia, and these 
are distinguished as ordinate (Cormidia ordinata) when they 
are repeated in metameric sequence, and dissolved ( Cormidia 
dissoluta) when they are scattered on the stem and their 
organs are separated from each other. The swimming column 
is henceforth to be called the ‘‘ Nectosome,” the stem fol- 
lowing beneath this the ‘‘ Siphosome,” the swimming-bell the 
“‘Nectophore;”’ the gastric sac or nutritive polyp is re- 
christened “Siphon,” and the feelers (taster) ‘‘ Palpons ;” 
the filaments (Hangfaden) are called “ Tentacles” *, the ter- 
minal threads on the urticating nodes “ Tentilla,” the sub- 
sidiary filaments of the taster ‘‘ Palpacles,” the tentaculiform 
appendage with a terminal aperture ‘‘ Cyston,” the covering 
pieces ‘‘ Bracts,” the taster or gastral tube bearing sexual 
buds “‘ Gonostyle,” and the sexual buds themselves “ Gono- 
phores.” In the air-chamber or pneumatophore we find the 
air-sac denominated the ‘‘ Pneumatosaccus,”’ the air-flask the 
“‘ Pneumatocystis,” its lower part which functions as a gas- 
gland the ‘‘ Pneumadenia,” and the basal aperture or funnel 
of this the “ Pneumatopyle.” That Haeckel makes a very 

* In my writings I have repeatedly made use of the expression “ ten- 
tacles”’ as synonymous with “ tasters,” just as the “ feelers” of the Mol- 
lusea are usually called “tentacles.” With Haeckel, who designates the 
“stinging filaments” as tentacles, this different use of the word leads to 
the following logical conclusion :—“ Not unfrequently palpons are con- 
fused with tentacles, as, for instance, repeatedly by Claus, even in Physo- 
phora” (‘ Report, pp. 17, 193, 260). A glance at my memoirs, and 
especially that on Halistemma (1878), will at once convince any one that 
I use “ tentacle” as synonymous with “ taster,” and adopt the two deno- 
minations indifferently, so that there can be no question of a confusion 
with ‘‘ stinging filaments.” Moreover it is quite incomprehensible how 


any one could confound the “tasters” with the “ stinging filaments,” 
especially in Physophora, 


196 Prof. Carl Claus on the 


extensive, indeed almost unlimited, use of his skill in making 
new and suitable names, is certainly intelligible from the fact 
that he possesses this faculty in a very high degree and has 
developed it, by many years’ practice, into a speciality, in 
which at present no other naturalist can hope to equal him. 
But, although it cannot be denied that the introduction of 
new and appropriate names has many advantages, and is 
especially indispensable for the sake of conformity in the 
schematization of theory and system, it is, however, indis- 
putable that by the continual accumulation of synonyms it 
leads to a nearly unlimited complication of nomenclature, 
causes much confusion, and instead of facilitating investiga- 
tion renders it more difficult. It is therefore only in place 
when moderately exercised where the conditions absolutely 
require it, but when immoderately done without absolute 
necessity decidedly mischievous, and to be rejected at once 
when by it old, equally good names, which have become 
historical by the personality of meritorious authors, are dis- 
placed and removed from science. 

However, our knowledge of forms has been extraordinarily 
enlarged by Haeckel’s work, inasmuch as out of 240 species 
more than 60 were previously unknown, and these for the 
most part belong to new and interesting genera. By this 
astonishing enrichment of the materials the system must also 
have undergone a corresponding complication of form and 
abundance of divisions, and besides new genera new categories 
of higher rank, especially families and subfamilies, have had 
to be established. Unquestionably the special descriptive 
part, which is also of much greater extent, possesses a much 
higher value than the general or “ philosophical” part, which 
is more aphoristically treated in the short introductory chap- 
ters, and which is intended to found the Medusome-theory 
and the system established upon it. Whether in the former 
the author has everywhere hit upon the right course and has 
not often gone too far may even now be justly doubted, and 
will be decided in the future by later investigations. There 
are numerous novelties in connexion with the division of pre- 
existing genera into two or more, and, indeed, on the ground 
of trifling distinctions scarcely applicable as generic characters. 
As examples may be cited the division of Physalia into Phy- 
salia and Caravella and of Alopleota into Alopleota and 
Arethusa, as also the establishment of two subfamilies asso- 
ciated therewith ; further the breaking up of Rhizophysa by 
its different species into the genera Aurophysa, Cannophysa, 
Linophysa, Nectophysa, Pneumophysa, and Rhizophysa, and 


Organism of the Siphonophora. 197 


the distinction of two subfamilies as Cannophyside and 
Linophyside upon differences which perhaps justify generic 
separation. ‘The same thing applies to the splitting of the 
genera of Agalmide so far as in their foundation the form of 
the tentilla is exclusively taken into account (Agalmopsis— 
Lychnagalma ; Halistemma—Cupulita ; Anthemodes—Cuneo- 
laria ; Agalma—Phyllophysa; Stephanomia— Crystallodes). 

Further, it seems to me quite unjustifiable to establish a 
special order of Siphonophora for the remarkable deep-sea 
genera Stephalia (Stephonalia), Auralia, and Rhodalia, as 
these forms possess the pneumatophore of the Physophoride 
(Physonectze) and have only acquired the character peculiar 
to them and by which they take their place as a special group 
of Physophoride by the union of the proximal section of the 
phneumatophore with an air-discharging apparatus (auro- 
phore). That the peculiar apparatus designated an aurophore 
has been produced by the transformation of a nectocalyx is 
not only not proved, but is even very improbable, as we can- 
not very well see how a nectocalyx could have got upon the 
dorsal line of the stem, which is always destitute of buds. 
Even if this remarkable pneumoduct should be superinduced, 
in analogy with the toundation of the nectocalyx, by a bud- 
like elevation of the two cell-layers of the stem with subse- 
quent growth of the entoderm and invagination of the sur- 
rounding entoderm, this would by no means prove that it was 
actually produced by transformation of a nectocalyx, but it 
would be much more justly interpreted as a special differen- 
tiation of the wall of the stem at the air-funnel of the pneuma- 
tophore in connexion with the necessity of the escape of air. 
However, even in the first case there would be no reason for 
the establishment of a special order. 

Another much heavier criticism relates to the classification 
of the Calycophoride (Calyconecte), under which the 
EKudoxide and Erszeide with their genera and species figure 
as distinct families side by side with the Monophyide and 
Diphyide. It is, in fact, a fundamental offence against the 
idea of a natural system constructed upon a phylogenetic 
foundation to separate the sexual generations which have 
become independent from the generations which produce 
them and to treat them as distinct species of distinct genera 
and families, to be arranged and enumerated as equivalent to 
the corresponding categories of the nursing generations. No 
fewer than 25 species, 8 genera, and 2 families in consequence 
occur twice over and under two denominations. In point of 
fact such a duplication of equivalent categories would con- 


198 On the Organism of the Siphonophora. 


vert the natural system, based upon genealogy, by the dislo- 
cation and repetition of related members, into an artificial 
mosaic patchwork. If the example here given by Haeckel 
were to be accepted and imitated we should soon come to have 
an analogous alteration of the classification of the Cestodea, 
for example, put forward as a consistent advance, in accord- 
ance with the spirit of the times. Following the present 
pattern distinct families would first of all be established for 
the Proglottides and Strobila-forms, and then also for the 
Cysticerci, and by the analogy of the dislocation and multi- 
plication of organs divided into families, genera, and species. 
It is difficult to find a reasonable ground which can have 
induced the author to make so inconceivable a logical mistake. 
Was it conformity of arrangement that ruled the scheme of 
classification? The other orders commence with mono- 
gastric families, the Physonecte with the Circalida and 
Athoride, the Cystonecte with the Cystalide, the Disco- 
necte are exclusively monogastric Siphonophora, and so 
monogastric families must come at the head of the Calyco- 
necte. However, the unequal values of the monogastric 
families ought to have attracted attention, inasmuch as in 
those orders they represent the simplest and, in development, 
the oldest genera, whereas the Eudoxide and Erseide, as 
metameric fragments equivalent to the so-called Prodoxiz of 
the polygastric Apolemiadz, represent the final terms of the 
evolution. 

How far the changes relating to the nomenclature of the 
genera and families are justified shall not be further discussed 
here, only a deviation from the old-established practice which 
Haeckel has permitted himself, as in previous writings, in his 
System of the Siphonophora, may be mentioned and rejected 
as inadmissible. ‘This relates to the perfectly new proceeding 
of striking out the name of the author in the case of already 
known species established by previous authors on the ground 
of a change in the generic designation, placing in its stead 
the name of the author of the new genus. ‘This is a licence 
which, so far as I know, no other naturalist allows himself, 
one of Haeckel’s peculiarities which, in conjunction with the 
principle of splitting the genera into new ones upon unim- 
portant differences previously used only for the distinction of 
species, opens to the “mihi” of the systematist a glimpse of 
a new and exceedingly fertile field. 


On the Shells of the Louisiade Archipelago. 199 


XXII.—On the Land- and Freshwater- Shells of the Louisiade 
Archipelago. By EnGar A. SMITH. 


[Plate XIII. } 


Tue British Museum has recently received from Mr. Basil 
Thomson a very interesting collection of land- and freshwater- 
shells made by him in some of the islands of the Louisiade 
Archipelago. In naming these specimens it has been neces- 
sary to study what has been written upon the shell-fauna of 
these islands, and I have thus got together a complete list of 
the known species *. 

The first and only collections of any extent from this locality 
which have come to Europe were those made by MacGilli- 
vray during the voyage of the ‘ Rattlesnake’ in May, June, 
and July 1849. 

Most of the species proved to be new, and the majority 
were described and figured by Forbes in the second volume 
of MacGillivray’s narrative of the voyage. 

About half a dozen additional new forms have since been 
described by Pfeiffer, Cox, Angas, and H. Adams. 

The present collection consists of fourteen species of terrestrial 
forms, ten of which are new, and nine freshwater species. 

The most important discovery made by Mr. Thomson is that 
of the four new species of Pupinella, one among them beingstill 
larger than the P. grandis of Forbes. They are remarkable 
in presenting curious modifications in the labial slit or notch ; 
indeed in two of them this feature is so abnormal that it might 
almost be considered of subgeneric importance. Mr. Gwat- 
kin, however, who has kindly examined the radula of P. Mac- 
gregori and P, rosseliana, observes: ‘there is certainly nothing 
in the radula to call for subgeneric distinction.” 

Fifteen land-shells have already been recorded from the 
Louisiade Islands, and Mr. Thomson has now added eleven 
others, making, together with three forms collected by Mac- 
Gillivray and not recorded by Forbes, a total of twenty-nine. 
With the exception of the Auriculide and of Helix Boyeri 
and H. coniformis, about the locality of which there is some 
doubt, all the species are peculiar to these islands. 

Of freshwater forms only a single species has hitherto been 
noticed, namely Neritina diadema. I now enumerate fifteen 


* With the exception of Nos. 9,11, 12, and 14, all the species are in 
the Museum. 


200 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Land- and 


additional species, nine collected by Mr. Thomson and the 
rest by MacGillivray. 

In the following list a few species * recorded from Wood- 
lark Island are omitted, as that island scarcely comes within 
the Louisiade group, being situated considerably to the north. 


A. TERRESTRIAL SPECIES. 


1. Nanina divisa, Forbes. 
Helix divisa, Forbes, Appendix to MacGillivray’s Voyage of the 
‘ Rattlesnake,’ vol. ii. p. 376, pl. ii. figs. 5 a-b; Reeve, Conch. Icon. 
fig. 1450; Tryon, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. ii. pl. xiii. fig. 70. 


Hab. Sudest Island. 


2. Nanina inclinata, Pfr. (Pl. XIII. fig. 16.) 


Helix inclinata, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 526; Monogr. Hel. 
vol. v. p. 129. 

Hab. Louisiade group (New Caledonia). This is evidently 
a lapsus calam?, New Guinea of course being intended. 

A number of specimens from St. Aignan obtained by 
Mr. Thomson agree in many respects with the description of 
this species, but exhibit on the upper surface excessively fine 
spiral strie, which are not mentioned but may have been over- 
looked by Pfeiffer. N. divisa is rather smaller, less acutely 
keeled, and has the perforation a little more open. 


3. Nanina rosseliana. (Pl. XLII. fig. 15.) 


Testa anguste perforata, depresse conoidea, in medio acute carinata, 
roseo-fuscescens, superne subnitida, infra valde polita: anfract. 6, 
planiusculi, lente crescentes, lineis incrementi obliquis arcuatis, 
striisque spiralibus confertis minutis sculpti ; ultimus haud descen- 
dens, supra et infra carinam impressus, inferne haud spiraliter 
striatus ; apertura angulato-lunata ; perist. simplex, tenue, supra 
umbilicum leviter expansum et reflexum. 

Diam. maj. 40, min. 36, alt. 213 millim, 


Hab. Rossel island. 
This species is larger than either N. divisa or N. tnclinata. 
It is of a brighter vinous brown colour and has a rather more 


conical spire. 


4. Trochomorpha nigrans. (Pl. XIII. figs. 9-11.) 
Testa late umbilicata, depresse conoidea, castanea, linea filiformi 


* Helix woodlarkiana, Souverbie, Partula similaris and P. woodlark- 
tana of Hartmann, Pupina moulinsiana, Fisch. & Bern., &e. 


Freshwater-Shells of the Louisiade Archipelago. 201 


pallida circa peripheriam quoque ad suturam ornata; anfract. 6, 

vix convexiusculi, sensim accrescentes, parum nitidi, lineis incre- 

menti tenuibus sculpti, ultimus acute carinatus, antice haud 

descendens, inferne nitens ; umbilicus perspectivus, latus, profun- 

dus; apertura diagonalis, subrhombeo-lunaris; perist. simplex, 

acutum, margine superiore oblique arcuato, inferiore recedente. 
Diam. maj. 17, min. 15, alt. 7 millim. 

Hab. Rossel Island. 

This species approaches 7. papua and T. planorbis and 
some other species in many respects. It may be recognized 
by the dark chestnut-colour and the white thread-like keel 
and suture. 


5. Helix (Chloritis) Leet, Cox. 
Helix Leet, Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 565, pl. xlviii. figs. 5, 
5a; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vol. vii. p. 395. 
Hab. St. Aignan (B. Thomson). 
Dr. Cox does not quote any particular island for his type. 


6. Helix (Chloritis) subcorpulentus. (Pl. XIII. fig. 14.) 


Testa late et profunde umbilicata, subtenuis, globoso-depressa, 
nitida, pallide fuscescens, apicem versus pallidior; anfract. 5, con- 
vexiusculi, subceleriter accrescentes, lineis incrementi ebliquis 
tenuibus sculpti, sutura bene impressa sejuncti; ultimus inflatus, 
antice breviter oblique descendens ; apertura late lunata, parum 
obliqua, intus margaritacea ; perist. livido-rufescens, late expan- 
sum et reflexum, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis, columellari 
valde dilatato. 

Diam. maj. 40, min. 32, alt. 25 millim. 


Hab. Rossel Island. 

In form this species is very like HZ. Leet; it is, however, 
much larger and differently sculptured; it exhibits no trace 
of the oblique rows of granules occurring in that species, the 
epidermis apparently being non-pilose. 


7. Helix (Geotrochus) Chapmani, Cox. 


Helix Chapmani, Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, 1880, vol. iv. 
p. 115, pl. xvi. fig. 2. 

Helix (Acavus) coraliolabris, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, 
vol. xix. p. 419, pl. xv. fig. 4. 

Hab. Rossel Island (Cox and Thomson). 

I must plead as an excuse for describing this species that 
it is not referred to in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1880, upon 
which I relied for species published since the eighth volume 
of Pfeiffer’s Monogr. Helic. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 14 


202 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Land- and 


8. Helix (Geotrochus) louistadensis, Forbes. 


Helix lowuisiadensis, Forbes, Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ vol. ii. p. 576, pl. ii. 
figs. 8a, 6; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 1449. 


Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


9. Helix (Geotrochus) millicente, Cox. 


Helix millicente, Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 323, pl. xxxiv. figs 
2a. 
Hab. Louisiade Islands (Cox). No special island men- 
tioned. 


10. Helix (Geotrochus) Thomson. 
(Pl. XIII. figs. 12, 13.) 


Testa imperforata, subconico-globosa, roseo-purpurea, pallido-luteo 
maculata et variegata, leviter nitida, incrementi lineis striisque 
obliquis minutis corrugatis confertis sculpta ; anfract. 44, convexi- 
usculi, celeriter crescentes, sutura simplici sejuncti, ultimus primo 
carinatus (carina antice obsoleta), prope aperturam subito de- 
flexus, pone labrum constrictus ; apertura obliqua, elongata, intus 
roseo-purpurea ; perist. albidum, expansum et reflexum, margine 
superiore antice sinuato, columellari lato, appresso, intus oblique 
rectilineari. 

Diam. maj. 27, min. 20, alt. 18 millim. 

Var. Testa subdiaphana, luteo maculata et variegata. 


Hab. St. Aignan. 

This species, H. lowisiadensis, and H. millicente are all 
closely allied, but exhibit certain differences which probably 
will prove constant, being confined to specimens from parti- 
cular islands. 


11. Helix (Geotrochus) Dampieri, Angas. 
Helix (Geotrochus) Dampieri, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 47, 
pl. ii. fig. 6 ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic. vol. vii. p. 310. 
Hab. Louisiade Archipelago (Angas). No special island 
mentioned, 


12. Helix (Geotrochus) Boyert, Fischer and Bernardi. 


Helix Boyeri, Fisch. & Bern. Journ. de Conch, 1856, vol. v. p. 297, 
pl. ix. figs. 8,9; Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic. vol. iv. p. 201, vol. v. p. 270, 
vol. vii. p. 312. 


Hab. Admiralty Islands (7. & B.); Louisiade Islands 
(Angas, fide Pfeiffer). 


Freshwater-Shells of the Louisiade Archipelago. 203 


13. Helix (Geotrochus) contformis, Férussac. 


Helix (Helicostyla) coniformis, Férussac, Tab. Syst. Limagons, p. 51 ; 
Hist. nat. Moll. pl. eviii. fig. 1; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. p. 435, pl. cli. 
figs. 9, 10; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xxiii. fig. 101. 

Hab. New Ireland (érussac and others) ; Louisiade Archi- 

pelago (Kobelt). 

This species is quoted by Kobelt in his list of land- and 
freshwater-shells from the Louisiade Islands (Jahrb. deutsche 
mal. Gesell. 1880, p. 15) ; but he does not state upon whose 
authority he has included it. This and the preceding can 
only be accepted with reserve as Louisiade species. 


14. Helix (Geotrochus) Gurgustit, Cox. 


Telia Gurgustit, Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. iv. p. 114, 
pl. xvi. fig. 1. 


Hab. Rossel Island (Coz). 


15. Helicina congener. (Pl. XIII. fig. 17.) 


Testa depresse trochiformis, in medio acute carinata, sordide albida 
vel flavescens, supra carinam (interdum quoque suturam infra) 
maculis sanguineis ornata; spira breviter conica, lateribus recti- 
linearibus ; anfract. 5, celeriter crescentes, supremi 3—4 convexius- 
culi, ultimus planiusculus, liris spiralibus conspicuis circiter 8 
supra angulum, et numerosis gracilioribus infra sculptus, antice 
vix descendens; apertura fere horizontalis, triangularis; peri- 
stoma album, leviter expansum. 

Diam. maj. 19, min. 16, alt. 13 millim. 


Hab. St. Aignan. 

This species closely resembles HZ. novo-guineensts (Smith, 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, vol. xix. p. 425, pl. xv. 
figs. 11, 11 a). It has, however, a more elevated and conical 
spire, with the outlines straight instead of slightly curved, 
coarser spiral ridges upon the upper surface, and a different 
style of coloration. 


16. Helicina, sp. nov. 


Hab. Rossel Island. 

A single dead shell in worn condition is all that was ob- 
tained. It is smaller and less sharply keeled than the pre- 
ceding, apparently of a pale yellowish tint without markings, 
and finely spirally lirate. 


14% 


204 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Land- and 


17. Helicina Stanleyi, Forbes. 


Helicina Stanleyi, Forbes, Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ vol. ii. p. 381, pl. ili. 
figs. 4a, b; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneumon. 1. p. 401. 


Hab. Duchateau Isles, Louisiade Archipelago (Jac- 
Gillivray). 


18. Helicina louisiadensis, Forbes. 


Helicina louisiadensis, Forbes, 1. c. p. 382, pl. iii. figs. 5a, 6; Pfeiffer, 
Mon. Pneumon. i. p. 885 ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. ii. pl. eclxxy. 
figs. 849, 350; id. Conch. Icon. figs. 259 a, 6. 


Hab. Round Island in Coral Haven, north of Sudest 
Tsland (MacGillivray). 


19. Pupinella grandis, Forbes. 

Pupina grandis, Forbes, Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ vol. ii. p. 380, pl. i. 
figs. 10a-d; Pfeiffer, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, Cyclostomacea, p. 238, 
pl. xxxi. figs. 19, 20; Sowerby, Conch. Icon., Pupinide, fig. 4. 

Pupina Forbesi, Pfr. Mon. Pneumon. vol. 1. p. 140. 


Hab. Sudest Island, under dead leaves, chiefly about the 
roots of trees (Forbes). 

The peristome of this species is usually of a reddish or 
orange tint, but occasionally white-lipped specimens are met 
with. 


20. Pupinella louisiadensis. (Pl. XIII. figs. 3, 4.) 


Testa P. grandi paulo major, forma, colore et sculptura similis ; 
incisura labri sinistra levis, marginem externam haud persecans. 
Longit. 33, diam. 152 millim., apertura intus 74 mill. longa et lata. 


Hab. Rossel Island. 

This species is represented in the collection by seven speci- 
mens, which agree in every particular with the exception of 
the lip being paler in some specimens than others, as is the 
case with P. grandis. It may be said to be the Rossel- 
Island representative of that species, differing, in its somewhat 
larger size and the slightness of the slit or notch on the colnu- 
mellar margin of the labrum. ‘The slit scarcety cuts through 
a third of the thickness of the lip, whereas in P. grandis the 
labrum is cut completely through, the incision when viewed 
laterally forming a distinct loop. It is in the same position 
in both species. 


Freshwater-Shells of the Loutsiade Archipelago. 205 


21. Pupinella Macgregort. (Pl. XIII. figs. 1, 2.) 


Testa P. grandi magnitudine, colore, forma et sculptura fere similis ; 
labrum pallidum: vel flavescens, superne anguste persectum, 
incisura extus supra regionem umbilici tubulum J formante. 

Longit. 29, diam. 15 millim., apertura intus 7 longa et lata. 


Hab. Rossel Island. 

This species is in general character also like P. grandis. 
It has, however, a somewhat shorter and broader aspect and 
is perhaps a little more strongly pitted upon the back of the 
body-whorl; it is, however, at once distinguished by the 
peculiarity of the labial slit, which is formed into a distinct 
tube over the umbilical region. In P. grandis and P. lowisia- 
densis the slit is transverse to the lip; in the present species 
it is almost perpendicular to the axis of the shell and higher 
up than in the other species referred to. 


22. Pupinella rosseliana, (Pl. XIII. figs. 5, 6, 6 a.) 


Testa P. grandi paulo minor, brevior, colore et sculptura subsimilis ; 
incisura labri fere obsoleta; labrum minus incrassatum, antice 
prominens. 

Longit. 25, diam, 133 millim., apertura 7 longa et lata. 


The smaller size and the almost obsolete notch in the 
labrum readily separate this species from the rest. These 
characters are quite constant in the sixty specimens examined. 

The young shell, consisting of five whorls, is opeuly and 
perspectively umbilicated and has no ridge around the umbili- 
cus, as in the adult form. 

I have examined the opercula of P. grandis, P. rosseliana, 
and P. Macgregor, and observe that they all present trifling 
differences. 


23. Pupinella minor, (Pl. XIII. figs. 7, 8.) 


Testa pupiformis, sublevis, sordide albida (vel pallide rubida ?) ; 
anfract. 6, regulariter crescentes, ultimus oblique descendens, 
supra apertura subplanatus ; perist. incrassatum, reflexum, mar- 
gine columellari angustissime persecto, incisufa supra umbilici 
regionem tubulum irregularem formante. 

Longit. 19, diam. 9 millim., apertura intus 5 millim. longa et lata. 


Hab. Rossel Island. 

‘This is a smaller species than P. 4ngas?, with a labial slit 
somewhat resembling that of P. Mazaregort. ‘The single 
specimen at hand is in worn condition, so it is impossible 


206 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Land- and 


to describe with certainty the colour and sculpture; but it 
appears to be a smoothish shell and slightly tinted with red, 
like P. Angas?. 


24, Pupinella Angasti, H. Adams. 

Pupinopsis Angasi, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1875, p. 389, pl. xlv. 

figs. 2, 2a; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneumon. Suppl. 3, p. 412 (Pupinella). 

Hab. Louisiade Archipelago (Adams). No _ particular 
island recorded. 

In this species the labial slit is more pronounced than in 
P. louisiadensis, but smaller than in P. grandis. P. moulins- 
tana, Fischer and Bernardi, from Woodlark Island, situated 
north of the Louisiade group, is a closely allied form. 


25. Auricula tornatelliformis, Petit. 
Auricula tornatelliformis, Petit, Journ. de Conch. 1853, vol. iv. p. 412, 
pl. xii. figs. 5, 6; Sowerby, Conch. Icon. fig. 6. 
Hab. Pig Island, Louisiade Archipelago (MacGillivray, m 
Brit. Mus.) ; Phillipines (Petit). 


26. Pythia scarabeus, Linné. 


Hab. St. Aignan (Basil Thomson) ; Sudest Island (Mac- 
Gillivray). 

Widely distributed through the Malay region and the 
Pacific Islands. 


27. Cassidula sulculosa, Mousson, var. 


Auricula sulculosa, Mousson, Moll. Java, p. 45, pl. v. fig. 8; Sowerby, 
Pa Icon. fig. 835 (bad !); Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. p. 114, as Casse- 
ula. 

Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray, in Brit. Mus.). 

The specimens from this locality agree with others from 
Guadaleanar, Solomon Islands, also collected by Mac- 
Gillivray. They are of a dark olive-brown colour, with a 
pale zone at the shoulder of the body-whorl, and the basal 
carina is also light-coloured. ‘The labrum is of a brown flesh 
tint and is not so deeply notched at the upper part as in 
typical specimens from Java, the Philippines, Fiji Islands, &e. 


28. Melampus luteus, Quoy and Gaimard. 
Auricula lutea, Q. & G., Voy. ‘ Astrolabe,’ pl. xiii. figs. 25-27; Kiister, 
See See p. 89, pl. vi. figs. 1-3; Sowerby, Conch. Icon. pl. iii. 
tig. 1d. 


Hab. Louisiade Archipelago (fide Kobelt). 


Freshwater-Shells of the Louisiade Archipelago. 207 


This species is widely distributed, occurring in some of the 
islands in the Indian Ocean, in the Malay Archipelago, and 
in many islands in the Pacific. 


29. Melampus caffer, Kiister. 
Auricula caffra, Kiister, Conch.-Cab. p. 36, pl. v. figs. 6-8 ; Sowerby, 
Conch. Icon. fig. 53 (bad !). 

Hab. Pig Island, Louisiade Archipelago, under logs a few 
feet above high-water mark (JacGillivray, in Brit. Mus.) ; 
coast of Natal and Ohetaroa Island (Kiéster) ; Philippines 
(Adams) ; Samoa Islands (Brit. Mus.). 

There is little doubt that this species is the Auricula 
scturt described by Lesson in the Voyage of the ‘ Coquille.’ 
The specimens from Pig Island. I at one time (Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1885, p. 600) referred to M. fasciatus. 


B. FRESHWATER SPECIES, 


Neritina diadema, Récluz, is the only species recorded from 
these islands; but MacGillivray, in the Voyage of the 
‘Rattlesnake’ (vol. i. p. 213), mentions having met with 
“three kinds ot Melania, a Navicella, and five species of 
Neritina,’ but he does not name them specifically. All of 
these are in the collection of the British Museum with the 
exception of two Neritine. ‘The following is a list of the 
species at present known to me from this archipelago. Most 
of them are found in the Solomon and other neighbouring 
groups of islands, but some have a still wider range. No 
references or distribution are added, as these can be obtained 
in Brot’s monograph of Melania and in Martens’s works on 
Neritina and Navicella. 


1. Neritina Petit’, Récluz. 
Hab. St. Aignan (Basil Thomson). 
2. Neritina MacGillivrayt, Reeve. 
Hab. St. Aignan (Thomson). 


3. Neritina adumbrata, Reeve. 
Hab, St. Aignan (Thomson). 


4. Neritina variegata Lesson. 


Hab, St. Aignan (Thomson) 


208 On the Shells of the Loutstade Archipelago. 


5. Neritina subsuleata, Sowerby. 
Hab. St. Aignan (Thomson). 


6. Neritina powisiana, Récluz (dark var.). 


Hab. St. Aignan (Thomson). 


7. Neritina olivacea, Récluz. 
Hab. St. Aignan (Thomson). 


8. Neritina Turtoni, Récluz. 


Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


9. Neritina diadema, Récluz. 


Hab. “Isola St. Stephens (Arcipelago Luisade)” (Canefri). 


10. Neritina brevispina, Lamarck, var. 
Hab. St. Aignan and Rossel Island (Thomson) ; Sudest 
Island (Thomson and MacGillivray). 
The specimens from these islands agree with the form of 
this species named subgranosa by Récluz. 


11. Neritina tahitensis, Lesson. 


Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


12. Septaria Bougainvillet, Récluz. 
Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


13. Melania amarula, Linné. 


Hab. Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


14. Melania salomonis, Brot. 


Hab, Sudest Island (MacGillivray). 


15, Melania maurula, Reeve. 

Hab. Louisiade Archipelago (MacGillivray). 

“ South-east coast of Guinea,” the locality given by Reeve, 
is evidently an error, and doubtless New Guinea was intended, 
as suggested by Brot (Mon. Jelan. p. 196). The specimen 
collected by MacGillivray, probably on Sudest or South-east 


On the Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 209 


Island, as it is termed in the Voyage of the ‘ Rattlesnake,’ 
agrees precisely with Reeve’s types, excepting that the aper- 
ture is not quite so reddish within. 


16. Melania Petiti, Philippi. 


Hab. Rossel Island (Thomson). 

Dr. Brot has kindly identified this species. All the speci- 
mens are small and have only the last and penultimate whorls 
remaining, producing a remarkably truncated appearance. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Figs. 1, 2. Pupinella Macgregor. 

Figs. 3, 4. Pupinella louisiadensis. 

Figs. 5, 6, 6 a. Pupinella rosseliana. 

Figs. 7, 8. Pupinella minor. 

Figs. 9-11. Trochomorpha nigrans. 

Figs. 12,18. Heha (Geotrochus) Thomsoni. 
Fig. 14. Helix ( Chloritis) subcorpulentus. 
Fig. 15. Nanina rosseliana, 

Fxg. 16. Nanina inclinata. 

Fug. 17. Helicina congener. 


XXIU.—On the Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 
By Sypyey B. J. SKERTCHLY, F.G.S., M.A.L.* 


I. Introduction. 


The following notes on the habits of butterflies are chiefly 
from observations made in British North Borneo. They 
were mostly written in the jungle, and every observation was 
recorded at the time. I was often for days amid such a wealth 
of gorgeous Ornithopteras and Papilios, &c., that any little 
point suggested while writing could be observed and any 
ambiguity be corrected without leaving the open-sided hut. 
This, however, is unhappily a rare chance, and seldom lasts 
long at a time. 


Il. The Hours of Appearance and General Habits. 


As a rule our butterflies do not come out until about seven 
o’clock—that is, an hour after sunrise. By this time the 


* [Since I communicated Mr. Skertchly’s interesting notes “ On Butter- 
flies’ Enemies,” which appeared in the ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. 111. p. 477, I 
have received some further observations of great interest to lepidopterists, 
which I now forward for publication —W. L. Disranr. | 


210 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on the 


heavy night dews have evaporated and the jungle is as dry 
as it ever gets in this hot-house climate. ‘They increase in 
numbers, until about ten or eleven o’clock a maximum is 
reached, and a lull sets in for a couple of hours, though there 
are still many about. From one till two o’clock they swarm 
again, and then gradually decrease in numbers, until soon after 
four most of them have gone, and the crepuscular forms like 
Melanitis and Amathusia appear soon after. A passing cloud 
or shower causes a sudden disappearance of nearly all the 
species, though a few brave the gloom and rain. 

The most persistent species I know is Ornithoptera flavi- 
collis, which is up earliest, retires latest, scorns the clouds, 
and may be seen, dripping wet, lazily flapping along in a 
smart shower. The Hestias emulate it with considerable 
success, and some of the Danais genus are very early risers, 
but pitch during cloud and rain, though often on exposed 
shrubs, where; with folded wings, they patiently get wet. 
The brig! it brown Pandita senora is another early riser, flies 
low, and delights to bask in the early morning sun, and in 
the afternoon mounts high like the Huplewas and Ideopsis. 

North Borneo, especially in its eastern part, where my 
observations were chiefly made, is practically one unbroken 
virgin forest, intersected by innumerable creeks and small 
streams and some fine rivers, such as the Labuk, Kinaba- 
tangau, and Segama. The average height of the forest is 
between 150 and 200 feet, and, save where a tree has fallen, 
the sun’s rays never penetrate, and all is shade, warm, moist, 
and equable. On the banks of the rivers and their larger 
tributaries sunshine is abundant, while over the smaller creeks 
the meeting branches form a canopy almost as dense as in 
the forest itself. Save along the larger rivers and on the 
coast there are no inhabitants, and even there the native 
clearings are very small. Hven around the capital, Sanda- 
kan, virgin forest begins within a mile, and in the forest there 
are no clearings whatever, and nature, untouched by man, can 
be contemplated in its purity. 

But in the forest depths butterflies are rare, and the fol- 
lowing genera alone supply true forest species, that never 
seek the sunny river-banks or bright glades and clearings :— 


NYMPHALIDZ. 
Ragadia. Thaumantis. 
Neorina. Clerome. 
Amathusia. ~  Xanthoteenia. 
ERYCINID,. 


Abisara. 


Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 211 


Lyc@NIDZ&. 
Nacaduba. Biduanda. 
Lampides. Narathura, 
PAPILIONID, 
5 None. 


HESPERIID &. 


None. 


All the other genera and many species of those enumerated 
delight either in the sunshine or the shady forest edges, forest 
paths, or clearings, where the light is stronger than in the 
forest depths and where sunshine is close at hand. Occa- 
sionally Ornithoptera and Hestia make excursions into the 
jungle; but their haunts are the forest by the river-sides. 
Euthalia and Tanecia are still more frequent explorers of 
the forest depths, but they chiefly affect the more open places. 
Other genera are not unfrequently observed, but they are 
stragglers. 

The most plentiful butterflies in the forest are the blues and 
purples, which frequent the higher undergrowth and have a 
strong tendency to settle in the middle of leaves which turn 
their upper surface horizontally. The purples perhaps, such 
as Narathura, are more arboreal than the blues and fly higher, 
even up to 60 feet; but asa rule the forest buttertlies keep 
pretty low down. 

It has been suggested that the rarity of butterflies in the 
deep forest shade is more apparent than real and that the 
mass of the individuals are high overhead on the tree-tops. 
This is certainly not the case in North Borneo, for I have had 
ample and unusual opportunities of seeing over the forest. 
Some of the mountains, about 3000 feet high, run up in long 
ridges and terminate in a pinnacle, and on several occasions 
their summits were chosen as stations for getting bearings 
during jungle surveys. ‘The trees on the summit were felied 
and a station rigged up, upon which the observer more than 
once sat from dawn to dusk for days together. ‘The tree-tops 
were all around and insects as easily seen as when down 
below. Inevery case butterflies were rarer than on the river- 
banks below. ‘The only species at all common were small 
blues, and only uow and then did others come sailing by. 
Nowhere, even where trees were in flower, were butterflies 
seen playing about in numbers, though swarms of bees, all 
flying up the wind, were common, and wasps, flies, and 
beetles were far from rare. 


212 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on the 


The conclusion I have come to is that the great bulk of 
the butterflies are confined to the river-valleys, that they only 
take occasional journeys into or over the forest, and that 
clearings, by opening up the forest, give rise to an actual 
increase in the number of butterflies which prefer sunshine and 
partial shade. . 

The majority of butterflies still fly near the ground, possibly 
all did originally, and certainly in this tropical primeval forest 
very few, if any, habitually frequent tree-tops. This is 
instructive, as our forest is very peculiar in one feature—it is 
never swept by storms. The north-east coast of Borneo 
enjoys perpetual calm weather, nothing approaching a gale is 
known, a stiff breeze isa rarity and seldom endures for an 
hour. Butterflies therefore are not debarred from the forest- 
top by heavy weather; they voluntarily avoid it. 

We have many flowering creepers which ascend the tree- 
trunks, and most of our orchids live high up on the trees; yet 
as a rule they do not attract butterflies, though bees swarm 
over them. This seems to point, as many other facts do, to 
butterflies being still as much terrestrial as aerial creatures. 


Ill. Habits of particular Species. 


There is an infinite variety in the general habits of butter- 
flies ; but as a special paper is in preparation on their flight, 
I will here only give a few particulars on other points. 

Most butterflies in settling do so more or less deliberately ; 
they fly direct to the object, slow down their speed, pitch 
quietly, and adjust their wings slowly. But the leaf-mimickers, 
like Amathusia, Thaumantis, Discophora, Precis, and Kallima, 
behave quite differently ; they fly rapidly along, as if late for 
an appointment, suddenly pitch, close their wings, and become 
leaves. It is generally done so rapidly that the insect seems 
to vanish. Amathusia phidippus, a crepuscular species, has 
been frequently observed on a forest-path over which depend 
many creepers. It hurries along, suddenly pitches, always 
head downwards, and is a dead leaf. Many leaf-butterflies 
have escaped our nets because, though we have carefully 
marked them down, we have hesitated too long as to which 
leaf to catch. 

It may here be remarked that the degree of verisimilitude 
as observed in the cabinet has no relation to the real powers 
of concealment. Aallimas are the most perfect leaf-butterflies ; 
but they are not really more difficult to detect than the appa- 
rently much less leaf-like Zeuxtdias or Amathusias. So 


Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 213 


innumerable are the shapes, markings, and fractures of dead 
leaves that but a very sketchy likeness to a good, well-pre- 
served, dead leaf is sure to appear perfectly natural in the 
jungle. 

Our Borneo butterflies are proof against the seductions of 
sugar, even when flavoured with square-faced gin. We often 
tried to tempt them, but they took no notice, and we never 
had any chewed sugar-cane, which Mr. Pryer says they like. 
Even the bees generally despised our sugar, though they would 
come in swarms to our dried salt fish and even to plain salt. 
This love of salt was shared in a modified degree by butter- 
flies of the genera Papilio, Catopsilia, Charaxes, and others, 
chiefly whites. The Papilios were of the sarpedon types, and 
I never saw the dark memnon types touch it. When camped 
on a stream our dyaks always took their fish to soak and wash 
in the running water before cooking it; and the spots where 
the fish were laid on the sand were often perfectly smothered 
with butterflies. They showed no fear and would come while 
the dyaks were at work. Curetis will often settle on the salt 
fish when it is drying, and be so intent on feeding that it can 
be picked up. Generally these salt-resorts were smothered 
with the following species :— 


Papilio sarpedon. Most common. 
agamemnon. Common. 
evemon. Less common. 
mecisteus. Fairly common. 
telephus. Fairly common. 
bathycles. Fairly common, 
arcyles, Less common. 
Hebomova P Rare. 
Catopsilia crocale, Common, 


Of the Papilios, arcyles and agamemnon are the most rest- 
less and stay but a short time in one place. The contrast 
between their sluggish movements when drinking and their 
swift ordinary flight is very great. 

The different species of Yerias, though fond of drinking in 
groups, did not mix with the above species, nor did Charazes. 

Ornithoptera Brookeana is a rare butterfly in this part of 
Borneo ; but [I have seen it in several parts of the interior of 
the Darvel Bay peninsula. Once in the mountain region of 
the head-waters of the River Segama I saw a pair hovering 
about an orange-blossomed tree and watched them courting 
for twenty minutes. ‘The male was sipping the flowers, 
vibrating its wings rapidly like a hawk-moth, the vivid green 
markings flashing out as the sun played on them. Then the 


214 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on the 


female sailed down with stately flight, showing her white spots 
clearly, and commenced to woo. © Fora long time they circled 
over us about 6 inches apart, the female always uppermost 
and a little behind, so that she could see the emerald feathers 
of her mate. She did all the wooing. The flight was a 
sailing motion with a peculiar tremour of the wings, very 
unlike the quivering while feeding. The female during the 
whole time pointed her abdomen downwards. A solitary 0. 
flavicollis was about and made several feeble attacks on the 
lovers, which they totally- ignored. At length they settled 
high up in a tree and united, the female still uppermost. 

Darwin, dealing with the courtship of buttertlies, draws the 
conclusion that where the males are the brighter they are 
chosen by the females and where the females are the hand- 
somer the males are the selecting parties*. Hesays: “ Now 
the males of many butterflies are known to support the females 
during their marriage-flight ; but in the species just named 
[C. edusa, H. janira, Pieris, Thecla] it is the females which 
support the males ; so that the part which the two sexes play 
is reversed, as is their relative beauty. Throughout the animal 
kingdom the males commonly take the more active share in 
wooing, and their beauty seems to have been increased by the 
females having accepted the more attractive individuals ; but 
with these butterflies the females take the more active part in 
the final marriage ceremony, so that we may suppose that 
they likewise do so in the wooing; and in this case we can 
understand how it is that they have been rendered more 
beautiful.” 

The case of O. Brookeana is the exact opposite of this. 
The female is so much rarer than the male that Kiinstler, who 
has caught over a thousand males, has taken only fifteen 
females. Distant says ‘it is still exceedingly scarce”? f. 
The female is quite dull in comparison with her splendid 
mate, yet she does all the wooing, or did in the case described, 
which is probably a typical one. If sexual selection be really 
a fact of evolution, this is a case in which it can work. The 
females have unlimited chances of selection, and the males may 
be supposed to be only too glad to accept any lover. Indeed, 
I can only imagine sexual selection acting where there is a 
disparity of numbers between the sexes. Selection implies 
rejection, and where the sexes are practically equal in number, 
though the handsomer individuals may choose or be chosen 


* “Descent of Man,’ ed. 2, p. 319. 
+ Rhop. Mal. p. 331. 


Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 215 


first, the less favoured are just as certain to be married and 
leave offspring. 

If one may judge by human analogy, it would seem more 
probable that the more numerous sex would be the more eager, 
and it is difficult to see why the rare female brookeana should 
act in such aleap-year fashion. Onewould expect the amorous 
swains to swarm around coy maidens instead of behaving like 
lepidopterous Josephs. 

In Hestia lynceus and H. leuconoé v. labuana we have other 
cases in which the female woos the male, and the allied 
Ideopsis daos 1 believe does the same. ‘These butterflies fly 
about in pairs for days together, with a slow flapping flight, 
the female about a foot above the male. The female follows 
every turn and movement of the male, keeping a little behind 
him. In these cases the sexes are alike in decoration, black 
spots and nervures on a white or transparent ground. Why 
these females should court the male is a difficult problem to 
solve, especially as I believe there is no great disproportion 
in the numbers of the sexes. The equality of numbers may 
be a reason for the sexes being alike in decoration. 

As Darwin has well said, if one sex always preponderated 
in numbers sexual selection would be easy to understand: 
“if the males were to the females as two to one, or as three 
to two, or even in a somewhat lower ratio, the whole affair 
would be simple’”’*. But this is by no means always the 
case, for though it frequently happens that the male butter- 
flies are more numerous than the females, and rarely that the 
females exceed the males, there are many cases in which no 
such disparity is apparent. 

Darwin further makes a valuable distinction between wooing 
and choosing. The males as a rule woo and the females 
choose, and probably it is rare for the wooer to be the chooser. 
In the case of O. Brookeana, however, the female was appa- 
rently both wooer and chooser. Indeed, among buttertlies 
one can ring a number of changes between wooer and chooser, 
sexes similar and sexes dissimilar, sexes equal and sexes 
unequal, as in the following illustrations :— 


* ‘Descent of Man,’ ed. 2, p. 218. 


216 Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly on the 


| a | $2 | 
= > roan) io = 
= 2 oo |) 2 | &p 
N s|sa|/sadl/e/e S| 
ame, com Gort | cet ee | pees ie anaes 
5 2 | = Al} as lata m — a 
° S 3) | ® 2) O:r = 5) 
Sea elie eee eee ee bectine mec |= 
IFlola |» |nla Sel San 
ee es ee eee ———_———— 
Vanessa urtic# .......... 3 | Q — = — | 
| 
Anthocharis cardamines ... gd | 92 — | — |-—'| 
Aqiabiratiris’ 220 sees es: $ | 2 ath = rae 
| } 
Pieris, Papesy) ciz¥/vis «2/2 oe." 2 lode) — he — |—) 
| | 
; . | Jel 
Hestia leuconoé ........ (Pe; so} — i — | 
Ornithoptera Brookeana ..| 2 | @ — | : — }|-— 
| 
| | 


If we take species in which the brilliancy or beauty resides 
in different sexes, we find an equal dissimilarity in the court- 


ship :— 


ents 4 for | 3| 2 | 

— bright. | brivht. [dell dc Pee s Z | 

O. Brookeana ........ _- we 3 | —|—- a ee | 
A. cardamines ........ _— ae re eds 3 | jo) | 
J: Shia Ake eee: — — — 16} Q | 
ea yanirays 0. see ee eee —- | — _— @ 1d? | 


Now, according to the theory of sexual selection, 


1. In ZH. janira the female has become bright because 
the male chose her. 


2. In A. cardamines the male has become bright be- 
cause the female chose him. 


So far all is clear: in both cases the bright sex was the wooer 
and the dull one the chooser, and we often see the chooser 
refuse the wooer, thus exercising a selection. The wooed is 


Habits of certain Bornean Butterflies. 217 


approached by many wooers, and we may reasonably suppose 
finally selects according to her or his individual taste. 

But it is not so easy thus to argue about O. Brookeana. 
That the female wooed the male was evident; she came for 
him. That she chose him was quite as clear to my mind— 
the coquetting flight, following his every turn for twenty 
minutes, the drooped abdomen, said so almost as plainly as 
words. Can we suppose it was a deliberate choice after 
visiting many others? That she carried in her mind not only 
an ideal but the memory of other possible husbands who fell 
short of her ideal, which this one most nearly approached ? 
Can we also believe the males, more beautiful, more active, 
more numerous, had lost all eagerness, and, like Shetlanders 
ashore, were content to be passive and petted, though wives 
were so scarce and so necessary? It certainly looked to me 
as though, being mature, she accepted the first male she met. 

When, too, as we have seen, there seems so little relation 
between the habits, beauty, or numbers of the sexes and the 
sex of the wooer, it becomes difficult to see why we should 
introduce the complex machinery of sexual selection to per- 
form what the ordinary laws of evolution seem equally capable 
of carrying out. 

It may be I witnessed an abnormal case; but this is un- 
likely. 

Leptocircus curtus.—This butterfly is not at all common in 
British North Borneo, and I have only seen it on streams and 
rivers in rocky places well open to sunshine. 

It is an exceedingly swift flier, darting with rapidly 
vibrating wings from point to point, dashing backwards and 
forwards over a particular patch of sand like a dragon-fly, and 
making considerable journeys in the day. Like many other 
butterflies it is methodical, frequenting the same places at the 
same hour; so that when once seen I could always find it 
again. It is an early riser, and may be caught drinking 
before nine o’clock. It delights in hot sunshine and is com- 
paratively sluggish on dull days. 

When drinking it has a most remarkable habit of ejecting 
the water from behind. Pushing its proboscis into the wet 
sand it takes long steady drinks, and pumps the water out 
astern in rhythmic squirts, forming quite a little stream. It 
can project the water full 3 inches. At such times it can be 
approached closely if no sudden movement be made. It does 
not always pump, and I have often watched for it in vain *. 

* My friend Mr. J. Hayward Allard has recently noticed this habit in 


P. sarpedon, but the volume of water is less and the strokes slower than 
with Leptocircus. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 15 


218 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes 


Ornithoptera flavicollis was very common at one place on 
the River Tinkyo, where I camped all May 1888. The male 
seems to be the wooer, but of this I am not quite certain yet. 
This insect has one peculiarity of flight which may be used in 
courting and is certainly used on other occasions. As I have 
not seen it noticed in books and have had many opportunities 
of observing it a description may be useful. 

The male in basking along the foliage on sunny river-sides 
often flies slowly along, moving only its fore wings, the hind 
wings drooping at an obtuse angle to the line of flight, trailing 
like a rich robe of golden silk. In a freshly caught specimen 
this position can easily be induced. A furrow in the mner 
margin of the fore wing allows the notch of the hind wing to 
be elevated easily without interfering with the partial action 
of the fore wing. In such flight the fore wings only move 
through a small angle. 

On the inner margin of the hind wing there is a strong 
fold fringed with hairs, forming a pouch. In normal flight 
and when at rest this pouch is closed, but when the hind wing 
is drooped the pouch opens. It may therefore be a scent- 
pouch and this peculiar flight the normal courting flight. 

As a rule it is only where butterflies are plentiful that the 
various kinds of flight can be studied, and this seldom happens 
in North Borneo. When it does it is always in broken 
weather, rain and sunshine, and on the open banks of large 
streams. Very dry weather produces few insects and many 


of them crippled; very wet weather prevents any butterflies 
from appearing. 


XXIV.— Third Contribution to our Knowledge of Reptiles and 

Fishes from the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. By Dr. A. Gin- 
THER, Keeper of the Zoological Department, British 
Museum *. 


t 


Mr. A. E. Prart has continued to collect at Ichang. The 
last collection sent by him consisted chiefly of Reptiles, some 
Batrachians, andafew Fishes. Species not represented in his 
previous collection were the following :— 


REPTILES. 


Eumeces xanthi, sp. n.; Japalura yunnansis, Anderson; 


* For the two previous communications see this Journal, 1888, vol, i. 
pp. 165, 429. 


Srom the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 219 


Achalinus rufescens, Blgr.; Ablabes chinensis, sp. n.; Tropi- 
donotus Swinhonis, Gthr. ; Trimeresurus canthomelas, sp. n. 


BATRACHIANS. 


_ftana Boulengeri, sp. n., Bufo vulgaris, Hynobius chinen- 
sis, Sp. Nn. 


FISHES. 


Acipenser dabryanus, Dum.; DMastacembelus chinensis, 
Blkr.; thynchocypris variegata, sp. u.; Botia variegata, 
sp. n. 


Mr. F. W. Styan has sent from Kiu-Kiang two large col- 
lections of beautifully preserved specimens, principally fishes, 
and many of large size. ‘Those which are additional to the 
species enumerated in my former papers are the following :— 


REPTILES. 


Alligator chinensis, Fauvel. 


FISHES. 


1. ACANTHOPTERYGII: Siniperca chuatsi, Basil. ; Eleotris 
potamophila, Gthr. 

2. StturipH: Pseudobagrus fulvidraco, Rich. 

3. CYPRINIDE: Sclerognathus chinensis, sp. n.; Cyprinus 
carpio, L.; Barbus semibarbus, Gthr.; Barbus labeo, Pall. ; 
Pseudogobio Styant, sp.n.; Rhinogobio typus, Blkr.; Xeno- 
eypris microlepis, Blkr.; Myloleucus aethiops, Basil. ; Hypoph- 
thalmichthys nobilis, Rich.; Rhynchocypris variegata, sp. n. ; 
Scombrocypris Styant, sp. n.; Chanodichthys mongolicus, 
Basil. ; LParapelecus argenteus, sp. n.; Culter hypselonotus, 
Blkr. 

4, SCOMBRESOCIDE : Hemirhamphus, sp. 

5. CLUPEIDE: Coilia nasus, Schleg.; Clupea Reevesit, 
Rich. 

6. SALMONIDH: Salanx chinensis, Osbeck. 
7. Muranipa: Anguilla vulgaris, Cuv. 


I subjoin some notes on known, and descriptions of the 
new, species :— 


15* 


220 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes 


1. LIZzARDs. 
Eumeces xanthi. 


This species 1s of special interest inasmuch as it is most 
closely alited to the Californian Humeces Skiltontanus, from 
which it is barely distinguishable by a somewhat different 
coloration and by the postfrontals being widely separate from 
each other, whilst they are more or less in contact in the 
American form. 

Snout of moderate length. Nasal small, followed by a 
postnasal, which forms a suture with the first two labials; 
anterior loreal forming a suture with the frontonasal; four 
supraoculars, the three anterior in contact with the vertical ; 
occipitals entirely separated by the central occipital; two 
pairs of nuchals; seventh upper labial largest ; two or three 
very obtuse tubercles on the anterior border of the ear, which 
is smaller than a dorsal scale; two azygos postmentals. 
Twenty-four or twenty-six scales round the body, the dorsal 
much broader than the lateral and ventral. Limbs over- 
lapping when pressed against the body; the length of the 
hind limb is contained twice and a half to twice and two 
thirds in the distance from snout to vent. A median series 
of transversely enlarged subcaudals, Dark olive above, with 
a black lateral band extending from the loreal region to the 
tail; this band is bordered above and below by a light streak, 
which again has a blackish margin. Four series of dorsal 
scales separate the two lateral bands. Sometimes a light 
longitudinal band edged with black runs along the median 
line of the back and of the tail. Belly greenish blue. 

Four specimens were collected by Mr. Pratt at Ichang, of 


which the largest is 64 inches long, the trunk and head 
measuring 2$ inches. 


2. SNAKES. 


Achalinus rufescens, Bler. 


This snake was described from a deteriorated bleached 
specimen ; in the fresh state it is of a uniform black. 
Several specimens were found by Mr. Pratt at Ichang. 


Ablabes chinensis. 


This species belongs to that group of the genus of which 
Ablabes melanocephalus is the type; it comes nearest to 
Ablabes Humberti, having like that species ten upper labial 
shields, the eighth of which is excluded from the labial mar- 


From the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 221 
gin. But it differs by having a longer tail and by its less 


ornamented coloration. 

Scales in seventeen rows. One preocular, two postoculars. 
The occipital does not touch the lower postocular; temporals 
1+ 2, the anterior in contact with both postoculars. Ventrals 
182 ; of the tail nearly one half has been lost, the mutilated 
part being protected by fifty-three pairs of subcaudals, so that 
the whole number may be estimated to have been between 
eighty and ninety. Upper parts nearly uniform brownish 
grey, the posterior part of the trunk indistinctly showing a 
series of whitish spots along each side of the back. No black 
dots along the vertebral line. The black cross bands between 
the eyes and on the neck are present as in Ablabes Humberti 
and Ablabes collaris, but much less distinct. Abdomen white, 
each ventral shield with a black dot on each side. 

One specimen was found by Mr. Pratt at Ichang; its 
trunk measures 15 inches and its tail was probably 54 inches 
in length. 


Tropidonotus Swinhonis, Gthr. 


A variety of this species occurs at Ichang which differs 
from the type in having the scales more obscurely keeled, in 
possessing only the rudiments of a collar on the side of the 
neck, and in having the lower parts uniformly black or largely 
marbled with black. 


Trimeresurus xanthomelas. 


The second upper labial shield forms the front part of the 
facial pit; upper part of the snout with three small shields 
in front. Supraciliary scute large, not divided. Scales in 
twenty-one rows, keeled. Ventrals 185, 189; subcaudals 
59, 68; anal and preanal not divided. Black, each scale 
with an elongate greenish-yellow spot, the spot frequently 
including small black specks. By the modification of the 
extent of the black colour on the scales a chain of subrhombic 
spots is formed along the vertebral line; the yellow of the 
scales within each rhombic spot is of a more reddish shade. 
Upper part of the head black, with a pattern of narrow sym- 
metrical lines; a deep black band from the eye to the angle 
of the mouth; labial shields yellow, with a series of black 
spots on the sutures. A rather indistinct row of black spots 
along the sides of the body. Lower parts yellow, marbled 
with black, the black colour predominating in the posterior 
half of the length. 

Five specimens of this beautiful snake were obtained at 


222 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes 


Ichang by Mr. Pratt, one of the largest being 31 inches long, 
the tail measuring 5 inches. 


3. BATRACHIANS. 


Rana Boulengeri. 


This species belongs to that division of the genus of which 
Rana Kuhlii and Rana Liebigii are characteristic forms. 

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series, each starting 
from the inner edge of the choana, Head large, broad, much 
depressed ; snout very short and rounded; canthus rostralis 
short but distinct ; upper eyelid a little broader than the inter- 
orbital space; tympanum hidden. First finger longer than 
the second; toes with swollen extremity, entirely webbed ; 
subarticular tubercles well developed; inner metatarsal 
tubercle elongate ; no outer tubercle. The tibio-tarsal joint 
does not reach the end of the snout when the limb is carried 
forward. Skin of the upper parts covered with large elon- 
gate warts and small rounded tubercles ; a strong fold of the 
skin above the tympanum ; no glandular fold on the side of 
the back. Uniform blackish brown above. Male with two 
internal vocal sacs. 

As in Rana Liebigit, the breeding male has extremely 
thick forearms, but without any special armature. The rudi- 
mentary thumb and a large rounded tubercle on the upper 
side of the first finger are thickly studded with horny spines, 
the second and third fingers having similar spines, but less 
numerous. ‘The whole of the chest is covered with smaller 
and larger rounded tubercles, each armed with a black conical 
horny spine, and similar but smaller dermal structures are 
scattered over the abdomen and also over the throat. 

Two specimens of this large species were sent by Mr. Pratt 


from Ichang. The length from the snout to the vent is 4 
inches. 


Hynobius chinensis. 


Allied to the Japanese Hynobius nebulosus, but with the 
series of vomerine teeth much shorter, extending backwards 
only to the middle of the eyeball. General habit short 
and stout; head large, nearly as broad as long, its length 
being rather more than one fourth of the length of the trunk. 
Tail compressed in its whole length, but without crest; body 
with eleven lateral folds. The limbs mect when adpressed ; 
fifth toe well developed; no carpal or tarsal tubercles. Skin 


JSrom the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 223 


smooth ; gular fold indistinct. Nearly uniform horny black, 
the lower parts brownish, finely marbled with darker. 


millim. 
Oba Leip iMte nck cha atetas x nik, 5 aiid", 0.3 oer 85 
PiromisnowihOvCloacar Nascent se ees 46 
Poneth of Neg 5 asp tess «iol aos Seles aelyy « 11 
Wadthrothea den a. sue wanton iiean cia s: 10 
Roreslimbas arr. accom neh ne eee 15 
Elindplimb patra cece erticn ot crasiaincos 16 
4 LED RA ees SO rte Oe Ce Rae eS a ee 89 


Two specimens were collected by Mr. Pratt at Ichang. 


4, FISHES. 
Siniperca chuatst, Basil. 
Mr. Styan has sent specimens 2 feet in length. 


Ophiocephalus argus, Cant. 


The specimens sent by Mr. Styan are 16-17 inches in 
length. 


Sclerognathus chinensis. 
Des AO. Vet 1. lato. Ju.transv,42/13. 


Mouth small, transverse, inferior, surrounded by a broad, 
continuous, corrugated lip. Body much elevated, the back 
being compressed into a sharp edge. The anterior profile 
ascends steeply from the occiput to the origin of the dorsal 
fin, which is the highest point of the body. The greatest 
depth of the body is two fifths of the total length (without 
caudal). Head small, broad, one fifth of the total length 
(without caudal). Eye of moderate size, situated in the 
middle of the length of the head. Dorsal fin very high, the 
fourth simple ray being as high as the body ; also the anal 
fin is elevated, the longest rays reaching beyond the root of 
the caudal. Caudal fin emarginate, with the lower lobe 
pointed and with the upper rounded. Paired fins very large, 
the pectorals extending beyond the root of the ventrals, which 
reach to or nearly to the vent. There are nine longitudinal 
series of scales between the lateral line and the ventral fin. 
Body light-coloured, with three very broad, irregular, black 
cross bands, the anterior behind the head, the middle corre- 
sponding to the ventral fins, and the third nearly entirely 
covering the tail. Fins black, with the exception of the 
caudal, which is only partially tinged with black. 


224 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes 


Four specimens of this fine and extremely interesting 
species were collected by Mr. Styan; the largest is 8} inches 
long. 


Cyprinus carpio, L. 


The carp in its wild state attains a large size; Mr. Styan 
has sent specimens 33 inches long. 


Barbus semibarbus, Gthr. 


As I do not acknowledge the generic division Hemibarbus, 
proposed by Bleeker, referring these barbels to Barbus, I 
am obliged to propose another specific name for Hemibarbus 
maculatus, to distinguish it from Barbus maculatus, C. V. 


Barbus labeo, Pall. 
Barbus dissimilis, Blkr., is the same species. 


Pseudogobio (Sarcochilichthys) chinensis, Blkr. 


Adult specimens have the lower jaw protected by a sharp 
horny sheath. 


Pseudogobio Styant. 
Doli. A 8. Ti lat: bo.” Ts: transy, 7/20: 


Body elongate, its greatest depth being equal to the length 
of the head and one fifth of the total (without caudal). Head 
small, broad and depressed, with the snout elongate and sub- 
conical. Eye of moderate size, with broad circular eyelid, 
one seventh of the length of the head and two fifths of that 
of the snout. Mouth narrow, transverse, with pendent lateral 
lips, the lip of the upper jaw being continuous with that of 
the lower; front of the lower jaw without any labial fold. 
Barbel long, as long as the snout. Origin of the dorsal fin 
much nearer to the extremity of the snout than to the root of 
the caudal. Caudal fin with broad base, deeply forked. Pec- 
toral extending to or nearly to the ventral, which does not 
reach the vent. Coloration uniform silvery, with blackish 
tinges on the fins. 

Several specimens were collected by Mr. Styan, of which 
the largest exceed 12 inches in length. 


Rhinogobio cylindricus, Gthr. 


This name was given to a young specimen which is speci- 
fically identical with Rhinogobio typus, Blkr. ‘This species 


Jrom the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 225 


attains a length of about 10 inches and is common at Kiu- 
Kiang. 


Xenocypris argentea, Gthr. 
I am unable to distinguish from it Xenocypris Davids, 


Blkr. 


Myloleucus ethiops, Basil. 


This is a large and common species in the Yangtsze-Kiang 
near Kiu-Kiang. Mr. Styan has sent specimens 40 inches 
long. ‘The pharyngeal teeth are five molars in the specimen 
examined. 


Hypophthalmichthys nobilis, Rich. 


This is also a very large Cyprinoid, exceeding a length of 
4 teet. 


Hypophthalmichthys molitriz, C. V. 
Equals the preceding in size. 


RHAYNCHOCYPRIS, g. n. (Cyprin.). 


Scales small, lateral line present. Dorsal fin short, without 
spine, its origin being immediately behind the root of the 
ventrals. Anal fin short. Mouth lateral, but overlapped by 
the conically protruding snout. Intermaxillaries slightly 
protractile, tree from the upper part of the snout in their entire 
circumference ; the labial fold of the lower jaw is lateral 
only and does not extend across the symphysis; barbel none. 
Gill-rakers very short and few in number; pseudobranchiz 
glandular. Pharyngeal teeth uncinate, in two rows, 5.2. 
Intestine short, with one convolution. Peritoneum black. 

This genus seems to come nearer to some of the small 
North-American members of Cyprinina than to any of the 


Old-W orld forms. 


ERhynchocypris variegata. 
DL Osorn di cA. 9. o1.lat. 100: 


Body rather elongate, its height being two ninths of the 
total length (without caudal), the length of the head two 
sevenths. “Head depressed, broad and flat above, snout 
wedge-shaped and produced. Eye of moderate size, two 
ninths of the length of the head and two thirds of the length 
of the snout or of the width of the interorbital space. Origin 


226 Dr. A. Giinther on Reptiles and Fishes 


of the dorsal fin nearer to the root of the caudal than to the 
extremity of the snout; the anal fin commences at a short 
distance behind the dorsal and terminates a long way from 
the caudal; caudal fin emarginate. All the fins are short- 
rayed ; the pectorals are not much longer than half the length 
of the head and terminate at a considerable distance from the 
ventrals. The root of the ventrals occupies nearly the middle 
between the end of the snout and the root of the caudal fin; 
they nearly reach the vent. Lateral line complete, well 
developed, running along the middle of the body. Back 
greyish, sides and lower parts silvery ; numerous scales on 
the sides blackish. 

This small species grows to a length of 5 inches. Several 
specimens were collected by Mr. Styan in mountain-streams 
near Kiu-Kiang and others at Ichang by Mr. Pratt. 


SCOMBROCYPRIS, g. n. 


Allied to Opsariichthys. 

Scales small. Lateral line running along the lower part of 
the tail. Dorsal fin short, with more than nine branched 
rays, inserted opposite to the ventrals. Anal fin of moderate 
length. Barbels none. Snout prolonged and pointed; cleft 
of the mouth wide, extending to below the eye. The inter- 
maxillaries are much dilated at their anterior end and joined 
in the middle of the snout by a long and firm suture; their 
lateral edge is sharp, not covered by membrane. Lower jaw 
with a pointed hook-like projection in front, fitting intoa hollow 
of the upper jaw. Suborbitals not dilated. Gull-rakers short 
and few in number; pseudobranchie. Pharyngeal teeth in 
a triple series, uncinate. 

The body of this fish is elongate, compressed. I know of 
no other Cyprinoid with equally powerful jaws. The jaws 
are very firmly joined and the sharp bony edge of the inter- 
maxillary and the terminal hook of the lower jaw supply as 
formidable a weapon as if the jaws were actually toothed. 
The form of the snout is very similar to that of a mackerel 
and has suggested the generic name. 


Scombrocypris Styant. 
D. 13-14. “A. 13-14. I. lat. 112. LL. transv. 19/10. 


The height of the body is nearly one sixth, the length of 
the head one fourth, of the total length (without caudal). 
Head flat and rather broad above. The diameter of the eye 
is two fifths of the length of the snout, one fourth of the post- 


from the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 227 


orbital portion of the head, and one half of the width of the 
interorbital space. Mouth subhorizontal, wide, the maxillary 
extending to below the middle of the eye. The chain of 
infraorbital bones is very narrow. Suboperculum narrow 
and long. The anterior dorsal ray is somewhat nearer to the 
root of the caudal fin than to the end of the snout and imme- 
diately behind the root of the caudal. Origin of the anal fin 
at a distance behind the end of the dorsal. Caudal fin strong, 
broad, long, and deeply cleft. The length of the pectoral 
equals that of the postorbital portion of the head. Scales 
distinctly radiated ; there are six series between the lateral 
line and the root of the ventral fin. The lateral line descends 
above the pectoral fin gradually to below the median line of 
the side, runs along the lower half of the tail, but terminates 
in the middle of the root of the caudal. Coloration uniform 
silvery. 

Mr. Styan collected specimens in the main stream and one 
young one in mountain-streams near Kiu-Kiang. The largest 
is 4 feet long. 


Chanodichthys pekinensis, Basil. 


Mr. Styan has sent a specimen 2 feet long, and of the allied 
Ch. mongolicus, Basil., several attaining a length of 18 
inches. 


Culter tlisheformis, Blkr. 
A large fish, exceeding 3 feet in length. 


PARAPELECUS, g. n. (Cyprin.). 


Body similar to that of a herring, much compressed, the 
entire abdominal edge being trenchant. Scales of moderate 
size; lateral line abruptly bent downwards above the pectoral 
fin. Cleft of the mouth oblique; barbels none. Dorsal fin 
short, without spine, placed opposite to the space between 
ventral and anal; anal fin long, many-rayed; caudal fin 
forked ; pectorals rather long; ventrals well developed. Gill- 
covers attached by membrane to the isthmus. Pharyngeal 
teeth in a triple series, hooked, 5.4. 2. 


Parapelecus argenteus. 
D. 10. AL 25; V. 9: L. lat. 75. L. transv. 10/5. 


The height of the body is contained four times and one 
third in the total length (without caudal), the length of the 


228 Leptiles and Fishes from the, Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. 


head five times and a third. Head very small, strongly com- 
pressed, with the cleft of the mouth obliquely ascending 
upwards and with the jaws equal in front when the mouth is 
shut. The eye is large, placed in the middle of the depth of 
the head, one fourth of the length of the head and rather 
shorter than the snout. Suborbitals narrow. The maxillary 
does not extend to the vertical from the front margin of the 
eye. Pectoral fin of moderate length, as long as the head, 
terminating at a great distance from the ventral fin. The 
root of the ventral is nearly midway between the extremity 
of the snout and the root of the caudal fin. The small dorsal 
fin is inserted nearer to the origin of the anal than to the root 
of the ventral. The lateral line is abruptly bent downwards 
in about the twelfth or thirteenth scale, and reascends oppo- 
site to the end of the anal fin; the muciferous tubes of each 
of the thirteen anterior scales emit a vertical branch at a right 
angle. Coloration uniform bright silvery. 

Several specimens, 94 inches long, were obtained by Mr. 
Styan at Kiu-Kiang. 


Cobitis xanté, Gthr. 


This species has a suborbital spine and ought to be removed 
from the genus Nemachilus, to which I erroneously referred it. 


Botia variegata. 
DEAT AGS. os Ves: 


Barbels six. The height of the body is one fifth of the 
total length (without caudal), the length of the head two 
sevenths ; snout elongate, but the small eye is much nearer 
to the end of the snout than to that of the operculum. The 
suborbital spine extends to below the hind margin of the 
orbit. Interorbital space narrow, transversely convex, twice 
as wide as the orbit. Origin of the dorsal fin midway be- 
tween the root of the caudal and the orbit. Caudal fin 
deeply forked. Body covered with minute but regularly 
arranged scales. Ground-colour yellowish, the body orna- 
mented with five black bands, which are irregular in shape 
and may be broken up into large blotches; all are continuous 
across the back and the middle one corresponds in position to 
the dorsal fin. All the fins variegated with black, the black 
markings of the dorsal and anal fins sometimes confluent into 
broad band-like spots. 

Two specimens of this fine gigantic species of loach were 
sent by Mr. Pratt from Ichang. The larger measures 13 
inches in length. 


Species of Phasmide from the Louisiade Archipelago. 229 


Hemirhamphus, sp. 


Several young specimens of a species of Hemirhamphus 
cylindrical in shape and only partly covered with small scales 
on the hind part of the body, with a bright, silvery, well- 
defined band, were collected by Mr. Styan at Kiu-Kiang on 
March 27. The determination of these specimens as to 
species is uncertain at present. 


Clupea Reevesii, Rich. 


Mr. Styan collected specimens 30 inches long. 


Salanx chinensis, Osbeck. 


This species ascends the river to Kiu-Kiang, where Mr. 
Styan obtained a specimen on March 27. 


XXV.—Notes on the Species of Phasmide collected by Basil 
Thomson, Esq., in the Louisiade Archipelago. By W.F. 
Kirpy, F.E.S., Assistant in Zoological Department, 
British Museum (Natural History). 


In addition to Lepidoptera Mr. Thomson collected a small 
number of other insects, including some extremely interesting 
Phasmide. Among these were three female specimens which 
I cannot distinguish specifically from the wide-ranging and 
somewhat variable Hurycantha horrida, Boisd. ‘The smallest 
of these is of a dark reddish-brown and measures 136 milli- 
metres (54 inches) in length; it much resembles specimens 
which we have previously received from Thursday Island. 
The other two are darker and much larger than any specimens 
previously in the collection of the British Museum; the 
largest measures 183 millim. (about 74 inches) in length and 
25 millim. (an inch) across the thorax. The small specimen 
is from Goodenough Island and the two large ones from 
Rossel Island. 

There is also a series of both sexes of a small Promachus 
taken on Sudest Island, Oct. 10, 1888, and a much larger 
female, taken on Rossel Island on Oct. 18. These have con- 
siderable general resemblance, and I might have considered 
the small specimens to be only the immature form of the larger 
one, but that the proportions of the tarsi are very different. 


230 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Species of Phasmid 


Promachus spinosus, sp. 0. 


Long. corp. 91 millim. 

Female.—Reddish brown; antenne darker, about as long 
as the head and thorax ; head fully as long as the prothorax ; 
a groove on the hinder half, curving off into two shallower 
depressions in front to the base of the antenne; the head is 
covered with short spines or warts above, and there is a broad 
slightly dentated spine on each side about the middle; pro- 
thorax with two broad slightly diverging spines on an eleva- 
tion in front and a strong ridge with a bifid elevation in the 
middle behind ; there is also a row of three broad spines on 
each side and some smaller ones; the hindermost is twice as 
long as the others and dentated; mesothorax with a large 
elevation at one third of its length, in front of which are three 
diverging carine; behind this is a strong carina rising into a 
transverse ridge behind, the middle of which is occupied by 
another bifid prominence; the surface is studded with small 
scattered warts, and there are three large spines in front above 
the lateral line and two more below, above the middle coxa, 
the larger ones being again surrounded and studded with 
shorter spines and warts; metathorax with a strong carina 
and a large spine on the middle and behind ; below the median 
line there is a large cluster of spines in front of the hind coxe ; 
abdomen with the first six segments transverse, the remainder 
tapering ; with a longitudinal granular carina, rising into a 
simple spine at the extremity of each segment, which slopes 
laterally to the base of a short spine on each side; near the 
front of each segment is an acute oblique spine on each side, 
and along the lateral line runs a row of short spines. On the 
eighth segment the terminal spines on the median line end with 
a strong raised ridge extending along nearly the whole length of 
the segment. The median spines, except the last ridge, are 
usually marked with black, and the ovipositor is also black. 
The legs are strongly ridged and are moderately spined along 
the carinz on the femora and tibie. The femora, except at 
the base and tip, and a great part of the tibiz and tarsi are 
blackish. Body beneath testaceous, nearly smooth, with only 
a row of spiny warts running along each side of the meso- 
thorax and abdomen. 

Legs rather short, femora rather shorter than the tibie. 
First four joints of the tarsi short, diminishing in length, the 
fifth as long as all the others. Antenne slightly pilose; scape 
as long as the third joint, but much thicker than the short 
second joint, which again is thicker than the third. 

Hab. Rossel Island, Oct. 18. 


from the Louisiade Archipelago. 231 


The complicated spines of this insect are very difficult to 
describe. It is not very similar to any previously described 
species with which I am acquainted. 


Promachus insularis, sp. n. 


3, long. corp. 30 millim.; ¢, 47-50 milim. 

Head and prothorax of about equal length; mesothorax 
about three times as long as broad and narrower than the 
metathorax, which is rather longer than broad; abdomen 
with the first six segments transverse, broader than long; the 
terminal segments narrower, raised and carinated. Antenne 
a little longer than the head and thorax. Colour brown, 
slightly inclining to red in the male. Spines arranged as 
follows :—Median line: head with a pair of spines at the 
back; prothorax with two pairs; mesothorax with three 
pairs; metathorax with two single spines ; and abdomen with 
a single spine at the extremity of each segment and diminish- 
ing in size hindwards. Lateral spines: mesothorax with 
four on each side; metathorax with one on each side; female 
with a row of spines on each side of the abdomen, 

Femora with all the carinz dentated, also the tibie slightly 
in the female, especially at the base; all the cox spined at 
the base (at least in the female), those on the hind coxe the 
largest. First joint of tarsi as long as the remainder; first 
joint of antenne long, broad, and compressed. 

Male with the cerci small, pincer-like; female with the 
upper spine extending for one third of its length beyond the 
operculum. 

Hab. Sudest Island, Oct. 10, 1888. 

Allied to Acanthoderus (?) hystrix, Kaup. 


XXVI.— On some new or little-known Species of Libellulinz 

— from Jamaica in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art. 
By W. F. Krrpy, F.E.S8., Assistant in Zoological Depart- 
ment, British Museum (Natural History). 


THE Dublin Museum of Science and Art contains a valuable 
series of insects of all orders from Jamaica, and I have lately 
had the opportunity, through the courtesy of the Keeper, 
Dr. Scharff, of examining some of the Odonata, among which 
I found several species of extreme interest, which form the 
subject of the present paper. 


232 Mr. W. F. Kirby on some 


1. Pertthemis domitia. 
Libellula domitia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. ii. t. xlv. fig. 4 (1782). 


Exp. al. 36-38 millim. 

Head yellow, browner behind; thorax and abdomen choco- 
late-coloured, thorax with broad olive-green shoulder-stripes, 
and the sides entirely olive-green except narrow stripes on 
the sutures; abdomen with a narrow stripe on each side of 
the dorsal carina and a broad one on each side of the lateral 
carinee, all these interrupted by the sutures ; wings with six or 
seven antenodal and from four to six postnodal cross nervures, 
the last antenodal and first two postnodals not normally con- 
tinuous; hind wings with five antenodal and four or five 
postnodal cross nervures, the two first postnodals not con- 
tinuous; pterostigma reddish, between black nervures, tri- 
angles free, followed by two rows of posttriangular cells, 
increasing ; subtriangular space consisting of two cells divided 
by a perpendicular nervure: wings in the male transparent 
yellow, the centres of the cells mostly lighter; in the female 
the yellow colour extends along the costa to the pterostigma, 
but otherwise ceases a little beyond the nodus, leaving the 
rest of the wings transparent except a small brown spot at 
the tips of the hind wings. 


2. Perithemis pocahontas, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 40 millim. 

Female.—Intermediate between P. domitia, Dru., and P. 
thais, Kirb.; colour and neuration of the former, but the 
yellow on the costa ceases two cells before the pterostigma on 
the fore wings and one cell before on the hind wings; there 
is a brown blotch above and partly covering the triangles; a 
brown border, most distinct on the hind wings, runs down 
below the nodus at the extremity of the yellow portion of the 
wings ; there is a brown spot towards the anal angle of the 
hind wings, and the hind wings are much more largely tipped 

ith brown; the pterostigma, too, appears to be longer on 
the hind wings than on the fore wings. 

I hesitated at first to describe this insect; but it seems to 
be sufficiently distinct to rank as a species. ‘There are pro- 
bably several closely allied species of this group, and it is not 
impossible that this insect may prove to be the female of the 
true domitia of Drury, the typical figure of which is rather 
larger than the specimens which I have described above under 
that name. 


new or little-known Species of Libelluline. 233 


3. Perithemis mooma, sp. n. 


Exp. al. 31 millim. 

Female.—Head dull yellow, frontal tubercle brown ; thorax 
reddish brown, with a long pale green oval spot on each side 
above ; sides greenish white, with a reddish-brown stripe on 
the principal suture. Abdomen yellow, the carine black, and 
a broad zigzag brown stripe above, so that the upper surface 
might either be regarded as brown with yellow markings or 
yellow with brown markings. Fore wings with seven ante- 
nodal and four postnodal cross nervures, the last antenodal and 
first postnodal not continuous; hind wings with five ante- 
nodal and four postnodal cross nervures, the first postnodal 
not continuous ; triangles free, followed by two rows of post- 
triangular cells, increasing ; subtriangular space consisting of 
one cell; pterostigma brownish yellow, between black ner- 
vures. Wings hyaline, with connected brown markings, 
extending from the base along the lower subcostal space, and 
then spreading upwards to the costa on both sides of the 
nodus and to within two or three cells of the pterostigma, and 
downwards across the sectors of the arculus, and between 
them to their origin, filling the triangle in the fore wings, and 
extending to the first cell between its sectors on the hind wings; 
another curved and pointed tooth extends from below the 
nodus across the posttriangular space as far as the lower sector 
of the arculus. 

This curious species, which is perhaps most nearly allied to 
P. tenera, Say, has a striking resemblance to the African 
genus Palpopleura. 


4. Cannaphila insularis. 


Cannaphila insularis, Kirby, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. xii. p. 341, pl. liii. 
fig. 1, pl. lvii. fig. 9 (1889). 

There are three females and one male in the Dublin Mu- 
seum from Jamaica; the former differ little from the types 
of the species from Haiti, the male is pulverulent blue. There 
are sometimes two cross nervures in the lower basal cell of the 
fore wings on one side; there are always two on the hind 
wings on both sides. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 16 


934 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on the 


XXVII.—A Note upon the Anatomy of the Perignathic Girdle 
of Discoidea cylindrica, Lmk., sp., and of a Species of 
Echinoconus. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., 
F.R.S., &c., and W. Percy SLapDEN, Sec.L.8., F.G.S. 


A PAPER upon the anatomy of the perignathic girdle of Dzs- 
coidea cylindrica, Lmk., sp., was communicated to the 
Linnean Society, and was published in the ‘ Journal’ of that 
Society for October 1886, vol. xx. p. 48. 

It was explained (p. 56) that the perignathic girdle is 
remarkable and unique in shape, being low and surrounding 
the peristomial opening in the form of a raised, oblique, 
broad, ridge-like rmg. ‘The broad upper surface of the girdle 
is free and consists of flat or irregular slanting surfaces, the 
slant being towards the peristome and ending all round and 
outwards in a continuous and wavy free edge. This edge 
has the parts which correspond to the ambulacra thin, barely 
projecting, and reenteringly curved. ‘The parts of the girdle 
which correspond to the interradia are boldly curved out- 
wards and are large. The outer wavy edge of the girdle 
overhangs the inner surface of the base of the test. 

No sutural lines exist in the specimen (no. 40341) in the 
British Museum from which the description was taken (see 
fig. 8, p. 56), upon the interradial expansion of the perignathic 
girdle. On the other hand, the median sutures of the ambu- 
lacral parts are distinct. It was remarked, ‘ but it is not 
satisfactorily shown that there are not sutures between the 
ambulacral and interradial portions along the line of the slight 
groovings which are on either side of an ambulacrum high up 
in the peristome and at the lower edge of the inner surface of 
the girdle—that is to say, in the usual position of sutures in 
relation with branchial grooves or cuts.” 

Mention was made of the pairs of pores which are on either 
side of the median and more or less vertical suture of an ambu- 
lacrum. In ambulacrum 111. there are two pairs of pores on 
one side of the median line and a single pair on the other ; 
and in the other ambulacra, although the pores are not all 
distinctly shown, they appear to conform to the peristomial 
arrangement found in other regular Echinoidea. 

All these pores are separated from the median sutures and 
also from the ill-defined sutures between the ambulacral and 
interradial portions of the girdle. 

In September 1888 one of us received a letter from our 
friend Prof. Sven Lovén, drawing attention toa paper of his, 
read Dec, 14, 1887, and published in 1888, “On a Recent 


Perignathic Girdle of Discoidea cylindrica, 235 


Form of the Echinoconide ” (Bihang till Kongl. Svenska 
Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. iv. no. 10), and explaining 
why he had not noticed our paper upon the perignathic girdle 
of Discoidea cylindrica, Lmk. Prof. Sven Lovén wrote that 
he could not reconcile our drawing (fig. 8, p. 56) with the 
results of his own observations upon several specimens, and 
that as he disliked animadversion he had thought it best to 
publish his figures and to leave ours alone and uncriticized. 
He also sent us his interesting paper, containing beautiful 
illustrations. 

We thank our friend very cordially for his courtesy, but 
we think that it is due to him that his discoveries should be 
placed on record in a paper which will also do justice to 
ourselves, 

We have nothing to retract or to add regarding the descrip- 
tion given by us of the specimen in the British Museum, 
Prof. Sven Lovén’s beautiful drawing shows, in addition to 
what may be seen in the specimen we studied, distinct sutur- 
ing of the interradial expansions of the girdle, some minute 
plates at the ambulacral edge of the interradial expansion, 
but one pair of pores on either side of the ambulacral median 
line, and that the outer pore of each pair is either along the line 
of the ambulacro-interradial suture or beyond it and in the 
edge of the interradial expansion. The drawing by Prof. 
Lovén (op. cit. p. 9, fig. 1) gives the impression that the 
parts of the interradial expansions next to the poriferous zones’ 
are ambulacral and therefore relics of ‘ processes ” *. 

It is perfectly evident that Prof. Lovén intended to convey 
that these relics are those of ‘ auricles” (ambulacral_ pro- 
cesses in other terminology), and, indeed, in his description 
of his fig. 2 he wrote “ Four auricles from the aboral side 
and an ambulacral pair in the middle.” 

It became necessary for us to examine other specimens, so 
as to compare our results with those of Prof. Lovén upon 


1. The position of the ambulacral pairs of pores. 

2. Comparison of the teaching afforded by the original 
specimen and by those ot Lovén. 

3. The sutures of the expansions in new specimens. 


Numerous specimens of Discoidea cylindrica were cut, and 
without satisfactory results, the girdle being absent or ruined ; 
but, thanks to Mr. Gregory, F.G.S., of the British Museum, 
we have been able to study a very fairly preserved specimen. 

* The terminology will be found explained in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 


yol. xix. p. 179 (1885), “On the Perignathic Girdle of the Echinoidea,”’ 
16% 


236 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on the 


The perignathic girdle is better preserved in some parts than 
in the specimen originally described by us; but while the 
pores of the ambulacra are not so clearly placed as in the 
early specimen, there are, beyond a doubt, sutures in the inter- 
radial expansions (the ridges). 

1. Taking the old and this new specimen as examples, it 
is shown in them that the interradio-ambulacral suture is 
distinct and that the pairs of pores are between it and the 
median suture of the ambulacrum. 

It appears, then, that no part of the expansions is truly 
ambulacral ; all is interradial. 

Very respectfully we would draw our friend’s attention to 
his drawing, fig. 2. There isa slightly oblique and not quite 
transverse suture separating the ambulacral plate of zone d 
nearest the peristome from the expansion. In our opinion 
that suture is the natural limit of the ambulacral region and 
is interradio-ambulacral. Consequently the plate which this 
suture bounds actinally is interradial and not ambulacral. 

2. As the evidence of the facts just noticed is clear and 
the drawing given by Prof. Lovén is doubtless correct, we 
must admit that variation is possible in the construction of 
the girdles of these forms, which are considered to be Gnatho- 
stomes by some and to be Edentates by other naturalists. 

3. In the specimen originally examined by us there is not 
the slightest vestige of sutures in any one of the expansions, 
‘and we had no right to assume that there were any. 

Prof. Lovén shows (op. cit. p. 9, fig. 1) that there are 
certainly three sutures in each expansion, irrespectively of 
what may be considered as interradio-ambulacral sutures. 
Possibly there are two others uniting small triangular pieces 
to the outer edges of expansions. 

In the lately cut specimen at the British Museum there are 
distinct sutures in the interradial expansions, but their distri- 
bution differs from that figured by Prof. Lovén. 

Prof. Lovén shows that in each expansion there is (a) a 
median suture, (8) asuture on either side of the median suture, 
being parallel at some distance. Each of these two sutures, 
which are parallel with the median one, bounds a plate at the 
side of the median suture which unites the plates. Hach one 
of these two sutures seems to start from close to the inter- 
radio-ambulacral suture at each branchial incision, a small 
space intervening. 

According to Prof. Lovén’s drawing (fig. 1) the interradio- 
ambulacral sutures are curved, and they limit a plate, a con- 
siderable part of which is free towards the ambulacrum and 
which has upon its corner the little plate and suture already 


Perignathic Girale of Discoidea cylindrica. 237 


mentioned. In the British Museum specimen there is (a) no 
median suture in any expansion. ‘There are (8) two sutures 
in the position of those discovered by Lovén. ‘These sutures 
are nearly or quite parallel and include a single median plate. 


The interradio-ambulacral suture arises close to the other 
sutures and bounds the ambulacrum, there being a plate 
between it and the suture @ triangular in shape, with its 
point at the branchial incision. The dimensions of these 
triangular plates varies, and in no instance is there the small 
additional plate described by Prof. Lovén. 

Median sutures are so common in the ridge portion (inter- 
radial) of perignathic girdles (see Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 
vol. xix. pl. xxxi.) that their presence would have been an- 
ticipated in Discoidea ; but the variability of the girdle seems 
to extend to the suturing. 

According to Prof. Lovén’s view the plates on either side 
of the median suture of the interradial expansion of the peri- 
gnathic girdle are truly interradial, and the plates on either 
side of them are ambulacral. 

According to the terminology suggested and employed in 
the researches on the nature of the perignathic girdle of the 
Echinoidea (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol xix.) the plates on 


238 On a Species of Ychinoconus. 


either side of the median line are homologous with the “ridges” 
and the other plates with the “ processes.” 

According to the inferences which arise after studying the 
British-Museum specimens, the median plate is one plate of 
a “ridge” and those on either side of it are other plates of 
the same structure. There is no ambulacral process. 

If it is admitted, as it well may be, that the specimens in 
the British Museum have had the plates on either side of the 
median suture so fused that the union is no longer visible, 
the clear definition of the ambulacral areas indicates that no 
portion of an ambulacrum exists on the flanks of the interradial 
expansions. From the evidence before us, and after studying 
Prof. Lovén’s figures, we hold that ambulacral processes or 
their homologues are absent and that the expansions are 
analogous to, and to a certain extent homologous with, the 
“ ridges ” of Cidaride. 

It must be remembered, however, that in Diadema setosum 
the “ridges” of the perignathic girdle have a median sutural 
line separating two plates, on either side of which is a plate 
clearly belonging to the interradium. The gradual evolution 
of this arrangement can be appreciated by comparing figures 
41, 42, 43, and 49 in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xix. 
[Dbp-co-4i5 

Finally we regret to differ from our friend respecting the 
presence of jaws and teeth in the genus Duscoidea. We 
cannot find any probable or demonstrative evidence in favour 
of their existence. 


Echinoconus (= Galerites). 


Prof. Lovén believes that a structure similar to that of the 
perignathic girdle of Déscoidea cylindrica “ maintains in 
Galerites albogalerus,” that is to say in Echinoconus. He 
also credits this well-known species with jaws and teeth. 

In the ‘ Geological Magazine,’ 1884, dec. iii. vol. i. no. 1, 
p- 10, one of us enlarged upon the nature of the peristomial 
structure of Galerites albogalerus= Hchinoconus conicus, and 
proved that the so-called teeth described by E. Forbes and 
Wright are buccal plates (p. 18) ; no jaws or teeth have been 
found. 

It was explained that no auricles have been seen in any 
specimen preserved in the British Museum, and that whilst 
the ambulacra are without processes there is thickening of the 
interradia close to the peristome. 

The whole matter has been reconsidered and with the same 
results. The five ambulacra end distinctly at the peristomial 


Mr. A. S. Woodward on Atherstonia. 239 


margin within the test and a definite and clear line of suture 
separates them from the interradial edges. ‘The pairs of 
pores are remote from the interradio-ambulacral suture and 
there is not a vestige of a “ process.” 

The interradial swelling sometimes rises to a blunt, raised 
edge separated by a little space from the peristomial margin. 
This blunt part is doubtless a degenerated “ridge,” and it 
does not appear capable of affording origin or insertion to 
muscular structure. 

It appears that Echinoconus is much lower in the scale of 
Echinoidea with regard to perignathic structure than the 
species of Discoidea, and certainly these are degraded below 
those of Holectypus, which have a feeble yet fairly perfect 
girdle, jaws, and teeth. 


XXVIII.—On Atherstonia, a new Genus of Paleoniscid Fishes 
Jrom the Karoo Formation of South Africa ; and on a Tooth 
of Ceratodus from the Stormberg Beds of the Orange Free 
State. By A. Surra Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.8., of the 
British Museum (Natural History). 


[Plate XIV.] 


THE only remains of Palzoniscid fishes from the Early Meso- 
zoic Karoo Series of South Africa hitherto described or figured 
are some detached scales made known by Egerton * under 
the names of Paleoniscus Bainii and P. sculptus. However, 
through the generosity of the Hon. W. Guybon Atherstone, 
M.D., F.G.8., of Grahamstown, the British Museum is 
now in possession of a nearly complete fish from the Beaufort 
Beds of Colesberg; and it is the object of the present notice 
to describe and discuss the principal characters of this fossil, 
illustrated in the accompanying Plate XIV. figs. 1-3. 


Description. 


The specimen is shown, nearly one half nat. size, in Pl. XIV. 
fic. 1, and a flank-scale of the natural size in fig. 2, while a 
few scales at the base of the dorsal fin form the subject of 
fig. 8. The general form of the fish is well indicated ; but 
the head is much erushed and its precise contour probably 
destroyed, while the extremity of the caudal fin has been 

* Sir P. Egerton, “Note on the Fish-remains from Styl Krantz, South 
Africa,” Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. vii. (1856), pp. 226, 227, pl. xxviii. 
figs, 26-42. 


240 Mr. A. S. Woodward on Atherstonia. 


removed by an unfortunate line of joint in the rock. The 
trunk is elongate-fusiform, the head and opercular apparatus 
occupying about one fifth of the entire length ; and the maxi- 
mum depth of the trunk before crushing would also bear a 
similar proportion to the length. The upper lobe of the tail 
is extremely produced and slender. The mandibular sus- 
pensorium is very oblique and the head and opercular bones 
are externally ornamented with tubercles and ruge; but no 
details can be observed of the cranial osteology. 
Appendicular Skeleton.—The fins are all tolerably well 
preserved except the caudal, which, as already remarked, is 
partly broken away. They all consist of broad, laterally 
compressed, and closely arranged rays, frequently articulated, 
and with distal bifurcation; and, most probably, judging 
from a small specimen mentioned below, there is a series of 
minute fulcra upon the anterior margin of the preaxial ray. 
In the pectoral fins at least eight or nine rays are unarticu- 
lated in the proximal half of their length; but all seem to be 
closely jointed distally and are also perhaps bifurcated. The 
pelvic fins are remarkable for the length of their base-line ; 
each consisted probably of about eighteen or twenty rays, 
gradually decreasing in length posteriorly, and all are dis- 
tinctly articulated quite from their point of insertion. The 
dorsal fin arises behind the posterior extremity of the pelvic 
pair, aud the anal fin is so remote that even its first rays 
scarcely oppose the hinder portion of the dorsal. Hach of 
these median fins is longer than high, the anal being espe- 
cially elongated and consisting of not less than forty-five or 
fifty rays, of which the seventh or eighth is the largest and 
followed by gradually shortening rays posteriorly. 
Squamation.—The trunk is completely invested in a cover- 
ing of thick rhomboidal scales, united by peg-and-socket 
joints, except towards the extremity of the tail, and exter- 
nally ornamented with delicate branching ridges, though with 
a smooth posterior edge. ‘There is considerable variation in 
the size and proportions of the scales in different parts, those 
in the middie of the flank of the abdominal region being 
largest and those at the base of the insertion of the fins the 
smallest. ‘The middle flank-scales (fig. 2) are deeper than 
broad, with a very prominent peg-and-socket articulation ; 
and the usual internal rib appears to be only developed in 
those situated more posteriorly and upon the caudal region. 
Ventrally—and also dorsally in the caudal region—the scales 
become rapidly broader than deep, until the breadth is often 
twice as great as the depth. At the base of the dorsal and 
anal fins there is also a singular diminution of the size of the 


Mr. A. S. Woodward on Atherstonia. 241 


scales, apparently by the division of each vertical series into 
two, as suggested by appearances at the base of the dorsal 
(fig. 3); and it is probable that a similar arrangement occurs 
in connexion with the pelvic fins. Upon the sides of the 
extremely attenuated caudal lobe the scales exhibit the usual 
elongation of one diagonal; but the proportions of the large 
fulcral ridge-scales cannot be observed, owing to the imper- 
fection of the fossil. The most remarkable feature in the 
squamation, however, is the enormous development of the 
ridge-scales along the entire extent of the dorsal margin. The 
series commences immediately at the back of the head and 
comprises sixteen or seventeen scales as far as the dorsal fin; 
and though there is a diminution in size behind the dorsal, 
they still maintain relatively large proportions. Each of 
these scales is saddle-shaped, being very slightly arched from 
side to side; there is considerable overlapping, and the exter- 
nal surface is ornamented with fine ridges, mainly disposed 
in an antero-posterior direction. 


Determination. 


The family relationships of the fish thus described are so 
obvious as to require no detailed discussion, and its generic 
affinities are likewise readily determinable. In the appear- 
ance of the scales, the situation and proportions of the fins, 
and the recognizable features of the head, this South-African 
fish most nearly approaches Gyrolepis *, from the European 
Trias and Rhetic, and Rhabdolepist, from the European 
Lower Permian. ‘That it is, however, generically distinct is 
indicated by the enormous development of the dorsal series of 
ridge-scales ; and as it seems appropriate to employ the name 
of the discoverer of the first tolerably complete specimen, the 
genus may be briefly defined as follows :— 


ATHERSTONIA. 


Trunk robust; mandibular suspensorium very oblique and 
gape wide. [Teeth unknown.] Fins powerful, with minute 
fulcra; pelvic fins with an elongated base-line, the dorsal 
arising between the pelvics and the anal, and the last-named 
fin remote, much elongated. Scales relatively large, exter- 
nally marked with coarse oblique stria and subdivided into 
smaller scales at the base of the dorsal, anal, and pelvic fins ; 

* W. Dames, “ Die Ganoiden des deutschen Muschelkalks,” Palzont, 
Abhandl. vol. iv. (1888), pp. 135-137. 

t+ R. H. Traquair, “On the Agassizian Genera Amblypterus, Paleo- 


niscus, Gyrolepis, and Pygopterus,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxiii. 
(1877), p. 552. 


242 Mr. A. S. Woodward on Atherstonia. 


dorsal margin with a continuous series of very large deeply 
overlapping ridge-scales. 

The single known species described above may be termed 
Atherstonia scutata. 


Stratigraphical Position and associated Fish-Fauna. 


Dr. Atherstone’s fossil was obtained from. the Beaufort 
Beds of Colesberg, Cape Colony, and the imperfectly preserved 
trunk of a smaller fish of the same genus from a corresponding 
horizon at Alice, near Fort Beaufort, was long ago recorded 
by Owen *, without description, under the MS. name of Hyp- 
terus Bainvi. ‘The latter fossil is also exhibited in the British 
Museum (No. 46007), having been presented by the Trus- 
tees of the Albany Museum ; and it may even be specifically 
identical with Atherstonia scututa, though further specimens 
are required for satisfactory discussion. The British-Museum 
collection, moreover, contains fragments of other Paleoniscid 
fishes from various parts of the great Karoo Series of South 
Africa, though, like the scales described by Egerton, these 
cannot as yet be precisely determined ; and the only asso- 
ciated fishes of other types hitherto definitely known are 
Semtonotus capensis and Cleithrolepis Extoni from the Storm- 
berg Beds f, in addition to the tooth of Ceratodus described 
below. 

In conclusion, through the kindness of Professor Rupert 
Jones, F.R.S., the writer is enabled to append a synopsis of 
the subdivisions of the South-African ‘‘ Karoo Series” of 
A. G. Bain, showing the stratigraphical position of the few 
fossil fishes from that formation already described :— 
(StorMBERG Brps (Upper Karoo). Yield Palgo- 

niscus Bain, Eg., P. sculptus, Eg., Semio- 
notus capensis, A. 8S. Woodw., Clerthrolepis 
Exton, A. 8. Woodw., and Ceratodus 
capensis, A. S. Woodw. 

Bravrort Beps (Lower Karoo). [Karoo Beds” 
of Green, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1888, 
and “ Upper Karoo Beds” of Dunn’s Map 
and Report.] Yield Atherstonia scutata, 
A. S. Woodw. 

KIMBERLEY SHALES. [“ Olive Shales” of Stow, 
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 1874. ] 


| 
KAROO aie el 

1 

| | 

ae Beps. [Including “ Koonap Beds” and 
L 


(A. G. Bain). 


“ Keca Beds” of T. Rupert Jones, Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soc. 1867, the “ Lower Karoo 
Beds” and “ Dwyka Conglomerate” of 
Dunn’s Map and Report. ] 


* R. Owen, ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia of South Africa ’ (1876), 
«1x. 
+ Smith Woodward, “ On two new Lepidotoid Ganoids from the Early 
Mesozoic Deposits of Orange Free State, South Africa,” Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc. vol. xliy. (1888), pp. 158-145, pl. vi. 


Mr. A. S. Woodward on a Tooth of Ceratodus. 243 


Note on a Tooth of Ceratodus from the Stormberg Beds of the 
Orange Free State, South Africa. 


Though not hitherto recorded, the occurrence of Ceratodus 
in the Karoo Series of South Africa is a circumstance to be 
expected, and it is interesting now to be able to make known 
the discovery of a very typical tooth. The specimen in 
question was received by the British Museum in exchange 
from the Bloemfontein Museum, Orange Free State, through 
the intervention of Dr. Hugh Exton, F.G.S., and the 
locality being Smithfield, Orange Free State, the fossil 
was doubtless obtained from the fish-bearing horizon of the 
Stormberg Beds. The tooth is unfortunately imperfect, as 
shown in the accompanying figure (Pl. XIV. fig. 4); but 
sufficient remains to render its approximate determination 
possible. It is of comparatively small size, thin, and trian- 
gular in shape, with the angulation of the inner margin acute 
and placed opposite the second denticle. When complete the 
denticles would be at least five in number, and these are all 
separated by deep notches at the outer margin, while the 
ridges extending from them are acute and some nearly reach 
the inner angulation. 

In the acuteness and number of the ridges the new South- 
African tooth most nearly approaches those of Ceratodus 
serratus, Ag.*, C. Philippsti, Ag.t, C. runcinatus, Plien.f, 
and certain forms discovered in the Kota-Maleri Beds of 
India§. From all these, however, the specimen differs in 
being as thin as the rounded-ridged teeth of C. Kaupz, Ag. ; 
and it may therefore be regarded as indicating a new species 
— Ceratodus capensis. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Fig. 1. Atherstonia scutata, gen. et sp. nov. Lateral aspect of fish, one 
half nat, size—Beaufort Beds, Colesberg, Cape Colony. [Brit, 
Mus. No. P. 4735. | 

Fig. 2. The same. Flank-scale; a, external aspect; 6, internal aspect, 

twice nat. size. 

Fig. 3. The same. Scales at base of dorsal fin, nat. size. 

Fig. 4. Ceratodus capensis, sp. nov. Tooth; a, coronal aspect; 6, ante- 
rior aspect of the same.—Stormberg Beds, Smithfield, Orange 
Free State. [Brit. Mus. No. P. 4807.] 


* L. Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. iii. (1838), p, 135, pl. xix. fig, 18, 
+ L. Agassiz, ibid. p. 135, pl. xix. fig. 17. 
} pet and Plieninger, Beitr. Palaont. Wiirttembergs (1844), p. 86, 
ext oO: 
Q Sot: Oldham, “On some Fossil Fish-Teeth of the Genus Ceratodus 
from Malédi, South of Nagpur,” Mem. Geol. Surv. India, vol. i. (1859), 
pp. 295-309, pls. xiv.—xvi. 


244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


XXIX.—Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from 
Madagascar. By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Sepsina frontopartetalis. 

Snout obtuse, scarcely projecting beyond the labial margin; 
eye moderate ; lower eyelid scaly; ear-opening smaller than the 
eye-opening. Frontal divided into an anterior (frontal) and 
a posterior (frontoparietal) shield of equal length ; the frontal 
proper in contact with the first and second supraoculars, the 
frontoparietal with the second, third, and fourth; frontal 
angularly emarginate on each side by the first supraocular ; 
five supraoculars; nine supraciliaries; interparietal longer 
than broad, shorter than the frontoparietal; fourth upper 
labial entering the orbit. Twenty-eight scales round the 
middle of the body, equal. Limbs rather elongate, over- 
lapping when adpressed. ‘The fore limb, stretched forwards, 
reaches the anterior corner of the eye; hind limb rather more 
than half the length of the body. Tail twice as long as head 
and body. Brown above, each scale with the edges darker ; 
nape and anterior part of back with interrupted dark brown 
cross bands ; lower parts whitish. 


millim 
ofall Tengen stots cccus, ahead suicide ealees 182 
Gade ne ceeneto auctor RT AU 13 
Wadthtof headin i! sachs sh ae cee 8 
Rody 5 24(. ed AGEL 49 
Fore Jdimbre scsi cng cisiineies At aoe 16 
Hindslimb ee cee soe eae 26 
ail yerern eer teeter ecient im L20 


A single specimen. 

The division of the frontal shield, whether or not an indi- 
vidual character, is particularly interesting as showing that 
the large frontal of Sepsina and allied genera originated 
through fusion with the frontoparietal. 


Chameleon cucullatus, Gray. 


This species has been known for nearly sixty years from a 
single female specimen. ‘The collection which yielded the 
novelties described in this paper contained several specimens 
of both sexes, the females agreeing perfectly with the type 
preserved in the British Museum. 

The male differs in the still more developed occipital lobe, 
the longer occipital process (the distance between the com- 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Madagascar. 245 


missure of the mouth and the extremity of the casque exceed- 
ing the length of the mouth), the larger tubercles on the 
canthus rostralis, and the presence of two short, flattened, 
tuberculate, bony nasal processes, which are directed down- 
wards and slightly outwards. 

Total length 37 centimetres. 


Riana flavicrus. 


Vomerine teeth in two short transverse series just behind 
the level of the choane. Head moderate, as long as broad ; 
snout subacuminate, truncate at the end, as long as the 
diameter of the orbit; nostril near the end of the snout; can- 
thus rostralis angular; loreal region concave; interorbital 
space a little narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum 
distinct, nearly as large as the eye. Fingers and toes slender, 
the tips dilated into smal] disks; first finger not extending 
quite so far as second ; toes nearly entirely webbed ; subar- 
ticular tubercles small; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. 
The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the end of the 
snout ; tibia as long as the vertebral column. Skin smooth, 
belly and anal region granular; no dorso-lateral fold. Dark 
olive-grey above, with a few scattered minute white dots and 
a paler grey dorso-lateral band, bordered below by a blackish 
lateral band passing through the tympanum ; lips pale grey, 
with black dots; groin with yellow marblings; limbs with 
black cross bars; lower surface of leg yellow, spotted and 
marbled with black; the remainder of the lower surfaces 
greyish, with indistinct brown mottling. Male with internal 
vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 55 millim. 

A single male specimen. 


Rana redimita. 


Vomerine teeth in two small groups far behind the level of 
the choane. Head moderate; snout subacuminate; canthus 
rostralis angular; loreal region concave ; the diameter of the 
orbit equals its distance from the nostril ; interorbital space 
as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, nearly two 
thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderate, 
the tips dilated into small disks; first and second fingers 
equal ; toes half-webbed; subarticular tubercles moderate ; 
a small inner metatarsal tubercle. ‘The tibio-tarsal articula- 
tion reaches the eye; tibia three fourths the length of the 
vertebral column. Skin smooth, granular on the belly and 


246 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new 


under the thighs ; no dorso-lateral fold. Dark brown above, 
with small lighter spots; two whitish streaks from below the 
eye to the labial border ; limbs with black cross bands edged 
with whitish ; throat brown, closely spotted with black and 
with a black longitudinal streak on each side; labial border 
black, with white dots; belly and lower surface of limbs 
whitish, with numerous small black spots. Male with in- 
ternal vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 47 millim. 

A single male specimen. 


Rana biporus. 


Vomerine teeth in two small groups behind the level of the 
choane. Habit stout. Head short; snout rounded, a little 
shorter than the diameter of the orbit; nostril a little nearer 
the end of the snout than the eye; canthus rostralis obtuse ; 
loreal region slightly concave; interorbital space narrower 
than the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, two thirds or 
three fourths the diameter ot the eye. Fingers moderate, 
first and second equal; toes moderate, half-webbed; tips of 
fingers and toes dilated into small disks; subarticular 
tubercles small ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaches the eye ; tibia two thirds the length 
of the vertebral column. Skin smooth ; no dorso-lateral fold ; 
a pair of circular flat glands, each with a median impression, 
under each thigh near its proximal extremity. Dark brown 
above, with or without a light vertebral line; a more or less 
distinct, angular, black cross band between the eyes, light- 
edged anteriorly; sides with white dots; limbs with very 
indistinct black cross bars; lower parts white, throat mottled 
or marbled with black. Male with internal vocal sacs. 

From snout to vent 36 millim. 

Several specimens. 

The name given to this small species refers to the curious 
femoral glands, which are more developed in males than in 
females, and may prove homologous with the femoral pores 
of lizards. Such glands were first noticed in some Madagascar 
frogs (Rana ulcerosa, guttulata, femoralis) by Dr. Beettger and 
myself ; these frogs, however, differ from 2. d¢porus in having 
but a single gland on each side. A recent examination of 
_the types of Polypedates lugubris, A. Dum., has convinced 
me of its identity with Rana femoralis, which must therefore 
bear the name Rana lugubris. 

I also find that Polypedates dispar, Bttg., is identical with 
P. tephreeomystax, A. Dum., from Nossi Bé. 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Madagascar. O47 


PLATYHYLA, g. n. (Dyscophidarum). 


Pupil horizontal. Tongue large, oval, entire, and free 
behind. Palatine teeth* in two long, oblique, transverse 
series, converging posteriorly, separated by a narrow inter- 
space. Tympanum hidden. Fingers and toes webbed at the 
base, the tips dilated into very large disks supported by a Y- 
shaped terminal phalanx. Outer metatarsals united. —Cora- 
coids strong ; preecoracoids very slender, bent nearly at right 
angles, only the proximal half ossified ; omosternum very 
small, cartilaginous ; sternum a small cartilaginous plate. 
Diapophyses of sacral vertebra moderately dilated. 

The following analysis shows the relations of this new 
genus to the other members of the family Dyscophide :— 


I. Pupil vertical; palatine teeth in long 
transverse series. 


A. Preecoracoids ossified ; tips of fingers and 
toes not dilated. 


SLOmMMMVeRy ATP Ole... crortelorsioneieteseieies choi ... 1. Dyscophus, Grand. 
SS PSUMUM SEA alee et ni eem cpa teletelansinyeleeveces 2. Calluella, Stol. 


B. Preecoracoids not ossified ; tips of fingers 
and toes dilated fii tairscm alae hia] +letels 3. Plethodontohyla, Blgr. 
II. Pupil horizontal. 
A. Palatine teeth in long transverse series. 


1. Preecoracoids ossified ; tips of fingers 
and toes dilated. 


Fingers and toes free; praecoracoids entirely 


GESITIOU Pirin oh sie ci Stas a lets ores sie age 54 @ 4. Mantipus, Ptrs. 
Fingers and toes webbed at the base; pra- 
coracoids semiossified ..............+- 5, Platyhyla, Bier. 


2. Precoracoids not ossified; tips of fin- 
gers and toes not dilated .......... 6. Phrynocara, Ptrs. 


B. Palatine teeth in one or two small groups ; 
precoracoids ossified; tips of fingers 
and toes dilated. 


Two small groups of teeth on the palate .... 7. Platypelis, Blgy. 
A single small group of teeth in the middle of 
PHO GIA ALON HAI Meter et Wee oe Tabniesee 8. Cophyla, Btte. 
Platyhyla grandis. 


Series of palatine teeth forming together an obtuse angle, 


* The so-called vomerine teeth are inserted on the palatine bones in 
the Dyscophide, 


248 Bibliographical Notice. 


extending to the vertical of the inner corner of the choane. 
Tongue very large, nearly covering the floor of the mouth. 
Head much depressed, broader than long; snout very short, 
rounded, with obtuse canthus rostralis; nostril halfway 
between the eye and the end of the snout ; interorbital space 
a little broader than the upper eyelid. Fingers with very 
large truncate disks, that of the third finger rather larger than 
the eye; first finger shorter than second ; a large, oval, com- 
pressed inner metacarpal tubercle. ‘Toes one-third webbed, 
disks smaller than those of fingers ; subarticular tubercles and 
inner metatarsal tubercle small and feebly prominent. The 
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the ear. Skin smooth. Brown 
above, limbs with indistinct dark cross bands; brownish 
white inferiorly. Male with an internal vocal sac. 

From snout to vent 83 millim. 

Two specimens. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


The Larve of the British Butterflies and Moths. By (the late) 
Wittiam Bucxter. Edited by H. T. Sratyron, F.R.S. Vol. IIT. 
8vo. Ray Society, London, 1889. 


Tur Ray Society’s contribution to the literature of Natural History 
for the present year consists of the third volume of figures of the 
larvee of British Lepidoptera prepared by the late Mr. William 
Buckler. The second yolume, issued in 187, included the Sphinxes 
and the first three families of the Bombycina; the present publica- 
tion contains the illustrations of the remainder of the group. 

As we have already called attention to the general character of 
the work, which must be of the highest interest to all lepidopterists, 
we need hardly do more than state that the beauty of the illustra- 
tions is fully maintained and that the eighteen plates contained in 
the new volume assist worthily towards the formation of a perma- 
nent monument of the unwearied industry of a naturalist whose 
labours unfortunately came to a close only too soon. In fact that 
inexorable tyrant, Death, seems to have determined to do all in his 
power to diminish Mr. Buckler’s credit, for during the preparation 
of the volume now before us the Rey. John Hellins, who had con- 
tributed towards the completion of the manuscript and printed 
records of observations left by the departed artist, and whose 
descriptive notes added greatly to the value of the first two volumes, 
died rather unexpectedly, and the editor has been unable to find 
any one possessing the requisite knowledge who had also time at 
his disposal to undertake the task. Nevertheless the artist’s own 


Miscellaneous. 249 


notes furnish a great mass of information upon the development of 
the species depicted in his plates; and even if the present difficulty 
should continue, his work will be indispensable to all students of 
the British Lepidoptera. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Deep-sea Fauna of the 
British Islands. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S. 


Tue Rey. W. 8. Green at the beginning of July devoted a few days 
to a dredging-excursion in the deep water off the south-western 
coast of Ireland. The results have amply justified the expectation 
of the rich harvest which is to be gathered by a methodical investi- 
gation of the fauna inhabiting the deep water surrounding the 
British Islands. The collections, which were made for the British 
Museum, are being examined by the staff of the Zoological Depart- 
ment, and will form the subject of a detailed report. In anticipation 
I may mention that the Sponges include Aphrocallistes Bocaget 
(Wright), the Hydroids Eudendrium rameum (Pall.), the Echino- 
derms some twenty-five species, among which are Phormosoma pla- 
centa (W. Th.), a new species of Nymphaster, and Brisinga coronata. 
Also the Crustaceans and Polyzoayield additions to the British Fauna, 
Ebalhia nux (Norman), Parapagurus pilosimanus (Smith), a new 
species of Hupagurus, and Arachnidium simplea (Hincks) being 
represented by several examples in the collection. 

The examination of the Fishes has been undertaken by myself ; 
they were taken at various depths between 150 and 350 fathoms. 
Of the ten species collected five are new to the British Fauna, viz. 
Hoplostethus mediterraneum (C. V.), Scorpana dactyloptera (de la 
Roche), Macrurus celorhynchus (Risso), Macrurus levis (Lowe), 
and Rhombus Boscit (Risso). One Flat-fish, a Sole (Solea Greenii), 
is new to science. The other species were previously known to 
occur in deep water of the British seas and are the Boar-fish (Capros 
aper), the Forked Beard (Phycis blennioides, Briinn.), the Variegated 
Sole (Solea variegata, Flem.), and the Black-mouthed Dog-fish (Pris- 
tiurus melanostomus, Raf.). 

The new species of Sole is readily recognized by having the elon- 
gate body, the small scales (L. lat. 144), and the numbers of fin- 
rays of the Common Sole, but the rudimentary pectoral fins of the 
Variegated Sole. D. 81, A. 65, P. dextr. 5, P. sin. 1. 


A Correction in British Spongology. 
By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S: &e. 


Influenced chiefly by the spiniferous ends of the tricurvate (tovite, 
R. et D.) I was persuaded that the British species of Microciona 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 17 


250 Miscellaneous. 


described and illustrated by myself in 1874 (‘ Annals,’ vol. xiv. 
pp. 456 and 457, pl. xxi. fig. 27) was the same as that described 
and illustrated by Mr. R. Hope, F.Z.S., in February last (‘ Annals,’ 
vol. iii. pl. vi. A, 5) under the name of “Microciona spinarcus:” 
nor should I have perceived my error, had not Mr. Hope, in March 
last, kindly sent me preparations of yet another new species from 
Hastings, which, from the form of its tricurvate, we both recognized 
to be totally different from that of M. spinarcus ; at the same time 
it seems to me to be absolutely tdentical with my figure of 1874 
(1. c.), inasmuch as the arms of the latter are depressed almost 
to straightness, while in the former they are bent much upwards, 
bow-like (see Mr. Hope’s figure, J. c.). 

Mr. Hope’s second new species of Miecrociona, viz. that in which 
the arms of the tricurvate are so much depressed, will be described 
and illustrated by him hereafter ; meanwhile this statement will be 
sufficient to correct my own “ error,” and serve to record the exist- 
ence of an unnamed and undescribed British species of Microctona 
chiefly characterized by the form of tricurvate above mentioned. 


August 5, 1889. 


On the Marine Acarina of the Shores of France. 
By M. Trovessarr. 


Since my previous note on this subject communicated to the 
Academy on the 5th November, 1888, I have got together fresh 
materials which enable me to give more complete information with 
regard to the Acarological fauna of our shores. Besides my personal 
investigations I have received important contributions from MM. 
Chevreux and Le Sénéchal (of Croisic and Caen). Mr. G. 8. Brady 
(of Sunderland) has lent me the types of the species described by 
him from the English coasts. Lastly, Dr. Lohmann (of Kiel), who 
has just published an excellent monograph of the Marine Acarina of 
the Baltic Sea*, has taken the trouble to compare my types with 
his. 

The only truly marine Acarina are the Halacaride, which must 
form a very distinct family, and not a mere subfamily of the Trom- 
bidiide. In this latter family the last joint of the palpi is always 
palpiform, and it is the penultimate that acquires the form of a 
terminal claw ; in all the Halacaride, on the contrary, it is the last 
joint of the palpi which constitutes the terminal claw, and there is 
no trace of the palpiform joint. This fundamental difference seems 
to me to justify the elevation of the Halacaride to the rank of a 
family, as proposed by Murray in 1875. 

The Halacaride live in the sea from the littoral zone down to the 
depth of 30-50 fathoms. They walk and climb, rather than swim, 
upon the bottom, the rocks, the Algw, and the fixed or slow-moving 


* ‘Zoologische Jahrbiicher,’ Bd. iv. (1889) p. 269. 


Miscellaneous. 251 


marine animals of which they are commensals. Their food appears 
to be very varied, according to age and locality. 1t is the colour of 
the food which fills their stomach and marks its outlines, which, 
when seen by translucence, gives the coloration remarked in several 
species, for the integuments are transparent and of a nearly colourless 
testaceous-yellow tint. If my observations are correct, Halacarus 
spinifer, Lohm., the largest and commonest species of our coasts, 1s 
exclusively carnivorous in its youth; the larvee and nymphs are of 
a coral-red colour, identical with that of the ova of Copepods which 
abound in the region inhabited by them; the adult, on the con- 
trary, is of a darker or lighter brown, and we find in its stomach 
numerous tests of Diatoms, indicating at least a partially vegetable 
regime. Like many other Acarina, therefore, these animals are 
parasites in their youth, and become simple commensals when adult. 

The Halacaride live well in brackish water, and even resist fresh 
water for a long time. They can be kept alive for two or three days 
in an aquarium of the latter kind, while Copepoda die there rapidly. 
In the canal from Caen to the sea, the water of which has scarcely 
more than 2 gr. of salt in the litre, M. Le Sénéchal has found Hala- 
carus spinifer upon the Hydroids which have become acclimatized 
there. 

But it is in the Laminarian zone, or, more correctly, in the Coral- 
line zone, and especially upon Corallina officinalis, that these animals 
abound, as is shown by the numerous dredgings which M. EK. Chev- 
reux has been good enough to make specially at my request upon 
the coast of the Croisic. The Halacaride occur in great numbers 
attached by their hooked feet to the delicate fronds of the Corallines. 
In M. Chevreux’s flasks these animals are mingled with hundreds 
of small Crustaceans (Copepods, Amphipods, and Ostracods), with 
Pyenogonidze and specimens of Amphiwra squammata, collected at 
the same time. These results agree with those obtained by Dr. 
Lohmann in the Baltic; of the fitteen species collected by him two 
occur in the zone of red seaweeds (Corallines) at depths of 5-10 
fathoms. 

The number of species from the French coasts which I shall make 
known in a memoir now in course of preparation is comparatively 
considerable. My collection contains seventeen species, while the 
English naturalists have only recorded ten, and Dr. Lohmann fifteen. 
_ The individuals from the Ocean are superior in size to those of the 
Baltic, although several species are identical, such as Rhombognathus 
(Aletes, Lohm.) notops, R. Seahami, Halacarus spinifer (=H. cteno- 
pus of my previous note), H. Murrayi (=H. inermis), H. Fabricia, 
H., rhodostigma, and Leptognathus falcatus, which inhabit our At- 
lantic shores. 

Two generic types (Leptopsalis and Copidognathus) characterized 
in my former note occur in the Ocean and are wanting in the Baltic. 
A new species of the former genus (Leptopsulis Chevrewxt) will 
enable this type to be better characterized. It occurs at the Croisic. 
This applies also to Pachygnathus sculptus, Brady, a species which is 
very interesting as having been dredged at a depth of 35 fathoms. 


252 Miscellaneous. 


It will form a separate genus very distinct from Rhombognathus, to 
be characterized as follows :—Simognathus, g.n. Maxillary palpi 
dorsal, arranged as in Leptognathus; rostrum short and broad. Type 
Pachygnathus sculptus, Brady. This genus is to Rhombognathus 
what Leptognathus is to Halacarus. 

Another type charaeterized by Dr. Lohmann, although not found 
in the Baltic, is the genus Agaue. It is a southern type which 
makes its appearance first in the Bay of Biscay (Agaue brevipalpus, 
sp. n., from the oyster-beds of Areachon). In the Mediterranean 
this type seems to replace the genus Halacarus, which there has only 
two species (H. oculatus and H. levipes, sp. n.), while the genus 
Agaue has three species, namely A. hirsuta, sp. n., a robust type of 
considerable size (0°75 millim.), A. microrhyncha, sp. n., and A. 
brevipalpus, which is identical with the species from Arcachon. 
These three species occur upon the Corsican moss (Spherococcus 
helminthocorton) and the Corallines which live in the same localities. 
—Comptes Rendus, June 3, 1889, p. 1178. 


On a new Species of Chat. 


Dehesa de Cologan, 
Puerto Orotava, 
Tenerife, 
25th July, 1889. 


To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 


GENTLEMEN,— 

I enclose you the description of a distinctly new species of Chat 
which I diseovered in the island of Fuerteventura in March 1888, 
This year I spent some weeks in the island and proeured several 
specimens, also its nest and eggs; these also are quite distinct, as 
are the breeding-habits of the bird. 

Yours faithfully, 
E. G. Mreapr-Watpo, 


Pratincola dacotie, sp. nov. 


P.g. Supra brunneo-nigra, fusco-limbata ; cauda brunnea, rectrici- 
bus extimis albo-limbatis ; loris et capitis lateribus nigris, linea 
supraoculari et postoculari alba; gula et thorace albis; pectoris 
cinctura pallide castanea, abdomine albido; hypochondriis et 
crisso albis, remigibus brunneis ; secundariis majoribus interiori- 
bus albis, reliquis albo-marginatis, rostro et pedibus nigris. 

@. Supra brunnea; gula, thorace et abdomine albidis, cinctura 
castanea pectoris pene obsoleta, aliter mari similis. 

Long. tot. 4°9, ale 2°5, caud. 2°3, rostr. -62, tars. °9. 


Hab, Ins. Fuerteventura, Mauritanice Dacos. 


Miscellaneous. 253 


On the Fore and Aft Poles, the Avial Differentiation, and a possible 
Anterior Sensory Apparatus of Volyox minor. By Prof. J. A. 
RyvdER. 


The Author remarked that he had recently had an opportunity of 
studying a very large colony of Volvox minor, Stein, which appeared 
in the aquarium jars kept in the Conservatory of the Biological 
Department of the University of Pennsylvania. As some of the 
singular features of these Algee which he had noticed were appa- 
rently unrecorded, it was desirable that they should be described in 
order that others should have an opportunity of more fully investi- 
gating the facts and their bearings upon the life-history of these 
singular organisms. 

It. was noticed that there was an empty pole in every colony or 
ceenobium. ‘This empty or non-spore-bearing pole was always the 
anterior one, or that which was directed forwards in the act of 
locomotion, which is effected by a rotating motion of the whole 
ccenobium impelled by the flagella of its cells projecting through its 
envelope of cellulose. The direction of the rotation of the ccenobia 
is not constant and may be either sinistral or dextral; but the 
direction of progress always coincides with an imaginary axis passing 
through the centre of the anterior empty pole and the posterior 
germ-bearing portion of the nearly spherical colony or ccenobium. 
These poles are sometimes differentiated before the young Volvoces 
leave their parent ccenobium, which they do by breaking through 
the wall of the latter at its hinder pole. 

The diameter of a Volvox-ccenobium is slightly longer measured 
along the axis around which it revolves than in the direction trans- 
verse to it. It results from this that the ccenobia are somewhat 
smaller equatorially than axially, so that the form of the whole is 
that of a very slightly oblong spheroid. These characters are fairly 
constant and nearly always apparent, while that of the production 
of the spore in a little more than the posterior hemisphere of the 
ccenobium is invariable, as well as the uniform direction of the axis 
of progressive locomotion in relation thereto. 

Another very extraordinary fact which was observed was that 
the so-called “ eye-spots” found in the flagellate cells of the anterior 
pole of the spherical ccenobium were the largest, and invariably 
occupied a definite position in relation to the flagella and to the 
axis around which the colony rotated. he anterior cells had the 
brownish-red ‘ eye-spots ” largest ; and as one examined row after 
row of the cellsof the ccenobium in succession backward towards what 
one might term the caudal pole, these “ eye-spots’”’? were seen to 
gradually diminish in size, until in the last cells of the hinder pole 
they were barely distinguishable as minute reddish points, which 
elevated the protoplasm of the cells into a slight prominence, such 
as is more marked over the larger anterior “‘ eye-spots.” This re- 
markable fact of the ‘eye-spots” of the anterior pole being the 
largest revives in a striking way the query whether these reddish 
bodies are not really visual organs or sense-organs of some kind 


Ayes Miscellaneous. 


after all, as originally supposed by Ehrenberg. Their gradual 
diminution in size towards the posterior pole, where they are néarly 
atrophied, would seem to indicate that they were in some way 
related to the power of the organism to move in a definite direction, 
the cells of the anterior end being provided with the best developed 
visual, sensory apparatus, or whatever it may be. If it should prove 
possible to show that these “ eye-spots ” are really sensory organs 
in Volvow, as al! the facts which have been here noted would seem 
to indicate, it would be one of the few instances known of a plant 
possessed of visual or sensory organs of any kind, unless we except 
some such plants as the Venus’ fly-trap. 

The speaker stated that he had been unable to find any notice of 
any of the features of Volvox which are here described; all of the 
figures to which he had had access in standard works were entirely 
erroneous from their authors having completely overlooked these 
very salient and important features of this remarkable plant. This 
should therefore be regarded as his apology for bringing a very 
common organism to the notice of the Academy and to the renewed 
attention of the microscopists who take pleasure in studying it. It 
is to be hoped that some one who is skilled in such work will be 
induced to take up the study of Volvox anew and publish a well- 
executed drawing of a colony in which the facts here recorded are 
adequately represented. This is all the more desirable in that, if 
Volvow is really a plant, its psychological history should be as much 
a matter of interest as its singular beauty and its intricate methods 
of reproduction seem to have been.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 
May 21, 1889, p. 138. 


On a Gall produced in Typhlocyba rose, Linn., by a Hymenopterous 
Larva, By M. A. Grarp. 


During last October the trunks of the horse-chestnuts in the 
Luxembourg Garden were covered with thousands of dead specimens 
of Typhlocyba rose, with the wings half open, and slightly attached 
to the bark, as if they had been killed by an Entomophthorean. 
The under surface of the leaves also bore a great number of dead 
specimens of this insect. By microscopic examination I could not 
detect any trace of Cryptogams. However, as R. Thaxter has 
lately noted the facility with which Typhlocyba rose and mali when 
infested by Entomophthora spherosperma, Fres., completely discharge 
their spores, I thought I must have come upon the scene too late, 
and left a more complete observation to the summer of the present 
year*. I must confess that my curiosity was much excited by the 


* Typhlocyba rose lives usually upon roses, apple-trees, and other 
Rosaceous plants, and often causes great mischief in gardens. I do not 
think that it has ever been indicated upon the horse-chestuut. In spite 
of a careful examination I have been unable to find characters clearly 
separating the variety e@scwli from the type. M. Lethierry, whose know- 
ledge of the Hemiptera is so great, ascribes the few differences observed 
to the action of the parasites upon the Typhlocyba. However, the Typhlo- 
cybé which have become adapted to the horse-chestnut seem to neglect 
the roses planted in the vicinity. 


Miscellaneous. 255 


fact that many of the skins of 7’yphlocyba presented a sort of appen- 
dage inserted at the upper part of the abdomen, and at the first 
glance producing an appearance as if the abdomen had been bifur- 
cated from its origin. 

This year, towards the end of June, the horse-chestnuts were 
again covered with Typhlocybe, and I was able to convince myself 
that we had to donot with an Entomophthorean but with an animal 
parasite, a Hymenopterous larva the mode of life of which is very 
remarkable. Almost all the Z'yphlocybe collected on the trunks of 
the trees bear, either to the right or left of the abdomen, a sac, of 
which the length and breadth are equal, or nearly so, to those of 
the abdomen itself. Concealed beneath the wings of the Homo- 
pteran, the flight of which it scarcely affects, this sac is inserted in 
the dorsal part of the second somite of the abdomen. A chitinous 
thickening in the shape of a V, or, rather, of a reversed circumflex 
accent, marks on the dorsal surface the point of insertion of the 
sac. In the interior we find a Hymenopterous larva bent upon 
itself ventrally in such a way that the mouth and the posterior 
extremity of the body meet towards the point of suspension. The 
two parts of the larva are separated from each other by a longitu- 
dinal partition which divides the sac into two portions in communi- 
cation at the two ends. A narrow fissure, the margins and the pos- 
terior part of which are tinged with a blackish pigment, starts from 
the point of the chitinous V and extends longitudinally for a dis- 
tance equal to the length of a somite of the Zyphlocyba. When the 
larva is mature this fissure is extended to the free extremity of the 
sac, and by means of this kind of dehiscence the parasite is set free 
and falls either into the crevices of the bark or to the ground, where 
it speedily becomes transformed into a pupa within a coarse case, 
like that of some Braconidee. 

The larva greatly resembles that of the Torymide and especially 
of the genus Misocampus. Upon each segment it bears a transverse 
row of long stiff hairs; the mandibles are well developed. The 
digestive canal is rudimentary and there is no anus; the fatty bodies 
are very voluminous and filled with rectangular crystals. belonging 
to the right prismatic system with a rectangular base. In a few 
days I hope to obtain the perfect insect and thus to arrive at a more 
precise determination of the parasite. But it seemed to me to be 
useful at once to call attention to this first-known example of a true 
animal-gall produced on the exterior of an Arthropod by another 
Arthropod. The sac of the Typhlocyba is, in fact, the extreme case 
of a series of deformations, such as those caused in certain Hyme- 
noptera by Stylops, or in the Decapod Crustacea by the Bopyride. 
It may also be compared with the sacs also produced by hyper- 
plasty of the cuticular hypodermis, but in the interior of the host, 
by the Tachinide (Ocyptera and Masicera) either in Heteroptera or 
in Coleoptera, or, further, to the sac in which the Entoniscidz live. 
It is evident that the Typhlocybe were infested in the pupa- or even 
in the larva-state, and it would be very interesting to follow the 
development of the sac step by step. The physiological effects pro- 


256 Miscellaneous. 


duced upon the infested organism (parasitic castration &c.) are also 
of much interest, and I hope to make them known in a future 
communication. It is marvellous to see the infested T'yphlocybe 
move, leap, and fly like healthy individuals at the precise moment 
when the Hymenopterous larva quits the sac and abandons its host 
reduced to an inanimate skin. 

Dr. Thomas, generalizing with great sagacity the old notion of 
the vegetable gall, has given the name of cecidia to every morpho- 
logical manifestation caused by the local reaction of a plant to an 
animal or vegetable parasite, whence the distinction between zooce- 
cidice and phytocecidie. It seems to me that we may employ a 
parallel nomenclature for the animal galls. I propose to call these 
productions thylacie. We already know a certain number of z0o0- 
thylacie, for example the carcinothylaciw produced by the Bopyride 
upon the Decapod Crustacea, the entomothylacie, such as the tumours 
caused by the Cuterebre upon the skin of the Mammalia, or the sac 
of Typhlocyba which we have just been considering. We also know 
some phytothylacie, the coccidial tumours of fishes, the anthrax- 
pustule (bacteriothylacia), &e. 

We must also distinguish from these external thylacie the internal 
thylacic, such as the sacs of the larva of Tachinide, the Entoniscide, 
the cysts of the Vrichine, &c. The thylacia of T'yphlocybais formed 
by a gradual dilatation of the hypodermis, which secretes an abnormal 
cuticle more strongly adorned with undulated striz than that which 
covers the actual body of the insect. 

I must warn entomologists who may wish to repeat my observa- 
tions against a cause of error which stopped me for some time. A 
good many of the T’yphlocybe of the alleys of the Luxembourg are 
infested, not by the Hymenopterous larva above-mentioned, but by 
a Dipterous larva, and as the latter, when mature, issues rapidly 
from the body of its host when this is placed in a collecting-tube, it 
gets mixed with the larve of Hymenoptera which have also escaped. 
One might then be tempted, knowing the habits of the Tachinide, 
to believe that the Dipterous larva is the producer of the gall and 
the Hymenopterous one its parasite. 

This has probably been done formerly ; but I have been able to 
ascertain that the Dipterous larva occurs in the body of the T'yphlo- 
cyba itself, with the head directed towards the extremity of the 
abdomen of its host, which it distends so much as to make it 
slightly pass beyond the wings, which is not the case in the normal 
state. This Dipterous larva, after issuing through the dorsal part 
of the middle abdominal somites, becomes converted into a naked 
pupa at the surface of the ground, and I hope shortly to be able to 
describe the perfect insect.—Comptes Ltendus, July 8, 1889, p. 79. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 22. OCTOBER 1889. 


XXX.—On the Genera Nototherium and Zygomaturus, in 
reply to Mr. Lydekker. 


Queensland Museum, Brisbane, 
May 21, 1889. 


To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural 
History. 

GENTLEMEN ,— 

Permit me to offer some observations on Mr. Lydekker’s 
view of Notothertum and Zygomaturus. 

For the behoof of those who may be interested in the dis- 
pute I beg leave to place at your disposal a cast of the maxilla 
twice referred to in my remarks *, and to be 


Yours most respectfully, 
C. W. DE Vis. 


In the skull to which it is proposed to restore Macleay’s 
name Zygomaturus are two premolars—the one on the right 
side well preserved and complete though worn, the other, 
taken by itself, in a condition less conducive to safe interpre- 
tation. My. Lydekker, in his late attempt to set aside my 
reasons for separating Zygomaturus trom Nototherium, 

* [The cast has been presented to the Geological Department of the 
British Museum (Natural History).—Ebs. | 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 18 


258 Mr. C. W. De Vis on Nototherium and Zygomaturus. 


acknowledges that I am right in attributing to the latter a 
em- 4 triangular in shape, and is thus driven to admit that the 
right tooth of this skull is not a Notothertum premolar. The 
former admission he is ready to make probably because it 
seems to enable him to deal the blow which, as he phrases it, 
leaves me without a leg to stand on. He claims to have 
discovered by careful examination a fact which eluded the 
scrutiny and stultifies the judgment of Sir Richard Owen, 
namely that the true premolar of the skull is not the right 
but the left tooth, and this he asserts to be of the triangular 
shape demanded. Can anything more be required to prove 
that this skull is beyond doubt Nototherium ?—possibly, as we 
may see later on. 

But first, What of the unfortunate tooth so ignomini- 
ously dismissed? We are gravely instructed that this may 
be: Ist, an abnormality ; 2nd, a pseudohomologue; 3rd, a 
deception ; 4th, a milk-tooth—verily a quartette of the most 
volatile assumptions ever accruing from the resolution of a 
“too, too gross” fact! Grant the tooth an abnormality— 
then, as it occurs again in the maxilla from which I have 
figured it and a third time in a third example procured of 
late, we are led by it to the reductio ad absurdum “ constant 
abnormality.” If it be not homologous with its fellow of the 
opposite side, which tooth of the opposite side is in reality its 
homologue ?, in other words, which dilophodont tooth should 
be made to pair off with this forlorn bunodont? We ought 
not to be left in the dark on so interesting a point. Is it an 
“insertion ”’ fraudulent or accidental ‘from another skull”? 

Then, in two examples at least we have evidence that the 
deception was set afoot by some practical. joker or mysterious 
agency in the Drift period for the confusion of a latter-day 
disputant. As to its being a milk-tooth retained to old age, 
the age impressed upon the posterior molars, and that in a 
family long known to have been without milk-teeth, very good 
evidence indeed in support of such a notion must be forth- 
coming before it is likely to be accepted. Moreover, it involves 
another abnormality—milk-teeth and their successors are in 
Marsupials always, I believe, of the same type, differing in 
size, sculptural details, and, to a less extent, in shape, but 
not in general form and plan of structure, for an oval tuber- 
cular tooth to be succeeded by a triangular unicuspidate one ~ 
would certainly be an anomaly. But, to protect Mr. Lydek- 
ker from this particular illusion in the future, I have resorted 
to the crucial test, and, opening the maxilla at my disposal, 
find no trace whatever of successional tooth or formative 


Mr. C. W. De Vis on Nototherium and Zygomaturus. 259 


chamber in the position they should occupy. In proof of this 
I forward for inspection a cast of the maxilla examined. 

Surely the very number and violence of these hypotheses 
should have warned a judicious observer against the validity 
of an apparent fact, however specious, which threatened to 
compel him into their toils. 

And now what is the fact? and is it so patent, so specious 
even, as to leave us no alternative but to accept it at any cost ? 

Of the original skull in the Australian Museum, Sydney, 
two editions of casts have been issued, one immediately after 
its discovery and before the matrix had been efficiently cleared 
from the surface, the other at a recent date after skilful deve- 
lopment of details. The former, as may be supposed, is an 
unreliable exponent of its original—for example, it obscures 
by a ridge representing unremoved matrix one of the charac- 
teristic features of the very tooth in dispute. Of this edition 
is the copy in the British Museum, a copy not rendered more 
trustworthy by having been “ restored.” 

Waiving this general objection to Mr. Lydekker’s source of 
information, an objection which, had he been aware of it, 
might have deterred him from his fatal tilt against a difficulty 
of his own creation, I will take up his parable on his own 
ground. The left tooth, he says, is triangular (rudely sub- 
triangular I should call it) and shorter than the succeeding 
molar. Now if Mr. Lydekker accepts my determination of 
the shape of the Nototherium 2-4, he must in fairness accept 
also my description of its structure or give reasons for rejecting 
it. Of structure in relation to the tooth in question he wisely 
says nothing. The crown of the Notothertum tooth isa single 
elevated subtriangular cusp rather deeply emarginated on its 
posterior side and wearing down to a bitriangular tract of 
enamel-edged dentine. The cast of the Zygomaturus tooth 
(a very young tooth according to Mr. Lydekker’s favourite 
hypothesis) shows a crown flatly depressed and broken up into 
several eminences ; near the fore end of the tooth in its present 

-state one of these eminences is formed by a conical flat-topped 
tubercle (its flatness the result of wear) corresponding to the 
anterior of the external tubercles of the fellow tooth; behind 
it on the outer side is another eminence corresponding to the 
posterior tubercle of that side in the homologous tooth; the 
two tubercles of the inner posterior region are concealed by 
a ridge-like remnant of matrix, as before intimated; the ante- 
rior basal tubercle is missing, lost probably by the same 
accident which removed a large chip from the inner anterior 
surface below the base. This loss’is the main cause of the 
18* 


260 Mr. C. W. De Vis on Nototherium and Zygomaturus. 


apparent shortness of the tooth; but this again is also partially 
due to absorption of the posterior basal talon resulting from 
pressure in the rear. In short, the tooth before me is nothing 
but the somewhat mutilated, somewhat abbreviated, and some- 
what disguised homologue of its fellow. Most assuredly it is 
not the tooth of Notother‘um as known to me. Such is the 
ground, treacherous in itself and sadly misunderstood, which 
allowed my critic to sink into a veritable slough of surmise. 

To my question respecting the maxillary fossils which 
occur in frequency corresponding to that of the numerous 
mandibles of undoubtedly Nototherian origin, Mr. Lydekker 
responds somewhat inconsiderately to the effect that these 
“crushed Diprotodon-like skulls ” (all these terms are his own 
and unwarranted) may indicate ‘ young individuals or a small 
species of Diprotodon itself.” If this be so, nothing remains 
for me but to unlearn and relearn, if possible, the means of 
distinguishing between old and young Diprotodons, or, perhaps, 
in course of time to describe a “ small Diprotodon” with its 
posterior incisors on the edge of the jaw. 

This would not be a difficult feat for one prepared to say 
that Owenza is probably a “small form of Nototherium,” that 
is of Zygomaturus, since in Mr. Lydekker’s judgment a form 
with reduced dentition, small narrow nasals, elongated muzzle, 
and slender jugals may be one generically with a form anti- 
thetical to it in these and many other respects. Mr. Lydekker 
has very liberal ideas of the amount of differentiation some- 
times required for the establishment of a genus. 

With respect to the name Owenta, Mr. Lydekker remarks 
that it is preoccupied three deep in the Invertebrates, leaving 
it to be inferred that this also is a discovery of his own ; it is 
a distinct act of unfairness (unintentional [ should be willing 
to think) not to state that I called attention to the fact while 
pleading that under the circumstances the name might be 
accepted. 

Minor blemishes, such as terming my rejoinder to his foot- 
note in the B. M. Cat. of Foss. Mamm. a reopening of the 
question, I pass over, with merely a word on the “ untenable 
PEepORLTOHs which proposition briefly is that when a type 

acks a requisite characteristic that one of the proposer’s 

cotypes which does possess the characteristic required should 
for practical purposes be taken as the typical example. This 
seems to me to recommend itself to common sense. It may 
be observed that Mr. Lydekker himself holds the untenable 
by resting his case not on the molars of the type, but on the 
shape of the premolar deduced from that of the cotype. 

On the whole I have to thank Mr. Lydekker for his criti- 


Mr. R. Lydekker on Nototherium and Zygomaturus. 261 


cism; it has relieved me of a foolish fear that, in spite of 
improbability, the British Museum might possess some posi- 
tive evidence in natural association of parts that Zygomaturus 
is Notother‘um. Iam comforted to find that the hypothesis 
remains in its pristine purity, also to think that if no better 
attack upon my position can be made than that which I have 
met it is pretty secure. An utter failure to show that the 
right tooth is not the 2": proper to the skull, together with 
the confession that it is not the premolar of Nototherium, 
might well have released me from any obligation to cut Mr. 
Lydekker’s Gordian knot. 


Queensland Museum, 
April 15, 1889. 


XXXI.—WNote on the Above. By R. LYDEKKER. 


BEING extremely unwilling to enter into any prolonged con- 
troversy on this or any other subject, my remarks on the 
foregoing communication will be of the briefest nature. 

If the author be right in his contention that the first cheek- 
tooth on the right side of the cranium to which the name 
Zygomaturus was applied is homologous with and similar to 
the corresponding tooth on the left, then there may be evi- 
dence that this skull is specifically distinct from the form to 
which Sir R. Owen gave the name of Nototherium tnerme. 
This, however, would be very far from proving that these 
two forms are widely different and have a totally distinct 
type of appendicular skeleton. Moreover, if it be assumed 
that the so-called Zygomaturus is widely different from that 
type of cranium to which the author would restrict the term 
Nototherium, we are confronted with the difficulty that while, 
with one exception, all the complete maxilla in the British 
Museum appear referable to Nototherium, all the mandibles 
_ seem to be of the type of Zygomaturus. 

In conclusion, I cannot pass over the author’s extraordinary 
statement that the milk-teeth of Marsupials are always similar 
in structure to their successors, when, as is well known, pre- 
cisely the reverse is the case. ‘Thus we have only to cite the 
case of many of the Kangaroos, where a molariform “+4 is 
succeeded by a secant 2". This ignorance of such a well- 
known feature among existing forms is not calculated to raise 
one’s estimation of the author’s acumen when he has to face 
the more difficult question of the structure and affinities of 
extinct types. 


262 Mr. F. E. Beddard on 


XX XITI.—WNotes upon certain Species of AXolosoma. 
By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., &c. 


§1. The Pigmented Vesicles of Aiolosoma quaternarium. 


Although this species appears to be fairly common in 
England, it is capricious in itsoccurrence. I have lately met 
with it in abundance among some Chara which was sent to 
me by Messrs. Bolton, and have been able to some extent to 
compare its pigment with that of olosoma tenebrarum (Bed- 
dard, ‘On the Green Cells in the Integument of Aolosoma 
tenebrarum,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 51, pl. v.) and Aolo- 
soma Headleyi (infra, p. 264). The colour of the pigmented 
spots of this species is an orange-brown ; they appear more red 
when examined under a low power; as the colour of these 
peculiar glandular cells is often so distinctive of the species, 
it is confusing to find the descriptions of them in species, which 
appear to be identical with the present, so different in detail. 
Lankester (“A Contribution to a Knowledge of the Lower 
Annelids,” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvi. p. 642) speaks of 
them as “‘ blood-red ;” Vejdovsky (‘System und Morphologie 
der Oligocheten,’ Prag,1884, p. 18) deseribes them as orange- 
red, but figures them (/oc. cit. pl. i. fig. 1) as crimson ; Maggi 
(“Intorno al genere olosoma,”’ Mem. Soc. Ital. Sei. Nat. 
vol. i. p. 9) differentiates his ¥olosoma balsamo from other 
species by the colour of these cells :—‘ inoltre le macchie, a 
differenza delle altre, sono di un rosso aranciato;” but I 
must agree with Vejdovsky in refusing to admit the validity of 
this species. Schmarda describes a species—olosoma pictum 
~—which seems hardly to differ from the present, as having 
purple-red (‘‘purpur-roth ”) oil-globules; finally Cragin’s 
Atolosoma Stokest (“ First Contribution to a Knowledge of 
the Lower Invertebrates of Kansas,” Bull. Wash. Coll. Lab. 
1887, no. 8, p. 81), with “ bright salmon-red nuclei,” is, as I 
have already suggested (Proc. Zool. Soc. tom. cit.), devoid of 
any characters by which it can be satisfactorily distinguished 
from Molosoma Ehrenbergti or Afolosoma quaternarium. I 
have observed but little variation in the coloration of the epi- 
dermic oil-globules*, such as thereis, for example, in Aolosoma 
Headleyi ; it is therefore possible that the apparently different 
colour of the species mentioned above implies specific distine- 
tion; but it is on the whole more probable that the variation 


* In one specimen some of the spots were smaller and bad a purplish 
colour. 


certain Species of Auolosoma. 263 


is confined to the terms used by the authors in their several 
descriptions. 

I can confirm the statement of Vejdovsky that there is no 
nucleus in the cells containing the coloured oil-globules; so 
far this species agrees with olosoma Headleyi and differs 
from Aolosoma tenebrarum, where a nucleus appears to be 
invariably present in the fully mature cell. 

I refer the present species to dolosoma quaternartum on 
account of the fact that there are no nephridia in the cesopha- 
geal segment ; they begin, in fact, in the second seta-bearing 
segment. But I cannot agree with Vejdovsky (doc. eit. p. 20) 
that the pigment-spots are less numerous upon the prostomium 
than elsewhere ; I find considerable variation in this parti- 
cular, but in many specimens—I rather think in the majority 
—the oil-globules were quite crowded in the lateral regions of 
the prostomium. 

I have just mentioned the fact that the oil-globules of this 
- species, like those of Wolosoma Headley and unlike those of 
Holosoma tenebrarum, are not surrounded by any cell-proto- 
plasm or nucleus, except of course when they are just 
beginning to be formed; correlated with this is the fact that 
on treatment with iodine solution there is no deposition of 
black granules around the coloured oil-globules ; this might 
perhaps be expected to occur in the periphery of the smaller 
oil-globules, but it does not. ‘The absence therefore of this 
reaction, which is so characteristic of olosoma tenebrarum, 
may perhaps not necessarily indicate a profound difference in 
the pigment of the three species, dolosoma quaternarium, 
variegatum, and Headley, as compared with Avolosoma tene- 
brarum. If the explanation which I offered in my paper 
upon Aolosoma tenebrarum (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 53) 
of the black stain produced by iodine be correct, viz. that it 
is a precipitation of elemental iodine caused in some way by 
the coloured oil-globule, it is perhaps a little difficult to see 
why the supposed influence of the coloured oil-drop in olo- 
soma quaternartum does not reach the cells immediately sur- 
rounding it with which the oil-globule is so nearly in contact. 
This theory may of course be wrong; but in the meantime 
it seems to me to be on the whole more probable that there is 
so far a difference between the several pigments, and that the 
orange-brown pigment of M#olosoma quaternarium and the 
bright green pigment of Aolosoma variegatum and Headleyt 
may be less perfect as respiratory pigments, and therefore 
in course of degeneration. In this connexion it is interesting 
to note that olosoma tenebrarum is on a decidedly higher 
level of organization than any-of the other species at present 


264 On certain Species of Aolosoma. 


known *. It has a more complex brain as well as consider- 
able traces of a ventral nerve-cord; the number of segments 
is larger and the nephridia are more numerous, and finally 
the specialization of the sete points in the same direction. 

Treated with ammonia or with potash the brown colouring 
was at once dissolved and converted into a fine purple; the 
purple colour rapidly disappeared,‘and I never succeeded in 
treating it with a mineral acid sufficiently promptly to see if 
the brown colour could be restored. This reaction appears to 
indicate that the brown colouring-matter is nearly related to 
the green colour of Molosoma tenebrarum and Afolosoma 
Headley? as all three pigments were changed to purple by 
the action of an alkali; in the last two species, however, the 
purple was not of so vivid a hue as in Aolosoma quater- 
narium, owing apparently to the presence of a granular 
detritus precipitated by the action of the reagent ; this precipi- 
tation was not formed when Molosoma quaternarium was 
treated with this reagent. 

It is, however, important to notice that the three colouring- 
matters have something in common, though researches into 
animal pigments have shown that it is equally surprising to 
find the same or quite different pigments in closely allied 
forms. 

In my paper upon Aolosoma tenebrarum I mentioned that 
the pigment was dissolved by turpentine, forming a bright 
yellow solution, which after a time became bleached. I have 
treated Molosoma quaternarium with the same substance 
and found an analogous reaction ; the pigment was dissolved, 
but slightly altered in colour, becoming reddish brown. 1 
have not had the opportunity of applying this test to Molo- 
soma Headleyt. The alteration in colour, which is similar to 
that produced upon other colouring substances by turpentine 
(see for example Krukenberg, Vergl. physiol. Studien, 
I. Reihe, 2 Abth. p. 68), may perhaps be due to ozone. 


§ 2. Further Notes upon Molosoma Headleyi. 


In my paper descriptive of this species (“ Observations 
upon an Annelid of the Genus Molosoma,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1888, p. 213) I have pointed out its resemblances to and 
differences from olosoma variegatum, with which species it 
might possibly be confounded ; a short time after completing 
my study of the species, so far as the material at my disposal 

* Some of the remarkable forms (e. g. olosoma macrogaster) too im- 
perfectly described by Schmarda (‘Reise um die Erde,’ Bd. ii. p. 10, 
pl. xvii. fig. 154) may prove to be exceptions to this statement. 


On a new Snake and two new Fishes from Brazil. 265 


enabled me to do, I found in water from the same tank a 
great quantity of examples of Molosoma tenebrarum (see 
Beddard, ‘‘ Note upon the Green Cells in the Integument of 
AXolosoma tenebrarum,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 51), and 
was able therefore to record the presence of this species in 
England for the first time *. The appearance of Aolosoma 
tenebrarum in the same water which produced 4. Headley 
suggested to me that I had made a mistake in distinguishing 
the latter form as a distinct species. I have, however, again 
met with 4. Headleyi and have been able to compare it with 
44. tenebrarum ; this comparison establishes, so far as I can 
see, the justice of separating the two forms. d¥olosoma 
Headleyi is nearly as large a species as Af, tenebrarum— 
much larger than 4. quaternartum—but differs from it in 
having only capilliform sete; the green spots are quite 
different in colour from those of AZ. tenebrarum, being of a 
bright green, often with a distinct admixture of blue. The 
nephridia are as numerous as in 4. tenebrarum, much more 
numerous than in 4. variegatum, and they commence in the 
Jirst setigerous segment. ‘The green cells when treated with 
iodine do not show the remarkable black precipitation which 
is so distinctive of 4. tenebrarum; but, as in that species, 
they become violet when treated with ammonia. When the 
worm is subjected to pressure and to the action of acids Ke. 
the contents of the coloured epidermic cells are not expelled 
in long coiled threads, as in Aolosoma tenebrarum. All the 
facts appear to point to the distinctness of Molosoma Headleyt 
from 4. tenebrarum—at any rate in the present state of our 
knowledge of this very interesting genus of Oligocheta. 


XXXII.— Descriptions of a new Snake and two new Fishes 
obtained by Dr. H. von Lhering in Brazil. By G. A. 
BoOuLENGER. 


Elapomorphus trilineatus. 


Rostral as deep as broad, in contact with the anterior angle 
of the single prefrontal; internasals meeting by their inner 
angle; frontal not quite so long as its distance from the end 


* The occurrence of this form in the Zoological Gardens only is perhaps 
hardly sufticient to establish it as a British species. I have, however, 
since my paper was published received examples from Oxford through 
the kindness of Mr. O. H. Latter, tutor of Keble College. Prof. W. Hat- 
chett Jackson informs me that he has observed an 4olosoma with green 
spots, which is probably the same. 


266 Ona new Snake and two new Fishes from Brazil. 


of the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; one pre- and 
two postoculars ; temporals 1+1; six upper labials, second 
and third entering the eye, fifth largest ; four lower labials in 
contact with the anterior chin-shields, which equal the pos- 
terior in size. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 203; anal 
divided ; subcaudals 26. Cream-colour (in spirit), above 
with three black streaks, interrupted by the pale borders of 
the scales, the middle one on the vertebral row of scales, the 
lateral between the fourth and fifth rows (counting from the 
ventrals) ; a blackish transverse band on the base of the tail ; 
ventrals and subcaudals black antero-mesially. 

Total length 530 millim. ; tail 45. 

A single specimen, from the Camapuam-River district. 


Pimelodus (Pseudorhamdia) nigribarbis. 
Da Gp 4 Ave foe gi raliS: 


Head bony above, granulated; occipital process obtusely 
keeled, twice as long as broad, extending to the basal bone of 
the dorsal spine. Adipose fin one sixth of the total length 
(without caudal), about two thirds its distance from the dorsal 
fin. The maxillary barbel extends to the origin of the anal, 
the outer mandibular to the extremity of the pectoral. Length 
of head two sevenths of the total (without caudal) ; eye rather 
larger, a little nearer the end of the snout than the extremity 
of the opercle, its diameter once and a half in the length of 
the snout. Dorsal fin much higher than long, the spine 
strong, but little shorter than the anterior branched rays, 
measuring two thirds the length of the head. Pectoral spme 
a little longer than dorsal, serrated on both sides. Caudal 
fin deeply forked, with the lobes pointed, the upper being the 
longer. Upper parts and fins powdered with black, most 
closely on the ventrals and anals and on the barbels, which 
are almost black. 

Total length 155 millim. 

Two specimens, from the Camapuam River. 


Girardinus Lheringit. 
Di 9d CAO nN os lat. 28-30. Tb; transye8: 


Height of body about two sevenths of the total length 
(without caudal), length of head one fourth. Diameter of 
the eye exceeding the length of the snout, less than the width 
of the interorbital space. Origin of the dorsal above the 
middle of the anal in the female, a little nearer the end of the 


* On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 267 


snout than the extremity of the caudal. Anal, in the male, 
in the anterior third of the total length, half as long as head 
and body without caudal fin. ‘Twelve or thirteen scales on 
the median line between the interorbitalspace and the first 
dorsal ray. Caudal fin as long as the head. Pale brown, 
the scales edged with darker ; six to eight vertical black lines 
on each side of the tail. 

Male 25 millim. long, female 42. 

Numerous specimens, from Rio Grande do Sul. 


XX XIV.—Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.— 
No. XX VIII.* On some Scandinavian Species. By Prof. 
T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e. 


[Plate XV.t] 


SEVERAL fossil Cypridiform Ostracods, such as Macrocypris, 
Pontocypris, and Bythocypris, from the Upper-Silurian strata 
of Shropshire, were described and figured in the Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. (1887), pp. 178-189, plates iv.— 
vi.; and a few species similar to some of the above-men- 
tioned, and of like age, but from Scandinavia, were treated of 
op. cit. ser. 6, vol. i. (1888), pp. 396-398, pl. xxii. figs. 1-3. 
Since then my friend Prof. Gustav Lindstrém, of Stock- 
holm, has sent to me for examination a series of Ostracoda ¢ 
from a red clay near Wisby, which is referred to in the 
column marked “a” in Prof. G. Lindstrém’s Table of 
Formations, at p. 8 of my ‘ Notes on some Silurian Ostracoda 
from Gothland,’ 8vo, Stockholm, 1887, and is there termed 
the ‘ Oldest red shale beds with Arachnophyllum,” at the 
base of the Stricklandinia-marls. They are regarded as 
being on the horizon of the Llandovery formation in England, 
homotaxially a little below the Upper Llandovery §. 
* No. XXVII. appeared in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for May 1889, 
pp. 373 &e. 
+ This Plate has been drawn with the aid of a grant from the 
Royal Society for the illustration of the fossil Ostracoda. 
} Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.G.S., has helped me in sorting and 
comparing these little specimens. 
§ The provisional list of these Wisby species, given at p. 410, Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1888, is now modified as follows :— 
Beyrichia Kledeni (with hypertrophied front lobe). 
Aparchites, three species. 
Macrocypris, one species. 
Pontocypris Mawii, three varieties. 
Bythocypris, six species and varieties. 
Lately Professor G. Lindstrém has forwarded for my examination some 


268 Prof. T. R. Jones on the 


The specimens are mostly delicate calcareous representa- 
tives of the bivalve carapaces. The forms are so very similar 
among themselves that it is difficult to arrive at conclusions 
with certainty as to their exact alliances; but rather than 
leave them unrecorded and unarranged in any serial order, I 
venture to refer them, as cautiously as possible, to such 
generic and specific types as we are acquainted with. In the 
collections made in and about Shropshire by Messrs. J. Smith 
and G. R. Vine, and described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. already alluded to, are to be found the best known of 
these types. 


I. Macrocyrris, G. 8. Brady, 1867. 


In these Cypridiform species the left is smaller than the 
right valve of the carapace. See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
March 1887, p. 178. ; 


1. Macrocypris? pusilla, sp. nov. 


(PLAX V sigs: 10%a5) 62) 
Proportions * :—Length 13. Height 8. Thickness 54. 


Taking the narrowest (lowest) and most compressed end 
for the anterior, we see that the right valve of this carapace 
strongly overlaps the other. This character is seen in Macro- 
cypris, though the general shape of the carapace in the fossil 
is not that usually met with in the genus, and though the 
overlap is stronger all round the valve than obtains in the 
recent Macrocyprides. One other somewhat similar little 
Ostracod (from the Wenlock Limestone, near Malvern) has 
been provisionally referred to this genus, namely J/.? crassulat, 
Jones; but this has very thick valves and is not so reniform 
as the Gothland specimen under notice. 

Macrocypris? pusilla has at first sight a strong resemblance 


Ostracoda from the Lower Silurian (Caradoc series) of Sweden. They 
are from the division termed the Chasmops-limestone (see page 14 of G. 
Lindstrém’s ‘ List of the Fossil Faunas of Sweden: I. Cambrian and Lower 
Silurian’), and appear to be Leperditia Keyserling?, Schmidt, from Kungs 
Norrby, Osterg6tland, and small Z. Keyserdingi, with smaller Leperditia, 
a Beyrichia near B. bussacensis, two Boilie near to those lately described 
and figured by Dr. A. Krause in the Zeitschr. d. D. g. Ges. 1889, p. 13 &e., 
and some other small forms, not determined, from the Westana quarry, 
Ostergétland, 

* If these proportional numbers be divided by 20, the results will be 
the measurements in millimetres and parts of a millimetre. 

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 181, pl. vii. fig. 10. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 269 


to Bythocypris Phillipsiana; but the overlapping valve is 
the right instead of the left. The dorsal edge is elliptically 
arched, the ventral nearly straight, and the ends are neatly 
rounded, with one of them smaller than the other. 

Macrocypris Vinet, Jones, is also found in an Upper- 
Silurian (Wenlock) shale at Fréjel in Gothland. Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1888, p. 396. 


II. Ponrocypris, G. O. Sars, 1865. 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1887, p. 182.) 


There appear to be three varieties of Pontocypris Mawti *, 
Jones, in the Silurian clay of Wisby. 


1. Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, var. breviata, nov. 


(Pl. XV. figs. 4a, 6, c.) 
Proportions :—L. 20. H.11. Th. 8. 


Shorter and rather thicker than the published type, but 
still somewhat compressed; hence appearing in side view 
irregularly subovate, like an orange-pip. It approaches very 
nearly in outline to the figure of the thick variety of P. 
Mawti ¢ from Fréjel (Wenlock shale), Gothland; but it is 
too high and blunt anteriorly and is much less convex on the 
sides. Its hinder extremity is slightly pinched, but not nearly 
so much as in Bythocypris caudalis (tigs. 2 and 3). 


2. Pontocypris Mawit, Jones, var. proxima, nov. 


(BI XV tgs. 5:a,.6;) 
Proportions :—L. 21. H.10. Th. 93. 


This is very similar to the type, but is proportionally 
thicker, that is, more convex, though still retaining a slight 
flattening on the sides (faces) of the valves, and the anterior 
slope is less steep. 


3. Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, var. divergens, nov. 
(Pl. XV. figs. 6a, 4, c.) 
Proportions:—L. 23. H.11. Th. 10. 


The carapace is here lengthened proportionally, the pos- 
terlor moiety being contracted above and below, so as to 


* Op. cit. BP: 182, 183, pl. iv. figs. 4, 6, and 7. 
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 397, pl. xxii. fig. 3. 


270 Prof. T. R. Jones on the 
imitate P, Smithii (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. U7. c. pl. iv. 


fig. 5) to some extent, but still being much more attenuate 
and subacute at the ends, although the median convexity is 
strong. 


Ill. Byrnocyrris, G. 8. Brady, 1880. 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1887, p. 184.) 


1. Bythocypris Hollit, Jones, var. oblonga, nov. 
(Ph. BOVE ties? Wa G5"cs) 


Proportions :—L. 25. H.14. Th. 13 


This is rather more oblong in side view than the published 
type * and also more compressed. 

B. Hollit has been found also in the Fréjel shale, Goth- 
land. 


2. Bythocypris caudalis, sp. nov. 
(Pl. XY. figs. 2 a, 6,.c, and 3 a, b,c.) 


Bies2 2 L923." E12 he ee 
Bigot toe. tid ase ooe 


In both the figured specimens the postero-dorsal region 
slopes more rapidly than in B. Holl and ends with a blunt 
projecting angle, with which the hinder ends of the valves, being, 
as it were, squeezed or pinched together, form a kind of caudal 
process. The antero-dorsal edge also slopes down with a 
lower curve than in B. Hollii, giving a subovate outline to 
the valves. 

Fig. 2 a, however, has a bolder and more uniform curve on 
its postero-dorsal slope than shown in fig. 3a, where the 
posterior constriction is more strongly marked; this latter 
variety, too, is shorter, higher in proportion to its length, and 
has a somewhat fuller ventral curve. In edge view (figs. 2 5 
and 3) and in end view (figs. 2.¢ and 3c) there is no specific 
difference. 


Proportions :— 


3. Bythocypris symmetrica, Jones, var. obesa, nov. 


(Pip eX, fies. 7 @;_0, ic.) 
Proportions:—L.17. H.9. Th. 9. 


This carapace is very much like that of B. symmetrica, 


var. 6 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. /. c. p. 186, pl. vii. fig. 4), 
* Op. cit. p. 184, pl. v. figs. 1 and 2, and pl. vi. figs. 3 and 4. 


Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 271 


but is fuller (more convex) on the sides, in this respect sur- 
passing even var. a (/. c. fig. 7). It may therefore be taken 
as var. d, or obesa, if a subsidiary name be requisite. 

B. symmetrica was found also in the Fréjel shale of Goth- 
land by Prof. G. Lindstrém (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, 
vol. i. p. 397). 


4, Bythocypris phaseolus, Jones, var. elongata, nov. 
(PIX. figs: Sia, 0;,¢.) 


Proportions :—L. 15. H.7. Th. 8. 


This is longer and proportionally lower than the type, and 
has a straighter back; but its flat sides, rounded ends, in- 
curved ventral margin, and edge view, similar to that in 
figs. 116, 126, pl. vii. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. xix., indicate its close alliance to B. phaseolus. Wemay 
term it var. elongata. 


5. Bythocypris concinna, Jones. (Pl. XV. figs. 11a, b.) 
Proportions :—L. 15. H.8. Th. 8. 


This appears to be referable to fig. 6, pl. v. Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. pp. 186, 187. It is found also at 
four other Swedish localities (op. cit. June 1888, p. 397). 


6. Bythocypris Phillipsiana, Jones & Holl, var gotlandica, 
nov. (PEW) figs! 9a, 6} cl) 


Proportions :—L. 14. H.9. Th. 7. 


This is evidently another variety of the persistent * species 
B. Phillipsiana, but is more compressed (that is somewhat 
flatter on the sides) than either the type or any of the pub- 
lished varieties. 


IVY. APARCHITES, Jones, 1889. 
(Pl. XV. figs. 12, 13, 14.) 


These specimens have such simply lenticular and round 
carapaces that at first sight they look as if they belonged to 
Polycope, but they have too much hinge-line for that genus. 
They are more nearly allied to Primitia lenticularis, J. & H. 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1886, p. 408); but differ- 


* From Silurian to Carboniferous times. See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
March 1887, pp. 187, 188. 


272 ‘On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 


ences are perceptible in outline and contour. ‘This species, 
however, with other smooth and still more Leperditioid forms, 
has been lately referred by me to a separate group, with the 
generic name Aparchites (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1889, 
pp. 384, 385), and this appears to be the best group to which to 
refer the specimens (from Wisby) here noticed, although such 
non-suleate Primitian forms are rarely so very symmetrical 
as these. 


1. Aparchites decoratus, sp. nov. 


(Pl XeV. tres 2a Oye) 
Proportions * :—L. 18. H.15. Th. 94. 


Carapace lenticular, almost circular in side view, with the 
dorsal margin partly straight ; equally convex on the sides, 
as shown by the elliptical outline in fig. 126, but rather 
fuller towards the dorsal than towards the ventral border 
(fig. 12c). Surface of valves minutely punctate except along 
a narrow area all round. 


2. Aparchites simplex, sp. nov. 


(Pl. XV. figs. 13 a, 5, c.) 
Proportions :—L. 18. H.14. Th. 9}. 


This smooth, convex, lenticular carapace much resembles 
Ap. decoratus, but it is rather more ovate, one end (anterior) 
being somewhat elliptically curved and with less boldness 
than in fig. 12a; the hinge-line takes up a greater portion 
of the dorsal margin, giving a definite local straightness, and 
the surface has no ornament. In these features there is some 
approach to Aparchites obsoletus, J. & H. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. December 1865, pl. xiii. fig. 12). 


3. Aparchites Lindstremit, sp. nov. 


(Pl. XV. figs. 14 a, 6.) 
Proportions :—L. 13. H.10. Th. 43. 


This is rather more Leperditioid than either of the two 
described above, and, excepting that the ends of its dorsal 
margin are not sharp and that it is less convex and very much 
smaller, it much resembles A. Whiteavesti, Jones (Ann. & 


Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1889, pp. 384, 385, pl. xvii. fig. 10). 


* For figures 12, 13, 14, the proportions are taken on the same scale as 
for figs. 1-11. 


Mr. G. Lewis on a new Genus of Coleoptera, 273 


It is less Leperditioid in shape than L. suborbiculata (Miin- 
ster). I name this species after my friend Prof. G. Lind- 
strém, F.C.G.S., who has so carefully and energetically 
worked at the paleontology of Sweden, and supplied the 
material for this and other papers on the Ostracoda of that 
region. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 
[Figs. 1-11 x 20 diameters, figs. 12-14 x 25 diameters. ] 


Fig. 1. Bythocypris Hollii, Jones, var. oblonga, nov. a, carapace, showing 
the right valve; 5, ventral view; c, anterior view. 

Fig. 2. Bythocypris caudalis, sp. noy. a, carapace, showing the right 
valve ; 6, ventral view; c, anterior view. 

Fig. 3. The same. a, carapace, showing the left valve ; 6, ventral view ; 
¢, posterior view. 

Fig. 4. Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, var. breviata, noy. a, carapace, show- 
ing the left valve ; 6, ventral view; ¢, anterior view. 

Fig. 5. Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, var. provima, noy. a, carapace, show- 
ing the left valve; 6, edge view. 

Fig. 6. Pontocypris Mawii, Jones, var. divergens, nov. a, carapace, 
showing the left valve; 6, edge view; ¢, anterior view. 

Fig. 7. Bythocypris symmetrica, Jones, var. obesa, noy. a, carapace, 
showing right valve; 6, edge view; c, end view. 

Fig. 8. Bythocypris phaseolus, Jones, var. elongata, nov. a, carapace, 
showing right valve; 0, ventral view; c, end view. 

Fig. 9. Bythocypris Phillipsiana, Jones and Holl, var. gotlandica, noy. a, 
carapace, showing right valve; 6, ventral view; c, posterior 
view. 

Fig. 10. Macrocypris? pusilla, sp. nov. a, carapace, showing left valve; 
b, edge view. 

Fig. 11. Bythocypris concinna, Jones. a, left valve; 6, ventral view. 

Fig. 12. Aparchites decoratus, sp. nov. a, carapace, showing right 
valve; 6, ventral view; c, end view. 

Fig. 13. Aparchites simplex, sp. nov. a, carapace, showing right valve ; 
b, edge view ; ¢, posterior view. 

Fig. 14, Aparchites Lindstremit, sp. noy. 4, carapace, showing left 
valve; 5, edge view. 


XXXV.—On a new Genus of Coleoptera (Trogositide). 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


THE species here described belongs to a genus which I 
believe is widely spread in its distribution but not yet charac- 
terized. ‘There are species in the British Museum from the 
islands of Tropical Asia, and Mr. Pascoe has one or more from 
Tropical America. I have not examined these last insects 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 19 


274 Mr. G. Lewis on a new Genus of Coleoptera. 


critically, but I think I am right in saying that they cannot 
be separated generically. But, however this may be, the 
generic name I have employed will associate the species with 
Japan, as having been first characterized from thence, and 
the specific name will record the colour of the Japanese 
insect as well as the colour of the others, for all agree in this 
last particular. The genus is close to Nemozoma, Latreille 
(Nemosoma, Curtis), and to assist in its recognition I have 
given a simple outline of it. From its habits it is difficult to 
obtain, and I have not sacrificed an example for dissection. 


SHOGUNA, n. gen. 


Mouth-organs externally similar to those of Nemozoma; 
mandibles robust, dentate within, and bent inwards from their 
bases ; eyes small, almost circular in outline, partly visible 
from above; antenne inserted between the 
eyes and the bases of the mandibles; head, 
including the mandibles, measures the 
same as the thorax; epistoma obtusely 
subfurcate, nearly similar to that 
figured for Nipontus obtusiceps (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 335). Antenne 
short, 11-jointed, joints 1-2 large, 3-8 
moniliform, 9-11 transverse to form a 
club, 11 fitting closely into 10, 9 freer. 
Thorax long, a little sinuate on the sides ; 
elytra one fourth longer than the thorax ; 
the sutural striz are entire and continued; 
round the apices and sides, the other 
striae are punctate-striate; pygidium 
slightly convex, wholly exposed, and some- 
what conical in outline when viewed from 
above; prosternum a little excavated between the coxe ; 
anterior portion of the mesosternum rather convex, smooth 
and shining; thighs robust; feet 5-jointed, basal joint but 
little visible. 


Shoguna rufo-testacea, n. sp. 


Angustata, rufo-testacea, nitida, leviter depressa, subparallela, 
supra minutissime strigosa et disperse elongato-punctata ; 
fronte utrinque oblique bisuleata; prothorace elongato, lateribus 
subsinuato ; elytris stria suturali integra, 1*-5™ punctato-striatis ; 
pygidio apice fulvo-hirto. 

Long. 43 mill. 


Mr. A. S. Woodward on the Myriacanthide. 275 


Narrow, reddish yellow, shining, rather depressed, nearly 
parallel, upper surface minutely strigose, visible only under 
the microscope; forehead with two oblique sulci between and 
near to the antenne; thorax at the sides slightly sinuate ; 
each elytron has a sutural well-marked stria, which continues 
round the entire wing-case, the other striz are punctate- 
striate, the punctures corresponding with those on the head and 
thorax in being elongate; the pygidium is clothed sparsely 
and irregularly with fulvous hairs, except at the apex, where 
they are rather closely set. The mandibles and mouth- 
organs are darker in colour than the rest of the body. 

I found two examples of this species in June 1881 at Nara, 
near the Kasuga no Miya. One was crawling on a stump of 
a large oak which had been felled about two years before; the 
other was close to it, resting in the orifice of a hole made by a 
wood-borer, with its antennee and mandibles alone protruding. 
At the least disturbance it retired out of reach, and a man 
had to be sent to the village for a large axe, and eight or ten 
inches of hard timber had to be cut away before it was cap- 
tured. It seems to me that these insects must enter a hole 
head first and go to the end of it, where perhaps a cell widens 
out and within which the beetle can turn and retrace its steps. 
The structure of the body suggests that it can almost double 
itself up, and such a form seems compatible with reversing its 
position in a very small space. It could not turn round in 
the hole where it rested, as its own girth was nearly the size 
of the bore in the wood, and I cannot believe that it enters 
the hole backwards. Facts connected with wood-boring 
Coleoptera, and those which follow in their tracks, lead up to 
some of the most interesting problems of natural history. 


Yote—I find that the name Renta, proposed by me (Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xv. p. 467, 1885), is used in Lepido- 
ptera; I wish therefore to substitute Reninus for my genus. 
The two names will come close together in an alphabetical list. 


XXX VI.—On the Myriacanthide—an Extinct Family of Chi- 
meroid Fishes. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.G.8., 
F.Z.S8., of the British Museum (Natural History). 


AmonG the Mesozoic Ichthyodorulites still awaiting elucida- 

tion is a remarkable spine, frequently met with in the Lower 

Lias of Lyme Regis, described by Agassiz under the name of 
Loe 


276 Mr. A. S. Woodward on the Myriacanthide. 


Myriacanthus *, Tt is a fossil evidently having a wide range 
in Jurassic rocks, for, besides the English Liassic species, 
others are known from the Upper Jurassic of Bavaria t ; and 
it is thus remarkable that, until the present time, the precise 
relationships of the “ genus’ should have remained altogether 
undetermined. The British Museum now furnishes materials 
for the solution of the interesting problem; and it is the 
object of the present paper briefly to record the facts already 
available, with the zoological inferences that seem deducible 
therefrom. 

Myriacanthus is a long slender spine, somewhat laterally 
compressed, with a hollow internal cavity opening at the 
base. There is no indication of an inserted portion in the 
known specimens, the lateral ornament of small tubercles 
extending over the whole of the sides, except quite at the 
distal extremity; a sparse irregular series of large, thorn- 
shaped, spinous tubercles is arranged along each edge of the 
somewhat flattened, smooth posterior face, while a few similar 
tubercles also occasionally occupy the median line of this face ; 
and the anterior edge of the spine is provided with one such 
series of spinelets, at least in part of its extent. 

The first clue to the true nature of this Ichthyodorulite 
was received by the British Museum in 1870, when the fine 
Liassic fossil described by Egerton as [schyodus orthorhinus $ 
was added to the collection. In Egerton’s memoir, however, 
there is no allusion to the fact, which seems to have also 
escaped subsequent observers; and the only paleontologist 
who has recognized a striking novelty in the fossil is Prof. 
Dr. K. A. von Zittel§, who proposes to assign to it the 
generic name of Metopacanthus. 

The so-called “ /schyodus orthorhinus,” as made known by 
the type specimen, is remarkable in many respects. Although 
dating back to so remote a period as that of the Lias, it 
exhibits a singular prolongation of the snout precisely similar 
to that of the existing Callorhynchus. In the enormous size 
of the median frontal spine, however, it still remains unique. 
The last-named appendage is nearly similar in form to that 
of Squaloraja||; when not abraded its surface is covered 


* L. Agassiz, Rech. Poiss. Foss. vol. i. (1857), p. 37. 

+ Myriacanthus franconicus, G. vy. Minster, Beitr. Petrefakt. pt. iii. 
(1840), p. 127, pl. ili. fig. 8. 

¢ Sir P. Egerton, “ On a new Chimezroid Fish from the Lias of Lyme 
Regis,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. yol. xxvii. (1871), pp. 275-278, pl. xiii. 

. a A. yon Zittel, ‘Handbuch der Palzontologie,’ vol. iii. (1887), 
i || W. Davies, “On the Rostral Prolongation of Sgualoraja poly- 
spondyla, Ag.,” Geol. Mag. vol. ix. (1872), pl. iv. figs. 1-3, 5. 


Mr. A. 8S. Woodward on the Myriacanthide. oie 


with a fine granulated ornament; underneath it is beset with 
relatively large pointed tubercles, and its tapering anterior 
extremity reaches almost as far forward as the end of the 
nasal prolongation. ‘The dorsal fin-spine, as described by 
Egerton, exhibits all the essential characters of Myrtacan- 
thus ; and so far as the imperfect type specimen of J/. granu- 
latus, Ag., is capable of comparison there appears to be a 
sufficiently close agreement to justify the assumption of 
specific identity. The left mandibular tooth is exposed from 
the inner aspect and seems to exhibit three distinctly sepa- 
rated narrow tritoral areas. The palatine teeth are too 
imperfect to reveal more than the fact that they are thin 
plates with one lateral margin deflected. 

A second and very imperfect specimen of ‘‘Ischyodus ortho- 
rhinus”’ in the Egerton Collection (no. P. 1158) exhibits a 
small dermal plate with granulated ornament; and a third 
fragmentary specimen in the Enniskillen Collection (no. 
P. 4575), proved by the frontal spine to pertain to the same 
species, makes known a few further details in regard to the 
dentition. 

The last-mentioned fossil exhibits from the anterior outer 
aspect the imperfect remains of the mandible, with its two. 
large dental plates in position; and, evidently somewhat dis- 
placed, there lies upon the oral margin of the right lower 
dental plate a small narrow tooth, at first sight suggestive of 
the incisor of a rodent mammal. ‘This tooth, however, is 
bilaterally symmetrical, and must have occupied a median 
position in the jaw; it consists mainly of ‘ cement,” though 
exhibiting a thin band of dentine upon the middle of its inner 
face, and the gently rounded upper end has obviously been in 
function. Dental plates that are certainly referable to the 
upper jaw are also seen; but only one small pair, which 
appears to be vomerine, displays any recognizable characters. 
Hach of these plates is broad in its posterior two thirds, with 
traces of tritoral areas; and the narrow anterior third, with 
~ parallel sides, is marked by a few large transverse ridges of 
dentine. 

We have already identified the dorsal fin-spine of ‘“Jschy- 
odus orthorhinus”’ with the Ichthyodorulite Myriacanthus 
granulatus, long ago made known by Agassiz; and it now 
remains to ascertain whether the dentition of the fish, as just 
described, is identical with, or closely similar to, any type of 
dentition already discovered. 

In this connexion the so-called Prognathodus* at once 

* Sir P. Egerton, ‘On Prognathodus Guenthert, Egerton, a new Genus 
of Fossil Fish from the Lias of Lyme Regis,’ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 
vol. xxviii. (1872), pp. 233-256, pl. vill. 


278 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on the Myriacanthide. 


suggests itself as worthy of consideration; but, since the 
type specimen was entirely misinterpreted by Egerton, and as 
a new specimen in the British Museum (no. P. 6095) is now 
available for study, it is necessary, in the first place, briefly 
to recapitulate the principal features of this singular group of 
teeth. 

As pointed out by Dr. von Zittel *, the mandible of the 
type species, Prognathodus Giuenthert, was mistaken by Eger- 
ton for the upper jaw, while the upper dentition was ascribed 
to the lower; and thus arises the necessity for a complete 
revision of the subject. ‘The mandibular cartilage precisely 
resembles that of modern Chimeroids in exhibiting no sym- 
physial suture; and there is likewise a pair of small inferior 
labials. The right and left lower dental plates (m in Eger- 
ton’s figure) are of the form ordinarily observed in Chime- 
roid fishes and meet in a narrow facet at the symphysis ; 
but in advance of these is a median, bilaterally-symmetrical, 
incisor-like element (p, Egerton), also without doubt to be 
assigned to the mandibular dentition, and hitherto unparalleled 
in the order or subclass to which the fish belongs. ‘The pala- 
tine plates (1, Egerton) are large, expanded, and thin, elon- 
gated antero-posteriorly, and irregularly triangular in shape ; 
the outer margin of each is somewhat thickened, while both 
the outer and anterior margins are sharply deflected; the 
inner and posterior margins are thin edges, and there is no 
appearance of the close apposition of the right and left plates 
in the median line. ‘The vomerine dental plates (2, Egerton) 
are, as usual, much smaller than the palatines and in direct 
contact both with the latter and with each other; they are 
triangular in form and comparatively thin, and owe their 
robust aspect to the sharp deflexion of the margins. Still 
more anteriorly, in the known specimens, is a pair of small 
quadrangular, transversely ridged teeth (3, Egerton), which 
may be either independent elements or merely the accidentally 
detached front processes of the vomerine dental plates. 

Thus interpreted, it is obvious that the dentition of Progna- 
thodus Guenthert repeats the two most peculiar features noted 
above in the new specimen of ‘‘7schyodus orthorhinus.” 
There is the same incisor-like median tooth, referable to the 
lower jaw; and the front portion of each vomerine dental 
plate is transversely ridged in the same manner. Moreover, 
“Prognathodus”’ possesses tuberculated dermal plates upon 
the head, resembling the exampie alluded to above in the 
second specimen of “IJschyodus orthorhinus ;” and a careful 
comparison of all recognizable characters appears to the 

* Op. cit. vol. iii. p. 115, 


Mr. A. 8. Woodward on the Myriacanthide. 279 


present writer to justify the assertion of the generic identity: 
of these two fishes. 

The so-called Ischyodus (or Metopacanthus) orthorhinus 
thus possesses (i.) a dorsal fin-spine, known in its isolated 
state as Myriacanthus granulatus, and (ii.) a dentition which, 
if found separately, would be described as a species of Pro- 
gnathodus, Of these names that applied to the dorsal fin-spine 
is much the earliest, and the small species described by Eger- 
ton must thus be known as Myriacanthus granulatus. 

The dentition of Myriacanthus granulatus only attains one 
half the size of that named Prognathodus Guenthert; and 
there need be no hesitation in associating with the latter 
““ species” the group of teeth described as Ischyodus John- 
sont by Agassiz *. Moreover, it may be noted that the larger 
type differs specifically from the smaller in the form of the 
presymphysial mandibular tooth, the outer face of this ele- 
ment being gently rounded in the former type and longitu- 
dinally angulated in the latter, while in the first the inner 
layer of dentine also exhibits the greatest development. 

Now it is interesting to note that the typical species of 
Myriacanthus (M. paradoxus Tt) attains at least twice the size 
of MW. granulatus, the basal portion of a very large spine of 
this form having been named J. retrorsus by Agassiz ft, and 
fine examples being preserved in the British Museum. If 
“ Prognathodus”’ is the dentition of one species, it also presu- 
mably characterizes the other; and the relative proportions of 
spines and teeth agreeing precisely, it may be inferred that, 
just as the smaller dentition pertains to Myriacanthus granu- 
latus, so is the larger Prognathodus Guentheri (=Ischyodus 
Johnsont) referable to MM. paradoxus. 

Such being the case, the genus Myriacanthus may be 
removed from the Ichthyodorulites and placed in a definite 
position among the Chimeeroid fishes; and to include both 
this and the closely allied Chimeropsis of the Bavarian Litho- 
graphic Stone§ it seems necessary to institute a new family 
_ as follows :— 


Myriacanthide. 


Body elongate; anterior dorsal fin above the pectorals, 
provided with a long, straight, robust spine. Teeth forming 


* Op. cit. vol. iii. (1843), p. 344, pl. xl. e. fig. 22. 

+ Ibid. vol. i. (1837), p. 38, pl. vi. . 

{ Tom. cit. (1837), p. 89, pl. viil.a. figs. 14, 15. 

§ K. A, von Zittel, op. cit. vol. iii. (1887), p. 115, woode. f. 126. J. 
Riess, “‘ Ueber einige fossile Chimeriden-Reste,” Paleeontogy. vol. xxxiy. 


(1887), p. 21, pl. ii. figs. 9-11, pl. iii. figs. 1-10. 


280 Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 


two (? or three) pairs of thin dental plates in the upper jaw, 
the hinder pair attenuated mesially and not closely apposed in 
the median line; lower dentition consisting of a pair of large 
dental plates, meeting at the symphysis, and a median incisor- 
like tooth in front. A few dermal plates present upon the 
head; males with a large prehensile spine upon the snout. 


XXXVII.— Sketch of the History of known Fossil Sponges in 
ftelation to those of the Present Day. By H. J. Carter, 
F.R.S. &e. 


In this brief “ Sketch”? I propose to state my impressions 
as to the relation the species of fossil sponges that have 
been found bear to those which now exist, since in going 
over the former I have been forcibly struck with the total 
absence of any certain representatives of the horny sponges, 
whose toughness and durability combined with their great 
abundance would lead one to infer that at least they would 
be as likely to be handed down through fossilization as the 
elytra of insects. 

To give an idea of the abundance of existing horny sponges 
and their accumulation in certain localities favourable to future 
fossilization I may mention, first, that at the beginning of 1845, 
when I was attached as Medical Officer to the Survey of the 
South-east Coast of Arabia, I saw on the low sandy coast 
close to Ras Abu Ashrin, opposite the north-east end of the 
Island of Masira (where there is a little “ bite 7’ which receives 
the backwater of the current produced by the waves of the 
south-west monsoon as they rush by it to the mainland during 
this tempestuous season), a raised ridge, about 50 yards from 
the margin of the sea (then calm), covered, as I thought, 
with bushy plants, but which on examination proved to 
be large Keratophytes, horny sponges, and a host of other 
exuvie mixed up with sand, all ot which had drifted into 
this position (the result probably of many of the mon- 
soons when the sea reached this ridge). Secondly, that 
Dr. R. v. Lendenfeld, in his ‘ Monograph on the Austra- 
lian Sponges” (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, vol. ix. 
pt. 11. p. 811), has stated that the horny sponge Aplysilla 
violacea, L., ‘covers many thousand metres in Port 
Philip,” and that of the 3848 horny sponges from all 
parts of the world, which he has enumerated in his Mono- 
graph, 258 or 74:1 per cent. “ occur in the Australian seas ”’ 


Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 281 


(p. 822). And, thirdly, that the quantity of the horny- 
fibred sponges, particularly from the sea on the south coast of 
Australia and that about the West-India Islands, in the col- 
lection at the British Museum, far surpasses all the rest in 
bulk and number of species. 

Here I must, for the sake of convenient reference, insert 
a note of my Classification of 1875 (‘ Annals,’ vol. xvi. p. 128 


&c.) — 


Class SPONGIDA, Huxley. 


Order I. Carnosa. 
Without evident skeleton. 


Order II. Ceratina. 


Possessing a skeleton composed of horny (now called 
“ spongin ”’) fibre, with a granular, chiefly hollow, core, con- 
taining for the most part no foreign bodies, 


Order III. Psammonemata. 


Possessing a skeleton composed of solid fibre more or less 
cored with foreign bodies (grains of sand, fragments of sponge- 


spicules, &c.). 


Order 1V. Rhaphidonemata. 


Possessing a skeleton composed of horny fibre with a core 
of “proper spicules” (that is, spicules produced by the 
sponge itself). Spicules chiefly simple acerate, and chiefly 
confined to the ¢nterior of the fibre. 


Order VY. Echinonemata. 


Possessing a skeleton composed of horny fibre cored with 
_ proper spicules” internally and echinated with ‘“ proper 
spicules ” externally. orm of spicule chiefly acuate. 


Order VI. Holorhaphidota. 

Possessing a skeleton whose fibre is almost entirely com- 
posed of ‘ proper spicules”? bound together with a minimum 
of sarcode (spongin). orm of spicule variable. 

Order VII. Hexactinellida. 
Possessing a skeleton charged with “ proper spicules,” all 


282 Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 


based upon a sexradiate type, coring vitreous fibre or held 
together by spongin only. 


Order VIII. Calcarea. 


Possessing calcareous spicules only. 


Now with reference to the first order, which I divided 
into Halisarcida (possessing no spicules) and Gumminida 
(possessing spicules), it could hardly be expected that the 
first division would be perpetuated in a fossilized state, or if 
so not recognizably, seeing that in the fresh state they are of 
gelatinous softness and their sponge nature can only be deter- 
mined by the microscope before they pass into decomposition 
(which 1s very rapid), or when kept under the influence of a 
preservative fluid. 

But this does not apply to the second division, where, to 
the ‘gelatinous softness,” perhaps a little inspissated, is 
added an abundance of spicules which more or less resemble 
those of other sponges, especially some of the Ho.o- 
RHAPHIDOTA in my sixth order. Thus we find Chondrilla 
phyllodes, Sdt., possessing a spiculation that hardly differs 
from that of Sptrastrella cunctatrix, Sit., which is a member 
of my family Suberitida (see also my assimilation of Sube- 
rites domuncula, Sdt., to Chondrosia reniformis in my order 
Carnosa, ‘Annals,’ 1881, vol. vill. p. 255). One could hardly 
expect under fossilization either one or the other species to 
present more than a heap of spicules of the same kind, with 
perhaps a trace of the canal-structure. But who has found 
“either one or the other,” or how could they be distin- 
guished ? | 

When we consider that the spiculiferous CARNOSA may in 
a fossilized state be hardly more than an almost shapeless 
mass of the same form of spicules, it reminds me of my 
Holasterella conferta from the Carboniferous Limestone near 
Glasgow (‘ Annals,’ 1879, vol. iii. p. 141, pl. xxi. figs. 1-8), 
in which the spicules appear to me to come nearest to those 
of Schmidt’s Adriatic species Cortictum candelabrum (Spong. 
Adriat. Meeres, p. 42, Taf. i. fig. 25); but some of the 
Suberitida might, if fossilized, present a heap of similarly 
shaped spicules to those of Cortictum abysst (‘ Annals,’ 
1873, vol. xii. p. 18, pl. 1. figs. 1-9 and 15); and Cor- 
ticium Kittont (ib. 1874, vol. xiv. p. 24, pl. xv. figs. 48 a, 
b, c) may be equally contounded with the tetrahedral form of 
a Lithistid, to which perhaps may be added Schulze’s Pla- 


Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 283 
kina (Zeitschrift f. wiss. Zool. 1880, Bd. xxxiv. Taf. xx.- 


XXil.). 

Next come the Creratina (Order II.), which, with the 
exception of the following order, viz. PSAMMONEMATA, appear 
to be by far the most abundant of all existing sponges, and at 
the same time may reach a very large size (ew. gr. the Luf- 
faria from the West-Indian seas, in the British Museum), 
whose kerataceous fibie is so thick and hard when dry that it 
breaks with the shining fracture of hard glue. 

This horn-like substance, which, as before stated, has lately 
received the name of “ spongin,” 1s in its elementary compo- 
sition so nearly allied to the chitin of the insect-skeleton that 
it seems strange that the latter should be handed down in a 
fossilized state (if such should be the case) and not the former. 

According to Krukenberg the elementary composition of 
spongin and chitin respectively is as follows :— 


Spongin........ C.30 H.46 N.9 O.18 
OL eee 15 26 2 10 


Thus (to me) the former is the densest and physically the 
most solid of the two, especially in Lugfaria. 

What the branched forms in the Quadersandstein of 
Saxony, called by their discoverer Geinitz ‘‘ Spongites saxont- 
cus,’ or the net-like figuration on the surface of crooked 
cylindrical bodies (‘ Lhizocorallium,” alluded to by Zittel, 
‘ Handbuch der Paleontologie,’ pp. 142, 143), may be remains 
to be decided. 

Again, thereisno mention of the PSAMMONEMATA (Order III.) 

in a tossilized state, although I found them in a recent one in 
such great abundance in the “ ridge” on the south-east coast 
of Arabia above alluded to—seeming to indicate in this in- 
stance the first step towards fossilization, if not also what 
would probably have taken place and been recognized in 
former tfossilizations if such had occurred. 
— My Dysidia antiqua trom the Carboniferous of Ayrshire 
(‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. i. p. 189) has been relegated by Dr. 
Hinde to those kinds of sponges which come under my order 
HOLORHAPHIDOTA, by the generic name ot “ Hapliston”’ (Mon. 
Brit. Spong. Paleeontographical Society’s vol. tor 1887, pt. ii. 
p- 147, pt. 1. pl. v. figs. 2, 2 a). 

Of the RHAPHIDONEMATA, whose fibre is again corneous, 
J found a small branched fragment, apparently of a Chalina, 
having the usual form of acerate spicule presented by that 
family, in a detrital piece of chert from the remains of the 
Upper Greensand so abundant in this locality (Budleigh 


284 Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 


Salterton, Devon); but beyond this nothing identifiable with 
the sponge-structure of this family. 

Nor have I ever found any remains of the (equally corneous) 
ECHINONEMATA, in which the echinated fibre, if well 
preserved, could hardly pass unrecognized. That of Dirrho- 
palum (Plocamia), to which Dr. Hinde has alluded in his 
Monactinellide (Cat. Foss. Spong. Brit. Mus. p. 20), and 
which I had placed in my order ECHINONEMATA, requires 
further investigation, as Dr. Hinde himself has intimated, 
before this can be confirmed. 

But when we come to my HOLORHAPHIDOTA (Order VI.) 
we do see that accumulations of Monaxonid spicules have 
been found heaped together as well as in separate spicules— 
e.g. Pulvillus Thomsoni, Crtr., from the Carboniterous of 
Dumfries in Scotland (‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. i. p. 137, pl. x. 
figs. 1-6), also Rhaphidhistia vermiculata, Crtr., from the 
Carboniferous of Ayrshire (7b. 7b. p. 140), which has been 
described by Dr. Hinde under the name of “/apliston vermicu- 
latum” (Paleont. Society’s Publ. vol. for 1887, U. c.), Clima- 
cospongia radiata, Hinde (Cat. Foss. Spong. Brit. Mus. p. 18, 
pl. i. figs. 1, 1 a), Lastocladia compressa (cb. p. 19, pl. i. fig. 2), 
and Acanthorhaphis intertextus (ib. p. 20, pl. 1. tigs. 8, 3a); 
to which may be added Zittel’s two species of his Scolio- 
rhaphis from the Upper Cretaceous of North Germany (Foss. 
Sponges, Abhandl. der k. bayer. Akad. d. Wiss. i, C. xiii. 
Bd. ii. pp. 94, 95, Taf. xii. figs. 1 a, b, and 2). 

The layer of pin-like spicules discovered by Dr. Harvey B. 
Holl on the surface of the Calcisponge Verticillites helvetica, 
de L. (f Annals,’ 1884, vol. xiv. p. 27, pl. i. figs. 6-10), 
appears to me to have consisted of those of a parasitic species 
ot Suberite, of which there are many existing instances on other 
sponges. ‘I'he boring sponge, Clzona, whose existing species 
are chiefly characterized by a pin-like spicule, has also been 
recognized in several cases more by the peculiar form of its 
excavations in fossilized casts than by that of the spicule, which 
has not been described if ever seen. 

We next come to the third and fourth families of my Hoto- 
RHAPHIDOTA, viz. the Pachytragida and Pachastrellida, now 
called “ Tetractinellida,” ot which the only entire specimen 
among the three groups of the former that has been described is 
that of a Stelletta,viz. 8. inclusa, Hinde,which, as it occurs in the 
interior of a flint, is easily recognized by being unaccompanied 
by the coating of siliceous spheroids which chietly separates that 
genus from Greodia (Cat. Foss. Spong. Brit. Mus. p. 24, pl.i. 
tigs. 6, 6a) ; while in the first division of the latter, viz. the 
Pachastrellina (group 17), four specimens have been described, 


Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 285 


viz. Pachastrella primeva, Tethyopsts Steinmannt, P. convo- 
luta, and P. plana—the former two by Zittel (Foss. Spong. 
l. c. p. 100, Taf. xi. figs. 3 and 4) and the latter two by Dr. 
Hinde (Cat. Foss. Spong. Brit. Mus. p. 26, pl. i. figs. 1, La, 
and pl. 1. figs. 7, 7 a respectively). 

This brings us to the other division of the Pachastrellida, 
viz. the Lithistina, which in time and space so far surpasses 
any other group of sponges, extending from the Silurian— 
Aulocopium, A. aurantium, Zitt. (op. cit. p. 136, pl. vill. 
fig. 1, and ae pp- 159, 169, fig. 72 a) ; also Hindia, 
Hinde, HH. fibrosa (Cat. Foss. Sp. Brit. Mus. p- 57, pl. xii., 
and for spiculation, ‘ Annals,’ 1887, vol. xix. p. 76, figs. 1 
and 2)—down to the present day inclusively, but abounding 
most in the Oolitic and Cretaceous periods, as may be 
seen by reference to the table in Prof. Zittel’s ‘ Study on 
Fossil Sponges,’ more particularly given in his illustrated 
descriptions (Abhandl, der k. bayer. Akad. der W. ii. Cl. xii. 
Bd. i. Abth. pp. 67 &c. ; translated into the ‘ Annals’ by W. 
8. Dallas, F.L.S., in 1878, vol. ii. pp. 113, 235, 324, 385, and 
467 respectively), wherein an amount of sagacity and ability 
is exhibited that is almost beyond all praise. 

Happenimg to reside in a locality (viz. Budleigh Salterton, 
on the south coast of Devon) where the hardened remains of 
the Upper Greensand and Chalk, which once extended across 
the country for many miles between “ Haldon Hill” on the 
west and ‘‘ High Peak Hill” on the east, now bestrew the 
surface in great abundance, I can state from actual observa- 
tion that almost every chert-flint contains the remains of a 
Lithistid sponge or consists of chertified Lithistid spicules &e. 
in layers which once formed the bed of an ocean, so abundant 
were these sponges at that period. 

Thus it would appear that the maximum development of 
Lithistid sponges took place during the Upper Cretaceous 
period, although the existing species are still very numerous. 

Among the : separate spicules which are so abundant in the 
Upper-Greensand chert may also be seen those of many other 
sponges, especially those of Geodina, whose little siliceous 
spheroids seem to be always present in great numbers. In 
the Upper Greensand of ‘ Haldon Hill,” near Exeter, where 
there is a bed several feet in thickness composed of grains of 
sand and sponge-spicules, these ingredients are so loosely 
held together that the latter can be easily picked out, as may 
be seen by my illustrated paper on the subject in the ‘Annals’ 
of 1871 (vol. vii. p. 112, pls. vii., viil., ix., and x.). 

That many originally came from the spiculiferous sponges 


of my Orders IV., V., and VI. generally, may be fairly 


286 Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 


assumed ; but in no instance, except the end of a branch of a 
Chalina mentioned, have I been able to find the spicule én sttu, 
that is in the entire structure of which it formed part, and 
this only conjecturally. 

I also noticed the occurrence of sponge-spicules from the 
Carboniferous strata of Ben Bulben in the north of Ireland, 
near Sligo, wherein the chert appears to be composed of them 
in a transitionary state from the entire spicule to a homo- 
geneous mass; also in the Carboniferous of Scotland near 
Glasgow (‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. p. 209, pl. xiv. B. figs. 1- 
17); but the latter case has been much more elaborately dealt 
with by Dr. Hinde in his paper on the “ Organic Origin of 
the Chert”’ (‘Geological Magazine,’ dec. iii. vol. iv. no. 10, 
p- 435, October 1887), where, at p. 442, he observes that 
in thin slices of this chert and that from other localities 
examined with the microscope by transmitted light, “ it 
is resolved into microscopic spicules, confusedly intermingled 
together, whose individual outlines can be traced with varying 
degrees of clearness.” 

Hence the chert in the Carboniferous period appears to 
indicate a similar condition to that in which it is found in the 
Upper-Greensand detritus at this place (Budleigh Salterton), 
and in the spiculiferous sand-bed at “‘ Haldon Hill” to which 
I have alluded. 

Among the fossil spicules which I have figured (J. ¢.) are 
undoubted forms that originally came from the Monaxonid 
group, ex. gr. the bihamate, Bk. (sigma, R. & D.), no. 43 
(2. c.), which, although it can be seen with the naked eye, 
being 1-400th mech in length, is exceeded by the largest 
existing form that I have observed, viz. in Esperta villosa, 
where it is fully 1-64th of an inch (Journ. Roy. Mier. Soe. 
1879, vol. ii. pl. xviia. fig. 12 6). But while recent specimens 
of the bihamate exceed in length the fossil one that I have 
mentioned, the largest of several tricurvates (toxa, R. & D.) 
that I have just found among other sponge-spicules, chiefly 
Tetractinellid, in a transparent portion of Upper-Greensand 
chert from this locality, measures from 1-16th to 1-7th inch 
in length, the largest recent specimen that I have seen, viz. 
that which I described and figured in 1874 (‘ Annals,’ 
vol. xiv. p. 457, pl. 1. fig. 27), being only 1-60th inch long, 
although in other respects, that is in the straightness and 
length of the arms, relative smallness and abruptness of the 
bow, together with its semicircular form, it closely resembles 
the fossil; moreover, the arms appear to have been spined for 
two thirds of their length. Of the longest specimen only 
about three fourths remain, so that the measurement from 


My. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 287 


the unbroken end to the centre of the bow doubled has to be 
taken for the total length, which is 1-7th inch, as above 
mentioned, while that of the other largest specimen, which is 
perfect, is 1-16th im. There are several specimens in the 
piece of chert mentioned which are very near together, and 
being close to the surface of the fractured portion of the chert 
are satisfactorily seen, while the bow in some of the smaller 
ones appears to be higher and wider, ¢. e. more like that of 
Microciona armata. 

Doubtless hereafter there will be more fossilized spicules 

found which can be identified with those of recent Mon- 
axonida; but at present they are all confined to what I have 
delineated, with the exception of the tricurvates just men- 
tioned and what have been added by Prof. Zittel and Dr. 
Hinde in their works respectively, viz. those by the former 
in the Abhandl. der k. bayer. Akad. der W. 1. Cl. xii. Bd. iii. 
Abth. Taf. iii—vil., and those by the latter in his Mon. 
Brit. Foss. Sponges (Paleont. Soc. Publ. vol. for 1886, pt. i. 
». 66). 
We now come to my seventh order, viz. the Hrexacti- 
NELLIDA, which, from Salter’s Protospongia fenestrata in the 
Cambrian, have been continued down to the present day, 
manifesting themselves plentifully in a Hyalonematoid form 
from the Carboniferous Limestone of Ayrshire, viz. ‘yalo- 
nema Smithit ( Annals,’ 1878, vol. 1. p. 129, pl. ix. figs. 1- 
14), subsequently called “ Hyalostelia” by Zittel (Hinde, 
Cat. Foss. Spong. Brit. Mus. p. 150, pl. xxxii. figs. 1, 1g). 
But it is not until the Cretaceous period is reached that the 
vitreous Hexactinellida or so-called ‘Glassy Sponges ”’ 
appear to have come into prominence, and here their maximum 
of development, like that of the Lithistida, seems to have taken 
place, as may be seen by a reference to Zittel’s illustrated 
description of this order (Abhandl. der k. bayer. Akad. der 
W. ii. Cl. xiii. Bd. i. of 1877, translated by Mr. Dallas into 
the ‘Annals’ of that year, vol. xx. pp. 237, 405, and 501; 
also Dr. Hinde’s illustrated description of the Fossil Sponges 
in the British Museum, p. 91 &c.). ‘ 

Among the detritus of the Upper Greensand in this locality 
to which I have alluded, the remains of the Hexactinellida 
that I have found are very scarce, in comparison with those 
of the Lithistida, so that we may fairly infer that the former 
were not so plentiful as the latter, as shown by Zittel’s splen- 
did researches (/. ¢.). While at the present day they appear 
to bear a similar proportion, so far as my observations extend, 
which would have been more complete had I been able to refer 


288 Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 


to a copy of Prof. Schulze’s Report on the ‘ Challenger’ 
dredgings of the Hexactinellida. 

Lastly, we come to my eighth order, viz. the CALCAREA; 
and here, again, we have to fall back upon the masterly re- 
searches of Professor Zittel, coupled with those of his intelli- 
gent pupil Dr. G. J. Hinde—the former to be found in the 
Abhandl. der bayer. Akad. W. ii. Cl. xiii. Bd. ii. Abth., and 
the latter in Dr. Hinde’s ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Sponges in 
the British Museum,’ p. 157 &e. Referring to Prof. Zittel’s 
observations on the “ Occurrence, Distribution in Time, and 
Pedigree” of the Calcispongiz (translation ‘Annals,’ 1879, 
vol. ii. pp. 875-378), we learn, from the tabular view given 
at p. 378, that, so far as is known, they at least date from the 
Devonian period, are already numerous in the Triassic, increase 
rapidly in the Jurassic, and culminate like the Lithistida in 
the Cretaceous, after which isolated spicules only have been 
found. 

At first (like all who attempt to generalize from insufficient 
data) I was inclined to think, from the small delicate forms 
and rapidly decomposing nature of the British species, that 
it was impossible they could be subjected to the ordeal of 
fossilization without disappearing altogether; and if this had 
been the case generally I might have been right; but when I 
found that Prof. Zittel had demonstrated the reverse, by 
proving to me, from actual slices of what he considered to 
be fossil calcareous sponges, that they possessed the peculiar 
radiate spicules of a Calcisponge, and when, from the charac- 
ters of the South-Australian sponges of the present day 
which Mr. Bracebridge Wilson, of Geelong, kindly sent me 
(‘ Annals,’ 1886, vols. xvii. and xviii. p. 503 &c.), I could 
acquiesce in this from recent specimens, the absurd notion 
inferred from the characters of the British representatives of 
this order could no longer be entertained. Meanwhile 
several specimens from the Coral Rag (Jurassic system) of 
Farringdon, in Berkshire, from which I made as many micro- 
scopically thin slices, fully justified Prof. Zittel’s announce- 
ment. 

Furthermore, Dr. Hinde, in his “ Notes on Fossil Calci- 
spongie”’ (‘ Annals,’ 1882, vol. x. p. 185, pls. ix. and x.), 
describes not only specimens of his Verticillites d’ Orbignyt from 
the Greensand at Warminster, in which the radiate spicules 
could be seen with,a simple lens in abundance on the surface, 
but a new species of Sestrostomella from the Upper Greensand 
of “ Vaches Noires,”’ near Havre, in France (8. rugosa, H.), 
in which he found the “ tuning-fork ’’-like form of spicule that 
characterizes a recent species which Mr. Bracebridge Wilson 


Mr. H. J. Carter on known Fossil Sponges. 289 


sent me from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip on the south 
coast of Australia, first represented by Dr. Bowerbank 
(B.S. vol. i. fig. 237) and subsequently called “Zelapia 
australis” by Dr. Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 557). I 
have said “ species ” because the upper part of the specimens 
which Mr. Bracebridge Wilson sent me (‘ Annals,’ 1886, 
vol, xviii. p. 148) bore a close resemblance to the heads of 
Sestrostomella represented by Dr. Hinde, as well as to those 
of a fossil group from the Jura which Prof. Zittel kindly sent 
me, in which, in microscopic slices, I also found the form of 
spicule mentioned; all of which demonstrates the accuracy 
of Prof. Zittel’s observations. 

I wish also to note here that, although I have considered 
Dr. Sollas’s “ Pharetrospongia Strahani” (Quart. Journ. 
Geol. Soc. May 1877, p. 242), from which Professor Zittel 
has taken the name of his third family of this order, viz. 
“ Pharetrones,”’ among his Calcispongiz (‘ Handbuch,’ p. 189), 
to be a siliceous sponge like an Australian species of Reniera 
(Monaxonia) whose spicule Dr. Sollas has introduced among 
his illustrations for comparison (op. et loc. cit. pl. xi. figs. 11 
and 12), yet from subsequent facts which have come to my 
knowledge,—such asthe existence of a Calcisponge with thesame 
kind of fusiform, sharp-pointed, acerate spicule, viz. Leucyssa 
spongilla, Heck. (‘ Die Kalkschwimme,’ Bd. i. p. 137, Atlas, 
Taf. xxv. figs. 11-13), evidently designated after the character- 
istic spicule of Spongilla (although it should be also stated that 
the spicule of Leucyssa spongilla is not curved as in Spongilla 
and Pharetrospongia Strahant, &c., but straight, still it is the 
only form of spicule in this sponge) ,—together with the state- 
ments of Dr. Hinde (Cat. Foss. Sp. B. M. pp. 202, 203) in 
support of Prof. Zittel’s view that Pharetrospongia Strahant 
was a Calcisponge, I must now yield to their opinion, who 
for a while made the study of fossil sponges their special 
object. 

Thus, in conclusion, I have given a short sketch of the 
known history of sponges in time and space from the earliest 
geological periods up to the present day, among which we 
notice the absence of any fossil representative of the Horny 
Sponges, which are now so abundant and whose fibre in many 
instances (ex. gr. Luffaria) is almost entirely composed of . 
spongin, which, in elementary composition, as shown in the 
first part of this paper, only differs from chitin (the elytra 
of insects) in quantity, while the quality of resistance would 
appear to be in favour of the former; and yet fossilized 
insects have been handed down to us in almost every geolo- 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 20 


290 Mr. F. E. Beddard on the possible Origin 


gical period from the Upper Silurian strata to the Miocene 
inclusively. 

Whether this non-existence of the Horny Sponges must be 
left for further investigation to verify or whether it can be 
explained by deferred development, that is to the present era, 
or in any other way, I will not go further here than the fact 
that the Horny Sponges are by far the most abundant at the 
present day and yet have no fossil representative. 


XXXVIII.—On the possible Origin of the Malpighian Tubules 


in the Arthropoda. By Frank KE. Bepparp, M.A., 
F.Z.8. 


THERE are two sets of structures in the Arthropoda which 
have been proved to possess a renal function and which have 
been regarded as possibly equivalent to the nephridia of 
worms. 

The “green glands” of the Crustacea are commonly 
regarded as nephridia, and researches now in progress will, I 
believe, establish the nephridial nature of these organs upon 
a very firm basis of fact. 

Among the Arthropoda another class of renal organs exists 
in the’ so-called Malpighian ceca. These occur in a few 
Crustacea, e. g. the Amphipoda (Spencer, “ The Urinary 
Organs of the Amphipoda,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxv. 
1885), and in Tracheata; in the latter group they consist of 
a variable number of glandular ceca which grow out from 
the proctodeum ; in the Amphipoda, on the contrary, Spen- 
cer finds reasons for believing that the tubes in question are 
diverticula of the mesenteron. 

The only known Arthropod with unmistakable nephridia, 
paired and metamerically arranged, is Pertpatus. ‘The exist- 
ence of these organs was originally pointed out by Balfour 
(“On some Points in the Anatomy of Peripatus capensis,” 
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xx. 1880), and has been since care- 
fully studied from the developmental as well as from the 
structural point of view by Sedgwick (“A Monograph of the 
Development of Peripatus capensis,” Stud. Morph. Lab. Cam- 
bridge, vol. iv. pt. 1.). Lankester had previously pointed out 
that the ‘ coxal glands” of Limulus were in all probability 
to be regarded as modified nephridia, and this position is 
strongly supported by Sedgwick’s results. So far as our 
present knowledge goes it may be safely assumed that the 


of the Malpighian Tubules in the Arthropoda. 291 


*€ coxal glands ” and “ green glands” are modified nephridia. 
Sedgwick remarks (loc. cit. p. 119) that with the exception 
of these structures there are no nephridia in Arthropods 
recognizable as such; and this conclusion probably represents 
the opinion of most comparative anatomists. ‘The claim of 
the Malpighian tubules to be looked upon as nephridia has 
been more and more ignored. Gegenbaur (Comp. Anat., 
Engl. transl. by Bell, p. 276) carefully abstains from discus- 
sing the morphology of these organs. Lankester (‘ Notes on 
Embryology and Classification,’ 1877, p. 33) remarks that 
“in tracheate Arthropods the Malpighian filaments possibly 
are the nephridia.” Balfour (Comp. Embr. vol. 1. p. 568) 
doubtfully compares them to the anal vesicles of the Ge- 
phyrea. Now these structures are so widely spread among 
the Tracheata (even if the tubes of the Amphipoda are not 
of the same nature) that they must be regarded as among 
the most characteristic organs of that group. The fact that 
they do not occur in Peripatus might perhaps be regarded as 
evidence that the Malpighian tubes have arisen within the 
group; but, on the other hand, their absence from Pertpatus 
may be reasonably accounted for by the persistence of un- 
modified nephridia performing the same function: in any 
case a similar argument must be applied to account for the 
great reduction in the nephridia of the Crustacea; they are 
nephridia, and they are reduced in number, in accordance 
with the reduction of the ccelom. 

If, then, the absence of the Malpighian tubules in the most 
primitive known Arthropod, Peripatus, is not necessarily a 
real break of continuity, the segmented worms are naturally 
the animals in which one might expect to find the beginning 
of these organs, especially in the more primitive segmented 
worms, for the Gephyreans must be regarded as greatly modi- 
fied Annelids. 

In a species of Acanthodrilus, which I refer, at present 
with some little doubt, to Acanthodrilus multiporus (Beddard, 
“On the Specific Characters and Structure of certain New- 
Zealand Earthworms,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 813), the 
last segments of the body are almost entirely filled with 
nephridial tufts, which, as I have elsewhere stated, open by 
numerous pores on to the surface of the body and by nume- 
rous ciliated funnels into the celom. ‘The gut in this region 
of the body has a very narrow lumen and is lined by tall 
columnar cells, which are noé ciliated, as in the intestine 
generally, but covered with a delicate chitinous cuticle. 
This region of the gut is probably proctodeum. At irregular 
intervals minute cecal diverticula arise from the BOY these 

20 


292 Origin of the Malpighian Tubules in the Arthropoda. 


are at first tubular in character and are lined by an epithe- 
lium identical with that of the intestine; as they get further 
away from their point of opening into the intestine these tubes 
lose their tubular character and become continuous with un- 
doubted nephridial tubules, with a duct excavated in the sub- 
stance of cells; the lumen, at first zntercellular, becomes 
afterwards zntracellular ; these tubules were absolutely undis- 
tinguishable from the nephridia, and, indeed, appeared to join 
the general nephridial network of their segment. Their lumen, 
which was here and there much swollen, contained a granular 
detritus identical with that occupying the tubes of the general 
nephridial network. These nephridial appendages of the proc- 
todeum are branched and anastomose one with another; they 
may certainly be compared to the anal nephridia of the 
Gephyrea. All that is necessary to convert these structures 
into Malpighian tubules is to limit their number and arrange 
them in aregular fashion; the branching and anastomosis even 
may be retained, as these conditions are met with among the 
Malpighian tubules of the Tracheata. 

If these inferences do not commend themselves to mor- 
phologists, I may at least point out that the above facts, of 
which I give here only a preliminary account, have some 
bearing upon the origin of the nephridia in Oligocheta. I 
have put forward an opinion that the original state of the 
nephridia in this group was a continuous network with nume- 
rous irregularly-disposed external pores and ccelomic funnels, 
such as is now largely persistent in certain species of Pert- 
cheta; and that Zumbricus, with its paired metameric 
nephridia, is the last term in the series which is partially 
filled up by intermediate conditions. ‘The connexion of the 
nephridia with the gut is probably secondary, as the orifices 
were originally external and were carried in by the involu- 
tion of epiblast to form the proctodeeum ; hence the polystomial 
condition of the nephridia is probably in ontogeny, as in phy- 
logeny, archaic. An analogous series of facts have been 
lately brought forward by Spencer, who found (“ The Ana- 
tomy of Megascolides australis &c.,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic- 
toria, vol. i. pt. 1) numerous nephridial openings into the 
anterior, probably stomodeal, part of the gut. I should 
refer these facts to the same category as my own, as evidence 
of the archaic nature of the diffuse condition of the nephridia, 


The Copepod Fauna of the “Maare”’ of the Eifel. 293 


XXXIX.—The Copepod Fauna of the “Maare” of the Eifel. 
By Dr. Jutius VossELer *. 


Since Leydig’s + investigations upon the fauna of the crater- 
lakes of the Hifel, the so-called “ Maare,” scarcely any natu- 
ralist has given any close attention to the lower animal world 
of those basins. Of the lower Crustacea only the Cladocera 
were investigated to some extent, while of the Copepoda only 
the occurrence of Cyclops in several lakes was mentioned. 
When in August of last year Dr. O. Zacharias | undertook 
the study of the microfauna of these waters, which are inter- 
esting in many ways, I took upon myself the task of working 
up the Copepoda, and the more willingly as in so doing 
valuable information upon the distribution of species, the 
adaptability of the group under consideration, and various other 
interesting questions was to be expected. 

As Dr. Zacharias was permitted to make his captures in 
part by means of a boat (on the Laacher See and Gemiinder 
Maar), and, further, the pelagic fauna was pursued also at 
night, the following catalogue may furnish, at least for that 
time of the year, a tolerably complete picture of the distribu- 
tion of the species and genera of Copepoda in the ‘* Maare.” 
The greatest number of species is harboured in the 


I, LAACHER SEE. 


By far the greater part of the Copepoda found here belong 
to the littoral fauna. Of Cyclopide the material placed at 
my disposal contained :— 

1. Cyclops viridis, Fischer ; 
2. 
3. 


tenuicornis, Claus; 


signatus, Koch ; 


and of these three large species Cyclops viridis was the most 
abundant. Most of the animals were adult, but ovisacs only 
occurred very rarely in the females. ‘he most numerously 
represented was 


* Translated from the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ Jahrg. 55, Bd. i. 
p. 117, Tafel vi. 
+ ‘Verhandl. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinlande und Westfalen, Jahrg, 37 
1881). 
¢ See his “ Bericht iiber eine zoolog. Exkursion an die Kraterseen der 
Eifel ” (Biol. Centrallb. Bd. ix. 1889), to which this paper forms a supple- 
ment. 


294 Dr. J. Vosseler on the 
4. Cyclops agilis, Koch, 


and that in all ages. A species very nearly allied to this, 
which, as an inhabitant of all the ‘‘Maare” examined, is 
characteristic of these waters, and which has not yet been 
described, I name 


5. Cyclops maarensis, sp. n. 


The thorax (embracing the first four segments) is elongate 
ovate. Its last (fourth) segment bears five hairs at the 
postero-lateral margin. The abdomen has a slender appear- 
ance owing to the delicate furca. The first antenne are 
twelve-jointed and do not reach to the extremity of the long 
cephalothorax (first body-segment). In the first third of the 
fourth joint of these antenne a strong seta is remarkable for 
its length. The last three joints gradually increase, but all 
three are of small size. The second antenne are short and 
stumpy. The labrum is deeply incised in the middle and 
bears eight larger and four smaller teeth (the latter two on 
each outer side). ‘The buccal organs are remarkable for their 
feeble development. The swimming-feet are long and bear 
at the tips of their branches stiff spines, resembling lance- 
heads serrated on both sides. The fourth pair of feet, when 
laid close to the body, reaches beyond the genital aperture. 
The last joint of the outer ramus bears three spines in the 
first pair of swimming-feet, four in the second, four in the 
third, and three in the fourth. The rudimentary foot consists of 
a single joint, with a strong spine on the inside, and furnished 
with a seta at the apex and on the outside. The last segment 
of the abdomen, which bears the furca, is finely hairy at the 
hinder margin; the preceding segments are toothed. This 
species 1s very easily recognizable by the furca, which is 
remarkably slender and longer than the three preceding abdo- 
minal segments. The external lateral seta is placed about 
the last (posterior) fourth of the length of the furca. Above 
it a half-circlet of small hairs winds spirally forward and 
outward. Of the terminal sete I found only the two middle 
ones hairy. In the male these sete are characterized b 
remarkable inflations in the first half. The adult female 
measures 1°8 millim. including the caudal sete, the male 1:2 
millim. ‘The ovisacs are borne in the same way as in C. 
agilis. 

This new species is distinguished from C. agilis, Koch, 
by absolutely and relatively shorter antenne, fully developed 
buccal organs, and an extraordinarily elongated furea. While 
the latter in C. agilis is serrated at the outer margin, in C. 


Copepod Fauna of the “‘Maare” of the Eifel. 295 


maarensis it bears above the outer lateral seta an obliquely 
placed half-circlet of fine hairs. 


Besides these five Cyclopide, a Harpactide, namely 
6. Canthocamptus minutus ?, Mill., 


belongs to the littoral fauna. Of this Copepod I had only 
quite young specimens and the much injured body of a full- 
grown animal. I therefore do not venture to refer the animal 
In question with perfect certainty to Canth. minutus. 

The pelagic fauna of Copepoda seems to be sharply sepa- 
rated from the littoral fauna, and is represented by two species, 
which, however, elsewhere scarcely ever wander from the 
shore in the larger basins, and still more seldom exclusively 
form the pelagic fauna, as here in the Laacher See. ‘These 
are :— 

7. Cyclops strenuus, Fisch., and 
8. Diaptomus ceruleus, Fisch., 
the latter a pretty little variety about 1°8 millim. in length. 

Although in number of species the Copepoda are abun- 
dantly represented, the number of individuals is too small for 
these Crustaceans to play an important part in the fauna of 


the Laacher See. 
The examination of the material from the 


II. Geminper Maar 
gave four Cyclopide, namely 


1. Cyclops strenuus, Fisch. (pelagic), 


2. tenuicornis, Claus, 
oe 

3. agilis, Koch, 

4, maarensis, Sp. N., 


and the Calanid, now for the first time found in Germany, 


5. Diaptomus gracilotdes, Lillj. 

The first description of this species was given by Prof. 
Lilljeborg in the summer of last year*. It was, however, 
not very detailed nor illustrated with figures. In what follows 
IT endeavour to fill up this deficiency to the best of my power, 

* Bull. Soc. Zool. France, tome xiii. p. 156. 


296 Dr. J. Vosseler on the 


and in this I have been aided by the kindness of Prof. Jules 
Richard, of Paris, to whom I am indebted for correctly deter- 
mined specimens of this species, which would be difficult to 
recognize from Lilljeborg’s description. 

The slender ovate thorax is not strikingly distinguished 
from the short abdomen. The lateral angles of the fourth 
segment are not produced. The first antenne extend the 
whole length of the body and are very strongly constructed, 
by no means slender. Lilljeborg’s statements as to the geni- 
culate male antenne, namely “ articulus antepenultimus plane 
dearmatus,” I do not find to be correct. In my investiga- 
tions I always found seated upon the joint in question two 
setee, one of which is very long. 

The following numbers show the comparative lengths of 
the individual joints in the female antennee :— 


1, 3% i, iV. Vv. Vi. VE. “VIEL Ox. 0X. Xi. X0L. bee kee 
B02 207 15. 1218. 18. 200) 18s [18.718 20) US.) 255: 


SV. VE.) UNVEIL, XVI TKS OK KT, SE | (eee eae 
205.20; 26, 28. BO Dan yao Os 35. Co eee! 


The mandibles are armed with six distinct teeth, besides 
which there are towards the emargination some rudimentary 
ones. ‘The inferior maxilliped is more stumpy than in D. 
gracilis, Sars. Its first jomt has, on the anterior margin, 
four ridges, of which the first bears one seta. On the second 
there are two, on the third three, of which the middle one is 
the shortest, and on the fourth four sete. One of the most 
important characters of this species, as in the other species of 
the genus Diaptomus, is furnished by the structure of the 
rudimentary pair of feet. The rudimentary foot of the female 
consists of a short basal joint upon which are seated a two- 
jointed outer and a one-jointed imner ramus. The first joint 
ot the outer branch is long; the second cleft at the apex into 
two dissimilar parts. Of these the inner one forms a spine 
bent inwards; the tip of the other bears a short and a long 
seta, the latter extending as far as the end of the above- 
mentioned spine. Opposite the base of the spine on the outer 
side of the joint there is a fine setule. The inner ramus is 
longer than the first joint of the outer one and furnished at 
the end with two sete of nearly equal length, besides which 
there is a smaller one seated more towards the inner side. 
The right rudimentary foot of the male consists of a basal 
joint which is but little longer than broad. The first joint of 
the outer ramus is short and produced into a small projection 
on the outer margin. ‘The second joint is about as long as 


Copepod Fauna of the ““Maare”’ of the Eifel. 297 


the basal joint. In the last quarter of it, on the outer 
margin, 1s seated a spine which is as long as the joint. 
At the apex is geniculated a spine formed by the transfor- 
mation of the third joint of the ramus, which is at least as 
long as the three preceding joints. At its base it is dilated 
into a vesicular form, and about the middle it makes a 
bend, so that its two halves stand nearly at right angles 
to each other. The one-jointed inner ramus bears some 
fine hairs at the extremity. ‘he left rudimentary foot of 
the male is a little shorter than the right one. The basal 
joint is larger than that of the right foot. he apex of the 
second joint is produced into a short stiff spine, close to which, 
on the inside, another more slender one is attached. In the 
small ovisac I always found only two eggs. The length of 
the female including the caudal setz is 1 millim. and that of 
the male 0-8—0°9 millim., or rather less than found by Lillje- 
borg. 

This species comes very near Diaptomus gracilis, Sars, and 
it is quite possible that it is only a form of that species pro- 
duced by adaptation and isolation. I have obtained, also from 
Dr. Zacharias, an abundance of Diaptomus gracilis from the 
‘““Faulen See,” near Frankfort on the Oder. Some of the 
specimens of normal size showed small variations which 
partly agree with the characters of Diaptomus graciloides. I 
hope shortly to be able to make a more exact investigation of 
these conditions, by which, perhaps, some light may be 
thrown upon the causes of the variations. Diaptomus gracil- 
oides was found by Lilljeborg chiefly in the great freshwater 
lakes of Sweden and the Russian Kola peninsula to near the 
shores of the northern icy sea. 

Of all the species cited from the ‘‘ Gemiinder Maar” I 
obtained only very few sexually mature animals, and espe- 
cially in the case of the Déaptomus I had much trouble in 
finding in the rich material a sufficient number of adult speci- 
mens tor the investigation. 

All the Copepoda were strongly coloured red, the Déiap- 
tomus most intensely. The colouring-matter was chiefly 
combined with fat and could be extracted with this by ether. 

The group of the Copepoda inhabiting the 


IIT. HotzMaar 


is again differently constituted from that in the fauna of the 
two “* Maare ” described. There are still the three Cyclopidee 
found in all the *‘ Maare 7’ :— 


298 Dr. J. Vosseler on the 


1. Cyclops tenuicornis, Claus. 
2. 
3. 


agilis, Koch. 


maarensts, sp. N. 
The Calanide are represented by 


4, Diaptomus castor, Jurine. 


In my Inaugural Dissertation *, like most of my prede- 
cessors, I identified D. castor, Jur., and D. cwruleus, Fisch. 
Mr. A. Poppe, of Vegesack, had the kindness to call my 
attention to my error and sent me examples of Diaptomus 
castor from which I was able to convince myself that the 
description in the above-mentioned memoir was founded upon 
Diaptomus ceruleus, Fisch., the two species being sharply 
distinguished from each other. 

In the Maar last investigated, the 


IV. PULVERMAAR, 


there were only the three species of Cyclops :— 
1. Cyclops tenuicornis, Claus. 
2. 
3. 


agilis, Koch. 


Maarensts, Sp. Ni. 


Of the three genera of Copepoda which, according to the 
foregoing statements, occur in the ‘‘ Maare,” we find :— 


1. Cyclops, with six species. 
2. Canthocamptus, with one species. 
3. Diaptomus, with three species. 


The singular mode of occurrence of Diaptomus ceruleus and 
D. castor merits special mention. ‘The former occurs usually 
in the larger accumulations of water. But hitherto | know 
of no case in which it belongs, as in the great ‘ Laacher 
See,” to the pelagic fauna, nay, so far as the Cupepoda are 
concerned, forms this almost exclusively. Déaptomus castor 
which, from accordant statements, rather belongs to the 
smaller stagnant waters, ventures, however, in the “ Holz- 

* “Die freilebenden Copepoden Wiirttembergs und angrenzender 
Gegenden ” (Jahreshefte d. Vereins fiir vaterl. Naturkunde in Wurttem- 
berg, 1886, p. 167). 


Copepod Fauna of the “‘Maare” of the Eifel. 299 


maar ’’ into a comparatively large basin, while as regards the 
small D. graciloides, Lilljeborg’s statements, according to 
which it particularly affects large pieces of water, are con- 
firmed. 

As no doubt in most cases, all the waters in the district of 
the Eifel have probably been peopled with Copepoda by 
passive immigration. Moreover active immigration could only 
occur in those lakes which are connected with the river- 
system of the Moselle and Rhine, e. g. in the Laacher See. 
I think, however, that we may assume with good reason that 
the lake just mentioned owes its richness in species to the 
greater concourse of aquatic birds and insects induced by its 
more extensive surface. These, according to Migula’s recent 
investigations *, evidently play a most important part in the 
peopling of closed basins with the lower animals. ‘The com- 
pletely closed Gemiinder Maar obtained its Copepod fauna, 
which nevertheless is considerable, solely by such transporta- 
tion. 

From the results obtained it seems very desirable that 
those “ Maare” which have not yet been investigated should 
be carefully studied. Those which have already been 
examined will also furnish much of interest to renewed 
investigation, perhaps at different seasons of the year. IHven 
the remarkable circumstance that in most ‘ Maare” at the 
season apparently most favourable for the reproduction of the 
Copepoda so few animals with mature sexual products were 
found is an inducement to further investigation. 


On a Cyclops with a defective Furca. 


In my repeated examination of the Copepod material from 
the Laacher See my attention was attracted by a specimen of 
Cyclops agilis, Koch, of which the furca was crippled in a 
remarkable manner. ‘he right half of the furca is thinner 
and about one fifth shorter than the left half. Curiously 
enough the sete are as strongly developed on the smaller 
member as on the normal one; only the outer apical seta is 
removed to the place which in the normal form is occupied 
by the outer lateral seta. ‘The latter, in the right division of 
the furca, is seated nearly in the middle of the outer surface, 
and is therefore displaced towards the head. Further devia- 
tions from the normal structure are also shown by the last 
three abdominal segments, inasmuch as they do not lie straight 
behind one another, but form a slight curve towards the right. 


* ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt, 1888, no. 17. 


300 M. F.. Dreyer on the 


The last of them, which bears the furca, is also unsymmetri- 
cally developed. In correspondence with the relative sizes of 
the two halves of the furca, the left side of the segment in 
question is considerably broader than the right. The serra- 
tion characteristic of the furca of this species terminates regu- 
larly on each side just above the lateral seta, but on the right 
side it commences, not as on the left immediately beneath the 
hinder margin of the last segment, but somewhat further back. 
This malformation may be original, but is more probably pro- 
duced by a subsequent accident (perhaps in change of skin). 
In the reproduction of the lost part ot the furca it was not 
again completed of the normal size; but in this way certainly 
the displacement of the above-mentioned seta is not easy to 
explain. 


XL.— Considerations on the Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 
By FRreprico DREYER *. 


In the course of my investigations upon Rhizopoda, and 
especially upon the Radiolaria, various considerations of a 
general character have impressed themselves upon me. In 
part similar ideas have been already touched upon by previous 
authors and occur scattered in the most various parts of the 
copious literature; several points to be referred to in what 
follows I have already incorporated with the special investi- 
gations in the first part of my ‘ Radiolarienstudien’ +; never- 
theless I regard it as a not unprofitable task to reproduce in 
the following pages in a connected form the complete train of 
thought of my considerations upon the structure of the Rhizo- 
pod shells, as I hope that it will be of interest even for many 
who do not occupy themselves specially with the Protistan 
group in question. 

Even on a superficial consideration of the enormous num- 
ber of forms of the Rhizopoda we may recognize in them an 
essential difference in the general habit of the shell, and, in 
accordance therewith, distinguish two groups of forms. One 


* Translated from the ‘ Biologisches Centralblatt,’ Bd. ix. pp. 383-352 
(1st August, 1889). ’ ; ‘ 

+ F. Dreyer, ‘ Morphologische MRadiolarienstudien,’ Heft IL “ Die 
Pylombijdungen in vergleichend-anatomischer und entwicklungsgeschicht- 
licher Beziehung bei Radiolarien und Protisten tiberhaupt, nebst System 
und Beschreibung neuer und der bis jetzt bekannten pylomatischen Spu- 
mellarien ” (Jena, 1889). 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 301 


portion of the Rhizopoda possesses a shell which is perforated 
by numerous uniformly distributed pores or by several—at 
any rate more than two—pores, and shows in the majority of 
cases a spherical or polyaxonic fundamental form without any 
clearly marked elongated main axis. Another portion of the 
Rhizopoda shows a distinctly marked, usually elongated, main 
axis of the shell, at one or sometimes at both poles of which 
there is an aperture. ‘This aperture is either the sole opening 
which exists in the shell, or when the wall of the shell is 
perforated it is distinguished from the pores of the shell by 
its greater size and frequently by marginal ornamentation and 
similar differences of various kinds. In accordance with the 
characters just mentioned we may distinguish two kinds of 
structure in Rhizopod shells in general, which may be suitably 
designated the perforate-polyaxonic and the pylomatic *- 
monaxonic form-types. The principal and characteristic 
point in these two types of form is the constitution of the 
shell-apertures, whether uniformly perforated or pylomatic. 
It is only in the second place that the proportions of the pro- 
morphological axes come into consideration; these are in 
most cases dependent upon the nature and distribution of the 
shell-apertures and correlated therewith, as is very natural, 
seeing that the latter on the whole agree with the distribution 
and direction of flow of the sarcode passing outwards. The 
Rhizopods belonging to the pylomatic type are, from the 
nature of the case, without exception, monaxonic—the pylom 
is placed at one pole of the principal axis. The Rhizopod 
shells of the perforate type are in general spherically homax- 
onic or polyaxonic; in many cases indeed even here an abbre- 
viated or elongated principal axis is developed; but this never 
presents a pylom at its poles. 

The more or less uniform perforation, in accordance with 
its indifferent character, exerts no persistent influence of 
importance upon the form of the shell, and there is conse- 
quently nothing further specially to be said upon the perforate 


type. 


* In my ‘ Radiolarienstudien’ I have proposed the name of “ Pylom” 
for the principal orifice of the Rhizopod shell. I have there employed it 
in the first place for the orifices occurring in the Radiolarian skeleton, 
especially in order to avoid any confusion with the “ osculum” (Hickel) 
of the central capsule of the Nassellaria and Pheodaria (Osculosa, 
Hackel). As hitherto no unitary designation exists for the principal 
orifice even of the Thalamophora, it may be desirable to embrace the 
structures in question in the Rhizopoda generally under the term “ Pylom.” 
Upon the comparative morphology of the pyloms and allied structures, 
which is interesting in many respects, see the detailed exposition in my 
‘ Radiolarienstudien.’ 


302 M. F. Dreyer on the 


It is otherwise, however, with the pylomatic type. Hand 
in hand with the development of a chief aperture or pylom a 
series of transformations and differentiations occur in the 
Rhizopod shell, and these become particularly interesting 
because they are independent of the material of which the 
shell is composed and are developed independently in the most 
different groups of the Radiolaria and Thalamophora. From 
this it follows that here we have to do with purely analogical 
structures, which, standing in correlation with the formation 
of the pylom, occur only in the Rhizopod shells which are 
distinguished by a principal orifice. It may therefore be 
profitable to go somewhat in detail into these peculiarities of 
the monaxonic-pylomatic type. 

The most usual accompaniment of the formation of the 
pylom is an elongation of the shell in the direction of the 
principal axis—more rarely this axis is abridged. If the 
shell possesses radial skeletal elements, spines, &c., a corre- 
sponding influence makes itself felt even in these—they 
arrange themselves, following the direction of the principal 
axis, in such a manner that those of the oral half of the shell 
are directed towards its oral pole and those of the aboral half 
towards the aboral or apical pole. Generally this process of 
differentiation goes still further, inasmuch as on the equatorial 
parts of the shell no spines are developed, but they are con- 
fined to the two poles. Then is produced an elongated, 
elliptical, or oval shell, one pole of which is occupied by the 
principal aperture. Further, the two poles of the principal 
axis are distinguished by radial’ spines or other structures; at 
the oral pole these surround the pylom as radial marginal 
ornamentations of various kinds, while the opposite apical 
pole is furnished either with a tuft of spines or with some 
generally regularly grouped spines, or with a single strong 
apical spine. ‘I'his development of the shell is extraordinarily 
diffused in the most different divisions of the Rhizopoda, and 
it may be regarded as characteristic of the monaxon-pylomatic 
type. Corresponding forms occur in Deflugia, Huglypha, 
Quadrula, Campascus, Lagena, in numerous polythalamous 
Thalamophora, and most generally diffused in the Nassellaria, 
pylomatic Spumellaria, Challengerida, Circoporida, Tusca- 
rorida, Medusettida, and Castanellida. 

Instead of the marginal spinosity the pylom is sometimes 
produced into a tube. In many a pylom occurs also at the 
aboral pole, so that the shell, perforated by a mouth at both 
poles ot the principal axis, acquires an amphistomous charac- 
ter. All these morphological characters of the monaxon- 
pylomatic type are allied phenomena and stand in close corre- 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 303 


lation both with each other and with the formation of the 
pylom. This is easily explained by the fact that all depend 
upon the same physiological cause in the soft body secreting 
the shell. All the peculiarities of the monaxon-pylomatic 
type, including even the formation of the pylom, are to be 
referred to a uniaxial differentiation of the sarcode-body, which 
no longer emits its pseudopodia equally distributed on all 
sides, but for the most part, or even exclusively (imperforate 
forms), from one point, namely through the pylom; next to 
this principal effluent point the flow of sarcode is strongest 
at the opposite pole, and, indeed, sometimes, as in the amphi- 
stome Rhizopoda, it is equally strongly developed at both 
poles. By this orientation of the soft body in the direction of 
a primary axis its formative or secretory activity is no longer 
equally great in all directions, but localized in a corresponding 
manner, so that the two poles of the principal axis are distin- 
guished in the way above indicated by radial appendages of 
various kinds from the more indifferent equatorial parts of 
the shell. 

In a very great number of cases it is proved by observa- 
tion that a strengthened main flow of sarcode takes its course 
through the pylom, quite apart from the imperforate Thalamo- 
phora and Radiolaria, in which, from the very nature of the 
case, the whole of the pseudopodia must pass through the 
pylom as the only aperture present. We may therefore with- 
out hesitation regard such an arrangement as a general rule, 
without requiring direct proof for every pylomatic Rhizopod 
shell. From analogy, ¢. e. supported by the numerous 
actually observed cases and the harmonious intimate relation of 
the different parts of an organism which no one can very well 
doubt, this assumption is justified. 

It might perhaps be objected, however, that the pyloms of 
the Rhizopoda being traversed by a stronger flow of sarcode 
does not prove that the latter is also the cause of the forma- 
tion of the apertures; on the contrary, the opposite causal 
nexus might exist and the sarcode cords principally issue 
there, because a more convenient course is offered to them. 
In answer to this objection it will suffice to indicate simply 
that the soft protoplasmic body is the original thing, and the 
hard structure a secondary secretion from it. The soft body 
forms the shell for itself in accordance with its wants, instead 
of arranging itself to suit the shell; the apertures of the shell 
of course serve for the passage of the pseudopodia outwards, 
the small pores for single ones, the great pylom-aperture for 
a larger number of pseudopodia. 

In a number of pylomatic Rhizopoda the development of 


304 M. F. Dreyer on the 


a primary axis is not the only thing, but their fundamental 
form undergoes further differentiations. In the first place a 
difference of the transverse axes makes itself felt in such a 
way that a long and a short transverse axis may be recog- 
nized, these being perpendicular to each other and to the 
principal axis. The result represents the fundamental form 
of the amphitect pyramid (Hickel) ; the forms belonging here 
are lenticularly flattened laterally, 7. e. parallel to the primary 
axis. In such Rhizopod shells, moreover, the pylom is fre- 
quently no longer round, but drawn out in the form of a slit ; 
any spines present at the aboral pole are generally orientated 
in the direction of the longer cross-axis ; sometimes the peri- 
phery of the monaxon-lenticular shell is keeled. Such more 
or less distinctly amphitect-pyramidal promorphs occur in 
Hyalosphenia, Quadrula, D¢flugia, Euglypha, Gromia, 
Lagena (Fissurina, Rss.), and Lingulina, nm some pylomatic 
Spumiellaria *, in various Nassellaria, and throughout in the 
Pheodarian family Challengerida. 

A further step towards higher differentiation is the tran- 
sition to the eudipleural (bilaterally symmetrical) fundamental 
form, which may start either from amphitect or from simply 
monaxonic forms. This takes place in general in conse- 
quence of an elongation of the pylom (which in monaxonic 
and amphitect Rhizopoda is situated at one pole of the primary 
axis, and, indeed, directly perpendicularly beneath the apical 
pole of the shell) forward or backward, by which means a 
front and back and right and left become distinguishable. It 
is interesting to mark the agreement of this process with the 
transformation of the primary form in the hypothetical deve- 
lopment of the Turbellaria from Ctenophora (A. Lang). The 
Ctenophora and earliest Turbellaria are perfectly amphitect in 
structure ; the mouth is placed in the middle of the underside 
perpendicularly beneath the apical pole of the body, front and 
back, right and left are not yet distinguishable, and this dis- 
tinction is only produced by elongation of the mouth forward 
or backward, which occurs in most Turbellaria (Polyclada), 
and by which the eudipleural fundamental form is given. 
Moreover, many Rhizopoda become eudipleural by a corre- 
sponding arrangement of the oral and aboral radial appendi- 
cular structures or by a bending round of the apertural neck 
of the shell. Eudipleural development of the shell occurs in 
Difflugia, Trinema, Cyphoderia, Campascus, Lieberkiihnia, 
Microgromia, Platoum, Plectophrys, and Lecythium, in many 

* The pylomatic Discoidea and Larcoidea are, however, to be excepted 


from this series of phenomena. For further details upon this point see 
my ‘ Radiolarienstudien,’ Heft i. pp. 98, 99, 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 305 


polythalamous Thalamophora, some pylomatic Spumellaria*, 
and the Pheodarian families Challengerida, Medusettida, and 
Tuscarorida. 

Close to the eudipleural forms come the spirally-wound 
Rhizopod shells, which are to be regarded essentially only as 
a continuation of the eudipleural ground-form by the process 
of terminal growth, which will presently be referred to more 
particularly. There are therefore, especially in freshwater 
Rhizopoda, very gradual transitions from simply eudipleural 
to spirally twisted shells. In this respect the Diflugie are 
particularly instructive, as in them all transitions trom mon- 
axonic to eudipleural and from these to spiral shells are 
represented ; thus, for example, Difflugia corona is typically 
monaxonic, D. marsupiformis, with the pylom displaced 
forward, eudipleural, while, finally, D. spiralis already shows 
distinctly the half-turn of a spiral f. In the same way as in 
these first and perhaps still individually varying commence- 
ments in the freshwater Rhizopoda, the highly developed 
marine Thalamophora, often showing many spiral windings, 
have been developed, as is indicated, among other things, by 
the monaxonic central first chamber (the so-called embryonal 
chamber). ; 

Having in the preceding submitted the Rhizopod shell to a 
short consideration with regard to its form, we may now pro- 
ceed to examine it somewhat more closely from another point of 
view, namely as to the mode of its growth. In this, at the 
first glance, we meet with an interesting parallelism with the 
two torm-types just referred to. Just as in the case of these 
form-types we can also distinguish in the mode of growth of 
the Rhizopod shell two principal types, which may be placed 
side by side with the two form-types, and on the whole are 
to be conceived as a continuation of the latter caused by 
growth. Thus the perforate form-type corresponds to the 
concentric type of growth, and the pylomatic form-type to the 
terminal type of growth. 

The concentric growth-type, as implied by its name, con- 
sists in that the soft body during its further growth around 
its first spherical perforate shell, which gradually becomes 
too small for it, separates externally successive larger con- 
centric spherical shells. The shells of such a system of 
latticed spheres nested one within the other are bound together 


* The bilaterality indicated in a great number of Nassellaria by the 
relations of the basal and apical spines is original and does not belong to 
this category. See ‘ Radiolarienstudien,’ Heft i. p. 100, note 2. 

t See ‘ Radiolarienstudien,’ Heft i. Taf. vi. figs. 88, 89, 90. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 21 


306 M. F. Dreyer on the 


by radial rods, the so-called radial beams. The growth of 
the hollow spheres following upon the first shell in a great 
number of cases (perhaps always?) even proceeds from the 
radial beams, the ends of these, which radiate freely outwards 
as radial spines, emitting a system of lateral apophyses, which 
grow together and complete the next shell. This is the typical 
and original form of the concentric shell-growth ; it occurs, 
like concentric growth in general, only in Radiolaria, and, 
indeed, in Spheroidea, many Prunoidea, the Phacodiscida, 
and the Phractopeltida. This original course undergoes 
modifications by the growth taking place no longer on all 
sides, but instead of this in definite directions. Thus the 
disciform Discoidea grow only in one plane by the addition of 
concentric rings; many Prunoidea only in the direction of 
one axis, as in them a series of dome-shaped segments of 
spheres are added successively at the two poles. Both modi- 
fications, however, may be easily referred to a system of con- 
centric spheres and explained naturally as follows :—That in 
the Discoidea only those parts of the latticed spheres which 
are situated in the plane of growth are developed as rings, 
while in the Prunoidea only the sphere-segments placed at 
the two poles of the principal axis in which growth takes 
place are developed. 

As we have seen, in the concentric growth-type an addition 
of new portions of shell originally takes place uniformly in 
all directions, or in the last-mentioned modified modes of the 
phenomenon at least in more than one direction. In opposi- 
tion to this the shells of the terminal growth-type grow only 
in one direction. Just as the concentric growth-type is asso- 
ciated with the perforate form-type, so is the terminal type of 
growth with the pylomatic form-type. Terminal shell-growth 
takes place in this manner :—The sarcode-body of a pylo- 
matic shell, as soon as the latter becomes too small for it, 
swells forth in part from the pylom, and in front of this forms 
a second shell (here usually called a chamber or joint), which 
opens outwards by a new terminal pylom. In the further 
growth of the soft body this process is repeated again and 
again ; in advance of the pylom of the second chamber a third 
chamber is formed, in front of this a fourth, and soon. In 
this way longer or shorter series of chambers are produced, 
which continue to grow at their extremity, the orificial pole of 
the youngest chamber. ‘The series of chambers is either 
straight, as in Cystoidea and Nodosariz, or curved, as in 
Dentalina, or rolled into a spiral (e. g. Cristellarta), like the 
shells of the Nautiloidea and Ammonites, only in the latter 
the soft body is exclusively in the last or youngest chamber, 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 307 


whereas in the Rhizopoda all the chambers are filled by the 
sarcode-body. 

While the whole of the Rhizopod shells may be brought 
under the two form-types, this is not the case with the growth- 
types, for the simple reason that in many Rhizopoda no sup- 
plementary growth of the shell takes place. ‘hese are the 
one-shelled or single-chambered forms without secondary 
growth *, which are to be recognized in considerable numbers 
both in the perforate and the pylomatic types and both in 
Radiolaria and Thalamophora ; these aiid in a certain oppo- 
sition to the shells with secondary further growth occurring 
in one or other of the two growth-types. It is interesting to 
see that, apparently, there is a physiological difference to be 
placed side by side with this morphological distinction. 
Verworn + has observed that artificial injuries to the shell of 
a monothalamous Rhizopod (Difflugia urceolata, Carter) were 
not repaired, while in the polythalamous Rhizopods this takes 
place to the fullest extent, as shown by that author’s investi- 
gations upon Polystomella crispa and Carpenter’s on Orbito- 
lites tenuissima and O. complanata. From these results we 
may conclude with Verworn that the faculty of the soft body 
of secreting shell-material only continues as long as the nor- 
mal growth of the shell itself, from which then the above- 
mentioned different behaviour of the mono- and polythalamous 
Rhizopoda may be explained. 

As already mentioned, the two form- and growth-types are 
associated in this way :—the shells of the perforate type are 
further developed in accordance with the concentric growth- 
type, and the pylomatic shells, on the contrary, after the 
terminal growth-type. ‘To this rule, so far as I know, only 
one exception is known, namely that of the Pheodarian 
family Canospherida. ‘The members of this interesting 
group possess a small, pylomatic-monaxonic, central shell, 
surrounded at a considerable distance by a large, spherical, 
homaxonic, latticed ball, the two shells being held together 
by long radial beams. Here, certainly, the sarcodic stream 
in one direction which existed at the time of the secretion of 
the central shell is suppressed during the course of the 
succeeding development, to give place to a uniformly radial 
arrangement. 


* Even some monothalamous Thalamophora show a secondary shell- 
growth, such as, especially, the Cornuspirida. These pylomatic forms of 
course belong to the terminal growth-type, and are therefore to be ex- 
cepted here. ; 

+ “Biologische Protistenstudien,” in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xlvi. 
pp. 455-470, Taf. xxxii. Translated in ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. il. p. 155, 


21% 


308 M. F. Dreyer on the 


Having now briefly indicated the relation of the poly- 
thalamous to the monothalamous forms, the question naturally 
occurs to us which of the latter, the shells without secondary 
growth, are to be regarded as the most primitive. A careful 
investigation of the conditions coming under consideration 
shows us that a positive answer to this question cannot be 
given. The perforate, more or less homaxonic Monothalamia 
in almost all cases show a primitive character; but this may 
also be assumed with a very high degree of probability for 
many pylomatic Monothalamia. On the other hand, it is 
exceedingly probable that a great part of the pylomatic 
Monothalamia have only arisen secondarily from perforate 
spherical forms. This view is supported especially by some 
important transition-forms which occasionally occur. Thus 
the number of pores in the spherical shell of Mcerocometes 
varies from 5 to 1, so that in the latter case we have already 
the indication of a monaxon-pylomatic development; and in 
Thurammina and Orbulina one shell-pore is sometimes dis- 
tinguished from the rest by its greater size. In Radiolaria 
the secondary origin of a pylom occurs very widely, and 
with regard to this I may refer to the detailed treatment of 
the point in my ‘ Radiolarienstudien.’ 

Whilst, therefore, one form-type may pass over into the 
other, this is by no means the case with the. growth-types. 
It never happens that a form which has grown terminally for 
a time afterwards adopts the concentric growth, or the reverse. 
According to extant observations at least it may pass as an 
unexceptional rule that the same form always remains true to 
the growth-type which has once been adopted. ‘The beha- 
viour of the pylomatic Spumellaria is particularly instructive 
upon this pomt. Not only in many single-shelled Spumel- 
laria, but also in many in which several concentric spherical 
or annular systems are already present, a pylom is developed ; 
but nevertheless these forms continue without disturbance to 
grow concentrically, the influence of the pylom not being of 
sufficient importance to suppress the concentric growth and 
cause the shell to continue its growth terminally. ‘The 
Rhizopoda in question are able to change their form-type, 
but not their growth-type. 

In what has been said mention has several times been made 
of developmental or transformational processes in the Rhizo- 
pod skeleton ; with regard to these the following must also 
be brought to mind. For the genetic explanation of the 
innumerable phenomena of differentiation three possibilities 
have been given in accordance with the different particular 
results. A great number of structures are referable to simple 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 309 


appositional growth; other changes, on the contrary, are only 
to be explained by the disappearance of previously existing 
arts of the skeleton; while, finally, certain alterations are 
intelligible only by flexion of the skeletal parts involved in 
them. If we now take into consideration that the hard parts 
of the Rhizopoda consist of rigid mineral material, it is clear 
that ontogenetic developmental processes are possible only in 
the first mentioned way by the addition of new material. It 
is true that a process of resorption has already been repeatedly 
assumed to take place in the shells of Thalamophora, and 
such a process might really be conceivable, perhaps by local 
production of acid by the soft body; but this appears so pro- 
blematical that we cannot deal with this factor until its exist- 
ence has, at least once, been demonstrated with certainty. 
In the case of the siliceous skeletons of the Radiolaria a pro- 
cess of resorption is to be rejected & priort upon easily intel- 
ligible grounds. So also, of course, a flexion of rigid calca- 
reous and siliceous parts is impossible. Hence it appears 
that the ontogenetic development of the hard parts of the 
Rhizopoda can take place only by appositional growth, and 
all structures which cannot be explained thereby must be 
ascribed to phylogenetic development, as of course by means 
of phylogeny any conceivable alteration of form is possible. 
‘The circumstance that in the case of the hard parts when 
once secreted, subsequent re-solution or alteration by total or 
local resorption, flexion, extension, and the like is no longer 
possible, involves another exceedingly important consequence. 
As in the higher Protista, in which already we may speak of 
a true individual development, and which therefore have their 
genealogy behind them, and to which, of course, the bioge- 
netic fundamental law applies as to plants and animals, so 
also the ontogeny of the skeleton of the Rizopoda furnishes 
a more or less exact reproduction of their phylogeny. But 
while, in the’ higher organisms after the completion of the 
ontogeny, the individual stages passed through during the 
latter have generally long since disappeared, in the Rhizopod 
skeleton the entire development which has been passed 
through is still completely preserved in the adult specimen. 
In order to obtain an accurate picture of the development of 
the shell, it is only necessary to examine the earlier-formed 
parts back to the youngest, therefore in shells with concentric 
growth to pass from the centre to the periphery, and in those 
with terminal growth, from the so called embryonal chamber 
along the series of chambers to the end. Therefore, as in 
the known example of the Cephalopod shell, it is very often 
possible also in the Rhizopod shell to compare directly the 


310 M. EF. Dreyer on the 


initial parts of differentiated skeletons with adult primitive 
forms. With the shells of Thalamophora this has been 
carried out in several special cases; and in the case of the 
Radiolaria, from their much greater differentiation it is pos- 
sible toa much greater extent and with more profit. In these 
cases comparative anatomy and ontogeny coincide, an advan- 
tage in morphological investigation which cannot be too 
highly appreciated, but which, unfortunately, like the compa- 
rative treatment of the Rhizopoda in general, has hitherto by 
no means received sufficient attention. 

Having now become acquainted with some of the most 
important points in the structure of the shells of the Rhizo- 
poda, it remains for us to give an explanation of these 
phenomena. Here, of course, we can only have to do with a 
preliminary attempt to throw some light upon the etiology of 
the enormous form-labyrinth of the Rhizopoda, for even an 
approximately complete solution of this difficult problem still 
lies in the far distance. 

The chief cause of the form-types of the soft body and of 
the shell is to be sought in the mode of life of the Rhizopoda 
under consideration. Rhizopoda with shells belonging to the 
perforate form-type and with pseudopodia radiating uniformly 
on all sides will live free and rotating in the water. The 
monaxonic and amphitect shells of the pylomatic form-type 
will belong to Rhizopoda which, in swimming or creeping, 
maintain a definite, perpendicular principal axis. ‘The eudi- 
pleural development, lastly, owes its origin to creeping in a 
particular direction, Just in the same way as in the example 
of the Polyclada already adduced in this connexion. 

The morphological evolution or the specific character of 
the form-types recurs, as has already been mentioned, in 
exactly analogous development throughout, independently of 
conditions of relationship and shell-material. With regard 
to the perforate form-type, on account of its undifferentiated 
character, there is not much to be said in this respect; and 
here we have chiefly to consider the above-mentioned asso- 
ciated phenomena ot the formation of the pylom, such as oral 
marginal ornaments of the pylom, apical spinosity, &c. The 
specific evolution of the form-type once selected is, as has 
been said, independent of the shell-maierial ; in the selection 
of the form-type liself, however, the latter plays an important 
part, and this applies in a still higher degree to the growth- 
“ype, inasmuch as the structural material plays a positively 
determinant part with respect to the mode of growth of the 
Rhizopod shell. 


The most important materials here coming under con- 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 311 


sideration as being employed by the Rhizopoda in the 
construction of their shell are of threefold nature*. A 
part of the Thalamophora construct their shells of 
agelutinated foreign bodies, partly inorganic (sand, mud), 
partly of organic nature (Thalamophoran and Radiolarian 
shells, sponge-spicules, &c.), while the greater part of the 
Thalamophoran shells are formed by secretion of carbonate 
of lime ; and, thirdly, the skeletons of the Radiolaria consist 
of silica. The two first-mentioned materials of the Tha- 
lamophoran shells have this in common, that they possess 
far less firmness than the silicic acid of the Radiolaria. 
This distinction has also as its consequence a corresponding 
difference in the habit and mode of construction of the two 
great primary groups of the Rhizopoda. 

Even upon a superficial examination one is struck with the 
fact that the shells of the Thalamophora with much less 
multiplicity of form and differentiation are far more massive 
and stouter than the Radiolarian skeletons, which are often 
exceedingly complicated, graceful, and elegant. The com- 
paratively soft material which is employed by the Thalamo- 
phora in the construction of their shells does not permit these 
Rhizopoda without injuring the stability of their dwellings to 
make such airy and complicated structures as the Radiolarian 
skeletons, composed of solid more or less elastic siliceous 
rods. 

The distinctions, however, are of a still more profound 
nature, and extend not only to the external habit, but also to 
the whole structural plan of the shells and skeletons. Even 
in the single-shelled forms, this, as already indicated, may be 
distinctly recognized in the selection or distribution of the 
form-types in the two great sister-groups of the Rhizopoda. 
The monothalamous Thalamophorous shells are almost all 
pylomatic, and only a few forms, such as Orbulinella, Orbu- 
lina, and some sandy-shelled forms, belong to the perforate 
form-type. On the other hand, among the Radiolaria the 


* The primary chitinous shell of many freshwater Rhizopoda plays too 
subordinate a part in the matters here under consideration to need any 
special mention. The shell-material of the Pheodarian families Circopo- 
rida, Tuscarorida, and Challengerida requires closer investigation. It 
appears, however, to have a similar consistency to the calcareous material 
ot the Thalamophoran shells, and the mode of construction of these Phxo- 
daria is like that of the Thalamophora. Acanthin appears, with regard 
to its solidity, to hold a middle place between carbonate of lime and 
silicic acid, at least this holds with regard to the habit of the Acantharian 
skeletons, which, on the one hand, are more differentiated and elegant 
than the Thalamophoran shells, without, however, on the other, attaining 
the light construction and great complication of the siliceous skeletons of 
the Polycystina and Pheodaria. 


312 M. F. Dreyer on the 


majority of the single-shelled forms are perforate, and the 

ylomatic-monaxonic forms are in the minority, although they 
do not fall so far behind the others as does the perforate form- 
type among the monothalamous Thalamophora. This dis- 
tinction in the distribution of the two growth-types becomes 
still more strongly marked, however, in the many-shelled 
forms with secondary growth. Thus in the Radiolaria both 
growth-types occur widely distributed side by side, but still 
in such a manner that a preponderance of the concentric 
growth is unmistakable, while, on the contrary, in the 
Thalamophora the terminal growth-type is exclusively * 
represented. 

The cause of this different behaviour of the Thalamophora 
and Radiolaria is to be found in the fact that the two modes 
of construction in question make different demands upon the 
solidity of the material. The perforate-concentric shell-con- 
struction requires much finer material than the pylomatic- 
terminal, and therefore it happens that, while in the siliceous 
skeletons of the Radiolaria both shell-constructions are 
represented in the highest completeness and complication, 
the Thalamophora are under the necessity of producing ex- 
clusively pylomatic-terminal shells, for with their material of 
construction, which is softer in comparison with silica, it 
would not be possible for them without impairing the solidity 
of their shells to form concentric and airy skeletons like those 
of the Radiolaria ; they must make their shells thicker and 
more massive in order to give them the necessary solidity. 

It is in the essence of the perforate-concentric mode of con- 
struction that it requires to be carried out more lightly. As 
there is no principal orifice, the passage of the sarcode to the 
outer world, and in many shell-forms also between the dif- 
ferent interspaces of the shell, is consigned exclusively to 
the pores of the shell, which for the purpose of ready 
communication must not be too narrow nor the intervening 
skeletal parts too massive ; further, the union of the latticed 
spheres concentrically nested one within the other is only 
possible by means of free radial rods, which, again, must not 
exceed a certain thickness. The conditions of the pylomatic- 
terminal mode of construction are very different. Here the 


* Only one remarkable exception to this rule is furnished by Thuram- 
mina papillata, Brady, the agglutinated shell of which is composed of two 
concentric spherical shells united to each other by some radial beams 
(Brady, ‘ Challenger’ Report, pl. xxxvi. fig. 12). The stout and rather 
irregular character of this form shows us, however, that we have here to 
do as it were only with an unsuccessful attempt to imitate the light 
construction of the siliceous skeleton with a less solid material. 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 313 


pores pass much into the background, both in importance and 
development, in the presence of the principal orifice, the 
ylom ; in the Imperforata they are even entirely wanting, 
and the shell-wall can therefore be made more compact and 
solid. Further a union of the different shells in polythala- 
mous forms by means of free radial beams is unnecessary, 
but they lie with their walls directly upon each other. In 
the pylomatic siliceous shells of the Nassellaria the pores 
certainly are not inferior in their development to those of the 
perforate-concentric Spumellaria, but this is simply because 
the silica of the skeletons of itself gives them such firm- 
ness that by it a strengthening of the shell-wall and the 
consequent reduction of the pylomatic form-type is rendered 
superfluous. It is otherwise with the shells of the Chal- 
lengerida, Medusettida, and Tuscarorida, which are indeed of 
siliceous nature, although not of homogeneous consistency, 
but possess a more or less complicated internal structure, or 
consist of a mass of separate siliceous spicules cemented to 
each other. The forms belonging here therefore show dis- 
tinctly a recurrence of perforation, while the wall is at the 
same time thick. 

The character of the Spongopylida, spongy Discoidea in 
which a pylom has been formed secondarily at the margin of 
the disk, and which I have united under this character in the 
genus Spongopyle, is exceedingly instructive, and in fact 
demonstrative of the conception of these conditions here deve- 
loped. Thus Spongopyle aspera, which consists of an irre- 
gular tangle of thin siliceous rods, shows, as indicated by 
its name, a rough irregular surface ; in Spongopyle osculosa, 
S. setosa, S. craticulata, and S. Stéhrv a more uniform 
external closure is perceptible ; and this process finally attains 
its highest point in Spongopyle circularis, S. ovata, S. elliptica, 
and S. variabilis. In these forms the spongy tissue of the 
interior is shut off externally by a continuous shell, in which 
there are only some very small pores. At the margin of the 
disk is placed the pylom as a single larger orifice. By the 
development of this as the principal opening for the outflow 
of the sarcode a compact closure of the other parts of the 
spongy disk has been rendered possible, and this again, by 
the external fixing of the spongy skeletal web, and by giving 
protection against injurious external attacks, is of service. 
The phylogenetic development of an external shell-mantle 
indicated by the comparative anatomy of the species of Spon- 
gopyle is completed and confirmed by my observations upon 
the ontogeny of Spongopyle osculosa. The young stages of 
this species possess a rough surface open on all sides, and an 


314 M. F. Dreyer on the 


external, continuous shell-closure is developed only after the 
completion of the growth of the spongy disk *. 

As we have seen, the agglutinated and calcareous materials 
agree in that, as compared with the silica, they possess 
less firmness, the consequence of which is that the Thalamo- 
phoran shells are more compactly and simply constructed than 
the siliceous skeletons of the Radiolaria. On closer exami- 
nation, however, a distinction may be recognized between the 
agelutinating and calcareous Thalamophora, consisting in the 
fact that the former are more coarsely and simply constructed 
than the latter, and this is certainly due to the agglutinated 
constructive material being inferior in solidity to the homo- 
geneous calcareous mass. Although this difference is not so 
great as that between Thalamophoran and Radiolarian shells, it 
nevertheless exists, and toall appearance its importance must not 
be undervalued. Quite recently Neumayr has specially called 
attention to this circumstance, and made use of it for a phylo- 
geny of the Thalamophora, assuming the more highly differ- 
entiated calcareous-shelled forms to have become developed 
from the simple arenaceous-shelled types as their stem-forms fT. 
It will be most convenient, in the first place, to reproduce this 
theory of Neumayr’s in the author’s own words. He says :— 
“The low forms furnished with the most imperfect shell- 
structure which form Brady’s very well-founded family 
Astrorhizide are exclusively sandy ; the most highly deve- 
loped Foraminifera, furnished with a branched canal-system, 
double septa, an intermediate skeleton, &c., are exclusively 
caleareous ; while the forms standing between the two are 
partly sandy, partly calcareous, and show many transitions 
from one development to the other. This condition of things 
leads to the supposition that arenaceous forms, without any 
trace of a complicated structure, such as we find in the Astrorhi- 
zidx, represent the stem-types from which the other Forami- 
nifera have been developed. ... In favour of the notion that 
the arenaceous Foraminifera in reality represent the original 
type, we have in the first place their geological occurrence, 
inasmuch as they occur in old deposits in comparatively much 
greater number than subsequently ; it is true that in the com- 
parison of the living with the Tertiary and Mesozoic species 
this does not appear so strikingly, but it is perfectly distinct 


* See for further details my ‘Pylombildungen,’ Abschnitt vy. Taf. y, 
figs. 64-69, and Taf. vi. figs. 97-100. 

t Neumayr, “ Die natiirlichen Verwandschaftsverhaltnisse der schalen- 
tragenden Foraminiferen,” in Sitzungsb. Wien. Acad. Bd. xev. Abth. 1 
(1887), and also in ‘ Die Staimme des ‘Thierreichs,’ Bd. i (1889). 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 315 


when we turn to the Paleozoic formations, and especially the 
Carboniferous, which here alone has furnished a rich Forami- 
niferan fauna.... In another phenomenon we find a further 
confirmation of the opinion that the calcareous Foraminifera 
have been developed from the arenaceous forms. It has already 
been mentioned that in both divisions there often occur parallel 
forms which show a great similarity to one another in their 
whole conformation ; but on closer examination, at least in a 
number of groups, the circumstance that the differentiation 
and individuality of the different types are much less in the 
arenaceous than in the calcareous series becomes exceedingly 
striking . . . Moreover, when we can trace the same types 
in the two divisions the characters appear much more dis- 
tinctly and clearly in the calcareous forms ; although transi- 
tions are present, the different types do not melt into each 
other so completely as in the arenaceous forms, and the 
multiplicity is much greater than in the latter.” (Stiimme des 
Thierreichs, pp. 168-169.) 

This most recent conception of the natural system or phylo- 
geny of the Thalamophora is decidedly to be characterized as 
a very happy idea, and deserves to be greatly preferred to 
the various attempts previously made at a natural grouping 
of the Thalamophora. A special advantage of Neumayr’s 
theory is to be found in the fact that it does not lay the 
principal stress upon any single character selected more or 
less arbitrarily, such as the perforate or imperforate constitu- 
tion of the shell, the shell-material, or the number and 
arrangement of the chambers, which fault, as the author 
justly points out, affects all previously established so-called 
natural arrangements of the Thalamophora; but it takes 
equally imto account all the conditions which come under 
consideration. In this way we get a phylogeny which agrees 
better with both the morphological and the paleontological 
facts than is the case with the older systems. In accordance 
therewith the Thalamophora are divided up into a great 
number of more definitely limited groups, which, on the 
whole, agree with those established by Brady. ‘hese are 
distributed upon a small number (four) of great stems, which 
run parallel and independently side by side, and are connected 
only at the root by the primitive agglutinating Astrorhizide, 
the common stock-form of all the four stems. On the irregu- 
larly agglutinant Astrorhizide follow the regularly agglutinant 
forms, the simplest of which directly approach the com- 
mon stock-group, while the more highly developed forms 
already take on a divergent direction and become distributed 
over the four main-stems established by Neumayr ; with them 


316 M. F. Dreyer on the 


corresponding isomorphous calcareous forms are directly 
connected, while the most highly developed and most differen- 
tiated terminal types of the stems are exclusively of calcareous 
nature. 

This phylogeny of the Thalamophora of Neumayr’s har- 
monizes perfectly with our conception of the significance of 
the structural material of the Rhizopod shell, and the two 
theories lend each other a support which must not be under- 
valued. The lower and lowest forms find the coarse aggluti- 
nated material quite sufficient for the construction of their 
simpler shells; the forms of medium complication already 
for the most part have recourse to carbonate of lime; while, 
finally, the most differentiated types construct their shells 
exclusively of lime, because this finer and firmer material 
alone renders possible that complicated structure which could 
not be carried out with the coarse and less solid agglutinated 
material. Only in the case of one of Neumayr’s assumptions 
I should consider a certain limitation necessary. As appears 
from the last of the passages above cited, Neumayr regards 
the more imperfect and coarser construction of the arenaceous 
forms in comparison with the isomorphous calcareous ones as 
a primitive condition, and a special proof that the arenaceous 
forms are to be regarded as forerunners of the calcareous. In 
most instances, in all probability, this is the case, but not 
without exception. It is possible, nay, highly probable, that, 
as at the present day, the shell-material varies in certain forms 
with changes of the external conditions under which the 
Rhizopoda in question live; this has also occurred now and 
again during the phylogenetic development, and calcareous 
forms may thus be compelled to make their shells of sand. 
These will then, in consequence of the coarser material, 
appear ruder and less differentiated than the calcareous stem- 
form. Although the sarcode-body of such forms will have 
inherited the tendency to secrete hard parts equally well- 
developed morphologically, it will be unable, on account of 
the coarser nature of the sandy material, to bring this faculty 
to full development, as was the case with the calcareous 
material. Just as the Thalamophora in the course of their 
phylogenetic development were compelled, for the purpose of 
the higher morphological development of their shells, to pass, 
independently in the different stems, from the agglutinated 
material, which no longer sufficed for this purpose, to carbo- 
nate of lime, a form which is under the necessity of going 
back from the calcareous to the arenaceous development will 
also show a corresponding retrogression in respect of morpho- 
logy. Such a change of material, as also the existence of 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 317 


isomorphous arenaceous and calcareous forms, occurs, how- 
ever, only in Thalamophora moderately high in development, 
and, indeed, is possible only in them because here the corre- 
sponding morphological change extends only to unimportant 
peculiarities, but impossible in the highest and most differ- 
entiated types, such as the Nummulites for example, in which 
a reversion to the arenaceous grade of development would 
need to be accompanied by a profound change in the whole 
structure of the shell. 

Thus, then, we have seen that in the three principal 
materials which come under consideration in connexion with 
the hard structures of the Rhizopoda, so many degrees of 
firmness and fineness may be recognized, which exert a very 
considerable influence upon the structure of the shells and 
skeletons. If we would illustrate these conditions by an 
example out of everyday life, we may fairly compare the 
agglutinated arenaceous material, the carbonate of lime, and 
the silicic acid, as the materials of the Rhizopod shells, on the 
one hand, with mud, stone, and iron, the three most important 
substances in the buildings made by man. The mud-struc- 
tures, like the arenaceous Rhizopod-shells, can be carried out 
only in a rough and more or less primitive manner, like the 
birds’ nests (such as those of the Swallows) built of mud, 
owing to the coarse texture and want of solidity in the 
material employed ; in fact, the mutually adherent chambers 
of many “ Agglutinantia” among the Rhizopoda possess a 
remarkable resemblance to the Swallows’ nests aggregated 
together on the wall of a house. Stone-buildings and the 
calcareous Rhizopod shells take an intermediate position ; 
while the siliceous skeletons of the Radiolaria and the infi- 
nitely varied iron structures of everyday life, from the great 
solidity of the materials, give the greatest room for compli- 
cation and differentiation, and at the same time for multipli- 
city of form. It is not only the inherited faculty of the soft 
body to construct more or less complicated and differentiated 
skeletal parts that regulates the shell-structure, but, like 
human architects, the Rhizopoda are also more or less depen- 
dent upon their material, and must deal with its peculiarities. 

As we have already seen, the concentric growth makes 
greater demands than the terminal upon the firmness of the 
material, and it is therefore met with only in the siliceous 
Radiolarian skeletons, while it does not occur among the 
Thalamophora. But at the same time the concentric skeletal 
structure has an advantage of which the terminal is destitute. 
A system of several nested spherical shells or parts of such 
shells forms an externally closed rounded whole which presents 


318 M. F. Dreyer on the 


the smallest possible surface to external mechanical attacks ; 
it is just otherwise with the products of the terminal growth- 
process, in which the different chambers are arranged one 
after the other in the form of a longer or shorter chain. 
Leaving out of consideration that such a series of chambers 
of considerable length is very obstructive to locomotion, it is 
comparatively very frangible, and from the statical or 
mechanical point of view disadvantageous. The Thalamo- 
phora avoid these disadvantages of the terminal growth and 
combine the advantages of the concentric shell-system with 
the terminal growth by generally not leaving their series of 
chambers in an extended state, but rolling them up spirally in 
the majority of the forms. As a further carrying out of the 
spiral convolution we must regard the reciprocal embracing of 
the chambers which occurs'in a more or less marked manner 
inmany Thalamophora. ‘This embracing process occurs parti- 
cularly typically in the Miliolida, and, indeed, we may here 
recognize a gradual increase from Cornuspira and Spirolocu- 
lina, in which all the whorls he freely exposed, through 
Quinqueloculina, Triloculina, and Biloculina to Uniloculina. 
In the last-mentioned genus the process has attained its 
highest point, for here only the youngest chamber is freely 
~ exposed externally, while all the preceding chambers are 
completely enclosed by it. Here consequently exactly the 
same final result is attained as in the concentrically formed 
shell-systems of the Radiolaria, although in a quite different 
way. If the embracing of the chambers takes place only in 
one plane, this leads to the so-called cyclical growth, such as 
oceurs in Orbiculina, Orbitolites, Cycloclypeus, and similar 
forms. ‘There is thus produced within the terminal growth- 
type an apparently concentric growth, just as a number of 
discoid Radiolaria appear to grow spirally, that is terminally. 
These apparent exceptions to the rule above established, that 
no Rhizopod shell can change its growth-type, always turn 
out, however, on closer examination to be secondary conver- 
gences or analogical structures, although certainly sometimes 
deceptive *. In the same way that the Thalamophoran shells 
produced by general embracing may be compared with the 
concentric spuere-systems of the Radiolaria, the cyclical 
Thalamophoran shells represent the concentric ring-systems 
of the Discoid Radiolaria. 

In conclusion may be mentioned the extremely interesting 
and significant fact that, according to the investigations of 
Naumann and v. Moller, Molluscan and Thalamophoran shells 


* See ‘Pylombildungen,’ pp. 112, 113, and p. 191, note 1. 


Structure of Rhizopod Shells. 319 


follow the same laws of circumvolution. From this it follows 
quite definitely that the spiral convolution which occurs in the 
same specific manner independently in two quite different groups 
of organisms having absolutely nothing to do with each other 
is not founded in the nature of the organisms in question, but 
has its cause in the circumstance of the external world, and is 
dependent on statical and mechanical requirements. We 
have a perfectly analogous case in the statically and mechani- 
cally adaptive structure of the “ substantia spongiosa”’ of the 
bones of Vertebrates; and a series of my own observations 
make me regard it as very probable that the siliceous rods 
of a number of spongy Radiolaria are not arranged irregularly, 
as would appear to be the case at the first glance, but, in part, 
in accordance with definite laws. . The next question which 
forces itself upon us in considering these results is whether 
this adaptive structure of animal skeletons has been produced 
by functional (Roux) or selective (Darwin, Weismann) 
adaptation. A discussion of the arguments which may be 
adduced for and against these two possibilities would, how- 
ever, lead us too tar, and pass beyond the bounds of these 
observations, especially as, without noticing it, we have got 
upon the question, at present so much in dispute, of the heri- 
tability of acquired peculiarities. The primary object of the 
preceding observations was more particularly to indicate the 
great fertility of a comparative treatment of the enormous 
abundance of forms of the Protista. The elegant and manifold 
hard structures of the Rhizopoda, which here particularly come 
under consideration, are by no means, as is sometimes sup- 
posed, mere lusus nature, but even they follow definite laws 
of structure. Only when we have advanced further in the 
recognition of the latter by means of more detailed investiga- 
tions will the morphology of the Protista no longer be re- 
garded (as is at present unfortunately often the case) as a mere 
playground of unscientific species-making, but will take its 
place as of equal importance by the side of the physiology of 
the unicellular organisms, which is much more cultivated and 
developed. 


320 On Birds from the Solomon Archipelago. 


XLI.—Third Contribution to the List of Birds collected by 
Mr. C. M. Woodford in the Solomon Archipelago. By W. 
R. OGILVIE GRANT. 


AMONGST a small collection of birds made at Guadalcanar and 
Rubiana by Mr. Woodford subsequent to the last collection, 
which was recorded in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological 
Society’ for 1888 (pp. 185-204), is a very fine Rail, which 
is apparently quite new to science, and I propose to name 
it in honour of the collector 


Rallina Woodfordt, sp. n. 


Whole upper surface, cheeks, and suborbital region very 
dark brown, washed with rufous, especially on the scapulars, 
edges of the outer webs of the quills, rump, and tail. Inner 
webs of the bastard-wing and first two primary-quills with 
three or four transverse white spots; rest of primaries with 
one or two small white spots near their base. Postorbital 
region and under surface dark greyish black, becoming almost 
quite black towards the under tail-coverts and flanks. Chin 
and an indistinct stripe down the throat whitish. Under 
wing-coverts and under surface of bastard-wing and quills 
blackish, the former barred with white, while the two latter 
are spotted with the same colour as described above and edged 
with dull olive-brown. First digit with a well-developed 
hooked nail °3 of an inch long. 

“ Bill black; legs grey; iris red. Aola, Guadalcanar. 
6. xu. 88.” 


inches. 
Wa LEI Raleta storcsterecstanraers stoi 6:5 
Dawsus id. Ai7-ts ice wes iecihas erabo eieeton he 2°3 
Middle toe (with nail) 6 4...0).eicesisi0% 2:3 
Cilmi eins 2.5 itioers carats lawieus waagarsteiabalens 16 
Motslilenet iirc sie ocelcks eraiepeieaitr. eek 14:0 


This species, so far as I can discover, is most nearly allied 
to Rallina peciloptera, Hartl. (Finsch and Hartlaub, Beitr. z. 
Fauna Centralpol. p. 156, pl. xu. fig. 1), which was dis- 
covered in Fiji, but is easily distinguished by being generally 
very much darker in the tone of the plumage, and by having 
the inner webs of the primaries spotted with white instead of 
rufous, the bill black, and the legs grey. 


On the Genus Centrinus and its Allies. 321 


XLIT.—On the Weevil Genus Centrinus and its Allies. By 
Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S. &c., formerly President of the 
Entomological Society. 


In Lacordaire’s ‘Genera des Coléoptéres ’ *—a work without 
an equal of its kind—Centrénus is one of the seven genera of 
“ Centrinides,”’ which, again, form one of the eight subtribes 
of “ Baridiides vrais ;”’ but all these divisions, as well as the 
genera, are subject to exceptions, so as to be incapable of 
being rigidly limited. Centrinus, as defined by Schonherr f, 
is elastic enough to include almost any ordinary Curculionid 
with a slender rostrum; it has for its type Barts bicuspis, 
Germ. In the ‘Munich Catalogue’ 166 species are enume- 
rated ; but probably these are not half the number that exist 
in collections. 

Writing in 1866 Lacordaire defined the genus, but only 
provisionally, and excluding the species having the claws 
united at the base ; and for these, in a note, he pointed out 
that at least three genera were required. ‘The characters on 
which Lacordaire relies in his table of the genera of “ Cen- 
trinides”’ are the rostrum longer than the prothorax and the 
massive rhombic or elliptic body; he admits exceptions in 
regard to the first, and the second is wanting in precision. 
Yet, looking to the immense number of forms } differentiated 
by all sorts of characters, passing into one another without 
any definite limitation, I doubt if anything more satisfactory 
can be devised. 

The pectoral canal in this group is evidently a survival, 
for it is never capable, as in all the normal apostasimerous 
Curculionidz, of receiving the rostrum, which, owing to its 
curve, in many cases very considerable, or to the contiguity 
of the anterior coxe, is prevented from lying in the canal, 
which thus becomes either completely obliterated or remains 
more or less distinct, sometimes continued as far as the meso- 
sternum, but never impinging on it. In some species the 
canal is replaced by a round cavity, which Lacordaire calls a 
cul-de-sac. 

The species are confined to America, the greater number 
to the tropics. Drs. Leconte and Horn § describe twenty-five 

* Tome vii. p. 233. 

+ ‘Curculionidum Dispositio Methodica,’ p. 309 (1826). 

¢ M. Jekel estimates the number of species of Curculionidae in collec- 
tions at 30,000. 

§ “The Rhynchophora of America north of Mexico,” p. 306 (separate 
copy), from the ‘ Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,’ 
vol. xvi. (1876). 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 22 


322 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on the 


from the United States. According to their description of 
the genus Centrinus, as applicable to those species, the ante- 
rior cox are “rather widely separated,” the femora “un- 
armed,” and the tarsi “ with stout divergent claws.” They 
add, “In the males of several species the prosternum [pectus] 
just in front of the coxe is armed with a slender process, 
which varies in length according to the individual, but not 
according to the species.” 

The table below is only intended to be suggestive of some 
of the genera that will be necessary when the group is more 
extensively examined. For the present it will be best to 
continue the old name. The majority of the species are un- 
known to me, and in the identification of those described in 
Schénherr’s great work much is lost by the neglect of the 
characters afforded by the claws, the comparative length of 
the funicular joints, and the underpart generally, while the 
invariable reference to some other species for the size is very 
trying. 


Claws free. 
Canal nearly obsolete cr absent. 
Anterior coxe separated. 


Prosternum lower than the coxe. 


Elytra broader than the pro- 


UB OTA Ye Seis chs oe atlas Centrinus. C, bicuspis, Germ. 
Elytra not broader than the pro- 
ANOEAK wre. ae seen Oe Gereus. C. senilis, Gyll. 
Prosternum on a level with the 
ROMO" bole ieee ae Salmites. C. querulus, 0. sp. 
Anterior cox approximate ...... Balbus. C. conicollis, Boh. 


Canal distinct. 


Scrobes lateral. 


Hemera toothed. . 7)... scene Lydamis. C. angulus, Boh. 
Femora mutic. 
Canal prolonged between the 
anterior COxX®@ .......... Rhianus. C. mexicanus, Boh. 
Canal not prolonged between 
the anterior coxe ...... Ortycus. C. perdiz, n. sp. 


Scrobes oblique, united beneath .. Dimesus. C. geminus, n. sp. 
Scrobes oblique, running beneath 


bubt/not united™, ceatiecin occ: Optatus. C. palmaris, n. sp. 


Genus Centrinus and its Allies. 323 


Claws united at the base. 
Canal nearly obsolete or absent. 


Pectus with a circumscribed central 
CAME Yrs tet atau hep orgs er akare Camelodes. C. Leachii, Kirby. 


Pectus entire. 
Mesosternum raised, more or less 
bilobed in fronts seis adres Diastethus. C. tumidus, Boh. 
Mesosternum depressed ........ Pardisomus. C, guttatus, n. sp. 
Canal distinct. 
Coxee approximate. 
Corbels of posterior tibize cavern- 


OUS +... ee ee eee eeerear ces Telemus. C. cestrotus, Germ. 
Corbels of posterior tibize open .. Sympages. C. egregius, n. sp. 
Coxe: separated: G0. 0 tcler saree oa, Orissus. C. Meigenti, Boh. 


To the genera above not represented by new species the 
following characters will apply :— 

Centrinus.—Canal obsolete or replaced by a circumscribed 
cavity ; anterior coxe separated ; femora mutic; claws free ; 
elytra broader than the prothorax. 

Gereus.—Canal obsolete ; anterior coxe separated ; femora 
mutic ; claws free ; elytra not or scarcely broader than the 
prothorax. 

Balbus.—Canal obsolete; anterior coxe separate; pro- 
sternum on a level with the coxe; femora mutic ; claws free. 

Lydamis.—Canal distinct; anterior coxe approximate ; 
scrobes lateral; femora toothed; claws free. 

Rhianus.—Canal distinct, prolonged between the anterior 
coxe ; femora mutic; claws free. 

Camelodes.—Canal replaced by a circumscribed cavity ; 
anterior cox separated; mesosternum raised; femora 
toothed ; claws united. 

Diastethus—Canal absent; anterior coxe separated ; 
mesosternum raised, often emarginate anteriorly ; femora 
toothed ; claws united. 

Telemus.—Canal distinct; anterior cox approximate ; 
mesosternum depressed or sloping towards the prosternum ; 
femora mutic; corbels of the posterior tibia cavernous ; claws 
united. 

Orissus.—Canal distinct ; anterior coxee separated ; meso- 
sternum depressed or sloping ; femora toothed; claws united. 

In some species of Centrinus, Camelodes, &c. the males are 
armed with horizontal spines projecting from the pectus, on 
each side of where the canal is or should be; but I hesitate 
to consider this a generic character. Xentsus and Enops, 
new genera, are allies. 


324 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on the 


The following species are believed to be hitherto un- 
described. 


Centrinus ferinus. 
C. ovatus, niger, prothorace elytrisque basi squamis piliformibus 
aureis dense tectis; rostro ferrugineo, arcuato, capite cum pro- 
thorace multo longiore, basi paulo compresso. Long. 2 lin. 


Fab. Parana. 

Ovate, black, prothorax and base of the elytra closely 
covered with golden-yellow piliform scales; rostrum ferru- 
ginous, slender, strongly arched, base slightly compressed ; 
scrobes lateral, beginning at about a third from the base; 
antenne pale brownish yellow; funicle slender, elongate, first 
joint as long as the next two together, the last three turbi- 
nate; club ovate; prothorax moderately convex, ridged in 
the middle from the base, the apex with a linear transverse 
impression; scutellum densely scaled; elytra cordiform, 
slightly broader at the shoulders than the prothorax, deeply 
striate, interspaces flat, obscurely punctured; body beneath 
black, closely covered with silaceous scales; legs pale ferru- 
ginous. 


Centrinus auricollis. 


C. ovatus, niger, prothorace squamis aureis; elytris sutura albo- 
squamosis ; rostro ferrugineo, fere longitudine elytrorum, modice 
arcuato, basi valde compresso. Long, 2 lin. 


Hab. Amazon (Santarem). 

Ovate, black, prothorax closely covered with dark golden 
piliform scales, elytra with the suture covered with white 
scales ; rostrum ferruginous, as long as the elytra, moderately 
curved, more compressed at the base ; the scrobes beginning 
behind the middle; antenne yellowish ferruginous, slender, 
funicle and club as in the preceding; prothorax slightly 
ridged, scutellar lobe somewhat produced ; scutellum oblong ; 
elytra scarcely broader at the shoulders than the prothorax, 
striate, the interspaces indefinitely punctured ; body beneath 
black, covered with silvery white piliform scales. The males 
have short pectoral horns. 

This and the above are not to be distinguished by their 
technical characters from Centrinus proper. 


Centrinus querulus. 


C. ovalis, glaber, nitide niger; prothorace rufo, fere impunctato ; 
rostro prothorace haud longiore, dimidio basali sulcato; elytris 


Genus Centrinus and its Allies. 325 


inequaliter convexis, anguste striatis, interstitiis fere impunctatis. 
Long. 1 lin. 


Hab. Parana. 

Oval, smooth, glossy black, head, base of the rostrum, and 
prothorax chestnut-red ; rostrum rather stout, not longer than 
the prothorax, a well-marked oblique lateral groove on the 
basal half; scrobes lateral, antemedian ; antenna blackish ; 
funicle short, gradually thicker towards the club, the last 
joint being closely conjoined to it; eyes small, round; pro- 
thorax nearly impunctate, tubulate at the apex, the base 
bisinuate; scutellum round; elytra scarcely broader than 
the prothorax, very slightly rounded at the sides, transversely 
impressed near the base, narrowly striate, the interspaces 
flat and nearly impunctate ; body beneath and legs black ; 
claw-joint as long as the preceding joints together. 

Type of Salmites. Pectus short, entire; anterior cox 
(widely) apart; prosternum on a level with its coxe ; meso- 
sternum depressed; first abdominal suture nearly obsolete ; 
femora mutic ; claws free. 


Centrinus perdix. 

C. late ovatus, squamulis silaceis maculatim indutus ; antennis rufo- 
ferrugineis; tibiis anticis rectis; tarsis articulo ultimo elongato. 
Long. 1% lin. 

Hab. Parana. 

Broadly ovate, black, irregularly spotted with approximate 
silaceous narrow scales ; rostrum rather longer than the head 
and prothorax together, compressed at the base; scrobes 
lateral, beginning in the middle; antenne reddish brown ; 
funicle short, first two joints of equal length, the last four 
transverse ; club shortly ovate; prothorax transverse, mode- 
rately convex, in the middle a short raised line, at the sides 
minute oblique grooves; scutellum bilobed at the apex; 
elytra cordiform, broader at the base than the prothorax, 
deeply striate, the interspaces sharply raised; body beneath 
black, with scattered silvery-white hairs; femora stout, 
mutic; anterior tibiz straight, the intermediate and posterior 
curved at the base ; tarsi slender, except the third joint, claw- 
joint as long as the rest together ; claws free. 

Type of Ortycus. Pectus canaliculate; anterior coxe 
widely apart ; mesosternum depressed ; first abdominal suture 
distinct ; femora mutic ; claws free. 


Centrinus geminus. 


C. suboyatus, glaber, niger, nitidus; elytris singulatim macula 


326 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on the 


fulvo-squamosa in medio ornatis; antennis ferrugineis; scapo 

brevi; prothorace apice tubulato. Long. 23 lin. 

Hab. Parana. 

Subovate, smooth, shining black, in the middle of each 
elytron a round patch of fulvous scales; rostrum longer than 
the head and prothorax together, compressed at the base, 
strongly curved; scrobes beginning behind the middle, 
oblique, meeting beneath ; antenne ferruginous ; scape not 
nearly reaching the eye; funicle with the first joint as long 
as the next four together, the last two closely applied to the 
club ; prothorax slightly transverse, convex above, tubular at 
the apex, finely and sparingly punctured; scutellum sub- 
quadrate, expanded at the base; elytra subtriangular, 
shoulders not prominent, the base not much broader than 
the prothorax, finely striated, the interspaces flat and nearly 
impunctate; body beneath black, smooth, irregularly punc- 
tured; legs dark brown, with here and there a minute 
whitish setiform scale ; tibie straight; tarsi narrow, except 
the penultimate joint ; claw-joint elongate. 

Type of Dimesus. Scrobes oblique, meeting beneath the 
rostrum ; pectus elongate, canaliculate ; anterior coxe apart ; 
femora mutic; claws free; two basal segments of the abdo- 
men large, the suture obsolete. Differs from Rhianus (Cen- 
trinus mexicanus) in its shortly ovate facies and obsolete 
suture. The latter is a semiglobose form like C. tardigradus. 
Rhianus has the well-developed suture and semiglobose form. 


Centrinus palmaris. 

C. breviter ovalis, niger, prothorace utrinque apiceque ad latera 
miniato-squamoso; elytris triangularibus, striatis, interstitiis 
transyersim undulatis; tarsis anticis dilatatis, fimbriatis. Long. 
4 lin. 


Hab, Mexico. 

Shortly ovate, black, opaque, thinly covered with minute, 
ovate, whitish scales, the prothorax with a stripe of yellowish- 
red piliform scales on each side continued downwards at the 
apex ; rostrum much longer than the prothorax, slightly 
curved, compressed at the base; scrobes nearly median, 
oblique; antenne black; funicle elongate, first two joints 
longest, the third and fourth gradually shorter, the last three 
turbinate; club elliptic-oval ; prothorax moderately convex, 
the base broad and strongly bisinuate, the middle lobe trun- 
cate, a raised median line not extending to the base, and 
obliquely grooved on the sides; scutellum very short and 
very broad, glossy black ; elytra at the base broader than the 


Genus Centrinus and its Allies. 327 


prothorax, cordiform, rather slightly convex, deflexed at the 
sides, narrowly striate, interspaces broad, flattish, crossed by 
minute, waved, raised lines, between them whitish piliform 
scales ; body beneath black, shining ; mesosternum, epimera, 
and sides of the abdomen covered with yellowish-red piliform 
scales ; fore legs much longer than the others, their tarsi 
dilated and fringed with long blackish hairs. 

Type of Optatus. Pectoral canal distinct ; anterior cox 
contiguous ; mesosternum raised, nearly vertical in front ; 
first abdominal suture distinct ; scrobes oblique, the posterior 
half passing beneath the rostrum, but not united to its fellow ; 
femora toothed ; claws free, but approximate. 


Centrinus cupreus. 

C. rhombicus, nitide cupreus, glaber, prothorace modice convexo, 
obsolete punctato; elytris leviter striato-punctatis ; corpore infra 
valde nitido, maculis quatuor aureo-squamosis decorato. Long. 
34 lin. 

Hab. Parana. 

Rhombic, glossy copper-coloured ; rostrum slender, mode- 
rately curved, finely and remotely punctured; scrobes post- 
median ; antenne ferruginous ; scape rather short; funicle 
twice as long as the scape, first two joints equal in length ; 
club short, subpyriform ; prothorax slightly convex above, 
obliquely punctured, except at the apex, the base bisinuate, 
scutellar lobe moderately broad; scutellum transverse, the 
apex mucronate; elytra broader than the prothorax at the 
base, shoulders rounded, finely striate-punctate, interspaces 
impunctate, near the apex on each elytron a shortly elevated 
callus; body beneath glossy brown, with a large dense patch 
of rich golden-yellow scales on each side of the metasternum 
and another on the pectus, the metasternum with minute but 
distinct scattered punctures; legs rather stout, tibie short, 
sulcate ; second joint of the tarsi as broad as the third. 

This species is nearly allied to C. lucens and C. cupratus, 
but these have the body beneath entirely glabrous, and have 
more of a golden tint ; the former has the second joint of the 
funicle half as long again as the first, the anterior coxe more 
approximate, a coarser and closer punctuation on the meta- 
sternum, &c. They belong to the Diastethus division, which 
has for its type C. tumzdus, Boh. 


Centrinus guttatus. 


C. ovatus, niger, albo-guttatus, capite prothoraceque antice aureo- 
squamosis ; pedibus ferrugineis, squamis oblongis separatim in- 


328 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on the 


dutis; rostro modice arcuato, antennisque fulvo-ferrugineis. 
Long. 3 lin. 


Hab. Nauta. 

Ovate, black, with distinct round white spots; head and 
apex of the prothorax covered with golden-yellow scales ; 
rostrum longer than the prothorax, slightly curved, yellowish 
ferruginous, the basal half with five well-marked raised 
lines ; scrobes oblique, beginning considerably beyond the 
middle of the rostrum; antenne pale ferruginous; funicle 
elongate, the second joint longer than the first ; club shortly 
ovate; prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, convex, 
and with five spots (three basal) above; scutellum broadly 
transverse; elytra broader than the prothorax at the base, 
gradually narrowed at the sides, finely striate, interspaces 
minutely granulate, the side from the shoulder with two and 
the posterior third with several elevated lines, on each elytron 
five larger and a few smaller spots; body beneath chestnut- 
brown, the sterna and sides of the abdominal segments 
covered with whitish scales; legs pale yellowish brown, with 
narrow approximate whitish scales; tibie grooved, inner 
margin ciliated; tarsi broad, fringed with blackish hairs. 

Type of Pardisomus. Scrobes oblique, the distal half 
passing beneath the rostrum; pectus short, entire; anterior 
coxe approximate ; mesosternum declivous ; femora toothed ; 
claws united at the base; first abdominal suture distinct. 


Centrinus egregius. 


©. breviter ovatus, niger, prothorace in medio nigro, carinato, 

macula magna lete sanguinea ornato; elytris carinulatis. 

Long. 13 lin. 

Hab. Para. 

Shortly ovate, black, somewhat opaque, the prothorax with 
a large bright spot of blood-red scales on each side; rostrum 
not longer than the prothorax ; scrobes beginning at about 
the middle; antenne yellowish brown; funicle rather short, 
first joint longest ; club broadly ovate; prothorax convex, a 
glossy raised line from the apex to the base, closely punctured 
on each side; scutellum subquadrate, smooth; elytra cordi- 
form, striate, the interspaces punctured and raised more or less 
sharply, especially towards the apex, where there is also 
a sprinkling of greyish scales ; body beneath black, strongly 
punctured; legs black, with scattered white narrow scales ; 
tibie slightly curved ; tarsi with the two basal joints narrow, 
claw-joint not half so long as the rest together. 

Type of Sympages. Pectus very short, canal distinct ; 


Genus Centrinus and tts Allies, 329 


anterior coxee approximate; mesosternum depressed ;_ first. 
abdominal suture distinct ; femora toothed ; claws united. 


Of the two genera described below, Enops is perhaps some- 
what doubtful as an ally of Centrinus. 


XENISUS. 


Rostrum longissimum, filiforme, arcuatum; scrobes laterales; an- 
tenne tenues, clava elongata, cylindrica; prothoracis basi vix 
bisinuata ; elytra triangularia; pectus ampliatum, haud canali- 
culatum ; mesosternum latum, elevatum, antice verticale; abdo- 
men segmentis duobus basalibus valde ampHatis, conjunctis ; 
coxee anticee separate ; femora mutica; unguiculi liberi. 


The cylindrical club differentiates Centrinus from Cylindro- 
cerus, from which it was at first separated by Schonherr as a 
subgenus; the character, however, is confined to the males, 
and is present in the genus before us, whose remarkably 
slender rostrum throughout is almost unique among the 
Curculionide. 


Xenisus curvirostris. 


X, subellipticus, glaber, niger, nitidus ; prothorace castaneo; elytris 
in medio flavyis; rostro corpore longiore, valde arcuato; antennis 
piceis, articulis 2°-7™ apice setosis. Long. 3} lin. 


Hab, Columbia. 

Subelliptic, smooth, glossy; prothorax chestnut-brown ; 
elytra flavous in the middle; rostrum longer than the body, 
the curve semicircular; scrobes lateral, beginning at one third 
from the base ; antenne black, slender; funicle elongate, the 
first joint as long as the club, the second to the seventh with 
setiform hairs at the apex ; prothorax transverse, constricted 
at the apex, the base slightly bisinuate, nearly impunctate ; 
scutellum subquadrate ; elytra subtriangular, as broad as the 
prothorax at the base, the shoulders generally rounded, striate- 
punctate, punctures oblong, approximate, interspaces very 
convex, a broad fulvous band across the middle, nearly ex- 
tending to the apex ; body beneath glossy black, metasternum 
at the sides covered with golden-yellow scales; legs glossy ; 
femora subclavate, mutic; tibie straight; tarsi with the third 
joint broadly bilobed ; claws free. 


ENOPs. 


Rostrum elongatum, basi vix incrassatum, arcuatum, apice paulo 
latius ; scrobes laterales; antennze tenues, clava ovata; pro- 
thorax transversus, ad latera in medio dilatatus, basi bisinuatus ; 
elytra late triangularia; pectus breve, profunde canaliculatum ; 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 23 


330 Miscellaneous. 


coxee antic basi contiguee; mesosternum depressum, leviter ex- 

cavatum; sutura prima abdominis distincta; femora dentata ; 

unguiculi bifidi. 

A very distinct genus, well differentiated from all the forms 
of Centrinus by the dilated sides of the prothorax, and bifid 
claws. ‘The anterior coxe diverge so as to form a continua- 
tion of the pectoral canal. 


Enops interruptus. 

E. breviusculus, rufo-brunneus, sat dense griseo-pubescens ; antennis 
concoloribus ; funiculo articulis duobus basalibus elongatis ; pro- 
thorace fere impunctato ; elytris interrupte carinatis, interstitiis 
biseriatim punctatis. Long. 3 lin. 


Hab. Parana. 

Rather short, yellowish brown, thinly covered with a 
greyish pubescence; rostrum nearly as long as the elytra, 
moderately curved, the basal half with somewhat indefinite 
raised lines, the apex dilated ; scrobes lateral, beginning rather 
beyond the middle; funicle elongate, the first two joints as 
long as the rest together, club oblong ovate ; prothorax slightly 
transverse, the base with a raised line, the dilated part form- 
ing a spinous angle anteriorly ; scutellum smooth, round ; 
elytra triangular, convex, nearly twice as broad as the pro- 
thorax at the base, the shoulders obliquely truncate, each 
elytron with three interrupted raised lines, the outermost 
abbreviated, a fourth marking the abruptly vertical side, 
interspaces with two rows of large punctures ; body beneath 
pitchy, covered with a greyish pubescence; legs somewhat 
slender ; femora subclavate, armed with a small tooth. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Proper Generic Name of the Tunny and Albwore. 
By Tueropore Git, 


In 1817, in the first edition of the ‘Régne Animal,’ Cuvier pro- 
posed two subgenera of Scomber, which he employed, however, in a 
generic sense: one, Thynnus, was based upon the common tunny 
(with which were associated other and smaller species), having 
moderate pectoral fins; and the other, Orcynus, was based upon the 
Alalonga of the Mediterranean and characterized by the long pec- 
toral fins. Subsequently by many ichthyologists these two genera 
were combined into one under the name of Z’hynnus. In 1861 the 


Miscellaneous. 331 


present writer replaced the name Thynnus by the term Orycnus, 
which was substituted, inasmuch as 7hynnuvs was used for a genus 
of Hymenopterous insects by Fabricius in 1775. This name Oryc- 
nus was simply due to a misreading of the name Oreynus, and was 
subsequently replaced by Orcynus in its correct form. Nevertheless 
in 1863 Dr. J. G. Cooper, in the ‘ Proceedings of the California 
Academy of Natural Sciences’ (vol. ii. p. 77), proposed to revert to 
the old groups of Cuvier in the following terms, describing a supposed 
new species related to the Alalonga of the Mediterranean, which he 
ealled Orcynus pacificus :— 

‘«‘This species is one of several confounded by sailors under the 
Spanish names of Albicore and Bonito. The English name Tunny 
is applied to an allied species on the coast of Europe, the Thynnus 
vulgaris, Cuv., and to its near representative, the 7’. secundi-dorsalis, 
Storer, of the eastern American coast. These, however, are evidently 
of a different genus, and, as Zhynnus is preoccupied in insects, the 
name Orycnus, applied by Gill to the same type, may perhaps be 
retained, although founded on a mistake.” 

Without reference to the reality of what was so evident to Dr. 
Cooper, we need only recall that here the name Orycnus was speci- 
fically proposed to be retained at the same time that Oreynus was 
used for a related genus. 

In 1888 Professor Jordan, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of 
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia’ (reprinted in the ‘Annals and 
Magazine of Natural History’ for 1888, u1. p. 356), apparently over- 
looking this specific application of the name Orycnus by Cooper, 
proposed the new name Albacora for the same genus, inasmuch as 
Orcynus had been used in 1815 for a genus of Carangids by Rafinesque, 
while Thynnus of Cuvier, as is well known, had been preoccupied 
for a genus of Hymenopterous insects. 

The present author would have been glad if the name Orycnis 
could have fallen into “innocuous desuetude;” but inasmuch as it 
had been specifically and with malice prepense resurrected and pro- 
posed for retention by Cooper, it must surely be retained for the 
genus comprising the Tunny and Albicore. It belongs to a category 
of which there are many illustrations, being an anagram of another 
name, and numerous such have been proposed deliberately and gene- 
rally adopted, such as Panulirus and Linuparus, anagrams of Pali- 
nurus, and various others. 

If it is represented that the word Orycnus is merely due to a slip 
of the pen or typographical error, and therefore should not be re- 
tained, we can, in reply, refer for an analogous retention of an 
incorrect form to no less an authority than Professor Jordan. In 
the fifth edition of his excellent work ‘ A Manual of the Vertebrate 
Animals of the Northern United States,’ published a couple of 
months ago (1888, p. 92), we find the word Athlennes, which was 
originally. proposed in 1886 as a designation for the Belone hians of 
Cuvier and Valenciennes. As we suspected at the time of publica- 
tion, this name is really derived from an ancient Greek synonym of 
the common Belone belone of Europe, “a 3Aevyns, without mucosity,”’ 


352 Miscellaneous. 


Nevertheless in a footnote to the ‘ Manual’ we are informed that 
‘‘this name was inadvertently printed ‘ Ath/ennes,’ and may remain 
so; ‘ Ablennes’ was intended.” Surely then, in strict analogy with 
such usage, the name Orycnus can be retained as the generic desig- 
nation of the Tunny.—Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus, 1888, p. 319. 


On Polyodontes maxillosus. By M. Remy Saryt-Lovp. 


The author remarks that large Annelides are rare in the Gulf of 
Marseilles, but notices the occurrence of a Hunice (FE. Rousseaut) 
about 1 metre in length. Recently a gigantic Aphroditacean has 
been captured, which he identifies with the Polyodontes maaillosus 
of Audouin and M.-Edwards and of Claparéde, a species which is 
probably identical with Phyllodoce maxillosa, Ranzani, and with 
Eumolpe maxima, Oken. The specimen measured 2 metres in 
length, but it was broken during capture, and only the anterior 
portion, about 0°30 m. long, was preserved. The animal was 
caught by means of one of the deep-sea lines which the fishermen 
call palangrottes, the hook being baited with the abdomen of a large 
hermit-crab, which is interesting as indicating the diet and the 
voracity of the Annelide. It was taken at a depth of 50 metres. 

The body near the head is 20 millim. in diameter, slightly thinner 
further back. The segments are red-brown above, marked off by 
narrow streaks of bright green. ‘The ventral surface is rosy yellow 
and the proboscis salmon-coloured. In the region near the cephalic 
lobe the elytra completely cover the dorsal surface, which is free 
and naked in the rest of the fragment. The elytra are inserted 
upon feet which alternate with others having only a dorsal cirrus. 
In this the author agrees with Claparéde, but not with Delle Chiaje’s 
figure. The proboscis, which is not described by Claparéde and not 
very well figured by Delle Chiaje, is extensible to a length of 0-03 
m., and then presents a diameter somewhat greater than that of 
the body. In front it bears four denticulate jaws, each terminated 
by a larger tooth or claw, 4 millim. in length. When the aperture 
is enlarged for the purpose of biting the organ presents the aspect 
of a viper’s head ; its infero-superior diameter is then about 0-02 m. 
When closed its greatest diameter is transverse and reaches 15 
millim. A small living Dorado presented to the Polyodontes was 
seized by it, held for a few seconds, and then released ; but it soon 
died, and the author could not decide whether this was caused 
mechanically or by a venomous action of the bite. The cephalic 
lobe bears the eyes on two peduncles which are united and soldered 
together ; their projection is sufficient to enable the Polyodontes to 
see in front of it even when the proboscis is protruded. The delicate 
fringes of the extremity of the proboscis bear ultramarine-blue 
granules, which are phosphorescent at night.—Comptes Rendus, 
September 2, 1889, p. 512. 


THE ANNALS 


AND és 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES.] 


No. 23. NOVEMBER 1889. 


XLITL—On two new British Species of Sponges, with short 
notices of an Ovigerous Specimen of Hymeniacidon Dujar- 
dinii, Bowk., and of a Fossil Toxite. By Rosert Hore. 


[Plate XVI.] 


OF the two sponges which are treated of in the following 
pages one is believed to be new to science, the other, a species 
of Microciona, has been already shortly described by Mr. H. J. 
Carter, F.R.S. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. pp. 456 and 
457), as a form of Microciona ar mata, Bowk.*; but, as Mr. 
Carter did not specifically distinguish it, and only ficured the 
toxite in embryo, it seems desirable now to redescribe it some- 
what more fully, with illustrations of the spiculation, from a 
fresh specimen which I have been so fortunate as to obtain. 

The specimen referred to was taken about the middle of 
March of the present year (1889) from a heap of scallops 
fresh landed on the beach at Hastings. They were said by a 
fisherman to have been dredged in about 25 fathoms off 
Beachy Head; however that may be, it is certain that they 
came from the English Channel at no very great distance 
from Hastings. 

This sponge has the spiculation and skeletal arrangement 


* Cf. Mr. Carter’s note, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. pp. 249 and 
250 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 24 


334 Mr. R. Hope on two new 


of Bowerbank’s genus Microciona, taken in a strict sense, 
that is to say, of that section of the genus which agrees with 
the type, M. atrosanguinea, in the possession of monactinal 
megasclera of three kinds, with “navicular” isochele and 
toxites as microsclera. It is in this stricter sense alone that 
the generic term Microciona is used throughout this paper. 
In all other respects the classification followed is that of 
Messrs. Ridley and Dendy, to whose diagnoses of the genera 
&c. in their Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida I refer. 

I propose for this sponge the specific name of strepsitoxa 
(Gr. otpépa, I twist), from a peculiarity of the toxa referred 
to below. 


Microciona strepsitoxa, n. sp. 


The sponge coats about four square inches of the flat valve 
of a scallop-shell (Pecten, sp.), attaining in the furrows of the 
shell a maximum thickness of about 1 millim. Its colour, 
when fresh, was scarlet, but in spirit it rapidly and completely 
faded to a dead white. Surface, when fresh, smooth ; in the 
dry state hispid, from the projecting ends of the spicular 
brushes of the skeleton. ‘The oscula are numerous and run 
deep into the sponge; the pores small and generally distri- 
buted over the surface. 

The skeletal columns, as usual in the genus, rise vertically 
from the base to the surface; they are slender at the base 
and rarely branched, and they end in thick brushes of 
spicules which, spreading out obliquely in contact with each 
other, are traversed horizontally by sheaves of long slender 
styles imbedded in the sponge-substance. As usual also in 
Microciona, the main skeletal spicules increase in length 
towards the surface of the sponge, the shortest, as a rule, 
forming the base of the columns. ~ 

Spiculation.—Megasclera, three :— 

1. Styles, sometimes straight, but generally slightly curved, 
constricted about one diameter above the base, sometimes 
smooth, but usually basally spined or tuberculated. They 
vary greatly in length, ranging from *480 to °636 millim., 
with a few much shorter; breadth °0105 to ‘012 millim. 
(figs. A, 1 and 2). 

2. Straight orslightly curved, tapering, entirely spined styles 
and tylostyles, varying in length from about °1 to :2 millim. ; 
average breadth about ‘006 millim. (fig. A, 3). 

3. Long, smooth, slender, subclavate styles, from about *25 
to °31 millim. long by about -004 millim. broad. With a 
high power the heads frequently appear slightly roughened 
(fig. A, 4). 


British Species of Sponges. 335 


Microsclera, two :— 

1. Toxa, very slender, with a short, abrupt, spiral curve in 
the middle, the extremities long and straight. ‘The tips are 
generally smooth and very sharp, but in some cases a few 
very minute spines may be detected on the spicule generally. 
These spicules range from *250 up to ‘412 millim. in length, 
the majority measuring between *3 and ‘4 millim., by an 
gretses breadth of only 0015 to 002 millim. (figs. A, 5 and 

F 

There are also a few much smaller toxa, among which are 
some in which the central curve is comparatively large and 
the long straight ends absent (fig. A, 7). These last spicules 
are as stout as the longest; their tips are generally micro- 
spined. Two measured were respectively *091 and -143 
millim. long. 

2. Isochele, of the usual navicular type, minute, ‘017 to 
019 millim. long (figs. A, 9 and 10). 

The columns are composed of the larger kind of styles, 
No. 1, and are sparsely echinated by the entirely spined 
spicules, No. 2. The slender subclavate styles, No. 3, lie 
imbedded in the substance of the sponge, as above stated, 
generally parallel with and near to the surface. The chele 
and toxites are distributed throughout the sponge-substance, 
and do not lie in any particular direction as regards the 
columns or the surface. 

The megasclera of this sponge agree very closely in cha- 
racter with those of the other species of Microciona proper, 
and the chela is of the well-known shape which is character- 
istic of a very considerable number of species in that and other 
genera; the toxite, on the contrary, is of a peculiar and 
striking form, which seems to call for a few remarks. 

In the other species of the genus, and, so far as I have 
been able to ascertain, in all the species (with one exception) 
of similar spiculation in other genera, the toxa lie flat in one 
plane from end to end; here and there perhaps one may be 
found with a barely perceptible twist; but in this sponge I 
have not been able to find one which can be focussed under a 
3-inch objective from end to end at the same time. In the 
long straight-armed form the twist is nearly confined to the 
central sinus, and the conformation of this spicule may be 
roughly imitated by laying a straight piece of wire along a 
lead pencil and taking one turn round the middle ; if then the 
pencil be drawn out and the wire turned on its axis, it will be 
found to present in different positions as regards the eye the 
appearances shown in the figures ot the toxites (figs. A, 5 and 
6). The wire model would differ from the actual form of 

24% 


BE Mr. R. Hope on two new 


the spicules in one particular, namely, that in the latter the 
turn of the spiral is usually more or less compressed laterally ; 
that is, the imitation would be closer, if we suppose the pencil 
to have an elliptical instead of a circular section and the wire 
to be laid along one of the thinner ends of the ellipse at right 
angles to the long diameter. 

The central twist of these toxa is admirably shown in a 
photograph from one of my preparations of the sponge, for 
which I am indebted to the kindness and skill of my friend 
Mr. J. Howard Mummery, F.R.M.S., and of which the 
figure A, 8 is a copy. 

The smaller toxa (fig. A, 7) do not show this central twist, 
but neither do they lie in one plane, one turn of a very slack 
spiral apparently being completed in the whole length, or 
nearly so, of the spicule. 

The only other sponge which, so far as I know, possesses 
this (that is, the long-armed) form of toxite is Amphilectus 
foliatus (Vosmaer), Bowk. (= Halichondria Joliata, Bowk., 
Mon. Brit. Spong. iii. p. 198, pl. Ixxiii. figs. 1-5, and iv. 
p- 106; and Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 1876, xvi. 
p- 310, pl. xiii. fig. 10, and pl. xv. figs. 29a, 6). Hal- 
chondria mutulus, Bowk. (Mon. Brit. Spong. 11. p. 209, 
pl. Ixxiv. figs. 4-8, and iv. p. 96), in which this toxite is 
also found, has the same spiculation as A. foliatus; and 
examination of the type preparations (there is no type spec?- 
men of H, mutulus) in the British Museum leads me to con- 
clude that, if not the same sponge, which I think they are, 
the two forms must be considered merely as varieties of the 
same species. 

Through the kindness of Mr. Carter in lending me his 
preparation of A. foliatus from the N.W. coast of Shetland 
(op. et loc. cit.) I have been enabled to examine its spicula- 
tion and compare it deliberately with that of M. strepsitoxa. 
The toxites of the former are a little longer on the average and 
convey an impression of more luxuriant growth—that is, they 
are frequently flexuous, and the central twist is often sharper 
and not seldom even reversed, so as to form a loop, as 
described by Dr. Bowerbank (op. cect. iii. pp. 200 and 211) 
and figured by Mr. Carter (/. ¢. pl. xii. fig. 106) ; the spiral 
also is often more compressed laterally, and in some few cases 
it is doubtful if it is present at all. With these slight modifi- 
cations the spicule is ddentical in the two species. 

In his description of Halichondria foliata (Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. /. c.) Mr. Carter mentions that the tricurvate of 
that sponge was also found in Microciona armata, as he knew 
from a specimen taken at Budleigh Salterton ; it is clear that 


British Species of Sponges. 337 


the specimen there alluded to was that which was described 
and conjecturally referred to WM. armata by Mr. Carter in 
1874 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 457). This state- 
ment thus concurs with Mr. Carter’s figure (i. c. pl. xxi. 
fig. 27) in fixing the shape of the toxite, and, together with 
the practical coincidence of the spicular measurements, clearly 
identifies the sponge described in 1874 with Microciona strep- 
sitoxva. 

The occurrence of so marked and striking a spicular form 
in these two sponges cannot but arrest the attention. [ts 
connexion with other forms of toxa seems plain, and it is 
easy to imagine how it may pass into them; indeed the 
smaller form of toxite in M. strepsttora (which I have not 
observed in A. foliatus) appears to be an intermediate form 
between it and the spined toxa, which are of frequent occur- 
rence in sponges of similar spiculation; yet the long-armed 
form is sufficiently distinct to make it highly improbable that 
the two sponges which contain it should be otherwise than 
closely related to one another, more closely, perhaps, than is 
either to any other known sponge. At present these two 
sponges find themselves not only in different genera but in 
different subfamilies; the skeletal structure of A. foliatus, 
however, but for the absence in it of the spined echinating 
spicule, agrees most closely with that of some forms of Clathria 
(e. g. C. compressa, O. S., Sp. des A. M. Taf. vi. fig. 1), and 
no doubt A. foliatus would find its most natural place in that 
Ketyonine genus, the presence or absence of the echinating 
spined style being apparently in this case also, as it is stated 
by Messrs. Ridley and Dendy to be in the genus Myzilla 
(‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 129), of comparatively little 
importance. 

The intimate interconnexion which exists between the 
genera Clathria, Microciona, and Lhaphidophlus is obvious 
from the remarkable correspondence of their spiculation, inde- 
pendently of the points of resemblance in their skeletal struc- 
ture. It is perhaps a question of appreciation and convenience 
(cf. ‘Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 151) whether their generic 
separation should be maintained ; to unite them, if permissible 
on other grounds, would be to get rid of some of the difficulties 
which beset this group of sponges, and the consolidated genus 
would form a nucleus, around which it may be that other 
sponges of not very different spiculation would be found to 
group themselves naturally. 

Returning to the peculiar toxite of I. strepsitoxa, I have 
to mention the interesting fact that Mr. Carter has quite lately 
found at Budleigh Salterton a piece of chert from the Upper 


338 Mr. R. Hope on two new 


Greensand containing spicules which appear to be identical in 
shape with the toxa of our sponge, but of much larger size. 
By Mr. Carter’s kindness I am afforded the opportunity of 
inspecting this specimen. 

The spicules in question are five in number and appear as 
opaque white bodies in the semitransparent matrix; in no 
case does the full length of both arms appear to be preserved, 
and the ends are by no means sharply defined, but apparently 
fade away into the stone in consequence of the disappearance 
of the white matter which renders them visible. One of these 
spicules measures about 1°6 millim. in length from the centre 
of the sinus to the end of one arm; assuming that it possessed 
another arm of equal dimensions, of which now but a portion 
is visible, the total length would reach 3°2 millim., or about 
eight times that of the toxa of I. strepsitowa. ‘The arms are 
straight and horizontal and the central sinus abrupt and 
semicircular in shape ; the conditions of preservation are not 
sufficiently good for smaller details to be clearly seen. The 
other spicules preserved in the stone, which are numerous, 
are mostly Tetractinellid in character. 

It is proposed to deposit a portion of the specimen of Micro- 
ciona strepsitoxa above described, together with microscopical 
preparations of it, in the Natural-History Department of the 
British Museum. 


The other sponge to be described I received from Mr. H. J. 
Carter. J regret much that Mr. Carter is unwilling to describe 
it himself, and it is only because he positively refuses to do 
so that with much diffidence I undertake the task at his 
request. In this undertaking I have the great benefit of 
Mr. Carter’s advice and assistance ; but he is not responsible, 
except when it is expressly so stated, for any views which 
may be put forward. 

I refer this sponge very doubtfully to the genus Trachyte- 
dania, Ridley * ; it will be most convenient to describe it first 
and discuss afterwards the points in which, as it seems to me, 
it agrees with, and those in which it differs from, the charac- 
teristics of this genus. 


Trachytedania (?) echinata, n. sp. 


The specimens sent me are three, all in the dry state, viz. 
one, the largest, in a cup-shaped hollow of a piece of red sand- 
stone rock, measuring 23 x 18 millim.; another, smaller, also 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 122, and ‘ Challenger ’ Monaxonida, p. 57. 


British Species of Sponges. 339 


on the same rock; and the third on the valves of a small 
bivalve shell. 

Mr. Carter writes:—“ I found this sponge first beside a 
patch of Microciona spinarcus on a clay boulder which had 
fallen from the New Red Sandstone cliff” [at Budleigh Sal- 
terton] “into the landwash close to low-water mark, and 
afterwards on a mass of small Pecten-like shells drawn up about 
ten miles off Budleigh Salterton by a fishing-hook. When 
fresh it presents the appearance of a thin, sooty-black, slimy 
layer, extending irregularly in leprous-like patches, almost 
as thin as silver paper, on the surface of clay boulders; be- 
coming brown-black when dry and assuming the form of a 
thin cuticle with glistening surface irregularly papillated and 
pierced by the pointed ends of spicules; vents very small, 
scattered over the surface here and there.”’ 

The pores now visible are few, minute and generally scat- 
tered ; on the specimen on the shell one or two areas of small 
extent are observable in which the surface is reticulated ; 
whether the intervals of the rete are occupied by pores or not 
I cannot determine. 

In the dry state the ectosome is tough, comparatively thick, 
and very dark coloured. 

The skeleton consists of branched columns of slightly curved 
styles rising vertically from the base to the surface. At their 
origin these columns are formed of compact bundles of spicules 
pointing straight upwards and entirely imbedded in fibre; 
very shortly the points of the spicules begin to protrude at a 
small angle, and the columns are echinated besides by smaller 
entirely spined styles (hence the proposed specific name) ; 
finally the columns terminate by the main spicules spreading 
out in somewhat scanty brushes, which support and partly 
penetrate the ectosome. In the branches the spicules spread 
out in flattish somewhat fan-shaped brushes. ‘The ectosome 
contains large numbers of smooth tylota lying in horizontal 
bundles parallel to the surface; these last also occur at the 
base of the sponge and sparingly throughout the choanosome 
in the intervals of the columns. 

Spiculation.—Megasclera, three, viz. :— 

1. Styles curved, chiefly towards the larger end, spined at 
the base and, more slightly, for about halfway up the spicule; 
average measurements about *26 x *009 millim. (fig. B, 1). 

2. Smaller, entirely spined, straight styles, tapering from 
base to point; average measurements ‘097x:009 millim. 
(ig 7B; 2): 

3. Smooth straight tylota, rounded and slightly inflated 


340 Mr. R. Hope on two new 


at each end; measuring on the average about *188 x ‘005 
millim. (fig. B, 3). 

Microsclera (?).—There are present in places, chiefly near 
the surface of the sponge, a few long and exceedingly fine 
styles, sometimes microspined at the base. They are very 
few and appear to be local in their distribution in the sponge 
and wanting altogether in many parts of it; probably they 
are to be looked upon rather as varieties or immature forms 
of the megasclera. 

From what has been stated it will be seen that this sponge 
agrees with the species of the genus Trachytedania in the 
possession of a skeleton composed mainly of spined styles and 
smooth tylota; that genus also already comprises as one of 
its two species a thin incrusting sponge, 7. spinata (P. Z. S. 
1881, p. 122), with a skeletal structure of the kind which is 
frequently present, with some comparatively slight modifica- 
tions, in sponges of that habit, and closely similar to that of 
the sponge under consideration. There is, however, no echi- 
nating spicule in 7. spinata, and it is by the possession of a 
special spicule of this nature, the straight, entirely spined 
styles, that Z.(?) echinata differs most markedly from the 
other two species of the genus. 

In some groups of the family Desmacidonide, R. & D., 
this seems to be a feature of minor importance (see ‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Monaxonida, p. 129, and supra, p. 337) ; whether it 
is so also in this case, the data afforded by so small a series of 
forms appear to me insufficient to base a decision on them. 
The absence of trichites would present another point of diver- 
gence from the diagnosis of the family Tedaniine, R. & D. 
(‘ Challenger’ Monaxonida, p. 50), if the few long and fine 
spicules which are present here be, as seems most likely, 
merely modifications of the megasclera; this difference, how- 
ever, seems of less importance, as the same doubt as to the 
nature of the ‘‘rhaphides” in the closely allied. genus Ze- 
dania is expressed by Messrs. Ridley and Dendy (‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Monaxonida, p. 56); the oxeote spicules, smooth or 
microspined, which are present in some of the species of 
Tedania and which are noted in Dr. Gray’s original diag- 
nosis (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 520), are absent both in this sponge 
and in the other species of Zrachytedania, the fine spicules in 
the latter, whatever their nature, being respectively stylote 
(P. Z. 8S. 1881, 2. ¢.) and “ oxeote slightly thicker at one end 
than the other’’ (‘ Challenger? Monaxonida, p. 57). It may 
be remarked that what may perhaps be homologous spicules 
abound in some species of the Clavuline (e. g. Suderites 


British Species of Sponges. 341 


(Halichondria) farinaria, Bowk., Cliona celata, Hancock) and 
are also to be found, though sparingly, in Jophon and Myzilla, 
On the whole it seems best, notwithstanding these discrep- 
ancies, to refer this sponge provisionally to Trachytedania ; 
the only alternatives, apparently, would be either to create a 
new genus for its reception or to consider it an abnormal 
form of Myzxilla or Lophon: there is not, I think, sufficient 
warrant for the first course, and for the last it would be 
necessary to assume the loss of two forms of microsclera. 

Mr. Carter has pointed out to me the general resemblance 
of this sponge to, and the partial correspondence of its spicu- 
lation with that of, Hymeniacidon Dujardinii, Bowk., which 
latter he is disposed to identify with Mywilla? rubiginosa, 
O. 8. (Sp. des Adriat. Meer. p. 72), of which again M. oliva- 
cea, O. S. (op. cit. pp. 11 and 83) is in all probability only 
another name. In specimens of Hym. Dwardinii, Bowk., 
from the English Channel, the long cylindrical spicules are 
exceedingly numerous, while the only other kind of spicule, 
the spined style, is rare. That the latter nevertheless 
represents the main skeletal spicules and the former those of 
the dermal skeleton seems probable from their respective 
positions in the sponge-substance, as well as from their forms. 
This view seems to receive confirmation from a preparation of 
a sponge of this species which Mr. Carter has kindly lent me, 
labelled “Hymeniacidon Duyardinii, Bk., ovigerous, Vigo 
Bay.” It contains dark yellow circular bodies, which Mr. 
Carter informs me are embryos, still in the substance of the 
sponge. ‘The embryos contain numerous spicules, but of one 
form only, namely, entirely spined styles similar in character 
to those of the sponge, but not above one quarter of their 
length and breadth. In the rest of the sponge the tylota are 
as numerous and the styles as rare as in the British specimens 
above mentioned. ‘The fact seems worth recording; I do not 
know whether the inference may be drawn from it that the 
styles are the oldest, and theretore the main skeletal spicules 
ot Hymeniacidon Dujardinii, which it is in process of losing 
altogether. If so, it would be a degenerate form, the nearest 
affinities of which would, I suppose, be difficult to determine. 
Prof. Oscar Schmidt apparently places his Myzxilla rubigi- 
nosa in the neighbourhood of Yedania and between that genus 
and the Desmacidine (Atlant. Sp. Fauna, p. 44)—that is, in 
very much the same position as appears to be occupied by 
Lrachytedania? echinata. 

The foregoing pages testify passim to the obligations I am 
under to Mr. H. J. Carter, F'.R.S., for the liberal loan of speci- 


342 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a Method of 


mens and preparations and valuable assistance and advice; my 
thanks are also due to Dr. Albert Giinther, F.R.S., for kind 
permission to refer to the British Museum Collection, as well 
as to Mr. R. Kirkpatrick, in charge of the sponges therein, 
for ready and effectual assistance in doing so. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


A. Microciona strepsitoxa. 


Figs. 1 & 2. Main skeletal spicules. 

Fig. 3. Echinating spicule. 

Fg. 4. Subclavate style. 

Figs. 5 & 6. Long toxites. 

Fig. 7. Smaller form of toxite. 

Fig. 8. Long toxites; from a photograph, to show central twist. 
Figs. 9 & 10. Isochele, front and side views. 


[Figs. 1-7 magnified 260 diameters; figs. 9 & 10 magnified 
850 diameters. | 
B. Trachytedania (?) echinata. 


Fig. 1. Main skeletal spicule. 
Fug. 2. Echinating spicule. 
Fg. 3. Tylote spicule. 


[ Figs. 1-8 magnified 260 diameters. | 


XLIV.—On a Method of Defence among certain Meduse. 
By J. WaAurer Frewkes*. 


THE Siphonophora, in common with other Medusee, as is well 
known, possess a very powerful organ of defence in the sting- 
ing-cells, also called lasso-cells and nematocysts. There is 
reason to believe that there may be at least one other method of 
protection adopted by these animals. I propose this evening 
to lay before you the evidence of the existence of this second 
method of defence made use of by these animals, and to open 
the discussion of the homologies of the structures in which 
this new means of protection is lodged. 

It may be well to anticipate what follows by the statement 
that the new method of defence is that of discolouring the 
water by the emission of coloured pigment from certain chro- 
matic cells on the bracts, and that these cells bear relation- 
ships and perhaps are homologous with the nematocysts in 


* From the Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxiy. pp. 200-208. 


Defence among certain Meduse. 343 


other genera of the groups in which they exist. The new 
method of defence is found, as far as known, only among 
the Siphonophores, and is limited to one or two genera. 

Let us, on the threshold of our study, consider the history 
of the discovery of the structures in which this peculiar power 
is thought to be lodged. 

In the year 1880, while engaged in the study of an 
Agalma, found at Villa Franca, South France, I noticed on 
the covering-scales certain coloured bodies which resembled 
in distribution in longitudinal rows the nematocysts which 
are ordinarily found on these structures. In the same year 
(1880) I described and figured these bodies, and called 
attention to the fact that when the covering-scale is broken 
from its connexion with the axis a coloured fluid is emitted 
from these organs. A covering-scale, ruptured from its con- 
nexion, was seen to pour out a considerable quantity of yellow 
fluid and to discolour the water in the immediate vicinity. 
When irritated, even while the bract is attached, the animal 
was supposed to discharge the colouring-matter in the same 
way although not in the same quantity. A similar pheno- 

nenon, connected with other organs, had already been 

described, for a discharge of colouring-matter from the tasters 
of Forskalia had been observed and mentioned by Kolliker ; 
but, as far as known, no one had spoken of a like power of 
the chromatic “ cells” or glands of the covering-scales of any 
Siphonophore. 

My observations were not verified, or, at least, were not 
mentioned, by those who studied the Mediterranean Physo- 
phores up to the close of last year, when Dr. M. Bedot* again 
took up the subject, and from a study of what he regards a 
new species of Agalma (A. Clausi), possibly the same as 
mine, or, at least, found in the same locality, described and 
figured these glands again, generously quoting my description 
of eight years ago. His additions to our knowledge of the 
subject are so important that I have taken the liberty of 
quoting from his account somewhat at length. 

Bedot says (p. 79) :—‘‘ Ce qui donne un aspect particulier 
au bouclier, c’est la présence, 4 sa surface, d’un grand nombre 
de petites taches d’un rouge-carmin foncé (fig. 13, g/l). 
Lorsqu’une de ces Agalmes est capturée, elle rejette une 
quantité trés considérable de matiére colorante d’un rouge 
jaune trés intense. Pour Vobserver facilement, on est obligé 
de changer plusieurs fois l’eau du bocal ot elle se trouve. Au 
premier abord, j’ai cru que cette matiére colorante provenait 


* ¢Tirage a part du Recueil Zoologique,’ t. vy. fase. 1. “ Sur Y Agalma 
Clauss” © ip S14 wi 
lausi. 


344 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a Method of 


des tentacles comme on le voit souvent chez les Forskalia. 
Mais j’ai pu me convaincre plus tard que ce n’était pas le cas, 
Cette couleur est produite par les boucliers; les taches rouges 
qui se trouvent 4 leur surface sont des espéces de petites 
glandes, qui éclatent et laissent échapper la matiére colorante. 

“Lorsqu’on observe ces glandes au microscope, on voit 
(fig. 2, gl) qu’elles sont formées par une agglomération de 
cellules contenant un noyau et un protoplasme rempli de 
grosses granulations. Elles ont une forme sphérique ou 
allongée et sont implantés dans la substance gélatineuse, de 
telle sorte que la moitié de la glande, & peu prés, dépasse la 
surface du bouclier. Elles sont recouvertes par |’épithélium. 
Lorsque le contenu de la glande s’est déversé au dehors, toute 
trace de cellule glandulaire a disparu et il ne reste plus, sur 
le bouclier, qu’une petite excavation entourée d’un léger 
nuage jaune. 

““On remarque encore une quantité de petits corps sphé- 
riques qui forment une bordure autour de la gland et s’éten- 
dent ensuite en trainée jusqu’au bord du bouclier, parallélement 
a son grand axe. Ces corps sphériques (fig. 14. 27, et fig. 2, 
ct) ne disparaissent pas apres l’explosion de la glande (fig. 37). 
Ils sont formés d’une enveloppe creuse 4 paroi épaisse (fig. 14, 
e) et A lintérieur se trouve un corpuscule également sphérique 
(s) accolé & la paroi. Sa structure est difficile & observer ; 
néanmoins on peut distinguer 4 Vintérieur une figure qui 
rappelle le fil d’un nematocyste. Ces corps se rencontrent sur 
les boucliers d’autres espéces de Siphonophores. Ils ont été 
déja mentionnés comme étant des nematocystes, mais, je crois, 
sans qu’on en ait fourni la preuve, sans qu’on ait pu observer 
le fil déroulé. I] est trés possible que cette opinion soit 
fondée, ou, tout au moins, que l’on ait affaire ici 4 une forme 
spéciale de cellule urticante. On les trouve souvent accu- 
mulés au bord du bouclier de | Agalma Clausi, parfois aussi, 
ils y forment seulement de petits amas placés de distance en 
distance.” 

There is little doubt that while the bodies mentioned above 
have sometimes been mistaken for nematocysts, and while 
there is nothing to show that they have not in their in- 
terior the “ fil d’un nematocyste,” a distinction ought to be 
made between them and true nematocysts. We find similar 
rows of bodies not only among the Siphonophores, but also 
on the bell of many Hydromeduse. It is doubtful, tor 
example, whether the meridional lines on the external bell- 
walls of Lctopleura are rows of nematocysts, as they are 
generally considered, and the same is possibly true of the 
peculiar nematocyst-like bodies on the outer surface of the 


Defence among certain Meduse. 345 


bell of genera like Gemmaria and Willia. In Athorybia 
also the rows of so-called nematocysts on the outer walls of 
the covering-scales do not in many cases show the “ fil dun 
nematocyste,”’ and therefore we may well question whether 
they are functionally nematocysts, lacking as they do this 
characteristic internal organization of these organs. Still the 
homology of these structures with nematocysts is an open 
question, and it remains yet to be seen whether they might not 
be regarded as lasso-cells in which certain parts have suffered 
a change in form. 

There seems nothing to prevent our accepting the theory 
that the “corps sphériques” of the above description are 
homologues of nematocysts, and Bedot’s figure, as far as it 
goes, does not disprove that they are these organs even if the 
central ‘“ thread’ is absent. 

Between these spherical bodies, however, and the pigment- 
pouches or glands Bedot thinks it necessary to recognize a 
distinction, and certainly their form is very different and 
justifies his views in this regard. Moreover the pigment- 
glands discharge their contents, whereas the spherical bodies 
do not have this power. Is there, however, anything to show 
that the pigment-glands are not more completely developed 
clusters of the so-called spherical bodies? and may not the 
pigment-gland be formed by an aggregation and maturation 
of the spherical bodies? Such an interpretation was given 
the coloured bodies when I studied them, and there is no new 
evidence to lead me to abandon my former opinion. ‘The 
‘‘ pigment-spots”” were at that time regarded as remotely 
represented in Apolemia “‘ by elevations composed of clusters 
of cells on the surface of the tract.”” My use of the word cell 
with two meanings, one as a lasso-cell and the other asa 
histological cell, has led to a confusion and a just criticism 
by Bedot. I consider the pigment-glands to be formed of an 
aggregation of nucleated cells, and each pigment-spot to be 
comparable to a nematocyst (lasso-cell). 

In some genera irritation of the animal leads to a change 
in colour of the covering-scale, which may be akin to the 
discharge of pigment from these bodies. This phenomenon 
seems also to be connected with pigment-cells in the organs, 
although the character of these structures has not been fully 
described. 

Dr. Carl Chun mentions a change of colour of the covering- 
scales in Ceratocymba spectabiiis from the Canaries. He 
speaks of this phenomenon in the following manner :— 

“Sehr eigenthiimlich verhiéit sich das Deckstiick bei 
stiirkerer Beriihrung, insofern auf einen Reiz hin zuerst in der 


346 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a Method of 


Umgebung der beiden hornférmigen Caniile des Oelbehiilters 
und spiiterhin auch von den Ecken beginnend in der gesamm- 
ten Gallerte eine weissliche Triibung auftritt. Dieselbe 
beruht auf dem Erscheinen ausserordentlich feiner K6rnchen, 
die wieder (nach etwa einer halben Stunde) verschwinden, 
wenn die Eudoxie der Ruhe iiberlassen wird. Die eigen- 
thiimliche Triibung erinnert an eine analoger Erscheinung 
bei Hippopodius nur dass hier die auf einen Reiz erfolgende 
und spiter verschwindende milchige Fiarbung an die Kkto- 
dermzellen der Schwimmglocken gebunden ist. In gewissem 
Sinne muss selbst die structurlose Gallerte des Deckstiickes 
einem Reize zuginglich sein, wie das allmiihliche Auftauchen 
und ebenso langsame Verschwinden einer ziemlich intensiven 
Triibung beweist.” 

We might possibly compare this phenomenon with the 
cutaneous circulation and change of colour in pelagic fish- 
embryos and in Cephalopoda; but we know so little of the 
organs by which it is produced that one can as yet hardly 
venture an explanation. 

The excretion and discharge of a coloured fluid from those 
organs which are known as ‘“cystons” or tasters with a 
terminal opening has been noticed by several authors. Both 
K@élliker and Leuckart speak of it, although they seem to 
regard the discharge as due to a rupture of the wall rather 
than [as taking place] through a normal terminal opening. 
Kélliker says, ‘‘ Ohne Zweitel ist diese Substanz ein Excre- 
tionstoff, doch wird ohne genauer Kenntniss ihrer chemischen 
Beschaffenheit nichts Niaheres tiber ihre Bedeutung beizu- 
bringen sein.” 

Heckel describes the structure of these Cystons or “ anal 
vesicles,” showing that they are excretory organs with a ter- 


: =) 
minal anus and glandular walls often highly coloured. They 
are, according to him, confined to the Physophores, mainly 


to the Apolemide, Agalmide, and Forskalide. 

The ‘cystons” or hydrocysts with “mouths” in the 
Agalmide are often, according to Heckel (op. cit. p. 219), 
coloured red or brown, and “the fluid secretion, or the pig- 
mented granular or crystalline masses secreted by it, are 
ejected by the distal mouth, or, rather, the anal opening, 
which is closed by a muscular sphincter.” In the genus 
Forskalia the same author says, ‘‘ When a quietly floating 
forskalia is touched it suddenly discharges the contents of 
the chromadenia [pigment-glands| and makes the surrounding 
water dark and intransparent.” 

Heckel offers the following explanation of the phenomenon 
in Forskalia :—“ The excretion of the pigment-masses and 


Defence among certain Meduse. 347 


the darkening of the water by it have probably the same 
physiological function as in the Cephalopoda—to protect the 
attacked animal from its persecutors and facilitate the capture 
of food-animals.” 

The character of the “cystons”’ in a genus of Apolemidx 
called Dicymbia is described by Heckel. Each “ cormidium ” 
or cluster of the stem is said to have in this genus a single 
deep-red cyston, and the secreted pigment is accumulated in 
a “ head-like terminal expansion of the distal proboscis, and 
thrown out by a small terminal opening, the anus.” 

In Apolemia uvaria*, which often reaches a great size, | 
have repeatedly observed the so-called “ cystons”’ in speci- 
mens from Villa Franca. Heckel simply mentions the fact 
that each cormidium of this gerus has several cystons, but 
gives no special description of them. 

The eystons of Apolemia are brick-red in colour and easily 
distinguished from the remaining appendagesof the cormidium. 
Their general relationship to the covering-scales may be seen 
in my figure of the axis of the well-known A. uvaria from the 
Mediterranean. I have not seen them discharge their ex- 
eretions t, but the intensity of their colour varies in different 
individuals and in different cormidia on the axis. Although 
I have repeatedly watched the well-known “lana di mare” 
Apolemia, I have never been fortunate enough to discover 
one which ejected colouring-matter from these reddish bodies, 
and have not been able to produce it by an irritation of the 
animals. 

There is a peculiarity in the tasters of the genus Nanomia 
which would seem to have a bearing on the discussion of the 
pigmented bodies of the cystons. 

A. Agassiz, in his description of Nanomia, called attention 
to the pigment at the base of the taster of this genus, which 
he designated as an “oil-globule.” He supposed that this 
body formed the float of the young Nanomia which budded 
from the parent. From a comparison of this oil-globule with 
the float of the adult I have shown that a derivation of the 
young from the adult by budding is improbable. Still oil- 
globules are very conspicuous structures on the stem of the 
Nanomia, and have not been observed by me in other genera. 
Consequently, although the tentacular knobs and most of the 

* The existence of what I have called “ nectotasters” or tentacular 
appendages to the nectostem in Apolemia is not mentioned by Heeckel (op. 
cit.), although it is an exceptional feature in Apolenua. These appendages 
and the stem which bears the nectocalyces of Apolemia are easily seen 
and have been figured and described. Kdlliker speaks of them as the 
“ Fuhler zwischen den Schwimmelocken.” 

+ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. viii. no. 7. 


348 Mr. J. W. Fewkes on a Method of 


other structures of Nanomia are identical with those of Agal- 
mopsis pictum, a genus to which I formerly referred Nanomia, 
the exceptional character of the cystons seems to me to 
separate it from Sars’s genus. 

The “ oil-globule”’ forms a swelling at the proximal end 
of the “ cyston,” and was not observed to be ruptured. There 
seems, in point of fact, to be no opening through which it can 
be discharged. Its regular form, its constancy, its position, all 
stamp it as an organ of some kind. If we regard it as a float 
of a new individual it differs very greatly from the adult float 
of Nanomia. If we consider it a pigmented accumulation of 
excretory matter we disregard completely its character as far 
as the examination which has been made goes. It seems as 
if it should be regarded as connected in some way or another 
with the function of the cystons, but how I am unable at 
present to say. 

Reviewing the data which have been brought forward, we 
have the following facts bearing on the discharges of a coloured 
fluid from organs of the body or the modification in colour 
due to irritation in Siphonophores. 

1. Certain Agalmidex, Forskalide, and Apolemide dis- 
charge a coloured fluid from their cystons. This fluid is 
regarded as an excretion and is supposed by Heckel in one 
case to be the means of protection, as the sepia of the Cepha- 
lopoda. 

2. A typical genus of Agalmide (Agalma) has pigment- 
glands on the bracts which discharge their contents when the 
covering-scales are broken from the stem. This discharge 
probably takes place on simple irritation. 

3. Certain Hippopodide and a single known monogastric 
Calycophore change colour somewhat on irritation (see Chun’s 
description above). 

4, Nanomia has a prominent pigmented “ oil-globule” at 
the base of the cyston, which has never been seen to discharge 
its contents. 

What conclusions may be drawn from the above state- 
ments? Are we dealing here with phenomena of a similar 
character, or have we organs with two or three different func- 
tions? Are these discharges when they occur simply the 
throwing off of excretions, or do they also serve for protection 
of the Medusa from its foes ? 

It seems not improbable that the physiological function of 
certain of the tasters, which are known as cystons in Lorskalia, 
is that of excretion. ‘This power of throwing off excretions 
may also serve for protection. Yet it must be borne in mind 
that all the Calycophoridee, the Pneumatophoride, and Hippo- 


Defence among certain Medusa. 349 


podidz have no cystons or similar excretory organs, nor has 
the function of excretion yet been referred in them to any 
special organs. Is it possible that the discharge of coloured 
matter from the pigment-cells of the bract of Agalma is also 
a method of excretion? and is it the same as that of the cystons 
of Horskalia? It seems to me improbable that we have to 
deal with excretions only in this case, although we may have 
an instance of a novel means of protection, which is in part 
accomplished by the discharge of the excretion in Forskalia. 
Upon this theory, however, we need much more light, which 
can best come from more observation. 

It is legitimate to conclude that the discharge of a highly 
coloured fluid by the scales of Agalma is iti part a means of 
protection for the Medusa, and it would seem natural to con- 
nect it with the function of excretion; but we know so little 
about the character of the excretions and the manner in which 
they are produced in Medusee, that at present we can hardly 
definitely ascribe the special function to these glands. Pos- 
sibly similar glands are found in other Physophores, and the 
excretion has not been recognized from the fact that it is not 
so highly coloured as in Agalma Claust and Forskalia. The 
discharge of this fluid from a living animal, if it take place 
without rupture of the wall of the scale, would imply special 
excretory openings somewhere on the bract; and one is 
tempted to search for such openings, if they exist, on the 
distal tip of the scale, when they would be homologous with 
the excretory openings known to exist on the bell-margin of 
certain Hydromeduse, as Metschnikoff and others have 
shown. 

If we accept the theory that the discharge of a coloured 
fluid is a method of defence, the question arises, How is that 
defence accomplished? Does the fluid darken the water in 
the immediate vicinity of the Medusa which possesses this 
power and in that way conceal it from its foes, as in the case 
of the Cephalopoda? or does it serve, as is possibly the case 
with the rattle of the rattlesnake, to warn away its enemies ? 
May it not even bewilder its prey and thus be rather a means 
of capturing its food than of self-protection? Has it possibly 
a poisonous nature fatal to its prey or foes? Our knowledge 
of its nature is all too small to give us an answer to these 
questions. Its bright colour would indicate that even if it is 
poisonous this is not its only property, or its sole function 
that of killing its enemies or prey. The ability to change the 
colour mentioned in Ceratocymba by Dr. Chun might come 
in the same category as a similar power in fishes and Cepha- 
lopoda. In that case we might have a kind of cutaneous 


Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 2a 


350 Mr. A. S. Woodward on Rhaphiosaurus. 


pigment-circulation. The discharge of pigment, however, is 
something different and possibly capable of a very different 
interpretation. 

Is the discharge normal or abnormal? Is it a result of 
extraordinary conditions under which the animal is placed in 
confinement in our aquaria, or is it an habitual mode of pro- 
tection? It seems to me that the latter interpretation will 
best satisfy our limited knowledge; and although when the 
bracts are broken the discharge is more voluminous, since the 
glands are wholly emptied of their contents, the method of its 
discharge shows it to be a function which is perfectly normal. 

It seems to me that we have in these “ glands ” the homo- 
logues of nematocysts, the thread of which is wanting and the 
cells of the interior of which have degenerated or rather 
specialized into pigment-bodies, instead of functioning as an 
urticating-thread. These modified nematocysts throw off a 
coloured fluid which, while it serves in a similar way in pro- 
tection or in killing its prey, bears little morphological like- 
ness to the well-known lasso-cell. 


XLV.—On the so-called Cretaceous Lizard, Rhaphiosaurus. 
By A. SmitH Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S., of the British 
Museum (Natural History). 


In 1840 Prof. Sir Richard Owen described a small portion of 
mandible from the Lower Chalk of Cambridgeshire under the 
name of Ihaphiosaurus *, regarding the fossil as referable to 
a Lacertilian Reptile and provisionally associating with it a 
series of undoubted Reptilian vertebree from the Lower Chalk 
of Burham, Kent. Ten years later the vertebree proved to 
pertain to a distinct generic type named Dolichosaurus T ; and 
the original jaw thus remained as the sole evidence of the 
existence of Rhaphiosaurus. In 1865 Prof. Seeley { stated 
incidentally that the specimen so determined probably belonged 
to a fish ; and still more recently the genus has been recorded§ 
as one requiring further elucidation. 

* R. Owen, “ Description of the Vertebral Column &e. of a small 
Lacertine Saurian from the Chalk,” Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. vi. (1840) 
p. 413, pl. xxxix. fig. 5. Rhaphiosaurus subulidens, Owen, Brit. Assoc. 
Rep. 1841, p. 190. #. duciws, Owen, in Dixon’s ‘Geol. Sussex’ (1850), 
p. 385, pl. xxxix. figs. 1-3. R. subulidens, Owen, “ Foss. Rept. Cret. 
Form.” (Pal. Soc. 1851), p. 19, pl. x. figs. 5, 6. 

+ R. Owen, “ Foss. Rept. Cret. Form.” (Pal. Soe. 1851), p. 22. 

t H. G. Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [5] vol. xvi. p. 146. 

§ Smith Woodward, “ A Synopsis of the Vertebrate Fossils of the 
English Chalk,” Proc. Geol. Assoc, vol. x. (1888) p. 281. 


Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Rhaphiosaurus. 351 


The fossil in question was discovered by Mr. James Carter, 
F.R.C.S., and presented by him to the Woodwardian Museum, 
Cambridge; and, through the kindness of Prof. Hughes, the 
present writer has lately had the privilege of examining and 
comparing the specimen with fossils in the British Museum. 
As a result of the study it may be definitely asserted that 
“Rhaphiosaurus”’ is founded upon the anterior half of the 
dentary bone of a small species of the characteristic Cre- 
taceous fish, Pachyrhizodus, and the resemblance of the den- 
tition to that of the pleurodont lizards is merely a case of 
analogy. 

The jaw exhibits the characteristic fibrous texture of fish- 
bone, and the dentition is such as might from present know- 
ledge be assigned either to fish or reptile; the bone does not 
taper anteriorly, but, when viewed from beneath *, it shows 
the marked inflexion at the symphysis observed in all species 
of the genus just mentioned. The arrangement of the teeth 
agrees precisely with that described by Cope ft and the present 
writer | in Pachyrhizodus; and the dentition is so closely 
paralleled by that of a maxilla in the British Museum asso- 
ciated with scales and detached bones (no. P. 1808), that 
there can be no doubt as to the generic determination. With 
regard to its specific characters, the slenderness and form of 
the dentary bone are sufficient to distinguish it from all 
described species of Pachyrhizodus, and it may therefore retain 
the name of subulidens originally proposed by Owen. The 
British Museum fossil just mentioned is also interesting as 
extending the known range of the form to the Chalk of 
Sussex. 

The intricate history of the acquisition of our knowledge 
of Pachyrhizodus has already been summarized and discussed 
in the ‘Synopsis’ quoted above. Other supposed Saurians 
—NMosasaurus gracilis and Acrodontosaurus Gardneri—have 
likewise been recorded through a misinterpretation of portions 
of jaws of this great predaceous fish ; and it is unfortunate to 
have to add one more of the few Reptilian generic names in 
the list from the European Chalk to the synonymy of the 
same deceptive generic type. 


* Pl. xxxix. fig. 1, in Dixon’s ‘ Geol. Sussex.’ 

{ E. D. Cope, “ Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Formations of the West ” 
(U. 8. Geol. Surv. Territ. 1875), p. 220. 

I Smith Woodward, lve, cit. p. 315. 


25% 


352 Dr. G. J. Hinde on a true Leuconid Calcisponge 


XLVI.— On a true Leuconid Calcisponge from the Middle 
Lias of Northamptonshire, and on detached Calcisponge 
Spicules in the Upper Chalk of Surrey. By GeorGe 
JENNINGS HINDE, Ph.D. 


[Plate XVII] 


I. Ona true Leuconid Calcisponge from the Middle 
Lias of Northamptonshire. 


Mr. E, A. Watrorp, F.G.S., of Banbury, kindly sent to 
me some time since for study and description several speci- 
mens of a small sponge which he had discovered in the Marl- 
stone beds of the Middle Lias at King’s Sutton, near Banbury. 
The specimens, though small or almost microscopic in size, 
appear to be perfect and full-grown, and their state of preser- 
vation is so remarkable as to permit of ready determination 
of their minute skeletal structures. This is the more sur- 
prising since the specimens prove to be Calcisponges, as 
delicate and fragile as any existing representatives of this 
group. Though occurring in strata of such a comparatively 
remote geological period, the structure of these specimens so 
fully agrees with that of existing sponges of the genus Leu- 
candra, Heckel, that I propose to include them therein. 
Only a single species has as yet been determined, which is 
described below under the name of Leucandra Walfordt. 


Leucandra Walfordi, sp.n. (PI. XVII. figs. 1-9.) 


Sponges small, club-shaped, subcylindrical or compressed, 
slightly contracted at the base, which is attached to small 
grains of sand or fragments of other organisms. Usually 
growing single, but occasionally two or three individuals are 
attached together at their bases. The specimens range from 
2 to 3°5 millim. in height and from °6 to 1 millim. in thick- 
ness. The outer surface is slightly hispid, with obliquely 
projecting spicules; the summits are obtusely conical or 
truncate, without any distinctive neck or spicular collar. 
The cloacal tube extends nearly to the base of the sponge ; 
it opens by a circular or, in the compressed forms, elliptical 
aperture, from *2 to ‘5 millim. in width. The inner or cloacal 
surface of the wall is apparently smooth and without any 
special layer of spicules. The walls of the sponge are about 
*2 millim. in thickness ; they are composed of cylindrical or 
fusiform acerates or rod-shaped spicules and three- or four- 


from the Middle Lias of Northamptonshire. 353 


rayed spicules of varying dimensions, which, for the most 
part, are indiscriminately intermingled together. Most of the 
acerate spicules are nearly straight, approximately cylindrical 
rods, with styliform, slightly inflected extremities (figs. 9 a, 
b). Of the largest of these I have not met with a complete 
form; the longest fragments measure ‘43 millim. in length 
and from *005 to ‘01 millim. in thickness. Other acerate 
spicules are straight or curved and either fusiform, gradually 
tapering to an acute point at both ends (figs. 9, d, e), or nearly 
of an even thickness for the greater portion of their length, 
and then terminating acutely (figs. 9, c, g). These latter 
range from 09 to °29 millim. in length and from ‘0037 to 
“007 millim. in thickness. The rod-shaped spicules appa- 
rently form the majority in this species ; some of the longer 
forms are disposed either parallel with the wall or in an oblique 
direction, so that their distal ends slightly project beyond 
its general surface. 

Of the three-rayed spicules (fig. 7) some are regular in 
form, that is with the rays of equal length, in others the 
rays appear to be unequal; but as one or more are usually 
broken, it is not easy to determine how far they may have 
been similar originally. The rays are smooth, straight, or 
rarely with a slight curvature, and very gradually tapering 
to an acute point. Sagittate forms appear to be absent. 
There is a great difference in the size of these spicules; in a 
small specimen the rays are not more than ‘03 millim. in 
length by ‘004 millim. in thickness, whilst the rays of a large 
spicule are ‘26 millim. in length and ‘01 millim. in thickness 
at the base. In the four-rayed spicules (fig. 8) the facial or 
plane rays resemble those of the three-rayed forms and the 
additional apical ray appears to be usually shorter than the 
facial rays, and in some it is distinctly more robust and some- 
what abruptly pointed. The rays in some instances are also 
decidedly elliptical in section at their bases. The three- and 
four-rayed spicules are, so far as can be ascertained, irregu- 
larly intermingled with one another and with the acerate 
spicules in the structure of the wall, and no special arrange- 
ment either on the dermal or cloacal surfaces is apparent ; 
but it is quite possible that the stout apical ray of the four-’ 
rayed spicules may project into the cloacal cavity, though not 
now recognizable in position. 

Of the canal-system in the walls of this species very little 
can be ascertained; there are here and there minute circular 
holes on the outer surface, which may be apertures of incurrent 
canals, and in fractured portions of the wall there are traces 
of anastomosing canals; also on the inner or cloacal surfaces 


354 Dr. G. J. Hinde on a true Leuconid Calcisponge 


there are indications of the larger apertures of excurrent 
canals. As, however, the intermediate spaces in the spicules 
of the wall are generally filled with an extremely fine pow- 
dery matrix, the courses of the canals, even on the supposition 
that they were similar to those of existing Leucones of corre- 
sponding dimensions, would be to a great extent unrecog- 
nizable. 

The examples of this species occur detached and free in a 
decayed rusty rock, mingled with sand and oolitic grains and 
broken-up fragments of Crinoidea or other Echinoderms. 
Many retain their outer form as perfectly as any specimen of 
Grantia which might be met with on our coasts at the present 
day ; others have been fractured, and small portions of their 
wall are found separately. The sand-grains &c. now attached 
to the bases of some of the specimens are probably the original 
materials on which the sponge fixed itself during its growth. 
Not only do these sponges retain their outer form, but the 
structure of their walls with their loosely arranged interfelted 
spicules is apparently undisturbed. As already mentioned, 
the sponges are now infilled with a powdery rusty matrix, 
much in the same way as recent specimens will get charged 
with muddy sediment; and this matrix can be partially re- 
moved by gentle washing, leaving the loose spicular wall 
exposed nearly in its pristine condition (fig. 6). By breaking 
off a fragment of the sponge and still further treating it with 
water or with a drop or two of spirits of wine, aided by gently 
touching with a needle or camel’s-hair brush, the spicular 
felt-work becomes disentangled, and its individual constituents 
separated from each other as readily as those of recent Calci- 
sponges by the action of caustic potash. In reality the struc- 
ture of these fossil sponges has been preserved almost unaltered 
and uninjured, in spite of the fact that the spicules of which 
they consist are exceedingly slender, fragile, and minute, and 
that they are only loosely and irregularly intermingled 
together. 

As regards brittleness, however, the spicules of the Lias 
sponges now fracture much more readily than those of existing 
analogues, and it is exceptional to find perfect forms in micro- 
scopic mountings from them. Under the microscope the 
spicules vary but slightly in appearance from recent forms; 
their lustre is hardly so brilliant, but their surfaces are equally 
smooth and even, and show no traces of erosion. In polarized 
light they behave the same as recent Calcisponge spicules. I 
have not noticed any traces of axial canals; but even in recent 
spicules of similar dimensions it is very rarely that the canals 
can be distinguished. 


Srom the Middle Lias of Northamptonshire. 355 


The figures of the spicules on the accompanying Plate 
(Pl. XVIL. figs. 7, 8,9), which have all been drawn to a 
uniform scale of 200 diameters, will convey a better idea of 
their relation in size and form to those of recent Calcisponges 
than a verbal description. Judging by the standard proposed 
by Heckel (Kalkschw. Bd.i.p. 209) for recent spicules, these 
fossil forms are included in the four lowest grades of minute, 
small, medium-small, and medium-large forms; that is to 
say, the rays of the smallest fossil three-rayed spicule are 
only -03 millim. in length, and thus within the sixth or lowest 
seale, whilst the rays of the largest: observed are -26 millim. 
in length, and thus of the fourth or medium-small scale. The 
length of some of the largest acerate spicules would bring 
them into the scale of the third or medium-large forms. 
Spicules of the first or second dimensions do not occur in this 
fossil. When compared with the spicules of recent species of 
Leucandra or of other genera of Leucones, as depicted in 
Heckel’s Monograph (mostly on the scale of 100 diameters), 
the fossil forms are seen to be as a rule smaller and more deli- 
cate than the recent ones. In some recent species, such as 
Leucandra Gosset, Bowbk., sp., and L. crambessa, Hack., the 
rays of the three-rayed spicules are of about the same length, 
but somewhat more robust than the fossil forms; but the 
acerate spicules in the same sponges are of unmistakably 
stouter proportions than those in the fossil, and they further 
differ in not being inflected near the point. In the fossil the 
simple acerate spicules are more numerous than the three- and 
four-rayed forms, whilst in most of the recent species of the 
genus the reverse proportions exist. 

Owing to the small size and state of preservation it is not 
practicable to ascertain the details of the canal-system suffi- 
ciently, so as to compare the fossil with its recent analogues ; 
but the evidence, so far as it goes, tends to show that there is 
the same system of irregular anastomosing canals as in recent 
Leucones. 

The significance of this discovery of fossil Leuconid sponges, 
structurally similar to the existing genus Leucandra, in strata 
of Liassic age, may be understood from the fact that hitherto 
no fossil sponge of this family has been met with, though 
detached spicules, probably belonging to sponges of the same 
group, have been detected in the Tertiary deposits of St. Erth, 
Cornwall (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xlii. (1886) p. 214). 
With the single exception of Protosycon punctatum, Goldf., 
sp-, from the Jurassic Limestones of Streitberg, in Franconia, 
which has been placed by v. Zittel in the Sycones family, no 
member of either of the three existing families of Calcisponges 


356 Dr. G. J. Hinde on a true Leuconid Calcisponge 


established by Haeckel has previously been known. So fragile 
and apparently unfitted to be preserved as fossils are the 
structures of recent Calcisponges, that Heeckel did not think 
entire forms would ever be found in the rocks, though possibly 
their microscopic detached spicules might be met with 
(Kalksch. Bd.1. p. 341). And yet, by some most favourable 
combination of circumstances, this remarkable fossil Calci- 
sponge, as fragile as any of its existing relatives, has been 
preserved since Liassic times. Since Heckel’s Monograph 
appeared in 1872 numerous fossil Calcisponges have been 
determined by v. Zittel and others ; but all of them, with the 
exception mentioned above, belong to the extinct family of 
the Pharetrones, characterized by having a skeleton of solid 
spicular fibres. This structural type of Calcisponge appears 
to have been singularly well adapted for fossilization, since 
sponges of this group are recorded from Devonian strata up- 
wards; but as regards some of the older forms, from the 
Devonian to the Triassic, further evidence of the nature of 
their fibrous skeletons is still required. The skeletal fibres in 
the Jurassic and Cretaceous Pharetrones, however, consist of 
spicules closely resembling those of existing Leucones and 
other recent Calcisponges, and on this ground vy. Dunikowski 
placed them as a mere subfamily of the Leucones (‘ Palzeon- 
tographica,’ Bd. xxix. (1883) p. 34 sep. Abdr.), and believed 
that the solid fibres were of secondary origin, produced by 
fossilization. ‘This view is clearly untenable, since the spicules 
in the solid fibres of the Pharetrones have oftentimes a very 
definite arrangement, quite impossible to have been produced 
by mechanical influences from the irregularly intermingled 
spicules of Leuconid sponges. We now know from this Lias 
fossil that sponges with true Leuconid structure date as far 
back in geological time as any Pharetrones with definitely 
ascertained spicular fibres ; and it is not improbable that both 
groups may have coexisted from the Paleozoic era. It is 
worthy of note that whilst the Leuconid type still flourishes 
and is world-wide in its distribution, the Pharetronid type 
seems to have wholly died out, the latest known * occurring 
in the Upper Chalk. 

Distribution. The fossils were obtained by Mr. E. A. Wal- 
ford, F.G.8.f, in a bed belonging to the Marlstone of the 

* An Australian Calcisponge, Leucetta clathrata, Carter (Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. ser.°5, vol. xi. (1883) p. 33), was originally described by Mr, 
H. J. Carter, F.R.S., as possessing solid spicular fibres; but he has since 
discovered that the fibres are really tubular (7, vol. xvii. (1836) p. 508). 

+ I wish to state that the keen observation of Mr. Walford has also 
brought to light numerous other small Calcisponges in the Inferior Oolite 
of Dorsetshire, which are now under examination. They aye all Phare- 
trones, and include many new species. 


from the Middle Lias of Northamptonshire. 357 


Middle Lias, in the zone of Ammonites spinatus, at King’s 
Sutton, Northamptonshire. Associated with the sponges are 
numerous specimens of well-preserved Foraminifera, Corals, 
Mollusca, and Polyzoa; these latter have already been 
described by Mr. Walford (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. 
1887, p. 636). 


II. Detached Calcisponge Spicules in the Upper Chalk 
of Surrey. (Pl. XVII. fig. 10.) 


In some mountings of the finer material of the Upper Chalk 
(zone of Micraster) from Croydon and Sutton, Surrey, there 
are, in addition to the common Foraminiferal species of Tewx- 
tularia, Globigerina, &c., some minute three- and four-rayed 
spicules, very similar in appearance to those of ordinary 
Calcisponges. The spicules are of calcite, their forms are 
fairly complete, but their surfaces are rough and uneven, as 
if covered by the finest particles of the Chalk. The rays are 
conical, with blunt terminations ; they vary from ‘04 to °13 
millim. in length and from ‘007 to °02 millim. in thickness. 
Some are regular forms with rays equal in length; in others 
the rays are unequal. Beyond some rod-like fragments of 
the same thickness as the three-rayed forms no other spicules 
are present in the material. As these spicules correspond in 
form, size, and mineral structure with those of Calcisponges, 
it seems reasonable to conclude that they are detached from 
sponges of this group. The only other inference is that they 
may be spicules of siliceous ‘Tetractinellid sponges which 
have been replaced by calcite. But against this supposition 
is the fact that even the larger forms of true siliceous spicules 
are very rare in the Chalk of these areas (unless included in 
the cavities of flints); they have been dissolved, leaving 
empty moulds in the chalky matrix. Further, in these spicules 
the three facial rays are approximately in the same plane, the 
same as those of Calcisponges generally, whereas in the 
Tetractinellid Calthrops spicules the rays are generally dis- 
posed in the form of a tripod. It would also be very unusual 
to find such very small detached forms which had undergone 
mineral replacement. As Calcisponges of the genus Hlasmo- 
stoma are found in the Chalk of Kent, the occurrence of 
detached spicules might have been anticipated ; but they do 
not appear to have been noticed previously. 


358 Mr. E. B. Poulton on distasteful Insects. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 
Leucandra Walfordi, figs. 1-9. 

Figs. 1-4. Four specimens of the sponge, enlarged to the same scale of 
ten diameters. 

Fig. 5. A transverse section of a specimen, showing the thickness of the 
wall and the cloacal cavity. Enlarged ten diameters. 

Fig. 6. A fragment of the inner surface of the sponge-wall, showing the 
irregular disposition of the spicules and traces of canals. En- 
larged sixty diameters. 

Fig. 7. Entire and fragmentary three-rayed spicules of the sponge-wall. 
Enlarged two hundred diameters. 

Fig. 8. Entire and fragmentary four-rayed spicules. Similarly enlarged. 

Fig. 9. Entire and fragmentary rod-like and acerate spicules. Enlarged 
two hundred diameters. 


[The above are from the Marlstone of the Middle Lias at 
King’s Sutton, Northamptonshire. | 


Fig. 10, Detached three- and four-rayed spicules of Calcisponges from the 
Upper Chalk of Croydon and Sutton, Surrey. Enlarged two 
hundred diameters. 


XLVIL.—Mr. A. G. Butler's Remarks upon distasteful 
Insects. By Epwarp B. Poutton, M.A., F.R.S. 


My attention has only just been directed to Mr. Butler’s 
paper in the August number of this Journal. My only object 
in replying to the extraordinary statements and inferences 
therein contained is the enlightenment of readers who may 
mistake the expression of Mr. Butler’s conviction that his 
notes occupy an altogether unique position for a comprehensive 
guide to the literature of the subject. 

Mr. Butler tells us that the attention which a paper of his 
published many years ago “ has since received has been inter- 
esting, as showing how very little has since been done by 
naturalists either to prove or disprove the truth of the theories 
based thereon.” 

From this remark any reader who was not acquainted with 
the subject might reasonably suppose (1) that the theories 
alluded to were thought out by Mr. Butler; (2) that Mr. But- 
ler’s observations formed the first basis on which the theories. 
rested, and that very little or nothing has been added in the 
way of proof or disproof since 1869, when Mr. Butler’s paper 
appeared. 


Mr. E. B. Poulton on distasteful Insects. 359 


All these suppositions would be erroneous. (1) The 
important hypothesis that conspicuous and gaudy colours in 
larvee are attended by qualities rendering their possessors 
inedible is entirely due to A. R. Wallace (Proc. Ent. Soe. 
1867, p. Ixxx). (2) This suggestion received confirmation 
on March Ist, 1869, when papers were read by J. Jenner 
Weir and A. G. Butler (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. vi); but 
the former paper was by far the more important and attracted 
more attention in the discussion which ensued. Both papers 
subsequently appeared in the ‘Transactions.’ Mr. Butler’s 
paper, which he regards as the almost exclusive authority on 
the subject, records experiments with three species of con- 
spicuous larvee, and contrasts the behaviour of insect-eating 
animals towards them with their behaviour towards less con- 
spicuous species. 

Since that date Mr. Jenner Weir contributed another 
important paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870), Professor Weis- 
mann published many interesting observations (‘ Studies in 
the Theory of Descent,’ part 11. pp. 836-340, English trans- 
lation by Prof. Meldola), and in 1887 (Proc. Zool. Soc. 
pp- 191-274) I brought together all that had been done, with 
many new observations of my own and Mr. J. Jenner Weir. 
A few new notes by Mr. Butler were also included. Experi- 
ments upon considerably over one hundred species or stages 
of insects and other Arthropoda are described, observations 
made by Mr. Butler being recorded in sixteen of these. The 
attention which this small proportion of the total work has 
received is simply due to the fairness of biological writers in 
giving credit to one of the first two experimenters in this 
direction, and not because either the importance of the results 
or the care with which the work was conducted call for any 
special mention. 

Finding that the comparison of all experiments had pro- 
duced many interesting results (recorded in the paper men- 
tioned above), I determined to renew the work in the following 
years, and I was glad to avail myself of Mr. Butler’s help. 
I have continued experimenting up to the present time (I 
even made an experiment yesterday) and have a large body 
of notes. Most of my experiments and all those contained in 
Mr. Butler’s notes were made in 1887, and although they 
have not been published in full, an account of the most inter- 
esting results was read before the British Association at 
Manchester, and is published in abstract in the Report of that 
meeting (pp. 763-765), where Mr. Butler will find his assist- 
ance fully acknowledged. 

If I had no more notes than those supplied by Mr. Butler 


360 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Typhlopide. 


their preparation for publication would be only a work of a 
few hours; but these notes are a very small fraction of the 
whole. I wonder that Mr. Butler did not write to me and 
ask for his notes, instead of for the first time intimating his 
dissatisfaction in this extraordinary manner. Since, how- 
ever, he prefers this mode of procedure, I will mention that 
I am returning his notes only a few hours after first seeing 
his paper. 

There is nothing in Mr. Butler’s notes of 1887 or in the 
few remarks he makes in the paper to which I am replying 
which tends to “ mystify” the subject. It has always been 
admitted that one animal may eat what another refuses. The 
effect which such colours and patterns as those of Zeuzera 
esculi would have upon an insectivorous animal has been 
abundantly shown in my paper (/. c. p. 236). Mr. Butler’s 
conclusions as to the larva of Stauropus fagi seem to me to 
be quite valueless in the absence of direct evidence, while the 
presumption is the other way. JInsect-eating animals cer- 
tainly keenly relish spiders, but they are nevertheless often 
afraid of spiders of a size such as S. fag? suggests. It is 
characteristic of the whole spirit of Mr. Butler’s paper that 
he should ridicule my extension of H. Miiller’s interpretation 
of the attitude assumed by S. fag? so far as it may be supposed 
to apply to birds—a supposition to which I did not even allude 
—and that he should omit to mention the actual proofs which 
I obtained that alarm is caused by its attitude in the case of 
other animals (marmoset and lizard). Those who are inter- 
ested in investigating a specimen of Mr. Butler’s method of 
controversy would do well to compare his remarks on the 
spider-like attitude of S. fag¢ with my experiments and con- 
clusions on the same subject (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, pp. 583— 
586). 


Oxford, 
Oct. 4, 1889. 


_ XLVILI.—Descriptions of new Typhlopide tn the British 
Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER. 


Helminthophis Petersit. 


Rostral half the width of the head, extending to between. 
the eyes, truncate posteriorly, and forming a broad suture with 
the frontal ; two superposed preoculars and a subocular ; eye 


Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Typhlopide. 361 


distinguishable under the ocular; four upper labials, first 
largest, third in contact with the ocular. Diameter of body 
55 times in the total length; tail a little longer than broad, 
ending ina spine. 20 scales round the body. Brown, each 
seale darker in the centre; snout and anal region yellowish. 
A single specimen, 110 millim. long, from Guayaquil, 


collected by Mr. Fraser. 


Helminthophis Guenthert. 


Rostral one third the width of the head, extending to the 
level of the eyes, rounded posteriorly, and forming a suture 
with the frontal, which is very broad; eye distinguishable 
under the ocular; four upper labials, first largest, third in 
contact with the ocular. Diameter of the body 50 times in 
the total length; tail twice as long as broad, ending in a 
spine. 20 scales round the body. Olive-brown above, head 
white ; yellowish inferiorly, with small scattered olive spots. 

A single specimen, 170 millim. long, from Porto Real, 
Province Rio Janeiro, collected by M. Hardy du Dréneuf. 


Typhlops leucoproctus. 


Snout rounded, moderately projecting; nostrils lateral. 
Rostral about one third the width of the head, extending to 
the level of the eyes; nasal nearly completely divided, the 
cleft proceeding from the second labial ; preeocular present, a 
little narrower than the nasal or the ocular, in contact with 
the second and third labials; eye distinguishable; upper 
head-scales moderately enlarged ; four upper labials. Dia- 
meter of body 40 to 65 times in the total length ; tail once and 
a half to twice as long as broad, ending ina spine. 20 scales 
round the body. Dark brown, somewhat lighter inferiorly ; 
labial and anal regions yellowish. 

Fly River (New Guinea) and Murray Island (Torres 
Straits), collected. by the Rev. S. Macfarlane; Queensland. 
The largest specimen measures 220 millim. 


Typhlops comorensis. 


Snout depressed, rounded, strongly projecting; nostrils 
lateral. Rostral two fifths the width of the head, extending 
to the level of the eyes; nasal semidivided, the cleft pro- 
ceeding from the second labial; preocular present, as broad 
as the ocular, in contact with the second and third labials; 
eye distinct; upper head-scales feebly enlarged ; four upper 
labials. Diameter of body 54 times in the total length; tail 


362 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Typhlopide. 


once and a half as long as broad. 20 scales round the body. 
Dark brown; labial and anal regions yellowish. 
A single specimen, 245 millim. long, from the Comoro 


Islands, collected by Sir John Kirk. 


Typhlops socotranus. 


Snout rounded, very prominent; nostrils lateral. Rostral 
about one third the width of the head, not extending to the 
level of the eyes; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft pro- 
ceeding from the second labial; praocular present, broader 
than the nasal or the ocular, in contact with the second and 
third labials; eye distinct; upper head-scales slightly en- 
larged; four upper labials. Diameter of body 37 to 50 times 
in the total length; tail as long as broad, ending in a spine. 
24 scales round the body. Whitish, with pale brown lines 
running between the dorsal series of scales. 

Two specimens, the largest 200 millim. long, from Socotra, 


collected by Prof. J. B. Balfour. 


Typhlops torresianus. 


Snout prominent, rounded; nostrils inferior. Rostral 
about one third the width of the head, not extending quite to 
the level of the eyes, the portion visible from below half as 
broad as long; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft extending 
from the second labial to the upper surface of the snout; pree- 
ocular present, narrower than the nasal or the ocular, in con- 
tact with the second and third labials ; eye distinguishable ; 
prefrontal, supraoculars, and parietals enlarged ; tour upper 
labials. Diameter of body 40 to 43 times in the total length ; 
tail a little longer than broad, ending in a spine. 22 scales 
round the body. Dark olive or brown above, the scales 
edged with lighter ; whitish inferiorly. 

‘T'wo specimens, the largest 400 millim. long, from Murray 
Island, Torres Straits, collected by the Rev. 8. Macfarlane. 


‘yphlops regine. 

Snout prominent, rounded; nostrils inferior. Rostral 
nearly halt the width of the head, not extending to the level 
of the eyes, the portion visible from below longer than broad ; 
nasal incompletely divided, the cleft extending from the first 
labial to the upper surface of the snout; preeocular present, 
nearly as broad as the nasal or the ocular, in contact with the 
second and third labials; eye distinguishable ; prefrontal, 
supraoculars, and parietals much enlarged ; four upper labials. 


On two new Rhynchophorous Coleoptera. 363 


Diameter of body 37 to 50 times in the total length; tail a 
little longer than broad, ending in a spine. 22 scales round 
the body. Greyish olive above, whitish inferiorly. 

Three specimens, the largest 410 millim. long, from 


Queensland, collected by Colonel Beddome. 


Typhlops Blanfordit. 
Typhlops Eschrichtit (non Schleg.), Blanf. Geol. and Zool. Abyss. p. 457. 


Snout very prominent, depressed, rounded, with inferior 
nostrils. Rostral large, more than half the width of the head, 
extending to between the eyes, the portion visible from below 
nearly as long as broad; nasal semidivided, the cleft pro- 
ceeding from the first labial; preeocular present, much nar- 
rower than the nasal or the ocular, in contact with the second 
and third labials ; eye distinct, below the suture between the 
preocular and the ocular; prefrontal much enlarged, supra- 
oculars and parietals feebly enlarged; four upper labials. 
Diameter of body 40 times in the total length; tail broader 
than long, ending in a spine. 30 scales round the body. 
Olive-grey, basal half of each dorsal scale blackish ; a narrow 
whitish stripe along the middle of the lower surface. 

A single specimen, 320 millim. long, from Senafé, Abys- 
sinia. 


Typhlops affinis. 


Under this name I propose to designate a small Typhlops, 
170 millim. long, which has been regarded by Peters (Monatsb. 
Berl. Akad. 1867, p. 709) as the young of his 7’. unguirostris, 
with which it agrees in every respect except in having only 
18 scales round the body (instead of 22 or 24) and a some- 
what longer tail. 

Queensland. 


XLIX.—Descriptions of two new Rhynchophorous Coleoptera 
from the Louisiade Archipelago. By CHARLES O, WATER- 
HOUSE. 


A SMALL series of Coleoptera from the Louisiade Archipelago 
has recently been presented to the British Museum by Mr. 
Basil Thomson. Among them is a new species of Mr. Pascoe’s 
genus Aptrocalus and a new Lhinoscapha. ‘There is also a 


364 On two new Rhynchophorous Coleoptera. 


species of Lhinoscapha which agrees admirably with Herr 
Karsch’s description of R. virédula except that in that species 
the interstices of the elytra are said to be flat, whereas in the 
specimen before me they are distinctly convex. This may 
be a mere individual variation. 


Rhinoscapha Thomson. 


Elongato-obovata, nigra, squamis glaucis parce tecta; rostro medio 
sulcato utrinque obtuse carinato ; thorace rugoso, medio impresso ; 
elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis vix convexis, granulis nume- 
rosis nigris nitidis sparsis, singulis elytris maculis duabus ante 
medium fasciaque pone medium flavis ornatis. 

Long. 11 lin. 


Hab. Aignan Island. 

Black, sparingly clothed with fine, very pale bluish-grey 
scales. The rostrum has a broad median channel, with an 
impressed line in the middle. The antenne are clothed with 
erey scales, with the apex of the joints of the funiculus black, 
beset with a few black hairs; the scape reaches to the 
middle of the eye; the second joint of the funiculus is a 
little longer than the first. The thorax is as long as broad, 
distinctly narrowed at the base, broadest in front of the middle, 
convex, transversely impressed in front, with a well-marked 
discoidal impression ; covered with black shining granules, 
which are variable in size and shape and are sometimes con- 
fluent. The elytra are punctate-striate, the punctures small 
and not very close together ; the interstices are only slightly 
convex about the middle, studded with very numerous, small, 
black, shining granules, with a few of a rather larger size 
round the yellow spot and bordering the yellow fascia; each 
elytron has a transversely ovate yellow spot at a short dis- 
tance from the base and a little removed from the suture, and 
another below the shoulder; the transverse fascia (which 
does not reach the margin of the elytron) is a little dilated 
about the middle. The legs are clothed with grey scales and 
are studded with black shining granules ; the tibiz are beset 
with hairs, which are chiefly blackish on the outer and pale 
fulvous on the inner edge. 


Apirocalus Thomsont. 


Fuscus, sat dense sordide cinereo-squamosus; antennis longis; 
thorace latitudine perpaulo longiore, convexo, tuberculoso, antice 
et postice angustato, lateribus arcuatis; elytris latitudine per- 
paulo brevioribus, striato-punctatis, ad basin thoracis basi haud 


Mr. J. Wood-Mason on Phyllothelys. 365 


Jatioribus, ad latera expansis nigro-fimbriatis, ante apicem subite 
oblique angustatis, declivis, apice ipso obtuso. 
Long. 93, lat. elytr. 54 millim. 


Hab. Aignan Island. 


This species is near A. Gestrot (Pascoe, Ann. Mus. Genova, 
1885, t. 1. fig. 3), but has the thorax narrower and more nar- 
rowed behind, and the elytra are dilated before the middle, 
with the expanded margin fringed with long black hair. The 
rostrum is marked off from the forehead by a curved impressed 
line and has also a median impressed line. The antenne are 
two thirds the length of the whole insect; the funiculus has 
seven elongate joints, gradually decreasing in length towards 
the club, whiclr is also elongate. The thorax is nearly as 
much narrowed at the base as in front, covered with round 
depressed tubercles. The elytra at their base are not wider 
than the thorax, but at one quarter from the base the margin 
is expanded to rather mere than twice the width of the base, 
then slightly narrowed posteriorly to one quarter from the 
apex, where it is turned in at aright angle; the dorsal sur- 
face is rather flat, slightly convex at the suture; the apical 
part is sloping down, obliquely narrowed. The femora are 
much thickened; the anterior cox are scarcely separated. 
The basal segment of the abdomen has a small velvety spot 
in the middle of the posterior margin. ‘The elytra, legs, and 
underside are studded with short, stiff, pale setae. 


L,.—Monograph of Phyllothelys, a Genus of Mantodes 
peculiar to the Oriental Region. By J. Woop-Mason, 
Superintendent of the Indian Museum, and Professor of 
Comparative Anatomy in the Medical College, Calcutta. 


Genus PHYLLOTHELYS, Wood-Mason. 


Phyllothelys, Wood-Mason, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1876, p. 176; Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 507 ; Proc. Ent. Soc. 1877, 
p- xviii; Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, vol. lili. pt. ii. p. 206, pl. xi., 
3 Q. 
Distribution. Indo-Chinese, Ceylonese and South Indian, 
and Malayan subregions of the Oriental Region. 


1. Phyllothelys Westwood'. 


Phyllothelys Westwoodi, Wood-Mason, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. loc. cit. 
figs. 1, 1b, 2,26,-2c,and 2d, dg @. 


$ ¢?. Protuberance of vertex trilobed. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 


bo 
oS 


566 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on Phyllothelys. 


6. Horn rudimentary. 

9. Horn well-developed, tapering very slightly and gradu- 
ally from its base to its truncated apex, which is divided by 
an angular notch into two points, with the edges of its folia- 
ceous expansions entire. 

$ ?. Axillary or plicate vein of tegmina 1-branched. 
Discoidal or anterior ulnar vein of wings 2-branched. 

Hab. Sibsagur and Cachar districts, Assam; Buxa, Bhu- 
tan; Upper Tenasserim ; and Mergui. 


2. Phyllothelys taprobane, n. sp. (Fig. 1, p. 368.) 
&. Unknown. 


2. Protuberance of vertex simple, without lateral lobes ; 
horn long-lanceolate, with its edges minutely notched, the 
teeth formed by the notches appearing to be the free ends of 
obscure branch-like thickenings which pass off from the 
primitive horn, as in the following species. 

Organs of flight of the same proportions and structure and 
of much the same colour as in the preceding, differing only 
in details; the tegmina having the space intervening between 
the radial veins and the dark mottling of the disk opaque, 
whity brown; the wings, their very bases, their anterior mar- 
gin from the base to rather beyond the middle, their longitu- 
dinal veins for varying distances from the base, and their 
transverse veinlets to within a short distance of the apex in 
both areas yellow or yellow-brown, the last-named being in 
addition very narrowly lined with hyaline on both sides. 
Axillary or plicate vein of tegmina 2-branched; discoidal or 
anterior ulnar vein of wings 1-branched. 

The legs differ only in matters of minufe detail from those 
of the preceding species ; owing to the dark marbling being 
more developed the yellow marks on the inside of the fore 
femora are smaller; the fore tibize are armed on the outside 
with 16 and 17 teeth and on the inside with 16 and 16; the 
free margins of the foliaceous lobes of the four posterior 
femora are minutely and decreasingly from the base denticu- 
late, with a single seta inserted in the distal side of each 
denticle. 

Total length, from apex of horn to apex of abdomen, 73 
millim.; height of head 17, of which the horn is 12°75; 
length of pronotum 27, of which the anterior and posterior 
lobes are respectively 5°75 and 21°25; length of tegmina 30, 
breadth 6°5; length of wings 26, breadth 14; length of 
abdomen 243 length of fore coxa 15, femur 16:5. 

Ilab. Ceylon. Collected by Mr. A. P. Green, of Colombo. 


Mr. J. Wood-Mason on Phyllothelys. 367 


3. Phyllothelys paradoxum. 
Vhyllothelys paradoxum, Wood-Mason, op. ct loc. cit. fiz. 3, nymphal ¢. 


$,nymph, Protuberance of vertex trilobed; horn deeply 
indented or branched at the sides, so as to resemble a narrow 
pinnately-cleft leaf. 

9. Unknown. 

Hab, Burmah; precise locality unknown, but probably 
Pegu. 


4, Phyllothelys malaye, n. sp. (Fig. 2, p. 368.) 


3. Protuberance of vertex trilobed; horn curled (? nor- 
mally), tapering at first rather rapidly, then very slowly, to its 
acute apex, with the lateral foliaceous expansions folded back 
(?normally) against the primitive horn and the median folia- 
ceous expansion, and with its front face deeply fluted. 

Organs of flight when closed extending by about one 
seventh of the length of the tegmina beyond the end of the 
abdomen, iridescent, pellucid, very pale fuscous, with the 
anterior margin in the tegmina and the anterior margin with 
the apex in the wings semiopaque, fuscous, concolorous ~ 
with the longitudinal veins, which are obsoletely annulated 
with darker in the tegmina and in the anterior area of the 
wings; transverse veinlets of posterior area of wings indis- 
tinct, pale. Axillary or plicate vein of tegmina 2-branched. 
Discoidal or anterior ulnar vein of wings 3-branched. 

Fore legs on the inside jet-black throughout from the base 
to the apex of the tarsi; tibiz armed on the outside with 17 
and 16 and on the inside with 17 and 16 teeth. 

Four posterior tibia not swollen dorso-laterally in the basal 
half and obsoletely carinated, as in all the preceding species, 
but curved and very distinctly carinated, each being provided 
with three dorsal carine, none of which are crested, and with 
two ventral carine, of which the lower or anterior is only 
slightly crested, while the upper or posterior is conspicuously 
expanded into an arched foliaceous plate, marked symmetri- 
cally, like the longer of the femoral lobes, with translucent 
yellow fenestra ; the posterior legs, in fact, much resemble 
those of the Kthiopian genus Phyllocrania, only differing 
therefrom in having no dorsal lobes. 

Total length, from apex of horn to apex of abdomen, 47 
millim. ; height of head 9°5, of which the horn is 6; length 
of pronotum 17, of which its anterior and posterior lobes are 
respectively 3°25 and 13°75; length of tegmina 27, breadth 

26> 


368 Mr. I. W. L. Holt on the 


6; length of wings 26°5, breadth 13°25; length of abdomen 
15; length of fore coxa 11°75, femur 12°5. 

Hab. Perak, Malay Peninsula. Collected by Mr. W. 
Doherty. 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. 


Fig. 1.— P. taprobane. a, head, from in front; 6, intermediate leg of 
left side, from above, x 4. 

Fig. 2.—P. malaye. a, head, from in front; 0, intermediate leg of left 
side, from above, X 4. 


LI.—wNotes on the Early Life-history of the Herring. By 
Ernest W. L. Hour, Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 


Proressor M‘Intosu having kindly placed at my disposal a 
series of young herrings obtained in St. Andrews Bay during 
the last five years, I have been able to ascertain some facts 
as to the life-history of the herring which may be of interest. 


Early Life-history of the Herring. 369 


I do not propose to enter here into any minute structural 
details. 

As is well known, all herrings do not spawn at the same 
time, some selecting the spring and others the autumn for 
that purpose. Professor M‘Intosh is of opinion that by far 
the greater number spawn in the spring; and this seems con- 
firmed, so far as regards this locality, by the greater abun- 
dance of young forms obtained here in that season. 

Mr. Brook (‘Fourth Annual Report Scotch Fishery 
Board’) gives January to March as the spring spawning- 
season, the time varying with the locality, Anstruther and 
Buckie being the earliest. 

The egg of the herring is demersal, differing thus from the 
pelagic egg of the sprat. The intraovarian development of 
the herring has been worked out by Kupffer and subsequently 
by Brook (3rd and 4th Ann. Rep. 8S. F. B.). 

Eggs were obtained here on Feb. 5, 1885, from Anstruther, 
and hatched out in the laboratory in twenty-five days. 

Newly hatched forms occurred on March 7, 1887, and 
Jarval and post-larval forms in March and the beginning of 
April in 1887 and 1889. 

The period of incubation varies with the temperature *. 
It is probably never less than three weeks in the early spring, 
but it may be barely a week in the autumn. ‘Thus, except in 
very early localities, young herrings cannot be expected before 
the beginning of March. In 1889 great numbers of young 
herrings were obtained, the first being early postlarval forms 
on March 22 and larval and postlarval on March 28. 

The newly hatched herring (figure 1), about =4 inch longt,, 


is in the larval condition f, 7. e. the yolk is still unabsorbed. 
The absorption of the yolk takes three or four days, when the 


* See Mr. Brook’s account of Meyer’s:experiments with regard to tem- 
perature, 3rd Annual Report Fishery Board for Scotland, 1884, p. 49.. 

+ Kupffer gives the length of the newly hatched Baltic herring at 5:2- 
5°3 millim. (38rd Ann. Rep. 8. F. B. 1884, p. 47). 

{ My. J. T. Cunningham gives a figure of a larval herring in Trans. R. 
S. E. vol. xxxi. pt. 1. It differs slightly from my own figure, 


370 Mr. E. W. L. Holt on the 


postlarval condition is reached. The month is from the first 
widely open and the eyes a brilliant silvery blue, the newly 
hatched herring being thus in advance of its ally the sprat. 
For the first few days of its life the herring is unable to 
rise from the bottom, lying on its side and occasionally lashing 
out with its tail; and even when able to rise it seems to keep 
near the bottom for some time, larval and early postlarval 
forms being taken together in great abundance in the bottom 
trawl-net used at this laboratory on the 380th March, 1889. 
The postlarval herring is very voracious, not disdaining 
cannibalism, whilst it is preyed on doubtless by larger fishes. 
The growth of the herring is at first slow, there being an 
increase of about 3‘; inch in the first ten days of free life. 
Becoming more vigorous, the postlarval herrings ascend 
into midwater ; specimens (fig. 2) 7 inch long were taken 


with the midwater-net on March 22, 1889, being thus some- 
what earlier than their fellows. ~*~ 

At this length the permanent dorsal fin is clearly indicated, 
the cartilages of the hyoid and branchial arches are well 
developed, the pectoral fins are pediculate, the tail shows an 
indication of the heterocereal condition. The continuous 
embryonic (median) fin is still retained ; the maxille are well 
developed, and bear sharp-pointed teeth on their anterior 
edges. 

On April 14, 1859, the herrings were still in midwater, a 
little over half an inch in length; the embryonie median fin 
was nearly or quite lost, and the hypural elements of the tail 
were well marked. 

Pigmentation * other than that of the eyes appears before 
the postlarval condition is reached and is retained unchanged 
for a considerable period. It is entirely black, and consists 
of one or two median chromatophores below the heart, a chain 
of about ten chromatophores commeneing behind each pectoral 
fin and running backwards on each side of the gut for about 
half its length; an irregular, sometimes double, chain ventral 
to the posterior half of the gut ; two (sometimes one) stellate 


* Cf. Prof. M‘Intosh and E. E. Prince, “ Development and Life- 
histories of Food-fish,” Trans. R. 8. EF. vol. xxxy. 


Early Life-history of the Herring. 371 


chromatophores on each side a little in front of and above the 
vent. Stellate chromatophores are also developed above the 
posterior end of the notochord, and more abundantly below it. 
Still in midwater the young herrings appeared next on May 16, 
1887, and May 22, 1889, about # inch long; the embryonic 
fin was now entirely lost. Then they were lost sight of till 
July 20 *, when the length was 14 inch. They have now 
something of the appearance of the adult. The gill-cover is 
developed ; the caudal and dorsal fins are in the adult con- 
dition, and pelvic and anal fins have appeared. The dorsal 
fin is immediately anterior to the anus. The body is trans- 
parent and scales are absent. The early pigmentation is 
faint and additional black pigment is appearing at the bases 
of the dorsal fin-rays, along the back behind the dorsal fin, 
on the caudal fin, sparingly on the gill-eover, and in the pia 
mater of the cerebellum. 

The herring now seems to desert the deep water for the 
neighbourhood of the shore, being taken in August in the 
seine-net on the sands in company with sprats and sand-eels 
(Ammodytes tobianus). It also probably roves about the 
bay in the same company, forming the “ herring sile”’ known 
to fishermen and offering great attractions to guillemots and 
sea-gulls. It is now 14 inch long; the dorsal pigment ex- 
tends forward to the head, the lateral line is pigmented, and 
the pigment of the head and tail is more profuse. 

In September the young herring is still on the sands (fig. 3), 
14 to 1? inch long; the body is still transparent and scale- 


less, the silvery pigment of the peritoneum is visible. The 
early pigmentation is almost lost; pigment-dots mark the 
divisions of the myomeres dorsal to the lateral line. The 
sides of the body and operculum gleam with a silvery green ; 
the dorsal surface of the head is blotched with yellow, the 
upper and lower jaws are black, and the pigmentation of the 
pia mater forms two well-marked pyriform patches over the 
cerebellum. 

In January the young herring is found again in midwater 

* Prof. M‘Intosh and Mr. Prince mention a herring 17; inch taken on 
the Ist July (op. cit.). 


372 Mr. G. E. Dobson on « 


3 inch Jong; scales are now developed, but seem confined to 
the anterior and ventral parts of the body. The vertebra are 
well ossified. 

Ewart and Matthews (8rd Ann. Rep.S8. F. B.) found a few 
herrings, 1} inch long, amongst the shoals of sprats forming 
the Forth Whitebait in January. From January we must 
pass to September, when the herring is found on the sands, 
about 24 inches long, in the usual company. It has now all 
the characters of the adult, external and internal, but is 
probably sexually immature. 

One specimen of the ee inches long was obtained 
in company with the last, and is probably a year older. 

‘The career of the young herring has now been traced from 
the spring of one year to the autumn of the next, and perhaps 
a year longer, with fair continuity, and its rate of growth 
noted. (Dr. Meyer was enabled to trace the growth of the 
herring of the Baltic both in confinement and under natural 
conditions for five months. He gives 65-70 millim. as the 
size of a five-months’ herring (Jrd Ann. Rep. 8. F. B. p. 50).) 
Of its subsequent proceedings the specimens here afford no 
evidence. It probably goes into deeper water. The record 
of autumn-hatched herrings is less satisfactory. Eggs came 
under my notice in the middle and end of August ; but, as 
pointed out by Prof. M‘Intosh and Mr. E. E. Prince (op. Gta) 
there must be considerable variability in the autumn 
spawning-period, some forms being hatehed perhaps in July, 
whilst others, as appears below, are but a few days old on the 
20th September. Incubation is shorter, as the temperature is 
higher, than in the spring. Eggs were hatched in this labo- 
ratory during this September in from seven and a half to 
eight and a half days. On Sept. 20 we found in midwater 
postlarval forms varying from 3, to $4 inch, that is, from 
afew days to a month old. In November 1888 we found 
them 3 mch long, and in March 1889, on the bottom, 12 
inch long. Beyond this I have not been able to trace them. 


LII.—Deseription of a new RBCS of Water-Shrew Jee 


Unalaska Island. By G. li. Dosson, M.A., F.RS 


THE type of the very interesting species of Water-SI irew 
about to be described * was found by me in the excellent 


-* This species would have been described, as I had hoped, long ago in 
the third part of my ‘ Monograph of the Insectivora ;’ but the state of 
my health having prevented the appearance of that part, I am anxious to 
obviate further delay by immediate publication of the following descrip- 
1K yn. 


new Species of Water-Shrew. 373 


collection of specimens representing the family Soricide in 
the Zoological Museum of the Imperial Academy of Sciences 
at St. Petersburg, which, owing to the kindness of Dr. Strauch, 
I have been enabled to examine. 


Sorex hydrodromus. 


Scareely larger than S. mznutus, and therefore much smaller 
than S. palustris, which it also differs from in dentition, but 
resembles in the fringed condition of the digits of the manus 
and pes. The tail is nearly as long as the head and body and 
is clothed rather thinly with moderately long hairs, which do 
not form a fringe ; in the form of the muzzle and ears there 
is nothing peculiar or different from that of S. ménutus; the 
feet, however, differ remarkably in the possession of fringes to 
the digits both of the manus and pes, as well as or even better 
developed than in Crossopus fodiens ; a thick comb-like fringe 
of stiff hairs also extends along the outer and inner margins 
of both manus and pes, being especially dense and well deve- 
loped along the outer margins. 

Fur reddish brown above, yellowish brown beneath; chin, 
throat, and chest with greyish-tipped hairs; the base of the 
hairs both above and beneath dark bluish grey. 

The teeth closely resemble those of S. vu/garis; as in that 
species the third incisor is the largest and longest of the uni- 
cuspidate teeth ; the first max- 
illary tooth is very nearly 
equal to the second incisor and 
quite intermediate in size be- 
tween the third incisor and the 
second maxillary tooth; the 
third maxillary tooth is even 
more internal than in S, vul- 
garis, in this respect resem- 
bling the American represen- 
tatives of that species, and its long axis is at right angles to 
the direction of the jaw, its inner and posterior convex margin 
fitting into the concavity on the inner and anterior side of the 
fourth maxillary tooth. The mandibular teeth closely re- 
semble those of S. vulgaris. 

Length: head and body 53 millim. ; tail 45; eye from end 
of muzzle 93; ear, length 6}; elbow to end of middle digit, 
without claw, 13, manus 6, pes 13 ; distance between tips of 
first upper incisor and last premolar 34. 

Hab, Unalaska Island, Aleutian Islands. 


374 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the Prionidous 


Type in the collection of the Zoological Museum of the 
Imperial Academy of Sciences at St. Petersburg. 

This species is evidently aquatic, like Crossopus fodiens, 
the fringes of the manus and pes being even better developed 
than in that species; but in all generic characters it agrees 
with those of the genus Sorevr. While agreeing with Sorex 
palustris from the adjoining continent of America in external 
characters, it differs from it in the proportions of its teeth, 
resembling in this respect the section of which S. vulgarts is 
typical, while S. palustris agrees with those represented by 
S. vagrans. No better proof could be afforded of the useless- 
ness of retaining Neosorex as a distinct genus for the Ameri- 
can species characterized by the possession of swimming- 
fringes in the digits, while the tail is simple, as in Sorex. 
These species are in fact aquatie forms of the genus Sorea. 


LITt.—Note on the Variation of the Mandibles in the Males 
and Descriptions of the Females of the Prionidous Genera 
Priotyrannus and Cacosceles. By C. J. Ganan, M.A., 
Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. 


THE variation in the form of the mandibles within the same 
species of certain genera of Prionide has doubtless been 
known to many entomologists who have studied the family, 
though no special attention seems to have been called to it. 
The variation itself is probably of greater degree than has 
been hitherto suspected. Lacordaire, at least, in his treat- 
ment of the Prionide, does not give evidence of his knowledge 
of any great variation. 

The subject has lately been brought under my notice while 
working out the Longicornia of a collection made by G. F. 
Hampson, Esq., in the Nilghiri Hills, South India. 

One species was represented by four specimens, three of 
which have mandibles so different in form from the fourth, and 
in other respects are in such complete agreement with it, that 
I was at first led to believe that I had to deal with the two 
sexes. But all four proving to be males, it then seemed to 
be a case of variation in the mandibles parallel to that which 
occurs in many genera of Lucanide (Odontolabis, for example). 
The species was referable to the Prionus mordax of White, 
on which Thomson has founded his genus Priotyrannus. The 
single specimen with incompletely developed mandibles agrees 
with the male type from which White described the species. 


Genera Priotyrannus and Cacosceles. 375 


The other three agree with the figure and description which 
Thomson has given of the species. 

Thomson and Lacordaire must have either overlooked or 
misunderstood White’s description of the mandibles, for no 
mention is made by them of the difference in form. 

The first form is well shown in the figure given by Thom- 
son (Arch. Entom. i. pl. x. fig. 1) and is fully described in 
Lacordaire’s characterization of the genus. 

The second form fully resembles that of the female, but is 
somewhat larger in size. 

The female of the species was unknown to ‘Thomson and 
Lacordaire, while White’s reference to it is both inaccurate 
and incomplete. The following are its characters, taken from 
some fine specimens from the Animallai Hills :— 

Mandibles broader than thick, narrowed to an edge on the 
inner side, provided with teeth along their whole inner edge, 
strongly curved in and terminating in a sharp point at tip, 
meeting along their whole length when closed. Head and 
prothorax coarsely rugosely punctured as in the male; the 
lateral spines of the prothorax exactly as in the male, but 
with the spine at the anterior angle somewhat feebler. 
(White’s description in this respect is quite misleading.) 
Elytra as in the male. Antenne much slenderer than in the 
male, not surpassing three fourths the length ot the elytra, 
with the first six joits smooth, glossy, and sparingly punc- 
tured, the remaining joints dull and marked with fine longi- 
tudinal striations. ‘The last ventral segment of the abdomen 
is slightly elongated and is rounded at the apex. (In the 
male this segment is much shorter and broader and is nar- 
rowly and sinuately truncated at the apex.) 

In addition to the four specimens mentioned there is in the 
Museum collection a very small male from Bombay with 
mandibles of the female torm. It is much darker in colour, 
nearly black, but does not otherwise seem distinct. I have 
not seen any specimens of this genus with distinctly inter- 
mediate forms of mandibles. 

On extending my observations to allied genera I found a 
variation of precisely the same character in the African genus 
Cacosceles, as exemplified by some specimens of C. Lacor- 
dairet, Bates. Here were males with the female forms of the 
mandibles and males with intermediate forms. This was the 
more interesting as Lacordaire had, apparently with great 
confidence, described as females some of the intermediate male 
forms. The female is in fact very different from the male *. 

* For excellent figures of both sexes and descriptions of the females see 
Peringuey, Trans. 8. African Phil. Soc. iii. p. 145, pl. iv. figs. 1-4. 
These descriptions had escaped my attention before writing the above. 


376 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


These are its characters :—Mandibles short and broad, nar- 
rowed to a thin edge and feebly toothed on the inner side, 
sharply incurved and pointed at the tip, with their edges 
superposed along nearly their whole length when closed. 
Antenne scarcely reaching to half the length of the elytra. 
The four posterior tibizw differ from those of the males in 
being simple and not dilated. The last ventral segment of 
the abdomen is narrowly rounded and somewhat pointed at 
the apex; in the male this segment is transversely truncated. 
The hind cox are rather widely separated and the intercoxal 
process of the abdomen is obtusely rounded in front; in the 
male the coxe are closer together and the intercoxal process 
is sharply pointed in front. 

In the Indian genus Acanthophorus, as represented by A. 
serraticollis, Oliv., the same kind of variation is found. 


LIV.—Natural T[listory Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander Alfred Carpen- 
ter, L.N., D.S.O., commanding.—No. 13. On the Bathybial 
Fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters, 
obtained during the seasons 1885-1889. By ALFRED 
Acock, M.B., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey *. 


CONTENTS. 


§ 1. Outline of the Hydrography of the Region. ! 
§ 2. List of the Fishes, with Descriptions of the new Species. 


$1. Outline of the Hydrography of the Region. 


Tur bathybial fishes hitherto collected by the ‘ Investigator’ 
are all from the arm of the Indian Ocean which intervenes 
between the Indian and Malayan peninsulas—the sea which 
is generally spoken of as the Bay of Bengal. This vast 
stretch of water, which occupies roughly the meridians be- 
tween 78° and 98° E. and the parallels between 5° and 22° 
N., consists of three distinct basins, namely the Bay of Ben- 
gal proper in the centre, the Gult of Manaar to the south- 
west, and the Andaman Sea on the east. And it will be 
fitting to prelude the account of the fish-inhabitants of their 


* Communicated by the Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Cal- 
eulla. 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. O77 


depths with a short outline of the hydrography of the basins 
themselves. 

Bay of Bengal.—The boundaries of the Bay of Bengal on 
the north and west are too well known to need mention ; but 
the exact delimitation of its basin from that of the Andaman 
Sea has only recently been fixed with exactitude by Com- 
mander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., in charge of the 
Indian Marine Survey, to which highly scientific officer I am 
indebted for much more than the facts alone. 

On looking at a chart of the Bay of Bengal, a chain of 
islands (the Preparis, Ceros, Andamans, and Nicobars) is seen 
to extend, with a slight western convexity, from north to 
south between Cape Negrais in Burmah and Acheen Head in 
Sumatra. And on referring to Captain Carpenter’s Contour 
Map of the Bay (véde ‘ Administration Report of the Marine 
Survey of India for 1888-89 ’) all the contour-curves are seen 
to converge ultimately within a hundred miles of the western 
coast of this chain. Quite close to the eastern shore of the 
chain we find, in the Andaman Sea, depths of from 1100 to 
1200 fathoms, while in the channels between the islands, 
which connect the two seas, the depths range from 150 to 
760 fathoms. This is conclusive proof of the existence of 
two distinct basins, separated by a comparatively narrow ridge 
rising into the isolated island peaks of the Andamans and 
Nicobars. 

The Bay of Bengal thus defined touches in its extremes 
the meridians between 80° and 94° KE. It has a maximum 
depth at its mouth of nearly 2400 fathoms, and its minimum 
temperature hitherto recorded (at 2105 fathoms) is 33°7 
Fahr., corrected for pressure (Carpenter, ‘ Mean Temperature 
of Deep-waters of Bay of Bengal,” Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 
vol. lvi. pt. ii. no. 2). 

In the northern part, into which the great rivers of India 
and the eastern ultra-Himalayan region pour their muddy 
waters, and almost as far south as the 1600 fathom contour, 
the specimens of the bottom obtained by the ‘ Investigator ’ 
consist of varying grey, green, blue, and brown muds, with 
comparatively few constituents of direct organic origin; but 
in the southern and more open part the ‘ Investigator’ has 
almost always found G'lobigerina-ooze (Globigerina, Orbulina, 
and large Pulvinulina). Running through the shoal-water at 
the extreme northern end, opposite the middle of the Brahma- 
putro-Gangetic Delta, is the Swatch of No-ground. This, 
which has a direction tairly N.N.E. and 8.S.W., is a narrow 
deep channel of over 300 fathoms in a sea of under 100 
fathoms, and is reasonably regarded by Captain Carpenter 
as the “ scour” of the rivers. 


378 Mr. A. Aleock on the Bathybial Fishes 


According to the researches of the same observer the 
southern half of the Bay is not a simple basin, for, about 
three and a half degrees west of the Nicobars, running almost 
north and south, a remarkable ridge, which may be fitly 
named, after its discoverer, Carpenter’s Ridge, marks off on 
the south-east, between itself on the one side and the Nicobars 
and South Andamans on the other, a small basin almost 
symmetrical with the Gulf of Manaar on the south-west. 
‘This ridge is well seen on the contour-map (Admin. Rep. 
Mar. Surv. Ind. 1888-89), where the contours up to 1600 
fathoms sweep across the bay in main directions of west and 
east or north-west and south-east, while the contours from 
1700 to 2200 fathoms, within the parallels of 16° to 6° N., 
after taking semicircular curves, with their convexities north- 
wards, across the western half of the bay, run down south- 
wards in deep loops in the eastern half round the ridge, 
turning northwards again to their final convergence off the 
Nicobar-Andaman coasts. ‘The minimum depth yet found on 
the ridge is 1840 fathoms. 

The Andaman Sea is a good deal land-locked. To the 
south it passes into the shallow Straits of Sumatra and to the 
north into the far shallower Gulf of Martaban, which receives 
the River Irrawddi. 

On the west it communicates with the Bay of Bengal by 
three main channels, the shallowest of which (South Preparis 
Channel) to the north is 150 fathoms in depth, the deepest 
being 760 fathoms, between the Nicobars and Sumatra. On 
the east it is crowded with small islands. Iixcept in its centre 
and in its south-western part it is shaliow. So far the 
greatest depths known are in the centre (1200 fathoms), close 
to the east coast of Middle Andaman Island (1159 fathoms, 
bottom-temperature 39°°5 Fahr.) and near the same coast of 
Great Nicobar Island (1284 fathoms). ‘The only specimens 
of the bottom which I have examined are from 1159 and 1130 
fathoms off Middle Andaman Island, and these were dark 
mud, with but little matter of direct organic origin. 

The Gulf of Manaar, between India and Ceylon, commu- 
nicates with the Bay of Bengal by the shallow Palk Strait. 
On the south-east its basin is very abrupt. The greatest 
depth yet found in the more open part of the Gulf is 1466 
fathoms (bottom-temperature 34°°8 Fahr.), and the bottom 
appears to be green mud throughout. It was in this gulf 
that the ‘ Investigator ’ in 1886 trawled some curious baryta- 
nodules (Jones, “On some Nodular Stones obtained off 
Colombo in 675 fathoms,” Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. lvi. 
pt. i. no. 2, 1857). 


of the Bay of Bengal &e. 379 


It would be premature to indulge in any speculations con- 
cerning the bathybial fishes of the Bay of Bengal region ; but 
the occurrence in this region of forms so long considered 
characteristic of the deeper waters of Madeira and the Medi- 
terranean, many of which have also been found more lately to 
exist in Japanese waters and in the Pacific, must be con- 
sidered highly interesting. It is interesting also, from 
another point of view, to find species common to this region 
and to the American side of the South Atlantic. 


§2. List of the Fishes, with Descriptions of the new Species. 
PLAGIOSTOMATA. 


SELACHOIDEL 
Family Spinacide. 
PARACENTROSCYLLIUM, gen. nov. 


Allied to Centroscyllium. 

Two dorsal fins, each with a strong spine. No anal fin. 
Mouth crescentic, with a direct oblique groove at each angle. 
Teeth equal in both jaws, minute, simple, monocuspid, straight. 

Otn Pe ee gD Us S 
Nomembrananictitans. Gill-openings rather wide. Integu- 
ment smooth. 


Paracentroscyllium ornatum, sp. n. 


All the tissues fragile. Head broad and depressed, the 
branchial region conspicuously prominent. Body subcylin- 
drical. Tail long. Snout short, broad, depressed. Hyes 
large, their major diameter being one third of the head-length 
(branchial region included). Nostrils a little wider than the 
spiracles, borne at and on the under surface of the edge of 
the snout. Mouth crescentic and rather wide. Minute, 
simple, straight, monocuspid teeth in both jaws. Integument 
absolutely smooth. Dorsal spines very strong, the second 
much the larger. The first dorsal fin begins an interval 
behind the pectorals equal to the interval of the second behind 
the ventrals. Pectorals, ventrals, and caudal all large. 

Colours “deep violet black, lighter between the eyes; 
head with minute white spots arranged in the shape of a lute; 
ventrals with pale tips ” (Dr. G. M. Giles). 

Length 5} inches. 

‘Two males and one female, in bad preservation. 

Hab, Bay of Bengal, Swatch of No-ground, 405 to 285 
fathoms ; bottom Pteropod-ooze and green mud. 


380 Mr. A. Aleock on the Bathybial Fishes 


BATOIDEIL. 
Family Rajide. 
Raga, Cuv. 


Raja mamitlidens, sp. n. 


All the tissues fragile. Snout short. Disk, including the 
ventrals, half the total length, its breadth the same; in shape 
subquadrangular, with rounded pectoral angles and snout ; 
the whole of its upper surface, including eye-covers and fins, 
densely covered with acuminate granules. The tail similarly 
covered, on its upper surface and sides in the anterior half, 
everywhere, including the dorsal and rudimentary caudal fins, 
in its posterior half. Large recurved spines, one above each 
angle of each orbit, one inside each inner spiracular angle, one 
or two on each shoulder-girdle, and thirty in a row down the 
middle dorsal line as far as the first dorsal fin. Under sur- 
face of disk, ventrals, and anterior half of tail perfectly smooth. 
Width of the interorbital space equal to the length of the 
orbit and nearly twice the major diameter of the spiracle. 
Interval between the outer edges of the nostrils greater than 
the interval between the nostrils and the tip of the snout. 
Mouth crescentic. Teeth ina pavement, showing twenty-four 
oblique rows in the upper and eighteen in the lower jaw; 
each tooth with a broad globular base and a gently pointed 
mamillary summit. Dorsal fins adjacent but separate. 

Colour “uniform jet-black throughout” (Prof. Wood- 
Mason). 

One female specimen, 114 inches long. - 

Hab. Gulf of Manaar, lat. 6° 29’ N., long. 79° 34’ E., 
597 fathoms. 


ACANTHOPTERYGII. 
Family Berycide. 
TRACHICHTHYS, Shaw. 
Trachichthys intermedius, Hector. 
Trachichthys intermedius, Hector, Tr. New-Zealand Inst. vol. vii. 
p. 245, pl. xi. fig. 18 a; Giinther, Zool. ‘Challenger’ Exp. vol. xxii. 
p. 24, pl. v. fig. D. 


One specimen, from the Bay of Bengal, lat. 19° 35’ N., 
long. 92° 24’ I8., 272 fathoms ; bottom-temperature 50° Fahr. 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 381 


Potymrixia, Lowe. 
Polymixia nobilis, Lowe. 
Polymizxia nobilis, Lowe, Cambr. Phil. Trans. 1838, vol. vi. p. 198; 
Giinther, Fishes, vol. i. p. 17. 
Nemobrama Webbii, Valenc. in Webb & Berthel. Ichthyol. Iles Canar. 
p. 41, pl. viii. cy 
Polymizxia Lowei, Giinther, Fishes, vol. i. p. 17; *Poey, Rep. Cub. ii. 
p. 158. ] 
* Dinemus venustus, Poey, Mem. Cub. 1860, pp. 161, 352, pl. xiv. fig. 1. 
Polymixia japonica, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xx. 
p: 436; Steindachner, Denk. Ak. Wien, 1883, xlvii. p. 261, tab, iv. 
fig. 2. 
Polymivia nobilis, Giinther, Zool. Chall, Exp. xxii. 34, pl. i. fig. B. 


One specimen, from the Andaman Sea, off Ross Island 


(Middle Andaman), 271 fathoms. 


Family Trachinide. 
CHAMPSODON, Giinther. 


Champsodon vorax, Gthr. 


Champsodon vorax, Giinther, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 102; Zool. Chall. Exp. 
vol, i. pt. vi. pp. 48, 52, 56, pl. xxiii. fig. A, vol. xxii. p. 49; Alcock, 
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. lviii. pt. ii. no. iv. 1889. 


Several specimens from the Bay of Bengal, 40 miles south- 
west of Akyab, 100 fathoms. 


Family Pediculati. 
Cuaunax, Lowe. 


Chaunaz pictus, Lowe. 


Chaunaz pictus, Lowe, Trans. Z.S. vol. iii. p. 339, pl. li.; Giinther, 
Fishes, vol. ili. p. 200; Goode, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. iii. 1881, 
p- 470. 


*Chaunax fimbriatus, Hilgendorf, Sitz. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde, 


1879, p. 80; Steindachner & Déderlein, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xlix. 
1884, p. 194. 


Chaunax pictus, Ginther, Zool. Chall. Exp. xxii. p. 58, pl. x. fig. A. 


Several specimens, from the Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17! 30! 
N., long. 88° 51! E., 272 fathoms. 


* These references I give on the authority of Dr. Giinther, to whose 
great work I am entirely indebted. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vel. iv. 27 


382 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


Hawieutm@a, C. & V. 
Halieutea coccinea, sp. nov. 
D. Saye An An (CxO SP. 14... WAS. 


Discriminated at once from Halieutea stellata by the less 
depressed head, the fine needle-pointed spines, which also 
extend over the under surface, and the bilobed supraoral ten- 
tacle. Head much as in H. stellata, but with its surface more 
convex from side to side and rising more from behind for- 
wards, so that anteriorly it forms a wide dome. Disk and 
body uniformly covered above and below with spines having 
stelliform bases and simple, tapering, acute points, except 
round the edge of the disk, where they are trident; those on 
the under surface are small. Skinny filaments round the 
disk and mouth few and inconspicuous. Supraoral tentacle 
with two fleshy lobes. Hyes large, their major diameter 
one ninth the disk-length. Interorbital space widest behind, 
where it is equal to two eye-lengths, slightly concave in 
front, flat behind ; its surface covered with small stelliform 
spines. No prominent supraorbital edge. Nostrils situated 
as in H. stellata, but proportionately larger. Mouth as in 
H., stellata and with similar teeth; its cleft nearly half as 
broad as the disk, its floor up to the root of the tongue 
coloured (sepia-brown in spirit). 

Other external characters as in /7, stellata. 

Colours :—‘ Dorsum bright pink, with fine black vermicular 
lines; under surface dark crimson” (Prof. Wood-Mason). 
In spirit quite white, with the dark vermicular lines showing. 

Branchial and peritoneal cavities lined with a thick, jet- 
black, velvety membrane. Intestine long and coiled. No 
pyloric ceca. 

One specimen, 72 inches long. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, 7 miles south-east by south of Ross 
Island (Middle Andaman group), in 265 fathoms. 


One more Acanthopterygian remains to be described—an 
apparently mature bathybial fish, which does not wholly con- 
form to the diagnosis of any described family of the suborder. 
In the majority of its characters it agrees with the Trachi- 
nide, differing, however, from the members of that family in 
the entire absence of teeth. It appears, in short, to be a 
toothless Trachinid. I describe it, leaving its exact deter- 
mination to more experienced ichthyologists. 


of the Bay of Bengal cc. 383 


BREPHOSTOMA, gen. nov. 


Soft tissues, except the dermal productions, rather delicate. 
Head large, quite unarmed. Body low, rather elongate, with 
large ctenoid scales. Mouth small, oblique, weak. ‘Teeth 
entirely absent. Eyes large, lateral. Two dorsal fins, the 
spinous the less developed; anal similar to the soft dorsal ; 
ventrals thoracic, with one spine and five rays. Gill-opening 
very wide; seven branchiostegals; pseudobranchiw. No anal 
papilla. No air-bladder. Long pyloric ceca, in moderate 
number. 


Brephostoma Carpentert, sp. nov. 
Bote Dsb/pye Aste, late30:, ¢ 1. trod: 


Soft tissues, except the dermal productions, rather delicate. 
Body low, rather elongate and compressed, gently diminishing 
from the shoulder to the base of the caudal. Head pyramidal, 
entirely unarmed; cranial bones, but not the other head- 
bones, firm. Snout short, broad, depressed, wedge-like, barely 
two thirds of the diameter of the eye in length. Eyes lateral, 
large, circular, their diameter more than one third the leneth 
of the head. Supraorbital margin in the dorsal profile. Pre- 
orbital a broad triangular plate, almost overlapping the close 
mouth. 

Infraorbitals apparently not articulating with the preoper- 
culum. Nostrils small. Mouth lateral, small, its cleft 
oblique, barely reaching to the level of the anterior border of 
the orbit. Jaws weak, edentulous, but with semicartilaginous 
cutting-edges, that of the lower jaw the more prominent and 
ending just inside the angle of the mouth in an oval plate. 
The lower jaw closes inside the upper, except anteriorly, where 
it projects slightly; its rami are so broad that their lower 
edges are in contact with each other through the greater part 
of their extent. Vomer and palatines edentulous. ‘Tongue 
free, smooth. Floor of the mouth black. No barbels. Guill- 
cover complete, its constituent bones almost membranous and 
quite unarmed ; the preoperculum with a doubleedge. Seven 
branchiostegals. Gull-openings very wide, the gill-membranes 
entirely separate. Four gills, with well-developed lamine. 
Four gill-clefts. Large pseudobranchie. Gill-rakers of the 
outside of the first arch numerous, close-set, and long, else- 
where very short. Gill-chamber black. 

‘The entire head and body covered with strong, thick, oblong, 
adherent, imbricating, ctenoid plates, those on the body from 
35 to + inch in their major diameter, those on We opercles and 

7 


384 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


cheeks a little larger. There are thirty rows between the 
gill-opening and the caudal base and twelve between the first 
dorsal fin and the median abdominal line. The lateral line 
follows the dorsal profile, at two rows of ‘scales distance, 
uninterruptedly from the shoulder to the caudal base. ‘Two 
normally situated dorsal fins, separated by a snout-length, 
the second much the higher; the first has five stout sharp 
spines, the three anterior a little longer than the snout ; the 
second has one short spine and ten branched rays, and is 
invested at its base with scales. Anal with one spine and 
nine branched rays, situated opposite the second dorsal, and 
similar to it in every respect. Caudal short, forked; its 
proximal half scaly. Pectorals well developed, as long as the 
head without the snout. Ventrals thoracic, with one spine 
and five rays with scaly bases. 

Colour :—Head, body, fins, and iris uniform black. 

No air-bladder. Long pyloric ceca in moderate number. 
No prominent anal papilla. 

One specimen, measuring 4 inches from the tip of the snout 
to the base of the caudal. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, summit of Carpenter’s Ridge, lat. 6° 
18' to 16’ N., long. 90° 40’ to 44’ E., 1370 to 1520 fathoms. 

The probability that this fish came actually from the bottom 
is increased by the fact that it was imbedded in the head of 
one of the swabs. Such a position, in the case of an active 
animal like a fish, would result from the swab settling over 
the fish as it lay on the bottom, and can hardly be accounted 
for otherwise. 


ANACANTHINI. ~ 


The Indian deep-sea representatives of this suborder hitherto 
obtained are remarkable for their small size. The largest 
Ophidiid measures 114 inches and the largest Macrurid 11 
inches, while most of our specimens of both these families are 
much smaller. That this is not due to immaturity is proved 
by the fact that a majority of the specimens are females with 
enlarged ovaries full of apparently ripe ova. 


Family Ophidiide. 
Srrempo, Bleeker. 
Sirembo nigripinnis, sp. nov. 
B. 8. Di cire? 95. AS ire. 85. Cree Ra28s ele 
Head small, scaly, a good deal lower than the body, which 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 385 


is compressed, elongate, and tapering, with a maximum height 
nearly equal to the length of the head. Snout as long as the 
eye, or 43 in the head-length, rounded, scaly. Interorbital 
space wider than the eye, and, like the crown of the head, 
flattened. Operculum with one spine above. Preoperculum 
excised at its angle. Nostrils of moderate size, the anterior 
near the end of the snout. Mouth wide, the maxilla reaching 
behind the posterior border of the orbit. No barbel. Villi- 
form teeth in bands in the jaws, palatines, and vomer. 
Tongue small. Gill-cleft wide; four gills, with narrow 
lamine. Pseudobranchie thick and fleshy. Gill-rakers 
numerous and almost as long as the eye on the first arch ; 
elsewhere almost tuberculate. Scales small, smooth, decidu- 
ous. Lateral line running about nine rows of scales below 
the dorsal fin. Vertical fins united with the caudal; the 
dorsal begins in the vertical to the base of the pectoral, the 
anal a head-length behind the same level. Pectorals fine, 
pointed, not quite as long as the postorbital portion of the 
head. Ventrals simple filaments arising at the symphysis of 
the pectoral arch ; in length equal to the postorbital portion of 
the head. 

Colours in spirit uniform sepia-brown, with black fins. 

Stomach siphonal: one rudimentary and nine medium-sized 
czeca in a ring round the pylorus. Aur-bladder present. 

A single rather mutilated specimen 64 inches long. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, 74 miles east of North Cinque Island, 
490 fathoms. 


NEOBYTHITES, Goode and Bean. 


Neobythites macrops, Gthr. 


Neobythites macrops, Giinther, Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. p. 102, 
plz, fig. AS 


Several specimens from the Andaman Sea, off Ross Island, 
in 265 to 271 fathoms. 


DIPLACANTHOPOMA, Gthr. 


Diplacanthopoma brachysoma, Gthr. 
Diplacanthopoma trachysoma, Giinther, Zool, Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. 
p- 115, pl. xxiii. fig. C. 
A female 44 inches long, with gravid ovaries. 
Hab. Andaman Sea, 7} miles east of North Cinque Island, 
490 fathoms. 


386 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


PYCNOCRASPEDUM, gen. nov. 


Allied to Barathrodemus. 

Head large, body compressed, both covered entirely with 
small, thin, smooth, rather deciduous scales. Head-bones 
and opercles spineless. Snout short, broad, and_not over- 
hanging the jaws, which are equal in front. Eye of mode- 
rate size. Mouth very large; teeth in villiform bands in the 
jaws, palatines, and vomer. No barbel. Gill-openings wide, 
gill-membranes entirely separate; four gills; eight branchio- 
stegals ; no pseudobranchiew. Lateral line incomplete on the 
tail. Vertical fins invested with thick scaly skin. Caudal 
free, united with the verticals at its extreme base only. Pec- 
toral fins entire. Ventral fins in the form of bifid filaments. 


Pycnocraspedum squamipinne, sp. nov. 


Head large, flattened a little laterally and very much at its 
crown; body broad immediately behind the head, where its 
height is 54 in the total length ; its posterior portion and the 
tapering tailcompressed. Head in length 32 in the total (with 
caudal) ; its height 1? in its length ; its width a little over Zits 
height ; all its bones strong and smooth. Snout broad, rounded, 
rather depressed, flattened at the tip, and not overhanging 
the jaws; its length is hardly more than that of the eye, 
which is one sixth of that of the head. Interorbital space 
flat and wider than the long diameter of the eye. Operculum 
with a bony ridge above, ending in a blunt point. Preoper- 
culum slightly emarginate at its angle. A large open nostril 
in front of the eye and a smaller valved one near the edge of 
the snout. Cleft of mouth obliquely ascending, its gape 
enormous. The maxilla, which extends behind the vertical 
from the posterior border of the orbit, is much expanded pos- 
teriorly, and there covered with scales. The premaxillaries 
are protractile and not closely approximated. All the jaw- 
bones very strong. Teeth in villiform bands in the jaws and 
palatines and in a V-shaped patch on the vomer. 

Gill-openings very wide; gill-lamine rather broad; four 
long gill-rakers on the outer edge of the middle of the first 
arch, elsewhere in the form of short knobbed styles. Body 
and head covered with small, thin, smooth, rather deciduous 
scales, fifty-two in a transverse line through the anus. The 
lateral line ends in the posterior fourth of the tail. Vertical 
fins with stout rays invested with thick integument and 
covered with scales smaller than those on the body ; the dorsal 
begins just in front of the base of the pectorals. Caudal ex- 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 387 


panded posteriorly, with a vertically straight edge, its base 
united with the vertical fins. The pectorals, which have 
fleshy free bases, are as long as the postorbital portion of the 
head and are scaly through their basal third. The ventrals 
are bifid filaments, inserted at the symphysis of the pectoral 
arch. 

Colours in life :—‘ Head slate-coloured ; body uniform dirty 
green-chocolate, the vertebral line showing through as a lake- 
coloured stripe”? (Dr. G. M. Giles). Vertical fins black in 
spirit. 

‘ Abdominal cavity large, parietal peritoneum black ; stomach 

siphonal, with a bulbous pyloric portion; the first part of the 
intestine passes straight forward, and has on each side, in a 
row, six large long ceca, and at the pylorus a single median 
one; it then turns abruptly back, and is thrown into a wide 
coil held by stout mesentery, beyond which it is straight. 
Air-bladder large and saccular. 

Three specimens, the longest being 113 inches. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17’ 30’ N., long. 88° 50! E., 
193 fathoms ; temperature at bottom 52° Fahr. 


PARADICROLENE, gen, nov. 


Allied to Dicrolene and Pterotdonus. 

The lower pectoral rays detached from the upper part of 
the fin, free, and prolonged. Body elongate and compressed ; 
it and the head covered with small thin scales. Snout short, 
broad, and not overhanging the jaws. Eye moderate. No 
supraorbital spines. Mouth wide; teeth in villiform bands 
in the jaws, palatines, and vomer. No barbel. Operculum 
and preoperculum armed, Gill-openings wide; gill-mem- 
branes entirely separate ; four gills; eight branchiostegals ; 
no pseudobranchie. Lateral line incomplete on the tail. 
Vertical fins invested by the integument, but not scaly. 
Caudal free, joined at its base only to the vertical fins. Ven- 
tral fins in the form of bifid filaments. 


Paradicrolene multifilis, sp. nov. 


B. 8. D. cire. 100. A. cire: 85. C. 4. P. 18/8-10. 
V.2. L. tr. 34 above vent. 


Head conoid, body elongate and compressed, tail finely 
tapering. Height of the body a little over one sixth of the 
total length (with caudal). Length of head about 43 in the 
total (with caudal) ; its height nearly two thirds its length, 


388 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


its width four fifths of its height; all the bones strong. 
Snout as long as the eye, which is nearly one fifth of the 
length of the head, broad, rounded, and not overhanging the 
jaws. Supraorbital margin sharp; interorbital flat from side 
to side, in width equal to three half-diameters of the eye. 
Operculum with a strong horizontal bony stay, ending in a 
long spine, and with an obliquely vertical stay not ending in a 
distinct spine. Preoperculum with three radiating flat spines 
at its angle. Nostrils large and open, their longer diameter, 
which in the anterior is nearly horizontal, in the posterior 
nearly vertical, is equal to half the diameter of the eye. Cleft 
of mouth oblique, its gape wide. The dilated scaly extre- 
mity of the maxilla reaches half a diameter of the eye behind 
the posterior border of the orbit. The lower jaw is included 
within the upper and has a large open pore on each side 
behind the symphysis. Narrow bands of villiform teeth in 
the jaws and palatines and ina V-shaped patch on the vomer. 
About eleven gill-rakers nearly three fourths the length of 
the eye along the outer edge of the first arch ; elsewhere they 
are short and truncated. Head and body covered with small, 
thin, smooth scales. The lateral line runs six rows of scales 
below the dorsal fin and ends in the last third of the tail. 
The vertical fins are invested by the integument, but are not 
scaly ; the dorsal is the higher, and begins behind the vertical 
through the root of the pectoral, the distance of the origin of 
the anal from the same point being equal to the length of the 
head without the snout. The caudal is nearly half as long 
as the head and very narrow ; its base only is adherent to the 
vertical fins. 

The pectoral, which has a broad fleshy base, is slightly 
longer than the head without the snout ; its eight to ten lower 
rays are stronger than the others, detached, and free throughout, 
decreasing in length from above downwards, the longest 
being one third longer than the fin. The ventrals are bifid 
filaments, arising in advance of the vertical from the posterior 
edge of the operculum, and one third the length of the head. 

Colours in life :-—‘ Head slate-coloured, body uniform dirty 
green-chocolate, the vertebral line showing through lake- 
coloured” (Dr. G. M. Giles). 

Parietal peritoneum black ; stomach siphonal, with a bul- 
bous pyloric portion; a few rudimentary villiform pyloric 
ceca. <Air-bladder moderate. Many of the specimens with 
gravid ovaries and apparently mature ova. 

Average length 64 inches. 

Hab. Bay ot Bengal, lat. 20° 17' 30” N., long. 88° 50! E., 
193 tathoms; temperature 52° Fahr. 


of the Bay of Bengal ce. 389 


A single specimen, 7} inches long, from the Andaman Sea, 
east of Port Blair, 271 fathoms, has the abdominal region 
equal to the length of the head and the ventral filaments half 
as long as the head. 


SACCOGASTER, gen. nov. 
Allied to Catelaz. 


Body compressed, little elongate, partly invested by minute, 
membranous, non-imbricating scales. Abdomen large. Head 
with loose sealeless skin. Snout a little inflated, not pro- 
jecting beyond the equal jaws. Bones of the head firm, 
without spines, the mucous channels well developed but with- 
out conspicuous external openings. Opercles unarmed. No 
barbels. Hyes small. Mouth wide. Bands of villiform 
teeth in jaws, palatines, and vomer, and an inner row of 
enlarged teeth in the mandible. Vertical fins confluent with 
the caudal. Ventrals simple filaments. Four gills; eight 
branchiostegals ; no pseudobranchie. No pyloric ceca. 


Saccogaster maculatus, sp. nov. 
bao cirero2. Al cite, oo. Pr ig.. Veli: ©2122? 


Head with aspect of Collichthys ; body deep, with an inflated 
abdomen abruptly constricted at its junction with the low, 
compressed, tapering tail. Length ot head 33 in the total, 
three fourths as broad as high, abruptly convex behind the 
broad depressed interorbital region, covered with a loose 
scaleless skin. Snout half as long again as the diminutive 
eye, broad, depressed, inflated laterally, but not overhanging 
the jaws. Operculum with a bony stay, not ending in a 
distinct spine above. Preopercular border full, sloping back- 
wards, rounded and smooth. Preorbital broad. ‘The eyes, 
which are deep-set and covered with loose tough skin, are 
placed far forward, and by the flattening of the fore part of 
the head occupy an almost superior position, but with a lateral 
visual axis; their long diameter is rather less than one ninth 
the length of the head and less than their distance apart. 
Nostrils inconspicuous. Cleft of mouth wide and oblique ; 
the maxilla is half as long as the head, and has a much 
dilated posterior extremity ; ramiof the lower jaw broad, with 
sharp lower edge. Villitorm teeth in the jaws, palatines, and 
vomer, and an inner close-set row of uniformly enlarged teeth 
in the mandible. ‘longue large, thick, and fleshy. Gull- 
openings very wide, the membranes united at their extreme 
anterior limit; gill-lamine narrow; gill-rakers almost tuber- 


390 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


culate. A broad bridge of loose skin connects the gill-cover 
with the base of the pectoral fin. Integument loose, thin but 
tough, covered along the flanks of the body only with minute, 
membranous, irregular, non-imbricating scales. Lateral line, 
if present, only on the anterior part of the trunk. Vertical 
fins confluent with the caudal, which is pointed and half as 
long as the head; the dorsal begins behind the vertical 
through the base of the pectoral, the anal a head-length 
and a quarter behind the same level. Pectoral with a thick, 
fleshy, free base, constituting one third the entire extent of 
the fin. Ventrals simple filaments arising in the vertical 
from the posterior border of the preoperculum. 

Colours in life:— Head dark chocolate ; body light 
chocolate, with minute white spots along its sides” (Dr. 
Giles). 

Abdominal cavity large; stomach siphonal; no pyloric 
ceca, An air-bladder. 

Two specimens, both females with gravid ovaries, one 3 
inches, the other 4 inches long. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17’ 30” N., long. 88° 50’ E., 
193 fathoms. 


GLYPTOPHIDIUM, gen. nov. 


Allied to Bathyonus. 

Head large, body compressed, with a long tapering tail. 
Scales deciduous and very thin. Bones of head soft and 
cavernous, with prominent outstanding crests. Operculum 
small, with one feeble spine. Snout obtuse. Jaws equal in 
front. Mouth wide. Villiform teeth in narrow bands in the 
jaws, palatines,and vomer. No barbel. Hyes large. Caudal 
free. Ventrals simple filaments. Gulls four, with short 
lamine. Branchiostegals eight. Pseudobranchiw. Pyloric 
appendages small. 


Glyptophidium argenteum, sp. nov. 
Bess 9d. A (o. WWxeires 15s? P2545 Ve te 


Head and body compressed, tail long and tapering, with a 
long, narrow, free caudal. Length of head nearly 43, maxi- 
mum body-height 54 in the total (caudal included). In spirit 
nine frill-like, membranous, longitudinal crests stand out on 
the head, namely an interrupted median one from snout to 
occiput, and on each side a supraorbital, a temporal, an infra- 
orbital, and a submandibular. Snout as long as the eye, or 
4} in the head, broad, rounded, and not overlapping the equal 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 391 


jaws. Interorbital space wider than the eye. Operculum 
very small, with a feeble flat spine above; preoperculum 
expanded, with a rounded margin. Teeth in narrow bands 
on the jaws, palatines, and hyoid, and in a V-shaped patch 
on the vomer. Mouth large, its cleft oblique. Jaws slender. 
Gill-opening wide; gill-lamine very narrow; gill-rakers 
numerous and elongate on the outer side of the first branchial 
arch, elsewhere very short. Scales deciduous and extremely 
thin. Lateral line undistinguishable. The dorsal fin begins 
in front of the vertical through the base of the pectoral, with 
the anal at a distance behind equal to the length of the head 
behind the middle of the orbit. Caudal nearly half as long 
as the head, united with the vertical fins at its base only. 
Pectorals pointed, as long as the head without the snout. 
Ventrals arising at the pectoral symphysis. 

Colours in spirit :—Head and body silvery, with minute 
black specks; fins silvery grey. 

A siphonal stomach, witha bulbous pyloric portion ; it and 
the long coiled intestine invested in black peritoneum ; six 
small pyloric ceca in a ring round the pylorus. An air- 
bladder. 

One specimen, rather mutilated, 72 inches long. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, off Ross Island, in 271 fathoms. 


Family Macruride. 
Macrurus, Bloch. 
Subgenus C@LoRuYNCHUS (Giorna). 


Macrurus parallelus, Gthr. 


Macrurus parallelus, Gunther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xx. 
p- 439; Zool. Chall. Exp, vol. xxii. p. 125, pl. xxix. fig. A. 


Two young specimens, in bad preservation, believed to be 
this species. 

Hab. Gulf of Manaar, lat. 6° 29' N., long. 79° 34’ E., 597 
fathoms. 


Subgenus Macrurus (Bloch). 
Macrurus investigatoris, sp. nov. 
Baap eee Aeire.«100s) B25 iVi09; 


The whole of the head except the maxilla, the upper part 
of jthe mandible, and the giosso-hyal region densely scaly. 


392 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


Snout not quite so long as the eye, with a median and two 
lateral, rough, marginal knobs; overhanging the mouth. 

Diameter of the eye 3? in the head-length, and exceeding 
the width of the flat interorbital space. Nostrils, especially 
the posterior, very large, joed by a broad loop of skin which 
gives the anterior a subtubular appearance. Mouth inferior, 
small, its cleft hardly passing behind the level of the anterior 
border of the orbit. Barbel barely half as long as the eye. 
Teeth in villiform bands in the jaws, only the outer row in 
the premaxille enlarged. Gull-membranes rather broadly 
united. Scales uniform, moderate-sized on the body, smaller 
on the head, very small on the snout. A scale from the abdo- 
men has nine parallel longitudinal rows of long accumbent 
spinelets, the last in each row projecting beyond the edge of 
the scale; there are about eight spinelets in the middle row, 
and two in the outermost. ‘To the naked eye, and even with 
the hand-lens, these rows of spinelets appear like unbroken 
keels. ‘The scales along the edge of the snout and the supra- 
orbital ridge are thorny. The lateral line runs six rows of 
scales distant from the base ot the first dorsal fin. Second 
dorsal spine somewhat prolonged, its front edge with about 
eighteen equal semirecumbent barbs. ‘The second dorsal fin 
arises less than a head-length behind the first; its anterior 
rays inconspicuous. Pectoral pointed, as long as the head 
behind the middle of the eye. Ventrals with the outer ray 
produced into a filament longer than the fin itself. 

Colours in life:— Body dull grey; abdomen slate- 
coloured ; sides of head and lower jaw silvery ; operculum 
violet-black ; first dorsal black, with white root and tip” 
(Dr. G. M. Giles). : 

A cluster of about twelve long filiform appendages round 
the pylorus. <A large thin-walled air-bladder. 

Several specimens with gravid ovaries. 

Greatest length 8 inches. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, all along the Andaman chain, in 265 
to 490 fathoms; Bay of Bengal, from 193 to 405 fathoms. 

The commonest apparently ot the Indian Macrurids, 

Many specimens carry parasitic Copepods. 


Macrurus semiquincunciatus, sp. nov. 
Dita, cl) geese VoL 1 aC Ase) 


Head squarish. Snout barely longer than the eye and not 
greatly overhanging the mouth; a single median marginal 
tubercle. Diameter of the eye rather over one fourth the 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 393 


length of the head and exceeding the width of the flattened 
interorbital space. Nostrils very large, the anterior separated 
from the posterior by a broad loop of skin. Cleft of mouth 
hardly extending behind the anterior border of the orbit. 
Barbel as long as the eye. A broad band of villiform teeth 
in each jaw and in the upper an outer row of considerably 
enlarged teeth. Gull-lamine broad. Head and body covered 
with spinigerous imbricating scales, those on the body of a 
uniform moderate size, with about fifteen longitudinal parallel 
rows of spinelets, the last in each row projecting far beyond 
the edge of the scale; and towards the distal end of each 
interspace between these rows is a short series of similar 
spinelets only slightly projecting beyond the edge of the scale. 
Kight series of scales between the first dorsal fin and the 
lateral line. Dorsal fins separated by an interval equal to 
the length of the base of the first. Second dorsal spine as 
long as the head, with fifteen equal semirecumbent barbs 
along its front edge. Outer ventral ray produced into a long 
filament. 

Colours in spirit :—Sepia-brown ¥ first dorsal, pectoral, and 
ventral fins black, anal edged with black. 

Twenty-two long vermiform pyloric ceca. A large air- 
bladder. 

One specimen, 8 inches long, the tail a healed “ stump.” 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, south by west of North Sentinel 
Island (Andamans), in 130 to 250 fathoms. 


Macrurus brevirostris, sp. nov. 
Bs 6 Ds toe Ps 19. 2 VL: 


Snout conspicuously short, with a prominent median mar- 
ginal tubercle. The horizontal diameter of the eye is nearly 
one third the length of the head, nearly twice the length of 
the snout without the nasal tubercle, and much in excess of 
the width of the interorbital space. Mouth inferior, its cleft 
just reaching the level of the anterior border of the orbit. 
Barbel slender, not so long as the eye. ‘Teeth in a broad 
villiform band in each jaw, and in the upper two outer rows 
of enlarged teeth, those in the outermost row regular and 
much enlarged, those in the more internal row irrecular and 
less enlarged. Guill-membranes broadly united. Scales small 
on the head, uniformly large on the body. A scale from the 
abdomen has more than twenty approximated rows of close- 
set conical spinelets, of which five arrangements can be easily 
distinguished, according to the point from which the scale is 


394 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


viewed, namely : in oblique rows from above and before down- 
wards and backwards, or from below and before upwards and 
backwards; in less oblique rows converging from above and 
below to an incomplete horizontal median row; in regular 
equidistant concentric curves, of which the outer are inter- 
rupted at the edge of the scale, round a central horizontal 
row; and in a deep, close-set, diminishing series of quin- 
cunxes. There are seven and a half rows of scales between 
the base of the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. The 
interval between the dorsal fins is equal to the length of the 
postorbital portion of the head. The second dorsal spine, 
which is prolonged into a short filament, is longer than the 
head and edged in front with twenty-two semirecumbent 
barbs. The outer ventral ray is produced into a filament 
nearly as long as the fin. 

Colours in spirit :—Grey ; abdomen, throat, and paired 
fins black. 

About thirty-five very large, long, pyloric caca. Liver 
large, its right lobe occupying the whole of that side of the 
abdominal cavity. An air-bladder. 

One specimen, 11 inches long. 

Hab, Andaman Sea, 74 miles east of North Cinque Island, 
in 490 fathoms. 


Macrurus macrolophus, sp. nov. 
BG. DE. 2A 6G. (Eo 2iee Wis: 


Head conspicuously long, 34 in the total. Snout rounded, 
with a small low nasal tubercle, overhanging the mouth, 
hardly longer than the eye. Hye large, its diameter 43 in 
the head-length and considerably exceeding the width of the 
bilaterally-flattened interorbital space. Nostrils moderate- 
sized. Mouth inferior, its cleft not reaching the vertical from 
the anterior border of the orbit. Barbel less than half the 
length of the eye. A broad band of villiform teeth in each 
jaw, and in the upper an outer row of slightly enlarged teeth. 
Gill-openings rather narrow ; the gill-membranes not directly 
united, but attached on each side to the broad isthmus ; gill- 
lamine rather broad. Head and body covered with scales, 
those on the body uniformly large. A scale from the abdo- 
men has about seventeen series of semierect conical spinelets, 
arranged similarly to those of M/. brevirostris. There are five 
rows of scales between the base of the first dorsal fin and the 
lateral line. The dorsal fins are separated by an interval 
equal to the length of the postorbital portion of the head, 


of the Bay of Bengal &e. 395 


The second dorsal spine is produced into a long filament and 
is nearly twice the length of the elongated head, or about half 
the total length of the fish ; the basal portion has twenty 
close-set semirecumbent barbs and the filament several distant 
more upright spinelets. The outer ventral ray produced into 
a filament not quite so long as the fin. 

Colours in spirit :—Grey ; first dorsal, pectorals, and ven- 
trals black, the dorsal filament white. 

Ten large, long, pyloric ceca; intestine much coiled. An 
air-bladder. 

One specimen, a female, 94 inches long, with gravid ovaries. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, south-east by south of Ross Island, 
in 265 fathoms. 


Macrurus lophotes, sp. nov. 
BAG. 1D. PectVi-9. 


Head rather square. Snout with a very prominent nasal 
tubercle, a little longer than the eye, which is 44 in the head- 
length and wider than the interorbital space. Mouth inferior, 
its cleft reaching the vertical from the middle of the orbit. 
Barbel very small. Teeth in broadish villiform bands in 
both jaws, the upper jaw with a slightly enlarged outer row. 
Scales very small, with five short, longitudinal, parallel series 
of long, rather recumbent spinelets, the distal ones projecting 
far beyond the edge of the scale. Six rows of scales between 
the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. The second dorsal 
spine, which is produced into a long filament, is nearly twice 
as long as the head and armed along its entire extent with 
thirty semirecumbent barbs. Ventrals with the outer ray 
produced into a filament. 

Colours in spirit :—Pinkish grey ; opercles black. 

‘T'wo specimens, 5 inches long, in fragments. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, the “Swatch,” in 285 to 405 fathoms. 

The specimens are far too much spoilt for complete descrip- 
tion. 


Macrurus polylepis, sp. nov. 
Bie web) Bl (12).. A. circ. 140.) Ps.19: ., Ve, 10, 


Head deep, compressed, rather square, rising steeply from 
behind the orbits to the first dorsal fin, much higher than 
the low tapering body. Tail extremely long, filiform. Snout 
shorter than the large eye, with a prominent spiny nasal 
tubercle, flanked on each side by a rough marginal knob. 


396 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


Diameter of the eye 34 in the head-length, much exceeding the 
width of the flattened interorbital space. Nostrils large, con- 
tiguous. Mouth inferior; the maxilla reaches the vertical 
from the middle of the orbit. Villiform teeth in the jaws, 
the outer row in the upper jaw enlarged. Barbel about as 
long as the eye. Opercular region square, very deep and 
broad. Guill-openings wide, the membranes united only in 
front. Gull-lamine very broad. Scales rather deciduous and 
uniformly minute, each with about seven short, longitudinal, 
parallel series of spinelets, the last in each series projecting 
well beyond the edge of the scale. Hight rows of scales 
between the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. Second 
dorsal separated from the first by an interval equal to the 
length of the latter’s base. Second dorsal spine with large 
semirecumbent distant barbs. First ventral ray produced 
into a filament longer than the fin. 

Colours in life:— Body dull grey; abdomen  slate- 
coloured ; sides of head and lower jaw silvery ; operculum 
violet-black ; dorsal fin black, with white root and tip” (Dr. 
G. M. Giles). 

Two specimens, 54 and 6% inches long respectively, both 
much damaged. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17! 30" N., long. 88° 51' E., 
in 193 fathoms, and lat. 19° 35’ N., long. 92° 24’ H., in 272 
fathoms. 


Subgenus Mysraconurus, Gthr. 


Macrurus heterolepis, sp. nov. 


Be Doll Acerca 100: . Pits Ve dOl 


Head much exceeding the trunk in all three dimensions, 
its mucous-cavities and its bony ridges, except the infra- 
orbital, well developed. The short trunk falls abruptly to the 
long filiform tail. Snout truncated, much shorter than the 
eye, hardly overlapping the upper jaw. Diameter of the eye 
33 in the head-length and less than the width of the inter- 
orbital space. Mouth wide, hardly inferior, its cleft reaching 
the vertical from the middle of the orbit. Jaws slender. A 
ciliiform barbel about half as long as the eye. ‘Teeth in both 
jaws in a narrow villiform band, Gill-cleft wide ; the mem- 
branes united only quite anteriorly. Giull-laminz very narrow. 
Integument thin. Head scaleless. Body covered with very 
thin and deciduous scales of two forms, those immediately 
behind the head being large and perfectly smooth, those on 


of the Bay of Bengal &e. 397 


the rest of the body being small and covered with semierect 
spinelets arranged quincuncially—six deep in the middle line 
of the scale. Seven rows of scales between the first dorsal 
fin and the lateral line. The interval between the dorsal fins 
is equal to the length of the postorbital portion of the head. 
First dorsal spine almost invisible, second long and smooth 
throughout. Outer ventral ray produced into a filament 
longer than the fin. Pectorals long and slender. 

Colours in spirit :—Silvery, with small black dots; throat 
and abdomen black ; iris silvery. 

Hight pyloric ceca. An air-bladder. 

Maximum length 64 inches. 

Five specimens, two of which are females with gravid 
ovaries. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, off Ross Isiand, in 265 to 271 fathoms ; 
Bay of Bengal, between North and South Sentinel Islands, 
in 220 to 240 fathoms. 


Subgenus CHALINURUS (Goode and Bean). 
Macrurus hispidus, sp. nov. 


De TL PSlOhieves: 


Head compressed. ‘Taillong and tapering. Snout slightly 
overhanging the upper jaw, short, truncated, with a small 
abrupt nasal tubercle. Eye in diameter 3} in the head-length, 
one fourth longer than the snout, and exceeding the width of 
the interorbital space. Cleft of mouth lateral, extending to 
the vertical from the middle of the orbit. Barbel stout, as 
long as the eye. ‘Teeth in four ranks in the premaxilla, those 
in the outer rank large, those in the inner ranks minute ; 
mandibular teeth uniserial, large. Opercular region very 
long and deep; preoperculum almost square. Gill-openings 
wide; the gill-membranes united only at the very front. 
Attachment of the first branchial arch to the wall of the gill- 
cavity narrow. Scales thin, deciduous, of a uniform rather 
small size on the body. A scale from the abdomen has from 
fourteen to eighteen weak, semierect, yielding spines, arranged 
in five short, very oblique, equidistant rows. Six rows of scales 
between the first dorsal fin and the lateral line. The interval 
between the dorsal fins is equal to the length of the head 
behind the middle of the orbit. Second dorsal spine with 
numerous small semirecumbent spines. 

Colours in life uniform blackish ; cheeks and iris silvery. 

One specimen, 6? inches long, much injured. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, between North and South Sentinel 
Islands, in 220 to 240 fathoms. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 28 


398 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


Subgenus MALacocePHAtus, Gthr. 


Macrurus levis. 


Macrurus levis, Lowe, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 92. fi s 
Malacocephalus levis, Giinther, Fishes, vol. iv. p. 397 ; *Liitken, Vid. 
Meddel. nat. Foren. Kj6benhayn, 1872, p. 1. 


Macrurus levis, Giinther, Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. p. 148, pl. xxxix. 
fig. B. 


One specimen, from the Andaman Sea, off Ross Island, in 
265 fathoms. 


Family Pleuronectide. 


Scranectes, Alcock. 
Scianectes, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1889, vol. lviii. pt. ii. no. 3, 
p. 284. 


Scianectes macrophthalmus. 
Scranectes macrophthalmus, id. ibid. p. 292, pl. xvi. fig. 4. 


One specimen, from the Bay of Bengal, 40 miles south- 
west of Akyab, in 100 fathoms. 


APHORISTIA, Kaup. 
Aphoristia Masont. 
Aphoristia Masoni, id. ibid. p. 294, pl. xvii. fig. 1. 


One specimen, from the Andaman Sea, 7} miles east of 
North Cinque Island, in 490 fathoms. 


Aphoristia Gilestt. 
Aphoristia Gilesit, id. ibid. p. 293, pl. xvii. fig. 2. 


One specimen, from the Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17’ N., 
long. 88° 51' E., in 193 fathoms, 


PHYSOSTOMI. 
Family Sternoptychide. 
Potyipnus, Gthr. 


Polytpnus spinosus, Gthr. 


Polyipnus spinosus, Giinther, Zool. Chall, Exp. vol. xxii. pp. 170-172, 
pl. li. fig. B. 


* Dr. Giinther, in Zool. Chall, yol. xxii. 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 399 


I have little hesitation in referring our specimen to this 
species (described from a single specimen obtained by the 
‘Challenger’ between the Philippine Islands and Borneo), 
with which it agrees in almost every detail. In our specimen, 
however, the height of the body is contained once and one 
third in the total length, without the caudal; the eye is half 
the length of the head; the occipital spine is unsymmetri- 
cally bifid ; each denticulation of the abdominal ridge is armed 
with several small vertical spines; the adipose dorsal fin is 
hardly visible ; and the pectoral fins point backwards in the 
usual way. 

Total length 2} inches. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, between North and South Sentinel 
Islands, in 220 to 240 fathoms. 


Gonostoma, Rafin. 


Gonostoma microdon, Gthr. 


Gonostoma microdon, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, vol. ii, 
p. 188. 
Cyclothone lusca, Goode and Bean, Bull, Mus, Comp. Zool. vol. x. 1883, 
p. 221. 
Gonostoma microdon, Giinth. Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. p. 175. 
Hab. Bay of Bengal, 30 miles west of Middle Andaman 
Island, in 485 fathoms; Andaman Sea, 7 miles south-east by 
south of Ross Island, in 265 fathoms. 


CuauLiopus, BI. Schn. 


Chauliodus Sloanit, Bl. Schn. 


Chauliodus Sloanii, Catesby, Carol. Suppl. p. 9, pl. ix.*; Bl. Schn, 
p- 480* ; Cuv. & Val. vol. xxii. p. 385, 

Chauliodus setinotus, Bl. Schn. tab. Ixxxv.* 

Esox stomias, Shaw, Zool. vol. v. p. 120, tab. iii. 

Chauliodus Schneidert, Risso, Kur, Mérid. vol. iii. p. 442, fig. 37. 

Chauliodus setinotus, Bonap. Faun, Ital., Pesce. ¢. fig. 

Stomias Schneidert (Stomias boa), Cuv. Réegne Anim, IL. Poiss, 
pl. xevii. fig. 3. 

Chauliodus Sloanii, Giinth. Fishes, vol. v. p. 892 (to which I am in- 
debted for the above references, marked with an asterisk, where I 
have not had the opportunity of referring). 

Chauliodus, Cuy. Régne Anim., Poissons, p. 232. 

Chauliodus Sloanu, Gunth, Zool. Chall, Exp. vol. xxii. p, 179. 


Hab. Bay of Bengal, Carpenter’s Ridge, lat. 5° 564/ N., 
long. 91° 05! K., in 1590 fathoms ; Gulf of Manaar, lat. 6° 
29' N., long. 79° 34’ E., in 597 fathoms. 


(To be continued. } 


400 Mr. 8. B. Wilson on three undescribed Species 


LV.—On three undescribed Species of the Genus Hemi- 
gnathus, Lichtenstein. By Scorr B. WILson, F.Z.S. 


As I believe that my investigation of the species of the above- 
named genus, specimens of which are so rare in collections, 
may have some interest for the ornithologists who, both 
in Europe and America, are studying the subject, I beg 
leave to lay the results before the public. 

In the island of Hawaii I found two species—a large and a 
small one. The former is unquestionably the ‘ Hook-billed 
Green Creeper” of Latham (Synops. i. p. 703), on which 
Gmelin founded his Certhia obscura, as by favour of Mr. T. 
J. Moore and the other authorities of the Liverpool Museum 
I have been able to examine the type specimen, which, form- 
ing lot 4750 at the sale of the Leverian Museum, whence 
Latham described it, was bought by the then Lord Stanley, 
and at his death in 1851, when Earl of Derby, it passed into 
the Liverpool Museum. This specimen was accurately 
figured by Vieillot (Ois. Dorés, pl. lili.), and the species will 
stand as /7. obscurus (Gmelin). 

The second and smaller species from the island of Hawaii 
agrees so accurately with the figure and description of Hete- 
rorhynchus olivaceus, Lafresnaye (Mag. Zool. 1839, pl. x. 5 
Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 321), that though I have not seen the 
type specimen, no doubt can exist on the subject. By those 
who do not acknowledge the genus Heterorhynchus, on behalf of 
which something is to be said, this species will be recognized 
as Hemignathus olivaceus (Latresnaye). 

On the island of Kauai I met with two other species— 
again a large anda small one. One of these has been already 
mentioned by Dr. Stejneger (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1887, 
p- 93), who, though noticing some difference in it, referred it 
to LHemignathus obscurus (Gmelin). The dimensions given 
by Dr. Stejneger show that it is the larger of the two which 
he had before him ; and it is indeed at once distinguishable 
from the true obscurus by its larger size (wing 86 to 83 
millim., tarsus 26 to 25), its longer bill (chord 64 to 60°5 
millim.), very distinct black lores, and generally brighter 
coloration. ‘This species I propose to name, in honour of Dr. 
Stejneger, to whom the first known examples were sent, 
Stejnegert. The second and smaller species from Kauai has 
in colour and size a general resemblance to HZ. ol’vaceus from 
Hawaii ; but its lower mandible, instead of being straight as 
in that species, follows the curve of the upper. This I pro- 


of the Genus Hemignathus, Lichtenstein. 401 


pose to designate H. hanapepe, from the name of the district 
in which alone I found it. 

Lastly, I have to mention that there are two other well- 
marked species of Hemignathus, both found by Deppe in the 
island of Oahu, where I, however, did not meet with a single 
example of the genus, owing, no doubt, to the destruction of 
the forests there. These, again a large and a small one, were 
described and figured by Lichtenstein (Abhandl. k. Akad. 
Berlin, 1838, pp. 449-451, pl. v.)—the larger one being 
thought by him to be the Certhia obscura ot Gmelin and 
Latham, and therefore identical with the HH. obscurus above 
named, and the smaller announced as new under the title of 
H, lucidus. Of this last two specimens, obtained by 
‘Townsend, who was for a time collecting with Deppe—see 
the former’s ‘ Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky Moun- 
tains and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands’ (Philadelphia, 
1839, p. 269)—were sent to Audubon, and from him acquired 
by Jardine, at the sale of whose collection they were bought 
for the Museum of the University of Cambridge. One of 
these has recently been submitted by Prof. Newton, at my 
request, to Prof. Cabanis for comparison with the type in the 
Berlin Museum, with the result that they are found to be 
identical. It will therefore stand as H. lucidus, Lichten- 
stein; but it is obvious that the larger species is equally 
distinct from HH. obscurus (Gmelin) and from my new //. 
Stejnegert. According to both figure and description it is 
intermediate in size between them; but, from the specimen 
described and figured being apparently a female, the other 
differences are not so manifest. That they would be more 
evident in the other sex may be safely inferred; but almost 
on the ground of size alone I am prepared to assert that 
Lichtenstein’s example is specifically distinct from the rest, 
and I propose to name it H. Lichtensteint, reserving further 
details for the work on the birds of the Sandwich Islands 
which I have in contemplation. 

It thus follows that there are in all s¢x species of Hemi- 
gnathus :— 


H, obscurus (Gmel.)..V await 
H1, olivaceus (Latr.). } ae 
HT, Lichtensteint, mihi. Oah 

H. lucidus, Licht. } gad 


H. Stejnegeri, mihi. 
H., hanapepe, mihi. } Kauai. 


> OUR G2 BO 


Of which nos. 2,4, and 6 may be regarded as belonging to 
the subgenus LHeterorhynchus. 


402 Bibliographical Notices. 


P.S.—I have now seen the type of Lichtenstein’s H. ob- 
scurus, Which has been most kindly entrusted to Prof. Newton 
for my use by Prof. Mébius, the Director of the Royal Zoolo- 
gical Collection at Berlin, and the opinion above expressed 
and arrived at some months since as to its distinctness from 
the true Certhia obscura of Gmelin and Latham (with the 
type of which I have compared it) has been fully confirmed. 
I therefore confidently name it H. Lichtensteint, sp. n. 
Prof. Mobius has also had the goodness to transmit two speci- 
mens of “Hemignathus procerus, Cab. n. spec.” I am not 
aware of any published description of this species; but the 
specimens sent seem to be immature males of that which I 
have above called H. Stejnegeré. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


A Monograph of the Marine and Freshwater Ostracoda of the North 
Atlantic and of North-western Ewrope.—Section I. Podocopa. 
By Groree Srewarpson Brapy, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., and the 
Rey. ALFRED Merte Norman, M.A., D.C.L.,F.L.S. The Scientific 
Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, vol. iv. (series ii.) pp. 63— 
270, plates vili.—xxiii, March 1889. 


Carcrvotoeists have now in this complete Monograph a careful, 
masterly, and admirably illustrated account of all the Cypridide, 
Bairdiide, Darwinulide, Cytheride, and Paradoxostomide—that is, 
of all the Podocopa known from the Arctic Seas, the North Atlantic 
Ocean (limited by 35° N. lat.), and North-western Europe, including 
Scandinavia, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Germany, Austria, France, 
and the British Isles. The Mediterranean is not included. 

Observers at home and abroad, living and deceased, are enume- 
rated, and a list of the principal memoirs is given. 

Prof. G. 8. Brady’s ‘“* Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda ” 
(from the ‘Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ 1868), noticed in 
the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for November 1868, is now supple- 
mented by this more elaborate work by himself and Canon Norman. 
Some of the species are refigured and some redescribed ; the full 
synonymic lists are not repeated here, but the most important 
synonyms are clearly indicated. The families are defined anew, and 
the characters of the new and the revised genera are given in detail, 

In the Cypripip# are Cypria, Zenker (5 spp.), Cyclocypris, nov. 
(1 sp.), Scottia, nov. (1 sp.), Cypris, Miller (19 spp.), Hrpetocypris 
[ Herpetocypris|, nov. (7 spp.), Cypridopsis, Brady (6 spp.), Potamo- 
cypris, Brady (1 sp.), Aglata, Brady (1 sp.), Paracypris, Sars (1 sp.), 
Notodromas, Lilljeborg (1 sp.), Cyprois, Zenker (1 sp.), Candona, 
Baird (11 spp.), Zlyocypris, nov. (1 sp.), Pontocypris, Sars (4 spp.), 
Anchistrocheles, nov. (1 sp.), and Avgillacia, Sars (1 sp.). 

In the Barrpupx are Bairdia, M‘Coy (18 spp.), Macrocypris, 
Brady (3 spp.), and Bythocypris, Brady (1 sp.). 


Bibliographical Notices. 403 


The DarwinvuLip2 are represented by Darwinula (1 sp.). 

The Cyrnerip# have Metacypris, B. & R. (1 sp.), Cythere, Miller 
(70 spp.), Limnicythere, Brady (4 spp.), Cytheridea, Bosquet (9 spp.), 
Eucythere, Brady (1 sp.), Krithe, B., C., & R. (5 spp.), Lowoconcha, 
Sars (7 spp.), Xestoleberis, Sars (4 spp.), Cytherwra, Sars (20 spp.), 
Cytheropteron, Sars (18 spp.), Bythocythere, Sars (8 spp.), Pseudo- 
cythere, Sars (1 sp.), Sclerochilus, Sars (1 sp.), Cytherideis, Jones 
(2 spp.), and Cytherois, W. Miiller (1 sp.). 

The Parapoxostomarmz comprise Paradoxostoma, Fischer (17 
spp.), and Macherina, nov. (2 spp.). 

Of all the foregoing, 61 are freshwater species and 188 marine. 
A Table at page 257 gives moreover the distribution of each of these 
in the different areas concerned, and indicates that 20 of the former 
and 99 of the latter (marine) occur in the Post-tertiary deposits. 
The numbers for the Tertiary occurrences will be about 3 for fresh- 
water and 27 for marine forms, if corrected more nearly by the 
‘ Supplemental Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England, 
by Jones and Sherborn, Palzont. Soc. 1889. 

The geographical distribution of each species is shown in the 
elaborate Table at pp. 250-256. 

The chief emendations of species are :— 


Bairdia formosa, ‘Challenger’ Report, p. 52, is B. subcircinata, 
sp. n., pp. 113, 240. 

Cythere Stimpsoni, ¢ Chall.’ Rep. p. 85, is C. runcinata, Baird, p. 160. 

irpex, ibid. p. 107, is C. echinata, Sars, p. 150. 

He ea Monogr. Rec. Brit. Ostr. p. 397, is C. confusa, nov., 

p- 127. 

laticarina, ibid. p. 412, is C. marginata, Norman, p. 142. 

Cytherura lineata, ibid. p. 441, 

affinis, ibid. p. 443, are O. cornuta, Brady, p. 192. 

— gibba, ibid. p. 444, 

— cuneata, ibid. p. 442, is C. sella, Sars, p. 194. 

Sarsit, ibid. p. 442, is C. similis, Sars, p. 203. 

Robertsoni, ibid. p. 444, is C. gibba, Miller, p. 190. 

Oytheropteron subcurcnatum, ibid. p. 447, is C. depressum, nov., 
p. 218. 


An Appendix (pp. 240-246) treats of the Ostracoda obtained in 
-the French Expeditions of the ‘ Travailleur’ and ‘ Talisman.’ 

Of the fifteen excellent quarto plates (drawn by G. 8S. Brady and 
lithographed by George West and Sons) illustrating this goodly 
Monograph four are devoted to the internal structure and organs of 
the minute bivalved Crustaceans herein dealt with; and in the last 
plate the characteristic limbs and soft parts of six of the genera 
(Darwinula, Pontocypris, Loxoconcha, Cytherura, Bythocythere, and 
Paradoxostoma) are exhibited in place within the valves. In very 
many of the descriptions and figures throughout this Monograph 
the sexes and sexual characters are carefully indicated. 

Besides the plates there are woodcut illustrations of several species 
at pages 88, 118, 241, 242, 244, 245, and 248, 


404 Bibliographical Notices. 


Altogether this completely revised and augmented Monograph of 
the Podocopal Ostracoda of the north-western regions of the Northern 
Hemisphere adds greatly to the credit of the authors, well known 
for their industry, acumen, and extensive biological knowledge, of 
the lower Crustacea in particular. The care with which they have 
noted the helpful labours of their fellow-workers gives additional 
value to the results of their own researches. 


A Supplementary Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of 
England. By T. Ruverr Jones, F.RS., &., and C. Davies 
Suerporn, F.G.S. Paleontographical Society of London. Ato. 
55 pp. 3 plates. 1889, 


In 1857 a Monograph on the Tertiary Ostracoda of England was 
published by the Paleontographical Society, and some revision of 
the species was given in the ‘ Geological Magazine’ of 1870 by 
Prof. Rupert Jones. Then the Post-tertiary Entomostraca of Scot- 
land, England, and Ireland appeared in an elaborate Monograph 
(Palzont. Soc.) by Brady, Crosskey, and Robertson, in 1874. Fur- 
ther Tertiary species were published in the Geol. Mag. of 1874 by 
Jones and Sherborn ; and all the known Tertiary species of England, 
with such of the Post-tertiary forms as had already been noticed in 
the Monograph of 1857, are now revised, redescribed, and refigured 
as far as may be necessary in the new Supplementary Monograph. 

The Table at pp. 49-51 indicates 120 species and notable varieties 
of Ostracoda treated of in this Monograph, 4 ranging from the Cre- 
taceous upwards to the Eocene; 5 in the Woolwich and Reading 
beds, one of them going up even to Recent times; 20 in the London 
Clay, a few of them ranging somewhat higher, but one not distin- 
guishable from the recent Krithe glacialis ; 17 from the Bracklesham 
Beds, a few of them repeated in the Barton and Headon Beds ; 7 
others in Barton Beds, 2 reoccurring in the Headon Beds and Arithe 
bartonensis even in the Post-tertiary and Recent; 7 belong to the 
Headon Beds, besides some already referred to. The Osborne, Bem- 
bridge, and Hamstead Beds have 7 species, mostly of freshwater or 
brackish habits, one of them (Cypris gibba) living on to late Pliocene 
and Recent times, and one (Cypridea spinigera) from Hamstead 
undistinguishable from a Wealden species. The White Crag of 
Suffolk gives 19 species, three going up to the Red Crag and three still 
higher, one of them (Cythere convewa) to existing seas. The Red 
Crag has three other species, two of which reoccur even among 
Recent forms. The Norwich Crag has 8 species, mostly peculiar, 
except the Recent Cytheridea punctillata. From the Weybourne 
Crag 15 species and varieties have been obtained (chiefly by Mr. 
Clement Reid, F.G.S.), of which about half range upwards to Post- 
tertiary and Recent times. Four or five Post-tertiary species, found 
also in the Recent state, come into the list as having been described 
in the original Monograph in 1857. 

The elaborate Monograph by Brady and Norman on the British 
and North-western European Ostracoda, published contempo- 


Miscellaneous. 405 


raneously, contains a revision of some of the recent genera, founded 
on the dissection of the soft parts of the animals. Hence the new 
genus Scottia, Brady, takes Cypris Browniana, Jones; Erpetocypris, 
B. & N., takes Candona (Cypris) reptans, Baird; and Ilyocypris, 
B. & N., absorbs Ramdohr’s Cypris gibba. Cypris levis of the 
Suppl. Tert. Monogr. is referred to Cypria serena (Koch) and Can- 
dona compressa to C. pubescens (Koch). These corrections can be 
readily made and with advantage. 

Careful tables of the species in natural order, with their geolo- 
gical distribution, at pages 3-8 and 48-51, and the usual index of 
accepted and disused names, form part of this Suppl. Tert. Monogr. 
The three plates give very clear illustrations of 68 species and 
varieties which required figuring; and a uniform scale of amplifica- 
tion having been preserved throughout, the specimens have a more 
natural appearance than would otherwise have been the case. Five 
woodcuts also illustrate some species in the body of the work. We 
may note also that almost all the specimens described and figured 
are to be found in either the British Museum or the Museum of 
Practical Geology. Geologists will be glad of this work, and will 
thank the Palssontographical Society for publishing so useful a 
Monograph. 


A Classified List of Mr. S. William Silver's Collection of New- 
Zealand Birds (at the Manor-House, Letcomb Regis), with short 
Descriptive Notes by Sir Water L. Butorr, K.C.M.G., D.Sc., 
F.R.S. 8vo. E. A. Petherick and Co., London, 1888. 


Many of our readers may remember seeing eight handsome cases of 
birds in the New-Zealand Court of the Colonial and Indian Exhi- 
bition in 1886, and the contents of these, as well as four others, are 
now described. Short explanatory notes render this work far more 
than a mere catalogue, and its value is enhanced by the introduction 
of a number of woodcuts from the last edition of the ‘ Birds of New 
Zealand.’ 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Notes on some new and little-known British Jurassic Fishes *. 
By A. Samira Woopwarp, F.G.8., F.Z.S. 


Tue remains of many undescribed fossil fishes from British Jurassic 
formations are preserved in various collections, and the author 
remarks upon a few of the more prominent types. Some are of 
genera already recognized on the continent, but not hitherto dis- 
covered in England. 

1. Eurycormus grandis, sp. novy.—Founded on a well-preserved 

* Abstract of paper read before eggees C, British Association, New- 
castle-upon-Tyne, 1889. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Yok lv. 29 


406 Miscellaneous. 


head from the Kimmeridge Clay of Ely in the Woodwardian Mu- 
seum. About twice as large as the typical H. speciosus, and differ- 
ing in the granulation of the head-bones. 

2. Strobilodus suchoides, Owen, sp.—As suggested by Von Zittel, 
the so-called T'hlattodus suchoides, Owen, from the Kimmeridge Clay 
of West Norfolk, is certainly generically identical with the previously 
described Strobilodus giganteus from the Bavarian Lithographic 
Stone. 

3. Hypsocormus Leedsi, sp. nov., and Hypsocormus tenuirostris, 
sp. nov.—The jaws of two new species of Hypsocormus have been dis- 
covered in the Oxford Clay of Peterborough by Mr. Alfred N. Leeds, 
of Eyebury. The first (H. Leedsz) equals the Bavarian species H. 
macrodon in size, and has a similarly obtuse snout ; but it differs in 
the marked obliquity of the two great teeth in the upper jaw. The 
second species (H. tenuirostris) attains about half the size of the 
first, and is distinguished by the comparative elongation and acutely 
pointed form of the snout; the two great upper teeth seem to have 
been directed almost vertically downwards, as in H. macrodon. 
These fossils suggest an interesting comparison between the dentition 
of Hypsocormus and that of the Upper Cretaceous Protosphyrena ; 
two large tusk-like teeth at the base of the snout in each genus 
being opposed to a pair of similar teeth on each side of the mandible 
fixed in sockets in a short, stout, splenial bone. 

4. Leedsichthys problematicus, gen. et sp. nov.—This, probably 
the largest Jurassic fish hitherto discovered, is indicated by an asso- 
ciated series of bones from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough in Mr. 
Leeds’s collection. It can only be provisionally defined, and may be 
appropriately named Leedsichthys problematicus. None of the bones 
are externally ornamented, but all have a distinctly fibrous texture. 
A supposed frontal bone measures 2 feet in length by 1 foot 3 inches 
in maximum breadth; the hyomandibular is squamous, at least 
1 foot 3 inches in length ; and the bones of the branchial arches are 
irregularly =¢-shaped in transverse section, bearing numerous gill- 
rakers. The last-named bones are elongated, laterally compressed, 
slightly expanded at the base, and rarely straight, but irregularly 
bent and contorted; the surface is coarse and rugose, and one long 
border is rounded, while the other is cleft by a longitudinal median 
furrow ; the rounded border is comparatively smooth, but the fur- 
rowed edge is coarsely serrated, a series of short oblique ridges 
terminating in points on each side. The branchiostegal rays are 
very large, dense, and rounded in section, in not less than six pairs. 
The pectoral fin-rays sometimes attain a length of 5 feet, frequently 
dichotomously branching, but not jointed ; each consists of fibrous 
bone, appearing as if composed of numerous long tapering splints 
incompletely fused together, and the two halves of the ray remain 
separate. The jaws and axial skeleton of the trunk are still 
unknown. 

5. Thrissops.—Though not hitherto recorded, remains of the genus 
Thrissops are preserved in the British Museum from the Kim- 
meridge Clay and Portland Stone of Dorsetshire; the former equal 


Miscellaneous. 407 


T. Heckeli, Thiolliére, from the French Lithographic Stone in size, 
the latter are much smaller. 

6. Browneichthys ornatus, gen. et sp. nov.—Remains of a small 
elongated fish, discovered by Mr. Montagu Browne in the Lower 
Lias of Barrow-on-Soar, pertain to a new generic and specific type, 
apparently related to the Belonorhynchide. The notochord is per- 
sistent and the neural and hemal arches are ossified, but there are 
no well-developed ribs. The scales are thin, cycloidal, with promi- 
nent concentric lines of growth, deeply overlapping and externally 
ornamented with ganoine tubercles. Portions of a dorsal and ven- 
tral series of very large, narrow, pointed ridge-scales are also 
observable. The cranial bones are invested with ganoine and are 
coarsely tuberculated. 


On the Occurrence of the Devonian Ganoid Onychodus in Spitzbergen*. 
By A. Surra Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.Z.S, 


In the collection of Devonian fossils from Mimes Dal, Spitz- 
bergen, in the State Museum, Stockholm, kindly shown to the author 
by Professor Lindstrom, is a small, arched, tooth-bearing bone, 
undistinguishable from the so-called “ intermandibular arch” or 
“presymphysial bone” of the remarkable Ganoid fish Onychodus. 
The genus has hitherto been met with only in the Devonian of Ohio 
and New York (Newberry, Geol. Surv. Ohio, vol. i. pt. ii. p. 296) 
and the Lower Old Red Sandstone Passage-beds of Ledbury, England 
(Onychodus anglicus, A. 8. Woodw., Geol. Mag. [3] vol. v. p. 500). 
The new specimen thus considerably extends the known range of 
Onychodus in space, and, so far as can be ascertained, pertains to a 
hitherto undetermined specific type. Four fractured teeth are pre- 
served, scarcely more than half as large as those of the smallest 
described species, O. anglicus, and differing from the latter in the 
very large size of the internal cavity. The form may be provisionally 
named Onychodus arcticus. 


On the Reproduction of some Ctenostomatous Bryozoa. 
By M. Henri Provuo. 


The author's observations were made upon three species of Alcyo- 
nelleans collected at Bauyuls-sur-Mer, namely Aleyonidium albidum, 
Alder, Aleyonidium duplex, sp. n.7, and Pherusa tubulosa, Ell. and 
Sol. 

In A. albidum the polypides of the sexual zocecia have, between 
two tentacles of the anal side, a tubular organ communicating with 
the perivisceral cavity and opening outwards by a small ciliated 
vestibule. This organ occurs only in a few Bryozoa; it has been 
called the zntertentacular organ; in A. albidum it is found only on 


* Abstract of paper read before Section C, British Association, New- 
castle-upon-Tyne, 1889. 

tA ed very nearly allied to A. mytili, Daly., but easily distin- 
guished by the greater size of its cells, which attain a length of J millim. 


408 Miscellaneous. 


the polypides of the sexual zocecia. At the time of reproduction 
the ova detaching themselves successively from the ovary float in 
the perivisceral cavity; they then show irregular shrivelled forms 
and are furnished with a very delicate transparent shell. In this 
state they pass one at a time through the intertentacular organ of 
the expanded polypide, and when they thus get into the water they 
become regularly ovoid and the contents regularly spherical. 
During this process, which may last for some days, the sperma- 
tozoids press round the ovary and the ova detached from it. The 
author could not determine the precise moment of fecundation, but 
thinks that it takes place before the formation of the shell. Under 
any circumstances the intertentacular organ here fulfils the functions 
of an oviduct and the development is external. 

The reproduction of A. duplex is more complex and very interesting. 
At the moment when the sexual elements are about to be developed 
the zocecium is occupied by a polypide destitute of any intertentacular 
organ, and a cellular mass destined to form the spermatozoids 
appears against the wall of the stomachal cecum. At the same 
time towards the aboral extremity of the same zocecium a second 
polypide is formed, upon the funiculus of which young ovules origi- 
nate. Thus one zocecium has two polypides of different ages, of 
which the older one may be called the male and the other the female 
polypide. The male polypide soon begins to degenerate, leaving in 
the cell the brown body and a mass of spermatoblasts, while the 
female polypide, which continues growing, takes its place. The 
zocecium then contains only a single polypide, the female, and this is 
furnished with an intertentacular organ. Later on the ova are seen 
to have passed into the sheath of this polypide probably by means 
of the intertentacular organ ; they have a transparent shell and are 
attached, to the number of seven or eight, by a fine peduncle to the 
walls of the sheath, where their development takes place. 

The liberation of the larve is very simple. When the polypide 
proceeds to expand the ovigerous part of the sheath becomes evagi- 
nated, forming a papilla, to the apex of which the ova are appended, 
and the larvze which have completed their development burst through 
the shell and escape into the water. Thus in A. duplex two poly- 
pides of different sexes at first coexist in the same zocecium ; then 
the female polypide takes the place of the male and alone possesses 
the intertentacular organ through which the ova are evacuated ; but 
while in A. albidum the ova are passed by this organ into the 
external medium, where they undergo a free development, in A. 
duplex it only conducts the ova into the invaginated sheath when 
their development takes place as in a sort of marsupium. 

In Pherusa tubulosa, the polypides of which have no intertentacular 
organ, the larval form is a bivalve larva nearly identical in struc- 
ture with that of Flustrella. The only known Bryozoan larvee with 
two chitinous valves were those of Membranipora (Cyphcnautes) and 
Flustrella ; Pherusa furnishes a third example of this larval form.— 
Comptes Rendus, July 29, 1889, p. 197. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SIXTH SERIES. ] 


No. 24. DECEMBER 1889. 


LVI.—Report of a Deep-sea Trawling Cruise off the S.W. 
Coast of Ireland, under the Direction of Rev. W. Spors- 
woop GREEN, M.A., F.R.G.S. 


[Plates X VIII. & XIX.) 


Summary of the Cruise. By Rev. W. 8S. GREEN. 


Havina for many years been deeply interested in the 
marine fauna of our southern and western coasts, it was with 
much pleasure that, at the suggestion of Dr. Giinther, I this 
summer undertook a brief trawling cruise for the purpose of 
procuring specimens for the British Museum. 

Experience gained in three previous cruises to the deep 
water under the auspices of the Royal Irish Academy, in two 
of which I was associated with Prof. A. C. Haddon, whose 
company now and last year I missed sadly, and many years 
of trawling on the coast, enabled me to calculate fairly on 
what we were likely to get ; so I at once entered into negoti- 
ations with the Clyde Shipping Company, and chartered 
their steamer the ‘Flying Fox’ for a week’s trip, her 
skipper, Captain Tobin, and his crew being the same I had 
worked with on former occasions. 

Arriving at Queenstown on Friday the 28th of June, I set 
to work next day fitting the deep-sea gear into the ‘ Flying 
Fox.’ For this purpose we brought her alongside the 
Royal Victoria Docks Passage West, where a crane was 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 30 


410 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland: 


available for lowering the heavy iron reels, &c., on board. 
Some of the gear in my charge belongs to the Science and 
Art Museum in Dublin, and the Director kindly permitted 
me to use it on condition that a complete set of duplicate 
specimens should be sent to Dublin. The gear which we 
used on the present occasion, and which I have been getting 
together and improving on for several years, consists chiefly 
of a deep-sea sounding-machine, made on Sir William 
Thomson’s design, with improvements by Capt. Sigsbee of 
the U.S. Navy. For this we have two reels with 1400 fath. 
of steel sounding-wire on each. In deep water a belt con- 
nects the machine with the donkey-engine, so that we can 
haul up by steam. For dredging and trawling we have two 
reels of steel wire rope; on one is wound 1000 fath. of rope 
7 inch circumference, and on the other 500 fath. of # mch 
rope. The donkey-engine had to be slightly altered to heave 
in this rope, which is wound on to the reels by hand. I have 
a good assortment of trawls and dredges, and though we took 
several in case of accidents, the only two we used were an 
ordinary 20-foot-beam trawl, having a fine-mesh inner lining 
to the net, and an Agassiz deep-sea trawl, 9-foot beam, and 
with double foot-ropes. This trawl has not only an inner 
lining of fine-mesh net, but in 1888 I gave it, with very 
good results, a second lining of mosquito netting. 

A most important consideration in a dredging-expedition 
off the S.W. corner of Ireland, where the sea is nearly 
always rough, is to secure the co-operation of helpers pos- 
sessed of sufficient zeal in the work to make them ignore the 
discomfort, and who may be proof against the mal de mer. 
This year I was fortunate in securing the help of two gentle- 
men, Mr. T. H. Poole, C.E., and Mr. W. de V. Kane, 
who were with me on a former cruise, and Mr. R. Ussher, 
who now came for the first time. 

The work assigned to each was as follows :—Mr. Poole 
took charge of the soundings and the charting of our cruise, 
kept the log, and helped at trawling. Mr. Kane’s speciality, 
besides helping at the log, was the preservation of spirit- 
specimens; and Mr. Ussher, though most especially an 
ornithologist, was asked to transfer his affections from birds’ 
eges to “sea eggs,’ and take charge of the numerous 
Echinoderms that needed drying and careful packing. 
Whatever success has crowned our efforts is due in the main 
to the efficient help -I received from these gentlemen, and to 
that rendered with much enthusiasm by our good captain 
and crew. 

We were most fortunate, too, in the weather. Never before 


Summary of the Cruise, by Rev. W. 8S. Green. 411 


did we escape without a gale. In 1886, after having our 
decks swept by the sea, we ran for Valentia, but owing to 
torrents of rain driven before a fierce south-wester, obscuring 
all view, we failed to make the lights, and spent a bad night, 
steaming into the gale till daybreak, off Dingle Bay. In 
1888 we were caught in the centre of a cyclone, which veered 
from 8. to N.W., and raised such a sea that one of our 
paddle-boxes was demolished, and we had to run 75 miles 
for Beerhaven. This year we had fine weather; the ocean 
was almost perfectly level, except on one day, when the wind 
freshened from the eastward and raised a short lumpy sea. 
My party joined me on board the ‘ Flying Fox’ at Queens- 
town on the morning of Monday, July 1, but owing to some 
delays in completing fittings, it was just noon when we put 
to sea. On reaching the Fastnet we laid our course by 
compass W. by 8., and, giving orders to have Mr. Poole and 
myself called about daybreak, we retired early to rest. 


STATION IE. 


At 3.30 A.m., July 2nd, we came on deck, and on hauling 
the log found that we had run about 71 miles. We sounded 
at once, and found bottom at 315 fath. As soon as the lead 
was up, we shot the 20-foot-beam trawl, and veered to it 
about 600 fath. of rope. We dragged it slowly till 8.30, and 
then began to haul back. At 9.30. boarded trawl. 

The haul was a fairly good one, and contained numerous 
specimens of Actinie, Actinanga Richardi being of most 
frequent occurrence. Of Echinoderms there was a large 
assortment, Doroeidaris papillata, Pontaster tenuispinis, 
Holothuria tremula, Ophiothriz sp. ? being characteristic. 

Hermit-crabs in various species of Fusus and Buecinum, 
and, besides animals belonging to many groups which will be 
duly dealt with in other portions of the report, we had a good 
take of fish. 

While the trawl was being cleared we steamed on our 


course W. by 8. 


SraTIon II. 


At 11.30 a.m. the engines were stopped, and a sounding 
gave a depth of 920 fath. Reeling up of the wire, though 
done by steam, took a long time, and then wishing to get 
outside the 1000-fath. line, we steamed on our course till 
1 p.M., then shot the 9-foot Agassiz trawl, and veered to it 
1450 fath. of rope. At 4.10 we commenced hauling up, and 


the trawl came on board at 7.10. 
30* 


412 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


The trawl seemed very heavy, and as it approached the 
surface we could see it looming as a large white object in the 
clear blue depths. It was half full of. Globigerina-ooze, 80 
we had to let it wash about and drain for some time at the 
surface, and then, getting the burton purchase from the mast- 
head on to it, we drew it on board. Smothered up in the ooze 
were an immense number of pale purple Holothurias, half a 
dozen specimens of Calveria, and various other Echinoderms, 
including the broken-up arms of Bristnga. The ooze was full 
of the shells of Hz yalea and other Pteropods, and there were 
in it some large Dentaliums. 

All day long the sea had been very calm, and Mr. Ussher, 
aided by various members of the crew, was indefatigable in 
keeping the surface-nets at work. The surface-waters 
teemed with Pteropods, Cleodora lanceolata being taken in 
abundance. Masses of Sa/pe were constantly in “sight, and 
we were fortunate in securing a fine Carinaria ‘and one 
curious little fish (Argyropelecus). 

By the time the animals were sorted from the ooze, with 
the help of the fire-hose, darkness had closed in, and a long 
and successful day’s work was concluded. As I did not wish 
to get into deeper water, we gave orders for the ship being 
steamed 25 miles E. by S. during the night, and that T 
should be called at 3.30. 

July 3.—At 4 A.M. came on deck; wind fresh from E. ; 
more sea; sounded in 100 fath.; steamed five miles west. 


StaTIon III. 


Sounded in 110 fath. ; shot beam trawl at 6 A.M.; boarded 
trawl 9.15 A.M. 

The bag had fouled the beam, so the net was empty. In 
the tangles there were the following :—Ophiothrix, Echinus 
two species, Spatangus Raschi, and various Echinoderms. 


SraTion IV. 


The sea had risen considerably with the fresh easterly 
wind. Steamed N. by W. till 11 a.m., then W. for an hour, 
and shot beam trawl in 250 fath.; boarded trawl at 3 P.M. 
This proved to be a good haul; amongst Echinoderms a 
variety of Echinus with red spines being specially interesting 
and we had a large assortment of fish, Scorpena, Macrur us, 
&c. While clearing trawl we steamed west for six miles. 


Sration V. 
At 4 p.M. we sounded in 650 fath., but considering the 


Summary of the Cruise, by Rev. W.S. Green. 413 


depth too great so late in the day, we retraced our steps and 
shot the Agassiz trawl in about 500 fath. When it was 
hauled at 9 p.M. the trawl was found to have fouled, and the 
rope was badly kinked and tangled. 

This closed a very hard day’s work, and a blank haul at 
the end was disheartening. In former years I had paid out 
our trawl warp over the stern. ‘his year I tried the experi- 
ment of dragging the trawl from the bow. In smooth water 
the plan answered admirably, but in the rough water ex- 
perienced this day I found that the steamer would not steer 
going astern, but having a tendency to round to the wind, 
made it most difficult to pay out the warp without kinks. 
Before the trawl was clear dark night had closed in. 

July 4.—Kept as closely as possible to our position during 
the night. Longitude 11° 36' W., Lat. at noon 51° 24’ N. 


Station VI. 


Sounded at 5.15 A.M. in 350 fath.; shot Agassiz trawl. 
Once or twice I noticed an undue strain on the rope, 
and when the trawl came to the surface at 9, it was found to 
be all torn to pieces, the irons bent, pulled asunder, and 
polished like silver. We had evidently fouled rocks. 


Station VII. 


Having steamed a few miles 8.W., we shot the beam 
trawl at 10 A.M. in about 500 fath. 

Boarded trawl at 1.305; it contained one large boulder 
weighing about 100 lbs., and several smaller ones, subangular 
and resembling those of the Boulder Clay. In animal life the 
haul was rather poor, but there were some interesting corals, 
worm-tubes, and Echinoderms. Most of the creatures were 
crushed by the boulders. 

Since leaving Queenstown on Monday, most of us had had 
little or no sleep, so we now steamed off for land, sighting 
the Skelligs about sunset. We came across a dead and 
half-decomposed cetacean about 30 feet long floating on the 
surface of the sea. It was surrounded by a host of blue 
sharks, which were tearing it to pieces. We succeeded in 
shooting two, one of which we captured, and then proceeding 
on our way, let go anchor in Balinskelligs Bay at 10 P.M. 


Station VIII. 


Friday, July 5.—Left Balinskelligs Bay at 5 a.m., and 
at noon shot trawl in 100 fath., 37 miles west of Bull Rock ; 


414 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


boarded trawl at 1.30 p.m. A great haul of Echinoderms 
and fish; 40 specimens of Spatangus Raschi, also a great 
number of Echinus microstoma, Ophiothriz, &c. 


Sration IX. 


Steamed 10 miles west, sounded in 185 fath. Shot trawl 
at 3.30 P.M.; towed it in a northerly direction ; hauled it at 
8.30 P.M.; sounded again and found 150 fath. 

Holothuria tremula, Dorocidaris, and Spatangus in multi- 
tudes, a dead Madrepore, with every calyx inhabited by a 
small Ophiuran, giving the appearance of polyps, Cepha- 
lopods, Fish, including one dog-fish, eight Macrurids, about a 
score of flat-fish, &c., were the result of the haul. 

When the trawl was up we steamed for the Fastnet. 


STATION X. 


Passed the Fastnet, and when in 55 fath. south of Jelly 
Head shot beam trawl at 8.15 A.M., and hauled it at 9.30. 
This proved a very rich haul in variety of species, amongst 
which were some splendid specimens of that most striking 
Echinoderm, #. Flemingii, and we obtained also several 
Actiniz and Pinne. Steamed a few miles east. 


STATION XI. 


Shot beam trawl at 11 A.M. in same depth as last Station, 
and with very similar results. 


STATION XII. 


This, our last haul of the beam trawl, was in 40 fath. off 
Cork Harbour; the net contained many specimens of familiar 


forms ; and then shaping our course for Queenstown, we landed 
our gear at 7 P.M. 


During our cruise of six days, which included our voyage 
out and home, we thus made 12 hauls of the trawl. One was 
spoilt by an unavoidable accident, two by accidents which I 
ought to have avoided. The other nine gave what I con- 
sider to be fair results; and though we missed species 
which on former occasions we succeeded in obtaining, 
enough, I hope, has been done to prove the interesting nature 
of the marine fauna off our south-west coast. 


Fishes, by Dr. A. Giinther. 415 


FISHES. By Dr. A. GonrHer. 


The results of Mr. Green’s short cruise in the present year 
are fresh evidence of the incompleteness of our knowledge of 
the British Fauna whilst the deep water is allowed to remain 
unexplored. The importance of undertaking this investigation 
consists not merely in the addition of a number of unknown 
forms to our list, but equally and even more in the certainty 
that many of the mysteries which observations limited to 
the littoral fauna must for ever leave unexplained will be 
cleared up by a study of the pelagic and bathybial conditions. 
Thus the mode and season of propagation of many fishes, 
their vertical and horizontal distribution, their periodical or 
casual migrations and their causes, are at present blank 
chapters in their history, solely because part of their life is 
spent at a distance from the shallow water of the shore. 

Of the eleven species of fishes collected during the present 
cruise, one (a Sole) has proved to be new to science, and fiveare 
new to the British Fauna; unknown facts with regard to the 
propagation of Chimera have been ascertained; and of all 
exact data as to their bathymetrical range have been obtained. 
It is a singular fact that the five species new to the Fauna 
are species well known from more southern latitudes, from 
Madeira and the Mediterranean. Those who have perused 
my report on the Fishes collected by Mr. John Murray in 
deep water (50-100 fath.) on the west coast of Scotland, may 
recollect that the more characteristic forms, with few excep- 
tions, were members of the northern or even arctic fauna. 
Whether this faunistic difference is due to the slight difference 
in latitude (six degrees), or to the circumstance that the 
Scotch fishes were collected at a considerably lesser depth, I 
am unable to decide at present. 

The fishes collected are the following :— 


Pristiurus melanostomus, Raf. 


A young specimen from 150 fath. Collett had obtained 
the same species at Tromsé from a depth of 250 fath. 


Chimera monstrosa, L. 


The egg-capsule of Chimera was previously unknown ; 
that figured by Joh. Miiller (Abhandl. Berl. Ak. 1840, 
taf. 6. fig. 3) and by Duméril (Hist. Nat. Poiss. i. pl. 8. 
fig. 8) is that of Callorhynchus, and not of Chimera. 
Mr. Green obtained one at 315 fath. 

The whole capsule is 64 inches long, and consists of a 


416 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


broader anterior portion con- 
taining the body of the em- 
bryo, and gradually tapering 
into a styliform posterior 
portion for the reception of 
the tail. The anterior por- 
tion is of an elongate ovate 
shape, a little broader in its 
dorso-ventral* diameter than 
in the transverse. Ante- 
riorly the capsule is flat- 
tened and truncate, open in 
front as well as on the sides, 
but the two flaps fitting 
closely into each other, so 
that nothing but water is 
admitted. The styliform 
portion is provided with four 
narrow ridges, of which the 
strongest is that of the right 
side, extending nearly from 
one end of the capsule to 
the other, whilst the corre- 
sponding ridge of the left 
side disappears on the broad 
portion of the capsule. The 
dorsal and ventral ridges 
are much thinner, fragile, 
and show a rayed structure, 
The outer surface of the 
capsule is perfectly smooth. 

The discovery of this egg- 
capsule has enabled me also 
to determine a similar object 
from Japan which has been 
in my possession for several 
years. In shape it agrees 
entirely with the Atlantic 
form, but it is considerably 
larger, measuring 9 inches, 
and has its surface finely 
ribbed longitudinally and 


* This term is used in relation 
to the position of the embryo 
within the capsule, which, on 
opening the broad face of the egg 
in Callorhynchus as well as in 
Chimera, is found to lie on its 
side. 


Swe 


== 


SS 


ESS 


a and 4, transverse sections at the 
places indicated by a cross (x), 


Fishes, by Dr. A. Giinther. 417 


transversely. This is evidently the egg-capsule of the 
Japanese Chimera which has been hitherto considered 
identical with C. monstrosa. 

In the ‘ Challenger’ report on Deep Sea Fishes (p. 13) I 
have already mentioned that Chimera most probably propagates 
in deep water. This is now confirmed by the discovery of its 
egg in 300 fath. The capsule has no filaments for adhesion ; 
they would be useless at a depth where the water is perfectly 
quiet. Probably the eggs simply lie on the ground or are 
implanted in the ooze by their styliform end. 


Scorpena dactyloptera, de la Roche. 


Several specimens, from 250 fath. 
New to the British fauna. Common in the Mediterranean 
and at Madeira, where Lowe found it in 250-400 fath.; and 


not uncommon on the coast of Norway, in depths of from 
100-300 fath. 


Hoplostethus mediterraneum, C. V. 


One specimen, from 250 fath. 

New to the British fauna. Hitherto found at considerable 
depths (no precise statements are available) in the Mediter- 
ranean, at Madeira, off Chesapeake Bay, and on the coast of 
Japan. The size of the scales varies conspicuously in speci- 
mens from the same locality. 


Capros aper, L. 
One specimen, from 180 fath. 
The Boar Fish, which at irregular intervals appears on 
the coast in large numbers, seems to inhabit the deep water 
along the whole of the south and south-western coasts. 


Phycis blennioides, Brinn. 
One specimen, from 150 fath. 
The Forked Beard was previously reported by Strom and 


Collett from a depth of from 70 to 200 fath. on the Norwegian 
coast. 


Macrurus celorhynchus, Risso. 


Several specimens, from 250 fath. 

New to the British fauna. Not uncommon in the Medi- 
terranean, where it was discovered by Risso at a similar depth, 
and at Madeira. Collett thinks that he has observed also a 
specimen near Bergen. 


418 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland: 


Macrurus levis, Lowe. 

Several specimens, from 250 fath. 

New to the British fauna. Not uncommon in the Medi- 
terranean and at Madeira; a single example is known to 
have been obtained on the coast of Denmark (Liitken), one 
at Bohusliin (Ma/m), and another off the coast of Pernam- 
buco (‘ Challenger’). 


Rhombus Boscit, Risso. 


Several specimens, from 150 and 315 fath. 

New to the British fauna. This species, originally dis- 
covered in the Mediterranean, was, probably owing to the 
small size or condition of the specimens, inaccurately de- 
scribed and figured by Risso, Bonaparte, and Canestrini. 
The scales were represented much too large, and the notes on 
the dentition were vague. Hence it was referred by myself to 
the genus Arnoglossus at a time when no specimens were avail- 
able for examination (Fish. iv. p. 416), but there was 
sufficient evidence of its being a very distinct species from 
any of the Flat-fishes known to inhabit the British Seas. 
Nevertheless we find it in the ‘ Fishes of Great Britain’ by 
IF, Day (who seems to have followed Giglioli) relegated to 
the synonymy of Rhombus megastoma, an error which in 
1883 was corrected by Vinciguerra*, and in 1887 by Kolam- 
batovi¢ f, both of whom clearly pointed out the distinctive cha- 
racters of these two species. 

Rhombus Boscti may be recognized at the first glance by 
its enormous eyes, which are much larger than in Rhombus 
megastoma, as may beseen from the following measurements :— 


RR. megastoma. R. Boseiz. 
lines. lines. 
Fotal length: ss 498 170 
Length of head. . . 50 46 
Length of osseous orbit 11 15 
Length of snout . . 15 11 


Rhombus megastoma never has the large black spots on the 
dorsal and anal fins which are so conspicuous a feature in 
h. Boscii, although they may also disappear in specimens of 
the latter species if they have been allowed to get stale before 
they are placed in spirits. The vomerine teeth are present 

* Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Ciy. xviii. 1883, p. 570. 

+ G. Kolombatovie, Sui Pleuronectes Boscii e megastoma. Spalato, 
1887. 8vo. 

I amvalso indebted to the Marquis G. Doria for kindly communicating 
to me specimens of both species from the Gulf of Genoa, and to Professors 
Doderlein and Bellotti for specimens of R, Boscii from Palermo and Nice. 


Fishes, by Dr. A. Giinther. 419 


in both species, which therefore ought to be removed from 
the genus Arnoglossus. 

In the British seas both species occur, but, so far as we 
know at present, 2. megastoma does not go the same depth as 
RL. Boscti, but extends further northwards. 

I subjoin a full description of Rhombus Boscit. 


D. 80-81. A. 63-65. L. lat. 85. 


The height of the body is two fifths of the total length 
(without caudal), the length of the head nearly one third ; 
scales rather small, with the posterior margin ciliated, trun- 
cated or rounded, covering nearly the whole head, the inter- 
orbital space and the maxillary included ; interorbital space 
extremely narrow ; the diameter of the eye is one third of the 
length of the head. Lateral line with a sub-semicircular 
curve above the pectoral fin. Lower jaw prominent; maxil- 
lary nearly one half of the length of the head. ‘he teeth in 
the jaws form narrow bands ; vomerine teeth in small number 
(two or three) implanted somewhat behind the front margin 
of the vomer. The lower eye a little in advance of the upper. 
The dorsal fin terminates at a distance from the caudal which 
is somewhat less than the depth of the free portion of the 
tail; its longest rays are at the commencement of the pos- 
terior third of the fin, where they are two fifths of the length 
of the head, and rather shorter than the pectoral. No spine 
before the anal. Body very light coloured, without spots ; 
two large rounded deep black spots occupy the posterior 
portion of the dorsal and anal fins. 

The largest specimen obtained is 14 inches long, the 
smallest about half that size. 


Solea variegata, Flem. 
One specimen, from 150 fath. 


Solea Greenit, sp. n. 
PDS ASG) Podextr: d. Pesm. 1, Ii. lat. 144. 


This species is very elongate, its greatest width being one 
third of the total length (without caudal); the length of the head 
is contained five and a half times in the total length. The shape 
of the head resembles very much that of the Common Sole. The 
eyes areof medium size, about as long as the snout and one fifth 
of the length of the head; the width of the interorbital space 
equals the vertical diameter of the eye. None of the nostrils 
dilated, that in front of the lower eye being prolonged into a 
short tube ; the vertical fins are rather low and covered with 


420 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


scales. The right pectoral very small, about as long as the 
eye; the left pectoral is reduced to a minute ray. The ven- 
trals, also, are small, but the extremities of their middle rays 
extend backwards to the anal fin. ‘The dorsal and anal 
terminate immediately in front of the caudal. Scales of both 
sides ctenoid, more so on the coloured than on the blind side. 
Coloration uniform grey. 

This species is distinguished by characters which bring it 
near to Solea vulgaris as well as to Solea vartegata. From the 
former it is separated by the rudimentary structure of its 
pectoral fins, from the latter by the number of its fin-rays, by 
its much smaller scales, and by its coloration. Unfortunately 
only one specimen was obtained, nearly 6 inches long, at a 
depth of 150 fathoms. It is in a perfect state of preserva- 
tion. 


MOLLUSCA. By Epaar A. Smirn. 


Of the twenty-four species enumerated in the following 
list, nearly all were obtained by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition 
off the west coast of Ireland or in other parts of the North 
Atlantic, and have been recorded by Jeffreys in his series of 
Reports in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, 1879, 1881-85. It 
would therefore be of little use now to give references and 
distribution in full, which may be obtained by consulting the 
papers referred to. The collection only affords slight addi- 
tional evidence with regard to geographical and bathymetrical 
considerations. 

The fine Dentalium and Sipho, the Lyonsiella, and the new 
Cuspidaria are perhaps the most interesting of the additions 
to the Museum collection. 


CEPHALOPODA. 


Rossia Owenii, Ball. 


From 150 to 200 fath. 


Rossia sublevis, Verrill. 


From 250 fath. 


Eledone cirrosa, Lamarck. 
From 150 fath. 


Mollusca, by Edgar A. Smith. 421 


PTEROPODA. 


Peracle diversa, Monterosato. 


Dead shells dredged in 1000 fath. 

No full description of this species has yet appeared ; indeed 
all the information respecting it which has been given is that it 
differs from Peracle reticulata, d’Orb., in having a shorter spire 
and a deeper and denticulate suture. To these distinguishing 
characters may be added that of the columella being surrounded 
by a double keel instead of a single one as in P. reticulata. 
The surface of fresh specimens has the same epidermal reti- 
culation in both species. 

I have not yet had an opportunity of examining the types 
of Pelseneer’s P. bispinosa, but I have a strong suspicion 
that it is the same as P. diversu. Still, as no reference 
is made to the keel which circumscribes the columella (nor is 
it depicted in the figure), I must refrain from expressing a 
positive opinion. 


Cavolinia (Diacria) trispinosa, Lesueur. 
Dead shells in from 250 to 1000 fath. 


GASTROPODA. 
Buccinum undatum, var. 


From 55 fath, 

The single young specimen, about an inch long, is pecu- 
harly fusiform, whitish, without colour-markings, and clothed 
with a delicate fibrous epidermis. Only the feeblest indi- 
cation of oblique plication is discernible. Adult specimens of 
this variety were obtained by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition off 
the south of Ireland in 113 and 180 fath., and off the west 
coast in 90 and 159 fath. 


Sipho (Stphonorbis) fusiformis, Broderip. 

From 110 fath. 

The single specimen obtained is very fine, and considerably 
exceeds the dimensions usually assigned to this shell. Its 
total length is 52 millimetres ; aperture 23. 

the. Porcupine’ expedition obtained examples off the west 
and south of Ireland in from 90 to 725 fath. The species 
occurs in deep water off the Norwegian coast, and was also 
dredged by the ‘Travailleur’ north of Spain in from 277 to 
731 tath. (Jeffreys, MSS.). 


Columbella (Anachis) haliweti, Jettreys. 
From 1000 fath. 


422 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Bulla semilevis, Seguenza. 


From 1000 fath. 


Cylichna (Sao) ovata, Jeffreys. 
From 1000 fath. 


This species was obtained in various parts of the North 
and West Atlantic in from 350 to 1000 tath. by the ‘ Porcu- 
pine’ and ‘ Challenger’ expeditions. 


SCAPHOPODA. 


Dentalium candidum, Jeffreys. 
From 1000 fathoms. 


One of the two specimens obtained is very fine, and con- 
siderably exceeds the dimensions quoted by Jeffreys. It is 
85 millimetres in length (=8 inches), and 8 in diameter at 
the aperture. ‘The longitudinal strize in this example can be 
traced from the apex along about half the length; and at a 
little more than an inch from the broader extremity a strongly 
marked reparation of an injury is visible, the result of an 
accident or the attack of an enemy. 

This species was first obtained by the ‘ Valorous’ expe- 
dition in from 410 to 1750 fath.; it was subsequently dredged 
at several stations off the west and south of Ireland by the 
‘Porcupine’ expedition at depths ranging from 420 to 
2435 fath. 


Cadulus Olivi, Scacchi. 

From 1000 fath. 

Two specimens from the above depth agree exactly with 
others in the Museum obtained by the ‘ Porcupine’ expe- 
dition, which Jeffreys* associated (and probably correctly) 
with this species. The latter were dredged off the west 
of Ireland in 1230 fath., and south of Ireland in 539 fath. 


PELECYPODA. 


Montacuta substriata, Montagu. 
From 50-60 fath. 
As usual around the British coasts, these specimens were 
dredged attached to the spines of Spatangus purpureus. 


* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 663, Remarks on distribution and synonymy 
are also given. : 


Mollusca, by Edgar A. Smith. 423 


Cardium echinatum, Linné. 


From 55 fath. 
One young specimen, 10 millim. in length. 


Cardium minimum, Philippi. 
From 1000 fath. 
One example only. 


Lyonsiella gemma, Vervrill. 
LIyonsiella gemma, Verrill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1880, vol. iii. p. 396; 
Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, yol. xii. p. 288; Smith, 
* Challenger’ Lamellibranchiata, p. 166. 

From 1000 fath. 

One perfect right valve was obtained. 

Verrill’s locality was off the east coast of the United States 
in 487 fath. 

I cannot reconcile Verrill’s description with the Peechiolia 
insculpta ot Jeffreys, with which it has been united by Dall 
(l.c. supra). he form appears to be quite different. In 
LL. insculpta the anterior end is narrowed, the 
posterior obliquely arcuate and broad. On 
the contrary L. gemma is “ broadly rounded 
anteriorly,’ and has the “ posterior end 
Short, narrowed, and tapered to an obtuse 
point ”’—terms exactly applicable to the single valve at hand. 

On comparison with a ‘ Porcupine’ example of L. ¢n- 
sculpta, which very closely resembles the figure in the Proce. 
Zool. Soc. 1881, pl. Ixx. fig. 4, the texture and surface 
ornamentation are seen to be identical, excepting that there 
are two or three extra radii. 

When extensive series of these two forms are available, 
their outline may prove very variable and of little specific 
importance. ‘This I think is very likely to be the case. 


Verticordia subquadrata, Jeftr. 
From 1000 fath. 


Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) Greenit, sp. n. 

Shell small, fragile, subpellucid, narrowly rostrate pos- 
teriorly ; ventral outline regularly curved, but 
finely dentate by the terminations of the radi- g7 
ating ribs; dorsal margin on both sides of the 77 
beaks straight, subhorizontal, anterior por- “jie \\> 
tion very short ; anterior outline of the valves : 
oblique, slightly arcuate; radiating costelle about 30, those 


424 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


just in front of the central part stronger than those down 
the anterior side and the few upon the rostrum, which is 
truncate at the end and well marked off from the rest of 
the shell by a conspicuous contraction in the lower margin. 
Length 7, height 33 millim. 

From 1000 fath. 

Only a single specimen of this species was obtained. It is 
peculiar for the straightness of the hinge-line. In this 
respect, to some extent, it resembles the figure of Cardiomya 
perrostrata, Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xii. 
pl. i. figs. 3a, 36). That species, however, is distinguished 
by a somewhat longer rostrum, and the main portion of its 
valves is more globular. 


Nuculana pusio (Philippi) ? 

From 1000 fath. 

Several specimens from this locality I cannot distinguish 
from others obtained by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition, which 
were named Leda pusio of Philippi by Jeffreys. With this 
determination, however, I am not at all satisfied, for both the 
description and figure of Philippi indicate a shell of a con- 
siderably different form. I have not had an opportunity of 
seeing fossil examples, upon which the species was founded, 
and therefore hesitate to separate the recent specimens as a 
distinct species. 

I feel compelled to adopt the generic term Nuculana not- 
withstanding the observations of Mr. Dall *. 

Mérch + in his paper “On the genera of Mollusca 
established by H. F. Link,” arrived at a similar conclusion. 

Dall has translated ‘ Die Schalen gleich, schliessen 
tiberall” (part of Link’s diagnosis) thus: “shell smooth, 
closed all round,” and states that this “ will not apply to the 
group separated by Schumacher, afterwards, under the name 
of Leda.” ‘The correct rendering of the above sentence I 
believe should be the valves equal (or alike) closed all round t, 
terms which do apply to the only species quoted by the 
author, namely, N. rostrata, which is synonymous with 
N. pernula of Miller, under which name this species is now 
usually known. 

As Nuculana has some years precedence over Leda, in 
Mr. Dall’s words, it “‘must necessarily be adopted. ‘The 
longer an untenable name is retained, the more inconvenience 


* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 1886, vol. xii. p. 245. 

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1862, p. 228. 

{ It is not probable that notice was taken of the very slight chink at 
. the end of the rostrum. 


Crustacca, by R. I. Pocock. 425 


results to science when it is, as it always will be, eventually 
overthrown.” 


Nuculana pustulosa, Jeffreys. 


From 1000 fath. 


Nucula reticulata, Jeffreys. 
From 1000 fath. 


Nucula corbuloides, Seguenza. 
From 1000 fath. 
This and the preceding species were both taken in deep 
water off the west of Ireland by the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition. 


Limopsis cristata, Jeffreys. 
From 1000 fath. 


Lima (Limatula) subovata, Jeffreys. 


From 1000 fath. One valve only. 

This species was dredged by the ‘ Valorous,’ ‘ Porcu- 
pine,’ and ‘ Challenger’ expeditions at various stations in the 
Atlantic and the Mediterranean, and according to Jeffreys 
very fine examples were obtained by the Norwegian and 
Datch Arctic Expeditions. 


CRUSTACEA. By R. I. Pocock. 


Although not extensive in numbers this collection is of 
considerable interest, inasmuch as it adds several forms to 
the Crustacean fauna of Great Britain. 

Of course many of the specimens obtained are referable to 
species of common occurrence on our coasts, but I am not 
aware that such forms as Anamathia Carpentert, Lispognathus 
Lhomsont, and Parapagurus pilosimanus have ere this gained 
the right to be included in a list of the fauna of the British 
area. ‘T'wo species only are now for the first time charactey- 
ized. One of these, Hbalia nuz, has long been known from 
the Mediterranean under a manuscript name; the other 
EHupagurus carneus, appears to be wholly new. 


DECAPODA, 


Anamathia Carpentert. 


Amathia Carpenteri, Norman, in Wyville Thomson’s ‘Depths of the 
Sea,’ p. 175, fig. 35 (1873). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 31 


426 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Anamathia Carpenteri, 8. I. Smith, Report on Decapoda of Albatross 
dredgings, Washington, 1886, pp. 21, 22. 


Several specimens from depths of 110 and 250 fath. 


Lispognathus Thomsont, 
Dor hynchus Thomsont, Norman, in Wyville Thomson’s ‘ Depths of the 
Sea,’ p. 174, fig. 84 (1873). 
Lispognathus "Thomsoni, A. M.-Edwards, Comptes Rendus, pp. 878-932 
(1881); Miers, Brachyura of ‘ Challenger, p- 28, pl. v. fig. 2. 


Specimens were obtained at a depth of 250 fath. 


Hyas coarctatus, Leach. 
A specimen from 250 fath. 


Eurynome aspera, Leach. 
Two specimens from 315 fath. 


Ebalia nux, sp. n. 
Ehalia nua, Norman, MS. 


Carapace as broad as it is long, entirely covered with 
rounded tubercles, convex from before backwards and from 
side to side, the regions well defined; the frontal region 
horizontal or slightly upturned, with somewhat sharply emar- 
ginate anterior edge ; posterior gastric region marked with 
larger tubercles—two anterior and paired, and one or two 
posterior and median ; intestinal region armed with a large 
tubercle above and with sharply emarginate hinder edge ; 
lateral surface of carapace much more finely granular than 
the suverior surface. 

Chelipedes long in males, short in females, covered thickly 
with larger and smaller granules ; 
merus almost cylindrical; pro- 
podus thicker at its distal than at 
its proximal end; dactylus gently 
curved and slightly inturned, 
widely separated at the base in the 
adult males, in contact in the fe- 
males. 

Legs granular above and below. 

Abdomen in the male  trian- 
gular, with the third and fourth 
segments fused together, with  LEbalia nux, 3, nat. size. 

a median projection on_ the 
hinder margin ot the terminal segment ; in the female cover- 
ing the whole sternal surface of the cephalothorax, with the 


Crustacea, by R. I. Pocock. 427 


third, fourth, and fifth segments fused, the sixth very small 
and imbedded in an excavation at the base of the external 
maxillipedes. 

g. Length and width of carapace 11 millim.; length of 
chelipede 25 millim. 

9. Length and width of carapace 10 millim.; length of 
chelipede 14. 


A number of specimens of this species were dredged by 
the ‘Porcupine’ in the Mediterranean. Some of these 
specimens were presented to the British Museum by the 
Rev. A. M. Norman and were labelled “ 2. nux, Norm.” 
This name is included in the list of the species composing 
the Museum Normanianum, and also in the list of the species 
of Ebalia given by Mr. Miers in his Report on the Brachyura 
of the ‘ Challenger.’ But no description of the species has yet 
been published. I have consequently taken this oppor- 
tunity of characterizing it and have selected as types an adult 
male and female specimen belonging to the series dredged in 
the Mediterranean. In some of the small specimens of this 
series the larger tubercles on the gastric region of the 
cephalothorax are wholly absent. 

A single damaged male specimen was obtained by Mr. 
Green at a depth of 315 fathoms. This specimen differs 
from all the Mediterranean forms that I have seen in having 
the legs almost wholly smooth. 


Munida bamffica (Pennant). 


Two specimens from 250 or 315 fath. 

Although Prof. G. O. Sars has attempted to show that 
M. Rondeletii is specifically distinct from JL rugosa, never- 
theless I agree with my friend Mr. A. O. Walker in thinking 
that the two names must be referred to one and the same 
species, which, in accordance with the laws of priority, must 
be termed J. bamfjica, Pennant. 


Eupagurus bernhardus (Linn.). 


For synonyms and distribution of this and the following two species of 
Eupagurus, see Henderson, “ A Synopsis of the British Paguride,” 
Proc. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1886, p. 65. 

One specimen from 55 fath. 
Common in the North Atlantic. 


Eupagurus pubescens (Kréyer). 
Eupagurus pubescens (Kroyer), Henderson, loc. cit. p. 71. 
One specimen from 200 fath. 
Common in the North Atlantic. 
31* 


428 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Eupagurus excavatus (Herbst). 
Eupagurus excavatus (Herbst), Henderson, loe. cit. p. 70. 
Two specimens from 110 fath. 
Taken on the west coast of Ireland by the ‘ Porcupine ’ 
expedition, and ranging from Senegambia to the Shetlands. 


Hupagurus carneus, Sp. Nl. 


Carapace with posterior and lateral portions membranous ; 
anterior portion smooth, slightly convex from before back- 
wards, more so from side to side, the median frontal pro- 
jection well marked and sharp, the lateral less marked than 
the median and each tipped with a minute spine. 

Ophthalmopods stout, with dilated corneze and small tufts 
of hairs, projecting slightly beyond the second segment of the 
antennular and antennal peduncles; the scale small, narrow, 
and spatulate, being hollowed out above and bearing a small 
forwardly directed tooth below. 

Antenne. Basal segment bearing distally one spine on the 
upper inner margin, asecond slightly longer on the inferior 
surface and externally, and a third very large one which, supe- 
riorly denticulate, extends as far as the distal end of the second 
segment; acicle slender and outwardly curved, projecting to 
about the middle of the distal segment of the peduncle; the 
whole of the peduncle more or less hairy. 

Chelipedes very unequal in size, the right being much 
larger than the left. In the right the merus is trigonal, with 
convex internal and external surfaces; the external surface 
squamate, internal surface almost smooth; the external edge 
of the lower surface is finely denticulated, and prolonged 
in front into a spine; the internal edge of the lower surface 
bears proximally two larger blunt teeth ; the anterior edge of 
the upper surface bears about five separated sharp teeth. 
The carpus is large, being longer than the greatest length of 
the merus by about one third of its own length; the upper 
surface slightly convex from before backwards and from side 
to side, proximally a little squamate, but the rest of the 
surface thickly covered with exceedingly minute close-set 
granules ; the external and internal margins of this surface 
very well marked; the external margin slightly raised, denti- 
culated in the middle, and gradually converging towards the 
meral articulation ; the internal margin much more strongly 
marked, dentate throughout its extent, and abruptly con- 
verging towards the meral articulation ; external surface 
more coarsely granular than the superior surface, and armed 
in front with a few small denticles; the inferior surface 


Crustacea, by R. I. Pocock. 429 


internally squamate ; internal surface finely granular, with 
sharply raised and very obscurely denticulated anterior 
margin. Upper surface of manus convex from before back- 
wards and from side to side, much dilated externally, and 


Eupagurus carneus, 2 , nat. size. 


covered with exceedingly minute close-set granules ; its inner 
and outer edge much compressed and denticulated throughout 
their extent ; inferior surface of the hand also covered with 
minute granules, but these are less close-set than upon the 
superior surface. Upper surface of dactylus also finely gra- 
nular, its external edge compressed, finely dentate, as is the 
corresponding edge of the hand, and not evenly convex but 
distinctly sinuate ; inferior surface of dactylus smooth, shining, 
and sparsely punctate, as is the corresponding prolongation of 
the manus. 

Left chelipede. Merus somewhat resembling that of the 
right, but more hairy, and without the teeth above in front. 
Carpus with two parallel rows of strong teeth above; its 
inner surface smooth in parts, and bearing two teeth in 


430 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


front; its inferior surface squamate; its external surface 
granular, produced in front below into a bi- or tridentate 
lobe and above into a single sharp tooth; the upper surface 
armed between the two series of teeth with a single bifid 
tooth. Janus: upper surface bearing a large denticulated 
keel, which runs from the middle of the posterior margin to 
the extremity of the dactylar prolongation of the manus ; 
externally and internally to this keel, except internally on 
the surface of the dactylar prolongation, where it is smooth, 
the upper surface is very finely and closely granular, and the 
external and internal margins are obscurely denticulate ; the 
inferior surface is rounded, smooth, and sparsely but deeply 
punctured, and sparsely hairy. Dactylus smooth above and 
below, and furnished with small tufts of hairs. 

Ambulatory limbs externally and internally smooth ; in the 
first pair the merus is spiny beneath, and the carpus and 
propodus spiny above; in the second pair the carpus is spiny 
above and the propodus obscurely so; dactyli considerably 
longer than the propodi, and curved. 

The penultimate abdominal tergite is marked by a median 
transverse constriction. 

Colour (in spirit). The cephalothorax dirty white, with a 
patch of red on each side of the anterior portion ; reddish 
tints about the bases of the ophthalmopods; the appendages 
pale pink, paler towards their distal extremities, and with 
darker patches here and there. 

Measurements (in millimetres). Length of carapace 154; 
right chelipede—length of merus 9°10, of carpus 14, width of 
carpus 9; length of manus (to articulation of dactylus) 9, width 
of manus 103; length of dactylus 9. 


Two female specimens, in shells of Chrysodomus gracilis 


and Sipho despectus, at depths of 110 and 3165 fath. 


Parapagurus pilosimanus. 


.Parapagurus pilosimanus, 8. I. Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. v. p. 51 
(1879) ; id. Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool. x. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1882). 


Specimens, associated with Epizoanthus, from 3815 to 
1000 fath. 

This species is abundant on the N.-American side of the 
Atlantic, and was obtained by the ‘ Albatross’ at a depth 
exceeding 2000 fath. I am not aware that its occurrence 
within the limits of the so-called British area has been 
reported before. 


Crustacea, by R. {. Pocock. 431 


Pandalus annulicornis, Leach. 
‘wo specimens, at 55 and 250 or 815 fath. 


AMPHIPODA. 
? Metopa Bruzelit (Goés). 
Metopa Bruzeli, Boeck, Skand. Arkt. Amph. p. 458, pl. xviii. fig. 2. 


Three damaged specimens, which appear to be referable to 
this Arctic species, were taken in 55 fath. of water. 


Callisoma crenata. 
Callisoma crenata, Sp. Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 85, pl. xiv. fig. 5 ; 
id. Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. i. p. 126 ; Boeck, loc. cit. p. 182, pl. vil. 
fig. 1. 
One specimen, at a depth of 55 fath. 
This specimen has been compared with the type, which is 
preserved in the collection of the British Museum. 


Amphithopsis latipes. 
Amphithoe latipes, Sars, Overs. Norsk.-Arct. Region Krebsdyr, p. 20. 

Amphithopsis latipes, Boeck, loc. cit. p. 855, pl. xxii. fig. 4. 

Several specimens, 55 fath. 

I have compared these specimens with the type of Calliope 
Ossiant (Sp. Bate), and I tind that they agree with it in all 
respects. But, according to Boeck, Calliope Ussiani is 
synonymous with Amphithopsis latipes. 


Phronima sedentaria. 


Cancer sedentarius, Forskal, Descript. Anim. p. 95. 

Phronima sedentaria, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 56, pl. ii. fig. 2; Sp. 
Bate, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. ii. p. 28; Stebbing, Amphip. ‘ Chal- 
lenger,’ ii. p. 1857, pl. clxii. B. 


A single specimen, associated with a Beroe, came up in the 
trawl 80 miles from land. 
PANTOPODA. 


Pycnogonum littorale (Strém). 


For the literature of this species, and remarks on its distribution, see 
‘Report on the Pyenogonidea of the Challenger,’ by Dr. Hoek, p. 99. 


A single specimen, depth ? 


432 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland - 


ECHINODERMATA. 
By F. Jerrrey Bex, M.A., Sec.R.M.S. 


[Plates XVIII. & XIX.] 


The collection of Echinoderms made by Mr. Green is of 
very great interest and importance; it contains several excel- 
lent specimens of Phormosoma placenta, the type of which 
seems to be lost, and was, as Wyville Thomson reports, 
imperfect. The species of Hchinus present, as may be 
expected, considerable difficulty, and it is clear that much to 
be said with regard to them must be considered as tentative ; 
the range of variation exhibited by Spatangus Raschi is enor- 
mous, and the possibility of hybrids existng between it and 
S. purpureus will have to be borne in mind. Asterias rubens 
comes from 100 fathoms, a greater depth than any yet recorded; 
for the first time we are able to enumerate among the British 
deep-sea Echinoderms a species of the genus which Mr. W. 
Percy Sladen has lately described under the name of Nym4 
phaster ; Astrogonium is represented by a new species taken 
at 1000 fathoms, and there is an excellent series of’ Astro- 
pectens. There is a remarkable form from the same great 
depths which appears to be allied to Hymenaster ; but I think 
it well to postpone an account of it till I am able to compare 
it with those described by Mr. Sladen, which will, I hope, 
shortly find their resting-place in the National Collection. I 
propose in like manner to defer an account of a remarkable 
Ophinrid till I have had under my eyes the Ophiobyrsa 
hystricis which was described some time since by Mr. Ly- 
man, but which has not yet been deposited in the Museum ; 
our specimen, which is unfortunately both unique and dry, 
agrees exactly with Wyville Thomson’s description of ‘a 
very large Ophiurid with thick arms, upwards of 3 deci- 
metres long, and a large soft disk resembling that of Ophio- 
myxa, to which genus it seems to be allied ;” * but it does 
not correspond at all with another Ophiobyrsa, viz. O. rudis. 

I must not conclude these introductory remarks without 
giving expression to the opinion that one of the most necessary 
pieces of work now to be done in marine zoology is the inves- 


tigation of the deep-sea fauna of the south-west coast of 
Treland. 


A. PELMATOZOA. 
I. CRINOIDEA. 
Antedon bifida, Penn. 


Antedon rosacea, auct. 
In the present state of our knowledge I must refer to this 
* ‘Depths of the Sea,’ p. 124. 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 433 


species two specimens from 250 fathoms. Dr. H. Carpenter 
intends to investigate the limits of this species; it will, I 
think, be contrary to what usually happens when questions of 
this kind are closely studied if he should be led to any other 
conclusion than that we have here to do with what may justly 
be called a protean species. ‘The depth recorded is greater 
than any yet given by 150 fathoms. 


Antedon phalangium, J. Miiller. 


A single specimen from 250 fath. Dr. H. Carpenter gives 
30-220 fath. as the bathymetrical range of the species. Mr. 
Green’s dredging therefore slightly increases the range. 


B. ECHINOZOA. 
IJ], ASTEROIDEA. 


Pontaster tenuispinis, Diib. & Kor. 


Of this common species several specimens were sent from 
315 fath.; “ many” were also dredged at ?250 fath. The 
finest specimens are unfortunately a good deal injured; but a 
good series was got, as some of the specimens are quite young. 


Astropecten irregularis, Penn. 


A number of specimens from various depths, 250, 500, and 
1000 fath. The species is so variable that it would be unsafe 
to regard the arrangement of spines, proportion and number 
of marginal plates, and so on in these examples as in any way 
characteristic of deep-sea forms. I cannot, indeed, see any 
special points in them; but the depths are noteworthy, as 
Mr. Sladen has none greater than 374 fath. 


Luidia ciliaris, Phil. 
Two specimens, from 55 fath. 


Astrogonium Greent. (Pl. XiX. fig. 4.) 
R= 27, r=12°5. 


The curve between the arms is well rounded; there are 
seven or eight superomarginal and seven to nine inferomarginal 
plates ; those of the upper and lower series do not correspond 
regularly ; the innermost are longer than wide, one or two 
about the middle of the row tend to be square, and the more 
external are wider than long; the terminal superomarginal 


434 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of [reland : 


plate is elongated, and the more so when there are seven than 
when there are eight plates, while the terminal inferomarginal 
plate is triangular. The abactinal plates of the disk are uni- 
formly granulated and are irregular in shape, with a not very 
well-marked tendency to be hexagonal in form. The ultimate, 
and sometimes also the penultimate, superomarginal of either 
side of each arm is not separated from its fellow by any of 
the abactinal plates. 

The granules of the plates of the actinal are somewhat 
coarser than those of the abactinal surface; on each side of 
the middle line of the arm there are two rows of plates, one of 
which extends to the end of the arm and the other halfway. 
The adambulacral spines are short and square at their tip, so 
that they differ hardly at all from the granules of the adjacent 
plates; they are arranged in a single row, and there appear 
to be ordinarily five on each adambulacral plate. The groove 
is exceedingly narrow and the tube-feet are not to be seen in 
the single specimen collected. ‘There are no signs of any 
pedicellariz, and there are no spines. ‘The madreporite is 
undistinguishable. The appearance of the specimen in alcohol 
is somewhat leathery, owing to the comparatively thick mem- 
brane with which it is invested. 

Dredged at 1000 fath. 

I have particularly compared this new species with the 
description of Stephanaster Bourgeti*, Perrier, which Mr, 
Sladen has lately transferred to the genus Astrogonitwm and 
which was dredged off St. Vincent and the Cape-Verde Islands 
at 189-317 fath.; but the difference in the proportion of the 
greater and less rays, the larger number and different form of 
the marginal plates, and the absence of the remarkable pedi- 
cellariz in our species are quite sufficient to show that there 
is no close relationship between these two forms. 


Nymphaster protentus. 
Jymphaster protentus, Sladen, Chall. Rep. Ast. p. 303. 


Five specimens, one quadriradiate, from 315 fath. 

I was at first inclined to regard these as examples of a new 
species ; but a careful examination shows that they vary a 
good deal among themselves, and a more careful study of Mr. 
Sladen’s description leads me to the conclusion that it is a 
specimen and not a species which he has described. As the 
‘Challenger’ collection of Asteroids has not yet been depo- 
sited in its future home, the British Museum, I have had to 
content myself with the description and figures. 


* Ann. Sci. Nat. xix. (1885), art. 8, p. 31. 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 435 


This species, now for the first time recorded from the British 
seas, is here represented by specimens all larger than Mr. 
Sladen’s type, for the smallest has the greater radius more 
than 71 millim., and the largest has a greater radius of as 
much as 100 millim. ; in correspondence with this the number 
of marginal plates may be much nearer forty than thirty. 
Mr. Sladen states expressly that there are no spines on the 
marginal plates, but distinct, though small, spinous tubercles 
may be developed, particularly on the inferomarginals; but 
their distribution is so irregular and their presence or absence 
seemingly so uncertain as to divest this character of any 
specific value at all. ‘There is somewhat greater irregularity 
in the disposition of the adambulacral spines than is indicated 
in the original description. The greove marking the boun- 
daries of the disk-peutagon varies a good deal in distinctness ; 
this may be partly due to the specimens having been, unfor- 
tunately, dried; this may, further, explain why the abac- 
tinal disk-plates are not so regular in disposition, the primary 
embryonic plates so distinct, or the madreporite so prominent 
as they appear to be in the type specimen. None of these 
characters are, however, of value as indications of specific 
distinctness. As the ‘ Challenger’ examples were dredged in 
1525 fath. south-west of the Canary Isles, the locality at 
which Mr. Green found his specimens is one which is only 
probable enough. 


Cribrella sanguinolenta, O. F. M,. 
Taken at 55 fath. 


Asterias rubens, L. 


Taken at 100 fath. Mr. Green justly remarks that this is 
a great depth tor this species, and Mr. Sladen, in his recently- 
issued ‘ Challenger’ Report, does not give a lower depth than 


53 fath. A larger and more normal specimen was taken at 
55 fath. 


Brisinga coronata, G. O. Sars. 


An injured specimen was brought up from 1000 fath. This 
depth is interesting, for though the species is known to come 
from still greater depths, all those reported for examples taken 
during the ‘ Porcupine’ cruises are less *. 


* See Sladen, Chall. Rep., Asteroid. p. 604. 


436 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Ill. OPHIUROIDEA. 


Ophiothriz pentaphyllum, Penn. 


Two large specimens from 200-315 fath., which would, I 
imagine, be referred to O. Luetkent, Wyv. Thoms.* ; I must 
own, however, that the variations exhibited among the better 
known littoral representatives of this species are so great that 
I cannot bring myself to look upon the specimens before me 
as anything more than large, well-marked individuals of this 
variable species. 


IV. ECHINOIDEA. 


Cidaris papillata, Leske. 


Taken at various stations, from 150 to 315 fath. ; as usual, 
in some localities the species was very abundantly represented. 
The specimens do not exhibit in any marked degree the varia- 
tion to which Prof. Wyville Thomson has called attention, 
for they may all be said to have the spines rather long and 
slender than stout. In a young specimen the echinulation of 
the spines is more marked than in those which appear to be 
adult. 


Phormosoma placenta. 
Phormosoma placenta, Wyv. Th. 


The capture of this species was perhaps the greatest of 
Mr. Green’s achievements ; so far as English naturalists are 
concerned the disappearance of the HEchinids described by 
Sir Wyville Thomson in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ 
for 1874 has been a misfortune, as they have never had the 
opportunity of examining this form for themselves ; the other 
specimens known to have been collected are those which were 
obtained by the ‘Knight Errant’ in the Feroe Channel f, 
and by the ‘ Blake’ in American waters; the only naturalist 
who has, so far as can be gathered, had the opportunity of exam- 
ining these specimens is Prof. Alex. Agassiz, who has chiefly 
occupied himself with describing the changes due to growth 
and discussing the affinities of these forms. Though such 
investigations are of interest and importance, we are still in 

need of that more elementary and less exciting information 
which consists in an adequate knowledge of the species itself 


* ‘Depths of the Sea,’ p. 100. 
+ With, it should be noted, dredging-apparatus provided at the expense 
of Sir W. Thomson; cf. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed. xi. p. 644. 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 437 


and of allied forms. The marked divergence in the statements 
which I now have to make with regard to Phormosoma pla- 
centa from those made by two brilliant and accomplished 
German naturalists with regard to an apparently allied species 
is sufficient to show this. 

I should add that 1 have made some use of the material 
obtained by H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ but the unique condition of 
some of the specimens, the disappearance of the viscera of 
others, and the absence of the remarkable P. rigidum have 
prevented me from making the investigation as complete as I 
wished, 

In the interesting essay on the Echinothurtide *, which Dr. 
P. and Dr. F. Sarasin based on the beautiful form Astheno- 
soma urens, which they discovered off Ceylon, especial atten- 
tion was directed to the organs of Stewart; these are of con- 
siderable size in the Ceylon species. Notwithstanding the 
fact that no description of these organs has been given by 
Thomson or Agassiz, the Doctors Sarasin ascribe to the Echino- 
thuridz as one of their distinctive characters a “ gewaltige 
Entfaltung der Stewart’schen Organe,” and they say, further, 
“Sowohl die Cidariden als die Diadematiden besitzen die 
Stewart’schen Organe, welche bei den Kchinothuriden reich 
entwickelt sind, in rudimentiirer Ausbildung.” I was some- 
what interested to discover how it was that organs so remark- 
ably well developed had not been seen by previous observers. 
The first example I opened served to settle the question on 
the same principle as that on which Tilburina could not see 
the Spanish fleet ; the organs of Stewart were not there to be 
seen. In some anxiety to bring this state of things into 
conformity with the very absolute statement of the Drs. 
Sarasin I opened another specimen ; here I found the arrange- 
ment shown in Pl. XVIII. fig. 2, which is drawn of the 
natural size, the whole test being 110 millim. in diameter. I 
come to the conclusion therefore that in Phormosoma the 
organs of Stewart may be present in a rudimentary or ves- 
tigial condition, or may be absent; I have been unable to 
find any trace of their presence in Phormosoma bursarium or 
P. tenue; but as these specimens have been several years in 
spirit, | will not lay much stress on the apparent absence of 
these organs. I need not do that to show that there is a con- 
siderable difference in the anatomical characters of the two 
genera, differences which most of us have tacitly assumed not 
to exist, which, possibly, we had no reason to expect to see, 
but as certainly no reason not to expect. 

* Ergebnisse naturw. Forsch. auf Ceylon, I. 3. Ueber die Anat. der 
Echinothuriden u. die Phylog. der Echinodermen. 


* 


438 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland: 


One of the most interesting discoveries of the Drs. Sarasin 
was that of the muscles which divide the test into a series ot 
compartments and appear to be the agents in the vermicular 
contractions of the living test; this again they have made one 
of the characteristics of the Echinothuriide, and here, again, 
they have unfortunately argued from the particular to the 
general. These “ Liingsmuskeln ” are altogether absent from 
Phormosoma. An interesting proof of this may be easily 
afforded : if a Phormosoma be opened and water poured into 
the test the whole test swells up; if a quadrant of an Astheno- 
soma be laid open and water poured in the whole test does not 
swell up, and such a specimen if returned to spirit will be 
found to float with one quadrant upwards, just as though 
it were provided with air-tight compartments; these, of 
course, are the “ Kistchen”’ of the Sarasins. Iam not, how- 
ever, sure that, even confining ourselves to the genus Astheno- 
soma, as at present defined, we can always speak of the 
longitudinal muscles as being well developed; they certainly 
are remarkably well developed in Asthenosoma Grrubit, but 
they are very poorly so in the smaller A. pellucidum. With 
the absence of the muscle is correlated that of the Kistchen, 
and with that of the Kiistchen the peculiar loop of intestine 
in each alternate compartment. I do not like to lay too much 
stress on the apparent absence of the organs of Stewart from 
Asthenosoma Grubii and A. pellucidum ; delicate membranes 
might well be injured or collapsed in specimens all of which 
were collected before 1876 (that is, of course, during the 
cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’), and I am not saying they 
are not to be found in all species of Asthenosoma; I have, 
however, some doubt as to whether or no they are so large or 
so constant as they seem to be in A. urens. 

However that may be, the condition which obtains in 
Phormosoma shows that the large size of the organs of 
Stewart is not a character of the Hchinothuriide. I need not 
press this point further by urging that this single fact will 
dispose of a good deal of the speculation which made Messrs. 
Sarasin’s essay more than usually interesting. 

Six specimens were dredged at 1000 fath, five of which 
are in the possession of the British Museum ; the colour of 
the test preserved in alcohol varies from lightish yellow to a 
distinct purplish colour; in all cases, unfortunately, the 
spinulation is practically destroyed. 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 439 


Diam. of test. Diam. of mouth. Diam of apical area. 
millim. millim, millim. 
ACr 125 36 20 
By). 110 34 18 
C=: 100 32 18 
1D) ¢ 95 24°5 15:5 
Ry. f 80 21 14:5 


The specimens A and B were opened ; before this was done 
a small hole was made and spirit injected, so as to mode- 
rately distend the test ; the height of A was then 40 and of B 
30 millim. 


ECcHINUS. 


As will be readily supposed by those who know the diffi- 
culties always presented by a number of northern specimens 
of this genus, I have had to puzzle long over the large num- 
ber of examples which Mr. Green collected. At this moment 
the matter seems to me clear enough, but I am by no means 
confident that if I had taken the set of specimens in a different 
order I should not have arrived at a different conclusion. I 
seem to have before me :—(1) Hchinus acutus, (2) Echinus 
microstoma, and (3) Kehinus esculentus ; | have had to detail at 
what will, I fear, be a wearisome length the doubts and diffi- 
culties I have experienced as to a fourth species which seems 


to me to be probably LZ. elegans. 


Echinus acutus, Lamk. 


First, as to the matter of the name I follow Prof. A. 
Agassiz (1872) in regarding /. Hlemingt as synonymous with 
E. acutus; Sir Wyville Thomson records L£. Flemingi, Ball, 
but not . acutus, as having been taken by the ‘ Porcupine.’ 
Thomson gives no reason for the adoption of Ball’s name, 
though it is clear from p. 722 of his memoir that he was 
acquainted with Mr. Agassiz’s ‘ Revision ;’ in the matter of 
nomenclature, however, these two authors are often at variance, 
and Thomson holds 4. acutus over (see p. 744). 

E. acutus was obtained by Mr. Green at 55, 110, 500 fath. 

HH. acutus certainly varies considerably ; there is one well- 
marked variety in which the spines are a good deal longer 
than usual and bright crimson at the base when dry; for 
example, in a “ typical example” one of the longest spines 
measured 37 millim., and in the variety 46 millim., both 
being from the same haul of the dredge. This long-spined 
variety was found of different sizes, the proportionately longer 
spines being visible even in quite moderately sized specimens. 


440 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Echinus microstoma, Wyv. Thoms. 


(PI. XIX. fig.'1.) 


There is certainly among these Echini a species distinct 
from EH. acutus or E. esculentus; it has a bright red test and 
that test is depressed and thin. It is a little doubtful how 
much stress should be laid on colour and particularly red 
colour in Echinoderms; depressed tests may certainly be seen 
in specimens of species which are not always characterized by 
their possession; but the thinness of these tests is quite well 
marked. ‘The specific name calls attention to the characters of 
the mouth ; but smallness and largeness are relative terms, and 
I give, therefore, some measurements which Wyville Thomson 
omitted to add to his description. I have also thought it 
necessary to refigure the species, for the representations offered 
by Thomson are by no means good, and the differences between 
E.. microstoma and LE, elegans are hardly at all indicated. A 
reference to figs. 8 and 9, pl. Ixvi. of Thomson’s memoir 
and to fig. 3, Pl. XIX. of the present paper will show the 
difference in the form of the C-shaped spicules of these two 
species. 


Diam. of test. Height of test. Diam. of mouth. Diam. of anus. 


millim. millim. millim. millim. 
50 Dee 12 
(50) (24) (10) 
47 20 13 5 
(42:5) (27-6) (10°6) 
43 195 Mes 
(45:3) (26:7) (11:6) 
40 21 105 45 
(52-5) (26:2) (11-2) 


Echinus esculentus, L. 


Two specimens, one from 50-66 fath., the other from 110 
fath. 

Both examples are somewhat compressed instead of being 
globose, and tend towards the “ marked variety with a tall, 
narrow test” spoken of by Sir Wyville Thomson (¢. c. 
p. 744). The lowest recorded depth for this species that I 
can find is 80 fath.; Prof. Agassiz gives no specific informa- 
tion on this point in his ‘ Challenger’ Report. 

* As no measurements have yet been given of this species, I give the 
absolute values; the percentage values, which are much more valuable 
for the purposes of comparison, are added in brackets. There is no better 
method for showing the range of variation. For the purposes of comparison 
I give the following percentage measurements of a rather young E. 
acutus, the diameter of which is 51 millim,:—height 58:8, mouth 35°38, 


anus 18. 


a fw 


Echinodermata, by Prof. ¥. J. Bell. 441 


Echinus elegans, D. & K. 
(Pl. XIX. figs. 2 and 3.) 


I refer to this species four specimens from 250 fath.; but 
I have had great difficulty in making up my mind about 
them, for the Museum is very poorly provided with examples 
of what Sars called an “ overordentlig sjeldne Art,” though a 
good many would seem to have been collected by the ‘ Por- 
cupine.” The four examples now before me are all small, 
and there would be no reason to suppose that they are sexually 
mature were it not that Wyville Thomson * has put on record 
the existence of asmall (‘‘ pony ”’) race of Echinus norvegicus ; 
I am quite unable to settle the question, as the specimens 
were all dried before being sent to me f. 

I cannot see on these specimens the “ beautiful vermilion 
bands, extending from the apex towards the ambitus on both 
sides of the bare median vertical line,” which Prof. A. 
Agassiz states to be the feature by which Z. elegans may be 
“ recognized from its congeners ¢; but I do not see the same 
bands in a beautiful and perfectly preserved specimen (62 
millim. in diameter) which the Trustees have lately acquired 
from the Bergen Museum, and which was taken in the Hardan- 
gerfjord at a depth of 150 fath.; and they agree well enough 
with the diagnosis of Diiben and Koren. They cannot be 
expected to agree very closely with the figure given by those 
distinguished naturalists, on account of the marked difference 
in size. 

It often happens that a minute histological character goes 
a long way in settling doubtful questions of resemblance, and 
the fact that the spicules in the suckers of these small speci- 
mens are exactly similar to the straight-backed C-shaped 
spicules of the tube-feet of an undoubted C. elegans has done 
much in deciding me as to what name to apply to these speci- 
mens. I greatly regret that, though I have made several 
efforts, I have not yet succeeded in obtaining examples of 
what other workers in Echinology have called £. elegans §. 


* ‘Depths of the Sea,’ p. 117. 

+ It often happens that one has to lament the fact that while spirit 
has been saved the specimens have been for some purposes lost. 

t¢ Rey. Ech. p. 491. 

§ With a single exception of some specimens from Norway, sent me by 
a curator of a museum who had not a very large series, and who had so 
named some examples of E. acutus. Since the above was sent to press 
the Rey. Dr. Norman has, with his usual generosity, sent me a number of 
specimens of Echinus for examination. An inspection of them leads me 
to think that I have rightly ascribed the four specimens now under dis- 
cussion to FE. elegans.—Novy. 7, 1889. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 32 


442 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


The ‘Challenger’ is reported to have collected the species at 
“St. 46”? and off Tristan d’Acunha; but, as the following 
measurements show, the specimens so determined by Prof. A. 
Agassiz are much more depressed and have a much longer 
periproct and a larger anus than the specimen from the 
Bergen Museum. 


Diam. of Height of Diam. of Diam. of Diam. of 


test. test. mouth. periproct. anus. 
Bergen specimen .. 62 49 21 15 6 
Tristan d’Acunha.. 70 30 20 20 10 
StAG AY TAS eet, 65 5 20 18 8 


If other specimens diverge as widely from a fairly typical 
example as do those determined by Prof. Agassiz, we are a 
long way yet from getting either a consensus of opinion or 
accuracy In comparison. 

I will, with the aid of Mr. Highley’s pencil, do my best to 
let my fellow-students understand what I mean by young 
specimens of Z. elegans, and J add the following measurements, 
as they will be of use :— 


Diam. of Height of Diam. of Diam. of Diam. of 
test. test. mouth, periproct. anus, 
tape, aks) 8-5 775 55 3 
Ge foe i) 9 75 6 2°5 
li. g3, Jb 8 55 2 
ivan 2 55 6 2 


The spines have the appearance of being broken at their 
tips; the longest I have found are on tests ii. and iv., on each 
of which there is a spine 12°5 millim. long. With regard to 
the broken look of the spines, it is to be noted that the figure 
illustrative of Diiben and Koren’s paper illustrates the same 
point, and that it is also to be observed in the well-preserved 
specimen from the Hardangerfjord already mentioned. 


Spatangus purpureus, O. F. M. 


‘l'wo specimens, of moderate size, from 50 to 60 fath. 


Spatangus Raschi, Lovéa. 


A fine series from 100 to 180 fath., showing how very con- 
siderably this species varies, so much so, indeed, that one is 
almost inclined to suspect that it forms hybrids with S. pur- 
pureus. In the latter the primary spines are, as is well 
known, much longer, stronger, and more prominent than the 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 443 


secondary or smaller spines; in S. Raschi, on the other hand, 
this difference is, typically, hardly noticeable, and in corre- 
spondence with this the tuberculation is much more uniform. 
In one of the specimens of S. léaschi now lying before me the 
spines are as long and as prominent as in a specimen of S. 
purpureus of nearly the same size; in another, somewhat 
larger, the spines are much longer than we generally find 
them in S. Raschi; but they are much more uniform in size 
than in either the first-named specimen or than in S. purpu- 
reus, and, so far, the latter could not be confounded with the 
more common species. Nor could the first-named, but for a 
different reason; it is much higher than a S. purpureus of 
the same length, but the second specimen, though some 10 
millim. longer, is about 2 millim. less high, and, of course, 
looks much less high than its smaller companion. 

With the difference in the size of the spines there is, of 
course, correlated a difference in the size of the tubercles which 
bear them ; an inspection of Prof. Lovén’s figure* shows that 
the difference is not very marked in his type specimen. I 
removed the spines from a specimen which, in its spinulation, 
most closely resembles S. purpureus, and I find on cleaning 
the test that some of the tubercles are more than ordinarily 
larger than the rest; the general facies of this test is, however, 
distinctly that of S. Rascht. 

So, again, it may be noted that while some tests are less 
deep than others, others are more rounded; again, variations 
may be seen in the depth of the peristome. On the whole 
the most constant character of the deeper-water species appears 
to be the form of the labrum; this is always more pointed 
and convex than in S. purpureus. 

We may, then, observe with regard to a number of the so- 
called specific characters of S. Raschi that they vary within 
very wide limits. Of the specimens collected net one would 
be assigned to any other species, the general facies of S, 
Raschi being maintained throughout; but on analysis the 
several “ specific characters” are found for the most part to 
vary considerably. 

These observations seem to me to have some bearing on 
the question of the utility of specific characters, for they show 
that we must exercise the greatest caution in the selection of 
the points of structure which we use as such marks. It 
would be preposterous to imagine any zoologist more capable 
than Prof. Lovén of discriminating between two species of 
Echinoids, and yet among the characters by which his species 


* Ofy, Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. 1869, pl. xiii. 
32% 


444 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland: 


is distinguished from the commoner form he enumerates the 
spines, S. purpureus having “ radiolis primariis eminentiori- 
bus colore albicante insignibus ;”’ but the differences between 
the two species in this particularare much reduced when a series 
is examined. On the other hand, whether specific characters 
are useful or not, spines are certainly valuable to the indi- 
vidual which possesses them. As the accompanying measure- 
ments show, the form of S. Raschi may vary a good deal, and 
these variations must atfect such characters as are indicated 
by such expressions as “ ambitu fere orbiculato, dorso multo 
minus convexo, margine magis rotundato.”’ This brings us 
to another still unsettled question :—How far are characters 
that vary within considerable limits to be used as specific 
characters ? and to such a question we can well imagine 
different systematists giving very different answers. 

(Questions like these may well be raised, if the answers 
that are given are tentative and not dogmatic. The only 
moral [ can definitely see is one which has been, but must 
again and again be, insisted on. ‘The definitions of species are 
often drawn up from a few specimens, or perhaps only one ; 
with increased knowledge of the representatives of such species 
our judgment as to its “characters is bound to be affected by 
the variations whieh will undoubtedly present themselves— 
very much so when the describer has a small knowledge of 
the group—to some extent even when the description is by 
the hand of a master in his science. 

Among the specimens is one which is considerably depressed 
and deformed; but the abnormal characters which it presents 
do not seem to throw any light on the characters of the species. 


Measurements of Spatangus Raschi. 
Percentage value of 


oo  ( 


a 
Long. diam. Transy. diam. Height. 
107 86 60°74 
91 85:7 70°53 
90 97°7 755 


Brissopsis lyrifera, Forbes. 
Two spineless specimens, of ordinary size, were taken in 


5 fath. 


V. HOLOTHURIOIDEA. 


Holothuria tremula, Gunner. 


Dredged at 100 and 315 fath. ; it was dredged from greater 
depths than these by the Norwegian North-Sea Expedition. 


Echinodermata, by Prof. F. J. Bell. 445 


Holothurta aspera. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 3.) 


Although there is but a single specimen of what I think is 
certainly a new species of Holothuria, the spicules appear to 
be so characteristic that there is no harm in giving a name 
to a form of which we shall, I hope, soon obtain a supply 
large enough to enable me to give a complete account of its 
special points. 

This single specimen is a good deal contracted and the 
tentacles are all withdrawn. ‘The skin has to the touch a 
peculiar roughness, which is no doubt due to the very dense 
deposit of spicules in it. Above, the skin is wrinkled, below 
it is smooth; on each side there is a single row of not closely 
packed pedicels ; no other processes. are to be detected. The 
colour of the skin is a dirty grey. The length of the body is 
77 millim. and the greatest breadth 46. 

The spicules are particularly difficult to isolate; their 
general form is well shown in fig. 8, Pl. XVIII. 

The processes or arms may touch or overlie one another. 
As there is only one specimen I have not dissected it. 

It was dredged at 1000 fath. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLatTE XVIII. 


Fig. 1. Phormosoma placenta laid open, so as to show the lantern and the 
parts adjacent thereto,. It will be noticed that the organs of 
Stewart are altogether wanting. Natural size. 

Fig. 2. The same, opened as before. s in three radii points to small pro- 
jecting ceca, two of which are quite small and the third hardly 
more than a papilla. Natural size. 

Fig. 8. Calcareous spicules from the skin of Holothuria aspera. X 220. 


PLATE XIX. 


Fig. 1. Echinus microstoma, The specimen from which this figure was 
taken agrees in all essential characters with one which is referred 
to the same species by the Rey. Dr. Norman and which was 
collecéed by the ‘ Porcupine.’ Natural size. 

Fig. 2. Echinus elegans, small specimen. X 2. 

Fig. 3. C-shaped spicule of Echinus elegans. X 220, 

Fig. 4. Astrogonium Greeni, seen from above. X §. 


446 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Lreland : 


POLYZOA, HYDROZOA, SPONGES, and 
RADIOLARIA. By R. KirxparTricx. 


a. POLYZOA. 


Membranipora pilosa, L. Encrusting Natica, 315 fath. 

Membranipora Flemingit, Busk. Encrusting stems of Huden- 
drium rameum, 55 fath. 

Porella compressa, Sowerby. 55 fath. 

Cellepora ramulosa, L. 55 fath. 

Cellepora armata, Hincks. Encrusting Hudendrium, 55 fath. 

Idmonea serpens, L. 55 fath. 

Lichenopora hispida, Fleming. 55 fath. 

Aleyonidium mytili, Dalyell. On Tubularia-stems, 55 tath. 

Arachnidium simplex, Hincks. On Chrysodomus, 315 fath. 

This species is new to the British fauna. The type 

specimen is from Barents Sea, 62 fath. (v. Hincks, Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi. 1880, p. 284, pl. xv. figs. 10, 
it 


Triticella flava, Dalyell. Growing on Natica, 315 fath. 
Barentsia gracilis, Sars. On EHudendrium, 55 fath. 


6. Hyprozoa. 
Podocoryne areolata, Alder. Growing on Aporrhais pes- 
carbonis, 150 fath. 
Eudendrium rameum, Pallas. 55 fath. 
Tubularia indivisa, Linn. 55 fath. 
Campanularia Hincksti, Alder. 55 fath. 
Lafoea dumosa, Fleming. 58 fath. 
Sertularella tenella, Alder. 55 fath. 


c. SPONGLIIDA. 
Only one sponge was obtained :— 
Aphrocallistes Bocaget, Wright. 500 fath. 

The specimen is about 33 inches in height, and 1s 
well preserved. Specimens were previously obtained by 
the ‘ Poreupine’ expedition at Station 36, i-om a depth 
of 725 fath. As will be seen from the following list, 
the range of the species is very wide, having been found 
off Florida, Bermudas, St. Thomas W.I., S.W. Ireland, 
S.E. Spain, Portugal, Cape Verde Is., Ascension Island 
in the Atlantic, at depths varying from 420 to 1075 
fath.; the species also occurs in the North Pacific, 


specimens having been purchased at Inoschima by 
Dr. Doderlein. 


Foraminifera, by Joseph Wright. 447 


d. RADIOLARIA. 


Oroscena Hualeyi, Haeckel (‘ Challenger’ Report on the 
Radiolaria, p. 1599, pl. xii. figs. 1, la). Found in 
ooze, dredged in 1000 fath., S.W. Ireland. 

Two complete spheres and a fragment of this form 
were sent; but none of the long branched spines, which 
radiate from the surface of the sphere, had been pre- 
served. ‘The diameter of the shells is from 1°75 to 
2 millim. 

The type specimen, which is in the ‘ Challenger’ 
collection, was obtained from a depth of 2740 fath., west 
of the Canary Islands ; but there has been no opportunity 
of comparing the specimens frem 8.W. Ireland with the 
type, as the ‘ Challenger’ Radiolaria have not yet been 
sent to the Natural History Museum. 


FORAMINIFERA™*. By Joseph Wrigur. 


Biloculina sphera, @Orb. Very rare. 

bulloides, @Orb. Frequent. 

-—— ringens (Lamk.). Very large. Frequent. 

—— elongata, @Orb. Very rare. 

— depressa, @Orb. Very large. Frequent. 

, var. murrhyna, Schw. Frequent. 

, var. serrata, Brady. Rare. 

Spiroloculina tenwiseptata, Brady. Rare. 

Miliolina seminulum (Linné). Frequent. 

oblonga (Mont.). Very small. Very rare. 

—— Auberiana (VOrb.). Frequent. 

subrotunda (Mont.). Very rare. 

agglutinans (d’Orb.). Very rare. 

Planispirina contraria (VOrb.). Very rare. 

Sigmoilina celata (Costa), Common. 

Cornuspira carinata, Costa. Large. Very rare. 

Orbitolites tenuissima, Carp. Rare. 

Astrorh#s arenaria, Norman. Broken specimens. Very rare. 

Pelosina variabilis, Brady. Frequent. 

rotundata, Brady. Very rare. 

Storthosphera albida, Schulze. Very rare. 

Pilulina Jeffreys, Carp. rare. 

Psammosphera fusca, Schulze. Most of the specimens built round 
sponge-spicules. Common. 


* Dredged in 1000 fath. 


448 Deep-sea Trawling off the S.W. Coast of Ireland : 


Hyperammina arborescens, Norman. Rare. 
elongata, Brady. Frequent. 

——— ramosa, Brady. Rare. 

vagans, Brady. Frequent. 

Marsipella elongata, Norman. Rare. 
Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars. Frequent. 
Rheophax adunca, Brady. Rare. 
dentaliniformis, Brady. are. 

distans, Brady. Very large. Common. 
Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orb.). Rare. 
canariense (d’Orb.). Frequent. 
globigeriniforme, P. & J. Rare. 
latidorsatum (Born.). Common. 
Pilacopsilina vesicularis, Brady. Very rare. 
cenomana (d’Orb.). Very rare. 
Thurammina papillata, Brady. Frequent. 
Hormosina globulifera, Brady. Rare. 
Ammodiscus charoides, J. & P. Frequent. 
Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady. Common. 
Robertsoni, Brady. Frequent. 

nitida, Brady? Rare. 

Cyclammina cancellata, Brady. Common. 
Webbina clavata, J. & P. Frequent. 
Textularia agglutinans, VOrb. Rare. 

aspera, Brady. Rare. 

Verneuilina pygmea, Eggar. Frequent. 
Gaudryina rugosa, @Orb. Frequent. 
pupoides, dOrb. Very common. 
filiformis, Berthelin. Frequent. 
Bulimina elegans, var. exilis, Brady. Rare, 
inflata, Seg. Very common. 

ovata, d’Orb. Very rare. 

—— pyrula, VOrb. Very rare. 

subteres, Brady. Very rare. 

fusiformis, Will. Very rare. 

Virgulina subsquamosa, Eggar, Rare. 
Schreibersiana, Czjek. Rare. 

Bolivina punctata, VOrb. Frequent. 
textilarioides, Rss. Rare. 

dilatata, Rss. Rare. 

difformis, Will. Rare. ; 
Cassidulina levigata, V@Orb. Common. 
Bradyi, Norman. Very rare. 

Milletia Earlandi, J. Wright, MS. Very rare. 
Lagena globosa, Mont. Rare. 

apiculata (Rss.). Rare. 

gracillima (Seg.). Rare. 

hispida, Rss. Very rare. 

—— distoma, P.& J. Frequent. 

—— sulcata (W. & J.). Very rare. 


Foraminifera, by Joseph Wright. 


Lagena striatopunctata, P.& J.? Very rare. 
hexagona (Will.). Rare. 

—— levigata, Rss. Very rare. 
staphyllearia (Schw.). Rare. 
marginata (W. & B.). Frequent. 
lagenoides (Will.). Very rare. 
Nodosaria (Glandulina) levigata, Orb. Rare. 
(G.) rotundata (Rss.). Rare. 
communis, AOrb. Rare. 

—— soluta, Rss. Frequent. 

scalaris, Batsch. Very small. Rare. 
—— raphanus (Linné). Rare. 

obliqua (Linné). Rare. 
Vaginulina legumen (Linné). Rare. 
spinigera, Brady. Rare. 


Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Orb.). Very rare. 


Cristellarza tenuis, Born. One small specimen. 
obtusata, var. subalata, Brady. Frequent. 
variabilis, Rss. Very rare. 


cultrata, Montf. Very rare. 
Polymorphina, sp. Very rare. 

Uvigerina pygmea, V@Orb. Frequent. 
aculeata, d’Orb. Frequent. 
angulosa, Will. Rare. 

Globigerina bulloides, Orb. Very common. 
inflata, V’Orb. Very common. 
rubra, d’Orb. Rare. 

equilateralis, Brady. Common. 
Orbulina universa, @Orb. Very common. 
Pullenia quinqueloba, Rss. Common. 
spheroides, VOrb. Rare. 
Spheroidina bulloides, VOrb. Rare. 
Discorbina Bertheloti (d’Orb.). Rare. 
nitida (Will.). Rare. 

Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J. Rare. 
Wuellerstorfi (Schw.). Common. 
Ungeriana (VOrb.). Very common. 


Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orb.). Very common. 


patagonica (dOrb.), Very common, 
Micheliniana (VOrb.). Very common, 
Karsteni (Rss.). Very small. Rare. 
elegans, d’Orb. Very rare. 

Rotalia orbicularis, @Orb. Frequent. 
Soldanii, @Orb. Frequent. 
Nonionina umbilicatula (Mont.). Rare. 
turgida, Will. Frequent. 


crepidula, F. & M. Not typical. Very rare. 


449 


450 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes > 


LVIi.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine 
Survey Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander Alfred Carpen- 
ter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding.—No. 13. On the Bathybial 
Fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters, 
obtained during the seasons 1885-1889. By ALFRED 
Acock, M.B., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey. 


[Concluded from p. 399. | 


Family Scopelide. 
BatuyPrerois, Gthr. 


Bathypterois Guenther, sp. nov. 


Bala DMs. As les gee 2 /6/>. WV. 8. 1C-20: 
late eres ob. "Ws-brs 3. 


Body elongate and compressed, its height nearly one sixth 
of the total, without caudal. Head contained nearly three 
and a half times in the same measure; depressed, flat- 
crowned, as broad as deep. Snout broad, depressed, rounded, 
duck-bill shaped, with a median intermaxillary notch, into 
which a strong recurved projection of the very prominent 
mandible fits; its length one third that of the head; its sur- 
face with numerous large pores. A wide mucous channel 
with a line of large pores along the under surface of the broad 
mandibles. Eyes minute, situated near the vertical middle of 
the maxilla, close to its edge, a snout-length apart ; the orbital 
margins rounded and inflated. Interorbital space flat from 
side to side. Nostrils small, superior, far in advance of the 
eye. Cleft of mouth extremely wide, slightly oblique ; the 
maxilla, which has a dilated, abruptly-truncated, hinder end, 
is nearly two thirds the head-length. Villiform teeth in broad 
bands on the outer edges of the strong jaw-bones, and in a 
minute patch on each side of the expanded vomer. Gill-cleft 
reaching to the fore end of the isthmus; gill-laminz broadish ; 
gill-rakers numerous, close-set, long, bristle-like, except on 
the fourth arch. Body and head, except the Jaws and front 
part of the vertex of the snout, covered with large, thin, 
smooth scales, those on the sides of the head rather deciduous, 
those on its crown enlarged. ‘The caudal and paired fins with 
one or more extremely stout, rigid, prolonged rays ; the inter- 
radial membrane of all the fins except the caudal covered 
with a thick, black, velvety, deciduous integument. The 
dorsal begins a little in advance of the vertical middle line, 


of the Bay of Bengal ce. 451 


and is just entirely in advance of the anal, the two fins being 
of nearly equal extent and height. A thin, narrow, adipose 
dorsal in the posterior half of the tail. Caudal large and 
deeply forked ; its lowermost ray rigid, prolonged, curved, 
with a spatulate tip, the total length of the ray from base to 
tip being nearly two thirds of the total (caudal excluded). 
The pectoral consists of three distinct portions:—(1) an upper, 
of two detached, produced, rigid rays, the first of which, 
though broken, reaches to the tip of the upper lobe of the 
eaudal and is simple throughout, while the second is about 
half the length of the first ; (2) a middle portion of six com- 
paratively short branched rays, diminishing from above 
downwards, connected together by a stout interradial mem- 
brane ; and (3) a lower portion of. five free, simple, elongated 
rays, which reach halfway along the tail. The ventrals arise 
just in front of the dorsal; the two outermost rays of each fin 
are inseparably united throughout their extent to form a long, 
curved, rigid, spatulate appendage, between one fifth and one 
sixth longer than the elongated lower caudal ray, which 
reaches to the vertical from the tip of the upper caudal lobe. 

Colours in spirit :—Head nearly black; body dark brown, 
with two broad, transverse, white bands, one just in front of 
the dorsal fin, the other near the middle of the tail; caudal 
white; the other fins black, except their prolonged rays, 
which are translucent white, with black tips. A large, opaque- 
white, digitate body shows through the bones of the crown of 
the head and snout, and there is a similar linear body along 
the mucous canal of the mandible. 

One specimen, a female with gravid ovaries, 10 inches 
long (prolonged caudal ray excluded). 

Hab, Andaman Sea, 74 miles east of North Cinque Island, 
490 fathoms. 

I beg to name this species after Dr. Albert Giinther, F.R.S., 
to whose monumental works all students of ichthyology must 
ever remain grateful debtors. 


Family Stomiatide. 
SToMIAS, Cuv. 
Stomias nebulosus, sp. nov. 
Wage enesks eG. Veo. 


Near Stomias affinis. 
Head-length one ninth of the total. Body compressed, its 
height one twelfth of the total. Snout shorter than the large 


452 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


eye. Cleft of mouth oblique, enormous; the limbs of the 
mandibles widely distensible. Teeth fixed, upwards of 
twenty-five small, unequal, and curved in each premaxilla, 
and about the same number, in the form of minute, close-set, 
down-curved, even serrations, in each maxilla; a fang on each 
side of the vomer; one or two moderate-sized teeth in the 
palatines. The teeth of the lower jaw are very large, curved 
and acute, and stand out laterally, eight or nine on each side, 
almost at right angles outside the mouth. Barbel about as 
long as the head and ending in three longish filaments. The 
bony part of the opercle is reduced to a small preoperculum. 
The surface of the body is covered with a tenacious slime. 
There are no scales, but the body is mapped with regular 
rows of hexagonal depressions, each with a minute central 
white point. Median line of the abdomen, from throat to anal 
fin, occupied by a salient white line, which is resolved by the 
lens into a linear cloud of thick-set white specks. On each 
side of this are two rows of enlarged luminous organs, the 
inner extending from the isthmus to the base of the caudal 
and numbering 64 (to base of pectoral 6, to base of ventral 
40, to origin of anal 49, to base of caudal 64), the outer from 
the base of the pectoral to the origin of the anal and num- 
bering 35. ‘The dorsal fin begins in the last fifth of the body, 
a little in rear of the commencement of the anal, which is 
also the deeper. Caudal not forked. The pectorals arise on 
very narrow bases near the ventral profile; their length is 
equal to the height of the body. ‘The ventrals are also narrow 
and are exceedingly prolonged, reaching beyond the origin of 
the anal. 

Colours in spirit :—Uniform black ; fins and barbel white, 
with black tips. 

Two specimens, rather mutilated, the longer 34 inches. 

Hab. Gulf of Manaar, lat. 6° 29! N., long. 79° 34’ E., 
597 fathoms. 


MALACOSsTEuSs, Ayres. 


Malacosteus indicus, Gthr. 
Malacosteus indicus, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, vol. ii. 
p. 181; Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. p. 214, pl. liv. fig. B. 
Hab. Andaman Sea, off Cinque Island, 650 fathoms. 


Family Alepocephalide. 
Batuytrocres, Gthr. 


Bathytroctes microlepis, (sthr. 
Bathytroctes microlepts, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, vol. it. 
p. 249; Zool. Chall. Exp. vol. xxii. pp. 226, 227, pl. lvii. fig. A. 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 453 


A specimen, very badly mutilated and not unequivocally 
identifiable, from the Andaman Sea, 8 miles south-east of 
Cinque Island, in 500 fathoms. 


Family Halosauride. 
Haxosaurus, Johnson. 


Halosaurus anguilliformis, sp. nov. 
Be 2 2s ee Wee Neer: tr. 

All the tissues fragile. Head long, its length exceeding 
the distance between the gill-opening and the base of the 
ventral fins. Body subcylindrical, its height being but two 
thirds the length of the snout, which is half that of the head 
measured to the end of the occiput. Snout tapering, produced 
just half its length beyond the mouth. Suboperculum very 
large; the whole opercle covered with a thin, tough, whitish 
membrane, which roofs over two very wide, parallel, muci- 
ferous channels, which extend, one from the preorbital to 
behind the eye, the other from the symphysis of the lower 
jaw to the hinder edge of the suboperculum. Diameter of the 
eye two fifths the length of the postocular portion of the head 
and exceeding the width of the flat interorbital space. The 
nostrils are small perforations immediately before the front 
angle of the eye. Mouth inferior ; the maxilla barely reaches 
the vertical from the front margin of the orbit. Teeth in 
broad villiform bands in the jaws and hyoid, in a crescentic 
band on the palatines, and in narrow tapering bands on the 
pterygoids. Giull-openings wide; gill-membranes entirely 
separate ; four gills, with narrow lamin; fourteen gill-rakers 
on the first arch, of which the middle ones are long and bacil- 
late. Body covered with large cycloid scales; head, excepting 
the cheeks and upper part of opercles, scaleless. ‘he scales 
of the lateral line are a little enlarged, being rather over a 
quarter of an inch in diameter and perforated in the centre. 
The lateral line shows as an opaque white cord curving 
abruptly downwards from the base of the pectoral fin to the 
lower profile of the body, along which it runs. Dorsal and 
anal fins with scaly bases. Pectorals arising well above the 
middle line of the body, long and narrow, reaching nearly to 
the base of the ventrals. 

Colours in spirit:—Pinkish brown, opercles and cheeks 
silvery, gill-membranes black ; fins light grey, posterior part 
of anal black. Some bright opaque-white masses show 
through the bones of the vertex of the head; a large sagitti- 


454 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


form one, followed by a small circular one, in the middle line ; 
a large circular one behind two converging cuneiform ones in 
each temporal region. 

Length 14 inches. 

Two specimens, females with gravid ovaries, both in 
fragments. 

Hab. Gulf of Manaar, lat. 6° 32! N., long. 79° 37’ E., in 
675 fathoms. 


HALOSAURICHTHYS, gen. nov. 


Differing from Halosaurus in possessing a long rudimentary 
second dorsal fin and in having the ventrals united into a 
broad flat plate. 


Halosaurichthys carinicauda, sp. nov. 


Beige. Ml. Petoe. ValO) dete 


5 


Head short, its length being 73 in the total and tapering 
from the broad branchial region to the pointed snout. Body 
long, low, and somewhat compressed, its greatest height being 
equal to the length of the postocular portion of the head. 
Tail long and tapering. Snout overhanging the mouth, its 
length three times that of the eye or of its preoral portion. 
Preoperculum small; suboperculum much larger than the 
operculum. ‘Two parallel, wide, mucous channels, closed 
over by a thin, tough, white membrane, extend, one from the 
preorbital to the front limit of the operculum, the other from 
the mandibular symphysis te the hinder edge of the sub- 
operculum. yes lateral, small, their major diameter 33 in 
the postocular portion of the head and greater than the width 
of the interorbital space. Nostrils large, the anterior sepa- 
rated from the posterior by a broad, black, outstanding loop 
of skin. Mouth narrow ; the maxilla not reaching to the 
vertical from the front margin of the orbit. Villhform teeth 
in broad bands in the jaws and hyoid, forming a broad crescent 
in the prominent loose palatines and a short narrow band in 
the pterygoids. Gull-membranes entirely separate; four 
gills; first branchial arch with some rather long bacillate 
gill-rakers. Head covered everywhere, including the glosso- 
hyal region, with small or minute adherent scales. Body with 
large, thin, rather deciduous, cycloid scales, not larger along 
the lateral line than elsewhere. Small scales on the lower 
half of the dorsal fin and along the extreme base of the anal. 
The lateral line shows as an indistinct opaque white thread. 
Dorsal fin short, arising just behind the origin of the ventrals. 


— aaa 


of the Bay of Bengal ce. 455 


The posterior half of the interval between this fin and the 
tip of the tail is crested by a low median fold of skin (not 
much more than half a millimetre high after contraction in 
spirit), enclosing distant, thin, sharp, irregular indurations. 
Between this second rudimentary dorsal and the first dorsal is 
a median erectile scale a little longer than the eye. The anal 
fin arises a little in advance of the vertical middle of the body 
and is continued to the tip of the tail. The pectorals, which 
arise on narrow bases above the horizontal middle of the 
body, reach barely halfway to the origin of the ventrals. 
These, which arise exactly halfway between the gill-openings 
and the vent, are united together into a broad plate. 

Colours in spirit:—Finkish brown; fins grey; opercles 
and gill-membranes black. 

Stomach short, cecal; intestine straight, wide; both in- 
vested throughout with black peritoneum; a few minute, 
rudimentary, pyloric cxca. The liver embraces the cesopha- 
gus; its left lobe large, its right extremely small. The 
generative glands form an elongated series of almost inde- 
pendent lobules on each side. The air-bladder is an elongated 
thick-walled nacreous sack, occupying the greater part of the 
length of the abdominal cavity and ending abruptly in front 
in a fine cord, which is firmly attached to the dorsal surface 
of the cesophagus. 

Total length 15} inches. 

One specimen. 

Hab, Andaman Sea, 7} miles east of North Cinque Island, 
in 490 fathoms. 

The dorsally-keeled tail with its indurations, the united 
ventrals, and the loose palatine bones, all coexisting in one 
fish suggest an alliance in the direction of Notacanthus. 


Family Murenide. 
Group Awv@uzLLINA. 
ConGROMURA&NA, Kaup. 


Congromurena longicauda, sp. nov. 


Head tapering in both dimensions from the gill-cleft to the 
fleshy, blunt-pointed, projecting snout. ‘Trunk an eye-length 
longer than the head, one third higher immediately behind 
the gill-opening than at the anal level, with a hog-back 
dorsal and an inflated abdominal curve. ‘Tail nearly twice 
the length of the united head and trunk, compressed and 
gently tapering. Eye large, circular, more than half the 


456 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


length of the snout. Nostrils very large, the anterior a wide 
short tube at the end of the snout, the posterior situated in 
front of the upper half of the eye. Head with wide mucous 
channels, which communicate with the exterior by large open 
pores; one such channel with five pores along each upper 
lip, one with ten pores extending from the mandibular sym- 
physis to the operculum on each side, and one along each 
side of the top of the head ending in two very wide pores on 
each side of the snout. ‘wo small pores at the base of the 
snout just outside the mouth. Cleft of mouth horizontal and 
reaching just beyond the middle of the eye; the upper jaw 
far overhung by the snout and overhanging the lower. 
Tongue long, pointed, fleshy, free. ‘Teeth minute, in rather 
broad bands in the jaws, and in a broad patch outside the 
mouth in the expanded premaxille ; a few small teeth in the 
vomer, quite anteriorly. Gull-openings narrow, widely sepa- 
rated ; a broad fold ot skin extends to the base of the pectoral 
from their anterior margins. No scales. <A row of close-set 
pores extends throughout the whole length of tie lateral line. 
Pectorals narrow, a little longer than the snout. Vertical 
fins confluent ; the dorsal begins above the gill-opening. 

Colours in spirit:—Transparent grey, with minute black 
specks. 

Total length 16 inches. 

Hab, Andaman Sea, south-east by south of Ross Island, 
in 265 fathoms. 


COLOCONGER, gen. nov. 


Allied to Conger. 

Snout and tail very short. Muscular and osseous systems 
well developed. Four gills, which communicate with the 
pharynx by wide slits. Gill-openings separate. Heart 
situated immediately behind the gills. Eyes large. Posterior 
nostril superior. Cleft of mouth wide, extending beyond the 
middle of the eye. ‘Tongue free. Teeth in a single con- 
tinuous ridge in each jaw, none on the vomer. No scales. 
Vertical fins well developed, confluent ; the dorsal begins 
above the root of the pectoral. Pectorals well developed. 


Coloconger raniceps, sp. nov. 


Head broad, massive, frog-like ; its length measured to the 
gill-opening a little more than twice its breadth and one fifth 
of the total. Trunk deep, its length, which exactly equals 
that of the short, compressed, abruptly-pointed tail, is three 


of the Bay of Bengal ke. 457 


times its height; abdomen large and full. Snout blunt, 
hardly advanced, its surface studded with pin-hole pores ; its 
breadth nearly twice its length, which is but three fourths of 
that of the eye. yes large, nearly circular, prominent, their 
major diameter a little less than one fourth the length of the 
head measured to the gill-opening. Nostrils large, the ante- 
rior subtubular, the posterior above the angle of the eye. 
Mouth cavernous. Jaws slender, equal. Tongue short, 
broad, fleshy, free in its anterior third. In each jaw a row of 
small uniform teeth in continuous contact, except at their 
extreme tips, which show as minute recurved asperities on a 
sharp-edged ridge. No vomerine teeth. A large, oval, 
horny, granular plate in the fauces behind the superior 
pharyngeal bones. A mucous channel with numerous pores 
along the lower jaw beneath. Gill-lamine narrow ; gill- 
openings of moderate size, a broad fold extends from their 
outer edge to the base of the pectoral fin. No scales. Head 
with numerous black tubular papilla. Lateral line a salient 
tube, with upwards of a hundred similar papille. Vertical 
fins confluent ; the dorsal, which begins above the base of the 
pectoral, is considerably higher than the anal. Pectorals two 
fifths of the length of the head. 

Colours in spirit :—Uniform yellow-brown ; abdomen 
speckled with black, due to the peritoneal pigment showing 
through. 

Visceral peritoneum black. Stomach with a cecum half 
as long as the body-cavity. Intestine sinuous. Only the 
left lobe of the liver developed, Air-bladder large, globular. 

Length 64 to 104 inches. 

Hab. Andaman Sea, off Ross Island, in from 265 to 271 
fathoms. 


Group? Allied to Mvrawzsocrwa. 
SAUROMURAZNESOX, gen. nov. 


Form of the body widely departing from the typical, the 
trunk being high and well marked off from the head and tail, 
which is a long tapering appendage. ‘Tissues well developed. 
Gills four, opening into the pharynx by wide slits; gill- 
openings separate. Jleart situated immediately behind the 
gills. Nostrils lateral. Eye large. Tongue free. Vertical 
fins ill developed, confluent; the dorsal begins in front of the 
level of the gill-opening. Pectoral fins well developed. No 
scales. Snout long, pointed. Cleft of mouth extending far 
behind the eye; the upper jaw overlapping the lower, One 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 33 


458 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


complete row of teeth in each jaw and a second incomplete 
row in the maxilla; premaxillary teeth and those at the man- 
dibulary symphysis fang-like; a single row of large fangs in 
the vomer. 


Sauromureenesox vorax, Sp. NOV. 


General form of the body much like that of a chameleon. 
The length of the head measured to the gill-opening is about 
42 in the total; its branchiostegal region is extremely deep 
and wide, its anterior half is contracted and tapers to the long, 
narrow, sharp-pointed snout. The trunk, the length of which 
is two thirds that of the tail, is high and compressed, with a 
nearly straight abdominal and a very strongly convex dorsal 
profile ; it is conspicuously constricted off from both head and 
tail, its height at the middle being more than twice its height 
at the anal level and about one ninth of the total length. The 
tail is slightly compressed, tapers to a fine point, and has the 
appearance of a mere appendage of the trunk; its length is 
one half the total, excluding the snout and eye. The length 
of the snout is twice the width of the interorbital space and 
more than twice the diameter of the large circular eye; it 
tapers to a fine point, which is slightly hooked. Nostrils 
large, the anterior subtubular, at some distance from the tip 
of the snout; the posterior in front of the middle of the eye. 
Cleft of mouth wide, extending an eye-length behind the 
posterior border of the orbit; the upper jaw overlapping the 
lower. Tongue free, bicylindrical, truncated. In maxille 
and mandibles a single row of close-set, equal, acute teeth of 
moderate size; also in the former an inner incomplete series 
of similar teeth, and in the latter at their symphysis three 
pairs of canine teeth, the middle of which are very large, and 
fit when the mouth is closed into a notch between the max- 
illaries and premaxillaries ; four large equal canines in a row 
in the vomer; premaxillz with three smaller canines, which 
project when the mouth is closed. Gill-openings wide, 
extending obliquely from the upper border of the base of the 
pectoral fins to near the middle line of the abdomen; a broad 
flap of skin connects their anterior margin with the base of 
the pectoral fin ; gill-lamine broad. Integument thin, with- 
out scales. Lateral line follows the dorsal curve and ends in 
the posterior half of the tail; it is perforated throughout with 
pores. Vertical fins, especially the anal, feebly developed, 
confluent; the dorsal begins considerably in advance of the 
gill-opening, the anal behind a very large abdominal pore. 
Pectorals longer than the snout. 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 459 


Colours in life :—“ Head and dorsum pale chocolate ; ven- 
ter pale silvery slate” (Dr. G. M. Giles). In spirit vertical 
fins transparent white; pectorals dark brown, edged with light 

rey. 
& One specimen, a female 14 inches long, with gravid ovaries. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17’ 30” N., long. 88° 51’ E., 
in 193 fathoms. 


Group? Allied to Saccopuarrnverna. 
DYSOMMA, gen. nov. 


Soft tissues well developed; osseous tissues weak. Body 
high anteriorly and the head much inflated. Tail tapering to 
a point. Vent situated immediately behind the gill-opening, 
Snout short, slightly overhanging the mouth, its surface with 
many pores. Eyes minute, concealed beneath the skin. 
Nostrils large, lateral. Cleft of mouth wide. Minute sharp 
teeth in a single row in each jaw; a row of larger teeth in 
the vomer. Tongue not free. Four gills, communicating 
with the pharynx by wide slits. Osseous elements of the 
gill-cover rudimentary or absent. Gill-openings separate. 
Head situated between the gills. No scales. Vertical fins 
fairly developed, the dorsal beginning just behind the occiput. 
Pectorals well developed. 


Dysomma bucephalus, sp. nov. 


Head posteriorly deep and much inflated, its length mea- 
sured to the gill-opening nearly one fourth of the total. Vent 
situated with the abdominal pore on a large, round, fleshy 
clitellum immediately behind the gill-openmg. Height of 
the body at the anal level 104 in the total, and gradually 
diminishing to a point at the tip of the tail. 

Snout short, about one sixth the length of the head 
measured to the gill-opening, broad, depressed, rounded, it 
and the cheeks studded with minute pores. Eyes minute, 
their diameter about one fifth the length of the snout, con- 
cealed beneath semitransparent, partly pigmented skin. 
Nostrils large, the anterior tubular, situated near the tip of 
the snout, the posterior valvular, almost on the eye. Mouth 
wide ; jaws weak; lips inflated, each with several rows of 
small pores. ‘Teeth minute, sharp, in a single row in both 
jaws, in a single short row, rather larger, in the vomer. 
‘Tongue not free. The gill-covers are formed of a tough skin, 
in which neither bony opercles nor branchiostegal rays are 

33* 


460 Mr. A. Alcock on the Bathybial Fishes 


apparent; the branchial arches are weak and flexible, the 
gill-lamine broad and cut square; gill-openings of moderate 
size. No scales. J.ateral line in the form of a row of pores 
following the dorsal curve. Vertical fins fairly developed ; 
the dorsal begins immediately behind the occiput and the 
anal immediately behind the fleshy anal clitellum. Pectorals 
longer than the snout, rounded. 

Colours in life:—“ Head and dorsum pale chocolate ; 
venter silvery slate” (Dr. G. M. Giles). In spirit vertical 
fins white, lower half of the end of the tail black. 

Body-cavity extending far behind the vent, more than 
halfway along the tail, lined with silvery peritoneum, speckled 
with black pigment. Visceral peritoneum colourless. Stomach 
cecal, nearly half the length of the body-cavity ; the pyloric 
and cesophageal openings almost on the same level. Intes- 
tine forming a long loop, the convexity of which reaches to 
the extreme hinder end of the body-cavity. Air-bladder 
thick-walled, nacreous, trilobed, with a large central and two 
small lateral lobes, the narrow, thread-like, esophageal duct 
springing from the end of one of these. Only the left lobe of 
the liver developed. 

One specimen, a female with gravid ovaries, 8? inches 
ong. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 20° 17’ 30’’ N., long. 88° 51’ E., 
in 193 fathoms. 


Group Neurconrayina. 


GAVIALICEPS, gen. nov., Wood-Mason, MS. 


Differing from Nemichthys in having the eyes small and in 
wanting pectoral fins. 


Gavialiceps teniola, sp. nov., Wood-Mason, MS. 


Body narrow, compressed, ending in a long lash-like tail. 
Head depressed. Snout in the form of a stout spathulate 
beak, formed by the jaws and the prolongation beyond them 
of the vomer; the upper segment of the beak overlapping the 
lower. Two rows of small sharp teeth in each jaw, continued 
up to the end of the beak, and a long row, extending the 
whole length of the beak, of larger distant teeth in the vomer. 
Eyes in diameter about one sixth the snout-length, situated 
in advance of the angle of the mouth. Gill-openings sepa- 
rate, extending nearly to the middle line of the abdomen. 
Vent situated about a head-length and three quarters behind 


of the Bay of Bengal &c. 461 


the gill-opening. No scales. Vertical fins confluent; the 
dorsal begins about a snout-length behind the occiput. No 
pectorals. 

Colours in life :—“ Silvery ; iris black” (Wood-Mason). 

Maximum length 104 inches. 

Four specimens. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, lat. 19° 35’ N., long. 92° 24’ E., in 
272 fathoms ; Andaman Sea, 7 miles south-east by south of 
Ross Island, in 265 fathoms. 


Gavialiceps microps, sp. nov. 


Body cylindrical ; tail long and pointed, but not tapering. 
Vent situated about a snout-length behind the gill-opening. 
Snout in the form of a long, rigid, needle-pointed beak, with 
a stout pyramidal base, formed by the jaws and vomer; the 
upper segment slightly projecting. Upper jaw serrated; a 
row of slightly recurved teeth in the lower jaw ; on the vomer, 
which forms the anterior third of the upper segment of the 
beak, a single prolonged row of long teeth posteriorly and a 
cluster of minute asperities anteriorly. Eyes minute, situated 
before the angle of the mouth. Two minute nostrils in a 
triangular depression in front of the eye. Noscales. Vertical 
fins confluent ; the dorsal beginning about two snout-lengths 
behind the gill-opening. No pectorals. 

Colours in spirit :—Grey-brown, belly yellowish ; branchio- 
stegal region and base of beak superiorly black. 

One specimen, 103 inches long, very much injured. 

Hab. Bay of Bengal, west of the Ten Degree Channel 
(between the Andamans and Nicobars), in 1045 fathoms. 


In conclusion, I have to record my deep obligations to 
Professor Wood- Mason, of the Indian Museum, who himself 
collected the larger number of these fishes. In field-work 
Professor Wood-Mason has, with the most unceasing kindness, 
aided me with his unrivalled Indian experience; while in the 
museum and library his advice has been more to me than I 
can express. 

I must also acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. Giinther’s 
work on the ‘Challenger’ deep-sea fishes, without which L 
could have made no progress. 


462 On the Nomenclature of the Short-eared New-Zealand Bat. 


LVIII.—WNote on the Nomenclature of the Short-eared 
New-Zealand Bat. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


Ir has always been a subject of regret that, owing to Gray’s 
error in ascribing * to Forster’s “ Vespertilio tubercula- 
tus’? a specimen of the Long-eared Bat of New Zealand, 
which he then described and made the type of the genus 
Mystacina, the specific names of the two New-Zealand bats 
should have been identical, an identity particularly incon- 
venient to writers on the fauna of that country. It is there- 
fore with some pleasure that I am now able to point out that 
the names of the two species should after all not both be 
“ tuberculatus.”’ 

The Mystacina unquestionably should bear that name ; but 
in the case of the other species, referred in modern times to 
the genus Chalinolobus, the name tuberculatus has not the 
priority of publication, although dating in manuscript from 
the last century. It is now universally recognized that 
manuscript names do not confer priority, and before Forster’s 
description of 1772-74 was published by Lichtenstein in 18447 
a second name had been given to the bat by Dr. Gray, who 
described a specimen from South Australia as Scotophilus 
morto}, and under the latter short and convenient specific 
name the Chalinolobus should certainly stand. 

Instead, therefore, of Chalinolobus tuberculatus and Mysta- 
cina tuberculata we shall have Chalinolobus morio and 
Mystacina tuberculata as the two bats of New Zealand, both 
of them being represented by their type specimens in the 
National Collection. 

In this connexion it may be pointed out that Chalinolobus 
signifer, Dobs.§, from Queensland, is in all probability the 
same as Ch. morio, its distinguishing character—the trans- 
verse cutaneous lobule on the muzzle—being a mark of old 
age, especially developed in the male sex, and not of specific 
distinctness. A male specimen from one of the outlying 
islands round Stewart Island, New Zealand, recently pre- 
sented to the Museum by Mr. Charles Traill, has this lobule 
quite as well marked as in the type of Ch. signifer, and all 
the other fully adult specimens of Ch. morio in the Museum 
show some trace of the same lobule, while in immature indi- 
viduals no sign of it is present. 

* Voy. ‘Sulphur,’ Mamm. p. 23 (1843). 

T Forst. Descr. Anim., ed. Licht. p. 62 (1844), 

} Gray’s Austr., App. li. p. 405 (1841). 

§ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist [4] xvii. p. 289 (1876). 


Effect of offering Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. 463 


LIX.—WNotes made during the Summer of 1887 on the Effect 
of offering various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. By 
ARTHUR G. BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 


A FEw weeks ago I received an envelope by post containing 
all the letters and notes which I sent to Mr. Poulton in 1887. 
Nowordof explanationaccompanied this missive; and although 
such an action appeared hardly in accordance with my, perhaps 
strained, ideas of strict courtesy, I could not but presume that 
the envelope must have been forwarded by Mr. Poulton. 

That the short communication which I published in the 
‘Annals’ for August should be assumed to be intended for 
a personal attack upon Mr. Poulton never entered my head; 
indeed, 1 supposed that he, in common with all who delight 
in the study of natural history, would have welcomed any 
facts, even though apparently adverse to a pet theory, which 
tended to throw light upon a subject which he had long and 
eagerly studied 

Few things ever astonished me more than the hostile atti- 
tude which Mr. Poulton assumed with regard to that innocent 
paper, or the cruel misconstructions which he put upon the 
most harmless remarks made therein; that my comment 
touching the repeated reproduction of a few comparatively 
unimportant observations of my own should have been dislo- 
cated into a claim to the origination of Wallace’s theory is 
too absurd to be considered seriously. In spite of my much- 
valued friend Mr. Weir’s careful experiments, as also those of 
Messrs. Fritz Miiller, Weismann, and Poulton, I still insist 
that, so long as a few desultory observations are incessantly 
forced into a front place, it is an evidence of how little has 
hitherto been done, upon which to establish the truth of a 
theory ; many more observers are wanted, and all their obser- 
vations must be impartially treated if we are to arrive at 
exact scientific truth. 

I was not aware that Mr. Poulton had made a selection of 
‘the most interesting results” of my recent experiments for 
publication in the Report of the British Association, or I 
should not have said “ so far nothing seems to have come of 
it; ” nevertheless, as it is impossible for any one man to 
judge how far even apparently uninteresting results may 
eventually tell for or against a theory—as, too, Mr. Poulton 
has evidently forgotten some of those facts when he comments 
upon Zeuzera cesculi and the size of the spiders offered to 


464 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Effect of offering 


birds *,—I think I cannot do better than publish the whole of 
my observations in detail. 

I may mention here that in my late paper, whilst speaking 
of the behaviour of my birds when confronted with Zeuzera 
esculi, | had quite forgotten how eagerly in years past my 
Bulbul had devoured the species. How Mr. Poulton over- 
looked the fact that my tiny Waxbills did not hesitate to 
attack a full-grown (female of) Epecra diademata ou the 4th 
September I cannot say; it is only one out of numerous 
instances which I could adduce to show that even the smallest 
birds do not consider size where they see a luxury before 
them. Wagtails ave nervous over large spiders, but Blue 
Tits, Robins, Nightingales, and numerous other insectivorous 
birds prefer them to small ones; even the most awful-looking 
Tegenaria domestica is eagerly seized by a Blue Tit, and the 
poplar hawk-moth has no chance in an aviary with that 
plucky little acrobat. 

The notes which I now propose to publish én eatenso com- 
mence in the form of letters written to Mr. Poulton, and are, 
by that gentleman’s wish, continued in the form of a diary. 
In the original MS. I recorded everything, whether interesting 
to Mr. Poulton or not, because it saved me from keeping a 
double diary ; as, however, the account of my purchases or 
losses by death are not to the purpose (since the causes of 
death proved to be in no way connected with diet), I do not 
think it necessary to repeat them here. 

I may mention that, previous to the preparation of my 
notes, Mr. Poulton was kind enough to express his willingness 
that I should put them in print myself, and although I did not 
then wish to do so, his late irritation at my publication of a 
few facts has somewhat altered my intention. It is true that 
my birds at the present time are in a more natural condition 
than they were in 1887, since at that time they were in rather 
a confined space, whereas now they have abundance of room 
for flight and opportunities for catching much insect-food ; 
but in 1887 my birds were by no means ever allowed to be 
hungry, and not a few of them, and more especially the 
finches, when opened after death, have shown too clearly that 
excess of good living has been the sole cause of their demise. 

I shall now proceed to quote trom the letters containing my 
earlier notes, and then pass on to my regular diary. My first 
letter refers to one or two footnotes to Mr. Poulton’s paper in 
the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ (in which he 


* One might imagine from Mr. Poulton’s remark that the larva of 
Stauropus fagi left the egg full-grown. 


various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. 465 


appears to doubt the probability of lizards eating the males of 
Orgyia antiqua or the moths of Abraxas grossulariata), as 
follows :—“ I frequently hung up the newly emerged Orgyia 
females in my lizard-house, and as the doors were not made 
by a cabinet-maker, but by myself, there was plenty of room 
for the males to squeeze through ; the lizards used to sit by 
the door, after seeing two or three males enter there, and 
regularly snap them up and swallow them as they entered 
the cage or vivarium; I have seen this dozens of times, and 
am not mistaken, nor, for that matter, am I in the case of A. 
grossulariata ; indeed, I accounted to myself for the fact that 
the imago was eaten where the larva was rejected, on the 
supposition that the acridity of the larva was derived from 
the gooseberry and that it had passed away during the pupal 
stage.”’ 

iN ow, as to my birds: I have at present 95, of 32 species*, 
and I have had the young of several other species during the 
year, only they have died. 

“Cerura vinula, larva.—Fought for, shaken to death, 
banged on the floor of the cage (as a Thrush bangs a snail), 
the viscera devoured as shaken out, the blood pecked even 
from the walls, and the elongated skin finally swallowed 
whole [by three young Nightingales]. The tails did not 
deter the Nightingales from attacking this larva for a second ; 
indeed, they seized upon them as handles to pull by, much to 
my astonishment, for they are somewhat spiny. 

“‘Mamestra brassice, larva.—Eaten by all birds; but Wry- 
necks will not pick up any but the green variety ; the others 
they will swallow when their beaks are opened and the larvee 
administered as pills. 

“Orgyta antiqua, larva.—Eaten without hesitation (but 
always after rubbing on the ground) by my Missel-Thrush. 

“Halia wavaria [larva].—Katen by Nightingales, Sky- 
larks, ‘Thrushes, Canaries. 

“Biston hirtaria, larva.—Eaten by Ledothrix (the Pekin 
Nightingale). 

“Ganoris brassice and rape [imago].—Eaten by Nightin- 
gales, Thrushes, Starlings, Blackbirds, Sedge-Warbler, 
Weaver-birds, Ledothrix; examined by Canaries, which, 
however, were startled by their sudden movements; eagerl 
looked after by various species of Lstrelda (small Waxbills), 
but I would not trust so large a Lepidopteron with such timid 
little creatures. 


* I subsequently purchased others, bringing the number at one time 
up to 108; but many died before the end of the year, chiefly of typhoid 
fever. : 


466 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Effect of offering 


“Triphena pronuba, Hepialus humuli, Cossus ligniperda, 
Zeuzera esculi, and Apamea didyma (all imagines).—Eaten 
with the greatest relish by a Persian Bulbul [Pycnonotus leu- 
cotis]}. 

“As regards flies (Musca domestica), I never saw anything 
like the eagerness which the Nightingales, Sedge- and 
Willow-Warbler showed for them, eating them in all stages 
(I had about half a pint of their maggots sifted out of a heap 
of refuse from the cages); the maggots were also greedily 
picked up by my Wrynecks. 

“Finches will eat any green caterpillar and all varieties of 
Mamestra brassice ; the Indigo Finch of North America and 
the Chaftinch prefer them infinitely to mealworms. 

“As regards other insects, the common broad centipede 
(Lithobius forficatus) is greedily eaten by Le¢othrix and the 
Brambling ; the latter bird will eat almost anything, even 
including Woodlice, which most birds reject after pinching 
them *, and I verily believe it would eat the nauseous kinds ; 
it would be a good bird to try with. 

“¢ Karwigs are eaten by all birds [which are] quick enough 
to pick them up; several species of plant-bugs (evil-smelling) 
and a Coccinella bipunctata were eaten by my Letothrizx. 

“ Pterostichus madidus.—Greedily broken up and devoured 
by my Nightingales. 

““T found the larve of Hyponomeuta padella and an 
allied species from the hedges almost invariably rejected by 
most birds; the Nightingales would sometimes eat them 
when hungry ¢; on the other hand, my Rose-Finch (Carpo- 
dacus) devoured them with avidity.” 

My second letter contained a few additional notes :— 

“I gave the larva of Spdlosoma menthastri to my Missel- 
Thrush yesterday, and he seized it immediately, rubbed it 
about on the earth to get rid of the hair, and swallowed it. 
I do not think that most birds would eat hairy caterpillars ; 
a friend informed me yesterday (Mr. H. Powell) that his fowls 
invariably refuse them. I should be almost afraid to try the 
Nightingales, as they are such voracious little fellows that 
they might swallow them heedlessly and kill themselves; 
and this brings me to your question as to their age. They 
were hatched about the first week of June, taken from the 
nest when nine days old, and I got them the following day ; 
they have therefore been full-grown since about the third 
week in July; indeed, the day after the feast on Cerura I 


* Quite recently I noticed my Blue Tits eating them with avidity. 
+ Being very voracious, this was sometimes possible to them. 


various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. 467 


had to separate them, in consequence of their fighting almost 
incessantly in the vicious manner of adult birds. 

“ With regard to Orgyia 9: my lizards never ate it, and 
I could not understand why, as they must sometimes have 
seen it hanging on a bramble-leaf in the vivarium or feebly 
kicking on its back after laying its unfertilized eggs. 

“My sole remaining Wryneck is at present strong and 
lively, and readily picks up caterpillars, especially green ones ; 
mealworms and earwigs it licks, but they are too smooth and 
hard-shelled to suit its taste. I find, however, that it will eat 
the common house-fly in all stages, including the pupa, which 
it picks up with its bill, not with its tongue. 

“As to instinctive likes or dislikes: my little Sedge- 
Warbler is tond of Pieris brassice, chases him over the cage 
until he has pinned him down, and then knocks him about 
until little more than the body remains, and this he swallows ; 
in his natural state I do not believe the Sedge- Warbler would 
even look at anything so big, there being plenty of small flies 
and spiders amongst the reeds and sedges. I much doubt 
whether a Missel-Thrush would chase a white butterfly if at 
liberty ; but in a large cage he does so in the most reckless 
manner, sometimes quite damaging his appearance by cutting 
his face against the wires in his eagerness to seize his prey. 

“ Generally speaking, when I say that an insect is eaten 
by any species, it has not been tried with any other; in the 
case of Pterostichus madidus, however, the Missel-Thrush has 
eaten it; he and the Nightingales have both eaten the common 
cockroach with evident relish. 

** About a month since a man brought me about a dozen 
full-grown larve of the large cockchater (Melolontha), which 
were greedily eaten by the Missel-Thrush, Song-Thrush, 
Blackbird, Skylark, and Bulbul ; the dirty stains all over the 
walls of their cages remain to this day. 

“Yesterday my Missel-Thrush and one of my Starlings 
took the grey-tailed humble-bee, and after a few rubs swal- 
lowed them whole; the Starling certainly swallowed his alive 
and kicking.” 

My third letter merely gives the results recorded on the 
first day of my diary, which commenced on the 


16th August. 


Offered larva of Acronycta alni to Missel-Thrush ; crushed 
and contents eaten ; skin left. 

Vanessa urtice (larva).—Offered to Weaver-birds and 
Brambling ; rejected without trial. To Nightingale; killed 


468 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Effect of offering 


and swallowed, ejected and again swallowed. To Song- 
Thrush ; thoroughly crushed and then swallowed. 

Pupa of V. urtice to Missel-Thrush, Bulbul, and Starling ; 
crushed and eaten with evident relish. T’o Skylark, Levo- 
thrix, and Nightingales ; contents swallowed, the shell left. 

Imago of V. urtice to Missel-Thrush, Song-Thrush, Leio- 
thriz, Starlings, Blackbird, Bulbul, and Nightingale; eaten 
by all with pleasure excepting the Blackbird, which hesitated 
before finishing it. On the other hand, it was rejected without 
trial by the Sedge-Warbler, Wryneck, Cape Canary, and 
Rose-F inch. 


17th August. 


Offered larva of V. urtiece to Missel-Thrush, which rubbed 
it about and then swallowed it. To Ledothrix, which swal- 
lowed the contents but rejected the skin. Three Nightin- 
gales and a Starling eagerly devoured the larve entire; a 
Chaffinch ate part, but did not seem to relish it. 

Pupa of V. urtice to Chaffinch, which pecked but rejected 
it. ‘wo Siskins, two Cordon-bleus and sixteen other Wax- 
bills (Hstrelda, spp.), four Munia rufo-nigra, two other 
Munias, and the Rose-Finch entirely ignored them. On the 
other hand, two Nightingales and a Skylark seized and ate 
them at once. 

Imago of V. urtice to Missel-Thrush, Nightingale, Indigo 
Finch, and Chaftinch, all of which ate it without hesitation. 
It was, however, rejected by the Sedge-Warbler, and my 
eighteen Waxbills were all afraid of it. 


18th August. 


Offered pupa of V. urtice to Missel-Thrush, four Song- 
Thrushes, Blackbird, Bulbul, and Nightingale ; eaten by all 
without hesitation; it was ignored by the Wryneck. 

Imago of V. urtice to Nightingales, which ate them at 
once. 

Offered earwig to Sedge-Warbler ; not eaten. 


19th August. 


Offered larva of Mamestra brassice to Sedge-Warbler, 
which at once seized and devoured it. A spider (Adtus, sp.) 
was also eaten without hesitation. A second larva of JL. 
brassice was offered to the Wryneck, but, being of the brown 
variety, he licked but did not eat it ; the Sedge-Warbler took 
it directly. 


various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds, 469 


20th August. 


Brown variety of larva of I. brassice again rejected by 


Wryneck. 
21st August. 


Grey-tailed humble-bee eaten by Missel-Thrush ; larve of 
Mamestra brassice by Wryneck!, Sedge-Warbler, Nightin- 
gales, and Indigo Finch; larva of Ganorts rape by Sedge- 
Warbler ; butterflies of G. rape and brassice by Nightin- 
gales, Sedge-Warbler, Bulbul, Lecothriz, Starling, Blackbird, 
and Thrushes; refused by Cape Canary, Common Canary, 
Chafiinch *, and Weaver-birds; an evil-smelling brown 
plant-bug eaten by Ledothriz, and various spiders (Theridion 
and Hpeira) by Sedge- Warbler. 

23rd August. 

Larvee of buff ermine moth given to Missel-Thrush; played 
with (as a cat plays with a mouse), then rubbed about to get 
rid ot the hair, and eaten. Larva of G@. brassice offered to 


Wryneck ; licked, but I believe not eaten. Harvest-spider 
eaten by Nightingale. 


24th August. 


Epeira diademata eaten by Nightingale, but not swallowed 
whole as a mealworm would be; red-tailed humble-bee 
offered to Missel-Thrush, but ignored. 


25th August. 


Caterpillar of buff ermine given to Blackbird; rubbed 
about in the sand and then eaten. Oniscus asellus and ear- 
wigs eaten without hesitation by Nightingales; numerous 
caterpillars of Apamea didyma eaten with avidity by Sedge- 
Warbler, Wryneck, and Rose Finch; caterpillars of Ganoris 
rape eaten with evident pleasure by Wryneck. 


28th August. 


Gave caterpillar of buff ermine to Song-Thrush; killed at 
once and subsequently eaten, though not immediately. A 
second caterpillar offered to Weaver- birds, which ignored it ; 
they also rejected a larva of Ganoris brassice, which, how- 
ever, was at once eaten by the Missel-Thrush ; a caterpillar 
of G. rape was killed and partly eaten by the Indigo Finch 
and finished by the Chaffinch; others were again eaten by 


* This is curious, because the same Chatfinch now eats these butter- 
flies with the greatest pleasure. 


470 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Effect of offering 


the Wryneck and Sedge-Warbler; Epetra diademata by 
Nightingales, Indigo Finch, and Chaffinch, and a small one 
by Cordon-bleu (Red-eared African Waxbill). The Wax- 


bills never refuse spiders. 
29th August. 


Caterpillars of Ganoris brassice given to Nightingales ; 
killed but not eaten. The Song-Thrush and Starling, how- 
ever, ate them without hesitation. Caterpillars of G. rape 
again eaten by Wryneck. 


30th August. 


Caterpillars of G. brassice eaten by Missel-Thrush, Song- 
Thrush, and Starling, rejected by Indigo Finch; again killed 
but not eaten by Nightingales ; caterpillars of G. rape eaten 
by all my soft-billed birds, by the Indigo Finch, and 
Chaffinch. A caterpillar of G. brassice was rejected by a 
pair of Orange Weavers, but they were both at the time in a 
dying condition. 


31st August. 


Caterpillars of G. brassice killed and the contents (but 
not the skin) eaten by Bulbul; swallowed entire by Missel- 
Thrush ; eaten, apparently without relish, by Song-'lhrushes ; 
killed but not eaten by Blackbird; caterpillars of G. rape 
eaten as before by all soft-billed birds, Indigo Finch, and 
Chaffinch; small spider (Zegenaria, sp.) eaten by Sedge- 
Warbler ; caterpillars of Mamestra brassice were eaten by 
many of the birds, but I have never known this species alto- 
gether refused by any insectivorous bird in good health; the 
Wryneck alone objects to the brown variety, but he will get 
over this in time I believe. 


4th September. 


Largest-sized Tegenaria domestica given to Nightingales, 
Missel-Thrush, and Bulbul, and eaten with the greatest 
relish; large specimen of Epeira diademata eaten by Wax- 
bills ; earwigs eaten by Nightingales. 


6th September. 


Gave caterpillar of Cossus ligniperda to Missel-Thrush, 
which tasted but did not relish it; took it away and offered 
it to Blackbird, which ate it at once and made the whole place 
smell horribly. Gave caterpillars of Ganoris brassice to 
Missel-Thrush and Starling; the former swallowed them 
whole, the latter tasted and then rejected them. 


various Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. A471 


7th September. 

Again gave caterpillars of G. brassice to Missel-Thrush, 
Nightingales, and Starlings; the Starlings treated them as 
before, but the others ate them at once. Specimens of Epetra 
diademata eaten by Cordon-bleu and Nightingale; earwig by 
Nightingale. 


9th September. 


Caterpillar of G. rape offered to Letothrix, but ignored ; 
eaten at once by Nightingale and Wryneck. A wasp flew 
into young Thrush’s cage, was at once seized and killed; the 
Thrush apparently was stung, as it dropped the wasp and 
abruptly retired to the back of the cage; subsequently he 
returned and ate the wasp. 


10th September. 


Caterpillars of Mamestra brassice eaten by Wryneck! and 
Nightingales ; caterpillar of Pygera bucephala by Missel- 
Thrush. 


11th September. 


Caterpillar of Orgyia antiqua eaten by Missel-Thrush ; of 
G. rape by Wryneck, Nightingales, and Robin; of Ma- 
mestra brassice by Wryneck and Letothrix; Epeira diade- 
mata by Cordon-bleu. 


At this point I went away from home, and nothing worth 
recording occurred until the 18th, when I again gave a cater- 
pillar of Orgyta antiqua to the Missel-Thrush, which rubbed 
it about and ate it; Hristalis tenax was eaten by Nightingales*. 
Quedius tristis was also swallowed immediately when offered 
to Letothrix; a caterpillar of the buff ermine was unac- 
countably refused by the Missel-Thrush, but eaten by the 
Blackbird. 


19th September. 

Eristalis again eaten by Nightingales and earwigs by 
Letothriz ; caterpillars of Ganoris brassice eaten by Missel- 
Thrush and Starlings; tasted but rejected with disgust by 
Nightingales ; licked but refused by Wryneck. 

21st September. 

Eristalis offered to Brambling and Rose-Finch ; refused by 

voth, the latter being evidently alarmed by its appearance ; 


* This year (1889) I have given many to Wagtails, Great Tits, the 
American Nonpareil, and various Weavers, all of which ate them, the 
Weavers alone showing the least suspicion of them. 


472 Effect of offering Insects, Larve, and Pupe to Birds. 


seized and eaten with evident pleasure by Indigo Finch. 
(N.B.—AII these birds are moulting and therefore out of con- 
dition.) Earwigs eaten by Robin and Levothriz, refused by 
Rose-F inch. 

At this point, having purchased many birds to replace 
losses amongst my Finches, I numbered 108 birds. 


22nd September. 


Eristalis eaten with pleasure by Indigo Finch and Lezo- 
thriv, Nightingales, Robin, Bulbul, and Missel-Thrush ; 
ignored by Orange-Weavers, Wryneck, Rose-Finch, and 
Song-Thrush ; examined but refused by Waxbills; killed at 
once and reluctantly eaten by Starling. Full-grown Epezra 
diademata seized and greedily eaten by Robin, ignored by 
Orange- Weavers. 


25th September. 


Gave an imago of Phlogophora meticulosa to Leiothriz ; the 
cock bird flew down and examined it attentively for some 
time, evidently half deceived by: its leaf-like appearance ; 
eventually he pecked it, and, becoming convinced of its 
edibility, tore it to pieces and devoured it with great satis- 
faction. Earwigs were eaten by Levothrix, Nightingales, 
Bulbul, Robin, and Starling ; a number of small spiders and 
young larve of Apamea didyma eaten by Waxbills. 


26th September. 
Epeira and Agelena eaten with pleasure by Robin, Night- 
ingales, Levothriz, and Waxbills. 
27th September. 
Eristalis eaten by Letothriz. 


28th September. 
Eristalis again eaten by Lezothriz, Robin, and Nightin- 
gales ; rejected after examination by Waxbills. 
29th September. 


Caterpillar of buff ermine offered to Missel-Thrush but 
ignored ; seized at once by Blackbird, passed backwards and 
forwards between his beak until nearly all the hairs were 
rubbed off, then swallowed. 

30th September. 


Caterpillars of Mamestra and Apamea eaten by Waxbills. 


Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Species of Rhax. 473 


1st October. 
Caterpillar of Mamestra persicarie offered to Wryneck ; 
licked, but rejected; immediately eaten by Nightingale. 
2nd October. 
Quedius eaten by Leiothrix. 
3rd October. 


Caterpillar of Mamestra persicarie rejected (as too large to 
swallow) by Wryneck ; eaten at once by Nightingale. 


5th October. 
Caterpillar of Spilosoma menthastri eaten by Blackbird. 


After this date nothing occurred worth recording, as L 
found it difficult to obtain insects of any kind with the excep- 
tion of mealworms and a few house-flies, 

It is noteworthy, from an examination of the above records, 
that no insect in any stage excepting the red-tailed humble- 
bee (which, by the way, I only offered to the Missel-Thrush) 
was rejected by all my birds; those insects which were 
refused by certain species were eagerly devoured by others, 
so that it was impossible to conclude that any of them enjoyed 
perfect immunity from destruction. In the second place, so 
far from my birds learning by experience to reject with scorn 
that which they had proved to be unpalatable, I found that 
in some instances they seemed to acquire a taste for larve 
previously refused. Birds are very intelligent, but their 
memories are ridiculously short. 


LX.—A new Species of Rhax. By R. I. Pocock, 
of the British Museum (Natural History). 


Rhax semiflava, sp. n. 


Clothed with more or less golden hairs. 

Colour.—The cephalic plate and cheliceree chocolate-brown ; 
thoracic membrane white ; sides of the abdomen paler brown ; 
first five abdominal tergites dark brown on the upper surface ; 
the succeeding four tergites pale testaceous above; the anal 
somite wholly blackish ; under surface of the body wholly 
testaceous. Legs mostly testaceous ; the maxillary palpi with 
chocolate-brown tarsus and metatarsus; the first pair of legs 
with brown terminal segment; dactyli of chelicerz and ocular 
tubercle black. 

Chelicere.— Movable digit bearing a minute tooth in 
front of the large principal tooth, and with a single small 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 34 


474 My. R. I. Pocock on a new Species of Glomeris. 


tooth behind and on the inner side of the large tooth; the 
immovable dactylus with two teeth in front of the largest 
tooth; behind the largest tooth on the outer side is a series of 
six teeth and on the inner side a series of four teeth; the 
hinder margin of the space between these teeth furnished with 
two or three denticles. 

_ Under surface of the penultimate segment of the palpus 
armed with many spines, interspersed with coarser and finer 
hairs. 

Tibize of second and third pair of legs armed distally with 
a single spine; proximal tarsal segment of second and third 
pairs armed with six or seven spines above and the second 
pair with a single distal spine behind. 

Fourth pair of legs not spined. 

Measurements in millimetres of male specimen.—Length of 
chelicera 133, of cephalic plate 6, of abdomen 20 ; total length 
424; leneth of maxillary palpi 20; width of cephalic plate 

4, of abdomen 103. 

A single specimen from Kohat, in the Punjab. Collected 
and presented to the British Museum by Lieut. A. Greme 
Batten. 

This species may be recognized by having the anterior 
half of the upper surface of the abdomen black and the pos- 
terior half white or rather testaceous. 


LXIL.—A new Species of Glomeris from Borneo. By R. I. 
Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History). 


Glomeris concolor, sp. 0. 


Colour wholly pale testaceous above and beneath. Tergites 
exceedingly finely and closely punctured. The nuchal plate 
marked with two parallel striz ; the first tergite laterally with 
about nine fine striz and on the vertex with about six; the 
rest of the tergites with two strie. 

Eye on each side composed of nine ocelli, eight in a gently 
curved longitudinal series and one on the outer side of the 
upper end of the series. 

A single female specimen in the Museum Collection, pre- 
served in alcohol, and brought from Borneo by the Rey. G. 
Brown. 

This species resembles Glomeris carnifex * in possessing 
a large number of striz on the first dorsal plate. It differs 
from all the species of the genus in being coloured through- 
out of a uniform testaceous tint. 


* Pocock, Journ, Linn. Soe. xxi. p. 290. 


Miscellaneous. 475 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


An Iilustrated Manual of British Birds. By Howarp SAUNDERS, 

F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. Parts xili-xx. 
Tue issue of the concluding part of this book imposes upon us the 
pleasing duty of congratulating the Author of what may certainly 
be considered one of “the most useful of recent publications. The 
accuracy which marked the earlier portion has been fully sustained 
in the remainder, and no pains have been spared to render the 
volume as complete as possible; while, without adding to the esti- 
mated expense, maps have been furnished of the United Kingdom, 
Europe, and the North Polar district, showing the elevation of the 
land and the depth of the surrounding seas in the first two cases. 
The labour involved in the constant condensation necessitated by 
the plan of the work must have been enormous, especially in such 
articles as those on the Red Greuse, Curlew, Great Bustard, 
and Great Auk; yet we notice that space is found for many 
useful details—for example, the critical differences between the 
Arctic, Common, and Roseate Terns, the Slavonian and Eared Grebes, 
the Arctic and Long-tailed Skuas, the eggs of the Guillemot and 
Razorbill. 

The new woodcut of the Great Auk is taken from Bullock’s 
Orkney specimen, while the Killdeer and Sociable Plovers, the 
Mediterranean Black-headed Gull, the Solitary Sandpiper, the 
Lesser Golden Plover, and the White-billed Northern Diver are 
recognized as British birds, and the first three are figured. 
The Spotted Sandpiper, on the other hand, is now rejected. 
Besides this, the names Wedge-tailed Gull, Bonaparte’s Gull, and 
Little Tern have been substituted for Cuneate-tailed Gull, Bona- 
partian Gull, and Lesser Tern, which were employed by Yarrell and 
which Mr. Saunders evidently felt constrained to employ in the 4th 
edition of the work which bears that author’s name; the changes 
rendered possible by the absence of that feeling being decided improve- 
ments. A new derivation is suggested for the word ‘ Avocet;’ the 
discovery of the Pectoral Sandpiper’ s eggs has been made since the 
4th edition of ‘ Yarrell’ appeared ; and a probable occurrence of 
the Great Auk in the St. Kilda group has been lately brought to 
light. 

“In the Appendix, among further notes on several species, are to 
be found important records of the breeding of the Sand-Grouse and 
Snow-Bunting in Scotland, with the capture in Britain of Emberiza 
cioides. ‘The “Introduction contains a list of the families and genera, 
with characters of the latter ; while in the full and thorough Index 
we are glad to see that different type is used to distinguish the above 
as well as the species, and that in cases of local or little-known 
names the usual English equivalents have been added in brackets, 
to avoid the necessity of a double reference. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Note on the Occurrence of a Species of Bothriceps in the Karoo 
System of South Africa. By R. Lypexxer. 


Specimens of skulls of a small Labyrinthodont from the Karoo 
System of the Orange Free State preserved in the British Museum 


476 Miscellaneous. 


(nos. R. 506-508) agree so closely in general characters with the 
genus Bothriceps, Huxley, presumably from the Hawkesbury Beds of 
Australia, that they may be regarded as indicating a new species of 
that genus, for which I propose the name Bothriccps Hualeyt. 

The skull of this species is distinguished from that of the typical 
B. australis by its smaller size and narrower contour, the extreme 
Jength being about 2? inches in the specimen which I take as the 
type (no. R. 507). ‘The sculpture is of the pitted nature charac- 
teristic of the typical species of Bothriceps, which at once serves to 
distinguish this form from Petrophryne, Owen, which (as Prof. von 
Zittel has pointed out) appears to be inseparable from Micropholis, 
Huxley. 

The occurrence of Bothriceps in the Australian Hawkesbury Beds 
and the Karoo System of the Cape district is paralleled by that of 
the Ganoid genus Clithrolepis, which Mr. Smith Woodward has 
recently recorded from the latter deposits. 


On the Phosphorescent Infection of the Talitri and other Crustaceans. 
By M. A. Grarp. 


Several naturalists have noted the phenomenon of phosphorescence 
in Amphipoda of different groups and often badly determined (Gam- 
marus, Talitrus, Orchestia, &c.). Tilesius, Viviani, Suriray, and 
Snellen van Vollenhoven have cited cases of this kind, and the Rev. 
T. Stebbing, in the admirable bibliography of his Report upon the 
‘ Challenger ’ Amphipoda, has summarized these older observations. 
In most cases the observed phosphorescence did not belong to the 
animal itself. In Valitrus, especially, M. de Quatrefages has indi- 
eated the cause of this apparent phosphorescence; it is due to 
Noctilucee which attach themselves to the carapace of the Amphipod 
as they lie upon the damp sand after the retreat of the tide*. 
Therefore my surprise was great when, on the 3rd September last, 
I found on the beach at Wimereux -a phosphorescent Talitrus of 
such intense and continuous lustre that the Noctiluce evidently had 
no part in the phenomenon. It was at 10 o’clock at night, and 
notwithstanding the brightness of the moon, then nearly at the 
full, the luminous TYalitrus could be perceived at a distance of 
several metres. The light was greenish; it proceeded from the 
interior of the body of the Crustacean, which was completely illu- 
minated to the extremities of the antenne and legs, and presented 
no dark points except the two eyes, which formed two black spots 
upon this brilliant ground. The animal walked slowly upon the 
sand, instead of leaping briskly like its congeners. All search made 
on the same night and following evenings to find other Zalhtri in 
the same state were absolutely unsuccessful. 

This excessive rarity of the phosphorescent Yaliéri upon a beach 
on which those animals exist in thousands led me to suppose that 
we had to do here with a parasitic action rather than a physio- 
logical peculiarity. Therefore the next day I examined under the 
microscope a leg cut off from the luminous animal. This limb 
proved to be stuffed with Bacteria swarming among the muscles, 
and particularly visible in the terminal joints, which were thinner 
and more transparent. Under the influence of this microbe the 

* “Sur la phosphorescence de quelques Invertébrés marins,” in Ann. 
Sci. Nat. sér. 3, vol. xiv. p. 236, 1850 (see also ‘ Silliman’s Journal,’ vols. xv. 
and xvi., and ‘ Annals,’ ser, 2, vol. xii. pp. 15 and 180, 1858). 


Miscellaneous. ATT 


muscles presented a profound alteration, which explained the en- 
feebling of the animal’s movements. 

To study the Bacteria more completely I collected a drop of blood 
from the Yalitrus and added to it a drop of gentian-violet. Thus 
treated the Bacterian was brightly coloured. It presents the form 
of a Diplobacterivm measuring about 2 »; each of the geminate 
joints is less than 1 p. ‘There are also chaplets of three or four 
joints, rarely more, and here and there a few isolated bacilli, a little 
longer (3-5 1). 

The phosphorescent disease being manifestly of an infectious 
nature, I tried inoculations upon Talitrt and Orchestie (0. littorea, 
Mont.). For this purpose I cut off two more legs of the luminous 
Talitrus. Each of these was torn up separately in blood of Talitrus 
and of Orchestia; then with a sterilized needle I pricked the Talitri 
and the Orchestie on the sides of the body, taking care not to wound 
the liver or touch the dorsal vessel, in order to avoid a too abundant 
hemorrhage. I then applied a drop of virus to the wounded places, 
and the inoculated animals were enclosed in glasses furnished with 
a thin layer of sand, and covered over and placed in the cellar of the 
laboratory at the temperature of 59°-64° F. 

The result exceeded my expectations. Of the Talitri inoculated 
on the 6th September six began to shine on the 8th and appeared 
on the evening of the 9th as brilliant as the first luminous Yalitrus. 
Out of a dozen Orchestie inoculated the same day three became 
phosphorescent on the 9th and were resplendent on the 10th. I 
have since continued the inoculations, operating about every two 
days ; and I possess at present Yalitri of the sixth luminous genera- 
tion and Orchestiw of the fourth generation. The action of the 
microbe does not seem to diminish at all, and in the evening the 
cellar of the laboratory presents a fairy aspect, which is the admira- 
tion of the bathers staying at Wimereux. 

The Bacteria is not modified by passing into the Orchestia ; Talitri 
inoculated with virus taken from Orchestie of the third generation 
behaved as if they had been infected by the blood of other Valitri. 

The disease follows a very regular course. At first one sees only 
a luminous point at the place of the puncture. After the lapse of 
from forty-eight to sixty hours the whole animal is phosphorescent, 
but with a white light which has little external diffusion. At this 
time the Talitrus still shows great activity. After the third or 
fourth day the phosphorescence becomes brilliant and of a fine 
greenish tint and the animal throws out a bright light around it. 
It may be perceived at a distance of 10 metres, and two Yalitri 
suffice to enable one to see the time by a watch as in full daylight. 
At this phase of the malady the Talitrus progresses more slowly ; it 
can still issue from its burrow, which it illuminates, and return 
there if disturbed. The period of this state may last from three to 
six days; then comes a period of immobility, during which the 
phosphorescence retains all its brilliancy. Lastly, in three or four 
more days the animal dies; the body remains phosphorescent for 
some hours and then acquires a very characteristic brown tint. 
Frequently the point of inoculation is surrounded by a small blackish 
circle. Lowering of the temperature seems to prolong the life of 
the animal; Yalitri inoculated on the 9th September and kept at a 
temperature of 50°-57° F. were still living on the 22nd September. 


478 Miscellaneous. 


In the Orchestie the inoculations do not succeed so easily because 
the operation is more delicate; but the animal longer retains its 
muscular power: an Orchestia inoculated on the 12th still jumped 
on the 19th, although it was in full phosphorescence. The TYalitri 
and Orchestiw in which the inoculation does not succeed remain in 
perfect health long after their congeners are dead; the puncture, 
when well made, therefore is not serious in itself. 

I have inoculated examples of Hyale Nilssoni, Rathke, with perfect 
success ; in these little Amphipoda phosphorescence is produced in 
forty-eight hours. Specimens of Ligia oceanica, Linn., though more 
resistant, also gave a favourable result. Of six Ligice unsuccessfully 
inoculated on the 10th and reinoculated on the 16th only one was 
infected ; but after the 20th it presented an admirable spectacle. 

I have also succeeded in inoculating crabs (Carcinus menas, 
Linn., and Platyonychus latipes, Penn.). In these animals, how- 
ever, the morbid phenomena are much more complex, and I will 
notice them in a subsequent communication. At the same time I 
will describe my experiments in the culture of the Bacteria in arti- 
ficial media.—Comptes Rendus, September 23, 1889, p. 503. 


On the Parasitic Castration of the Typhlocybe by a Hymenopterous 
Larva (Aphelopus melaleucus, Dalim.) and by a Dipterous Larva 
(Atelenevra spuria, Mezg.). By M. A. Grarp. 

The Hymenopterous and Dipterous larve parasitic upon Typhlocyba 
noticed by the author in a former communication * belong, the 
former to Aphelopus melaleucus, Dalm., the latter to Atelenevra 
spuria, Meig. (A. velutina, Macq., Chalarus spurius, Schin.). 

These insects, like their hosts the Zyphlocybe, have two genera- 
tionsin the year: one, proceeding from pupze formed during the second 
fortnight in June, comes out at the beginning of July; the other 
infests the second generation of Vyphlocyba, enters the pupa state 
towards the end of September or in October, and probably passes 
the winter in that state, producing the perfect insect in the following 
spring. 

Combining these observations with those of Perris (on the parasi- 
tism of Dryinus pedestris, Dalm., upon Athysanus maritimus, Perris) 
and of J. Mik (on the parasitism of Gonatopus pilosus, Thoms., upon 
Deltocephalus xanihoneurus, Fieb.) it seems probable that the Proc- 
totrupians of the family Dryinide are generally parasitic upon 
Homoptera of the family Jassidee, 

On the other hand, as regards the Diptera, the present observation, 
especially in conjunction with Boheman’s statements, particularly 
as to the infestation of Crcadula virescens, Fall. (Thamnotettix sul- 
phurella, Zett.), by the larva of Pipunculus fuscipes, Fall., makes it 
probable that the Diptera of the family Pipunculide are also generally 
parasitic upon Jassidee. 

The Typhlocybe with yellow or whitish elytra form a small group 
of species often living side by side upon the same trees, and resem- 
bling each other so closely that it is almost impossible to distin- 
guish them. Mr. James Edwards, of Norwich, has recently called 
attention to the very distinct differential characters presented by 
the male genital armature in these different species. In accordance 


* Comptes Rendus, July 8, 1889, p. 79; see Annals, supra, p. 254, 


Miscellaneous. 479 


with his researches the T'yphlocybe of the horse-chestnut indicated 
in the former note as 7’. rosw, Linn., really belong to two distinct 
species, viz., 7’. hippocastani, J. Edw., and 7. Douglasi, J. Edw., 
which are equally common on the trees of the Luxembourg. These 
two species may be attacked by the two parasites here mentioned ; 
but the Aphelopus especially infests 7. hippocastani, while the 
Atelenevra almost always occurs in 7’. Douglasi. 

The females of 7’. hippocastani and 7’. Douglasi are very difficult to 
distinguish ; nevertheless in the latter the ovipositor is more robust 
and presents only a single curvature, while in 7’, hippocastani it is 
thinner and doubly curved in the form of ascimitar. In individuals 
of both species parasitized by Aphelopus the ovipositor is generally 
much reduced and incapable of penetration, but Atelenevra seems to 
have much less influence on the development of this organ. 

As regards the male genital armature, in 7’. Douglasi the penis is 
simple and the lateral pieces have the form of legs; parasitic castra- 
tion, whether by Aphelopus or Atelenevra, causes very slight modifiva- 
tions init. In 7. hippocastant the lateral pieces are simple and 
slender arcs, but the penis presents a very complex structure and 
terminates in a fork with eight branches of very elegant form. In 
the males parasitized by Atelenevra, and especially in those infested 
by Aphelopus, the penis undergoes considerable reductions; it has 
sometimes six, sometimes four, and sometimes only three branches. 
The specific character is thus greatly modified, and some of the forms 
might easily be confounded with 7. rose, Linn., or V. Lethierryi, 
J. Edw. 

Modifications of equal extent occur in certain singular organs, the 
existence of which in the males of Typhlocyba does not appear to 
have been noticed, and of which the function is quite unknown. 
These are two invaginations of the ectoderm which start from the 
ventral surface of the first abdominal segment and extend like the 
fingers of a glove to the extremity of the fourth segment or a little 
further. The author regards them as homologous with the stridu- 
lant organs of the male Cicadas. In the males of 7. Douglasiand 7. 
hippocastant infested by Aphelopus or Atelenevra the ventral invagi- 
nations are much reduced, reaching only, in general, to the second 
abdominal segment, and often forming only two little pockets on the 
first segment. 

Aphelopus melaleucus appears to be pretty common; it has been 
met with at Wimereux and in the wood at Meudon upon 7. hippo- 
castani and 7’. ulmi, which often live together upon the elm, with 
T. opaca, J. Edw. In these localities the sac which contains the 
larva instead of being yellow as in the Luxembourg garden, is usually 
of a blackish colour. This colour is evidently protective of the more 
numerous individuals living upon 7. w/mi, the abdomen of which is 
black, and is probably due to heredity in the others. Perhaps, 
moreover, Aphelopus presents varieties in the different species of 
Typhlocyba which it infests: Walker has described fifteen forms of 
this Hymenopteron, and the individual figured by him differs in 
certain characters from those examined by the author, who says 
that) he has been unable to find the least trace of the cells of the 
fore wings, and that the palpus possesses only five joints instead of 
six.—Comptes Rendus, Noy. 4, 1889, p. 708. 


INDEX to VOL. IV. 


ABLABES, new species of, 220. 

Acarina, on marine, 250, 

Acrea, new species of, 165. 

Algeria, new species of, 78. 

AMolosoma, on certain species of, 
262. 

Alcock, A., on the bathybial fishes 
of the Bay of Bengal, 576, 450. 
Alcyonidium, on the reproduction of 

some species of, 407. 

Ambulyx, new species of, 78. 

Amphipoda, notes on British, 113. 

Ampullaria, new species of, 47, 183. 

Angelopsis, on the anatomy of, 146. 

Aparchites, new species of, 272. 

Apirocalus, new species of, 364. 

Arthropoda, on the possible origin of 
the Malpighian tubules in tie, 
290. 

Aspicera, new species of, 142. 

Aspidophryxus, new species of, 109. 

Sarsiil, note on, 1x1. 

Astrogonium, new species of, 435. 

Atherstonia, characters of the new 
genus, 241, 

Bate, C.S., on anew genus of Ma- 
erura, 67. 

Bather, F. A., on Pentacrini from 
Basle, 49. 

Bathypterois, new species of, 450, 

Batrachia, new, 222, 244. 

Baur, Dr. G., on Meiolania, 37. 

Beania hirtissima, observations on, 4. 

Beddard, F., on certain species of 
/Kolosoma, 262; on the possible 
origin of the Malpighian tubules 
in the Arthropoda, 290. 

Bedot, M.,on the preservation of the 
lower marine animals, 111. 

Bell, Prof. F. J., on deep-sea Echino- 
dermata from the 8.W. coast of 
Treland, 452. 

Birds, new, 252, 320, 400 ; on insects 
supposed to be distasteful to, 171, 
358, 463. 

Bonnier, J., on the morphology and 
systematic position of the Dajidee, 
108. 

Books, new :—Chapman’s Bird-Life 
of the Borders, 102; Watson’s 
Sylvan Folk, 105; Bennett and 


Murrays Cryptogamic 
104; Buckler’s Larve of the 
British Butterflies and Moths, | 
248; Brady and Norman’s Marine 
and Freshwater Ostracoda of the 
North Atlantic and of North- 
western Hurope, 402; Jones and 
Sherborn’s Supplementary Mono- 
graph of the Tertiary Entomostraca 
of England, 404; Buller’s Classified 
List of Mr. 8. W. Silver’s Collec- 
tion of New-Zealand Birds, 405 ; 
Howard Saunders’s Manual of 
British Birds, 475. 

Bothriceps, on the occurrence of, in 
the Karoo system of South Africa, 
475. 

Bothrodendron, new species of, 65. 

Botia, new species of, 228, 

Boulenger, G. A., on new Reptiles 
and Batrachians, 244; on a new 
snake and two new fishes, 265; on 
new Typhlopide, 360, 

Brephostoma, characters of the new 
genus, 533, 

Brongniart, C., on the cockroaches 
of the Carboniferous epoch, 112. 
Browneichthys, characters of the new 

genus, 407. 

Brycea, new species of, 88. 

Bryozoa, on Australian, 1; on the 
reproduction of some Ctenostoma- 
tous, 407. 

Buckman, 8. 8., on the descent of 
Sonninia and Hammatoceras, 176. 

Butler, A. G., on a new Chalcosiid 
moth, 53; on insects supposed to 
be distasteful to birds, 171, 463. 

Buttertlies, on the habits of certain 
Bornean, 209. 

Bythocypris, new species of, 270. 

Cacosceles, note on the genus, 374. 

Calcisponge, on a true Leuconid, 
from the Upper Lias of North- 
amptonshire, and on detached, 
spicules in the Upper Chalk of 
Surrey, 352, 

Candler, C., on lacustrine deposits in 
Suffolk, 106. 

Cardiomya, new species of, 423. 

Carter, H. J., on a new fossil Foram- 


Botany, 


INDEX. 


iniferan, 94; on Microciona spi- 
narcus, 249; on the relations hbe- 
tween fossil and existing sponges, 
280. 

Centrinus, new species of, 524. 

Ceratodus, on a tooth ef, 245. 

Chalimus, new species of, 110. 

Chalinelobus, on the nomenclature of 
the species of, 462. 

Chalinurus, new species of, 397. 

Chameleon, new species of, 244. 

Cheirecratus Sundevalli, observations 
on, 130. 

Chelonian remains from the Weal- 
den and Purbeck, 106. 

Chimera monstrosa, description of 
the egg of, 415. 

Chloritis, new species of, 201. 

Cheerocampa, new species of, 77, 

Claus, Prof. C., en the organism of 
the Siphenophora, 135. 

Cockroaches ef the Carbenifereus 
epoch, on the, 112. 

Ceelorhynchus, new 
391. 

Coleoptera, new, 45, 273, 321, 353. 

Coloconger, characters of the new 
genus, 456, 

Congromurena, new species of, 455. 

Copepod, on a parasitic, 110. 

fauna ef the ‘* Maare” of the 
Eifel, on the, 293. 

Cosmosoma, new species of, 84. 

Crustacea, new, 67, 113, 425, 473. 

Crustaceans, on the phosphorescent 
infection of some, 476. 

Cuspidaria, new species of, 423. 

Cyclops, new species of, 294. 

Cystechinus, new species of, 177. 

Dajidie, on the morphology and sys- 
tematic position of the, 108. 

Deep-sea trawling cruise off the 
S.W. Ceast of Lreland, report of 
a, 409. 

Diaptomus graciloides, notes on, 
295. 

Diceatria, new species of, 93. 

Discoidea cylindrica, on the peri- 
gnathie girdle of, 254. 

Dobson, G. E., on a new species of 
water-shrew, 372. 

Dreyer, F., on the structure of Rhi- 
zopod shells, 300, 

Druce, H., on new Lepidoptera, 77. 

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on the Creta- 
ceous species of Podoseris, 24; on 
the perignathic girdle of Discoidea 


species of, 


481 


cylindrica and of a species of 
Echinoconus, 234. 

Dycladia, new species of, 84. 

Dysomma, characters of the new 
genus, 459, 

Ebalia, new British species of, 426. 

Echinoconus, on the _ perignathic 
girdle of a species of, 238. 

Echinodermata, on deep-sea, from 
the S.W. coast of Ireland, 432. 

Kepantheria, new species of, 87. 

Hlapomorphus, new species of, 265. 

Elasmopus, characters of the genus, 
123. 

Enops, characters of the new ge- 
nus, 329. 

Entomostraca, on the Palzozeic bi- 
valved, 267. 

Erasmia, new species of, 53. 

Kryonidz, observaticns on the, 73. 

Eumeces, new species of, 220, 

Eupagurus, new British species of, 
423. 

Eurycormus, new species of, 405, 

Evius, new species of, 86. 

Fewkes, J. W., on Angelopsis, 146 ; 
on a new marine larva, 177; ona 
method of defence among certain 
Medusz, 342. 

Fishes, on Acanthodian, from the 
Devonian of Canada, 183; on aa 
extinct family of Chimeeroid, 275 ; 
on the bathybial, of the Bay of 
Bengal, 376, 450; new, 223, 239, 
249, 265, 376, 405, 415, 450. 

Fish-scales from Siberia, on Triassic, 
107. 

Foraminifera, on a new species of 
foss, 94; on reproduction in the, 
94; list of deep-sea, from the S.W. 
coast of Ireland, 447. 

Francolinns Altumi the male of F. 
Hildebrandti, 145. 

Gahan, C. J., on the genera Prio- 
tyrannus and Cacosceles, 574. 

Gall, on a, produced in Typhlocyba 
rose by a hymenopterous insect, 
254. 

Gavialiceps, characters of the new 
genus, 460. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 106, 176. 

Geotrochus, new species of, 201. 

Giard, A., on the morphology and 
systematic position of the Dajide, 
108 ; on the Sepiolze of the French 
coasts, 131; ona gall produced iu 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. iv. 35 


482 


Typhlocyba rose by a Hymeno- 
pterous insect, 254; on the phos- 
phorescent infection of some Crus- 
taceans, 476; on the parasitic cas- 
tration of Typhlocy bee, 478. 

Gill, T., on the generic name of the 
tunny and albicore, 3 330. 

Gingla, new species of, 82. 

Girardinus, new species of, 206. 

Glomeris, new species of, 474. 

Glyptophidium, characters of the 
new genus, 590. 

Grant, W. R. O., Francolinus Al- 
tumi the male of F. Hildebrandti, 
145; on a new Rail, 520. 

Green, Rev. W. S8., on a deep-sea 
trawling cruise off the 5.W. coast 
of Lreland, 409, 

Gregory, J. W., on a new species of 
C ystechinus, 177 le 

Giinther, Dr. A., on new reptiles and 
Aishiosy 218; on deep-sea fishes 
from the S.W. coast of Ireland, 
249, 415. 

Gymnopoda, new species of, ks 

Halieuteea, new species of, 

Halos ‘aurichthys, eiteractars 
new genus, 454. 

Halosaurus, new species of, 453. 

Halsidota, new species of, 86. 

Hammatoceras, on the descent of, 
176. 

Helicina, new species of, 203. 

Helix, new species of, 201. 

Helminthophis, new species of, 360. 

Hemignathus, new species of, 400, 

Herring, on the early life- history of 
the, 368. 

Hinde, Dr. G. J., ona true Leuconid 
Calcisponge from the Middle Lias 
of Northamptonshire, and on de- 
tached Calcisponge spicules in 
the Upper Chalk of Surrey, 352. 

Histeridz, new, 45. 

Holothuria, new species of, 445. 

Holt, E. W. L., on the early life- 
history of the herring, 568. 

Hope, R. “yon two new British 
sponges, 333, 
Horea, characters 

genus, 175, 

Hy drozoa, list of deep-sea, from the 
'S.W. coast of Ireland, 446. 

Hymeniacidon Dujardinii, note on, 
341. 

Hymenoptera, new, I41. 

Hynobius, new species of, 222, 


ae the 


of the new sub- 


INDEX. 


TLypsocormus, new species of, 406. 

Ichoria, new species of, 83. 

Idolia, new species of, 47. 

Insects supposed to be distasteful to 
birds, on, 171, 358, 463. 

Isometrus americanus, observations 
on, 53; new species of, 57. 

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the Paleozoic 
bivalved Entomostraca, 267. 

Kidston, R., on some British Car- 
boniferous Lycopods, 60. 

Kirby, W. F., on new Hymenoptera, 
141; on new Lepidoptera, 156 ; on 
new species of Phasmide, 229; on 
new Libellulinz, 231. 

Kirkpatrick, R., on deep-sea Poly- 
zoa, Hydrozoa, Sponges, and 
Radiolaria from the 8.W. coast of 
Ireland, 446. 

Leemocharis, new species of, 83. 

Larva, on a new marine, 177 

Leedsichthys, description of the new 
genus, 4U6, 

Leidy, Piof., on a parasitic Copepod, 
110. 

Lepidodendron Veltheimianum, note 
on, 60. 

Lepidoptera, new, 53, 77, 156. 

Leucandra, new species of, 352. 

Leucothoe, new species of, 114. 

Lewis, G., on new Histeridee, 45; on 
anew oenus of Trogositide, 273. 

Libellulin, new, 231. 

Lilljeborgia, new species of, 116. 

Lycopods, on some British Carboni- 
ferous, 60. 

Lydekker, R., on Chelonian remains 
“from the Wealden and Purbeck, 
106; on Nototherium and Zygo- 
maturus, 261; on a species of 
Bothriceps, 475. 

Macrocypris, new species of, 268. 

Macrura, on a new genus of, 67. 

Macrurus, new species of, 591. 

Malpighian tubules in the Arthro- 
poda, on the possible origin of the, 
290. 

Mammalia, new, 167, 372. 

Meade-Waldo, E. G., on a new 
Chat, 252. 

Meduse, on a method of defence 
among certain, 542. 

Medusome theory, a criticism upon 
Haeckel’s, 185. 

Megaluropus, characters of the genus, 
122 


-_<- 


Meiolania, remarks on, 37. 


INDEX. 


Melanchroia, new species of, 92. 

Melita obtusata, observations on, 
133. 

Melittia, new species of, 81. 

Melphidippa, characters of the ge- 
nus, 120. 

Membranipora lineata, variety of, 3. 

Microciona, on a species of, 249, 334. 

Microporella inversa, note on, 6. 

Mitraria, on a new marine larva 
allied to, 177. 

Mollusca, new, 47, 173, 199, 420. 

Mycetozoa, on reproduction in the, 
94. 

Myriacanthide, characters of the new 
family, 279. 

Mystaconurus, new species of, 396. 

Nanina, new species of, 200. 

Norman, Rey. A. M., on British 
Amphipoda, 113; on Aspido- 
phryxus Sarsii, 181]. 

Nototherium, remarks on, 257, 261. 

CEnotrus, new species of, 91. 

Onychodus, on the occurrence of the 
Devonian Ganoid, in Spitzbergen, 
407. 

Ophthalmeryon, characters of the 
new genus, 67. 

Orbitolites Mantelli, var. Theobaldi, 
on a parasite of, 94. 

Oryenus, on the generic name, 35 

Palindia, new species of, 93. 

Palinostus, note on, 184. 

Paracentroscyllium, characters of the 
new genus, 379. 

Paradicrolene, characters of the new 
genus, 387. 

Parapelecus, characters of the new 
genus, 227. 

Parker, Prof. T. J., on Palinostus, 
184. 

Pascoe, F. P., on the genus Cen- 
trinus and its allies, 321. 

Penoa, new species of, 157. 

Pentacrinus, new species of, 51. 

Perithemis, new species of, 252. 

Phasmide, new, 229. 

Phassus, new species of, 92. 

Phelister, new species of, 46. 

Phcegoptera, new species of, 87. 

Phormosoma placenta, remarks on, 
436. 

Phyllothelys, monograph of, 3665. 

Pimelodus, new species of, 266. 

Platyhyia, characters of the new 
genus, 247, 

Pocock, R. 1., on Isometrus ameri- 


483 


canus and a new species of the 
genus, 53; on deep-sea Crustacea 
from the S.W. coast of Ireland, 
425; on a new species of Rhax, 
473; onanew species of Glomeris, 
474. 

Podoseris, new Cretaceous species 
of, 24. 

Polyodontes maxillosus, remarks on, 
332. 

Polyzoa, list of deep-sea, from the 
S.W. coast of Ireland, 446. ; 

Pontocypris Mawii, new varieties of, 
269. 

Poulton, E. B., on insects distasteful 
to birds, 358. 

Pratincola, new species of, 252. 

Priotyrannus, notes on the genus,374. 

Promachus, new species of, 230. 

Prouho, H., on the reproduction of 
some Ctenostomatous Bryozoa, 
407. 

Pseudogobio, new species of, 224. 

Ptychoglene, new species of, 89. 

Pupinella, new species of, 204. 

Pycnocraspedum, characters of the 
new genus, 386, 

Raja, new species of, 380. 

Rallina, new species of, 320. 

Ramulina, new species of, 94. 

Rana, new species of, 222, 245. 

Reptiles, new, 218, 244, 265, 360. 

Reymondia, new species of, 174. 

Rhaphiosaurus, observations on, 


Rhax, new species of, 473. 

Rhinoscapha, new species of, 364. 

Rhizopod shells, on the structure of, 
300. 

Rhizopoda, on reproduction in the 
freshwater, 94. 

thombus Boscii, on the occurrence 
of, in the British seas, 418. 

Rhynchocypris, characters of the new 
genus, 225. 

Rissoa, new species of, 175, 

Ryder, Prof. J. A., on Volvox minor, 


Saccogaster, characters of the new 
genus, 389, 

Saint-Loup, R., 
maxillosus, 352. 

Salpinx, new species of, 158. 

Sauromureenesox, characters of the 
new genus, 457. 

Schizoporella, new species of, 11. 

Sclerognathus, new species of, 223. 


on Po yodontes 


484 


Scombrocypris, characters of the new 
genus, 226. 

Selandria, new species of, 141. 

Sepiolee of the French coasts, on the, 
181. 

Sepsina, new species of, 244. 

Shells, new, 173. 

Shoguna, characters of the new 
genus, 274. 

Sigillaria, notes on species of, 61. 

Simognathus, characters of the new 
genus, 252. 

Sincara, new species of, 81. 

Siobla, new species of, 142. 

Siphonophora, on a process for the 
preservation of, 111; on the rela- 
tionship of Angelopsis to certain, 
146; on the organism of the, 
185. 

Sirembo, new species of, 534. 
Skertchly, 8. B. J., on the habits of 
certain Bornean butterflies, 209. 
Sladen, W. P., on the perignathic 
girdle of Discoidea cylindrica, 
and of a species of Echinoconus, 

234, 

Smicra, new species of, 145. 

Smith, E. A., on new shells, 175, 
199; on a new species of Ampul- 
laria, 183; on deep-sea Mollusca 
from the S.W. coast of Ireland, 
420). 

Smittia, new species of, 15. 

Solea, new species of, 249, 419. 

Sonninia, on the descent of, 176. 

Sorex, new species of, 372. 

Sponges, on the relations between 
fossil and existing, 280; new, 333, 
352. 

Stictoploea, new species of, 159. 

Stomias, new species of, 451. 

Syntomedia, new species of, 83. 

Syrnolopsis. new species of, 174. 

Talitri, on the phosphorescent infec- 
tion of the, 476. 

Tarsopoda, new species of, 81. 

Tenaris, new species of, 160. 

Tenthredo, new species of, 142. 

Testudinata, on the osteology of the, 
37. 

Tetramelia, new species of, 144. 

Theages, new species of, 86. 


INDEX. 


Thomas, O., on a new Bat, 167; on 
the nomenclature of the short- 
eared New-Zealand bat, 462. 

Thysonotis, new species of, 163. 

Tifama, new species of, 92. 

Trachytedania, new species of, 338. 

Trimeresurus, new species of, 221. 

Trochomorpha, new species of, 200. 

Trouessart, M., on marine Acarina, 
250. 

Typhlocyba rose, on a gall pro- 
duced in, by a hymenopterous 
insect, 254. 

Typhlocybe, on the parasitic castra- 
tion of the, 478. 

Typhlops, new species of, 361. 

Vampyrops, new species of, 167. 

Vis, C. W. de, on Nototherium and 
Zygomaturus, 257. 

Volyox minor, remarks on, 255. 

Vosseler, Dr. J., on the Copepod 
fauna of the ‘ Maare” of the 
Eifel, 293. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on two new 
Rhynchophorous Coleoptera, 363. 

Waters, A. W., on Australian Bryo- 
zoa, 1. 

Williams, J. W., on a new species of 
Ampullaria, 47. 

Wilson, 8. B., on new species of 
Hemignathus, 400, 

Wood-Mason, Prof. J., on Phyllo- 
thelys, 565. 

Woodward, A. 8., on Triassic fish- 
scales from Siberia, 107; on 
Acanthodian fishes from the Deve- 
nian of Canada, 183; on a new 
genus of Palzeoniscid fishes, 2595 
on a tooth of Ceratodus, 243; 
on the Myriacanthide, 275; on 
Rbaphiosaurvs, 550; on some new 
and little-known British Jurassic 
fishes, 405; on the occurrence of 
the Devonian Ganoid Onychodus 
in Spitzbergen, 407. 

Wright, J., list of deep-sea Foram- 
inifera from the S.W. coast of 
Ireland, 447. 

Xenisus, characters 
genus, 329. 

Zatrephes, new species of, 88. 

Zygomaturus, remarks on, 257, 261. 


of the new 


END OF THE FOURTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY 


TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. IV. PL. L. 


Lith.& Imp. Camb. Sci. Inst-Co. 


Ann.& Mag Nat. Hist. S.6. Vel 1V. Pl. IL. 


st Co. 


iin 


Lith. & Imp. Camb. Sc 


Ann.& Mag Nat. Hist S.6. Vol. IV. Pl. IL. 


cl. Inst.Co. 


a 
o 
© 


Ry 


Lith.& Im 


Ann, & Mag Nat. Hist. S.6. Vet 4, PLM 


R. Kidston, del. M‘Farlene & Erskine, Lith"? Edin™ 


1, SIGILLARIA DISCOPHORA, Konig, sp. 2-4. BOTHRODENDRON WIIKIANUM, Kidston, n. sp. 
, 5-6. BOTHRODENDRON MINUTIFOLIUM, Boulay. sp. 


vt * 
© oe no 
. A fa A te 
5 4 
‘ 
va 
3 
¢ 
tm 
3 3 
; " - 
‘ € ls 
: 
= 5 bs 
; n “mr 
bd “ae 
ke y ir 
4, 5 y| - . y i 
j * 
Abe, rd ; : - 
‘me * y “, ; : 
‘ é 3 
> se ; Pe 
— 
- . * 
“ 
‘ 
, wu - 
ae : 
. 7? 
« ? : 
4 = 
‘ : Z et ee | ee 
a 
zn WME NE ‘ 


— 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. 4. Pl. 


Berjeau & Mighley del et lith Mintern Bros. imp 


Cretaceous Podosertdee. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.6.Vol.4. PU. VL 


L 2 


{ Mintern Bros. hih. 


U.4. Pl. Vil. 


0 


a ee Y 


s 


ag. Nat. Ha. 


Anav.& Me 


> 
~ 
is 
& 
8 
D> 


> 


Mintern. Bros. Ht 


J.W.F. del. 


L.4. PUVOL 


0 


i 


H 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 


SIS 


\S 


AN 


lith. 


res 


7: 


Mintern 


HiT. C. del. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist. 8.6. Vol. 4. PL. IX. 


q Res Mimtern Bros. lth. 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. list. 5.6. Vol. 4. PLAX. 


Mintern Bros . hth 


AM.N.del. 


Aniw.k Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. 4. PL. XI. 


10, 


AM.N. del. Mintetn Bros. lith. 


itt ee 4 a = 2 _— > = oe pd a _ 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.5.6. Vol. 4. Pu. XL 


WAS UI, 


AM N del Mintern Bros. lith. 


An. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. 4. Pb. All. 


R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros imp. 


Reijeau & Highley del. et lith. 


Ani. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol.4. PL. XIV. 


. 


S CAPeqUuses . 


|S 


4. Ceratodu: 


Itherstonia scutata. 


2 
ie 


|[- 


Mintern Bros. imp. 


& 
\S) 


48 


+f 


Hedelin delt 
E.C Knight hth. 


la 


j 
~ ne, 
\ 
=e fh: 


ites 
i } si ya Vi 
i ra eg 
‘ \ j 
se \ i vA / 
Pa eee ee —L- ! 
1b Te ' 
\ / 
\ 
\ ; 
bee as oa LY 
f ~ ai Nica 
1 ee q } 13 ¢ 
\ ? ! 
a ee = 4 


waa 14b 
Be 9e 


Scandinavian Ostracoda. 


wa 


West, Newman intp. 


i 


j 
> 
= 
re 
: -. 
} 
é 
: 
‘ 
F 
Ue 
~~ 
— 
i 
+ 
\ j 
Lf 
oj} 


* 


Mintern Bros 


x 


‘ ee ene lia eS ety a XY 
: es ree TESTES 


Ann.& Mag, Nat. fist. 8.6. Vol. 4. PUXVIL, 


Mintern Bros. lith. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 6. Vol. 4. PUXVIMT. 


_ Berjeau & Highley del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp. 
1,2. Phormesoma placenta. 
3, Spieules of Holetharia aspera . 


Ann.& Mag. Nat. Mist. 5.6. Vol. 4. PL. XIX. 


Mirtern Bros . imp. 
1-3. Echinas. 4.. dstrogonuim greent 


Berjeau & Highley del. et lith 


| 


a; ae 


3 

— 

= 
' 


BINDING SECT. JUN 12 1972 


The Annals & magazine of 
Natural history 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


ae 
IP 


”